TH E

PRO C EED INGSO F T H E

FOR THE YEAR

W ITH S EVENT EEN PLAT ES

and 196 T ext-figurés .

S Y D N E Y

PRINTED AND PUBLISH ED FOR THE SOC IETY BY

AUSTRALASIAN MED ICAL PUBLISHING CO . , LTD ..

Seamer Street , G lebe , Sydney ,

and

SOLD BY THE SOC IETY .

1936 .

EHNSOC ETY

SO UTH WALES

CONTENTS .

CONTENTS OF PROCEEDINGS, 1936.

PART S I—II (Nos . 2 63

( I ssued 15th May,

Pages .

Presidential Address , delivered at the Sixty-first Annual General Meet ing ,

25th March , 1936 , by D r . W . L . Waterhouse . . i -xxxvi i i

E lect ions xxxvi ii

Balance-sheets for the year ending 2 9th February , 1936 xxxix—xli

Notes on the Biology of Scaptia aariflaa Don . (D iptera , Taban i dae ) . By

Mary E . Fuller, B.Sc . (Plate i and eleven T ext -figures . )

Notes on Austral ian D ip tera . xxxv . By John R . Malloch . (Communi

catea by F. H . Taylor , (Nine T ext-figures . ) 10—26

Contribut ions to the Microbiology of Aust ralian Soi ls . iv . The Activi ty

of Microorganisms in the Decomposit ion of Organi c Matter . By

H . L . Jensen , Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society. (E leven T ext

figures . ) 27- 55

Studies in the Australian Acacias . v i . The Meristematic Act ivi ty of

the Floral Apex of Acacia longifolia and Acacia suaveolens as a

H istogenet ic Study of the On togeny of the Carpel . By I . V. Newman ,

M.sc . , Ph .D . , Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany

(Plates i i—v and fifteen Text-figures . ) 56—88

PARTS I II—IV (Nos . 2 65

( I ssued 15th Sep tember,

Notes on Sarcophag inae in India and Austra l ia . By G . H . Hardy 8 9 97

Aust ral ian Coleop tera . Notes and New Species . No . x . By H . J. Carter,

B .A . , F .R .E .S 98—110

A Check List of the New South Wales Pteridophytes . By Alma T .

Melva ine 111—121

Cont ribut ion to a Knowledge of Papuan T ipulidae (D ip tera ) . By

Cha rles P . Alexander. (Communi cated by Frank H . Taylor , F.R .E .S

( Seven T ext-figures . ) 122—127

A Redesc rip t ion of Solomys Mus salamon is Ramsay. By E llis Le G .

T rough ton , 128—130

T he St ructural Geology and Pet rology of an Area nea r Yass , New South

Wa les . By Kath leen She rra rd , M.sc . (Plates vi—v i i and n ine T ext

figures d 131- 150

CONTENTS .

A Comparison of the Rydal and Hart ley Exogenous Contact-zones . By

Germaine A . Joplin , B.Sc., Ph .D . (One T ext-figure . )

The Upper Palaeozoi c Rocks in the Neighbourhood of Boorook and D rake ,

N.S .W. By A. H . Voisey, M.sc . (Plate v i i i and one Text-figure . )

The D iptera of the Territory of New Guinea. iv . Fami ly T ipulidae .

Part i i . By Charles P . Alexander . ( Communi cated by Frank H .

Taylor , ( Seven teen T ext-figures . )

Tw o New Austral ian Fleas. By Karl Jordan , Ph .D F.R .S .

cated by Frank H . Taylor ,

Introductory Account of the Geology and Petrology of the Lake George

D istrict .Part i . General Geology . By M. D . Garretty, B .Sc . (Plate

ix and one Text -figure . )

Charles Hedley (Memorial Series, No .

Commani

(Tw o T ext-figures . )

(Wi th Portrait . )

PARTS V—VI (Nos . 267

( Issued 15th D ecember,

The Adrenal Gland in New -born Mammals.

(Plate xi and twenty Text-figures . )

By Geoffrey Bourne, D .Sc .

Part i .

(Forty-three T ext -figures . )

Stud ies in Australian Embioptera .

Davis , B .Sc .

Systemat i cs . By Consett

Studies in Australian Embiop tera . Part i i . Further Notes on Systemati cs .

By Consett Davis , B .Sc . (Plate xi i and seven Text-figures . )

Notes on Australian D ip tera . xxxvi . By John R . Malloch .

cated by Frank H . Tay ZO/F,

Communi

(Four T ext -figures . )

Problems in the Geology of New Caledon ia . By H . I . Jensen, B .Sc . (With

a Note on the Petrology of a Small Collect ion of Sch ists , by

Germaine A . Jop lin , B .Sc. , Ph .D . ) ( Communicated by Professor L . A .

Cot ton . ) (One T ext-figure . )

Notes on the O ccurrence of the T richopeltaceae and At ichiaceae in New

South Wales, and on their Mode of Nutri tion , with a Descrip tion of a

New Species of A ti chia . By Li lian Fraser, M.sc . , Linnean MacleayFellow of the Society in Botany . (Plates xi i i—xiv and ten T ext

figures . )

Plant E cology of the Bulli D istrict . Part 1 . Strat igraphy, Physiography

and Climate ; General D istribut ion of Plant Communit ies and Inte r

pretat ion . By Consett Davis, B .se . (Plate xv . )

Revision of Australian Lep idoptera .

Turner , M.D . ,

Oecophoridae . v . By A . Jefferis

The Colour-Changes of Batoid Fishes . By Mervyn Grifii ths . (Plate xvi . )

4953 8

i i i

Pages .

151—154

155—168

169—18

184—185

221—228

229—253

254—258

259—261

262—276

277—284

285—297

298—317

318—321

CONTENTS .

Pages .

The D ip tera of the Territory of New Guinea . v . Fami ly T ipulidae .

Part i i i . By Charles P . Alexander . (Communi cated by F . H . Taylor ,

(Twen ty-seven T ext-figures . ) 322—340

Tannat t Wi lliam Edgeworth Dav id . (Memor ial Series , No . (With

Portrai t . ) 341—357

List of New Genera and Subgenera

L ist of Plates

Abst ract of Proceedings xli i— lv

D onations and Exchanges lvi—lxvi i

L ist of Members lxvi i i—lxxi i

Index lxxi i i—lxxxi i i

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING .

WEDNESDAY , 25th MARCH , 1936 .

The Sixty-first Annual General Meet ing w as held in the Soci ety’

s Rooms ,

Science House , Gloucester Street , Sydney , on Wednesday , 25th March , 1936 .

D r . W . L . Waterhouse, President , in the Chair .

The m inutes of the preceding Annual General Meeting ( 27th March , 1935 )

were read and confirmed .

PRE SIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

Since the Society last met the death of H is Majesty King George V has

evoked an unpreceden ted expression of personal loss by h is subjects throughout

the Emp i re . We , in common wi th all other members of th is world-wide Emp i re,

join in expressing our sorrow at the loss of one w ho, during the twenty-five

years of h is reign— a period whi ch few Royal Houses have surv ived without

ruin and d isrupt ion— has , by h is personal influence , endeared himself to his

subjects throughout the Emp i re , st rengthened thei r loyalty and devot ion to the ir

sovere ign , and made more secure the posi t ion of the Imperial throne of Bri tain .

Your Counc i l , on your behalf, has despatched , through official channels, a message

of sorrow and sympathy to H is Majesty King Edward VI II .

The concluding part of Volume IX of the Society’

s PROCEEDINGS w as issued in

D ecember . The complete volume ( 466 p lus lxxv pages , n ineteen plates and 417

text-figures ) contains thi rty-tw o papers from twen ty-seven authors , five papers

being by Linnean Macleay Fellows and one by the Macleay Bacteriolog ist .

Exchanges from sci ent ific societ ies and inst itut ions totalled receip ts

for'

the sess ion , as compared wi th and for the three preceding

years . During the past year the following inst i tut ions have been added t o the

exchange list : Academie des Sciences d’

Ukraine ; D epartment of Geology of

Shanghai Science Insti tute ; Entomologi cal Society of Finland ; Nederlandsch

Indische Entomolog ische Vereen ig ing, Bui tenzorg ; T ransvaal Museum, Pretoria ;

and Z oolog ical Inst i tute and Museum, Universi ty of Athens .

Since the last Annual Meet ing the names of seven Ordinary Members have

been added to the roll , three have resigned and the names of five have been

removed on account of arrears of subscript ion .

We offer our hearty congratulat ions to Mr . A . F. Basset Hull on the honour

of Membership of the Order of the Bri tish Emp ire conferred on him by H is late

Majesty, King George V .

On the occasion of the celebrat ion of the Jubilee of the Facult ies of Veterinary

Science and Agriculture in the Un ivers i ty of Sydney, messages of congratulat ion

were sent on behalf of the Society to Professors J . D ouglas Stewart and R . D .

Wat t .

Some t ime ago, on the death of Mr . J . J . Fletcher, members of the Society

subscribed a small sum of money for some personal memor ial . The Counci l

A

i i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

recently deci ded to use this for the installat ion of clocks in the Society’

s rooms

and for a small inscribed p late to be at tached to the Society’

s portra i t of Mr .

Fle tcher.

During last year your Counci l w as act ively interested in several matters

concern ing the p reservat ion of the nat ive flora and fauna .

Efforts in i t iated by the Bull i Shire Counci l , to whi ch th is Society lent i ts

aid,resulted in the Governmen t making ava i lable the necessary funds for the

resump t ion of an area of land at the foot of Bul li Pass and Subl ime Point .

Thus there wi ll be p reserved one of the few remnants of rain -forest flora wi th in

easy reach of Sydney, and also an important part of the beauty of the view from

Sublime Point .

Recent ly Professor Osborn brought under the noti ce of the Forestry Commis

sion of New South Wales the desi rabi li ty of declaring an adequate flora reserve

in the State Forest south of Barrington T ops , and of adding to i t the Wi lliams

River sect ion of the Ch ichester State Forest . Th is is one of the finest rema in ing

examp les of untouched“rain forest

”

, and forms the usual approach to Barrington

T ops . This p roposal of Professor Osborn w as supported st rongly by your Counci l ,

and word has been received that i t i s ant i cipated that an area of about

acres of the Wi lliams Rive r sect ion of Ch ichester Stat e -Forest No . 292 wi ll short ly

be set apart as a Flora Reserve , and that the suggest ion that the balance of the

Wi lliams River sect ion should be added to the Flora Reserve is being investigated .

The protect ion of certain species of wi ld flowers w as cont inued by p roclama:

t ion by the Government for another year from 1st July, 1935, and ,following

rep resentat ions made to the D epartmen t of Local Governmen t by your Counci l ,

and supported by the Ki llara Communi ty Servi ce Club , the names of“

twelve

speci es of orch ids were added to the list . There is no doubt that , with this

protect ion , there has been a very; marked improvement in the growth of the

wild flowers in the areas to whi ch the p roclamat ion applies .

Your Counci l also addressed a . let ter of protest to the Min ister for Defence

against the leasing of the remaining portion of George’

s Heights, in view of the

almost inevi table destruct ion of nat ive flora and fauna ; and also brought under

the not i ce of the responsible authorit ies the possible danger to the small ground

fauna wh i ch might result i f the Great Mexi can T oad were in troduced into

Queensland and liberated as had been proposed .

Last year rep resentat ives of the Society met the Vi ce-Chancellor of the

Un iversi ty and made suggest ions for improvement in the conditions under whi ch

the Macleay Collect ions were housed . As a result I am p leased to be able to

say that these Collect ions (and part icularly the insect collect ion ) are now

housed under much more sat isfactory condit ions , and I take th is opportun i ty of

expressing the thanks of the Society to the Un iversi ty, and part icularly to the'

Vice-Chancellor, for the interest shown in the welfare of the Collect ions .

The Imperial Forestry Inst itute submi tted a p roposal to the Sixth Inter

nat ional Botan i cal Congress a t Amsterdam last Sep tember for the adop t ion of

the p rincip le of the conse rvat ion of specific names (nomina specifica conservanda ) ,a p roposal wh ich w as supported by a number of scient ific organizat ions, including

our Society. The Congress rejected the p roposal as put forward , but agreed to

the appoin tment of an Internat ional Commi ttee t o draw up a l ist of names of

economic p lants , sanct ioned by an Internat ional Commi ttee , i .e . , drawn up

accord ing to the Internat ional rules, such list to remain in use for a period of

ten yea rs . The Commi t tee w as appo inted and wi ll proceed w i th i ts work , and

PRESIDENT IAL ADDRESS. i i i

i t is expected that the l ist wi ll be published , accompan ied by l i sts of nomina

ambigua, nomina confusa and nomina reji ci enda .

Charles Darwin’

s only v isi t to Australia took p lace in 1836 , from 12th January

to 14th March . A special meet ing , in wh i ch scient ific and historical societies

jo ined, w as held on 13th March at the Un iversi ty to celebrate the centenary of

this visit .

The year’

s work of the Society’

s research staff may be summar ized thus

Mr . H . L . Jensen , Macleay Bacteriolog ist to the Society, con cluded his work

on the act ivity of mi croorgan i sms in the decomposi t ion of organi c matter in soil .

H is scheme of work comprised ser ies of experiments dealing wi th ( i ) decom

posit ion of the organi c mat ter originally p resent in the soi l (“humus and

( i i ) decomposi tion of organ i c matter added to the soi l . H is results indicate

that i t seems to be a general p rincip le that the metabolism of the soi l microfl ora,

as a whole, becomes less economi c wi th increas ing temperature , i .e . , t ransformat ion

of a certain quant i ty of organ ic material results in the p roduct ion of less microbial

substance and more waste products (water , carbon dioxide , ammonia , n it rate , e tc . )

at h igher than at lower temperatures . These tw o phenomena , accumulat ion of

p rotein in mi crobial bodies and slow or absen t decomposi t ion of l ignin at low

temperature (as shown by other invest igators ) give a simp le exp lanat ion for the

tendency of plant residues to accumulate as humus in soi ls of cold climates

and to be more comp letely decomposed under warmer condi t ions . One paper

appeared in the PROCEEDINGS for 1935, and a final paper on this work has been

comp leted a nd wi ll appear in the first part of the PROCEEDINGS for 1936 . In

January he commen ced work on the p roblem of n i trogen fixat ion and n i trificat ion

in Australian wheat soi ls . The first experiments have been undertaken in order

to ascerta in whether such soi ls are able to enri ch themselves in n i trogen when

provi ded w ith sui table energy materials ( sugar or straw ) and p laced under

favourable condi ti ons of moisture and temperature , and what kinds of n i trogen

fixing mi croorgan isms are act ive , i f any . The soi ls so far examined have not

given any clear evidence of biologi cal ni trogen-fixat ion , but their humus-n itrogen

appears readi ly avai lable for n i trificat ion .

Miss Lilian Fraser, Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany,

comp leted three papers in the series of studies on the Sooty Moulds of New

South Wales, whi ch were published in the PROCEEDINGS . In pursuing her investiga

t ions of the powers of resistance to heat and desiccat ion of the sooty mould fungi ,

she has discovered the presence, in air-dry living cells , of a bubble of gas

occupying the centre of each cell in the posi t ion of the vacuole . This bubble may

occupy as much as tw o-thi rds of the cell , and , when water is absorbed by the cell ,

the gas is taken into solut ion in the cell sap . The p resence of these bubbles has

made it possible to determine the osmot ic p ressure of the cell sap , whi ch could

not be done by ordinary p lasmolyti c methods, and also the absorp t ive power of

ce lls in atmospheres of cont rolled vap our pressure , as well as to measure the

rate of water loss at d ifferen t vapour p ressures . E xperiments have shown that

dried mycel ium ( the cells of whi ch contain gas bubbles ) have a greater resistance

to heat than mycel ium in a moistened cond i t ion . Certain sooty mould associat ions

have been found to be characterist ic of dist inct habi tats , e .g . , open sunny si tuat ions ,

shaded p laces, densely shaded and humi d places , and these associations fall into

definite groups when classified on the basis of the ir powers of resistance to heat

and desiccat ion . Miss Fraser has also carried out microchemi cal tests on the

walls of cultivated and naturally-occurring sooty moulds . These . have shown

iv PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

that a large quan t ity of mucilage can be extract ed ; the nature of this muci lage

and other substances extracted is be ing invest igated . She has studied the distri

but ion of ep iphyllous fungi characterist i c of rain forest regions, and has cont inued

her ecological work in the Upp er Wi lliams River rain forest area . During the

coming year Miss Fraser proposes ( i ) further exper iments on resistance to l ight

and desi ccat ion , leading to a scheme of distribut ion of sooty mould fungi based

on their react ions to heat , light and desiccat ion , and possibly to the relat ion

of the ir type of resistance to their physical peculiari t ies ; ( i i ) add i tional studies

of the gas-bubbles observed during the past year ; ( i i i ) comp let ion of work on

absorp t ion of water vapour, osmot i c p ressure , and imbibi tion already commenced ;

and ( iv ) comp let ion , if possible , of the ecologi cal work in the Upper Wi lliams

River area .

D r . 1 . V . Newman , Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany, made

a second extensive search in the Cootamundra distri ct for the natural home of

Acacia Bai leyana, the Cootamundra Wat tle . As a result he has published a paper,“Stud ies in the Australian Acacias . v . The Problems of the Status and D istribu

t ion of Acacia Bai leyana Th is paper gives the first p recise records of

the natural habi tat of the species , wi th h is conclusion that i t i s a true species .

This conclusion is now being examined by germinat ion tests wi th seeds collected

from tw o of the locali t ies described in the pape r . The work on the genet ics of

A cacia di scolor has been cont inued , and seedlings from the 1934 season’

s crosses

have been established. The flower colour w as found to be due to the p resence of

different p igments in d ifferent distributions . With improved techn ique more

extensive crossing w as done in 1935. No results are yet avai lable . The study of

the morphology of the legumes of Acacia longifolia and Acacia suaveolens has

been con cluded . It is clearly demonstrated that the legume is a single structure ,

laterad to the suppressed floral apex; The meristemat i c act ivi ty producing the

parts of the flower is described as s imi lar to that p roducing the leaves of the

vegetat ive shoot , excep t that the flower is of limited growth . These findings are

contrary to the theories of several well-known botanists, and a p rel iminary note

has been published in the PROCEEDINGS . A paper g iving a full account and discus

sion of the work has been completed and wi ll appear in this year’

s PROCEEDINGS .

During the coming year D r . Newman proposes to work on polyspermy of the

endosperm in Acacia Bai leyana and A . di scolor , and on the theoret ical and com

parat ive morphology of the legume ; he wi ll also continue the work on the

gene tics of Acacia di scolor .

Mr. R . N. Robertson , Linnean Macleay Fellow of the Society in Botany, has

invest iga ted tw o d istin ct botan i cal problems during the year : the physiology

of stomatal movement and the ecology of the Myall Lakes. Both these p roblems

were begun before his appointment to a Fellowship . The problem of stomatal

movement w as approached from the po in t of V iew of the relat ionsh ip of the

movemen t to the composi t ion of the gas of the intercel lular spaces . The gas is

analysed after extract ion and early in the year the techn ique of extract ion w as

perfected. Later i t w as decided to try a d ifferent method of analysis and a new

appara tus w as constructed . The method of invest igat ion has proved very sat is

factory. A series of results showing the relat ionsh ip of several kinds of stomatal

movemen t to changes in the gas composi t ion has been obtained . Th is method

of invest igat ion is qui te original and the results indicate tha t , in addit ion to

clarifying the problems of stomatal movement , they wi ll throw some light on the

complex mechan ism of photosynthes is in the green leaf. The ecological work

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

( in collaborat ion wi th Professor Osborn ) is being done on the Myall Lakes area

where there is a comp lex aggregation of p lan t format ions and commun i t ies . The

area includes dune vegetat ion , swamp vegetat ion , eucalypt forest and sub-trop ical

rain forest . Considerable work has been done on the developments of the dune

and s’

wamp format ions . The in teresting problem of the dist ribut ion of the sub

t rop ical rain forest w as also begun this year . During the coming year Mr .

Robertson p roposes to cont inue his phys iologi cal investigat ions of stomatal move

ment , and also the ecolog ical work on the . Myall Lakes area .

Five valid app li cat ion s for L innean Macleay Fellowships ( one of whi ch w as

ult imately wi thdrawn ) were received in response to the Counci l’

s invi tat ion of

25th Sep tember, 1935 . I have p leasure in remind ing you that the Counci l

reappoin ted Miss Lilian Fraser , D r . I . V. Newman and Mr . R . N. Robertson to

Fellowships in Botany for one year from l st March , 1936 ; and in announcing

that the Counci l appointed Miss E . C . Pope , B .Sc . , to a Fellowship in Z oology

for one year from 1st March , 1936 . We may wish all four Fellows a successful

year’

s work .

Miss E lizabeth Carington Pope graduated in Science at the University of

Sydney wi th Fi rst-class Honours in Z oology in March , 1935, and w as awarded a

Science Research Scholarship in Z oology. She has carried out research on the

variat ion of fat and glycogen in oysters , and on the osmot i c condit ions prevai ling

in snai ls when submerged in various aquat ic media . During 1935 she worked

on the comparat ive anatomy of the T iger Flathead . For her year’

s work as a

Fellow she p roposes to carry out a study of the morphology and physiology of the

Port Jackson Shark and , if sui table live material can be obtained , an investigat ion

of the digest ion of Elasmobranchs . She proposes also to take part in a study of

the ecology of Long Reef.

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON CEREAL RUST PROBLEM S IN AUSTRALIA .

Introducti on .

As is well known , the main object ive of our Society is the cult ivat ion andstudy of the science of Natural H istory in all its branches . Many of these

branches have claimed the attent ion of the occupants of the Presi den t ial Chair in

their addresses given in the years that have gone . T onight i t is intended to

deal wi th certain aspects of what is often regarded as one of the newer branches

of science , viz. , Plant Pathology.

It is not wi thout interest to recal l that on the 25th February, 18 80, R ev .

J . E . Ten ison -Woods , then President of this Society, contributing a joint paper

with Mr . F. M. Bai ley ent i tled“On some fungi of N.S.W. and Queensland

”

, made

the following statement :“In conclusion , w e beg to draw attention to the very

great importance which the study of fungi possesses for a young country l ike

ours, whi ch depends so much upon i ts agri culture . Sad experience has taught

us how i ts p rospects may be injured by blight , mi ldews , smuts, rusts, etc . Little

or noth ing is known about the origin and spread of these terrible p ests, and i t is

equally certain that i f they were known they would in a measure be provided

against . Although by many mycologists the polymorphy of these blights has been

doubted , yet experience seems to have decided that a bl ight of one kind affecting

one class of p lants may be transformed into a mi ldew or rust amongst cereal

crops .

”Then , after quoting experiments overseas whi ch p roved the connection of

barberries and wheat rust , the President cont inued ,

“In the locality referred to,

the destruct ion of the barberry bushes has been the salvat ion of the crop .

”

vi PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

Although so generally regarded as a

.

new science , i t is seen that the importance

of Plant Pathology in Australia w as po inted out in this Society more than 50

years ago.

Actually i t is a very old subject . As Whetzel ( 1918 ) po ints out , Plan t

Pathology, l ike the other natural sciences , had i ts beginn ing in the dawn of

man’

s civilizat ion . Wi ld p lan ts, as well as those wh ich have been brought under

cultivat ion , are subject to disease , and from the earliest t imes when man set

out to ut i lize p lant products, he not i ced that d iseases robbed him of some or of

all h is labour . As the art of wri t ing w as acquired , he recorded his observat ions

and Op in ions respect ing p lant diseases .

Thus w e find references in the early Hebra i c writ ings to p lants being afiected

by“blast ing and mi ldew”

: the latter is believed to be the disease whi ch at the

p resent t ime w e Call rust . In those days the cause of the p lant maladies w as

attribut ed to the D ei ty .

Of the Greeks , Theophrastus ( 370—286 makes many accurate observa

t ions upon plan t d iseases , in cluding rust . For example , he wri tes :“Generally

speaking, cereals are more liable to rust than pulses , and among these , barley is

more liable to i t than wheat ; wh i le of the barleys , some are more liable than

others , and most of all , i t may be said , the kind called‘Ach i llean ’

. Moreover,

the posi t ion and character of the land make no small difference in this respect ;

for lands whi ch are exposed to wind and e levated are not liable t o rust , or are

less so , whi lst those whi ch lie low and are not exposed to w ind are more liable .

And rust occurs chiefly at full moon .

”

The Romans also clearly recogn ized the occurrence of p lant diseases . So

importan t w as rust in Roman agri culture that a special rust -god pair , Rubigus

and Rubigo, were evolved and an annual fest ival inst i tuted to prop it iate them .

I t fell on the 25th April , now such an importan t Nat ional Day in Australia . Pliny

records that wheat w as more seriously affected than barley. He recommends

early sowing in order that the grain may r ipen before the rust comes on , and

the st icking of laurel branches in the soi l throughout the field so that the rust

may go over them .

Following the long lapse of t ime known as the Dark E ra, during whi ch

science and learning were slumbering , in the 17th century there came a revival

of interest in p lant diseases . The ph i losophy and superst it ion of the ancients

st i ll dominated op in ion respect ing the causat ion of d isease . One notable event

w as the enactment of legislat ion in 1660 in Rouen making it compulsory to destroybarberries because they had some mysterious connection wi th cereal rusts . During

the next 2 00 years at tempts were made to classify diseases and to find out what

caused them. The general idea a t the t ime w as that the fungi found associated

wi th diseases were p lant products and outgrowths , rather than the cause of the

t roubles .

Wi th the marked mycologi c trend of thought about the middle of last century,

and wi th such workers as Kii hn , D e Bary, Tulasne and Pasteur in the field , the

proof that fungi were causal agents of disease w as firmly established , and p lant

pathology as a science w as p laced on a sound foot ing . I ts growth since those

t imes has been very rap id, and the contribut ions i t has made to the well-beingof man have been many and valuable . Nevertheless the successes ach ieved in this

field of endeavour should be ne ither exaggerated nor underrated, for there remain

numerous problems of outstanding importance st ill awai t ing e lucidat ion .

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. vi i

Impor tance of P lan t D i seases.

Plant diseases are of‘

the utmost importance to the welfare of man . Not only

do they continuously take a heavy toll of crops, but at times they have actually

threatened the food supply of man . They become the l imit ing factors in crop

product ion in many regions .

The group of diseases known as the cereal rusts well i llustrate the above

statements . Whi lst i t is always difficult to obtain exact figures which measure the

losses caused by disease , many careful est imates have been made by trained

observers, and these are p robably not far from the truth in most cases . It i s

instruct ive to bring together some of these records of rust damage , and part icularly

those relat ing to recent t imes . The enormous losses occasioned by the cereal

rusts are Often not realized .

Taking the case of wheat , i t is found that wherever th is cr0 p is grown ,

damage is caused by rust . Seasonal variat ions, of course , vastly affect the

incidence of rust and the losses i t causes, so that marked fluctuat ions occur in

any given area.

Biffen and Engeldow ( 1926 ) suggest that the total annual loss c aused by cereal

rusts amounts to Th is is a stupendous sum , but references to actual

losses reported in d ifferent countries indicate that i t may not be an over-est imate.

Foreign Crop Losses.

There are many records of losses in coun tries other than Australia . Last

year provi ded a striking examp le of calami tous rust damage in the North American

wheat crops . In US A . i t w as estimated . early in July that the yield would be

bushels . However , seasonal conditions favoured rust development ,

wi th the result that the actual quant ity harvested w as bushels . If w e

p lace a value Of 4s . per bushel on these bushels lost , the damage

totalled more than In Canada i t was simi larly est imated that the

yield would be bushels . Actually the harvest amoun ted to

bushels, owing almost ent irely to the ravages of rust . Taking the

bushels lost at the same value , the Canad ian damage amounted to more than

In addi t ion to this actual crop loss , p ract ically all the grain harvested

w as of such poor quali ty that its value w as reduced by several pence per bushel .

Furthermore , it w as estimated that bushels of the Canadian crop were

totally unfit for human consump tion . All together these 1935 losses in North

America exceed

Gii ssow has stated that in Canada the average annual loss over a number of

years exceeds More recen tly the annual Canadian losses from rust

have been put down by Greaney ( 1933 ) at dollars . In India Mehta

( 1931 ) states that the annual loss is about In Kenya Colony wheat

rust is reported by Burton ( 1928 ) to be a l imit ing factor in product ion Rust

damage in South Afri ca is well known , although actual figures arenot ava ilable

Verwoerd ( 1935) states that several destruct ive ep idemics between 1896 and 1902

nearly terminated wheat growing, and that during the past decade rust ep idemics

have appeared to become far more prevalen t than formerly.

A severe rust ep idemic occurred in Europe in 1932 . Russian losses were

est imated by Grooshevoy ( 1934) to have amounted to The damage

in Germany w as put down by Klemm ( 1934) at from 30 to 60 per cent . of the

normal yield . whi ch that year amounted to bushels . The Bulgarian

damage w as est imated by Dodoff ( 1933 ) to vary between 30 and 100 per cent . in

vi i i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

a crop wh ich yielded bushels . According to savulescu ( 1933 ) Rumanian

crops suffered to the extent of 50 p er cent ; actually they yielded

bushels . I t would seem that Bi tten and Engeldow’

s figure w as not excessive

for 1932 .

Losses in France in 1930 owing to stem rust are stated by _

Crep in ( 1931 )

to have amounted to 50 per cent . of the crops in some reg ions : the harvest inthat year amounted to bushels . In 1929 it w as reported from Peru

by Abbott that owing to rust attack the cult ivat ion of wheat has been

abandoned in coastal areas . Lindfors‘

( 192 9 ) states that ravages of rust ruined

the crop in Sweden in that year . Tun is crops in 1928 , whi ch yielded

bushels , suffered to the extent of from 40 to 80 per cen t . , according to Chabrolin

Ba iley ( 1928 ) records t remendous losses in 1927 when one of the worst

rust ep i demi cs occurred in Canada . Great damage w as done to crops in Germanyin 1926 when the crop harvested amounted to bushels ; these losses

were s tated (Gun ther , 1927 ) to be the heaviest since 18 91 , when the loss w as

est imated to total Mk . Heavy losses had also been experienced in

1925. Rust caused “a d isastrous harvest” in the Argent ine in that year , i ts crop

amount ing to bushels . T o cite one further case , the terrific rust

ep idemic in North Ameri ca in 1916 w as responsible for crop losses totalling

bushels, valued at about

R ust Losses in Australia .

Turning now to Aust ralian losses from rust , and part i cularly those in New

South Wales , i t is found that these haVe been serious . Wheat-growers from the

earliest t imes have had grave difficult ies to contend with ; rust has not been the

least of them.

Reviewing in some detai l the first half century in New South Wales, w e find

that soon after the first set tlers came to Australia 150 years ago they encountered

the rust p roblem . Upon thei r arrival in Port Jackson in 1788 , land w as cleared

and wheat sown in a p iece of ground wh i ch is now in cluded in the Sydney

Botan i c Gardens . Darnell Smi th ( 1929 ) has recen tly reviewed this situat ion

and confirmed the locat ion . Collins ( 1798 ) refers to this work of preparing for

the first wheat crop , and Governor Phi llip , in a dispatch to Lord Sydney dated

15th May,178 8 , and reprinted in the H i stori cal R ecords, says :

“The great labour

of clearing wi ll not permi t more than 8 acres,be ing sown th is year wi th wheat

and barley. Collins wri t ing of the cond it ion in Sep tember (p . says

The seed wheat that w as sown here d id not turn out any bet ter than that at

Norfolk I sland : in some p laces the ground w as twi ce cropped and there w as reason

to apprehend a fa i lure of seed for next year .

”He had just recorded the return

of the supp ly sh ip from Norfolk I sland w i th news of crop fa ilure there .

There are several references to the second Australian crop . Thus Collins

( p . wri t ing of D ecember , 1789 , says : In the course of th is month the harvest

w as got in ; the ground in cult ivat ion at Rose H i ll [ the p resent -day Parramatta ]

p roduced upward of 200 bushels of wheat , about 35 bushels of barley,and a small

quant ity of oats and Indian corn , all of wh i ch w as intended to be reserved for

seed . A t Sydney, the spot of ground called the Governor’

s Farm had been sown

on ly w i th barley, and produced about 2 5 bushels . Governor Ph i llip , in a dispatch

to Lord Sydney da ted 12 th February, 1790, gives th is same information , and

Barringt on ( 1802 ) also quotes i t .

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS . ix

Following upon a gap of six years in the record of crop product ion , Collins

(p . wri t ing of D ecember , 1795, says : The harvest w as begun this month .

The Cape wheat (a bearded grain d iffering much from the English ) w as found

un iversally to have fai led . An officer w ho had sown 7 acres wi th this seed at a

farm in the distr ict of Petersham H i ll [ the p resent si te of the Universi ty of

Sydney ] , on cut t ing i t down found i t w as not worth reap ing . This w as owing to

a blight : but everywhere the Cape wheat w as pronounced n ot worth the labour

of sowing . The“blight

”referred to here may well have been a p lant d isease ,

and poss ibly rust . Governor Hunter, in a dispatch writ ten on 3rd March , 1796,

to the Duke of Port land ‘

(H i storical R ecords, Vol . i , p . also refers to this

crop in the following terms :“We have got our harvest in , and i t is , upon the

whole , in point of quan t ity as well as quality, very superior to anyth ing whi ch

this count ry has before exp erienced, although a few blights and other accidents

had disappoin ted the expectat ions of some very industrious settlers .

”In a further

dispatch dated 2 8th Apri l; 17 96 , Governor Hunter says :“At the t ime of my

arrival in Sydney , although our wheat looked well , i t w as , nevertheless, at that

t ime in that state l iable to accident , as appeared aft erwards in the destruct ion

of the crop of some of the settlers by blight .

”The estimated wheat yield in

that year w as“from to bushels” . The acreage under wheat w as

stated to be acres , hence the harvest yielded an average of from 12 to 14%

bushels per acre .

After a year’

s interval in the record , there is the following reference to the

succeeding crop contained in a dispatch of Governor Hunter to the Duke of

Portland , dated 1st November, 1798 (H i stori cal R ecords, Vol . i i , p .

“We have

been in an uncommon sultry season at tended wi th a serious drought . Our

crops have suffered so much I do not exp ect w e shall reap more than half the

quant i ty w e had a right to have expected .

”

The next year’

s crop i s referred to in the dispatch by Governor Hunter ,dated 2oth March , 1800 . He says (H i stori cal R ecords, Vol . i i , p .

“Great

part of our last unfortunate harvest , from wh ich I had once the flatteringprospect of at least 2 years

’

wheat in the colony, has been destroyed by an

uncommonly w et season .

”

The first clear and defini te reference to rust attack in Australia is interest ing .

I t is made by Mr . Holt , w ho (Bennett , 1865 ) w as superintending , in 1803, theagricultural operat ions of Cap tain Cox , one of the largest cultivators of thatperiod . His holding w as known as Brush Farm, in the Dundas distri ct . The

present Eastwood rai lway stat ion is close to i ts si te . I t should be borne inmind that Holt

’

s statement is that of an agriculturist ; i t contrasts rather sharp lywi th statemen ts made by other early historians who were naval ofli cers and

what not . In h is“Memoirs

”

, Holt wri tes (Vol . i i , p .

“On the 21st October,

1803, a more beaut iful appearance of a successful harvest never flattered theexpectations of a farmer ; it w as wi th in 3 weeks of being rip e, the ears werefull and p lump , the straw clear and well-coloured , and in every respect i t w as

gratifying to look at . In 3 days i t w as comp le tely destroyed by the rust

[ this word should be noted ] , and the p roduce of 2 65 acres w as not worth £20 .

This extraordinary blight , which is , I believe, peculiar to th is country, is p roducedby fogs, whi ch come on suddenly and obscure the sky for some days ; and if it

happens when the wheat is nearly rip e , inevi tably destroys i t . I t covers theWhole straw and ear wi th reddish powder , like the rust of iron ,

which falls off as

you walk through the standing corn and ironmolds cotton or l inen arti cles

X PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

like iron rust , and so effectually that in a very short t ime they rot and fall in

p ieces .

”

This statement is quoted by Rumsey ( 1915 ) and by Potts w ho both

en large upon i t .

Ofli cial records of the period also refer to this d isaster in the young colony.

Thus Governor King , in h is d ispat ch of 8 th O ctober , 1803 (H istori cal R ecords,

Vol . iv, p . reports : I have great pleasure in assuring your Lordsh ip that

w e have the most flat tering prospects of a p lent iful harves t . Three weeks later,

wr it ing on 3l st October, he says :“Our crops wear a favourable app earance of

yi elding such an abundance of wheat that I hope a reduct ion wi ll be made in the

pri ce of that required from indiv iduals next year .

”Later st i ll , on 14th November ,

he wri tes : Our very prom ising appearance of abundan t crops has considerably

suffered by some very unusual blights [ th is word should be noted ] wh i le the

wheat w as in bloom, whi ch i t is est imated have destroyed a fifth of what might

have been exp ected .

”A last referen ce to this crop is contained in his dispatch

of l st March , 1804, wh i ch reads :“I am very sorry to say that w e have exp erienced

the greatest drought , wi th severe blight , wh ich has much reduced our crop .

A change of seed would be a very great acquisi t ion to be sent here from

England as there has been no change of seed for some years . As our

last year’

s crop of grain w as much in jured by rust and smut [ these words are

noteworthy] , about 500 or bushels would be sufficien t to bring the country

into a general change of seed .

The next year’

s crop in New South Wales is alluded to in Governor King’

s

dispat ch of 20th D ecember , 1804 (H i stori cal R ecords , Vol . v, p . as follows

Our wheat harvest , whi ch is all got in , is esteemed very abundant , although

some part ial appearances seemed likely to check i t .

”The early expectat ions of

the t ime that Norfolk Island might become a granary for the young colony were

doomed to d isappointment , as shown by the dispatch of the same Governor , dated

3oth Apri l , 1805 (p .

“The crops of wheat belonging to indiv iduals [ at

Norfolk Island ] have generally turned out favourable, but that of the Govern

ment’

s from the ci rcumstance of its hav ing been blighted ,is con jectured will

not yield more than 9 or 10 bushels to the acre .

”

The crop of 1805 is ment ioned in King’

s dispatch of 1st November , 1805

(Hi stori cal R ecords, Vol . v, p . He says :“I t is a matter of much concern ,

knowing as w e did the blighted state of last year’

s wheat , that another and more

formidable enemy should lessen i ts qual i ty .

”I t is not within the scope of this

address to deal wi th this add i t ional insect t rouble , which w as called “fly moth

in the grain”

. A later dispatch , dated 15th March , 1806 (p . goes on :“In

October i t w as found that the whea t when in blossom had in some districts

suffered very much by the blights and lightning , and where grain w as formed ,

much smut and rust were found . In th is p lace i t is necessary to observe

that among other causes of the wheat fai lure , the want of a change of seed and

the careless manner in wh ich many of the set tlers p repare and sow the ir grounds

are not the least . And i t is to be hoped that the exchange of wheat seed,

wh ich may be made wi th the new set tlements under the exert ion of 1 or 2

ind iv iduals in detain ing a change from a small quantity of R ed Lammas sent

an officer in a let ter from England, w i ll in t ime remedy this wan t . I t is not

my intent ion to d iscourage the growth of that valuable g rain , but I do not

th ink i t safe for the se t t lement to rely wholly on wheat for the general support

of every class of the inhab i tants . I t is soon destroyed in the field by the bl ight ,

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

rust , smut and caterp illar . Also in th is cl imate by fire , both in harvest and

in the stack, and by weev ils and corn moths when in the granary. I am

also of op in ion that the period is n ot far distant when maize must be more

generally used than i t is at present , because wheat cannot be raised for the

gene ral support of the set t lemen t by those at present emp loyed in agri culture .

”

In 1807 , short ly after the arrival of a new governor , w e have one further

comment worthy of repet i t ion , and then a fai rly long gap in the record . Governor

Bl igh’

s dispatch of 31st O ctober , 1807 (H i stori cal R ecords, Vol . vi , p . reads

“Indian corn is not so liable to the blight and other casualt ies as attend English

gra in . Seasons of drought and south-west winds the coun try i s somet imes

in jured by, as l ikewise by lightn ing , whi ch causes blight , fly-moth and other

pern icious insects .

”I t i s perhaps app ropriate that there should be a gap after

such . a statemen t as this !

During th is in terval colon izat ion of the con tinen t w as extended and wheat

growing sp read t o new areas . A decade later , Montague Smi th ( 1818 , p . 9

notes

-

that the p lains and the forest lands of the Hun te r River dist r ict of New

South Wales suffered from rust in wheat . H e states that the only p laces whi ch

escaped were patches of vi rgin so i l , although the weather condit ions were favour

able for rust development .

Five years later are found tw o referen ces of in terest . Barron Field ( 1823 )

states ( p .

“The harvest w e have just reaped on this side of the mountains,

though i ts quan t ity i s dimin i shed on accoun t of the drought , st i ll p roved a

sav ing average crop . The extent of cult ivat ion , compared wi th that of last year ,

is increased , the quali ty of the gra in very sup erior and free from smut and grass

seed .

”In the same year Commissioner Bigge on p . 19 , makes the

following comment : Indep endent of the effects of an un certain climate that i s

not generally favourable to the growth of European gra ins , and of a degree

of heat that ei ther too sudden ly or too qui ckly follows a long

'

series of heavy

ra ins and scorches rather than matures i t , the smaller grains of though

equal in qual ity to those of the south of Europe , have to con tend wi th frequent

blights a t Bathurst , and e i ther from the proper seasons for sowing not having

yet been d iscovered , or from some other cause , the wheat has been always affected

wi th smut .

”

Atkinson in h is in terest ing accoun t of early New South Wales, also

alludes to crop t roubles . He says (p .

“Smut i s p revalen t in wheat .

Rust somet imes appears, but is not very common : and wheat i s somet imes blighted

by'

the hot winds and other causes in the month of November , more especially

upon alluv ial lands and other low and confined s ituat ions where the re is not

sufii cien t circulat ion of a ir .

”

Wri te rs in the Sydney Gazet te of this period make occasional i lluminat ingreferences to the crops in the young colony . Thus in the issue of the 7th

November , 1829 , the Agri cultural Report con ta ins this statemen t : A dry spell

has been followed by Sep tember rains . There is much second growth wheat and

a danger of smut , rust and blight .

”The issue of 9 th January,

1830 , refers to the

harvest of this same crop as follows :“The quan t i ty is not up to expectat ions .

50 sheaves of excellent creep ing wheat have been taken to make 2 bushels of

grain and when exposed to blight , not less than 160 sheaves were threshed

out for 1 bushel . This indicates a severe loss . Wri ting on the 3oth January,

1830 , regard ing the harvest at Hunter River , the commentator says : Wi th the

xi i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

excep t ion Of a few , all the wheat crops ( including Patri ck’

s Plains and upwards )

were almost total fa i lures. The late wheat , although to appearance twice

the crop of the early wheat , has on an average rather fallen short , than exceeded

the latter , on accoun t of the smut and rust wh ich assai led it shortly after the

sett ing in of the ra ins .

The next season’

s crop at Hunter River is descr ibed in the issue of the

Gazette of 3oth November, 1830 , as follows : Almost all the wheat on the low

grounds has been either totally spoi led or mater ially damaged : but the wheat on

the high ground app eared of good quali ty, ne ither laid by the rains , nor ( except

in a few instances ) affected e i ther by b'

light or rust .

D isease w as also p resent in the following season’

s crop , the reporter in the

i ssue of the Gazet te dated 3ra December , 1830 , wri t ing , in reference to wheat :“In

some fields wh ich were sown late , and on land which had been repeatedly cropped ,

smut and rust have appeared .

”And , dealing wi th Bathurst ; he says :

“The

neglect of liming , or some other efi ect ive mode , has caused a great deal of smut

to appear in the wheat of the present crops, wh ich in all reasonable probabili ty

might have been avoided .

”

Next in chronological order may be ment ioned the book of Dawson

Wri t ing of coastal areas ( p . he states :“The land is subject to blights in

the upper d istri cts . The fai lure of the last tw o harvests in succession from

droughts and blights , wi th a simi lar p rospect for the third , is well known .

”And

on page 400 : Mi ldew is li t tle known in the p lants on the best soi ls

are kep t down by the droughts from that degree of p lethora whi ch occasions a

rup ture of the sap vessels in a more humid cl imate , and whi ch in England I

believe to be the cause of what is termed mildew , in contradistinction to blights,

whi ch in the higher distri cts in N.S.W . appear to be caused by the frosts , when

the wheat is in bloom . The mischief and distress whi ch have ensued in

consequence of the repeated destruct ion of the wheat crop from the above cause

are beyond calculat ion ,and especially during the seasons of 1827 , 1828 and 1829 .

T hey serve to show,in the strongest manner , how very much the space is limi ted

in whi ch a crop of grain can be calculated upon between the mountains and the

sea from the cause of blight alone , independent of the fai lures whi ch arise from

t he effect of droughts .

The 1831 crop w as aga in afi ected . In the Sydney Gazette of 12th January,

1832 , i t is stated , in regard to Bathurst : In the wheat crops , smut is, very

p revalent ; so much so that parts of some paddocks wi ll not be reaped because the

p roduce would not remunera te for the labour .

”Again , in the issue of the 2nd

February, 1832 , referring to Argyle distri ct , the wri ter says :“The li ttle wheat that

has been threshed out yields very badly, being excessive smut ty and blighted . Very

l i ttle w i ll come to Sydney market from hence th is year .

”A few days later , on

7 th February , the Bathurst harvest i s again referred to as follows :“Most of the

farmers comp lain of the smut , and some have certainly suffered very much from

this cause . A more cheering statement occurs in the issue of the 3rd March ,

1832 , as follows : “A new variety wh ich has been introduced by Mr. Cobb has

been found to be peculiarly hardy , and w as not affected by smut , although it w as

grown by the side of R ed Lammas , wh ich w as much injured by the disease .

T ak ing finally the crop of 1832 , i t is described in the Sydney Gazette of

4th D ecember, 1832 , in these terms in a report dealing w ith the d istrict of

Argyle :“T he wheat sown after the middle of Apri l comprises more than three

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

XIV PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

The report goes on to state that the Commi ttee bears out the test imony of

Sir Joseph Banks enunciated in an essay as early as 1806 , and then republ ished

in Koenig and Sim ’

s Journal , that the seed of diseased wheat , though its

a luminous port ion might have shrivelled , can be employed for seed grain as

long as the embryo is fairly developed . The seeds of rusted wheat , in most

instances, produced a r icher yi eld than crops raised from the best of imported

grain— the lat ter , w e need not say, taken from plan ts free of rust . T his apparent

anomaly is as yet not sat isfactori ly exp lained . I t would appear that the

p lan ts whi ch succumbed to the fungus were generally of an undue succulence ,

flaccidi ty and softness . Tuscan seed wheat imported from Gumeracka , South

Australia , turned out ve ry soft and ruined by rust , whi lst on the same fields , the

English p edigree , Spald ing’

s , red and rough chaff whi te wheat , remained

perfect ly free from disease . This singular fact clearly demonstrates that the

occurrence of rust i s not dependent on climat ic conditions alone, but more l ikely

on the effect and react ion of a variety of causes and of ci rcumstances, none of

them in themselves , perhaps , sufficien t to produce the disaster . I t would poin t

also to an innate suscep t ibi li ty of certa in variet ies to suffer from the devastat ion

of the fungus . Sowing wheat thi ckly induces rust . Even i f a crop is

at tacked , dry hot wea ther may check i t . Soaking grain in slaked lime and water ,

2 lbs . lime p er bushel , and dressing land wi th common salt have been recom

mended . For absolutely guarding aga inst successive failures of crops through

ravages of parasi t i c fungi , when the ir fast spread in a previous season leads

us to dread thei r reappearance , the farmer can only rely on the detect ion of

variet ies and kinds of grain whi ch remain free from attacks of the parasi te .

”The

report goes on to give detai led Observat ions on the cause of the fearful develop

ment and rap id spread of the d isease in the season 1 867—1868 , when there w as

unusually w et weather in’

September and October followed by excep t ionally early

hot winds .

Apart from Vi ctoria , simi lar act ion w as taken in South Australia . Parliament

voted £200 to the Royal Agri cultural Society in 1864 to inquire in to wheat diseases .

McAlp ine ( 1891 ) states that 1868 w as a very bad rust year in South Austral ia ,

and in 1869 w as publi shed the report of this Commi ssion appo inted to inquire

in to disease in cereals . Further eviden ce of the confusion whi ch existed be tween

wheat d i seases at that t ime i s g iven by the fact that the first d isease dealt with is

labelled“R ed Rust

”

, and the fourth disease,

“Black Rust and Smut” ! T epper

also deal ing wi th South Austral ia , states that he had first observed rust

in 1854—5 near Lyndoch . Since then i t had been not i ced every year to a greater

or less extent . In 1871—2 rust p reva i led much in Monarto . At Moun t Gambier

i t w as noted in 1862 that creep ing wheat”

, the latest in ripening , w as much less

affected , i f at all , than any other kind .

Professor Lowrie , report ing to the Second Session of the Rust in Wheat

Conference in 1891 , stated that rust had been known in South Austral ia since

18 51 , and s ince then had c aused more or less loss. In the years 1867 , 1889 and

18 90 rust w as general and resulted in immense loss. The 1889 losses are put

down a t from 2 to 3 million pounds s terling . These are set out as follows

South Austra lia , Victoria , New South Wales ,

Queensland , T asman ia ,

Queensland , growing wheat to a much more limi ted extent , also suffered

from rust . T ryon ( 188 9 ) refers to the rust damage and states that hard wheats

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

en joy a comparat ive immun i ty from the attacks of the fungus . He believed this

to be due to the h igh s i li ca content of these wheats .

Wi th all the Eastern States sufi er ing from rust damage, in 1890 steps were

taken to convene conferences of de legates from the d ifferent States to consider

the rust p roblem . These “Rust in Wheat Conferen ces” were held in 1890, 1891 ,

18 92 and 189 6 , and volumes issued report ing the p roceedings . These have been

well summarized in early numbers of the Agri cultural Gazet te of the first

issue Of wh ich w as p rinted in 1890 . Thi s st i ll cont inues as a monthly publ icat ion ,

and , so far as New South Wales i s concerned, i s the chi ef source of informat ion

regarding cereal rusts in the crops .

At these“

conferen ces various phases of the rust p roblem were considered.

Amongst the delegates w ho made outstanding contribut ions to the d iscussions

w as William Farrer . He affirmed that he : had the greatest fai th in the world

that the solut ion to the rust p roblem could be found . H is emphasis w as , of

course , on the breeding of sui table variet ies of wheat .

Turning now to rust losses wh ich have occurred since the Rust in Wheat

Conferen ces” , w e find e st imates of wh ich many are based upon carefully comp i led

figures . Guthrie ( 1914) states that the 18 99 loss from rust amounted to

McAlp ine ( 1905 ) stat es that 1903 w as a bad y ear ; Mr . A . H . E . McD onald,

D irector of Agri culture in New South Wales , est imated the losses in this State

that year to have been three mi llion bushels , worth more than The

same authori ty calculated that in the 1916 ep idemi c in New South Wales , rust

losses exceeded

Referr ing to the 1917 season , no actual figures are avai lable , but Pri dham

( 1918 ) wri tes :“Rust great ly affected the yields , and the best results were obtained

from early-maturing var iet ies . Sten ing speaking of the same season ,

says :“The rains and muggy weather in the sp ring following upon the abundant

win ter rainfall supp lied very favourable condi t ions for the developmen t of red

rust , whi ch at the t ime of judging w as p resent on stem and ear .

” McD iarm id

( 1918 ) remarks : “The season ( 1917 ) w as not so conducive to rust as the previous

one , and only occasional areas were affected to any extent .

Three years later further heavy losses occurred . The happen ings in 1920 ,

1925, 1930 and 1934 have recent ly been cri t ically examined by the Di rector of

Agr i culture in New South Wales , and the results kind ly commun icat ed to the

wr iter . Mr . McD onald est imates that in 1920 the northern areas of New South

Wales , p roduc ing 16 m i ll ion bushels , were affected by rust to the extent of

Wi th wheat valued at 8s . 7d . per bushe l , this loss would amoun t to

Reynolds Birks and Shepherd ( 192 1 ) a ll comment upon the

incidence of rust in the 1920 crops .

In the following year rust w as again recorded in many of the crops , although

actual losses were not computed Birks dealing wi th the New South

Wales Slopes and Pla in s says : So general is the threat of rust , that rust

resistance is one of the main considerat ions in the select ion of var iet i es for the

d istrict .

”Reynolds ( 1922 ) remarks : “

I t w as again not i ced that Hard Federat ion

and Federat ion were both seve rely affected wi th rust .

” Referring to the Corowa

distri ct in this same 1921 season , Sparks ( 19 22 ) reports that rust w as very

p revalent , some of the crops being severely attacked” .

Following up on a gap of three years in the re cord , McCauley ( 1925 ) wri tes

of the 1924 harvest in the north western district and refers to“losses of over 50%

of the expected yie ld in some cases” . Reynolds ( 1925 ) states that in the northern

xvi PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

distr ict that year stem and flag rusts made rap id progress and caused p inched

and light grain”

.

Next year , 1925, Mr . McD onald states that the general loss through rust w as

5% of 60 mi llion bushels, valued at 6s . 2d . p er bushel , a total loss of

Aga in , after a gap of three years in the record , losses are reported in the

1928 crop .Kerle ( 1929 ) est imated losses in the central-western d istri ct at 50%

of the expected yield . Medley ( 1929 ) states that stem rust alone w as responsible

for a general reduct ion in yield by at least whi le in varieties showing a

heavy infect ion , the yield w as reduced by fully Bartlett referring

to this same season , says :“Eastern R iverina just escaped a very serious outbreak

of rust .

”

A serious ep i demic again occurred in 1930 . The losses are est imated by Mr.

McDonald to have been 2 mi llion bushels, valued at 3s . 10d . per bushel , totalling

Finally, as regards New South Wales, in 1934 heavy losses again occurred.

Mr . McD onald states that rust affected an area p roducing 25 mi ll ion bushels to

the extent of causing a loss of bushels valued at 3s . 3d . p er bushel,

totalling There w as also damage to quality on 5 mi llion bushels,

est imated at 3d . p er bushel , or Thus the aggregate loss in this year w as

A brief referen ce to the rust posit ion in Western Australia, the youngest _of

the wheat -growing States , wi ll serve to show that rust can be importan t there .

Pi ttman ( 1935 ) states :“Western Australia suffers less from rust than the other

Australian States . Serious losses occur only rarely. In fact , during the last 30

years , on ly on three occasions has the disease assumed serious proport ions

in 1915, 1917 , and 1934: Black stem rust assumed ep idemi c proport ions in the

NW . parts of the wheat belt in 1934, many farmers snfiering losses wi th some

variet ies amoun ting to total fai lure . I t w as no uncommon thing for yields to be

reduced to the extent of 75 to

The rust problem is clearly one of considerable magnitude so far as New

South Wales is concerned . Taking only the figures set down for the years 1916,

1920, 1925, 1930 and 1934, and omi tt ing altogether the other records of serious

damage not here assessed in terms of money (but unquest ionably great ) , during

the past 20 years the average annual loss in New South Wales has amounted to

a quarter of a mi llion pounds . This figure may seem surp r ising on account of

the apparen t insign ificance of rust in the crops in some seasons .

I t is emphasized again that there is remarkable diversi ty in the wheat

growing condi tions in Aust ral ia . Th is applies also to New South Wales . Taking

seasonal cond it ions , for examp le , and considering rainfall only, there are striking

d ifferences between i ts incidence in d ifferent districts devoted to wheat-growing .

Not on ly does th is app ly to the averages computed for long periods —marking,

for instance , dry”

areas and“good ra infall areas — but in a part icular district

marked fluctuat ions occur . This all has a d irect bearing upon rust attack . On

an average , the northern and north-western d istri cts , coming as they do wi th in

the influence of the monsoonal ra ins w i th early summer p recip i tat ion , are more

liable to rust damage than say the western or'

south-western districts, in which

the An tarct ic ra infall system is so importan t . But departures from the normal

ra infalls occur . For examp le , in a season l ike 1930 , cont inuous early summer

ra ins and muggy condi t ions were experienced in the western districts . Inoculum

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS . xvi i

of rust w as p resent in abundance , and the variet ies grown suscept ible , the whole

result ing in heavy rust damage . Whi lst on occasion a parti cular district may

susta in a severe rust attack and other distri cts escape , at other t imes rust

favouring condit ions may be widely experienced and all districts suffer severely

from an ep i dem ic

Having thus reviewed accounts of Austral ian rust damage in past years, w e

now turn to present t imes .

Certain of the ce real rust p roblems have been receiving at ten t ion by the

wri ter during the past 15 years , and i t iS‘

proposed to summarize and d iscuss a

few of the results that have been obtained . An army of workers is engaged upon

rust problems in various parts of the world , and a large l ibrary of literature

has been bui lt up dealing wi th the subject . Scant reference only can be made

to i t in these pages . Excellent bibliograph ies are g iven in many of the recent

papers that have been published.

Acknow ledgemen ts .

At thi s stage gra teful acknowledgement is made of the invaluable assistance

that has been received from many quarters . I t is impossible to specify all the

helpers . Thanks are tendered to the Senate and Vi ce-Chancellor of the Un iversity

of Sydney , and to Professor R . D . Wat t , D ean of the Faculty of Agriculture , for

making avai lable faci lit ies wi thout whi ch the investigat ions could not have been

carr ied out , and to my colleague, Mr . J . G . Churchward, for help rendered.

Financial assistance has been generously given by the T rustees of the Science

and Indust ry Endowment Fund . The Under-Secretary and officers of the

N.S .W. D epartment of Agriculture have cont inually helped in the invest iga

t ions ; i t is perhaps not invidious to ment ion especially the Principal of the

Hawkesbury Agricultural College and his staff. T o Mr . W. H . Ifould and his

ofli cers at the Public Library thanks are tendered for help in the historical review.

Members of the attendant staff of the Un iversi ty of Sydney have given their best

serv i ces and loyally helped in the rout ine work.

Factors Involved in the Causat ion of R ust .

In the causat ion of any p lant disease , i t is now well established that three

factors must be considered , v iz . , the pathogen , the host and the environment .

That i s to say, the p roblem is a three phase one . Not only must the pathogen

be p resent . There must also occur a suscep tible host . And thi rdly, the environ

men tal conditions must be sui table for the pathogen to attack the host . In the

earlier days of d isease invest igat ion i t w as not realized that each of these three

factors must be dealt with . At first the pathogen alone w as studied . Next the

host in its relat ion to the paras ite came up for study . Latterly, the need for

studying environment in i ts bearing upon the other factors has been clearly

recogn ized . Thus for the full development of rust leading to the production of

what is called an ep idemic op t imal condi t ions— or a close approximat ion to

them— relat ive to all three factors must operate . Absence of the pathogen,

although suscept ible hosts may be p resent in a favourable environment , will

lim i t the p roduction of an ep i demi c. Again , lack of suscept ible hosts, even

though abundant inoculum may be p resent in a favourable environment , wi ll

mi litate against the occurrence of an ep idemi c. Lastly, even though abundant

inoculum and suscep t ible hosts may be present , no ep idemi c wi ll develop unless

the environmental condit ions are favourable . The terrific damage is done when

all three requi rements are met . Then an ep idemi c occurs.

xvi i i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

Each of these factors must therefore receive full considerat ion . How they

act and react upon each other p resents a very difficult problem, but one whi ch

has to be faced . Wi thin the limi tat ions of this address , i t becomes ne cessary to

d irect attent ion only to some aspects of the work dealing with the pathogen ,

followed by some brief consi derat ions regarding rust control .

The Pathogen .

As already stated , the causal agent of rust is a fungus . Rust fung i are very

numerous . Thus McAlp ine ( 1900 ) records 160 species in Australia , and many

more have since been found. They are highly specialized parasi tes of higher

p lan ts . For examp le , the fungus wh i ch attacks wheat cannot attack oat s .

Certa in of the cereal rusts parasi t ize grasses . On the other hand , many of those

whi ch occur on grasses cannot infect any of the cereals . This remarkable

specifici ty in host range is a characterist i c of many of these organ isms, few

groups outside the rusts showing such striking specializat ion .

In the cereal rusts, there are often tw o sorts capable of attacking a part icular

host . D epending upon the p lant parts whi ch are parasi t ized , they are often

referred to as“stem rusts

”and leaf rusts

”. Wheat may be infe cted by stem

rust and leaf rust as well as by a third known as yellow stripe rust . These are

three dist inct organisms, recogni zed as separate species . These again are qui te

different from the rusts whi ch attack oats . Clearly there are numerous rusts

of cereals, and each is regarded as a separate ent ity . What is found to apply

t o one of them wi ll not necessari ly app ly to another . E ach requi res separate

treatment .

There are , of course , many features in common to rusts . All are very minute

fungi . All are obligate parasi tes, that is , they cannot at p resent be grown apart

from their normal l iving host p lants . In th is regard they are qui te different

from many other disease-causing organ isms wh ich are regularly

'

cult ivated in vi tro.

When the approp riate means of thus cult ivating rusts are discovered , many of the

present obstacles to p rogress w i ll d isappear and a new era in rust invest igat ions

wi ll open . All have a comp li cated life h istory ; many are heteroecious organ isms ,

pass ing through different stages of thei r l ife h istory on tw o dist inct host plants .

In Australia the cereal rusts that have been ident ified are six in number . On

wheat tw o occur, viz . , stem rust (Puccinia gramin i s T ri t i ci E . H . ) and leaf

rust (P . tri ti cina the ye llow st ripe rust (P . glumarum (Sohm. ) E . H . )

has not been recorded , and i t seems unl ikely that i t would become serious in our

wheat -growing areas because of the h igh summer temperatures . Oats are attacked'

by stem rust (P . gramini s Avenae E . H . ) and crown or leaf rust (P . coronata

Avenae (Cda . ) E . Barley is parasitized by stem rust (P . gramin i s Tri ti ci

E . H . ) and leaf rust (P . anomala R ye harbours tw o rusts , viz. , stem‘

rust (P . gramini s Tri ti ci E . H . ) and leaf rust (P . d ispersa E . the rust

known as P . gramini s Secalis E . H . has not been recorded .

Of the cereals , wheat is the most important in Australia, and of i ts rusts , the

stem rust does the more damage . Most attent ion is therefore devoted to this

fungus .

Or igin of R ust in Australia.

T he quest ion is often asked,

“How d id rust come to Australia ?

” We know

on ly too well that our l ist of plant diseases has mult ip lied alarmingly in recent

years , and in some cases w e know how these dread pathogens have reached our

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS . xix

shores . But in the case of rust , w e can on ly speculate upon the source of the

original inoculum .

The cereal rust fung i are not seed-borne . The original seed wheat brought

to Australia by the early p ioneers doubtless introduced smuts , but some other

source must be sought for the rusts . As far as stem rust is concerned , barberries

are not indigenous and were not brought to Aust ralia unt i l much later in the

history of the se ttlement than the recorded outbreaks of rust . Hooker ( 1859 )

refers to Barbarea vu lgaris be ing p resen t in that year in Tasman ia . In 18 64, the

Third Annual Report of the Acclimat isat ion Society of N .S .W . refers to Berberi s

sp . amongst the p lan ts al ive in the Botan i c Gardens . No close relat ive of the

barberry is a nat ive , and no Australian p lant is known to harbour the aecidial

stage of the fungus , so that even if teleutospores were brought by the early

sett lers , they could not have in i t iated the d isease .

A ir-borne uredospores from cereal crops in Ind ia or elsewhere may have been

responsible for the first infections of the early wheat crops . It i s known that

rust spores have been carri ed thousands of miles by wind , frequent ly associated

wi th atmospheri c dust . No such determinat ions have been made in Australia,

but many observat ions are reported by workers in other countries (Stakman et al . ,

1923 ; Ba i ley, 192 8 ; Chabrolin , 1929 ; Lambert , 1929 ; Pelt ier , These spores

were in some cases t rapped at very high alt i tudes . So far sat isfactory deter

minat ions do not seem to have been made of the d istance spores can t ravel

w i thout los ing v iabil ity . This p roblem of spore migrat ion is an importan t one ,

although difficult to solve . Whereas m igrat ion of uredospores across the

Med iterranean Sea from Sardin ia to Tun i s (Chabrolin , 1929 ) is int elligible , i t

seems doubtful whether spores would remain v iable after the long journey across

the Indian O cean to Australia .

Recent ly (Wat erhouse , 1929 ) attent ion has b een pa id to the occurrence of

cereal rusts on grasses in Australia . Certain of the in t roduced grasses are well

known to be at tacked by cereal rusts . One of our nat ive perenn ial grasses,

Agropyron scabrum Beauv . , a near relat ive of whea t and a widespread p lant in

the south-eastern port ion of the cont inen t , has lately come up for special study

as a host of wheat stem rust (Waterhouse , 1934, In regard to the origin

of black stem rust of wheat , the possibi li ty must be borne in mind of the rust

having been present on this grass p r ior to the arrival of the early set tlers . I f this

w as so, then when wheat w as grown the rust might be expected to spread to i t

from the grass host . Simi larly, in the case of the other cereal rusts , app ropriate

nat ive grass hosts may have been parasi t ized before the cereals were brought to

Australia , thus p roviding the inoculum which in i t iated the cereal attack .

Seasonal Carry-over of R ust .

By whatever means rust originated in Australia , i ts seasonal carry-over must

be consi dered . The p ersistence of a pathogen from season to season i s a matter

of the utmost importan ce from all poin ts of v iew . In the case of perenn ial p lants ,

perennat ion of mycelium often makes th is s imp le . Some annual p lants are

known to p roduce seeds or grains in whi ch the pathogen i s d irect ly carried over

from generat ion to generat ion . But i t is d iff eren t in the case of rusts .

Consider ing black stem rust (Puccinia graminis the comp li cated life

history under Northern Hemisphere cond i t ions normally p rovi des for perennat ion .

T eleutospores p roduced on wheat in the late summer lie dormant throughout the

W inter. In the spring they germinate and lead to the infect ion of the young

XX PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

shoots of the barberry . Thence the rust spreads on to young wheat p lants, then

coming into vigorous growth , and g ives r ise to the uredospore stage . Later,

when the wheat is mature , the teleutospore stage is formed on the st raw ,

comp let ing the life history. Barberries, therefore , are most important in the

in i t iat ion of the rust at tack of the new crop in the spring . In Australia this is

not the normal occurrence . Here the p roblem is not one of over-winter ing , but

of over-summering .

D ifferent exp lanat ions of over-summering in Australia have been suggested ,

but i t is now clear that living rust in the uredospore stage is p resent on sporadi c

crop p lants or suscep t ible grasses all the year round . This inoculum is respon

sible for ini t iating the rust at tacks in the crop . Not long ago i t w as stated that

comp lete cont rol of wheat stem rust could be b ad if on ly agreement could be

reached , whereby all growers everywhere in Aust ralia undertook to grow no

wheat for one part i cular season , say from April to December .

‘

However , i t wi ll

be seen from the accumulated evidence that this would not solve the problem .

In Tables 1 , 2 and 3 are summarized the results of the examinat ions that

have been made of field collect ions of three of the rusts, month by month .

TABLE 1 .

Summary of the number of isolations of P . graminis Tritici during each month of the p eriod .

Season of collection , ending March Of

Month . 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936* Totals.

Totals 41 15 25 100 28 8 9 189 156 181 149 144 93 227 154

The record for 1936 extends only to l st January.

At ten t ion is drawn to the fact that the opportun i t ies for collecting rusted

material have been dist in ctly limi ted . I t is certain that much more rust w as

ava i lable in the field than is ind icated by the collect ions submi tted for examina

t ion . The figures given are , therefore , the more significant as regards presence

of rus t at any part icular t ime .

The rusted material obta ined during the non-wheat -growing season ( late

summer and autumn ) has cons isted mainly of volunteer wheat— or oat plan ts ,

as the case might be— but some of the specimens were grasses . Agropyron

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

xxi i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

There has been evidence of rust development taking p lace first in the

warmer— and earli er— distr icts . Thus crops in Queensland commonly Show a

marked rust developmen t as early as August , and migrations from these to the

areas in the north-west of New South Wales and thence to the southern areas

have been demonstrated . On the other hand, heavi ly rusted wheat plan ts have

frequen tly been subm itted from the cold districts in the table lands during

February and March .

I t is clear from the tables that rust in the uredospore stage is , like the poor,

always wi th us . In consi derat ions of rust con trol , there can be no possib i lity of

eradi cat ion by simp ly not growing a crop for a season . Other mean s must be

sought .

In concluding thi s sect ion on the persistence of rust , i t is po inted out that

the recent d i scovery of natural infect ion of barberr ies in New South Wales

(Waterhouse , 1934) does not affect the posit ion . The product ion of the aecidial

stage in Sep tember and O ctober— vastly important as it can be in the product ion

of new phys iolog i c forms— can hardly have any appreciable effect upon the

abundance of inoculum, already p lent iful in the crops in the uredospore stage .

Physiologic Specialization .

The phenomenon of physiolog i c speciali zat ion is a matter of the greatest

importance . I t has rece ived considerable attent ion in recen t years . Many other

wise inexpli cable happen ings become qui te intelligible in the light of our present

knowledge of specializat ion , and future p rospe cts of success in disease control

are enhanced thereby.

In a general w ay , i t may be stated that physiologi c forms are groups of an

organ ism , stable in the ir characterist i cs , wh i ch cannot be d ifferen tiated by morpho

logical cr iteria , but only by the i r host relat ionsh ips . Perhaps in the rusts and

the powdery mi ldews are to be found the best examples of thi s phenomenon . For

examp le, if uredospores of stem rust from wheat are p laced on both wheat and

oat p lants under sui table condi t ions , the wheat is infe cted , but not the oats . If

spores from oats are sown on the tw o cereals, on ly oats are infected . Thus the

rusts— apparen tly ident i cal morphologi cally— on wheat and oats are clearly

different iated from each other by their abi li ty to establish themselves on defin i te

hosts. This means that the former con cep t ion of simi lari ty of the members

wi thin a species of such a fungus has to be altered . One now has to visualize

the occurrence wi th in the species of many groups of forms whi ch differ in their

parasit i c capabi lit ies . They are dist inct en t i t ies . Thus the fungus named

Puccinia graminis Pers . i s now known to consist of a group of forms (about

150 in number ) wh i ch at tack wheat ; another group of forms ( about 10 ) whi ch

infect oats but not wheat ; yet another group of about 14 forms infecting rye ;

and others again wh i ch infect certain of the grasses . The comp lexity of the

p roblem of breeding for rust resistance is increased as a result of th is advance

in knowledge , and yet to ignore i t is but to court fa i lure in the endeavour . As

Aamodt ( 1934) has recen tly stated ,

“Knowledge concern ing the number , p revalence

and distribut ion of physiologic forms of any pathogen i c organ ism is of vi tal

importance to the p lant breeder . T o p roduce new variet ies that are not

resistant to all the forms of the pathogen that are p resent in the region in wh ich

the varie ty is to be grown is to acquiesce , at least , to only temporary or part ial

successf’

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS . xxi i i

To E riksson ( 1894) belongs the honour of d iscover ing the existence of

sp ecialized races of rusts . Stakman perhaps more than any other worker has

contributed to our knowledge of the subject , both by his ow n br i lliant and

unt iring researches and by the wonderful st imulus he has given to a large band

of invest igators , now scat tered over the face of the ear th . The t echnique developed

by Stakman and Levine ( 1922 ) has come into general use .

The determinat ion of physiologic forms is based upon their react ions as shown

on a range of select ed different ial host var iet i es . In this work i t is essent ial

that the host var iet ies should be genet ically p ure . The inoculat ion experiments

must be carried out on p lants at the same stage of development , and w i thin defin it e

limi ts of temperature , light , humidi ty and nutri t ion . Var iat ions in these environ

mental condi t ions may cause profound disturbances in the result s . Thus i t has

been found (Waterhouse , 1929 ) that a rust giving a particular series of react ions

defin ing i t as a part icular form under one set of env i ronmen tal condit ions , wi ll

have to be designated as something quite different on the basis of the react ions

it gives under altered env ironmental condi t ions . Unless there i s standardizat ion

of p rocedure , the gravest confusion is l ikely (Waterhouse , D ifli cult ies of

this nature would d isappear if i t were possible for one central inst itut ion to

undertake all the work, but this does not appear to be pract icable at the p resent

t ime .

Turn ing now to the results that have been obtained in Australia , grateful

acknowledgement is first made of the generous help always g iven by D rs . E . C .

Stakman and M . N . Levine, as well as other North American workers, wi thout

whose assistance the work could not have been carried out . Many other workers

have made invaluable contribut ions to this work .

Specializat i on in Puccin ia graminis T rit i ci .

The 12 standard var iet ies so carefully selected by Stakman and Lev ine are

used in th is determ inat ion . Seedlings to the number of about 15 are grown in

each pot . The first seedling leaf is moistened with ster i le water , and by means

of a flat ster i le needle, the uredospores of the rust under examinat ion are p laced

in this water which adheres to the leaf . The pots are then incubated in a

saturated atmosphere for 48 hours . They are afterwards p laced on well-l ighted

benches in the p lant house at a temperature of 70—75°F. , to allow the rust to

develop . Notes are later taken of the infect ion that occurs .

The types of infect ion shown by each host are recorded by a simple notat ion .

Six typ es of infect ion are recognized : 0 immune ; 1 very resistant ; 2 moder

ately resistant ; 3 moderately suscep t ible ; 4 very suscept ible ; x heterogeneous .

D ifferent degrees of infect ion of these types are indicated by symbols p lus and

minus.

“

Since the commencement of the studies in 1921 , and carrying the work up

to 1st January, 1936 , eight naturally occurring forms of P. graminis Tri ti ci have

been determined in Australia . Their character ist ics are set out in Table 4.

These forms have in the great major i ty of cases been isolated from wheat .

Some have come from barley , some from rye , and yet others from grasses l ike

Hordeum murinum , H . mari timum and Agropyron scabrum.

The forms 43, 44 and 54 show close simi lar i t ies , and on the other hand,

forms 45, 46 and 55 resemble each other . That i s to say, these six forms, the

only ones determined up to 192 6, fall into tw o difierent groups . T ests cover ing

several hundred variet ies of wheat showed that there were many which showed

ei ther resistance or suscept ibi li ty to all three members of a group . This gave

xxiv PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

TABLE 4.

Typ ical reactions of the naturally-occurring physiologic forms of Puccinia graminis Tritici in Australia .

Type of react ion on di fferential wheat variety .

Q8

Em H o w E N o m o a w m mo

Fdfi ‘ h M b EC» s-i co g o: g oo 00

05m

OH m w e

zN gm g o a d A w

2a

a“

km

a“ gw U

mco a w o m e m

g Hg_ , c: ! a a c: 3 Q E i Ee r ! s h ! O H w—z w e A

H.

e h ! o i-z AH

.

n o 2 0 M0 MO < 0 2 0 mo Mo < 0 Ho > 0

4 4 4 4 3

4 4 4 4 1

4 0 0 ; 0 ; 0 ; X 1 3

4 O 0 ; 0 ; 0; 3+ 3+ 3

4 2 O 2 4 4 x x 3

4 0 2 4 4 1 1 3

4 0 0 ; 0 ; 0 ; 1 3 3

4 4 O 2 4 4 x x 3

a clear basis for the select ion of variet ies wor th using as paren ts in the crosses

designed to give comp lete resistance to all six forms in the progeny .

Forms 34 and 11 are quite dist inct from the other six . They are both

well -known forms in many of the other Wheat -growing - countr ies where deter

minat ions have been made . Thus D r . E . C . Stakman states that form 34 w as

the prevalent form in the Uni ted Stat es of Amer i ca in 1934.

The distr ibut ion of these forms in Austral ia and New Z ealand is set out

in Table 5 . There have been excluded from these considerat ions the determinat ions

made from an extens ive batch of specimens'

submit ted from New Z ealand in

1935 ; these results are to be recorded separately . They show the presence mainly

of form 34, with a few i solat ions of form 45 and form 11 .

TABLE 5 .

Summary of the number of isolations of physiologic forms of P . graminis Tritici group ed according to

their origin .

Origin of material .

F.C .T . N.S.W . Vict . Qland . S.Aust . W.Aust . Tas. N.Z . Totals .

To tals 23

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. XXV

It is seen that most of the ident ificat ions (nearly deal wi th New

South Wales mater ial . The faci lit ies , thanks largely to the ofli cers of the N .S.W.

D epartment of Agriculture , are greater in this State than elsewhere . Nevertheless,

many of the collect ions submitted from other States were random samples

representat ive of extensive areas .

Taking next the t ime distr ibut ion of these eight forms dur ing the p eriod of

the rust survey , the results are summar ized in Table 6 . Quite emp irically the

years are taken as beginning on l st April of the year previous to 31st March

of the year named .

TABLE 6 .

Summary of the number of isolations of the naturally occurring physiologicforms of P . graminis Tritici in Australiaand New Z ealand in the various years.

Season of isolation ending 3151; March of the year stated .

1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 19 35 1936* Totals.

— _ h — n ~w — _ o

3 4 7

4 18 152 156 90 181 139 143 93 220 148

20 10 10 55 15 14 2 1 10 1 4 160

2 4 1 3 30 6 46

3 15 5 17 5 2 47

14 15 24 1 6 2 62

3 1 5

1 2 10

Totals 41 15 25 100 28 8 9 189 156 90 18 1 149 144 9 3 227 154

The record for 1936 extends only to l st January .

In the aggregate , form 34 has been present in 80% of the cases examined .

I t w as unknown p r ior to November , 1925, only the tw o groups comp rising the

six forms having been found . On that occasion only form 34 w as present in wheat

rece ived from Western Australia , where previously form 43 had occurred . Although

many det erminat ions were made from mater ial collected in the south-eastern areas

of Austral ia in that same season , form 34 w as not found again unt i l October ,

1926 . Then wheat from Curlewis in the north-western district of New South

Wales yielded a mixture of forms 34, 43, 44 and 45. Addi t ional samp les from

Western Australia received soon afterwards revealed the presence of only form 34.

It also began to appear in var ious parts of the New South Wales wheat belt ,

associated wi th certa in of the other six forms. Material ( the first for that season )

received a month later from South Australia , Victor ia and Queensland gave the

same result . Next year— in November , 1927— form 34 dominated the si tuat ion

to the almost ent ire exclusi on of the other six forms . Certain of these, and

notably form 43, were found very infrequent ly in New South Wales as late as

December , 1927 : the last i dent ificat ion w as made from Tasmanian mater ial

rece ived in January, 1928 . Dur ing the following seasons, when , i t will be not iced,

qui te large numbers of samp les were examined , only form 34 w as found . Later ,

wheat from Queensland, followed soon afterwards by wheat from Grafton , in the

far north-eastern corner of New South Wales , revealed the presence of form

xxvi PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

43 mixed with form 34. Since then there has been one isolat ion of form 43,intermixed with 34, in samp les sent in October , 1932 , from the same Queenslandlocality where it formerly occurred , followed by a year in whi ch i t did not showup at all . The only other occurrences were in October and November of 1934,

when samp les from the same far north-eastern corner of New South Wales and

the same Queensland locali ty yielded form 43 mixed with form 34. The season

just ended fai led t o reveal i ts p resence .

It is of interest to note that the results of the small ser ies of tests made

wi th mater ial from New Z ealand Show general agreement with the Australian

happenings . Prior to 1927 the three collect ions examined revealed the presenceof members of the tw o groups of Six forms . Since then, 20 collect ions (omi tt ingthe 1935 bat ch ) spread over the p eriod ,

have yielded only form 34.

To account sat isfactor ily for the change in the rust flora, leading to the

dominance of form 34, i s d ifficult . It is improbable that i t arose from an aecidial

infect ion of the barberry. It may have or iginated as a mutat ion , but one w ould

scarcely have expected i t to sup ersede the other forms so widely and so rap idly .

If viable uredospores can be carr ied across the Indian Ocean in a ir currents , i t

may have come from India . Actually , Indian teleutospore mater ial Obtained

in 1927 w as found to yield form 16 from barberry infect ions produced in the

p lant house . In the present state of our knowledge, one can only sp eculate upon

the origin of form 34 in Australia .

Independent evidence supports this finding of a“

change in the rust flora at

about this t ime . Inquir ies from several p rominent wheat -growers in New South

Wales have eli ci ted the informat ion that they have not i ced that “since about

192 7”variet ies which formerly showed a degree of rust resistance have become

completely suscep t ible to attack . AS already pointed‘

out , cer tain commercial

variet ies are resistant to one‘

or other of the tw o groups of the six forms .

For example , the variety Canberra”is resistant to the first of the groups, and

in locali t ies where only these forms were present , i t w as not attacked . Sim i larly,

a wheat l ike“Yandi lla King

”, exhibit ing resistance to a different group of forms,

w as not attacked in a reas where only these rusts occurred . Now , p ract i cally all

the commercial variet ies of Australian wheats are suscep t ible to form 34. Wi th

i ts advent ,“Canberra

”

,

“Yandilla King

”

, and other sorts were attacked . Further

more, i t is not iceable in controlled plant -house work that this form produces

uredo pustules on suscep t ible wheats in a much shorter t ime than any of the

other forms that have been studied . This of course means increased virulence .

One’

s ow n observations confirm the reports that crops in the field have been

more heavi ly attacked dur ing the past decade than formerly .

Thi s change in the phys iologic forms has profoundly affected the breeding

p roblem , and further emphasizes the v i tal need for studying the physiolog ic

specializat ion exh ibi ted by a pathogen if variet ies resistant to it are to be

produced . The very great efiect i t had upon the breeding work for rust resistance

has already been recorded (Waterhouse , By controlled work in the p lant

house and the field , agronomi c types resistan t to all the six forms were synthesized

from crosses between tw o wheats, one carrying resistance to the first group of

forms, the other having resistance to the second group . In 1927 their resistance“broke down

”. Th is w as s imp ly a man i festat ion of the newly arrived form 34,

to wh ich each of the parents used in the cross w as completely suscept ible .

Follow ing upon the advent of form 34, i t w i ll be seen from Table 6 that

there have been tw o further changes' in the rust flora . In one case the origin

of the form concerned can probably be indi cated .

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. xxvi i

As recent ly recorded (Waterhouse , in rusted wheat col lected in

November , 1934, by Mr . J . G . Churchward at Bectric, and by Mr . R . N.

Medley at Leeton , the hi therto unrecorded form 11 w as found, mixed with

form 34. In March, 1935, the same tw o forms occurred on rusted Agropyron

scabrum growing near Yetholme . St i ll more recently (November-D ecember , 1935 )

the same tw o forms have been ident ified from rusted wheat collected at Goolagong ,

Sebastopol , Bathurst , and Canberra , F .O .T . Form 11 has become more

widespread in the year .

Now form 11 has been found (unpublished data ) to arise from barberries

which have been inoculated under controlled condi t ions wi th form 34. This means

that the latter is heterozygous . So far several forms , including form 11 ,

have been ident ified as barberry der ivat ives of form 34. I t is significant that

in November, 1 933, the first occurrence w as recorded of natural infect ion of

barberries in Australia (Waterhouse , This t ook p lace on the Central

Tablelands at Yetholme, N .S .W . The evidence pointed clearly to Agropyron

scabrum being the source of the inoculum whi ch infected the barberries . Only

a li tt le of the uredo stage w as available for examinat ion in that year and yielded

only form 34. In 1935, when a search w as made for rust on this grass in the

same area , form 11 w as found as well as form 34. D oubtless i t had spread to

wheat also in the meant ime .

There is a clear case for eradi cat ion of barberr ies throughout Australia ,

following upon the good example set by so many other countries . I t i s p robable

that natural infect ion is uncommon , but there is proof that , at least occasionally ,

Austral ian condi t ions make i t possible for infect ion to take p lace . From on ly

one such infect ion there is always the possibi lity of new forms ar ising . These

may comp letely up set the work of breeding for rust resistance . The legislat ive

act ion recent ly taken which makes barberry destruct ion compulsory is to be

highly commended , and should be loyally carri ed out . The only regret i s that

eradicat ion w as not commenced earlier , following upon the evidence p resented

15 years ago (Waterhouse, that stem rust in Australia had not lost i ts

abili ty to infect the barberry .

As further showing the extreme importance of the barberry in relat ion to

the der ivat ion of physiologi c forms , the following facts recently communicated

by D r . E . C . Stakman are i lluminat ing . In last season’

s rust survey in

a total of identificat ions of forms w as made . Of them, were uredial

ident ificat ions and comprised 22 forms . The remaining 166 were aecidial

(barberry ) i dent ificat ions and were found to compr ise 25 forms . That is to say,

the rat io of number of forms to number Of ident ifications is : ured ial , 1 : 55 ;

aecid ial , 1 7 .

Striking as this difference is, it should probably be even wider . D r . Stakman

states that a number of forms have been listed as“Uredial” i dent ificat ions, whi ch

might have been p laced in the head ing of“Aecidial identificat ions” , because they

were obtained from uredial mater ial in the immediate v icini ty of barberry bushes

under circumstances whi ch make it certain that the rust came directly from the

barberries .

Not on ly did the barberry mult ip ly forms in this w ay, but the aecidial

forms thus p roduced were found in many cases to be forms whi ch attack “Vernal

Emmer and“Yaroslav

”. This is the wheat which has been used wi th such

marked success in crosses with vulgare wheats to give resistant varieties like“Hope

”. These wheats in turn are largely used as resistant parents in crosses . A

xxv i i i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

mult ip li cat ion of forms capable of at tacking these wheats simp ly v i tiat es the plant

breeders ’ work.

The second change in the flora is the recent recurren ce of form 45. After an

absence extending back to 1927 , this form w as found , mixed wi th forms 11 and 34,

in rusted wheat submit ted from Bathurst , and Canberra , in

D ecember , 1935. In pass ing , it should be men t ion ed that it has also been found

in material sent from New Z ealand . The rusted wheat forwarded by Mr . F . W .

H ely from Canberra w as the variety Ford” , whi ch , he reported , w as more

heavily at tacked than Dundee Th is is importan t , since wide experience has

shown that “Ford i s much more resistant to form 34 than is“Dundee

”.

No clear explanat ion of the recurren ce of this form can be given at p resent .

It may be sign ificant that at Bathurst and Canberra , as well as in New Z ealand ,

barberries are known to occur , and in the former area are known to have been

recen tly infected . In experiments wi th the heterozygous form'

34 alone , form 45

has not been recovered as a segregate from barberr ies , although form 11 has .

Work is in p rogress to determine whether a cross between form 11 and form 34

gives rise to form 45.

Specialization in Puccin ia graminis Avenae .

Oats are somet imes severely at tacked by stem rust . This rust does not attack

wheat . Nevertheless i t infects the barberry and is closely related to the wheat

stem rust . Johnson and Newton ( 1933 ) have recent ly been able to hybridize

form 9 of P . gramini s T ri ti ci wi th form 6 of P . graminis Avenae , leading to the

product ion of an ent i rely new form of rust . Spe cializat ion studies of oat stem

rust whi ch have been in p rogress for some t ime here are briefly summarized .

The same general methods are used in the determinat ion of the physiologic

forms of this rust , ut i l izing , of course , a group of oat variet ies instead of wheats ,

to effect the different iat ion . The s ame p recaut ions regarding puri ty and the same

cont rol of envi ronmen tal condit ions are essen t ial if t rustworthy results are to

be obtained . One of the d ifferen t ial variet ies named“Joanette” shows marked

differences in its react ions under different temperature condit ions . Thus a rust

determ in ed as, say, form 1 , under winter temperature condit ions becomes form

2 under summer temperatures . The react ion on Joanette” changes from

resistance to suscept ibi li ty . I t is for this reason that , in the absence of faci li ties

for doing all the cultural work under condi t ions of controlled temperature ,

forms 1 and 2 are here grouped , and in the same w ay and for the same reason ,

forms 3 and 7 are linked . Low temperatures for determinat ive work are clearly

indicated as essent ial .

T o date , five naturally occurring physiolog i c forms of P . graminis Avenae haye

been found . The typ ical react ion s of these forms are shown in Table 7 .

These i dent ificat ions have been made mainly from cultivated oats . Wild oats

and certain other grasses also have been found to be important hosts of this

pathogen , notably Vu lp ia bromoi des , Hordeum murinum,D actyli s glomerata,

Phalaris minor, Ca lamagros ti s d emula, and Koehleria cri stata.

These five forms fall into three groups . Form 6 stands alone . Forms 1 and 2

defin i tely occur, but are only separable under condit ions of low temperatures.

Forms 3 and 7 behave s imi larly .

The distribut ion of these forms is'

set out in Table 8 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Mbe

!

1 V PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

TABLE 9 .

Summary of the number of isolations of the physiologic forms of P. graminis Avenae from‘

Australia and New

Z ealand in the various years .

Season of isolat ion, ending 31st March of the year stated .

1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936* Totals .

— o _ — u

2 e 8

7 4 2 13 4 51

Totals 3 2 1 47 49 40 75 59 54 39

‘

77 55 549

The record for 1936 extends only. to 1st January.

a crop as does stem rust under ep idemi c condit ions . A season favourable,for the

development of a stem rust ep idemi c also leads to abundan t development of leaf

rust . But i ts onset is overshadowed by the s tem rust , wh i ch causes severe

shrivelling of the grain as one of i ts usual effects . Leaf rust'

usually appears

earlier in the season , somet imes being known as“spring rust

”in contrast wi th

the name“summer rust given to stem rust because of i ts later attack . How

ever, in the absen ce of severe stem rust developmen t the leaf rust alone can do

much damage . Humphrey ( 1934) has summar ized invest igat ions on this rust

whi ch Show that i t causes a defin ite diminut ion in the yield , expressed first ly

in the product ion of fewer heads per p lant and fewer grains per head, and

secondly in reduced grain size .

In the past there has been a good deal of confusion regarding the deter

m inat ion of physiologi c forms of this rust . There has not been the same unanimi ty

regard ing the appropriate differen tial variet ies as in the case of the stem rusts .

Numerous phys iologi c forms certainly occur . Mains ( 19 33 ) lists 53 forms, but it

is probable that some of those determined by other workers are different from

any of those recorded by Mains .

Numerous determinat ions of P. tri ticina 'have been made in Austral ia,with

the result that the react ions characterist i c of the form recorded by Johnston

and Ma ins ( 1932 ) and Mains ( 1933 ) as form 2 6 we re shown . But the chance

discovery w as made in 1926 that in some cases th is rust gave a strongly

resistant react ion on Thew”, one of Farrer

’

s variet ies of Wheat , wh ilst in others

the react ion showed full suscep t ib i li ty. That is to say, Thew”served to differen

fiate in the clearest w ay between tw o ent ities wh i ch are each P . tri ticina form 2 6 .

For the p resent these are des ignated“Aust . 1

” when Thew is resistan t , and“Aust . 2

” when i t is suscep t ible . These tw o forms show significant d ifferences in

thei r uredospore measurements (Waterhouse , and are now known to be

readily separable on numerous var iet ies in addit ion to Thew”. When crossed ,

they give rise to new forms (Waterhouse ,

In the special izat ion studies that have been in p rogress since 1926, the

separat ions have been made on the above basis . The distribution of these tw o

forms in space and in t ime is summarized in Tables 10 and 11 . In all cases

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. Xxxi

the isolations came from wheat , with the excep tion of one from Agropyron

scabrum.

TABLE 10 .

Summary of the number of isolations of the two Australian physiologic forms of P . triticina group ed according to

their origin .

Origin of material.

E .C .T . N.S.W . Vict . Qland . S.Aust . W .Aust . Tas . N . Z . Totals .

Totals 16

TABLE 11 .

Summary of the number of isolations of the physiologic forms of P. triticina from Australia and New Z ealand in

the various years .

Season of isolation ending 3l st March of the year stated .

1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1934 1935 Totals.

Totals 6 122 131 40 69 113 9 9 187

The record for 1936 extends only up to 1st January .

I t wi ll be seen that the tw o forms have occurred wi th app roximately equal

frequency . In the great majori ty of cases, both forms have been present in the

one collect ion exam ined . I t has been interest ing to find rep eatedly that difi eren

t ial variet ies like“Thew growing in the field where both forms occur , Show on

their mature leaves both suscept ible and resistant react ions . Whi lst many

varieties are known wi th resistance to“Aust . few have been found which

are resistan t to“Aust .

I t wi ll be not i ced that both these forms have been found in samples from

New Z ealand . Several other forms have lately been determined on wheat from

th e Dominion . The records of these , as well as of the stem rust i dent ificat ions,

are to be made avai lable later .

Specialization in Puccinia coronata Avenae .

This crown rust”

or“leaf rust

”of oats is most frequen tly found in the

better rainfall regions , e .g . , in our coastal areas where oats are main ly grown for

xxxi i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

green feed . Serious attacks sometimes occur and lead to considerable loss . The

effects of th is rust on oats have recen tly been studied by Murphy

Specializat ion studies here have only recently been commenced, thanks to the

receipt from D r . H . B. Humphrey of the set of difi erent ial variet ies of oats used

by U .S.A . workers (Murphy, Previously i t w as possible only to test

collections on tw o or three varieties wh ich had been found to g ive resistant

react ions . No difierences were discern ible in the isolat ions, although they came

from divergent sources .

Now that t he accep ted different ials are avai lable , the studies are placed upon

a prop er foot ing . T o date three physiologic forms have been determined in

New South Wales , v iz. , form 6 (Murphy, 1935) and tw o others not recorded and

not yet ass igned their approp riate numbers by D r . H . B . Humphrey, to whom

they have been submitted for this purpose . I t is not yet possible t o express

an op inion on the relat ive abundance or the distribution of these forms . No

sp ecies of R hamnus, the aecidial host , are ind igenous to Australia, and there is

no record of any infect ions of such plants as have been p lanted in shrubberies .

Infect ions in the p lant house under controlled condit ions have been obtained .

Sp ecialization in Puccinia anomala .

Leaf rust of barley is known at t imes to cause considerable damage to barley

grown for green feed in coastal areas . Ident ificat ions have been made from-

a

number of collect ions obtained from widely d ivergent locali t ies . Only one

physiologi c form has been found . I t closely resembles t he form 1 recorded by

Mains I t has been found , however , that the react ions of this Australian

rust on certain variet ies which were not included by Mains in his set of

different ials are different from those shown by h is form 1 . Thus, by making

use of some of these var ieties, i t can be shown that the Australian rust must

be considered as d ifierent from the Amer ican , therefore consti tut ing a third known

form . Orn i thogalum umbe llatum, the aecidial host , i s not indigenous .

Sp ecializati on in Puccinia dispersa .

R ye grown on the coast for green feed is also somet imes very heavi ly

at tacked by leaf rust . Lit tle indeed seems to be known concerning i ts specializa

t ion . No difie rential set of variet ies has been selected for the determination

work. Indeed , unt i l D ecember, 1935, no rye w as ava i lable here wh i ch showed any

resistance to this rust . Then a p lant w as noted growing in an open-

pollinated

row of“Star

”rye at Hawkesbury Agricultural College, whi ch showed the dist inct

hyp ersensi t ive flecks character ist ic of strong resistance in that p lant . Adjacent

plants were heavily attacked . Grain of this resistant plant has been saved , and

i t is hoped that i t may give a star t ing point for specializat ion studies of this

rust . No ind igenous species of Anchusa, its alternate host , are known to occur

in Australia .

Conc lusion of Specialization Studi es.

The invest igat ions have established the fact of specializat ion in the Austral ian

cereal rusts, and revealed the i dent ity of the forms present . This gives a basis

for breed ing for rust resistance. I t is clearly essent ial that the work be continued,

not only to assist the breeder for resistance, but also to gain information leading

to a fuller understanding of the phenomenon of specializat ion.

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS . xxxi i i

R ust Control.

So far no method of ent irely el iminat ing'

cereal rusts has been develop ed .

Various pract ices can be depended upon to reduce crop losses very markedly . That

comp lete control wi ll eventually be gained now seems certain .

Cultural pract ices have been improved greatly during this century . The aim ,

of course , has been to increase yields, and this has been largely attained . In

part this has been effected by reducing the incidence of disease .

Careful select ion of the land is the first considerat ion . Plants in hollows

and low -lying land rema in w e t wi th dew and ra in and tend to p roduce rank

growth , thus providing better condit ions for rust infect ion than p lants on higher

ground with i ts better a ir and soi l drainage . In a paddock wi th an uneven surface

it is usual to find the heaviest rust development in the low -lying portions .

Proper p reparat ion of the soi l so that a sui table seed bed is avai lable should

not be neglected . Weed growth , i f not prevented , may assist rust development .

Weeds may include rust-suscep t ible hold-over p lants infected by rust . These would

pass the inoculum on to the crop . Again , by overshadowing the crop p lants,

strongly-growing weeds may make the cond it ions in their v icinity more conducive

to rust development .

E ar ly sowing may be of the utmost importance . Some wheats for their p rop er

development demand a long growing Season . Variet ies of this nature were in

common use before Wi lliam Farrer commenced his monumental work. Varieti es

whi ch do not mature unt il late in the season are more l ikely to meet wi th con

di t ions favourable to the spread of rust . There is a race between the wheat p lant

and the rust parasite. If the wheat can r ipen before much rust is present , i t may

escap e damage . Hence , apart from the use of early-maturing sorts, ear ly seeding

on well~prepared land is important .

The app licat ion of the proper fert i lizers may assi st in reducing damage . The

real test of the value of fert i lizers lies, of course, in their effect upon yield

and quali ty of the product . But i t should be borne in mind that excessive use of

ni trogenous fert i lizers may lead to Severe rust damage . Too much nitrogen may

cause heavy flag growth and delay the r ipening, thus giving rust both a better

and a longer opportuni ty of develop ing . On the other hand , phosphat i c and

potassi c fert i lizers app lied to soi ls which respond to them p romote the develop

ment of a good root system (Watt , st ifi straw, and early r ipening . These

features reduce damage from rust .

The use of early-matur ing var iet ies may be of the utmost value in min imizing

losses from rust . Wi ll iam Farrer , by develop ing variet ies which were suited to

Australian cond i t ions and were early-maturing , effected a wonderful improvement

in our wheat s, apart from any of the other contribut ions he made . Even in

recent seasons when P . gramini s Tr i ti ci form 34 has severely damaged crops, an

early-maturing variety like “Florence” has matured p lump , well-filled grain owing

to i ts capaci ty to ripen early and thus escape rust damage . In passing, i t is

pointed out that “rust escape

” may be regarded as being difierent from rust

resi stance . It is obvious that var iet ies must have other desirable quali t ies in

addition to earliness if they are to be worth growing . Apart from i ts ser ious

defect of being so very suscept ible to disease , Farrer’

s“Federat ion” marked a.

striking improvement in our wheats and , in the breeding work in progress, i t i s

being largely taken as the type to a im at , p lus resistance to disease .

I t has been remarked by writers that Farrer w as responsible for changing

the colour of our wheat fields . Var iet ies grown before his day were mainly

xxxiv PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

golden-chafied . Farrer wheats like Federation”,

“Florence”,

“Canberra and

others have bronze chafi . When these came into cult ivat ion the colour of the

wheat fields w as changed from gold to brown . Recent ly an observat ion in the

field indicates one advantage wh i ch the dark-chafied wheats have over the l ight

chaffed . It is well known that dur ing harvest ing operat ions work cannot be

egmmenced in the morning i f the heads are st i ll w et wi th dew . It w as remarked

that heads of a bronze-chaffed var iety were dry and ready for harvesting earl ier

than those of a golden-chatted var iety in the same paddock . Absorpt ion of heat

apparen t ly made the difference . Because time is so often an important con

siderat ion in harvest ing operat ions , a difierence of this nature may significant ly

favour the dark-chaffed variety.

E radicat ion of alternate hosts should always be aimed at . This may not be

effect ive in Australia in prevent ing infect ion of the crop early in the spring

a very important considerat ion in the Northern Hemisphere .

- But i t has been

shown in the case of stem rust of wheat (Waterhouse , as well as that of

leaf rust (Waterhouse, that new physiologic forms arise by hybridizat ion

on the alternate host . Clearly, then , the presence of an alternate host const i tutes

a grave danger of increasing the forms of rust , with consequent increased difficulty

in breeding resistant var iet ies .

The introduct ion of infected straw from overseas should be p revented . In the

past , straw has been imported for the use of stock during p eriods of drought .

I t also arr ives as packing round art icles of commerce . T eleutospores on such

material may lead to barberry infect ions, with the consequent product ion of

physiologic forms at p resent unknown in Austral ia .

Dust ing crops with fung icidal powders in North Ameri ca has recently been

shown to give a remarkable control of rust , as well as other diseases . Work

in this sphere has lately been reviewed (Greaney , Sulphur dust in a very

finely divided condit ion is mainly used . The powder is d istributed over the

crops from special power dusters'

or aeroplanes . A first applicat ion is made at

about heading t ime , and subsequent dust ings at intervals of about a week unt i l

just before harvest . Exp eriments have p roved the efficacy and the pract icability

of th is method of controlling rust . It remains to be seen whether the pract i ce

is economi cally sound on a large scale , that is to say, whether , over a p er iod of

years, farmers would find that i t pays to dust their crops with sulphur . It i s

s imp ly a quest ion of cost .

Breeding for resistance offers the only » sat isfactory method of combat ing

p lant diseases . This ra ises problems of great comp lexi ty whi ch have long been

the subject of study and experiment in many countr ies . Upon their solut ion

depends the ult imat e control of rust and other diseases .

I t is impossible to deal adequately wi th this all-important subject in the short

t ime that remains. A vast l i terature has grown up dealing wi th i ts many phases ,

and wonderful progress has been made dur ing recent years in develop ing variet ies

of crop p lants which are resistant to various d iseases . Indeed , i t is somet imes

asser ted that one of the causes of over-

product ion is the development of h igh

yield ing types of p lants by p lant breeders . Actually the use of efficient variet ies

is e ssent ial as a means of lowering the cost of production .

T ime p ermi ts of br ief ment ion only of one outstanding Austral ian wheat

breeder . The work of Wi lliam James Farrer has probably never rece ived the full

recogn i t ion that i t deserves . H is have been remarkable contribut ions to Australia’

s

w eal th . Apart from other imp rovements , he ach ieved great success in breed ing

PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

variet ies resistant to bunt . H is work in breeding for resistance to rust is some

t imes stated to have fai led . Certainly it w as not successful i f i t i s judged in the

l ight of p resent -day rust resistance . This , however, is not a fa ir t est to make .

Facts relat ing to phys iologi c Special izat ion were , of course , unknown in Farrer’

s

day . In the absence of controlled invest igat ions, there is no w ay of determining

now what forms of rust were present then . We know that he defini t ely aimed

at the product ion of rust resistant variet ies . It is not without interest , therefore ,

to find that of the 19 var iet ies listed by Guthrie ( 1922 ) as product ions of Farrer ,

14 Show resistance to one or more of the six physiologi c forms p resent up t ill 192 6 .

No one of these var iet ies is resistant to the now ubiqui tous form 34. I t seems

improbable that this v irulent form w as present when Farrer d i d h i s work ,

otherwise there would scarcely have been claims (Guthr ie , 1922 ) that some of his

var iet ies were resi stant . That they were defin itely resistant to certain forms has

already been demonstrated (Waterhouse , Farrer , then , w as successful

in breeding for rust resistance as i t relates t o certain Austral ian forms of rust .

Since Farrer’

s t ime great advances have been made in science . Rap id

developments, part i cularly in genet ics, p lant breeding, p lant pathology and

cytology , have p laced tools of enormous value in the hands of breeders , and with

a realizat ion of the importance of breed ing resistant variet ies, and with adequate

support and the prov ision of proper faci li t ies, the prospects for ult imate success

seem to be very br ight . There is st i ll a vast amount of informat ion required in

regard to many fundamental happen ings . For examp le , desp i te all the progress

that has been made , i t must be admi tted that w e really know very li tt le about

such a basi c requi rement as what actually const itutes resistan ce . The great

need is for intensive work on such fundamental problems . Wi th this knowledge

i t can scarcely be doubted that many present-day obstacles wil l disappear , and

the w ay be paved for certain success in the future .

Conclusi on .

Finally, grateful reference must be made to the cordial assistance rendered

by members of your Counci l at all t imes throughout the year . The dut ies of a

President are great ly lightened by such happy cooperat ion . In the Secretary you

have a man w ho wi th unflagging zeal and outstanding abi li ty attends to the

affairs of the Society, and this opportun i ty is taken of again recording appreciat ion

of his fine servi ces and of thanking him for his work on our behalf .

Bibliography .

AAMODT , O . S . , 1 9 34.— Th e re la t ion b e tw een phy s io log ic form s o f phytopa th ogen ic fung i

and the prob lem of b reed ing for res istance t o d isea se . P roc. F ifth P acific Science

Congr ess , B 1 , 8 , p p . 2 61 5- 2 62 5.

ABBOTT , E . V 1 9 2 9 — St em rust o f w hea t in P eru . P hy top a th . , 1 9 , 1 1 , 1 041 - 1 043.

ANON . , 1 9 2 5.— Inv est iga t ions a s t o the losses in whea t y ield in t h e pr ov inces o f Santa

Fe and Cordoba . Min . Agr . N a c . (Buen os A ir es ) , Secc . P rop . e In form . C irc ., pp .

8 1 5- 8 1 8 .

ATKINSON, J. , 1 8 2 6 .

-An a ccoun t of the sta t e o f agr iculture and graz ing in N .S.W .

Pr in t ed and pub lish ed J. C ros s , H o lborn , p p . 146 .

BAILEY, D . L 1 9 2 8 .

— R eport of th e D om in ion R ust R esearch Labora t ory , W inn ip eg , Man .

R ep or t of D om inion B o tanis t for 1 9 2 7 , D iv . of B o tany , Canada D ep t . of Agr ic. ,

pp . 47 - 54.

, 1 9 2 8 .

— St em rus t in W estern C anada . D ep t . of Agr ic. D om . of Canada ,

Bu ll . 1 0 6 .

BARRINGTON , G . , 1 8 0 2 .

—The H ist ory o f N .S.W . Pr int ed for M . Jones , London , p p . 1 - 505.

BARTLETT , G . C . , 1 9 2 9 .— Farm ers

’

E xp er im enta l P lot s— R iver ina D istr ict . Ag . Gaz .

40 , 1 7 9 .

xxxvi PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS .

BENNETT , S . , 1 8 6 5 .—Th e h ist ory o f Austra lian d iscov ery and co lon isa t ion .

B IFFEN , R . H . , and E NGLEDOW , F . L . , 1 9 2 6 .— W h ea t—b r eed ing invest iga t ion s at the P lant

B reed ing Inst i tut e , C ambr idge . M in . of Agr i c. , Monograph 4, 1 14 p p . , 30 p l .

B IGGE ,J . T . , 1 8 2 3 .

—R ep or t O f th e C omm iss ioner O f Inqu iry on the sta t e of ag r icu lture

and trade in t h e colony o f N .S .W . O rdered t o b e p r int ed , H ouse O f C omm ons .

B IRKS, W . R . , 1 9 2 1 .

—T he B .A .S. fie ld wh ea t com p et it ion . Ag . Gaz . 32 , 1 8 7 .

1 9 2 2 — T he B .A .S . fie ld wh ea t comp e t it ion . Ag . Gaz . , 33 , p . 1 .

BURTON , G . H . , 1 9 2 8 — R ep or t o f P lan t B r eeder . Ann . R ep or t D ep t . of Agr . , K enya , for

1 9 2 7 , p p . 2 31 - 247 .

CH ABROLIN , C . , 1 9 2 9 — L a rou i lle no ire du b lé en Tun ise . R ep . P a th . Ve’

g . e t E n t . Agr i c. ,

1 6 , 49—58 .

C OLLINS, D . , 1 7 9 8 — An accoun t o f th e E ng l ish co lony in N .S .W . Vo l . 1 . L ondon

T . C ad e ll , Jun . , and W . D av ies .

CREP IN, C . , 1 93 1 .— N o t e on b la ck ru st . C omp t es R endus A cad . d

’Agr i c . d e Fr an ce , 1 7 ,2 2

, pp . 7 34- 7 39 .

D AR NELL - SM ITH , G . P . , 1 9 2 9 — T h e first wh eat in Au st ra l ia . Ag . G az . 40 , pp .

335- 33 8 .

D AW SON , R . , 1 8 31 .

—T h e p resen t sta t e O f Austra lia : a descr ip t ion Of th e coun t ry ,i ts

advantag es and pr osp ect s , w ith r eference t o em igra t ion : and a par t icu lar a ccoun tO f th e m ann er s , cust om s and cond it ion o f th e abor ig ina l inhab it an t s . Pub . Sm i th

E ld er C O . 464 p p .

D ODOFF, D . N . , 1 9 33 — T h e ep idem ic developm ent o f th e w h ea t rust s in Nor thern Bu lgar ia

in th e year 1 9 32 . P hytop a th . Z e i tschr . , 6 , 1 , pp . 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 .

E RIKSSON, J . , 1 8 94.— I

’

ib er d ie Sp ec ia lis ierung des P ara s it ismus b e i d en G etre id eros tp ilzen .

B er . d eu t . bo t . G ese ll. , 1 2 , 2 9 2 - 331 .

F IELD ,BARRON,

1 8 2 3 .

- F irs t ann iver sary a ddress by th e P r esiden t O f t h e Agr icu l tura l

Soc iety O f ins t itu t ed on the 5th Ju ly , 1 8 2 2 , pp . 1 - 1 7 . Pr in t ed by R ober t

H owe , G ov t . P r in t er , Sydney .

GREANEY, F . J. , 1 9 33 — F ie ld exp er im en t s on the pr even t ion o f cerea l rust s by su lphur

dust ing ( 1 9 3 0 P r o c . W or ld ’s Gr a in E xhi bi tion and Co nfer ence, Canada , 1 9 33 ,

V o l . 2 , p p . 2 3 6 - 2 3 7 .

, 1 9 3 3 .

—Me thod of es t ima t ing loss from cer eal rust s . P roc. Wor ld ’s Gra in

E x hibi t ion and Confer en ce , Canada , 1 9 33 , Vo l . 2 , pp . 2 2 44 35 .

GROO SH EVOY , S . E . , and MAKLOKOVA , G . F . , 1 9 34.— R ust s of cu lt iva ted cerea ls and the ir

con t ro l . S tat e Publ ish ing O ffice of C o llect ive and Sov iet Farm ing L it era ture ,

Moscow, 1 9 34.

GUNTH ER, 1 9 2 7 .

— C on tr ibut ion t o the p rob lem O f th e cont ro l Of ye llow rus t . I I .

O b serva t ions on th e occurrence of y e llow rust in H esse and i t s contro l by fer t i l iza

t ion w ith p o tash . E rndhrung der Pflanze , 2 3 , 4, p p . 52 - 53 .

GUTH RIE ,F . B . , 1 9 1 4.

— W h ea t imp rovem en t in Aust ra l ia . N .S .W . D ep t . of Agr . Sci en ceBu ll , 1 1 , p . 1 .

, 1 9 2 2 .

—W i ll iam J . Farrer and th e resu lt s O f h is work . N .S .W . D ep t . of Agr .

Sc ien ce B u ll , 2 2 , pp . 1 - 2 6 .

H ISTORICAL R ECORD S OF AUSTRALIA, Ser ie s 1 , V o ls . 1 , 2 , 4, 5 , 6 . T he Libra ry C omm it t ee

of th e C omm onwea l th Par l iam ent .

H OLROYD ,M . , 1 8 64 — R ep or t s O f th e A cclima t isa t ion Soc iety o f N .S.W . Th ird Annua l

R ep or t .

HOLT , J. , 1 8 38 .—Memo ir s o f Jo seph H o lt . 2 V o ls . E d it ed by T . C rof ton C roker . L ondon

H . C o lburn .

H OOKER, J. D . , 1 8 59 .— On t h e flora o f Aus t ra lia , it s or ig in , affi n it ies and d ist r ibut ion ,

b e ing an int r oductory essay t o the flora O f T asman ia . L ondon : L ovel l R eeve , C oven t

G a rden .

HUMPH REY, H . B . , 1 9 34 — C erea l ru st paras it ism : it s re la t ion t o wa t er economy , y ie ld

a nd qua l i ty o f th e h os t p lan t . Tr ans . R oy . Soc . Canad a , T h ird Ser ies , Sect ion V ,

V o l . 2 8 , 1 53 - 1 64.

JOH NSON , T . , and N EW TON , MARGARET , 1 9 33 — H ybr id isa t ion b etween Puccin ia g ramin is

T r i t ic i and P . g ram in is Avena e . P roc. Wor ld ’s Gra in E xhibi tion and C onfer ence ,

C anada ,1 9 33 , V o l . 2 , p p . 2 1 9 - 2 2 3 .

JOH N STON , C . O . , and MAINS , E . B . , 1 9 32 .— Stud ies on phys io log ic sp ecia l isa t ion in

P uccm ia tr i ti cina . US . D ep t . Agr i c , T ech . Bu l l. 31 3 , 1 - 2 3 .

KER LB, XV . D ., l 9 2 9 .

—C ro p g row ing comp e t it ions , 1 9 2 8 .—C en tra1 W es tern D is tr ict .

Ag . G az . 40 , 1 8 9 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

xxxvi i i PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

SYDNEY GAZ ETTE , 7 th N ov . , 1 8 2 9 ; 9 th Jan . , 1 8 30 ; 3oth Jan . , 1 8 30 ; 2 0th N ov . , 1 8 30

3rd D e c ., 1 8 30 ; 1 8 3 1 ; 1 2 t h Jan . , 1 8 32 ; 2nd F eb . , 1 8 32 ; 7 th F eb . , 1 8 32

3rd Mar ch , 1 8 32 ; 4th D ec 1 8 32 ; 6 th D ec . , 1 8 32 ; 1 5th D ec . , 1 8 32 ; 1 2th Jan . , 1 8 33 .

TEN I SON -W OOD S, J . E . , and BAI LEY, F . M. , 1 8 8 0 .—O n som e fung i of N .S .W . and Queens

land . PROC . L INN . SOC . N .S.W V ol . 5 , pp . 50 -1 0 5.

T EPPER, O 1 8 7 9 .—R ed rust . Trans . and P roc. and R epor t R oya l Sooy. S th . Aus t . ,

V o l . 3 , pp . 1 3- 1 8 .

T RYON,H . , 1 8 8 9 .

— R ep or t on insect and fungus p ests. G ovt . Pr inter , Br isbane . Chap . x ,

p p . 2 1 0 - 2 14.

VERW OERD ,L . , 1 9 35.

— A r ev iew of the b la ck st em rust (P uccin ia graminis Pers . ) s itua

t ion . Un ion S th . Afr ica D ep t . Agr . and Fo r es try, Scien ce Bu ll . 2 1 .

WATERH OUSE ,W . L . , 1 9 2 1 .

— On th e p rodu ct ion in Au stra l ia O f th e a ecid ia l stag e O f

P u ccin ia gramin is P ers . Jour . P roc . R oy . Soc . 55 , 2 7 8 - 2 8 8 .

1 9 2 9 — A pre lim inary a ccoun t o f the or ig in o f tw o new Austra l ian phy siO IOg ic

forms of Puccin ia graminis Tr i tici . PROC . L INN . Soc . 54, 9 6 - 1 0 6 .

, 1 9 2 9 .—Aust ra lian rust stud ies . I . PROC . L INN . SOC . 54

, 6 1 5- 6 8 0 .

, 1 9 30 .— Aus tra lian rus t stud ies . I I . B iom etr ica l studies O f th e m orphology of

sp ore form s. PROC . L INN. Soc . 55, 1 59 -1 7 8 .

1 9 30 .—Austra l ian rust stud ies . I I I . In it ia l results of breed ing for rust

r es is tan ce . PROC . L INN . SOC . 55 , 59 6 - 6 36 .

, 1 9 32 .— O h th e pr odu ct ion in Austra l ia o f tw o new phys io log ic forms of lea f

rust O f w hea t , Pu ccin ia tr i t i cina E r ikss . PROC . L INN . SOC . 57 , 9 2 - 94.

,1 9 33 .

— Som e a sp e ct s of cerea l rust prob lems in Australia . P roc. F ifth P ac . Sci .

C ongr ess , Canada , 1 9 33 , 31 6 9 - 31 7 6 .

1 9 34— Aus tra l ian rust s tud ie s . IV . Na tura l infe ct ion O f barberr ies by b lack

stem rust in Austra lia . PROC . L INN . SOC . 59 , 1 6 - 1 8 .

, 1 9 35 .

— Austra l ian rust stud ies . V . On the occurrence o f a. new phys iolog ic

form of whea t st em rust in N .S .W . PROC . L INN . SOC . 6 0 , 7 1—7 3 .

WATT, R . D . , 1 914.

— Th e influence O f phospha t ic fer t ilisers on r oo t development . R ep t .

Aus t . Assn . Adv . Sci , 1 91 3 , 1 4, 6 6 1 - 6 6 5 .

W H ET Z EL,H . H 1 9 1 8 .

— An out line of th e h istory Of Phy t opa th ology . W . B . Saunders

C O . , pp . 1 - 1 30 .

The Secretary ( for D r . G . A . Waterhouse , Honorary Treasurer ) presented the

balance-sheets for the year ended 29th February, 1936; duly signed by the Audi tor ,

Mr . F. H . Rayment , F.C .A . and he moved that they be received and

adop ted, which w as carr ied unanimously .

No nominat ions of other cand idates having been received , the Chairman

declared the following elect ions for the ensuing session to be duly made

President : C . A . Sussmi lch , F.G .S.

Members of Counci l : C . Anderson , M.A . , D .Sc . , Professor A . N. St . G . H .

Burki tt , M.E . , B .Sc . , H . J . Carter , B .A . ,Professor J . Macdonald Holmes,

B .Sc . , A . F . Basset Hull, and C . A . Sussmi lch , F .G .S .

Audi tor : F . H . Rayment , F .C .A .

A cordial vote of thanks to the ret ir ing President w as carried by acclamat ion .

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

ORDINARY MONTHLY MEET ING .

2 5th MARCH , 19 36 .

Mr. C . A . Sussmi lch , President , in the Chai r .

The D onat ion s and Exchanges rece ived sin ce the prev ious Monthly Meet ing

( 27 th Novembe r, 19 35 ) amoun t ing to 46 Vo lumes , 373 Parts or Numbers , 19

Bullet ins , 14 Reports and 31 Pamphlets , received from 147 Societ ies and Inst i tu

t ions and 5 p rivate donors , were la id upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . Notes on Australian D ip tera . xxxv . By J . R . Malloch . ( Communi cated

by F . H . Taylor . )

2 . Notes on the Biology of Scap t ia aurifiua D on . (D ip tera , T aban idae ) . By

Mary E . Fuller , B .Sc .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEETING.

2 9th APRIL, 1936 .

Mr . C . A . Sussmi lch , President , in the Chair .

Messrs . M. F . Day and D . F . Waterhouse were elected Ordinary Members

of the Soci ety .

The President announced that the Counci l had elected D r . C . Anderson ,

Professor A . N. Burki tt , Professor W . J . Dakin and D r . W . L . Waterhouse to be

Vi ce-Presi den ts for the Session 1936—37 .

The Presiden t also announced that the Council had elected D r . G . A .

Waterhouse t o be Honorary T reasurer for the Session 1936—37 .

The D onat ions and Exchanges received s ince the p revious Monthly Meet ing

( 25th March , amoun t ing to 19 Volumes , 144 Parts or Numbers , 10 Bullet ins

and 5 Reports , received from 76 Societ ies and Inst i tut ions , were lai d upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . Contr ibut ions to the Microbiology of Australian Soi ls . iv . The Act iv i ty of

Microorgan isms in the D ecomposi t ion of Organ ic Mat ter . By H . L . Jensen , Macleay

Bacter iolog ist to the Society .

2 . Studies in the Australian Acacias . v i . The Mer istemat ic Act ivi ty O f the

Floral Apex of Acacia longifo lia and A . suaveolens as a H istogenet ic Study of the

Ont ogeny of the Carpel . By I . V . Newman , M.sc . , Ph .D . ,Linnean Macleay

Fellow of the Soc iety in Botany .

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS . xli i i

NOTES AND EXH IBITS .

Professor F . E . Lloyd exh ibited specimens showing the behav iour'

of the

liv ing t rap of Utr i cu laria lateriflora . In v iew of the anatomy of the trap of

Utri cu lar ia lateriflora , as already descr ibed by h im from preserved mater ial , i t

w as expected that the l iving trap would d isp lay the kind o f behav iour common

to others U. cap ensi s , U. Welw i tschi i , etc . ) in whi ch the p lane embracing

the axis of the door or valve lies obliquely to the p lane of the threshold . Sat is

factory living mater ial having been obtained‘

in the vicin ity of Sydney , through

the thoughtful co -operat ion of the D epartment of Botany of the Un iversity of

Sydney , he w as able to determine the accuracy of the above expectat ion . The

cr i t ical points to be observed are the postures of the door in the set and relaxed

cond i t ion of the t rap . In the set posture the upp er reg ion of the door i s concave

( as seen from the outside of the trap ) . The trap is actuated by touching the

upp er region of the door . As to the precise point of maximum mechan ical

sensit ivity, i t i s di fficult to decide . By analogy, one would say that part nearest

to the lower region of the door . When actuated , the vigour of imp losion ( ih

suct ion of water through the entrance ) is sufficient to suck in a needle point and

thus p lug the open ing . In the relaxed posture the upper region of the door i s

strongly convex ( in the above sense ) and the lower region Of the door stands

at a smaller angle of contact wi th the pavement ep i thelium of the threshold .

The door in this species seems to be devo id of tr igger mechan ism— as compared

wi th U. cap ensis . It probably is represented by low t ri chomes wi th their cylindr ical

heads transverse to the door axis . The excessively small size ( 0-6 mm . ) Of the

trap makes i t d ifficult to decide exper imen tally . An at temp t wi ll , however , be

made . Its form i s un ique , only tw o other species approximat ing it .

Mr . E . Gheel exhibited specimens, coloured drawings , and photographic

i llustrat ions of 15 species of Ni cot iana , including 6 new species recent ly described

by D r . Helen -Mar Wheeler in“Stud ies in Ni cot iana . i i . A Taxonomic Survey

of the Australasian Species”

(Un iversi ty of Cali fornia Publicat ions in Botany,

Vol . 18 , No . 4, pp . 45—68 , 1935 )

Ni cot iana B en thamiana Dom in . See B ibli oth . Bot . , 2 2 , 1929 , 591 , PI. 37 ,

fig . 1 . (N . suaveo lens var . cordifolia Benth . ) North-west coast of W .A . (Bynoe ) ,Ashburton and Yule Rivers , and Central Austral ia .

Ni cotiana exce lsi or Black . (N . suaveolens var . excelsi or Black, N . macrocalyx

Domin . ) Birksgate Range and Everard Range , S .A .

Ni cot iana D ebneyi D omin . (N . suaveo lens var . parp iflora as often

interpreted . Not N . suaveo lens var . D ebneyi of Bai ley. ) Lord Howe I sland and

numerous locali t ies in New South Wales .

Ni cotiana fragrans Hooker . Bot . Mag , t . 4865. (N . Macgi llivrayi Seema’

n . )Ni cot iana occi den tali s Wheeler . Port Headland (Mjoberg ) . Typ e .

Ni cot iana Gossei D omin . See in Bi bli oth . Bot . , 22 , 592 , P1. 36 , figs . 2—5. Type .

From centre of South Aust ralia .

Ni cot iana megalosiphon Heurck and Muell . Arg . (N . suaueo lens var . longiflora

Benth . ) Bellata and Narrabri , N.S .W .

Ni cot iana ve lut ina Wheeler . T ibooburra , T oorale -Goonery . Type from Broken

H i ll (Morris ) .

Ni cot iana mar i tima Wheeler . Near Adelaide (Cleland )Ni cot iana suaveolens Lehmann . (N . undu lata Veut . ) Bot . Mag.

,t . 673. Bulby

Island , Lake Macquari e (Gheel ) . Recorded from several o ther locali t ies from

the coast to Snowy River .

xliv ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

Ni co tiana stenocarpa Wheeler . Laverton , W .A . (Maiden ) . Type .

N icot iana ingu lba Black . Central Australia to W .A .

Ni cot iana rotundifolia L ind ley . (N . fast igiata Nees ; N . suaveolens var . rosu lata

Moore ; N . rosulata D omin , PI. 36 , fig.

Ni cot iana Goodsp eedi i Wheeler . Ivanhoe d i str ict (Reuss ) .

Ni cot iana exigua Wheeler . Dalby , Queensland (McCarthy ) . Type . Specimen

not represented in H erbar ium of N .S .W .

D r . W . L . Waterhouse , on behalf of Mr . F . W . Hely , of the

Canberra , exhibi ted a hi therto undescribed rust at tacking Kangaroo Grass ,

Themeda Forskali i . In the course of a p lan t di sease survey wh i ch Mr . H ely is

making of the Federal Cap i tal T err i tory , this rust w as found severely at tacking

leaves and stems of the grass . T o date only the uredospore stage has been

discovered , but work is in p rogress to complete the determinat ion of the rust

and i ts host range .

Mr . F . H . T aylor exh ibi ted photographs of ( 1 ) a new subspecies of flea ,

belonging to the genus X enopsylla, wh i ch is intermediate between a Species from

South Austral ia and another from Hawai i ; and ( 2 ) a new species belonging to

the genus St ivalius . The host of both fleas is R at tus culmorum from Nor th

Queensland .

D r . 1 . V . Newman read extracts from let ters he had received from Miss E . R .

Saunders of Cambr idge and Professor J . McLean Thompson of Liverpool asking

him to correct a stat ement he had made concerni ng the ir views on carpel

morphology . The statement , made at the meet ing on 3oth O ctober ,19 35, w as

that their interpretat ions of the legume were based on

'

the assump t ion that the

legume is terminal . Miss Saunders wi shed i t to be stated that there i s no

assumpt ion ; but that“

her interpretat ion is based on the“demonstrable fact

that the whole of the resi dual vascular cyl inder rema ining after the exsert ion

of the androecium passes into the legume . D r . Newman’

s rep ly w as that in

saying“assump t ion he d i d not mean to imp ly any lack in amount of observat ion

and i llustrat ion . But he regards the evi dence produced and i llustrated by Miss

Saunders as not proving her content ion ; and he considers that i f at the stages

i llustrated by her the whole vascular cylinder that appeared to be residual after

the exser t ion of the androecium does pass into the gynoecium, even then the

t erminal i ty of the or igin of the legume is not a necessary conclusion . The

question is d iscussed in the paper read at this meet ing by Dr . Newman . Professor

Thomp son asked i t to be stated that he has“made i t abundantly clear that

the legume is not a terminal structure In reply D r . Newman quoted from the

conclusion of Professor Thompson’

s paper ( of wh ich he could find no refutat ion )

on the Leguminous strobi lus (Pub ln . Hart ley Bot . Lab. L iverpoo l, No . 7 ,

where i t is stated that :“Throughout the long ser ies of species examined with

single legume , the lat ter has been found to be of terminal origin . Th is

mat ter is now a subject of correspondence in the co lumns Of Nature .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEET ING .

27th MAY,1936 .

D r . W . L . Wa terhouse , Vice-Pres ident , in the Cha ir.

Messrs . C . E . Chadwi ck , B .se C . V .

‘

Morisset , N. L . Roberts , E . H . Z eck,

and Miss I lma M. P idgeon , B.se ., were elected O rdinary Members of the Society.

The Donat ions and Exchanges rece ived s ince the p revious Monthly Meet ing

( 29 th Ap ri l , amount ing to 19 Volumes , 173 Parts or Numbers , 4 Bullet ins ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

xlv i ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

Bar ton . Wallerawang House w as one of the p laces wh i ch Darwin visi ted on h is

w ay to Bathurst , 100 years ago last January . He records in the“Voyage Of

the Beagle how he w as taken on a kangaroo hunt and h ow he first‘

saw

Orni thorhynchus paradoxus, wh i ch is st ill common in the river . The original

homestead of Wallerawang Stat ion— bui lt in early colon ial style— is st i ll standing ,

though i t is now unoccup ied .

Mr . G . P . Whi tley exh ibi ted a larval eel wh i ch w as regarded as the

Lep tocephalus stage of the Li tt le Conger , Congromuraena longi cauda Ramsay

Ogi lby . The specimen w as washed ashore at Maroubra on May 24, 1936 , and

measured 70 mm . in length . There were 127 myomeres along the body and

pectoral fin s were undeveloped .

Mr . Wh i t ley also exhibi ted specimens of fl ies wh ich were commonly found

runn ing over sand-dunes behind Maroubra Beach , jerking the ir wings as they

p roceeded . These had been i dent ified by Mr . Anthony Musgrave as Ephydroscin i s

(Neoborborus ) rayment i Curran , a species h i therto known on ly from Port

Ph illip , Vi ctoria .

Mr . H . J. Carter drew att ent ion to a copy of a rare pamphlet on Bup rest idae

by F . WfiHope ; th is w as published p rivately in 1836 and w as the subject of

discussion in 18 67 as regards the validi ty of the names publ ished in i t ( see Proc .

Ent . Soc. London , 1867 , p . c ix , and Trans . En t . Soc . London , 18 68 , p .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEET ING .

24th JUNE, 1936 .

Mr . C . A . Sussmi lch , F.G .S Presiden t , in the Cha i r .

Messrs . A . Goerling and D : J . Lee , B .Sc . ,were elected O rdinary Members

of the Society .

A le t ter w as read from the Act ing Official Secretary , Government House ,

Sydney , conveying the app reciation of His Majesty the King , Queen Mary and

other members of the Royal Fami ly for the message of sympathy in the dea th of

H is late Majesty King George V .

The Pres ident referred to the death of Mr . A . H . S . Lucas , w ho had been

a member Of the Soci ety since 1 8 93, Pres iden t 1907—1909 , and a member of Coun ci l

since 18 95 wi th the excep t ion of the years 1924— 1926 .

The Cha irman offered the congratulat ions of members to D r . J . G . Churchward ,

w ho had recen tly rece ived the degree of Ph .D . , of the Un iversi ty of Minnesota .

The Donat ions and E xchanges rece ived s ince the p rev ious Monthly Meet ing

( 27 th May , amount ing to 2 1 Volumes ,131 Parts or Numbers , 4 Reports and

3 Pamphlets , received from 7 8 Socie t ies and Inst i tut ions and 2 p rivate dono rs ,

we re laid upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . A Compa rison of the Rydal and Hart ley Exogenous Con tact-zones . By

Germa ine A . Jop lin , B .Sc . , Ph .D .

2 . The S tructura l Geology and Pe t ro logy of an Area near Yass , N .S .W . By

Ka th leen She rrard , M.sc .

3 . Contr ibut ion to a Knowledge of Papuan T ipul idae (D ip te ra ) . By C . P .

Alexander . (C ommun i ca te d by F. H . Taylor ,

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS . xlv i i

NOTES AND EXH IBI TS .

Mr . E . Cheel exhibi ted herbarium specimens in flower , and l ive p lants in

cult ivat ion , of R up i cola sprengeli oides collected by D r . I . V. Newman and O . D .

Evans near the Lookout , Burragorang , in D ecember , 1934. The genus w as

originally described by Messrs . J . H . Maiden and E . Betche ( these PROCEEDINGS ,

xxi i i , 18 98 , 774) from specimens collected by J . H . Maiden and W . Forsyth near

the southern edge of the King’

s T ableland in the Blue Moun tain s . Some seeds

were forwarded to Kew (England ) by Mai den in 1906 , from wh ich p lan ts were

raised ; they flowered in April , 1911 , and were i llustrated in Bot . Mag . ,Tab . 8438

The late Mr . E . Betche , when p reparing the descrip t ion , w as doubtful

as to the corre ct posi t ion on accoun t of the anthers somewhat resembl ing those

of E ri caceae , but the general characterist ics being in agreemen t wi th those Of

Epacri daceae , i t w as classed in the lat ter fami ly wi th wh i ch the author Of the

arti cle in the Botan i cal Magazin e agreed , but for some unknown reason omi tted

R et che ’

s name as joint author . In Kew Bul letin ,NO . 7 , 1910 , p . 216 , O . Stap f

described a new species of Epacri s under the name E . breviflora . I t is figured

by Hooker (Bot . Mag Tab . 3257 , 1833 ) under the name E . heteronema , but is

qui te dist in ct from E . heteron ema Lab i llardiere ,collected in Tasman ia ; through

a slip , the name brev iflora is l isted as brevifo lia by Ma iden and Betche (Cen sus

of New South Wales Plan ts , 1916 , p .

Mr . Cheel also exh ibi ted specimen s of Cryp tocarya Mei ssneri F.v .M from a

p lan t cult ivated in the Botan i c Gardens, wh ich p roduced a few flowers in March

last . I t is figured by Ma iden (Forest Flora , Pl . 130 ) from specimens collected at

Port Macquar ie in January, 1 897 , and Claren ce River , 187 5, but i s not en tered in

the Catalogue of Garden Plan ts or rep resented in the Nat ional Herbarium ; i t

w as ev iden tly p lanted during C . Moore’

s d irectorsh ip of the Gardens . Specimen s

of the Common Ba rberry (Berberi s vu lgari s L . ) from Bellbi rd ,near Newcast le ,

together wi th a coloured i llustrat ion published in Eng li sh Botany,T ab . 49

were exhibi ted for comparison . Several samples of this speci es have been

submi tted to the botan ical staff at the Nat ional Herbarium for iden t ificat ion

during the past year .

Mr . A . N. Colefax sen t for exh ibi t ion tw o samples of An tarcti c Plankton ,

one a heavy Diatom cat ch , and the other an equally heavy catch of zooplankton

(Cop epoda , Euphausids , These samp les i llust rate the ext reme abundance

of p lanktoni c li fe in the cold An tarct i c seas , and come from the large collect ion

of hauls made by the“D iscovery

”in 19 29— 1930 . The collect ion is being worked

out at the Z oology D epartment , The Un iversi ty of Sydney .

Miss E . C . Pope exhibi ted the head of a specimen of the Cockney Bream ,

Pagrosomus auratus , wh i ch showed peculiar malformat ion of the mouth and jaws .

The specimen w as taken from Brisbane Wat er in January ,1936 . The whole month

has the appearan ce of hav ing undergone twisting towards the right , and the

upp er jaw appears to lack several bones on th is side of the mouth . A suggested

exp lanat ion is that part of the upper jaw w as torn away (probab ly by careless

removal of a hook by some fisherman when the fish w as very young ) and the

wound has healed up uneven ly , causing the d istort ion shown . The fish had an

otherwise normal app earance .

Mr . R . H . Anderson exhibi ted : ( i ) A specimen of Codonocarpus cot in ifo lius,Horse Radish T ree

”

, or“Mustard T ree

”. This i s a fa i rly common tree in

Western Australia , and also occurs in western New South Wales on red soi ls

xlv i i i ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

or sandy loams . The leaves and bark have a very pungent taste , so that i t is

not touched as a rule by stock or rabb its . I t has been suggested that i t might

prove a useful species in he lp ing to preven t soi l drift and erosion in the interior

in view of i ts avoidance by stock and free seeding habit . ( i i ) A spe cimen of

Oncinocalyx Betchei ,“Oncino Burr

”

, a nat ive p lant whi ch p roduces a burr

injurious to wool . Re cen t informat ion rece ived from the Mandowa Shire Clerk

ind icates that i t i s spreading in the Hall’

s Creek area , about 15 mi les east of

Man illa . ( i i i ) A sp ecimen and p late of Hakea Bakeriana , an ornamen tal shrub

wi th a limi ted distribut ion , being mainly confined to the Newcastle—Lake

Macquarie distri ct . I t grows on poor sandy soi l and should p rove a useful

ornamental shrub for such areas .

D r . R . J . T i llyard referred to the recent discovery of a new Upper T riassi c

fossi l insect bed at Mount Crosby, near Ipswi ch , Queensland . He exhibited'

six

specimens of fossil inse cts from this bed , tw o being cockroaches, three Hemip tera

and one a beetle elytron . Representat ives of the Odonata , Neuroptera , Mecoptera

and Dip tera also occur . Ninety-three specimens were discovered in three days,

so the fauna is evidently a ri ch one . The insects we re foss i lized in the bed of

a running stream between tw o ridges of older Brisbane sch ist .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEETING .

29th JULY, 1936 .

‘

Mr . c . A . Sussmi lch ,F.G .S President , in the Chai r.

The Presiden t announ ced that Mr. R . H . An derson ,had been elected

to fill the vacancy on the Counci l caused -by the death of Mr . A . H . S. Lucas .

The Presiden t offered the congratulat ions of members_

to Mr . R . N. Robertson ,

B .Sc L innean Macleay Fellow in Botany, on the award of'

a Science Scholarshipof the Royal Commissioners for the Exh ibit ion of 1851 .

The Presi dent announced that the Operat ion of the Wi ld Flowers and Nat ive

Plants Prote ct ion Act , 1927 , has been extended for a f urther period of one year

from l st July , 1936 .

The President reported that subscrip t ions to the David Portrai t Fund to date

amoun ted to £20 155 . 6d . The object of the fund is to obtain a portrai t of the

late Sir Edgeworth David , to be hung in Science House , and the total amoun t

required is about £85.

The D onat ions and Exchanges received sin ce the prev ious Monthly Meet ing

( 24th June , amount ing to 26 Volumes, 169 Parts or Numbers, 11 Bullet ins,7 Reports and 8 Pamphlets , rece ived from 88 Societ ies and Inst itut ions and 1

p rivate donor , were laid upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . The Upper Pa laeozo ic Rocks in the Ne ighbourhood Of Boorook and D rake .

By A . H . Voisey, B.Sc .

2 . Tw o new Australian Fleas . By Karl Jordan , Ph .D . , F.R .S . ( Communicated

by F . H . Taylor ,

NOTES AND EXH IBITS .

Mr . R . N. Robertson gave a short résumé of the present knowledge of stomatal

movemen t in i ts relat ionsh ips to the phys iolog ical p rocesses of the leaf . The

act ion of stomata as conservers of water w as emphasized . The v iews of modern

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS . xlix

workers, includ ing Scarth and Maskell , as to the cause of the movemen t were

out lined . Mr . Robertson exhibi ted the apparatus wi th whi ch he has been

invest igat ing the relation of the composit ion of the gases of intercellular spaces

to the stomatal movement . Some results were shown and the difficulties of

interpretat ion pointed out .

Mr. H . L . Jensen exhibi ted agar cultures of aerobic n i trogen -fix ing bacteria

(Azotobacter ) from soi ls of d ifierent character ; in some these organisms were

absen t , whi le in others an addition of a sui table energy material caused them to

mult ip ly and reach numbers of several hundred mi llions per gram of soi l .

D r . I . V . Newman exhibi ted photomi crographs of l iving material of Acacia

discolor showing a method of protect ion of st igmas after pollinat ion . The first

w as a crushed stigma wi th a fully germinated pollinium at tached to i t by the

pollen tubes and covered by vaseline that had been p laced on i t 45 hours after

poll ination (germination of pollen begins about Is hours after pollinat ion ) . The

second w as a hand sect ion of the ovary of the same carpel showing pollen tubes

emerg ing into the cavity. The carpel w as collected 24 hours after pollinat ion .

Pollinat ion w as done before the stamens extended and about 24—30 hours before

the an thers would open . Emasculat ion i s , therefore , not essent ial for genet i cal

work of this method , and on ly a temporary p rotect ion between po llinat ion and

p lacing the vasel ine . is needed . (This work w as carr ied out by means of a

binocular magn ifier gran ted for D r . Newman’

s use by the Science and Industry

Endowment Fund . )

Mr . A . N. Colefax sen t for exh ibi t ion an apparatus for making drawings d ire ct

from a dissect ion , or other object , whi ch he had recently constructed . I t embodies

a pantograph in wh ich the tracing point is rep laced by an adjustable tube at the

base of whi ch are crossed wires . The apparatus rests on a glass-topped table , the

Object being p laced underneath on a subsidiary stage, which is we ll i lluminated

by four strip lights .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEET ING .

26th AUGUST , 19 36 .

Mr . C . A . Sussm i lch , Presiden t , in the Chair .

Messrs . D . G i lmour and M. E . Griffiths were elected Ordinary Members of the

Society.

The D onat ions and Exchanges rece ived since the p rev ioiIs Mon thly Meet ing

( 29th July, amount ing to 7 Volumes , 9 7 Parts or Numbers , 6 Bullet ins ,

5 Reports and 19 Pamphlets , received from 60 Societ ies and Inst i tut ions, were

laid upon the table .

PAPERS READ

1 . The D ip tera of the T erri tory of New Guinea . iv . Family T ipulidae , Part i i .

By C . P . Alexander . (Commun i cated by F . H . Taylor ,

2 . Introductory Account of the Geology and Petrology of the Lake George

D istri ct . By M. D . Garretty, B .Sc .

NOTES AND EXH IBITS .

Mr . E . Gheel exh ibi ted specimens of a weed not p rev iously recorded for

Australia , collected at Garah in D ecember , 1933, by Messrs. Halstead and O’Nei ll ,

and at Scone in March , 1936 , by Mr . B . G . Mi llard . The p lan ts are remarkablylike the “Khaki Weed

”

(A lternan thera echinata ) in general appearance but have

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

been iden t ified by the authori t ies at the Royal Botan i c Gardens , Kew (England ) ,

as Gomphrena di spersa Stand ley . It is a nat ive of Cent ral Ameri ca and the

West Indies, and is also found in t rop i cal and South Afri ca, though in the latter

area i t had been‘

wrongly named G . decumbens Jacq.

Mr . Gheel also exhibi ted specimens of a grass collected by Mr . F . H . T aylor

at Bulolo , New Guinea (alt . classed in the genus Themeda, whi ch is

probably the species T . triandra Porsk . Specimens of what is regarded as Themeda

quadrivalvi s Forsk . (An thi sti ria vulgari s Hack ) , from Astrolabe Range , New

Guinea ,collected by F . H . Brown in June , 1898 , together wi th specimen s of the

Australian Kangaroo Grass , Themeda australi s Stapf, together with four

other dist in ct ive forms or subspecies from other parts of Australia , were exh ibited

for comparison wi th the tw o species from New Gu inea .

Mrs . Sherrard exhibi ted grap tol i tes from tw o locali ties to the east of Yass in

an area from wh ich no fossi ls have p rev iously been obtained , and whi ch has been

tentat ively correlated wi th the Si lur ian . From the roadside on the w ay to

Gundaroo , 12 mi les to the east of Yass , about Port ion 24, Parish of Morumbateman ,

were obta ined C limacograp tus mi ssi lus Keble and Harris , and D ip lograp tus

calcaratus Lap . These are poorly p reserved , but have been i dent ified by Mr . R . A .

Keble , Pa laeon tolog ist to the Nat ional Museum , Melbourne . In Port ion 1 , Parish

of Mundoonen , 15 mi les east of Yass, were obta ined R eti ograp tus pu lcherrimus

Keble and Harris , ? Lep tograp tus flacci dus Hall , and ? L . ascendens E lles and

Wood . These forms are typ ical of the Bol indian Beds Of thq pper Ordovi cian

Series , whi ch make the uppermost zone of thi s se ries in Victoria , and p rove that

these beds n ear Yass , p reviously classed in the Si lurian ,. should be moved do

'

wn

to the Upper Ordov i cian . The R . pulcherrimus i s well p reserved , and Mr . Keble

remarks that i ts on ly other occurrence known to him, apart from the type locality

on the Yarra T rack , Vi ctoria , is in‘

R omsey in the same State .

Mr . F . H . Taylor exhibited , on behalf of Mr . David O . Atherton , Entomologist ,

D epartment of Stock and Agri culture ,A therton , larvae of a species of the fami ly

Blepharoceri dae (D ip tera ) . These larvae were found beneath a waterfall in the

L i t t le Mossman River , Queensland , about 60 m i les north of Cai rns . I t is believed

to be the first re corded in stan ce of the fami ly Blepharoceri dae in Queensland .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEET ING .

3oth SEPTEMBER , 1936 .

Mr . C . A . Sussmi lch , Pres ident , in the Chair .

The Cha irman announced that the Counci l is prepared to rece ive app licat ions

for four L innean Mac leay Fellowsh ips tenable for one year from l st March , 1937 ,

from qualified candidates . Applicat ions should be lodged wi th the Secretary , who

w i ll afford all necessary informat ion to intend ing cand idates , not later than

Wednesday , 4th November , 1936 .

The Donat ions and Exchanges received s ince the p revious Mon thly Meet ing

( 2 6 th Augus t , amoun t ing to 12 Vo lumes , 153 Parts or Numbers , 3 Bullet ins ,

1 Report and 9 Pamph lets , rece ived from 73 Societ ies and Inst i tut ions , were laid

upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . Stud ies in Aust ra l ian Emb iop tera . i . Systemat i cs . By Conset t Davis ,

2 T he Ad rena l Gland in New -born Mammals . By G . Bourne , D .Sc .

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

Mr . E . le G . T roughton delivered a lecturet te : Rarer Mammals— The ir Past

and Future .

”

NOTES AND EXH IBITS .

The Secretary , on behalf of Mrs . E . Coleman , commun i cated the following

notes :

Note on Nest H ygi ene of the Whi te-

p lum ed H oney-eater , Meliphaga (Pt i lotula )

p en ic i llata . By E di th Co leman .

Oppor tun ity of observing , at close range , the construct ion of nests and the

brood ing habi ts of var ious species of birds , and of wi tnessing methods of main

ta in ing the p erfect hygiene noted in the nests of certain Australian birds has been

afforded by a garden wi lderness , some tw o acres in extent , containing many nat ive

trees and shrubs . In this garden , as elsewhere in the suburbs of Melbourn e , al ien

birds , such as the Br i t ish Song Thrush and the Blackbird , are dom inant . T hese

are gradually oust ing nat ive birds , other than those that do not enter into food

compet i t ion wi th them .

The non -compet i t ive Honey-eaters , however , are hold ing their ow n in our

gardens , and they are encouraged in my ow n by the p lant ing of many trees and

shrubs bear ing nectar iferous flowers . Four sp ecies frequent the garden throughout

the year : the Sp inebi ll (Acan thorhynchus tenuirostr ts ) , Regent ( Z anthomtza

phrygia ) , White -

p lumed (Me ltphaga p eni ci llata ) and the Yellow-winged (Meliorn i s

noyae All of them nest here . In examin ing the nests of these

Honey—eaters , after the nest lings had flown , I have always been impressed wi th

the ir remarkably clean condi t ion . Excep t for scale , they were as clean as

when constructed . The same feature w as noted in the nests of other sp ecies in

the hi lls or along the coast . In D ecember , 1935, I discovered that this surpr ising

clean liness i s due to the remarkable p recaut ions taken by adult birds t o ensure

p er fect san i tat ion during the nest l ing stage .

In this d istri ct (Blackburn , Victor ia ) the Si lver -leaf Str ingy-bark (E ucalyp tus

ctnerea var . mu lt iflora ) i s a favour i te nest ing -s i te - of the Whi te -

p lumed Honey

eater (Me ltphaga p eni ci llata ) , probably because i ts slender , pendent branches offer

safe anchorage for the basket nests . Swing ing a t the ends of branchlets they are

pract ically inaccessible to cats or owls . T he trees prov ide good , handy foraging

in the scale -insec ts that infest them . Moreover , the flower ing of the t rees coincides

wi th the brooding season of the Honey-eaters , and the flowers secrete abundant

nec tar .

In January , 1936 , three of these cradles swung from one tree in my garden ,

wi thi n the space of a few feet . In one nest three nest lings were reared , and I

w as able to follow closely the ir development . The par ent b irds were very trustful .

T he male b ird w as at a ll t imes qui te fear less , and , in sp i te of my p roxim i ty ,fed

the nest lings from the s ide of the nest facing the camera , p laced wi thin three

feet of i t . The female , a l it t le alarmed by the click of a shut ter , occas ionally

fed from the back of the nest , but she w as at a ll t imes qui te visible to m e . In

feeding , the parents d id not rest on the nest , but perched on a twig , reaching

down to the nest l ings from a considerable d istance . Large masses of sca le-insects

and nectar were fed . At no t ime were excr eta a llowed to reach the nest , but

were taken by an adult bird as soon as voided . After feeding a nest ling , a

parent , more frequen t ly the male bird , paused expectan t ly on his twig . If excre ta

wer e not at once voided ,he touched the c loaca of the nest ling he had just fed .

At once i t rose in the nest , l ifted i t s wings , and the voided excre ta were taken

Iii ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

d irect ly from the cloaca into the bi ll of the adult . Usually they were taken away

from the nest . From my pos it ion I could not see whether they were dropped .

Frequent ly they were swallowed at the nest . I saw many of the large whi te

capsules carr ied away in tact . It seemed remarkable that so large a faecal

mass , part ly fluid in content , held together only by a thin , filmy covering , should

remain intact under even slight p ressure of a bi ll . D r . D . F . T homson , however ,

has pointed out (Proc . Z -oo l . Soc . Lond . , 1934 pp . 701— 707 ) that the enclosure

of faeces wi th in a muci laginous covering not only facil i tates transport , but is an

adap tation whereby faeces may be accumulated in the alimentary tract , and held

for a consi derable p er iod . They are exp elled only when peristalsis is st imulated

by feed ing . The faecal capsule of the Honey-eater appears to be considerably

larger than that of the Butcher -bird nestling ( Cract i cus torquatus ) shown in

D r . Thomson’

s photograph , although the Honey-eater is a smaller bird . Its s ize

wou ld doubt less be governed by the per iod of t ime dur ing which the parent i s

colle ct ing food . I t is assumed that the collect ing of nectar , pollen , and scale

insects would occupy longer than large insects , mi ce or birds , such as the But cher

bird feeds to i ts young . D r . Thomson states that removal by the adu lt bird of the

faecal masses as they leave the cloaca of a nestling is , with certa in excep tions ,

quite general among the Passer iformes , and ci tes e ight examp les among Austral ian

birds . The presen t note adds another name to his list .

N est Hygi ene in Austra lia of the Br i ti sh Song Thrush , Turdus philomelus

clarkei . By E di th Coleman .

Th e nest hyg iene of the Br i t ish Song T hrush provides a str iking contrast

wi th that of the Austral ian Honey-ea ter . In my garden many of these birds bui ld

every year . As nests are frequen t ly p laced close to a window , i t has been possible

to learn much concern ing the habi ts of the T hrush .

Four clutches in one season are qui te commonly reared by one pa ir of birds .

Occasionally there have beenfive . First and third , second and fourth broods are

often reared in the same nest . The nest is cleaned out , the sides are raised , and

more mud is added to the inter ior . Twice ( 1933, 1934) I have seen a male bird

renovat ing an old nest whi le his mate w as st i ll brooding nest l ings . On one

occasion (D ec . , just after a thunderstorm , a male bird w as cleaning out

an old nest whi le the female w as s i t t ing on four eggs wh ich she could not hatch .

Then for some hours she sat on the edge of the nest . Often the male bird rested

on the nest beside her , then returned to h is work on the old nest . Then she left

the eggs , and , next morning , I saw her revolv ing in the renovated nest . In this

four more eggs were la id , and four nest lings reared . T his w as the second t ime in

the same season that this pair of thrushes used an old nest . It i s , however , a

common pract ice of the Br it ish Song T hrush ( in Australia ) to save t ime in th is

w ay . In feeding , the parents rest on the edge of the nest . Excreta are voided

d irect ly into the nest or , as the nest l ings grow, on to the sides of i t . Wi th these

nest l ings p erista lsis w as not always st imulated by feed ing , but frequent ly took

p lace dur ing the absence of the parents . Somet imes one adult bird returned to

the nest with food just as the other had fed the nest lings . Both then removed

the excreta wh ich appeared to have accumulated in the nest . Usually they were

swa llowed , often avidly .

The male thrush d id not share the brooding , but , during the absence of the

female , he p erched on the edge of the nest . A few restless movements gave notice

tha t the female w ished to stre tch her w ings . I f the male bird d id not soon appear ,

she commenced to s ing , soft ly at first , the notes increasing in strength unt i l he

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

IIV ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS .

other specimens from New South Wales in the collect ion at the Nat ional Herbar ium.

They have , however , been collected at the Macpherson Ranges in Queensland , so

that i t is not surprising that they have now been Obtained from simi lar distri cts

in northern New South Wales .

D r . 1 . V . Newman exh ibi ted sixty-s ix seed lings (up to 20 cm . high ) of Acacia

Bai leyana from seed taken from trees at tw o locali t ies n ear Cootamundra ,

N.S.W . These locali t ies were “A

”and shown in T ext-figure 2 of h is paper ,

“Studies in the Australian Acacias . v . ( These PROCEEDINGS , IX, The

seedlings exhib i ted showed no marked variat ion and are a good examp le of the

total batch in th is germinat ion test , comp rising 2 55 seedlings . Of the seedlings

exhib i ted twenty were from three t rees at Berthong ( locali ty one showing

up to five pairs Of p innae , n ine up to four pai rs , n ine up to thre e pairs, one up to

tw o pai rs . Of the 46 seedlings exh ibi ted from tw o t rees near the Big Sister Mt .

( locali ty A ) tw o showed up to five pai rs of p innae , fifteen up to four pai rs ,

twen ty-five up to three pai rs , and four up to tw o pa i rs . A ll seedlings exh ib i ted

were ha iry , but th is may be only a juven i le character in some of them. There

are in the whole test fifty-one seedlings from five t rees at locali ty J ’and tw o

hundred and four from five t rees at locali ty A . None Of them showed any marked

variat ion . Th is evidence strongly supports the specific status of Acacia Bai leyana

and that the Cootamundra dist ri ct is the natural habitat of the specie s .

ORD INARY MONTHLY MEETING .

25th NOVEMBER, 1936 .

Mr. C . A . Sussmi lch , Presiden t , in the Chai r .

The Pres i den t announ ced that the Counci l had reappointed D r . I . V . Newman ,

M.sc . , and Miss E lizabeth C . Pope, E .sc . , to Linnean Macleay Fe llowshi ps in

Botany and Z oology respect ively for one year from 1st March , 1937 , and had

appoin ted Mr . H . F . Conset t Davis , E .sc . , and Mr . A . H . Vo isey , M.sc . , to Linnean

Macleay Fellowships in Z oology and Geology resp ect ively for one year from

l st March , 1937 .

The D onat ions and Exchanges received since the p rev ious Monthly Meet ing

( 28 th O ctober , amoun t ing to 19 Volumes , 8 5 Parts or Numbers , 8 Bullet ins ,

2 Reports and 15 Pamphlets , rece ived from 64 Socie t ies and Inst i tut ions and 2

p rivate donors , were la i d upon the table .

PAPERS READ .

1 . The D iptera Of the T erri tory of New Guinea . v . Fami ly T ipuli dae , Part i i i .

By C . P . Alexander . (Communi cated by F. H . Taylor ,

2 . The Colour-Changes of Batoid Fishes . By Mervyn Griffiths .

P lant E cology of the Bul li D ist ri ct . Part i . By Consett Davis, B .Sc .

4. Notes on the O ccurrence Of the T richopeltaceae and At ichiaceae in New

South Wales, and on thei r Mode Of Nutri t ion , wi th a Descrip t ion of a New Species

of A t ichi a . By Li lian Fraser , M.sc . , L innean Macleay Fellow of the Society in

Botany .

NOTES AND EXH IBITS .

Mr . E . Gheel exh ib i ted fresh specimens of the follow ing species of

L ep tosp ermum, taken from p lan ts cult iva ted at Ashfield'

Lep tosp ermum ci l ra tum Cha llinor , Ghee l and Penfo ld .

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS . lv

L . ci tratum var . latifolium (Garden or igin ) .

—~Leaves twi ce the s ize of the

orig inal spec ies .

odoratum Gheel .

flori bundum Salisb . ; L . persi ciflorum R e ichb . ; L . jun iperinum Sm .

— These

three sp ecies are listed as synonyms under L . scoparium by Bentham

(Fl . Aust . , i i i , p . 105 ) but are qui te d ist inct from the Li. scoparium of

Forster , which is a nat ive of New Z ealand and is commonly known as

“Manuka” .

L . emarginatum Wendl .

— L isted as a synonym unde r L . flavescensby Benthambut qui t e dist in ct from the three following forms , which were exhib ited

for compar ison : L . fiavescens Sm . (Typ ica ) L . flavescen s var . mi crophylla

Ben th . ; L . flavescens var . with atro-cyan in p igmen t in the leaves and

young shoots .

D ONAT IONS AND EX CHANGE S .

R ece ived dur ing th e p er iod 3 l st O ct ober , 1 935, to 2 8 th O ctob er ,

(From the r esp ect ive So cie ti es , e tc . , un less o therw ise m en t ioned . )

ABERY STW YTI—I .

— W e lsh P lan t B reeding S ta ti on , Univer si ty C o lleg e o f Wa les . Bu llet in ,

Ser ies H , No . 14“The W e lsh Journa l o f Ag r icul ture x ii

“The

Im prov emen t of G rassland by Seeds and Manur e s by Pro f . R . G . Stap ledon ( b e ingJourna l of the Farmers

’ C lub, L ondon , Pa r t 3 ,

ACCRA.—Geo log ical Survey D ep ar tm en t , Go ld C o a s t C o lony . R epor t for the F inancia l

Year 1 9 34- 35

ADELAIDE — D ep ar tmen t of Agri cu lture of Sou th Aus tra li a . Bu llet in , No . 31 3 Imp or tan t

W e eds o f South Austra l ia ,Part by G . H . C larke ) — D ep ar tm en t

'

o-f M ines

G eo log i ca l Survey of Sou th Aus tra lia . Annua l R ep or t O f the D irect or o f M ines and

G overnment G eo log is t for 1 9 34 M in ing R ev iew for th e H a lf -y ears ended

3oth June , 1 9 35 (N O . 6 2 ) ( 1 9 35 ) and 3l st D ecemb er , 1 9 35 (NO . 63 )Publi c Li brary, Museum and A r t Ga l lery of Sou th Aus tra lia . 5 l st Annual R epor t

of th e B oar d O f G overnors , 1 9 34- 3 5 —R o ya l So cie ty of Sou th Aus tr a l ia .

T ransa ct ions and Proceed ing s , l ix — Sou th Aus tr a lian Orni tho log i ca l Ass o

c ia t ion .

“T he South Aust ra l ian O rn i tholog ist

”

, xi i i , 4- 7 ( 1 9 35 — Un iver s i ty

of Ad e la id e .

“The Aus tra l ian Journa l O f E xp er im enta l B iology and Med ica l Science " ,

xi ii , 4 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 ) x iv , 1 - 2 —W ood s and F or es ts D ep ar tmen t . Annua l

R epor t for th e Year ended 3oth June , 1 9 35

A LBANY .—N ew Y or k S ta te L i brary, Un ivers i ty of the Sta te of N ew Y ork . New York

Sta te Museum Bul let in , Nos . 2 9 9 , 300 , 302 , 3 0 3 ( 1 9 34

A LGER .

— Societe’

d’H is to ir e N a tur e lle d e l

’Afr ique du N ord . Bulle t in , xxv i , 6 - 9 (T .p . c . )xxv i b is (Vo lum e Jub i la ire ) xxv i i , 1 - 5 — S ta t ion d

’Aquicu l

tur e e t d e P éche de Cas tig li on e . Bu llet in , 1 9 33 , 1 - 2 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 34 1 9 34 ,

1—2 ( T .p . c . )

AM STERDAM — K oninklijke Akad emie van W e tenschapp en . Proceed ing s of the Sect ion o f

Sciences , xxxv i i , 6 - 1 0 ( T .p . c . ) xxxv i ii , 1 - 5 (T .p . c . ) V erban

d elingen A fdee l ing Na tuurkunde , 2 e Sect ie , xxx, 1 - 4 (T .p . c . ) xxxi

( com p let e ) xxxi i ( com p let e ) xxxi i i , 1 - 2 ( T .p . c. )N ed er landsche E n tom o logi sche Ver een ig ing . E nt om o log ische B er ich ten , ix , 2 04- 2 0 9

( 1 9 35 T ijdsch r i f t vo or E ntom olog ie ,lxxv i i i , 3 -4 ( T .p . c . ) lxxix ,

1 - 2,

A NN ARBOR — Un ivers i ty of M i chigan . M isce llaneous Pub l ica t ions of the Museum o f

Zoo logy ,N os . 2 6 - 30 O ccas iona l Pap ers of th e Museum o f Zoo logy , Nos .

0 7 - 3 2 4 Pap ers of the M ich igan A cademy o f Sc ience ,Ar t s and Le t t ers ,

xx, 1 9 34

ATH EN S .

— Z 0 0 10 g ica l In s ti tu te and Mus eum , Un iversi ty of A thens . A cta , i , 1 - 5 ( 1 9 35

A UCKLAND — Auckland I n s ti tu t e and Museum . Annua l R epor t , 1 9 35- 36 R ecords ,

i , 5

B AL T IMOP.E .—John s H opkins Un iver s i ty . Bu llet in of the Johns H opk ins Hosp ita l , lv i i , 3 - 6

( T . p . c . ) lv i i i , 1 - 6 (T .p . c . ) l ix , 1 Un ivers ity C ircu lar ,

NS . 1 9 35 8 - 9 ( 1 9 35 ) ( excha ng e o f Un ivers i ty C ircular concluded ) .

DONATI ONS AND EXCHANGES . lvi i

BANDOENG.—D i ens t van den M ijnbouw in N eder landsch -I nd i e . Bulle t in o f the Ne ther

lands Indies V o lcano log ica l Survey , N os . 7 2 - 7 4, T .p . c . for N os . 6 1 - 74 (Vo l . i i i ) ,1 9 33- 1 9 35 ( 1 9 35 7 5

BARCELONA.— A cademi e de C iencies i A r ts . Memor ies , T ercera E poca , xxv , 8 - 1 0

BASEL .— Na turforschend

'

e Gesel lschaft . V erhand lungen , xlv i , 1 9 34- 3 5 ( 1 9 35“

Schw e izer i sche N a turfor schende G es e llschaft . V erhand lung en , 1 1 6 . Jah resversammlung , 1 935

BATAVIA.—D ep ar tmen t van E conom ische Zaken . Bulle t in du Jardin B o tan ique , Ser ie i i i ,

xi i i , 3“T r eub ia v i i , Supp l . , L ivr . 8 ( T .p . c . ) xv , 2 - 3 ( 1 9 35

— K oninklij lce N a tuurkundige Ver eeni g ing in N ed er lan dsch-Indi e . Na tuur

kund ig T ijdschr ift voor N eder landsch - Ind ie , R eg ist er , lx i -xc , 1 9 01 - 1 930

T .p . c . for x cv xcv i , 1 - 3 — N a tuurw e tenschapp e lijke R a ad voor

N eder lands ch - Ind ie t e B a tavi a (N e ther lands Indi es Science Counci l ) . Pub l icat ion ,

Nos . (November , 1 9 35 , and Me i ,

BERGEN.-B erg ens Museum . Arbok , 1 9 35 , 2 ( T .p . c . ) 1 9 3 6 , 1

Arsb er e tn ing , 1 9 34- 35

BERKELEY.— Un iversi ty of Ca liforn ia . Bu lle t in of the D epar tm en t of G eolog ica l Scien ces ,

xx i i i , 1 1 , 1 3- 1 5 ( T .p . c . ) Pub l ica t ions , B otany , T .p . c . for xv i i ( 1 9 32xv i i i , 2- 4 x ix , 1 - 4 E n t om o logy , v i , 9 - 1 2 Phys iology ,

v i ii , 8 Pub l ic H ea lth , i i , 1 Zoology , T .p . c . for xxxix ( 1 9 33x1, 1 1 - 14 (T .p . c. ) ( 1 9 35 x l i , 3 - 7, ( 1 9 35- 1 9 36 ) P ub l ica t ion s o f th e Un iver

s it y of C a l iforn ia a t L os Ange les in B iolog ica l Sciences , i , 6

BERLIN — D eu tsch -Aus land is cher Buchtausch . F lora Neue Folg e , xxix , 4 ( T .p . c . )xxx, 1 - 3 ( 1 9 35 — D eu tsche E n tom o logi sche G ese llschaft , E .V .

D eut sch e E n tom olog ische Ze it schr i f t , T .p . c . for 1 9 2 8 1 9 2 9 , 1 - 5 ( 1 9 2 91 9 31 , 4 ( T .p . c . ) 1 9 32 , 1 - 3 and B e ih eft ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 32

1 9 33, 1 - 3 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 33 1 9 34, 1 - 2 1 9 35, 1 - 2 M it t e ilungen ,

i i , 1 0 (T .p . c . ) i i i , 1 - 1 0 (T .p . c . ) iv , 1 - 1 0 (T .p . c . )v , 1 - 1 0 ( T .p . c . ) v i , 5- 1 0 (T .p . c . ) —Zo o log ische Museum .

Mit te ilung en , xx i , 1

BEBLIN -D AH LEM .— B o tan isch Gar ten und Museum . Not izbla t t , x i i , 1 1 5 (T .p . c . )

( 1 9 35 xi i i , 1 1 6 - 1 1 7 — D eu tsches E n tom o log is ches I ns ti tu t . Arbe it en

ub er m orpholog ische und taxonom ische E n tom o log ie aus B er lin -D ahlem , i i, 3 - 4

(T .p . c . ) i i i , 1 - 2 Arbe it en uber phys iolog isch e und angew and te

E n t om o log ie aus B er lin -D ah lem , i i , 3-4 ( T .p . c . ) i i i , 1 - 2 ( 1 9 36 )E n t om olog isch e B e ih e ft e aus B er l in -D ah lem , i i

BERN.— N a turforschend e Gese llschaft . M it t e ilung en a .d . Jahre 1 9 35

B IRM INGHAM — B irm ingham N a tur a l H istory and P hi losophica l So ci e ty . L is t o f Memb ers ,19 36 , and Annua l R epor t for 1 9 35 P roceed ing s , xv i , 6 - 7 ( 1 9 35

BLOEMFONTE IN .— N as iona le Mus eum . Arg eolog iese Navorsing , i i , 2 - 4 ( 1 9 35 ) Soolog iese

Navors ing , i , 1 - 2

BOMBAY.—B om bay N a tur a l H istory So ci e ty . Journa l , c . for xxxv i i , p t s . 3 - 4

xxxv i i i , 2 ( T .p . c . for xxxv i i i , p t s . 1 - 2 ) ( 1 9 35- 1 9 36 ) xxxv i i i , 3 - 4

H afikine I ns ti tu te . R ep or ts for the Years 1 9 2 9 ; 1 9 30 ( 1 9 31 ,

BONN .— N a turh is tor ischer Ver e in d er P r eussi sche R he in land e und W es tfa lens .

D ech en iana”( comp r ising V erhand lungen und Sit zung sb er ich t e ) , x c i -xci i

BOSTON .—Amer i can A cad emy of Ar ts and Sciences . Proceedings , lxx , 3- 10 ( T .p . c. )

( 1 9 35 lxxi , 1 - 2 —. B os ton Socie ty of .N a tura l H i s tory . Mem o irs , ix , 1 - 2

( 1 9 35 Proceed ing s , x l , (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 34 x l i , 1 - 4 ( 1 9 35

BRI SBANE — D epar tmen t of Agr i cu lture . Queensland Agr icu ltura l Journa l , xliv , 5 - 6

(T .p . c . ) x lv , 1 - 6 (T .p . c. ) xlv i , 1 - 4 — D ep ar tm en t ofM ines : Geo log ica l Survey of Queens land . Queen s land G overnm en t M in ing Journa l

”,

xxxv i , Nov .-D ec . , 1 9 35 (T .p . c . ) xxxv i i , Jan .

- Sept . , 1 9 3 6 — Gr ea t

B arr i er R eef C ommi t tee— R ep or t s , iv , 2 — Queens land Museum . Mem o ir s ,

lvi i i DONATI ONS AND EXCHANGES .

x , 5 ( T .p . c . ) x i , 1 — Qu eens land N a tur a lis ts’C lub and Na tur e

L overs’ L eague .

“Th e Queensland Na tura list

”

, ix , 6 ; x , 1 — R oya l Socie ty ofQu eens land . Pr oceed ing s , xlv i i , 1 9 35 — Sub -D ep ar tm en t of F or es try , D ep ar t

m en t of P ub li c L and s . Queensland For es t Serv ice Bu lle t in, N O . 1 2

BRNo .

— P r ir odoved e cka F aku lta , Ma sarykovy Un iver s i ty . Sp isy (Publ ica t ions ) (B o tan ica lon ly ) , C is . 2 2 2 , 2 24 Nan ismy ( T rpaslié i Formy by R . D vorak

BROOKLYN .

-B o tani 0 a l Soci e ty of Am er i ca . Am er ican Journa l of B otany , xxi i , 8 - 1 0

( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 ) ( Exchang e d iscon t inued ) .— B r ooklyn B o tan ic G arden .

“G en et ics” ,

xx i , 1 - 5

BRUSSELS — A cadem i c R oya le d es Scien ces , d es L e t tr es e t d es B eaux -Ar ts d e B e lg ique .

1 0 2m e Annua ire , 1 9 36 B u lle t in d e la C lasse d es Sciences , 5m e Sér ie , x x i ,

6—1 2 ( T .p . c . ) xxi i , 1 - 5 —Ma sc’

e R oya l d ’H is toir e N a tur e lle de

B e lg ique . B u l le t in , x i , 1 - 2 9 ( T .p . c . ) Mém o ir es , N os . 6 7 - 7 3 , 2m e Sér ie ,Fa sc . 1 - 3 ( 1 9 35 Mém o ir es , H or s Sér ie (R ésu lt a t s Sc ien t ifiques du V oyage

aux Indes O r ien ta les N éer landa ises ) , i i , 1 7 ; i i i , 1 7 ; iv , 1-1 - 1 2 —Socié téE n t om o log ique d e B e lg i que . Bu l let in and Anna les , lxxv , 7 - 1 2 ( T .p . c . )lxxv i , ,

1 - 5 — So ci e’

te’

R oya le d e B o tan iqu e d e B e lg iqu e . Bu lle t in , lxv ii i , 1

—Société R oya le Zoo log ique d e B e lg ique . Anna les ,lx v , 1 9 34

BUENOS A IRE s .

— Sociedad A rg en t ina d e C iencias N a tur a les . R ev ista , Phys is x i i , 41 - 42

— Soci edad E n tomo log ica Argen t ina . R ev ista , v , 1 (N O . 2 1 ) v i i

( comp let e )

BU IT EN Z ORG .

— N eder land sch - Indische E n tom o logi sche Ver e en iging . E n t om o log ische

Mededeel ing en , i , 1 - 4 i i , 1 - 3

CAEN .— Socie

’

te L inn e’

enne d e N ormand i e . Bullet in , 8 e Sér ie , v i i , 1 9 34-v i i i , 1 9 35 ( 1 9 35

Mém o ir es , N ouve lle Sér ie— Sect ion G éo log ique , i , - 2

CAIRNS — N or th Queens land N a tura lis ts ’ C lub. N or th Queensland Na tura list iv , 38 -48

( 1 9 35

CALCU TTA.— Geo logi ca l Sur vey of I nd ia . Mem o ir s , lxv i , 2 ( T .p . lxv i i i , 1 - 2

( T .p . lxx , 1 ( 1 9 36 ) Mem o ir s , Pa la eon t o log ia Ind ica , N .S . x x i , 3-4 (T .p . c . )

xx i i , 2 - 3 R ecord s , Ind ex t o R ecord s , V o ls . i - lxv , 1 8 6 8 - 1 9 32

lx ix, 2 - 4 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 lxx , 1 9 3 5 lxxi , 1 —Zoo logi ca l

Survey of I nd ia . Mem o irs O f th e Ind ian Museum , X 1, 3 R ecords of th e

Ind ian Museum , T .p . c . for xxxv i xxxv i i , 2—4 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 935

xxxv i i i , 1 ( 1 9 3 6 ) R epor t on the Zoo log ica l Survey for th e Year s 1 9 32 t o 1 9 35

CAMBRIDGE , E ng land— C ambr idg e P hi lo sop hi ca l Soci e ty . B iolog ica l R ev iews and

Pro ceed ing s , x, 4 ( T .p . c . ) Index o f Au th ors and Sub ject s , V o ls . i i -x

B io log ica l R ev iew s , x i , 1 - 3

CAMBRIDGE , Ma ss — Museum of C ompara t ive Zoo logy a t H arvard C o llege . Annua l R epor t

of the D irect or for 1 9 34- 35 B u lle t in ,lxxv i , 5 - 6 ( T .p . lxxv i i i , 4

( T .p . c . ) lxxix,2 - 4 ( 1 9 35 lxxx , 1

CANBERRA .

— Comm onw ea lth Bur eau of C ensus and S ta tis t i cs . O ffic ia l Year B ook , No . 2 8 ,

1 9 35 -C oun ci l for Sci en t ific and Indus tr ia l R esear ch : D iv i sions of E conom ic

E n tom o logy and P lan t I ndus try . C on tr ibu t ion s (E conom i c E n t omo logy ) , Nos .

1 0 1 - 1 0 2 ; ( P lan t Indust ry ) , Nos . 43 - 49 ( 1 9 35

CANTON .— L i i lgn a i i Univer si ty . L ingnan Sc ience Journa l xv , 1 , 3

CAPE T OWN .— R 0 ya l So cie ty of So u th Afr ica . T ransact ions , xx i i i , 4 ( T .p . xx iv ,

1 — Sou th Afr i can Mu seum . Anna ls , xx iv , 2—3 xxx i i , 1

R ep o r t for Yea r end ed 3 1s t D ecemb er , 1 9 35

C H ICAGO — C h i ca g o A cad emy of S ci en ces . Bu lle t in , v , 3 - 4 Prog ram O f Act iv it ies ,

v i , 2 - 4 — F i e ld Mu s eum of N a tur a l H is tory . Pub licat ions , B o tan ica l Ser ies ,

x i,5 ; x i i ; x i i i , 1 ; x iv G eo log ica l Ser ies , v i , 1 3 - 14 R epor t Ser ies ,

x , 3 ( T i t le pag e ) Zoo log ica l Ser ies , x i i i , 8 T .p . c . for x v ii i

( 1 9 30 xx i

DONAT IONS AND‘

EXCHANGES . nix

C INC INNAT I .

— L'

loyd L i brary . Bul let in , NO . 34

C LUJ .— Gr ad in a B o tan ica . Bu let inu l , F ive p la t es for V o l . x iv xv , 1—4,

A p p end ix1 - 2 ( T .p . c . )

COIMBRA.

— Un iver s idad e de C o im br a : I ns ti tu t o B o tan ica . B o le t im da Soc iedadeB ro t er iana , Ser ie i i , x

C OLOMBO — C o lombo Museum . Sp o lia Zey lan ica ( C ey lon Journa l of Sc ience , Sect ion B

Zoo logy and G eo logy ) , x ix , 3 ( T .p . c . ) xx , 1

C OLUMBUS — O hio S ta t e Un iver si ty and O hio A cad emy of S ci ence . O h io Journa l of

Science xxxv , 5- 6 (T .p . c . ) xxxv i , 1 - 4 — O hi o S ta te Univers ity :

O hi o B io log ica l Survey . Bul le t in 32

COPENHAGEN .

— D 6 t K ong e lige D an ske V idenska bern es Se lsha b . B io log iske Medd ele lser ,

x i i , 4- 6 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 xi i i , 1 - 5 Mém o ires , Sect ion des Sc ien ces ,9m e Sér ie , v i , 4- 6 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 - Zoo log i ca l Museum of the Univer s i ty.

T h e D an ish Ing o lf—E xp ed it ion ,i i i , 1 2 ; iv , 1 0—1 1

DUBL IN .

—R oya l D ublin Soci e ty . E con om ic P r oceed ing s , T .p . c . for i i ( 1 9 1 0

i i i , 1 Scien t ific P roceed ing s , N .S . xx i , 2 7—34 — R oya l I r i sh Acad emy .

P roce ed ing s , Se ct ion B , x l i i , 1 5—1 6 ( T .p . c . ) xlii i , 1 - 4

DURBAN .

— D ur ban Museum . Anna ls , i i i , 5 ( 1 9 36 ) Annua l R ep or t o f t he D urban Mu seum

and A r t Ga llery for Mun icipa l Year , 1 9 34- 3 5 ( no da t e ) .

E AST LANSING — M ichigan S ta t e C o llege Of Agr icu ltur e and App lied Science . R ep or t of

t h e D iv ision o f V e t er inary Science for Y ear ended June 30 , 1 9 35 ( no da t e ) .

E DINBURGH .

— R 0 ya l B o tan ic Garden . N o t es , x ix , 9 2 T ransa ct ions and P r o

ce ed ing s o f th e B o tan ica l So cie ty o f E d inburgh , xxxi , 4 ( T .p . Session 1 9 34- 35— R oya l Soci e ty of E d in burgh . P r oceed ing s , lv , 2 ( T .p . c . ) lv i , 1 - 2

T ransa ct ions , lv i i i , 2

FRANKFURT a . M .— Senc lcen berg ische

’

N a turforschend e G ese llschaft: Abhand lung en , Ahh .

430 2 7 .—2 8 . B er ich t ub er d ie Ze it v om 1 A p r il , 1 9 33 , b is 31 Marz , 1 9 35

“Na tur und V o lk lxv , 9 - 1 2 ( T .p . c . ) lxv i , 1 - 5 P re is l is te

GENEVA.

— So ciété d e P hys ique e t d ’H is toire N a tur e lle . C om p t e R endu des Séances , i i i ,

3 ( T .p . c . ) l i i i , 1 - 2

GENOVA.— Muse o C iv ico di S tor ia N a tu ra le d i Genova . Anna l i , lv ii ( 1 9 34

G IE SSEN .—B o tan i sche I ns t i tu t . T en separa t e s by E . Ku st er ( 1 9 33 - 1 9 3 6 ) E leven sepa ra te s

by var ious auth or s ( 1 9 0 9—1 9 1 0 , 1 9 2 5 , 1 9 2 7 - 1 9 2 8 ,

GLEN O SMOND ,South Au s tra l ia — W a i t e Agr icu ltur a l R es ear ch I ns ti tu te . Twen ty—s ix

separa t es ( 1 9 35

GRANVILLE .

— D en i sou Un iver s i ty . Journa l of the Sc ien t ific L ab ora t or ie s , xxx, pp . 1 1 9—303

( T .p . c . ) xxxi , pp . 1 - 9 2

HALIFAx .

— N ova Sco t ian I n s t i tu t e of Sci en ce . P roceed ing s , x ix , 1 , 1 9 34- 3 5

HALLE .

— K a iser liche L e op o ld —C ar o lin . D eu tsche A kad em i e d er N a turforsche . Nova A ctaL eop o ld ina , N eue Fo lg e , i i i , N os . 1 0 - 1 7 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35

HAM BURG — N a turw is senschaft licher Vere in . V erhand lung en , V ier t e F olg e , v , 1 - 4, 1 9 34

HARLEM .

— Soci e'

te'

H o llanda ise des Sci ences . A rch iv es N éer landa ise s d e Phone t ique

expérim en ta le , x i i ( 1 9 36 ) A r ch ives N éer landa ises de Zoo log ie , i , 4 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 )i i , 1 A rch ives N éer landa ise s d es Scien ces exa cte s e t na turelle s ,

Sér ie I I IC

(A rch ives N éer landa ises d e Phy s io log ie d e l’

h omm e e t de s an imaux ) , xx, 3—4 ( T .p . c . )Index of Auth ors and Sub ject s , V o ls . xv i -xx x x i , 1 - 2

H EERLEN .

—Geo log isch Bureau voor he t N eder landsche M ijng ebied . Jaarver slag over

1 9 33

1x DONATI ONS AND EXCHANGES .

HELSINGFOR s.— So cie tas Scien t iarum F enn ica . Ars k -Vuos ik irja ,

xi i i , 1 9 34- 35

B idrag t ill Kanned om a f F in lands Na tur och Fo lk , lxxv ii i , 4 ( to rep la ce p r ev ious

NO . 4 issued ) C omm en ta t iones Phys ico-ma thema t ica e , v ii i , 1 3- 24 (T .p . c . )— So cie tas Z oo log .

- bo tan ica Fennica Vanam o . An ima l ia Fenn ica , i i

Anna les Zoo log ic i , i i ( 1 9 34 —Suom en H yon te is ti e te e llinen Seura (E n tomo

log i ca l So ci e ty of F in land ) . Suom en H yont e ist ie tee ll inen A ikakausk irja (Anna lesE ntom o log ici Fenn ici ) , i , 1 - 4 (T .p . c . )

H IROSH IMA.-H iroshima Un ivers i ty . Journa l of Sc ien ce , Ser ies B , D iv . 1 , iv , 1 - 1 0

( T .p . c . ) D iv . 2 , i i i , 1 - 3

HOBART .— R oya l Socie ty of T asmania . Pap er s and Pro ceed ing s for the Year 1 9 35

HON OLULU.—B erni ce P auahi Bi shop Museum . Bulle t ins , 1 30 - 140 ( 1 9 35 Memo irs ,

x i i , 1 O cca siona l Pap ers , x i , 1 - 2 3 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 x i i , 1 - 3

Sp ec ia l Publ ica t ion 2 6

IND IANAP OLI S — I nd iana A cad emy of Scien ce . P roceed ing s , xl iv , 1 9 34

IOWA O rr in— Un iver si ty of I ow a . Un iver sity o f I owa Stud ies . Stud ies in Na tura l H ist ory ,

x v i , 5- 6 and C ont ent s ; xv i i , 1 - 3 ( 1 9 35

ITHACA N .Y .— Corne ll Un iver s i ty . 1 33 T heses and Abstra ct s o f T he ses (N os . 1 2 6 6 , 1 2 6 7 ,

1 2 69 , 1 2 7 1 , 1 2 7 3 , 1 2 7 7 , 1 2 8 1 , 1 2 8 2 , 1 2 8 5 , 1 2 93 , 1 2 9 4, 1 2 9 7 , 1 305 , 1 30 6 , 1 30 8 , 1 30 9 , 1 31 2 ,

1 31 4- 1 31 7 , 1 31 9 , 1 32 0 , 1 32 5 , 1 331 , 1 333 , 1 334, 1 336 , 1 339 , 1 343- 1 346 , 1 348 , 1 350 - 1 353 ,

1 355- 1 357 , 1 359 , 1 36 1 , 1 36 2 , 1 3 6 7 , 1 36 9 , 1 3 7 0 , 1 37 2 , 1 37 5, 1 37 6 , 1 38 0 , 1 38 4- 1 3 9 0 , 1 39 3 ,

1 394, 1 39 8 ,1 39 9 , 1402 , 140 3 , 1406 , 140 7 , 140 9 , 141 3- 141 6 , 141 8 - 142 3 , 1 42 5- 1437 , 1439 ,

1 441 - 1 443 , 1 446 , 1450 - 1 457 , 1 46 2 , 146 5- 146 7 , 147 2 - 147 7 , 148 0 , 1 48 1 , 1 48 3 , 1 48 9 , 149 0 ,

1 49 2 , 1 49 4- 149 6 , 1 49 9 , 1 50 0 - 1 504, 1 50 8 - 1 51 0 , 1 51 2 , 1 51 3 , 1 51 5 ( 1 9 1 7 , 1 9 2 3 , 1 9 2 5

Prob lem s and Me thods in E nzym e R e search by R . W illstat t er

JAMAICA PLAIN.— A ’

r ’n o ld Ar bor e tum . Journa l , xv i , 4 ( T .p . c . ) xv i i , 1-3

JOHANNESBURG.— South Afr i can Associa t ion for the Advan cemen t of Science . South

A fr ican Journa l o f Science xxxii

KURASH IKI .— Ohara I ns t i tu te for Agri cu ltura l R esear ch . Ber ich te, v i i , 2

K xIv.— A cadém i e des Sci en ces d ’Uhra ine , I ns t i tu t B o tanique . Journal ,( 1 9 34 and tw o pamph le t s ent ire ly in R uss ian

KYOTO — K yo to Imp er ia l Un ivers i ty. Memo irs O f th e C o llege o f Science , Ser ies B , x i , 1 - 5

( 1 9 35

LAGUNA .

— Univer s i ty of the P hi lip p ines : Co llege of Agri cu l tur e . Th e Ph il ipp ine Ag r i

cu ltur ist ” , xxiv , 5- 1 0 ( 1 935 xxv , 1 - 4 F irst T w en ty -V o lum e Index

LA JOLLA.

- Scr ipp s I ns ti tu t ion of O cean ography of the Universi ty of Ca liforn ia . Bullet in ,

T echn ica l Ser ies , iv , 1“O ceanograph ic R esearch a t th e Scr ipp s Inst itut ion

dur ing A pr il , 1 9 34, t o A p r i l , 1 9 35 by T . W . Vaughan ( R ep r in t ed from T rans . Am er .

Geop hys ica l Un ion , l 6 th Annua l Mee t ing , 1 935 )“Th e L e tha l A ct ion O f Sun light up on

Ba ct er ia in Sea W a ter”

, by C . E . Zob e l l and G . F . McE w en ( R ep r in ted from Bio l.

Bu ll. lxv i ii , 1 ,

LA PLATA.— In s ti tu t o d e l Museo d e la Un iver s idad N aciona l d e L a P la ta . No ta s del

Museo de La P la ta , A n tr op o log ia , i , 1 ( 1 9 35 ) Bo tan ica , i , 1 - 9 ( 1 9 35- 1 9 36 ) G eo log ia ,

i , 1 - 2 ( 1 9 35 Pa leon tolog ia , i , 1 - 7 ( 1 9 35 Zoo log ia , i , 1 Obras

comp letas y C orresponden c ia C ien t ifica de F loren t ino Am egh ino , xv i i - xx i ( 1 9 34- 1 9 35 )“D ia t om eas de la Ca l iza de la Cuenca de C a lama en e l D e sier to de A ta cama ( Ch ile )

by J . Fr engue ll i (From R ev i s ta Museo d e la P la ta (Neuva Ser ie ) , i , Seccion pa leon

t o log ia , p p . 3 - 34

LAUNCE STON .—Queen V ic tor ia Museum and Ar t Ga llery . Annua l R ep ort O f the Cura tor

fo r the Yea r ended 3oth June , 1 9 35

LENINGRAD .— A cade

’

m i e d cs Sciences de Bulle t in , v i i Sér ie , 1 93 5, 6 - 1 0

C om p t e s R endus ( D ok lady ) , Nouve lle Sér ie , 1 9 35, i i i , 2 - 9 iv , 1 - 9

1 9 3 6 , i , 1- 9 i i , 1 - 9 ; i ii , 1 - 2 La bor a toir e de Morpho logi e évo lu tive :

T ravaux , i i , 3 ( 1 — Geo log ica l and P rosp ec ting Servi ce , Prob lems of

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

lxi i DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES .

MARSE ILLE — Fagu lté d es Sciences d e Marsei lle . Annales , 2 e Sér ie , vu , 1 - 2 ( T .p . c . )-Ma sc

’

e d ’H is toi re N a tur e lle d e Mar s ei lle . Anna les , xxv i xxv i i , 1

MELBOURNE . Aust ra las ian Journa l o f Pharma cy N .S . , xv i ,“

1 9 0—1 9 2 ( Index )xv i i , 1 9 3 - 2 0 1 ( 1 9 3 6 ) (From the P ublisher ) . C ounci l fo r Scien t ific and I ndus tr ia l

R esearch. N inth Annua l R ep or t for Year end ed 3oth June , 1 9 35 Bulle t in ,

N os . 9 3- 1 01 Journa l , v ii i , 4 ( T .p . c . ) ix , 1 - 3 and Supp lem en t

P amphle t s , Nos . 59 - 64 ( 1 9 35 — D ep ar tm en t of Agr icu ltur e of V i ctor ia .

Journa l , xxxi i i , 1 1 - 1 2 xxxiv , 1 - 10 — F i e ld N a tur a lis ts’ C lub of

Vi ctor ia .

“The V ictor ian Na tura l ist

”

,

“

l i i , 7 - 1 2 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 l i i i , 1 - 6—Pub lic L ibrary, Museum s and N a tiona l Ga llery of V ic t or ia l R epor t o f the

T ruste es for 1 9 35 — R oya l Soci e ty of Vi c tor i a . P roceed ing s , xlv ii i , 1 - 2

( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 — Un iversi ty of M e lbourn e . Ca lendar for 1 9 36

MINNEAPOLI S — Un iv ers i ty of M inneso ta . M inneso ta B o tan ica l Stud ies, i , 3- 1 2 (T .p . c . )

( 1 8 94 ii , 1 - 6 ( T .p . ( 1 8 9 8 i i i , 1—3 ( comp let e ) ( 1 9 0 3 Stud ies

in th e B iologica l Sc ien ces, N os . 1-2 ( 1 9 1 3 , 4- 6 ( 1 9 2 3“The Amer ican

Geo log ist”

, i-xxxv i (G en era l I ndex for V o ls. i -xxxv i ) ( 1 8 8 8 - 1 9 0 5 ) excep t V i , 1 - 2

xxi i , 6 xxxv ,

I

5“For est ry in Minneso ta ”

, by S . B . Green“M innesota A lga e . V ol . i . T h e Myxophycea e of N or th Am er ica , e tc . by

Joseph ine T i ld en Th e A lga e and th e ir L ife R ela t ion s by Joseph ine E .

T i ld en N or th Am er ican U r edineae V o l . -i , p t . 5 , by E . W . D . H olway“T h e B ird s o f M inneso ta by T . S . R ob er t s ( 2 vo ls . )

“T r ees and

Shrub s O f M inneso ta by C . O . R osendah l and F . K . Bu t t ers

MONACO — Ins t i tu t O ceanograp hique d e Monaco . Bu l le t in , Nos . 6 78 - 68 5 (T .p . c . fo r

N OS . 6 6 1 - 6 8 5 ) 6 8 6 - 7 02

MoNTEvIDEO .

— Asocia cion Sudamer i cana d e B o tan i ca . R ev is ta Sudam er icana de B o tanica ,

i i , 4- 5 —Museo d e H is tor ia Natur a l. Ana les , 2a Sér ie , iv , 7 - 9

MONTREAL .

— Labora to ire d e B o tan iqu e d e l’Un ivers i te

’

d e Montr ea l. C on tr ibu t ions , N O . 2 6

MORGANTOW N .— W es t V irg inia Univers i ty : C o llege of Agr icu ltur e , Agr i cul tur a l E xp er i

m en t S ta t ion . Bul let in 2 63

Moscow .— L imno logische S ta ti on eu K ossino d er H ydrom e teoro log ischen Adm inis tra t ion

d er A rb e i ten , 1 9 - 2 0'

M icrob iology”( a Journa l o f G enera l , Agr i

cultura l and Indus tr ia l M icrob io logy ) , i i i, 3-4 and C on t ent s ( 1 9 34) iv , 1 - 4 and

C on t en t s v , 1 - 3

MUNCH EN .— B ayer ische Akad emi e d er W iss enschaften . Abhand lung en , Ma thema t isch

Na turwissenscha ft l ich e Ab t e ilung , Neue Fo lg e , 2 9 - 3 2 and Fes tr ede ( 1 9 35 ) Sitzung s

b er ich te , 1 9 35, 1 - 3 (T .p . c . )

NANKING .

—N a t iona l G eo log ica l Survey of Chin a ( form er ly a t P e ip ing ) . G eo log ical

Bu lle t in , N OS . 2 6 - 2 7 ( 1 9 35 — N a ti ona l R esear ch Ins t i tu t e of G eo logy : Academ iaSin ica . Memo irs ,

N O . 1 5

NANTE S.

— Socie'

te des S ci en ces N a tur e lle s d e l’Oues t d e la Fran ce . Bu lle t in , 5m e Sér ie ,

i i i, 1 9 3 3 , 1 - 4 ( T .p . c . ) iv , 1 9 34, 1 - 4 ( T .p . c . )

NAP LES — Museo Zoo logi co de lla R . Un ivers i ta d i N ap o li . Annua r io , Nuova Ser ie , v i,

1 7 - 2 0 ( T .p . c . ) — S taz i on e Zoo log ica d i N ap o li . Pubb l ica z ion i , x v,2

( T .p . c . )

NEW HAVEN . C onnec t icu t A cad emy of Ar ts and Sci en ces . Mem o irs ,ix , Ar t s . 1 - 4 ( bound

in one ) x , A r t s . 1 0 - 1 8 ( in one ) T ransa ct ions , xxxi i , pp . 247 - 349

—Y a le Un iver s i ty : P eabody Mus eum of Na tura l H is tory . Bulle t in o f th e

Bmgh am O cean og ra ph ic C o llect ion , i i, 3 v ,

1 - 3 ( 1 9 35

NE W YORK .

— A 7n 6 7’ i ca ’

n G eo gr aph ica l Soci e ty . G eog raph ica l R ev iew xxv , 4 (T .p . c . )( 1 9 3 5 ) xxv i , 1 - 3 —Am er ican Mus eum of N a tur a l H is tory . Bul let in , T .p . c .

fo r lx ii i ( 1 9 3 1 lxv i i i,4- 8 lxx , 1 lxx i “

Na tura l

H is to ry T . p . c . fo r xxx v ( 1 xxxv i , 3 - 5 ( T .p . c . ) xxxvu , 1 - 5 and

SUDDlem ent ( T D. c . ) xxxv i i i , 1 - 2 — N ew Y ork A cad emy of Sciences .

A nna ls , xxxv . p p . 1 0 1 - 2 0 8 ( T . p . c . ) ( l 9 36 ) .— N ew York Bo tan ica l Garden .

“Brnt to n ia

”

, i i , 1 - 2 (” fi lly— Vand er bi l t Ma r in e Mus eum . Bu lle t in , v i

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES . lxi i i

O sLo .—D e t N orske V id enskaps -Akad emi i O s lo . Arbok , 1 9 34 ; Avhand l ing er , I . Ma t .

Na turv . K lasse , 1 9 34 ; H va lrad et s Sk r ifter ( Sc ien t ific R esu lt s o f Ma r ine B iolog i ca lR e search ) , N os . 1 1 - 1 2 ; Skr i fter , I . Mat .

-Na turv . K lasse , 1 9 34 ( 2 vo ls . )

Uni ver s i t e’

de O s lo . A rch iv for Ma them a t ik 0 g Na turv idenskab , x li , 1

O TTAWA — D epar tmen t of Agr i cu ltur e . Bu lle t in , N .S . 1 8 0 C ircu lar 9 2 ( Publica

t ion No . 48 0 ) 9 3 Farm ers’

Bu llet in , 1 (Pub lica t ion 4 ( 1 9 36 )O ne r epr in t from Farm ers

’

Bu llet in 3 (Pub l ica t ion 505 ) R ep or t o f the

M in ist er of Agr icu lture for th e Year ended March 31 , 1 9 35“The Fru it ,

V ege tab les and H oney Ac t and R egu la t ions”(Pub l ica t ion N O . 47 6 ) ( 1 9 35 ) D ivi s ion

of B o tany : Progre ss R ep or t o f t h e D om in ion B o tan ist for th e Years 1 9 31 t o 19 34

in clus iv e — D ep ar tmen t of M ines . Bu lletin , N os . 74 (Na t . Mus. C anada , B io l .

Ser . N O . 2 0 ) 7 7 (Na t . Mus . G eol . Ser . N O . 52 ) 7 9 (Na t . Mus . B io l .

Ser . N O . 2 1 ) R ep ort for F isca l Yea r end ing March 31 , 1 9 35

G e o logica l Survey o f C anada : Mem o ir , 1 7 6 ( T ext and Map s ) , 1 7 9 , 1 8 1 - 1 8 8 ( 1 9 3 5—R oya l Soci e ty of C anada . T ransa ct ions , T hird Ser ies , xxix , L ist O f O fficer s ,

e tc . ; Sect ions 4- 5

PALO ALTO — S tanford Un iver si ty . C on tr ibu t ion s from th e D ud ley H erba r ium , i , 6 ( 1 9 34 )

Stanford Un ive r s ity Pub l ica t ions , Un ivers ity Ser ies , B io log ica l Scien ces , i i , 8

( T .p . c. )

PARIS . Journa l de C onchy l io log ie lxxix, 2 - 4 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35- 1 9 36 ) lxxx, 1 - 2 ( 1 9 36 )

(From t he Publisher ) .— Muséum N a t iona l d ’H is toir e N a tur e lle . A rch ives , 6me

Sér ie , xii i Bu lle t in , 2e Sér ie , v i , 5—6 ( T .p . c . ) V i i , 1 - 6

v i i i , 1 - 2 — Société E n tom o logi que d e Fr ance . Anna les , c iv , 3 - 4 ( T .p . c . )cv , 1 - 2 Bulle t in , x l , 1 5- 2 0 (T .p . c . ) x l i , 1 1 3—14 and

Sup p lem ent — S ta ti on B io log ique d e R oscofi . T ravaux, Fascicu le 1 2 - 1 3

( 1 934

PE IPING.— N a ti ona l G eo log ica l Survey of C hina ( see under Nank ing ) . P eking Soci e ty

of Na tura l H is tory and D ep ar tm en t of B io logy , Y enching Univer si ty . P ek ing Na tura l

H istory Bul le t in , x, 2 - 4 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35

PERM — Ins t i tu t d es R echer ches B io lo-

gigues a l ’Un iver si te’

de P erm . Bul let in , ix , 9 - 10

x, 1 - 5 ( 1 9 35 T ravaux, v i i , 1 - 2

PERTH — D ep ar tm en t of Agr icu l ture of W es tern Aus tra lia . Journa l , Second Ser ies , x i i ,

3 - 4 (T .p . c . ) xi ii , 1 - 2 — Ge o lo-

g ica l Survey of W es tern Aus tralia .

Annua l P rogress R ep o r t for the Year 1 9 34 1 935 — R oya l Soci e ty ofW es tern Aus tr a lia . Journa l , x v i , 1 9 2 9 - 30 xx , 1 9 33 - 34 xx i , 1 9 34- 35

PH ILADELPH IA.— Am e7

'i 0 a 'n P hi losophi ca l Socie ty . Mem o ir s , i- iv M isce llanea , i ,

2 Pr o cee d ing s , lxxiv , 5 ( T .p . c. ) lxxv , 1 - 8 ( T .p .

lxxv i , 1 - 2 T ransact ions , N .S . xx iv , 2 ( T .p . c. ) x xv is x xv i i i , 1

( 1 9 35- 1 936 ) L i br ary : Annua l R eport for 1 9 35 — Un iv ers i ty of P ennsylvania .

C on tr ibut ions from the Zoolog ica l Lab ora t ory for th e Year 1 9 34, V o l . xxxi iW i s tar Ins ti tu te o f Ana tomy and Bio logy . Th e Journa l o f E xp e r im en ta l Zoo logylxxi , 3 (T .p . c. ) lxxi i , 1 - 3 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 lxxii i , 1 - 3 (T .p . c . )

lxxiv , 1 — Zo o logi ca l Socie ty of Phi lad e lp hia . 64th Annua l R epor t of

the B oard of D irecto rs for th e T en Mon ths end ing D ecember 31 , 1 9 35

P IETERMARIT Z BURG .

— N a ta l Museum . Anna ls , v i i i , 1

P ITT SBURGH .—C arn eg ie Museum . Anna ls , xxiv ( bound , comp let e ) ( 1 9 34 36 th

and 3 7th Annua l R ep or t s for th e Years end ed D ecemb er 31 st , 1 9 3 3 , and D ecember31st , 1 934 ( 1 9 34

PLYMOUTH .-Mar ine B io log ica l Associa t ion of the Un i ted Kingdom . Journa l , N .S. x x , 3

PORT IC I .— L abora tor io d i Zoo log ia gener a te e Agr ar ia de l R . I s ti tu to Sup er ior e Agrar io

in P or t ici . Bo lle t t ino , xxix

PRAG .—D eu tsche N a turw issenschaft lich-m ediz in ische Vere in fur B ohm en

“L o tos” in P rag .

Na turw issenscha f t l ich e Ze it schr ift “L ot os

”, lxxxi i i — Mu seum Na t iona le de

P rague : Sect ion E n tom o logique . Bu lle t in ( Sborn ik E ntom o log ick eho O ddelel l i

Narodn ih o Musea v . Pra ze ) , xii i (N os . 1 0 8 - 1 2 1 ) — Soci e tas E n tom o logi caCzechos loven ia e . A cta , xxxi , 1 - 4 (T .p . c . ) xxxi i , 1 - 4 (T .p . C . )

lxiv DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES.

PRETORIA.— Transvaa l Museum . Annals , xv i i , 1 -3 ( 1 935 xv i i i , 1 -4 ( 1 9 35

PUSA.— Imp eria l I ns ti tu te of Agr icu ltura l R esear ch . Ind ian Journa l Of Agr icultura l

Science” , v , p t . 2 , 7 Ar t icles ; p t . 3 , 2 Art s ; pt . 4, 5 Ar t s . ; p t . 5, 8 Art s . ; p t . 6 , 5

A r t s . R ev iew of Agr icu ltura l O p era t ions in Ind ia , 1 9 31 - 32 and 1 9 32 - 33

Sc ient ific R ep ort s , 1 9 33- 34

R ENNEs.— Societe

’

Géo log i que e t M inéra log ique de B re tagn e . Bulle t in , N ouvelle S ér ie , i ,

1 930 - 1 9 31

R ICHMOND — H aw kesbury Agr i cul tur a l C o llege . H .A .C . Journa l , xxxn , 1 0 - 1 2 ( Index )( 1 9 35 ) xxxii i , 1 - 9

R IGA .— L a tv i j a s B io logijas B iedr iba ( Socie ta s B io log iae L a tviae ) . R akst i (Acta ) , v

R IO DE JANE IRO.— Ins ti tuto Osw a ldo Cruz . Memor ias, xxx, 2 - 3 (T .p . c. ) xx x i ,

1 - 2 — Jard im B o tan ico . Arqu ivos do Inst ituto de Biolog ia V egetal , i , 3

(T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 34- 1 9 35 ) i i , 1 - 2“R odr igues ia

”

, i , 1 -4 ( Content s for N os . 1 -4)

( 1 935

R IVERSIDE — Un ive i 's i ty'

of Ca lifornia : G radua te Schoo l of Trop ica l Agr i cu ltur e and

Ci trus E ap er imen t S ta tion . Papers , Nos . 2 9 4, T .p . c . for V o l . x i i (N os . 2 7 6

30 9 , 31 8 - 32 6 , 32 9 - 332 , 335- 337 , 340 ( 1 9 3 5

ST . GEO RGE’ S WE ST .— B ermuda B io log ic a l S ta tion for R esear ch, In corp ora ted . C ontr ibu

t ions , Nos . 1 - 14, 1 6 - 3 7 ( 1 9 31

ST . LOUI S — A cad emy of Science of S t . L ouis . T ransa ct ions , xxv i ii , 5- 8 (T .p . c. )xxix, 1 — M issour i B o tan ica l Gard en . Anna ls , xxi i , 3-4 (T .p . c. )x ii i , 1 - 2

SAN D IEGo .— San D ieg o So cie ty of N a tura l H is tory . T ransa ct ions ,

v i i i , 5 - 15

SAN FRAN C I SCO .— C a lif0m ia A cad emy of Sc iences . Proceed ing s , Four th Ser ies , xx , 11

x x i , 1 - 2 1 ( 1 9 33

SAO PAULO . Museu P aulis ta . R ev is ta , x ix

SAPPORO.- H okka ido Imper ia l Un ivers i ty. Journa l of the Fa culty o f Sc ience , Ser ies v

(B o tany ) , iv , 2 v , 1 Ser ies v i (Zoology ) , iv , 2 - 4 (T .p . c . )

SEATT LE — Univers i ty of Washington O ceanographi c L a bora tor i es . Publicat ions in

O ceanography , i , 3 - 5 ; i i , 1 ; i i i , 1 ( 1 9 34 Pub lica t ions in O ceanography , Supp le

m en ta ry Ser ies , Nos. 1 6 - 50 ( 1 9 34

SENDAI .

— T ohoku Imp er i a l Un ivers i ty . Scien ce R epor ts , Second Ser ies , x iv , 2B (T .p . c . )xv i i i , 1 - 3 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 Fourth

-

Ser ies , x, 3 -4 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35

x i , 1

SH ANGH AI .— D ep ar tmen t of G eology of the Shangha i Sci ence Ins t i tu te . Stud ies from the

D epar tment of G eo logy o f the Shangha i Science Ins t itute , Separa te P r int s, Nos . 1 -8 ,

1 2 (From Journ . Shangha i Scien ce‘

Ins t . , Sect ion i i , V ol . i , p p . 1 36 , 2 2 7 - 30 6 ) ( 1 9 33

Separa t e P r int NO . 1 (From V ol . i i , pp . 1 - 1 0 ,

SHARON .

— Cushman Labora tory for Foram in ifera l R esear ch . C on t r ibu t ions , x i , 4 ( 1 9 35 )x i i , 1 - 2

SOPIA.- Socie

’

te'

B o tan ique de Bu lgar i c . Bul le t in , vn — Société B u lgare des

S cien ces N a tur e lles . T ravaux, No . 1 7

STOCKH OLM .— Kung lika Svenska Ve tenskap sakadem ien . Ark iv for B o tan ik , xxvu , 1 - 2

(T .p . c . ) Ark iv for Zoolog i , xxv ii , 3 -4 ( T .p . c . ) xxv i ii , 1 - 2

A rsbok , 1 9 35 H and l ingar , T redje Ser ien , T .p . c. for x iv

xv , 1 - 5 ( 1 9 35 Skr ifter i Na tur skyddsarenden , Nos . 30 - 31

SYDNEY.— Aus tra lian I ns t i tu te of Agr icu ltura l Science . Journa l , i , 4 ( T .p . c . )

i i , 1 - 3 — Aus tra lian Museum . Annua l R ep or t O f t he T rustees for the Year1 9 34- 35 Austra l ian Museum Ma ga z in e , v , 1 2 (T .p . c . ) v i , 1 - 3

R ecords , x ix , 5- 6 — Aus tra lian Na tiona l R esearch Counci l. “Aus

t ra l ian Science Abs tra ct s x iv , 4 xv , 1 - 3 — Aus tra lian Ve ter inary

A sso cia tion .

“Aus tra l ian Ve t er ina ry Journa l

”

, x i , 5 - 6 ( Index ) x i i, 1-4— D ep ar tm en t of Agr i cu ltur e , N .S .W .

“Agr icultura l Gaze t t e O f xlv i ,

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES . lxv

1 1 - 1 2 ( T .p . c . ) xlv i i , 1 - 1 0 L ive Sto ck D isea ses R eport , NO . 1 1

Science Bullet in , Nos . 49 - 50 , 52 -53 ( 1 9 35 — D epar tmen t of M ines .

Annua l R epor t for th e Year 1 9 35 — D rug H ouses o f Aus tra lia L td .

“Aus

tra las ian Pharma ceut ical Notes and New s N .S . x iv , 1 1 - 1 2 ( 1 9 35 ) xv , 1 - 1 0

E duca tion D epar tment .“E duca t ion Gaze t te

”, xxix, 1 1 - 12 (T .p . c . ) xxx,

1 - 1 0 -Fores try Comm is sion , N .S .W . R eport for the Year ended 3l st

D ecember , 1 9 34 — Ins ti tutes of Surveyors in Aus tra lia .

“The Austra l ian

Surveyor”, v , 8 v i , 1 - 3 — M icro bi o log ica l L abor a tory : D epar tmen t of

Publi c H ea lth . R epor t of the Pr incipa l Microb io log ist for the Year ended 31st

D ecember , 1 934 —N a tura lis ts’ So cie ty of N ew South Wales .

“The Austra l ian

Na tura list ix , 7 - 8 (T .p . c. ) —O r chid Socie ty of N ew Sou th Wa les .

“Aus

tra l ian O rchid R ev iew”

, i , 1 - 3 — Public L ibrary of N ew Sou th Wa les . Annual

R ep or t o f the T rus tees for th e Year ended 3oth June , 1 9 35 — R oya l Socie ty

of N ew Sou th Wa les . Journa l and Proceed ings , lxix, 1 - 2 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 935

R oya l Zoo log i ca l Socie ty of N ew Sou th Wa les . Proceed ings for the Year 1 9 35- 36“The Austra lian Zoolog ist

”

, v i i i , 3 -S ta te Fisheries , Chief Secr e

tary’s D epar tmen t . Annua l R ep ort on th e F isher ies o f N ew South W a les for the

Year s 1 934 ; 1 9 35 ( 1 9 35, — Sydney Un ivers i ty Sci ence Associa tion . Sc ienceJourna l , x iv , 3 xv , 1 — Techno log ica l Museum . Bullet in , Nos . 14,

p t . 2 2 0 Six R epr in t s from Journ . Proc . R oy . Soc . lxix, byM. B . W e lch A . R . P enfold and F . R . Morr ison ( 3 ) ( 1 9 35-1 9 36 ) and lxx , by

A . R . P enfo ld T he Med ica l Journa l of Austra l ia ”

, 1 9 35 , i i , 1 8 - 2 6 ( T .p . c . )1 9 3 6 , i , 1 -2 6 ( T .p . c. ) i i , 1 -1 7 ( 1 936 ) (Fr om the E di tor ) .

Universi ty of Sydney . Ca lendar , 1 935 Journa l of t he Cancer R esear ch

Comm it t ee , v i i , 2 -4 ( 1 9 35 Sydney Un iver s ity R ep r int s , Ser ies i , i i, 1 - 6

Ser ies i i , i i , 9 - 1 8 ; Ser ies i i i , i ii , 1 4- 2 5 ; Ser ies v i , iv, 1 8 - 2 3 ; Ser ies v i i i , i i, 1 0 - 2 9

Ser ies ix , v , 1 5- 2 2 ; Ser ies xii i, i i i , 7 -1 0

TASH KEN T .— Universi té d e l ’A si e C en tra le . A cta Univer s ita t is As iae Med iae , Ser ies i i , 4 ;

Ser ies va , 1 4 ; Ser ies v i , 8 - 9 ; Ser ies v i ld , 4 ; Ser ies v i i ia , 1 5- 2 1 ; Ser ies v i lib , 1 9 , 2 1 - 2 9 ;

Ser ies x i ia , 12 - 1 3 Bulle t in , Livr . 2 0 - 2 1

T ox xo.— Imp eria l Fisher ies Ins t i tu t e . Journa l , xxxi , 1 - 2 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35

Imp er ia l Un iver si ty of To kyo . Journa l o f the Fa cu l ty of Science , Sect ion i ii , iv , 5- 6

(T .p . c. ) ( 1 9 35 v , 1 Sect ion iv ,iv , 1 — Na t iona l R esearch

Counci l of Jap an . Japanese Journa l of A st ronomy and Geophys ics , T .p . c . for x i i

( 1 9 34 xi ii , 1 Japanese Journa l of B o tany , v i i i , 1 - 2 JapaneseJourna l of Geo logy and G eography , x ii , 3 -4 (T .p . c. ) xi ii , 1 - 2

Japanese Journa l of Zoology , v i , 3 -4 ( 1 9 35 R epor t , i i , 4, Ap r i l , 1 9 34-March ,

1 9 35 —T okyo Bunr ika D ai gaku ( T okyo Un iversi ty of L i tera ture and S ci ence ) .

Science R epor t s , Sect ion B , i i , 34- 43 ( T .p . c. ) ( 1 9 35 i i i , 44-45

Z oo log ica l So cie ty of Japan . Annota t iones Z oo log icae Jap onenses , xv , 2 - 3 ( 1 9 35

T ORONTO — R oya l Canad ian Ins ti tu te . T ransa ct ions , xx, 2 (T .p . c. )

T OULOUSE .— Socie

'

te d ’H is toir e Na tur e lle de T ou louse . Bulle t in , lxv i , 1 -4 (T .p . c. )lxv i i , 1 - 3 (T .p . c . ) lxv i ii ( comp let e )

THING — Zoo log ica l Museum . Nov itat es Z oolog icae , xxxix, 4 (T .p . c . ) x 1, 1

T RONDH JEM .—D e t K onge lige N or ske V idenskabers Se lska b. Forhand l inger , v i ii , 1 9 35

( 1 9 36 ) Skr ift er , 1 9 35 , V o ls . i - i i ( 1 936 ) Musc ot : A rsbere tn ing , 1 9 34 ( 1 9 35 )O ldsaksamling ens T ilvekst , 1 9 34 ( 1 9

T UN I s .— I ns ti tu t P a s t eur d e Tun is . Ar ch ives , xxv , 1 - 2

UP SALA.— Univers i ty of Up sa la . Z oo log iska B idrag fran Upp sa la , xv ( 1 9 35 ) Z ur

Gynaceummorpho log ie und Syst ema t ik der V erbena ceen und Lab ia t en nebst b emer

kungon uber ihre Sam enen twick lung”, by S . June l l

“Stud ien ub er Lam ell i

branchia ten des L ep ta enaka lkes in D a larna”

, by 0 . I sb erg ( 1 9 34) Studien uber d ie

Fangapparat e der B ranch iopoden , by S. E r iksson ( 1 9 34 ) Untersuchungen uber

den Strukturellen aufbau der E ize lle”

, by G . Jager st en

URBANA — Un iver si ty of I llinois . I ll ino is B iolog ica l Monograph s , xi ii , 3 - 4 ( T .p . c . )x iv , 1 - 2 ( 1 9 35

lxv i DONATI ONS AND EXCHANGES .

UTRECH T .— Bo tan isch Mus eum en H er bar ium van d e R ijksun iver si tei t . Med ede el ingen ,

Nos . 2 3—3 2 ( 1 9 35

VER SA ILLE s .— C en tr e Na tion al d e R echer ches agronom iqu es . Anna les des E p iphyt ie s et

de Phy togénét ique”

, Nouvel le Sér ie , i , 1 9 34- 1 9 35 i i , 1 - 2

V IENNA.— N a turhis tori sche Museum in W ien . Anna len , xlv i i ( 1 9 34, 1 9 36

WAR SAw .— P ans tw ow e Muz eum Z oo log i czne (P o lish Museum of Zoo logy ) . A cta

O rn itho log ica , i , 1 3- 1 5 ( 1 9 35 Annales , x i , 6 - 1 0 ( 1 9 35 Fragm enta

Faun ist ica , i i , 2 2 - 30 ( 1 9 35 -Socie tas B o tan i ca P o lon ia e . A cta , x i , 4 and

Supp lementum (T .p . c . ) x i i , 1

WASH INGTON .

— Am e’

r ica'n Chem ica l Socie ty . Industr ia l and E ng ineer ing Chem istryxxv i i , 1 0 - 1 2 (T .p . q. ) xxv i i i , 1 - 8 — Bur eau o f Am er i can E thno logy.

Annua l R ep or t , 52nd , 1 9 34- 35 —Carn eg i e I n s t i tu t ion of W ashing ton . Pub l ica

t ions , Nos . 449 , 453 , 458 Supp l em en ta ry Pub l icat ions , N O S . 1 2 , 14, 1 5, 1 7

Year B ook , N O . 2 4 —N a tiona l A cademy of Sci ences . Proce ed ing s ,xx i

, 9 - 1 2 ( T .p . c . ) xxi i , 1 - 8 — Sm i ths onian Ins ti tu t ion . Annua l

R ep or t o f th e B oard of R eg en t s for the Year s end ing June 3 0 , 1 9 33 ( 1 9 35 ) Jun e 30 ,

1 9 34 U .S . D epa r tm en t of Agri cu l tur e . T echn ica l Bu lle t in , N OS . 433 , 48 4

U .S . D ep ar tm en t of C omm erce : C oas t and G eod et ic Survey . Ser ia l N O . 584 ; Sp ecia l

Pub l icat ion , N os . 1 9 9 , 2 04 — U .S . G eo logi ca l Survey . Bul le t ins , 843, 847A , C ,

8 53 - 8 55, 8 59 , 8 6 2 , 8 64B , 8 6 5- 8 6 6 , 8 6 8A , 8 6 9 ( 1 9 35 P ro fess iona l Pap ers , 1 7 7 - 1 7 8 ,

1 8 0 - 1 8 1 ,1 8 3- 1 8 4, 1 8 5H ( 1 9 35 W a t er Supp ly Pap er s , 6 57 , 6 7 6 - 6 7 7 , 6 7 9A ,

68 0 , 7 41 - 743 , 7 45- 746 , 748 , 7 50 , 7 52 , 7 54- 7 55, 7 59 - 7 6 6 , 7 6 8 , 7 6 9 , 7 7 1 , 7 7 2 , 7 7 3E

( 1 9 35 — U .S . N a t iona l Museum . Proceed ing s , lxxxi i i , Nos . 2 9 7 7 - 2 9 8 9 ( 1 9 35

1 9 36 ) R ep or t on the P r ogress and C ond i t ions of th e Museum for F isca l Year ended

June 30 , 1 9 35

WELLINGTON .—D ep a

’r tm en t of Sci en t ific and I ndus tri a l R esear ch : G eo logi ca l Survey

B r an ch . 2 9 th Annua l R ep or t 1 934- 35 G eo log ica l Mem o ir s , Mem o ir

N O . 2 F our separa t e s from N . Z . Journa l of Sci ence and T echn o logy, xv i

( 1 9 34 —D om in ion Museum .

“New Zea land Journ

'

a l of Scien ce and T echno logy”

,

xv i i , 2 - 6 ( T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 xv i i i , 1 - 2 —R oya l Soci e ty of N ew Zea land .

T ransact ion s and P roce ed ing s ,lxv , 2 - 4 (T .p . c . ) ( 1 9 35 lxv i , 1—2

W OOD S H OLE — Mar in e B io log ica l L abora tory. B iolog ical Bu lle t in , lxix, 2 - 3 (T .p . c . )lx x , 1 - 3 ( T .p . c . ) lxxi , 1

PRIVATE D ONORS ( and Auth or s , unless o therwise sta t ed . )

BRUG , S. L Am st erdam , H o lland . O n Par t icu la r B inuclea t e B od ies Often found in

Human Fa ece s” (Fr om Anna ls T rop . Med . and P ar asi to logy ,xxx, 1 ,

“D ien tamoeba fragibis”(From G enees . T ijd . vo or N ed er l. - Ind i e , lxxv i , 2 1 , 1 9 36 )

V oor loop ig onderz oek naar de p ra c t ische w aarde d er cu ltuur van darmp ro tozaen

( Zo o l . Afd . Ins ti t . voor Trop . H yg i en e , Am st erdam , 1 9 36 )“T rOp-isch e Z e ik ten d ie

n ie t in N ed er land sch - Ind ie V o orkom en”

( no da t e ) .

FI LH O, H . da C . M R io d e Jane iro , B ra z i l . Monog raph ia das Ma lvaceas Bras i le ira s .

Fa sc . i . O G en ero S ida . R ev isao das E sp e cies B ras ile iras . P t . 1 (R io de Janei ro ,

Me rmc x ,E . , B .A . , Mar lb orough , W il t s , E ng land . E xo t ic M icro lep idop tera iv ,

1 9 - 2 0 ( Index ) ( 1 9 35

R EY CH LE R , L . , Sa int -N ico las (W a es ) , Be lg ium . An A ppea l t o the Youth O f the Un iver

s it ies”

C om p le t e W ork ing P lan for an Ins t itu te o f D ynam ic B o tany”

( An twerp ,

“P a r la Mut a t ion sy s téma t ique ch ez les p lan t es , v ers l

’

E VO lut ion

sys t éma t ique" “

C u a pp or t nouveau au p r o cédé de la féconda t ion pa r

t raum a t ism e”; Um nouveau m od e d e féconda t ion pa r t raum a t isme d irectem en t dans

I’

Ova ire”

;“O sw a ld K irs t ” ; E n co re la féconda t ion t rauma t ique

”( 1 9 35

T m : C OLONIAL SUGAR R EF IN ING C ox , L TD . Sydney ( donor ) . T he C umm ing D isease o f

the Suga r C ane . I ts D is s em ina t ion a nd C on t ro l”

, by D . S . No r th (Agr icultura lR ep o r t . N o . 1 0 ( T ech n ic a l ) , Syd ne y , Ju ly ,

DONATIONS AND EXCHANGES . lxvi i

T H E INST ITUT ION OF E NGINEERS , AUSTRALIA, Sydney ( donor ) . Un ity in Na ture by

Pro fessor F . W ood Jones (R ep r in t ed from Journ . Ins tn . E ngr s . Aus t . v i i , 6 ,June ,

WATERH OUSE, G . A . , D .Sc B .E . , Sydney ( donor ) . T h e P rob lem o f th e

Pa cific by C . B runsdon Fle t ch er (L ond on ,

WE ISS, D r .- Ing . W . , D r e sden , G erm any . B lat t er . B est immungstab e lle zur B enu t zung be i

M ikr oskop ischen A rbe it en . T e il i - i i (D resden ,

1 9 1 3

LIST OF MEMBER S, 1936 .

ORD INARY MEMBER S .

‘A lber t , Miche l Francois, Boomerang E lizabeth Bay , Sydney .

A llan , Miss Ca ther ine Mabel Joy ce , Austra l ian Museum , Co llege Street , Sydney .

A llen , E dmund , c /O Mulgrave Mill , G ordonvale , Queensland .

Anderson , Char les , M.A . , D .Sc . , Austra lian Museum , C ollege Street , Sydney .

A nderson , R obert H enry , B .Sc .Agr Bo tan ic“

Gardens , Sydney .

Andrews , E rnest C lay ton , B .A No . 4,“Kur ing -ga i 241 O ld Sou th

H ead R oad , Waver ley .

Andrews , John , B .A . , D epar tmen t o f G eography , Sydney Un ivers i ty .

A rm s t r ong , Ja ck W a l t er T r en ch , C a l lub r i”, Nyng an , N.S.W .

Aurousseau , Marce l , E .sc .

Badham , Char les , M .E . , Ch .M. , B .Sc Bureau o f Microbiology , 9 3 Macquar ie Stree t ,

Sydney .

Baker , R ichard Thoma s , The C rescent , Cheltenham .

Barne t t , Marcus Stan ley , 44 Fox Va lley R oad , W ahroonga .

B eadle , Noe l Char les W ill iam , 36 Ang lo Street , Cha tswood .

B enson , Pro fessor W i lliam Noe l , B .A . , D .Sc . , Un ivers ity o f O tago , D uned in ,

N .Z .

B lake ly , W i lliam Far is, Bo tan ic Gardens , Sydney .

Boardman , W i ll iam , Austra lian Museum , C o lleg e Stree t , Sydney .

B ourne , G eoffrey , D .Sc Schoo l o f Pub l ic H ea lth and T rop ica l Med icine , Sydney

U n ivers ity .

Brough , Patr ick , M .A D .Sc . , B.Sc .Agr Botany School , Sydney Un iversity .

B rown , H ora ce W illiam , 8 71 Hay Stree t , Per th , W .A .

B rown , Miss I da A lison , D .so. ,

'

C aversham ”, 1 6 6 B rook Street , C oogee .

B rowne , W i lliam R owan , D .Sc . , G eo logy D epar tment , The Univers ity , Sydney .

B ry ce ,E rn est John , 47 N elson R oad , K i llara .

Burg es , N orman A lan , M .sc 35 We therell Street , C roydo-n .

Burkit t , Professor Ar thur Nev i lle St . Georg e Handcock , M .B B .Sc . , Medical School ,T h e Un ivers ity , Sydney .

Burns , A lexand er Nob le , Mer inga Fuchsia Stree t , B la ckburn , Victor ia .

Buzacot t , Jam es H ard ie , Mer inga ( pr iva t e bag ) , v ia C a irns , North Queensland .

Campbe ll , John H oneyford , R oya l Canad ian M int , O ttawa , Canada .

Campb e ll , Thomas Graham , F la t NO . 4, 8 0 6 Mil itary R oad , Mosman .

Ca rey , M iss G ladys, M .sc . , 32 R awson Str eet , E pp ing .

C arey , Samuel W arren , M .sc . , c /O O il Sear ch L td . , 350 Georg e Stree t , Sydney .

Carne , W a lt er Mervyn , Un ivers ity o f T a sman ia , H obar t , Tasman ia .

Car ter , H erber t James , B .A“Garraw i llah

”, K intore Stree t , W ahroonga .

Chadwick , C la ren ce E a r l , B .se . , 41 H annam Str ee t , Arn cl iffe .

Ghee l , E dwin , 40 Queen Street , A shfie ld .

Ch isholm , E dwin C laud , M .B . , Ch .M . , Bare llan , N .S.W .

Churchward , John G ordon , Ph .D . , Fa culty O f Agr icu lture , Sydney

Un ivers ity .

C le land , P rofessor John Bur ton , M .D . , Ch .M . , T he Un ivers ity , Adela ide , S A .

C ole fax , A llen N B .Sc .,D epar tment of Zoo logy , Sydney Un ivers ity .

C o leman , Mrs . E d ith , Wa lsham", Bla ckburn R oad , Blackburn , Victor ia .

Co t t on , Pro fessor Le o Ar thur , M .A . , D .Sc G eo logy D epar tment , The Un ivers ity ,

Sydney .

C ra f t , Frank A lfred , B .Sc . , 6 4 B oyce R oad , Maroubra .

Cunn ingham , G ordon H err iot , Ph .D . , D epar tm ent of Ag r icu lture , F ie lds D ivis ion,

Plan t R esearch Sta t ion , P O . Box 442 , Pa lmerst on Nor th , N . Z .

L i fe member .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

lxx

1 9 0 7

1 9 36

1 92 6

1 9 2 0

1 9 34

1 9 2 5

1 9 1 3

1 9 2 2

1 9 35

1 9 2 0

19 1 2

1 9 2 0

1 9 2 7

1 91 0

1 9 2 7

9 2 1

LI ST OF MEMBERS .

Johnst on , P rofessor Thom as H arvey , M .A D .so . , Th e Un ivers ity , Ade la ide ,

Jop l in , M iss G erma ine Anne , E .sc . , Ph .D G eology D epa r tm en t , Sydney Univer s ity .

Judg e , L eslie Ar thur , 36 R omsey Str ee t , H ornsby .

Jul iu s , Sir G eorg e A lfr ed , E .sc . , B .E . , 6 7 C a st lereagh

St r ee t , Sydney .

Ka lesk i , R obert Lucian Stan islaus , Thorn H i ll Moorebank , v ia L iverp oo l , N .S.W .

K enda l l , Mr s . W . M . , M .sc . ( née W i lliam s ) , 5 Qu een V ictor ia St reet D rummoyne .

L aw son , A lb er t A ugustus , 9 VV i lm o t Str ee t , Sydney .

L ee ,D av id Joseph , E .sc . , 7 O rp ing t on Str ee t , Ashfi eld .

L indergren , Gusta f Maur itz , Swed ish Chamb er o f C omm erce , 38 C arr ing ton Str ee t ,

Sydney .

L owndes , A r thur Georg e , M .sc . , 2 3 Pa lm er Str ee t , B a lma in .

Ma ckerr as , Ian Murray , M .B Ch .M . , E . sc . , B ox 1 09 , Canb erra , P .C .T .

Magee , Char les Joseph , B .Sc .Agr . M .sc . (W is ) , D ep ar tm en t o f Agr icu lture ,

Farr er P la ce , Sydney .

‘i‘Ma ir , H erb er t Know les Char les , E . sc . , B o tan ic Garden s , D arw in , N or th ern

T err it ory .

Mann ,John , C ommonw ea l th P r ick ly P ear Labora tory , Sherwo od , B r isbane ,

Queensland .

Ma r t in , D ona ld , B .Sc . c / c Un iv ers i ty of T asman ia , H obar t , T a sman ia .

Maw son , S ir D oug las , B .se . , B .E . , T h e U n ivers ity , Ad e la id e , S A .

Ma z e , W i lson H arold , 39 Lu cas R oad , Burwood .

McCul loch , R ob er t N icho lson , B .Sc .Agr . E . sc . D epar tm ent o f

Ag r icu lture , Farrer Pla ce , Sydney .

McK eow n,K e i th C o ll ingw ood , Au st ra l ian Museum , C ol leg e Str eet , Sydney .

McK ie , R ev . E rnes t N orman , B A T h e Manse , Guyra , N . S.W .

McLuck ie , John , M .A . , D .Sc . , B otany D epar tm en t , The Un ivers ity , Sydney .

Melva ine , M iss A lm a T h eodora , B . Sc . , 1 0 1 C o ok R oad , C en t enn ia l Pa rk , Sydney .

Messm er , P ear l R ay (Mrs . C . T rea t t s R oad , L indfield .

Mor isse t , L ieu t .

-C o lone l C as im ir Vaux ,

“D imby P la ins

”

, Qu ir ind i , N .S .WMun ch—P et ersen , E r ik , Ph .B . , M.sc . (H aunens is ) , V et er inary R esearchI nst i tu te ,

St ory St r eet , P arkv i lle , Me lb ourne , N . 2 , V ict or ia .

Mungomery , R eg inald W illiam, c / o Mer inga Suga r E xp er im ent Stat ion , B ox 146 ,

G ordonva le , N or th Queensland .

Musgrave , An thony , Austra lian Museum , C o llege St r ee t , Sydney .

N ewman , Florence R ewa W ear (Mrs . I . V. ) (née Bur ton ) , B .A . , D ip .E d . , W h ite

haven”, 5 L land i lo Avenue , Stra thfie ld .

N ewman , Ivor V ickery ,M .sc . , Ph .D . , Wh itehaven 5 L land ilo

Avenue , Stra thfi eld .

N ew man , L esl ie John W i lliam , W a ltham stow e 5 B ernard Stree t , C lare

m on t , W .A .

N icho lson , A lexander John , D .Sc . , C ounc i l for Sc ien t ific and Industr ia l

R esearch , B ox 1 0 9 , C anberra , F .O .T .

N ob le , N orman Sco t t , M .S . , D epa r tment o f Agr icu lture , FarrerPla ce , Sydney .

Nob le , R ob er t Ja ck son , Ph .D D epar tmen t o f Agr icu lture , Farrer P lace ,

Sydney .

N or th , D av id Suther land , c /o C o lon ia l Sug ar R efin ing C o L td . , Broadwa ter M ill ,R ichmond R iver , N .S .W .

O'

D w yer , Ma rg a re t H elena , E .sc . , Ph .D . , Forest P roduct s R e sea rch Labora t ory

P r ince s R isbo rough , Ay lesbury , Buck s , E ng land .

O k e , Cha r les G eorg e , 34 B ourk e Str ee t , Me lbourne , C . 1 , V ictor ia .

O l iver , W a l t er R eg ina ld B rook ,D .so. ,

D om in ion Museum ,

W e l l ing ton , C . 1 , N ew Zea land .

O sb o rn . P ro fes so r T h eod ore G eorg e B en t ley , D .so . , D epar tm en t of B otany ,

T h e Un ivers i ty , Sydney .

O sbo rne , G eorg e D av enp ort , D .so . , G eo logy D epar tm ent , The Un ivers ity , Sydney .

L ife member .

1 92 1

1 9 1 8

1 9 2 9

1 9 24

1 9 36

1 9 32

1 9 2 5

1 9 2 7

1 9 0 9

1 9 2 8

1 9 30

1 9 04

1 9 2 1

1 9 0 2

1 9 04

1 9 1 7

1 9 30

1 9 34

1 9 0 0

1 9 09

1 9 30

LI ST OF MEMBERS . lxxi

P erk ins , Freder ick A tho l , B io logy D epar tm en t , Univers ity o f Queen s land ,

B r isbane , Q .

Ph ill ip s , Montagu Aust in , 57 St . G eorg e’

s Square , L ondon , S.W . ,

E ng land .

P idg eon , M iss I lma Ma ry , B .Sc . , W ins low 57 Am hur st St ree t , Nor th Sy dney .

Pin com be , T or r ingt on H aw k e , B .A . , Mu lyan B e ta Stree t , L ane C ove , Sydney .

P lom ley , Norm an Jame s B r ian , c / o B ank o f New South W a les , T hr eadneedle

Str ee t , L ond on , E .C . 2,E ng land .

P ope ,M iss E l izab eth Car ington ,

B .Sc . , 36 K am eruka R oad , N or thbr idg e .

Pra t t , E n id Mary , (Mrs . ( née E dm onds ) , M .sc .,C ongrega t iona l Man se ,

Br ok en H il l.

P r iest ley , P r o fessor H enry , M .D . , Ch .M . , B .Sc . , Medica l Schoo l , T he U n iver s i ty ,

Sydney .

R agga t t , H aro ld G eorg e , M .sc . , G eo log ica l Survey , D epa r tm en t of M ines , Sydney .

R ob er t s , Fr eder ick Hugh Sher s t on ,M . sc . , D epar tm ent of Agr icu lture and Stock ,

An ima l H ea lth Sta t ion ,Y eerongp illy , B r isban e , Q .

R ober t s , N oe l L ee , 2 4 Mered ith Stree t , H om ebush .

R ob er t son , R uth er ford N ess ,E .sc . , 1 5 T h e B oulevard e , L ew isham .

R ough ley , T heodore C leve land , E .sc . , T echno log ica l Museum , H arr is

Street , Sydney .

R up p , R ev . H erm an Mon tagu R ucker , B .A . , St . John ’

s R ectory , R aym ond T erra ce ,

N .S.W .

Sa lt er , K e i th E r ic W ellesley , E .sc . , H awth orn 48 Abbo t sford R oad , H om ebush .

*Scamm ell , G eorge Vance , E .sc . , 7 D av id Str eet , C l ifton Gardens .

Selby , M iss D or is Ad el ine , M .sc . ,

“Ma r ley”

, W erona Av enue , G ordon .

Sh errard , Mrs . Kath leen Margar e t , M .sc . , 43 R ob ert son R oad , C en t enn ia l Park ,

Sydney .

Sm ith , G eorg e P ercy D arne ll , D .Sc . , c / o Ly on’

s B oa t Sh ed , T h e

Sp i t , Mosman , Sydney .

Sm ith , Ja cob H a ro ld ,M .sc . ,

D ep ar tm en t o f Agr icu l ture and St ock ,

Nambour , Queensland .

Sm i th , T h oma s H odg e , Austra l ian Museum , C o l lege Stre e t , Sydney .

Sm ith , M iss V era I rw in , B .Sc . , L oana”

, Mt . Morr is St reet , W oo lw ich .

Spence , K enne th K inross , M .E . , Ch .M . , 51 Soph ia Street , B ond i B ea ch .

Stanley , G eorg e A r thur V ickers ,E .sc .

, C le lands 33A Ba t tery St ree t , C love lly .

Stea d , D av id G . ,

“B oonga rre

”. Pa cific Str e e t , W a t son

’

s B ay .

St ill , Ja ck L esl ie , E .sc . , 6 1 A lexandr a Str ee t , D rumm oyne .

Stoke s ,E dw a rd Suth er land , M .E . , C h .M . , 1 5 H ighfie ld R oad , L indfie ld .

*Su 1m an , M iss F lor ence ,

“Burrang ong McMah on

’

s P o in t .

Sussm i lch , C ar l A do lph , 1 1 App ian W ay , Burw ood .

T ay lor , Frank H enry , Schoo l o f Pub l ic H ea lth and T r op ica lMed icine , Sydney Un iver s ity .

T i llya rd ,R ob in John ,

M .A . ,D . Sc . , D om in ion

C ircu i t , Forr est , C anb erra , F .O .T .

*T rough t on ,E ll is L e Gey t , Au s tra l ian Museum , C o l lege Stree t , Sydn ey .

Turner , A . Jeffer is , M .D . , D auph in T erra ce , Br isbane , Queensland .

Turner , R owland E . , c / o Standard Bank o f South A fr ica , A dderley

St reet , Cap e T own , South A fr ica .

V e itch , R ober t , E .sc . , D epar tm en t o f Ag r icu lture , W i ll iam Stree t ,

B r isbane , Queensland .

V ickery , M iss Joyce W in ifred , M .sc . , 6 C oventry R oad , H om ebush .

V o isey , A lan H eywood , M .sc . , St . G e orge’

s H ost e l , W e st K emp sey , N .S .W .

W a lker , C ommander John Jam e s , M .A . , F .R .E .S R .N . , A orang i Lonsda le

R oad , Summ er t ow n , Oxford , E ng land .

W a lk om , A r thur B ache ,D .so . , Sc ien ce H ouse , G loucest er and E ssex Str ee t s , Sydney .

W a rd , Me lb ourne , Pasadena F la t s , C ro ss Stree t , D oub le Bay , Sydney .

Life m emb er .

lxxi i LI ST OF MEMBERS .

1 9 11 W ard law , H enry Sloane H a lcro , D .so Phys iology D epartment , The Un iversity ,

Sydney .

Wa terer , Ar thur S. , 1 3 K ing ston Stree t , H aberfield .

W a t erhouse , D oug las Frew , 1 7 McIn t osh St ree t , G ordon .

*Wa t erhouse , G . A tho l , D .Sc . , B .E . , Science H ouse , G loucester and E ssex

Streets , Sydney .

W a t erhouse , L ione l Lawry , B .E R aro t onga 42 Archer Stree t , Cha t sw ood .

Wa terhouse , Wa lter Lawry , M .C D .I .C . Fa culty of Agr iculture ,Sydney Un ivers ity .

W a t t , P rofessor R ober t D ickie , M .A E .sc Un ivers ity o f Sydney .

Wh it e , N ev i lle H . , c /O C ounci l for Scien t ific and Industr ial R esear ch , Un ivers it y

of T asman ia , H obar t , T asman ia .

*W h i t ley , G i lb ert P ercy , Aus tra lian Museum , C o lleg e Street , Sydney .

W ilson , Miss Janet Mar ion , 8 Lloyd Avenue , H unter’

s H ill .

Wom ersley , H erbert , South Austral ian Museum , Adela ide , South

Austra l ia .

W oodh i ll , An thony R eeve , D epar tm en t o f Z oo logy , _

Sydney Un iver sity .

Wr igh t , Fred , 35 B ligh St ree t , Sydney .

Zeck , Em i l H erman , 2 6 8 B laxland R oad , R yde .

H ONORARY MEMBERS .

1 9 2 3 H i ll , Professor J. P . , Inst itute o f Anatomy , Un ivers ity of L ondon , Univers ity

C olleg e , G ower Stree t , London , VV

.C .1 , E ng land .

1 9 2 3 Wi lson , Professor J. T . , LL .D . , M .E Ch .M D epartment of Ana tomy , the

New Museum s , C ambr idge , E ng land .

C ORRE SPONDING MEMBERS .

18 8 8 B a le , W . M . , 6 3 W a lpo le Street , Kew . Me lbourne , V ictor ia .

1 9 02 Broom , R ober t , M .D . , D .so . , T ran svaal Museum , Pre tor ia , T ransvaa l , South

A fr ica .

1 9 02 Meyr ick ,E dward ,

B .A . , F . Z .S T hornhang er , Mar lborough , W ilts . , E ng land .

A SSOC IATE .

1 9 34 Wa t erh ouse , John T a lbo t , 39'

Stanhop e R oad ,K illara .

L i fe Member .

NOTE S ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCAPTIA AUR IFLUA DON.

(D IPTERA, TABANIDAE ) .

By MARY E . FULLER , B .se . , Counci l for Scien t ific and Industr ial Research ,

Canberra , F.C .T .

(Plate 1 ; e leven Text -figures . )

[ R ead 2 5th March ,

In troducti on .

Although the early stages of many T aban inae ( Tabanus and Haematopota )

have been discove red in other parts of the world , comparat ive ly l itt le is known

of the Pangoni ine genera . The larvae and pupae Of a few species of the more

Special ized genera Chrysops and Si lvius have been studied , but Gian/tops chrysocoma

Osten-Sacken ,whi ch has been fully described by McAtee is the only

general ized Pangon i ine of whi ch the breeding hab i ts and early stages are known .

Our knowledge of the immature stages of Australian T aban i dae is small,although

the fami ly is rep resen ted here by more than 250 species . The larvae of four

species of Tabanus and one Pangon i ine , Si lvius n otatus R ic . , have been-

briefly

described ( Johnston and Ban croft , 1920 ; H i ll , The d iscovery of the

breed ing grounds and early stages of the generalized Pangoni ine , Scap i ta auriflua

D on . , is , therefore , of considerable in terest .

Scap t ia Walk . i s the dom inant Austral ian Pangon i ine genus, nearly fifty

species being known (Ferguson , I t is the Austral ian representat ive of

that group of genera wi th short , broad , most ly ha i ry bodies, and wi th the third

antennal segment e ight-annulate , of whi ch Pangon ia may be taken as typ i cal .

Gom‘

ops Ald . also appears to belong to this group and , from the informat ion

ava i lable , seems to possess characters in common wi th some species of Scap tia .

I t is , therefore , not surp rising that the larva and pupa of S . auriflua, described

below, should Show points of resemblance to those of G. chrysoooma .

The wri ter is indebted to D r . 1 . M. Mackerras for the i dent ificat ion of the

speci es j for informat ion on the Taban i dae , and for assistan ce in the p reparat ion

of the paper .

The Habi ts [of the Adult .

S . auriflua i s a medium -sized , rather ornate species, of wh ich Whi te ( 1915 )

has given an adequate re-descript ion . I t is distributed along the southern and

eastern highlands of Aust ralia , from Tasman ia and South Austral ia to southern

Queensland , and is common ly found associated wi th flowering Lep tospermum

growing in swampy count ry at high alt i tudes . In January , 1935, the fl ies were

p lent iful on Lep tospermum flowers on a small plain at the foot of Mt . Coree

ft . ) near Canberra, and were also abundan t on the flowers of another

sp ecies of Lep tosp ermum growing along Alp ine Creek, Kiandra , and in a swamp

2 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCAPTIA AU’

RIFLUA DON . ,

near Yarrangobilly D r . Mackerras informs me that they were very

common on flowering c tospermum at Barrington T ops ft . ) in the

summer of 1925. The fl ies remained rest ing or moving about on the flowers

for cons iderable per iods , and were not readily d isturbed . They frequently rested

beneath the flower clusters and among the inner parts Of the bushes , wi th their

lower surface uppermost , and were then not readi ly dist ingu ishable in sp i te of

the i r bright colour ing . Both sexes were present in equal numbers . They were

not seen to hover over or alight on the swamps , although other T aban i ds , includ ing

Scap tia ruficornts Macq . , had this hab i t .

Most spe cies of Scap tia suck the blood of mammal s, and the females are

usually taken when a ttacking the collector ; males are rarely seen . S . aurtfiua ,

however, made no at temp t to b i te , and has never been recorded as blood-sucking

by other observers . It is most p robable that both sexes feed exclusively on the

n ectar of flowers , although the mandibles of the female are not reduced , as

they are in the primi t ive , non -blood-sucking genus P elecorhynchus . Possibly

S . aum’

flua sucks the blood of nat ive an imals , but no evidence of this w as found .

Notes on the Life-H i story .

Goni ops ov iposi ts on the unders ide of leaves and guards the egg-mass for

some days , buzzing loudly at in tervals . The breeding habi ts and the egg-masses

of S . aurtflua have not been discovered, nor is there any evidence to suggest that

i t might possess simi lar pecul iar habi ts .

The larvae of S . aurtflua were discovered in the soi l _ of a restri cted area on a

small mountain p lain beside Mt . Coree (Plate i , fig . The soi l, the moisture

conten t of wh i ch var ied over the period when larvae were found , w as never dry

nor saturated ; in general i t w as moderately damp . The larvae were just be low

the surface and frequen tly well up among the grass roots . They were presen t

in the same situat ion whenever it w as examined from October , 1934, to A ugust ,

1935. Many othe r areas in the local ity were examined, but the larvae were not

found anywhere else . The surface of the ground w as covered wi th grasses and a

small group of w i llows w as close by (Plate i , fig . Between the wi llows and

Coree Creek , which w as 65 yards distan t , the ground w as slight ly lower and w as

covered w i th marsh grasses , be ing in p laces saturated . Since the first larvae

found were full grown , i t w as assumed that they lived in the swamp and moved

to h igher ground to pupate , but th is w as found to be incorrect , when later search

revealed larvae of all sizes . Moreover , none were found in the wetter soil .

On 7th October, full-grown larvae were p resent , associated wi th numerous

T ipulid and some Strat iomyi id larvae .

On i 3th and 14th October, full-grown larvae in the proport ion of 1 to‘

50

T ipulids were p resent , the T ipulids being extremely p lentiful .

On 11th November, a few large larvae were present , and most of the T ipulids

had pupated .

On 17th February, half-grown larvae and no T ipulids were found .

On 24th March , larvae of various sizes from half to full grown and no

T ipul ids were p resent . The soi l w as at i ts driest .

On z3ra June , very small to nearly full-grown larvae were present , and

T ipulids were again found in smal l numbers .

On 11th August , small to full-grown larvae were p resent and T ipulids occurred

in fa ir numbers . The so il w as wetter than i t had ever been previously, due to

BY MARY E . FULLER . 3

the fact that snow had fallen to a dep th of six inches or more a week earlier.

The larvae were st i ll very close to the surface .

Throughout the whole p eriod, earthworms and cockchafer larvae were present

in the soi l . The Scap t ia larvae were always cont racted when found, p robably

due to being d isturbed when the so il w as turned over . They remained inert and

never a ttempted to move away .

The first larvae collected were kep t each in a separate jar Of slightly

moistened so il and supplied wi th T ipulid larvae as food . As the larvae were full

grown and were not observed to feed , i t w as assumed that they were at the

rest ing stage prior to pupat ion . They remained in this state for approximately

tw o months ( 54 to 65 days ) before pupat ing . The pupal stage lasted 15 to 24

days , and the flies emerged in December and January over a period of three

weeks.

AS the larvae showed no attempt to attack each other, several were later

kept in each jar. Apparently most of the feeding is done in the winter , as larvae

collected in March and June disposed of earthworms supp lied to them , although

actual feeding from a worm w as only Observed once . The Scap t ia larva had

p ierced the worm near the mi ddle and had i ts head buried in the body, part of

wh ich w as sucked out . T ipulid larvae p laced in the jars were la ter found

damaged and flacci d , but feeding on these w as not actually observed . Some

larvae have been kept successfully in jars of soi l and grass roots for five mon ths .

They can Wi thstand starvat ion , and drying and harden ing of the soi l for six

weeks wi thout being affected . Larvae subjected to such condit ions were

contracted and darkened , but extended and became normal when p laced in moist

so il and given food.

The full duration of the life cycle is not known , but the facts that adults

are only on the wing for a limi ted period in summer, and that larvae in various

stages of growth occur together , suggest that full development may take tw o,

or even three , years .

The Larva (T ext-figs . 1 and

Larvae from 11 to 2 6 mm. in length were examined and, excep t for size ,

there w as no difference in structure between these stages .

The following descr ip t ion is taken from a full -grown larva . T he length of

the larva when fully extended is 26 mm . The body is pointed an teriorly and ,

unlike most other Taban i d larvae , truncated posteriorly (T ext -fig . I t is

widest at the 3rd , 4th and 5th abdominal segments . The larva is capable of

contract ing to half i ts length when d isturbed . When moving act ively i t has a

leech-like shape , but takes on a short barrel shape when touched (Text-fig .

the girth increasing by about 2 mm .

As the p igment fades and alters in preserved specimens , the following

description of the colour markings is from a live larva . Beneath the thi ck

striated integumen t , which is i tself p ract i cally colourless, is a layer of p igment

broken up into patches .

‘

The p igmen t i s a dark chocolate or purp lish-brown ,

and varies in amount and exten t wi th individual larvae, and wi th stages of

growth . I t is brightest in colour near the anterior end and most cont inuous

and intense on the dorsal surface of the last four abdominal segments . The

patches where the p igment is absent are a pale yellowish colour , and i t is only

through these patches that parts of the internal organs are visible . The unp ig

mented patches are rounded or elongated-oval in outline . The lateral regions

4 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCAPTIA AURIFLUA DON . ,

of the thoracic segments are devoid of p igment , and the junct ion between

segments is colourless , excep t for an occas ional spot between the posterior

segments . D own the dorsum of the thoraci c and first few abdominal segments

there is a long narrow colourless area . On the ven tral surface the yellowish

pat ches are more extensive than the p igmented areas, wh i ch Simp ly form a

network of colour around them. The ven tral surface of the eighth segment , and

the parts surround ing the anus , are comp letely devoid of p igmen t . In general

the arrangemen t of the p igmen t in th is larva g ives i t a very character ist ic

mot tled or spotted appearance .

T ext -fig s . 1 - 7 .

—Scap tta aur tflua .

1 La rva con tra c ted , x 2 .

—Larva extended , X 3-6 ; a ,a nus ; s , sp iracle .

— Pupa , x 3 6 ; an , an t enna ; as , abdom ina l sp iracles ; t s , thorac ic sp iracle .

4.

— P os ter ior sp ira cle , x 8 0 . 5 .— G rab er

’

s organ , x 144. 6 .— H ea d of larva ,

x 1 6 ; an t , an tenna ; la , labrum ; lb, lab ium ; ma ,max illa ; mn , mand ib le ;

mp , max illary pa lp ; 3 p , sa l ivary pump ; tr , t en tor ia l r od . 7 .— Antenna , x 64 ;

jh, flex ib le ha irs .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

6 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCAPTIA AURIFLUA DON .,

is darker along the Sides of the ep icran ium, giving the effect of tw o st ripes .

Poster iorly the ch i t in of the dorsal plate becomes thinner and is p roduced into

tw o lateral arms wh i ch curve downwards and fuse w i th the posterior extremi t ies

of the tentorial rods. At the base each of these ep icran ial arms is joined to the

tentor ial rod by a short curved bar . Just anter ior to the basal membrane the

head capsule is comp leted ventrally by a smooth , flat gular plate lying between

the lateralia and extending forward to the poster ior end of the labium .

The tentorium consists of a pair Of dark brown , hollow ch i t inous rods,

running the length of the head vent rally . These rods end anteriorly just behind

the reduced buccal cavi ty, and take a downward sweep poste riorly to join the

t ips of the ep i cranial arms . They are each connected near the an terior end ,

behind the eye-spot , wi th the dorsal p late by a curving vert i cal bar . The eye

'

spots are small , dark , reddish masses lying in ternally beneath the lateralia just

in fron t of the basal membrane , and not visible from the dorsal surface . The

pharynx, wh i ch is ch it inized for i ts whole length , runs below the tentorial rods

an teriorly, and then between them , expanding sl ight ly at the posterior end of

the head .

The salivary pump lies poster ior to the gular p late and below the ventral

side of the head internally. I t is large ,ch i t inous, and saddle-shaped , hav ing the

concave surface uppermost . A duct runn ing forward from i ts anterior end opens

in the front of the labium . From its posterior end a duct runs back to the

salivary glands. Valve structures are presen t in the organ where these ducts

enter it .

The antennae (T ext -fig . 7 ) arise dorso-laterally from the lateralia , and consist

of three segments, the basal one being very elongated, flattened and lying close

against the head . Cameron ( 1934) and I saac ( 1925 ) describe the antenna of

Taban id larvae as tw o-segmented, considering the apparent basal segment to be

a flat tened cephalic scleri te . Stone Boving ( 1924) and others state that

the antenna is three -segmented . In Scap tia aurtflua the large basal segment is

clearly art i culated wi th the head, and readily separated from i t . The middle

segmen t projects sideways and is considerably smaller than the basal one , wh i lst

the ap i cal segment is very narrow, poin ted and set iform. Between the lateralia

and rostrum the ch i tin is delicate and membranous . Near the base of the

mandibles and between the antennae and rostrum on each side is a comb of fine

hai rs which are h idden when the mandibles . are wi thdrawn . They correspond

to the st iff brush of“p iercing sp ines

”

( Isaac , 1925 ) in many Tabanids , but are

much finer and less consp icuous .

Mou th Parts .

— The anterior extremi ty of the head is occup ied by the prominent

mouth parts . D orsally the rostrum ends in the laterally comp ressed labrum w ith

i ts up -turned end . Ventrally the tw o pointed hai ry lobes of the labium p roject

forwards. Between these laterally are the large , conspi cuous mand ibles w i th

their associated maxi llae .

The labrum (T ext-fig. 8 ) is narrow and blade-l ike , wi th a narrow, sharp ly

up-turned tip composed of hard black ch i t in . A pair of small setae is presen t

at the end, and tw o other groups of setae occur dorso-laterally. On the ventral

surface and laterally in th is region is a large area of close papi llae , corresponding,

no doub t , to the ep ipharynx . The lab ium (T ext-fig . 8 ) is less ch i t inous than

the labrum and does not project so far forward . I t is bi-lobed and covered wi th

fine hairs . At i ts base ventrally are a pair of elongated palps project ing forwards .

BY MARY E . FULLER. 7

Dorsally i t is fused wi th the anterior end of the pharynx, whi ch is strongly

chi t inous in this region . A pa i r of lobes from the dorsal wall of the pharynx

grow upwards to meet the ventral surface of the labrum, and associated wi th

them is a pair of forwardly-directed , sharp , chi t inous teeth aris ing from the

labium . Isaac and Cameron both assert that these st ructures permanent ly close

the mouth open ing , cutt ing Off the reduced buccal cav i ty from the exterior, the

liquid food being taken in through the mandibular canal . Th is specializat ion of

the labium and pharynx , and the st ructures connect ing the labrum and labium

in Scap tia,closely correspond wi th the condi t ion described for Haematopota

p luviali s by Cameron and Tabanus ra bidus by Isaac . But in Scap tia, although

the mouth appears to be closed by the dorsal pouch of the pharynx and the

chi t inous teeth of the labium , i t is possible to separate the labrum and labium

pharynx, thus opening the mouth , by pushing the t ip of the labrum upwards or

by pressing from the buccal cavi ty forwards wi th a needle , none of the parts

being torn or damaged in the p rocess . I t is quite poss ible that these parts are

not capable of independen t movemen t in the l iving larva , and the mouth is non

funct ional as in Haematopota and Tabanus . Project ing into the back of the buccal

cavi ty is a pai r of t riangular masses connected wi th the tentorium.

The mandible (T ext -fig . 9 ) is a strong , black, slightly curved tusk-l ike

structure , wi th a blunt t ip , and slight ly expanded at the base where i t i s

T ext—figs . 8 - 1 1 .

— Scap tta aur tflua .

8 .

— Labrum and lab ium , x 52 ; be, bucca l cav ity ; 2p ,lab ia l pa lp ; It, lab ia l t ee th

p h , pharynx ; sd, sa l ivary duct . 9 .— Mand ib le and m axi lla , x 52 ; c, cana l

mp , maxillary pa lp ; 0 , Op en ing O f cana l ; tm , t ip of maxilla . 1 0 .— Abdom ina l

sp iracle o f pupa , x 64 ; I , fe lt chamb er ; 3 , sl it . 1 1 .

— P os t er ior end of pupa , x 1 2

app rox. ; p , po int s of ast er .

8 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY OF SCAPTIA AURIFLUA DON .,

connected w ith the maxi lla. The concave inner edge i s finely serrated . There

is an open ing on the dorsal , convex surface a li t tle beh ind the t ip . This i s the

entrance t o a canal whi ch runs through the mandible and is cont inued . through

i ts base . Isaac states that i t then cont inues as a membranous tube amongst the

anterior scler i tes of the head , unt i l it ends in the pharynx . The mandible is

more strongly developed and larger in proport ion to the other mouth parts in

Scap t ia than in the T aban id larvae described by other workers . The maxi lla

(Text-fig . 9 ) is composed of lighter chi t in and works in un ison wi th the mandibles .

I t is a fai rly broad flat p late p roduced to a slender poin t anteriorly : the end of

this project ion is hard and black and extends a lit tle beyond the mandible . The

lower edge of the maxi lla is heavi ly fringed wi th fine hairs . The maxi llary

palp arises near the outer posterior edge and is very large and consp i cuous .

The basal segment is a shor t triangular mass of heavy ch i t in . The second

segment is large ,cylindri cal and well ch i t in ized , wh i lst the ap ical segment i s

fine and slender .

The Pupa (T ext -fig .

The pupa is 19 to 22 mm . in length . When newly formed , the thoracic reg ion

and all the anterior end , excep t the eyes , are a creamy colour , and the abdomen

is bright chestnut . The colour changes to a general light brown , and before

emergence again darkens consi derably, the eyes becoming green ish .

The frontal car ina is a ridge of l ight brown , wrinkled chi t in with a notch in

the median l ine . Above the carina is a pai r of sl ight prominences of wr inkled

chi t in , each bearing a fine bristle . Below the carina —is a pair of small , but

prominent project ions p laced close together in the median l ine, and lying

between the eyes ventrally. Below and to each s i de of these is one fine bristle .

The antennae are short and curve d down over the eye . The thoraci c sp iracles

are short and dark-brown , and do not p roject much beyond the dorsal surface .

The wing sheaths just reach the fore border of the second abdominal segment .

Except for the first and last , . the abdominal segments are all simi lar . The

first to the seventh are divided into dorsal , lateral and ventral areas by smooth

grooved l ines . Each of these segmen ts bears a consp i cuous sp i racle near the

cen tre of each lateral area . The sp iracle (T ext-fig . 10 ) is a round mound wi th

a st rong chi t inous rim wh i ch isl

incomp lete anter iorly . Near the posterior edge

of the mound is a curved sp iracular sli t , open ing in to a large felt chamber . Every

segment excep t the first bears a girdle of , sp ines near i ts centre . The part Of

the segmen t in fron t of the r ing of sp ines is marked with a network of raised

l ines of darker brown than the general surface . The posterior half of the

segmen t is finely rugose . The g irdle of sp ines , wh ich point backwards, is

continuous . The sp ines are dark brown , thorn -l ike structures , and are largestand strongest on the dorsum, smaller in the lateral areas and very small ventrally.

The lateral sp ines are p roduced into long, stiff, colourless setae . In the last

segment the dorsal sp ines are absent , wh ilst all the rest bear setae . In the

female pupa there is a median gap ventrally in the ring of sp ines on the last

segmen t , wh ilst in the male there is no break in the ring .

The pupal aster (T ext-fig . 11 ) wh ich in all known Tabanid larvae , except

Goni op s, is a series of six large p roj ect ions on the anal segment , consists of only

tw o not iceable p roject ions , the dorso-lateral pair. These are strongest and most

outstanding in the male pupa . The ven t ral pair are reduced to tw o small knobs,and the dorsal pa i r are scarcely d istinguishable .

PROC . LINN . Soc . 1936 .PLATE 1 ,

F ig . 2 .

A r eas w h ere larva e o f Scap t ia w ere found .

BY MARY E . FULLER . 9

D iscussi on .

The structure of the larval head and mouth parts , the form of the resp iratory

organs, and the longi tudinally striated int egumen t are all characterist i c features

of immature T aban idae possessed by Scap t ia auriflua . The larvae and pupae of

S . auriflua (which , as the sp ecies i s very closely related to the genotype , S . aurata,

may be taken as representat ive of the genus ) and of Gon i ops chrysocoma can ,

however , be d ist ingu ished from all other known Taban idae by the following

characters

Larva.

—The body does not taper at both ends ; there is no siphon ;Graber

’

s organ is n ot visible .

Pupa .

— The aster is reduced to tw o large p rojections at the end of the

terminal segment .

The common possess ion of these characters by tw o genera , one North

American and the other Australian , just ifies the suggest ion that they may

prove to be group characters , sharp ly dist inguish ing th e“Pang

“

on ia group of

genera from the rest of the fami ly . O ther points in common between S . auriflua

and G . chrysocoma are the general opaqueness of the in tegument , the rep lacement

of the“p iercing sp ines

”by fin e , flexible ha i rs , and the fact that , un like most

Taban id larvae , they are found in comparat ively dry si tuat ion s . They ,however ,

differ from each other in several part i culars . Gon i op s has a characterist i c club

shape , whereas Scap tia i s more elongate , a lthough when mov ing along i t some

t imes as'

sumes a long club form . Also Scap tia is strongly striate ,whi lst Gon iops

has no st riae but is pap i llate . The pupae d iffer in Shap e and in the arrangement

of the segmental sp ines .

These invest igat ions suggest that the characters of the early stages wi ll be

found to throw more l ight on generi c relat ionships in the T aban idae than can

at present be obta ined from a study of the adults .

B ibliography .

CAMERON ,A . E . , 1 9 34 — T h e L ife -H is t ory and Structure of H a ema top o ta p luv ia lis Linné

( T aban idae ) . So c . E d in burgh,lv i i i , 1 , p . 2 1 1 .

FERGU SON, E . W . , 1 9 2 6 — Add it iona l N ot e s on th e N om encla ture O f Aus tra l ian T aban ida e .

Bu ll . E n t . R es . , xv i , 4, p . 2 9 3 .

H ILL , G . F . , 1 9 2 1 .—Th e B ionom ics of T abanus apr ep es and o th er Aus tra l ian T aban ida e .

B u ll. E n t . R es . , x i i , 1 , p . 41 .

I SAAC . P . V ., 1 9 2 5a .

— Th e H ead and’ Mou th - Par t s o f th e larva o f T abanus rubidus W ied .

M em . Agr ic . D ep t . I nd ia . N O . 1 0 , Pap ers on Ind ian T aban ida e , v i ii , p . 9 3 .

, 1 92 5b .

— The Mechan ism o f Suct ion in t h e Larva O f T a banus t en en s W ik .

Mem . Agr i c. D ep t . Ind ia . N O . 1 0 , P ap ers on I nd ian T aban ida e , v i i i , p . 9 7 .

JOH NSTON, T . HARVEY , and BANCROFT , M . J .,1 9 2 0 — N o t e s on th e L ife H istory o f

cer ta in Queensland T aban id fl ie s . P roc . R oy . Soc . Que ens land ,xxxi i , 1 0 , p . 1 2 5.

McATEE , W . L 1 9 1 1 .

— Fa ct s in th e L ife H is tory of G oniop s chryso coma . E nt . Soc.

W a shing ton,xi i i , 1 , p . 2 1 .

MARCHAND , W . , 1 9 2 0 ,- T h e E ar ly Stag es o f T aban ida e (H or se - fl ies ) . Monographs of

the R ockefe ller I n s ti tu te for Medica l R es ear ch, N O . 1 3 , N ew York .

NEAVE , S . A . , 1 9 1 5 .

— T h e T ab an ida e o f Sou th ern Nya sa land w ith no t es on th e ir life

h is t or ies . Bu ll . E n t . R es ., v , p . 2 8 7 .

STONE A . , 1 9 30 — T h e B ionom ics o f Some T aban ida e (D ip t era ) . Ann . E n t . Soc . Amer ica ,

xxi i i , 2 , p . 2 6 1 .

W EBB, J . L . , and W ELL S , R . W . , 1 9 2 4.— H orse -Fl ies : B iolog ies and R e la t ion to W estern

A gr icu lture . U .S .A . D ep t . Agr i c. Bu l l. N O . 1 2 1 8 , 35 p p .

W H ITE , A . , 1 9 1 5 .— T h e D ip t era -B rachycera o f T asman ia , Par t I I .

—Fam il ies T aban idae

and T h erev ida e . P r oc. R oy . Soc . T asman ia , 1 9 1 5 , p . 1 9 .

EXPLANAT ION OF PLATE I .

1 .— Sm a ll p la in b e low Mt . C ore e feet ) sh owing ar ea where Scap ti a aur iflua

larva e a r e found .

2 .

— A r ea on C oree p la in w h ere Scap tia larvae o ccur in the soi l .

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN D IPTERA. xxxv .

By JOH N R . MALLOCH , Washington , D C , U.S .A .

(Communicated by F. H . Taylor,

(Nine T ext-figures . )

[ R ead 2 5th Mar ch ,

Fami ly TACH INIDAE .

T ribe R UTILI INI .

SENOSTOMA Macquart .

T ownsend has recent ly published some notes on genotypes, including one

dealing with Senostoma variegata Macquart wh i ch , he states, following Engel ,

is a synonym of D iaphania testacea Macquart .

*

The name Senostoma wi ll therefore rep lace Pnodiaphania T ownsend in our

list of Australian D iptera , p rovided someone does not subsequent ly prove‘

that

th is synonymy is erroneous .

I have already dealt briefly wi th the genus Prodiaphania in this series of

papers (PRoc . LINN. Soc . l iv, 291 , t hough I w as at that t ime, and

am even yet , uncertain of the exact ident i ty of testacea Macquart . I accepted

this name for wha t appears , from my material, to be the commonest species found

in cent ral Eastern Aust ralia, parti cularly in the vicinity of Sydney, and

only a careful examinat ion of type material wi ll p rove whether I am correct or

not .

The genus is not difficult to separate from i ts allies, the ch ief character being

the very short palp i , which are not as long as the third an tennal segment , all

the other gene ra of the tribe hav ing these organs much longer than the ent ire

antennae.

I described one new species from Western Australia in my p revious paper

and dist inguished one new var iety of testacea, but i t is very difficult to determine

the exact status of some specimens on the bas is of external characters , and a

careful study of the genus in the field is requi red to check laboratory find ings .

There are , without doubt , several species involved, and below I p resent some

additional data in tended to faci li tate the recogn it ion of those now before me,

though the quest ion Of synonymy is not attemp ted without access to the type

specimens of certain old Species .

Th is summary of results is based almost exclusively upon males submi tted

to me by various Austral ian correspondents .

In this study I have been comp elled to make use of the male hypopygial

characters to dist inguish several Species occurring in the eastern part of the

cont inent and, as i t is almost , if not quite, imposs ible to present in words a

descrip t ion that w i ll give a brief but exact p icture of these characters , I have

Ann . Mag . N a t . H is t , vo l . 9 , 1 9 32 , p . 40 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

12 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . xxxv ,

Ar ista w ith i ts long est ha irs not m or e than twice a s long a s i ts basa l d iame ter ;

second v isib le t erg it e o f ab dom en w i th a p a ir o f we l l develop ed a p ica l cen tra lbr ist les ; la rg e sp ec ie s , abou t 1 8 mm . in length g eorg e i Ma lloch

Ar ista with it s long est ha ir s m or e than thr ee t im es a s long a s i t s basa l d iame ter . 1 0

H ind t ib ia with a w e ll d ifferent ia ted br ist le in th e an t erod or sa l ser ies b eyond th e

m idd le ; ar istae ent ire ly dark sp .

H ind t ib ia wi th th e an t erodorsa l ser ies of sh or t br ist les qu it e even , no out stand ing

on e b eyond m iddle ; ar istae b la ck a t base , y e llow ish b eyond 1 1

La rg e Sp ecies , a t lea s t 1 5 mm . in leng th tes ta cea Macquar t

Sma ller sp ecies , no t m ore t han 1 3 mm . in leng th r egina , n . sp . ; vi c tor iae , n . sp .

SENOSTOMA GEORGEI (Malloch )

PROC . LINN . Soc . l iv , 2 92 , 192 9 (Prodiaphania ) .

I have before me three females whi ch apparen tly belong to this species ,

desp i te the p resence of a dist inct bristle on the posterodorsal surface of the

hind tib ia beyond the middle . All agree in the characters given in the key, the

very much Shorter ha i red aristae and invariable presence of a pair of strong

brist les on the apex of the second visible.

tergi te at centre readi ly dist inguishing

them from others in the material before me . Length , 18 mm .

Locali ties : Mundaring , and E radu , W . Australia .

SENOSTOMA TESTACEA Macquart .

D ip t . E xot ,i i , pt . 3 , 278 , 1843 ; Supp l . iv , p t . 2 , 1851 , 193 (D iaphania ) ; Malloch ,

PROC . LINN . SOC . liv , 1929 , 292 (Prodiaphania ) .

Th is i den tificat ion ought to be checked by an examination of the type specimen

whi ch is sai d to be in Paris though not seen by T ownsend . I am unable to say

w hy T ownsend has‘

elected to e rect a t ribe for the recep t ion of four genera

includ ing th is and Chaetogaster , naming i t Senostomat in i . These tw o genera

have the sup rasquamal hai rs lacking , but his Phi lipp ofbrmosia has these hairs

p resent , so i t can not be upon that basis that the t r ibe w as erected .

The p resent Species is one Of a group of five that are very simi lar in general

colorat ion and structure . I have separated one , biarmata, from the others on the

lack of a posterodorsal brist le near the middle of. the hind t ib ia and , in addi t ion

to this character , the hypopygium is very dist inct . The others are all rather

alike , being of the same testaceous yellow colour on most of the head , the humeri ,

usually the ap ex of the scutellum , and extensively on the sides of the abdomen ,

the female having this last feature less pronounced .

The w ings are very dist inctly shouldered and normally there is a consp icuous

blackish-brown t ransverse mark near the bases . The sexes both have a comp lete

series of short closely-p laced setulae on the anterodorsal surface of the h ind t ibia

wh i ch , in one species , at least in the female, has an outstand ing brist le in i t

beyond the mi ddle . I t is noteworthy that in the females there is an irregular

series of strong bristles on the anter ior side of the mid femur whi ch extends

from the vent ral surface at base upward to the anterior surface before middle ,

whi ch series is present in no male now known to me . There is also usually

on the h ind femur in the females a more or less consp icuous series of several

brist les on the basal half of the posterovent ral surface , wh ich is not found in any

male but cygnus, and the brist les on the an teroventral surface of the same femur

in the females are longer basally than ap ica lly, whereas in the males there are

a number of long brist les on the ap ical th ird or more and none on the basal

tw o-th irds .

BY J . R . MALLOCH . 13

The characters cited in the foregoing key to the species coupled with the

figure of the hypopyg ium (Fig . 3 ) should serve to d ist inguish th is species as that

to whi ch I assign the name . Length , 16—18 mm.

Habitat : Canberra , Wen tworth Falls , Sydney, Glenreagh , N . S . Wales ;

E idsvold , Queensland .

SENOSTOMA VICTOR IAE ,n . sp .

A slightly smaller and rather darker spec ies than testacea, most readi ly and

reliably dist inguished by means of the hypopygial structures of the male (Fig . 4a )

The h ind metatarsus has the dorsa l ha irs a li t tle longe r than in testacea, but

T ext - figur es 1 - 6 .

F ig . 1 .— Sen os toma biarma ta . a , ma le hyp opyg ium from t h e s ide ; b, sam e

from beh ind , lef t S ide incomp lete .

F ig . 2 .— Sen os tom a fur ca ta . a , infer ior forcep s from be low ; b , sam e from

above ; 0 , sam e from th e s ide show ing th e basa l process .

F ig . 3 .— Senos toma t es ta cea . a , infer ior forcep s from the S ide sh owing

shor t d ense ly ha ired ba sa l pr ocess ; b, sam e from ab ove .

F ig . 4.— ~Senos torna p i c tor i a e . a , hyp opyg ium left s ide from above ; b, sam e

in profile ; 0 , infer ior forceps of a p oss ib le var iety .

F ig . 5.— Sen os toma r eg ina . a , hypopyg ium from th e S id e ; b . sam e from

above , r igh t s ide incom p let e .

F ig . 6 .— Me lind a m inu ta . a hypopyg ia l forcep s in p rofi le ; b, fifth stern i te

O f ma le , v en t ra l v iew ; 0 , sam e m ore turn ed upw ard ; d , ap ica l process o f same

in profile .

14 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIP TERA . xxxv,

they are much finer and shorter than the setulae on the anterodorsal surface

of the h ind t ibia .

Hab itat : Gisborne (holotype ) , Linga (paratypes ) , Vi ctor ia ; and Buccleugh ,

N .S .W . The last specimen in the United States Nat ional Museum .

One female from G isborne I refer here also .

A male from Mooroopu, N .S.W In the Uni ted States National Museum has

some long hai rs on the sides of the p rosternum and the dist istylus as Figure 40 .

Th is may be a dist in ct species , but I do not care to decide upon the basis of a

single spe cimen in a genus whi ch is rather markedly variable in the mat ter of

hai ring on various parts .

SENOSTOMA FURCATA , n . sp .

Simi lar in general colour and size to vi ctoriae , differ ing markedly in the

structure of the hypopygium as shown in Figure 2 , the basal fork of the inferior

forceps being the most deve loped in the genus as far as my material shows and

the hai ring on i t the shortest and densest . The hind metatarsus is rather slender

and has a series of rather widely separated setulose hairs on the dorsum that

are not nearly as long or as strong as the an terodorsal series on the hind t ibia .

The an teroventral bristles on the h ind femur are not as strong or as long as

those of testacea . Length , 12—13 mm.

Habi tat : Canberra , 16 .x i i .1928 , holotype (M. Fuller ) ; paratype , Galston ,

2 . i .192 6, N.S .W . (L . Wood ) .

SENOSTOMA REGINA, n . sp .

Averaging a lit tle smaller and of a more slender bui ld than furcata,wi th the

hypopygium as in Figure 5. The h ind t ibia has the an terodorsal series of setulae

long and rather consp i cuous, and the setulae on the dorsal surface of the h ind

metatarsus are almost equally long , whi le the tarsus is slightly th icker and

Shorter than usual .

Holotype g, and allotype , wi th a series of paratyp es of both sexes , E idsvold ,

Qld . , D ecember, 1922 (Mackerras ) . Four female paratypes, Marwood, near

Mackay, Qld . , January, 1924 (W. G . Harvey ) .

SENOSTOMA sp .?

Tw o female specimens belong ing to this group are dist inguished from any

of the others by the p resence , beyond the middle of the hind t ibia , of a single

outstanding bristle in the anterodorsal series of setulae . Apart from th is

character and thei r being darker coloured , there is nothing to dist inguish themfrom regina, though i t is very probable that they belong to a dist inct species

that may have good characters in the st ructure of the hypopygium for i ts

recogn i t ion . Length , 12—13 mm .

Locali ty : Nat ional Park, Gundamain , N.S .W January , 1926 (Mackerras ) .

SENOSTOMA RIARMATA , n . sp .

A larger species than regina,w i th much larger wings , but of the same general

colour , with the abdomen largely testaceous and w i th a broad black dorsocentral

vi t ta . The dark mark near the base of the wing is qui te consp i cuous and the

shoulder is well developed , whi le the second sect ion of the costa is about tw o

th irds as long as the th ird . The outstanding structures consist of the lack of a

distinct posterodorsal bristle on the h ind t ibia , and the excep tional structure of

BY J . R . MALLOCH . 15

the inferior hypopygial forceps which are much broader than usual in the genus

(Fig . Length , 16 mm .

Holotype , S. Australia , no other data ( J . B . Cleland ) .

SENOSTOMA CYGNUS, n . sp .

A much darker species than any of those already dealt wi th , the occiput

and posterior half of genae black, the genal hairs fuscous , the thorax shining

black, wi th grey dust and four rather inconsp icuous dark vi ttae , the scutellum

reddish-brown ; abdomen black, showing reddish to a greater or less degree

according to the angle from wh ich i t i s viewed; the surface grey-dusted , wi th a

narrow dark cen tral dorsal l ine and traces of lateral dorsal checkerings . Legs

black, knees narrowly reddish . Wings brown ish hyaline , wi thout any t race of a

transverse dark mark near base . Squamae brownish-yellow, the margin not

darker, the upper one about tw o-thirds as long as the lower. Halteres fuscous .

Head as in the other species but the ep istome more produced , and the

aristae hai red as in georgei , the longest hai rs about twi ce as long as i ts basal

d iameter . Ocellar bristles Short but ev ident , the inner marg inal bristles on the

orbits more

'

dist inct than usual , and the fine ha irs carried downward on the

parafacials to near level of apex of thi rd antennal segment . Thorax more strongly

bristled than in typ ical species of the genus, the dorsocentrals comp lete though

not large , the sternop leurals 2 1 , and the scutellum wi th 8 marginal and 2 discal

bristles . Postalars 3. Legs Shorter and stronger than in the other species, the

bristles stronger, the hind femur wi th long wi dely-spaced bristles on entire

extent of an teroven tral surface, shorter ap i cally, and some long bristles on basal

half of the posteroventral surface ; hind t ibia with the usual anterodorsal series

of closely-p laced setulae that are not as e rect as usual , tw o posterodorsal and tw o

an teroventral brist les ; h ind tarsus normal , the basal segment wi thout long dorsal

setulae, the ap i ces of all tarsal segmen ts wi th longer brist les than usual . Wings

Wi thout d ist inct shoulder , though more exp lanate than in typ i cal Tachinidae ,

the venat ion normal . Abdomen ovate , more nearly circular in cross section

than usual , the ap ical brist les on third visible tergi te longer and stronger than

usual . Hypopygium not dissected . Length , 12 mm .

H olotype , Swan River , W. Australia (L . J . Newman ) .

A most excep t ional species in colorat ion and development of the bristling ,

the type of hind femoral armature being Simi lar to that of females of the other

species . I do not cons ider that i t is en t i tled to removal from this genus .

RUTILIA R obineau-D esvoi dy.

Acad . Sci . Paris, Mem . Sap . Etrang . , i i , 319 , 1830 .

RUTILIA TRANSVERSA, n . sp .

Very simi lar to sp lendida D onovan , differing essent ially in having the

upper postocular orbi ts brassy instead of si lvery-whi te-dusted, and the abdomen

wi th a broad green transverse band on the anterior half or more of the thi rd

and fourth segments which are d ivided on the centre of the dorsum by a black

vi tta of about thei r ow n width .

Head orange-yellow, occiput wi th a metallic-green sheen which is carried on

to the genae posteriorly but becomes obsolete before attaining the ir anterior

margins ; frons , parafacials , and postocular orbi ts densely yellow-dusted , the upper

part of the latter brassy and slightly checkered ; face less densely dusted , centrally

below shining ; an tennae and palp i orange-yellow ; aristae fuscous ; hairs on frons

16 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA. xxxv ,

and upper half of parafacials fuscous, those on occiput and genae as well as on

lower part of parafacials orange-yellow ; postocular ci lia black . Frons at vertex

about one-th ird as wide as ei ther eye ; in sp lendi da not more than one-fourth

as wi de as an eye , and the frontal orb i ts are narrower and less densely and shorter

haired . The parafacials are wi der and longer ha ired than in sp lendida . Thorax

bri lliant metalli c-green , mesonotum wi th four black v i ttae , the central pai r

ceasing before midway from suture to hind margin , the sublateral pair a l i t tle

longer . the humeri , tw o spots just in fron t of suture and large one beh ind suture

as well as centre of the mesopleura dusted wi th whi te . Thoraci c hai rs all black ,

very dense and fine . Sternop leura black, wi th a green spot above . Abdomen

coloured as thorax, second (first v is ible ) terg ite black in front and in cen tre ,

next tw o wi th a black ap i cal fascia and central v i tta , fifth wi th a black central

vi t ta and very narrowly black in fron t and behind . Third tergi te wi th a ser ies

of very short ap ical bristles , fourth wi th a much longer ap ical series ; fifth not

not i ceable ,dep ressed in cen tre at apex . In sp lendi da there are usually no not i ce

able ap i cal bristles on the third terg i te . Legs black , bristled as in sp lendi da .

Wings as in sp lendida, the basal black mark very d ist inct . Squamae yellowish

wh i te , the marg in more not i ceably yellow . In sp lendi da the lower squama is

brown or fuscous wi th darker margin , and the upper one much paler , almost

whi te . Length , 13—14 mm .

Holotype and 2 paratypes , Swan River , W. Austral ia ( J . Clark ) .

These male specimens more closely resemble the females of sp lend ida than

they do the male of that species because in the females the abdominal green

fasciae are usually comp lete, wh i le in the males they are almost invariably

divided, the inner part be ing spot -like . In females of sp lendida,however , there

is usually a constri ction of the fascia on each side of the central black v i tta where

the break occurs in the other sex and there is no indi cat ion whatever of any

constrict ion in the new Species . In both sp ecies there are some black or fuscous

hai rs on e i ther side near the anter ior margin of the p rosternal plate .

RUTILIA M ICROPALPI S Malloch .

PROC . LINN . Soc . l iv , 1929 , 2 98 .

I have before me four addi t ional specimens of this species , tw o from Nat ional

Park, one from Sydney, and one from Como , the last being one

of the orig inal local it ies . The specimen from Sydney is a female, the others are

males .

RUTILIA LEPIDA Guerin .

R ev. Z ool . , v i , 1843, 2 68 ; Engel , Z ool . Jahrb. , 50, 1925, 373 .

A female specimen that I believe belongs to this species, though the p leural

hai rs are all black , has a puparium p inned wi th i t . The general colour is brownish

black , and the form almost cylindri cal , slightly tapered at each ext remi ty, and

the surface is qui te coarsely t ransversely wrinkled . The sp iracles are set in a

deep terminal cavi ty and are of the same general form as I figured for Chrysopasta

elegans Macquart in the p revious paper in this series . Their general form is more

regular in out line, not at all tri fol iate and , though there are several sl ight ly

indicated ra ised lines , there is not a defin ite demarcat ion into separate p lates ;

the Separat ing line is also much narrower than in the other . At tached is a slip

wi th the note“Bred from larva of beetle Chlorobap ta fron talis Don

”. This note

bears out my susp i cion that the grea t majority of the R ut i li ini w i ll be found to

BY J . R . MALLOCH . 17

be parasi t ic upon larger Coleoptera desp i te the record Of Chrysopasta from nest

of a T ermi te .

I have before me a number of add i t ional specimens that I refer to lepida.

from New South Wales locali t ies : Man ly, Sydney, Barrington T ops, Como ,and

Wen tworth Falls, as well as one from Canberra .

Subgenus NEORUT ILIA , n . subgen .

I am erect ing a new subgenus for the recept ion of a single species whi ch

differs from the more typ ical forms of R uti lia in hav ing the hind t ibia without a

well developed fringe of setulae or isolated strong bristles on the anterodorsal

surface . and no posterodorsal bri st le ; and the sect ion of the costa between the

ap ices Of the subcosta and the first ve in subequal in length to that between the

ap i ces of first and second ve ins . For other distinguish ing characters see the

descr ip t ion of the species below , wh ich is the subgenotype .

RUT ILIA (NEORUTILIA ) SIMPLEX , n . Sp .

General colour bright metalli c blue -green . Occiput , genae , and frontal orbi ts

emerald -

green , the colour of lat ter merging in to v iolet on the upper an terior

part of each parafacial ; ep istome metallic-green wi th violet reflect ions .

Mesonotum emerald-green ,with four narrow incomp lete cup reous vi ttae , blue on

poste rior margin behind the brist les ; scutellum emerald-green ; p leura becoming

more bluish below . No defini te whi te dust , except on humeral angles . Abdomen

a l it tle darker than thorax , each segmen t wi th a blackish-blue ap i cal fascia and

Simi lar dorsocen tral v i tta ; no dist inct wh i te dust ing p resent . Legs black . Wings

hyaline , with the usual dark basal mark pale brown and very small . Squamae

fuscous, wi th darker margins .

Head large , as wide as thorax ; frons at vertex about one-tenth as wi de as

head, Wi dened to an ter ior margin , the in terfrontalia dark brown to black. Vert i cal

bristles one pair ; ocellars lacking ; no p roclinate orbi tals but numerous fine black

orbital hairs whi ch cease about level of apex of se cond an tennal segmen t ; facial

carina normal ; third an tennal segment not as long as distance from i ts apex

to ep istome ; arista bare ; palp i normal . Face , v ibrissal angle , and upp er part of

genae , pale-

grey-dusted , the dust on lower part of postocular orbi ts whi te , becoming

Obsolete about mi ddle of eye , the orb it green above . All genal hairs short and

dark, the beard pale . Thorax rather more flat tened than usual , the scutellum

not i ceably flattened and triangular . Mesonotum wi th shorter hairs than usual ,

the br istl ing normal , excep t that there are e ight or ten brist les in a transve rse

series in front of the scutellum and the marg inal scutellars number about 2 2 . All

hai rs black . Legs black, not very strong ,h ind t ibia almost ci rcular in cross

sect ion , the usual an terodorsal series of Short brist les lacking , there being but

short st iff hairs p resen t that are v isible on ly wi th a high magn ificat ion and at

a certain angle . Wings not as large as usual , dist inguished by the lengthened

sect ion between the ap i ces of subcostal and first ve ins . Halteres fuscous.

Length , 20 mm .

Holotype , E idsvold , Qld . , D ecember ,22 .

I believe thi s species forms a sort of connecting link between the species

that I p laced in my Group 1 containing formosa R Ob .

-D esv . and i ts allies , and

sect ion 2 of Group 2 con tain ing regali s Guerin and i ts allies, as formulated in

my paper published in 1929 as part xx of this series . I have seen no species ,

however , in wh i ch the hind t ibia is as here and the costal div isions are s imi lar

to those of simplex.

18 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . xxxv,

I t is unfortunate that it is impossible to g ive a comp lete revision Of the

speci es of this genus at this t ime , as they are undoubted ly of considerable

economi c importance apart from their interest as taxonomic const ituents . I st ill

have a number of unworked specimens on hand , but lack of t ime has p revented

me making as comp lete a survey of them as I would l ike to, and I have no

assurance that such an opportuni ty will p resent i tself wi thin the immediate

future .

Subgenus MI CRORUTILIA T ownsend .

Proc . Bi ol . Soc . Washington , xxvi i i , 1914, 23 .

This subgeneri c name wi ll require to be used in p lace of Senostoma for that

group of small species in wh ich the sternop leura has 2 or 3 bristles, the hind

t ibia has one or more well developed bristles and usually a comp lete or part ial

fringe of setulae on the anterodorsal surface , and the arista is pubescent .

T ownsend ci ted minor Macquart as his genotype when he described the group

as a genus, but he had not seen the species . More recently (Ann . Mag . Nat . H i st ,

ix , 1932 , 39 ) he gave a few details of the typ e specimen whi ch he saw in Paris,

and this informat ion leaves no doubt as to the ident i ty of the concept . In th is

same paper he proposed the erect ion of’

Prosenostoma for the reception Of

flavip es B . and B . I can see no reason for this course , unless he considered

that his examination showing only 2 sternopleural bristles justified i t . I have

examined some of the original specimens and several addit ional spe cimens of

flavip es, and find that there are ei ther 2 or 3 such bristles, the lower anterior

one being variable in development , as usual in the genus where there are anterior

bristles present .

S ince the appearance of my p aper in these PROCEEDINGS ( liv , 1929 , in

whi ch I dealt with the group , I have received some addit ional mater ial contain ing

one new variety, whi ch I briefly describe below .

RUTILIA (MI ORORUTILIA ) RUFICORNI S Macquart , var . CUPREIVENTRIS , 11 . var .

D iffers from the typ ical form in having the four black mesonotal vi ttae much

broader and more consp i cuous and the abdomen more definitely coppery than

green . In both sexes the genal hairs are all fulvous-

yellow. The abdomen in

the male is semi -diaphanous and Coppery, with but , fa int greenish lustre , a dorso

central black vi t ta that narrows from base to apex and becomes viole t coloured

on fifth tergite ; in the female the general col our is reddish-coppery with golden

to v iolet reflect ions, rarely green ish-t inged . The legs in both forms are black

in the male , wi th the t ibiae more or less brown ish-yellow, whi le in the female

they are fulvous to brownish-

yellow,wi th black tarsi . Length , 11

—13 mm.

Holotype d"allotype , and 8 paratype 9, Barr ington T ops , Feb . , 1925, Allyn

Range , on Lep tosp ermum (S .U . Z ool . Exped . )

CHAETOGASTER Macquart .

D ip t . Exot , Supp l . iv, 1850, 225.

I have already dealt with th is genus in one of my papers in th is series ( these

PROCEEDINGS, l iv, 1929 , and now add some addit ional data and tw o species .

Brauer and von Bergenstamm did not see Macquart’

s species, but recen tly

Townsend has published some notes on i t , having seen the type-specimen in

Par is . H is short list of characters agrees with those I have already ci ted and

my i dent ificat ion of vi olacea i s evidently correct .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

20 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIP TERA . xxxv,

brownish . The femora not as not i ceably attenuated ap i cally as in the males .

Wings hyal ine , slightly infuscated near bases , veins fuscous, darker basally . Inner

cross-vein Oblique as usual , but a li t tle beyond apex of level Of subcosta instead

of directly below i t as in the males , th e se cond costal division more app reciably

shorter than first than in the males .

Abdomen broadly ovate ,more d ist inctly metalli c blue than the mesonotum,

the s ides of the thi rd to fifth terg i tes showing si lvery-whi te dust at ap i ces that is

carri ed to the extreme lateral edges below . The same tergi tes wi th discal and

ap i cal brist les cent rally , the former rather variable , and wi thout ere ct setulae on

cent ral l ine Of dorsum . The tergi tes usually Show a v iolet t inge on ap i ces at the

latera l curves . Squamae wh i te , wi th narrow fuscous r im and fringe . Halteres

fuscous . Length , 13 mm .

H olotype and one paratype , and resp ectively . (G . Lyell ) .

One sp ecimen in rather poor condi t ion differs slight ly from the other tw o in the

dusting of the fifth abdominal terg i te , but I consider i t is the same species .

Locali ty : Brisbane ,Queensland , no collector

’

s name on label .

In the other tw o speci es the wings are slight ly brown ish , w ith bright orange

t inge basally on costa and the ve ins are also bright orange , whi ch colour is also

found in the squamae . I t is also noteworthy that the p resutural lateral area in

the males has usually at least three , and generally four bristles in an oblique

seri es runn ing inward from the poster ior to the anter ior bristle . I have me t

wi th simi lar variat ion in the brist ling of the different sexes in some other genera

and do not cons ider th is an importan t character for the separat ion Of species , and

certain ly not a generi c cri terion .

MAOROOHLORIA Malloch .

PROC . LINN . SOC . liv , 1929 , 32 6 .

This genus w as erected for the recept ion of an Australian species , and below

I describe a variety of the genotype .

MAOROOHLORIA CALLIPH OROSOMA , var . RUFIPES ,11 . var .

Differs from the typ ical form in hav ing the legs ent irely brown ish-red ,the

tars i but sl ight ly darker , and the abdomen usually d ist inctly v iolet -blue and not

metalli c green ish-blue . Length ,12 15 mm .

Holotype Cg‘, T oronto ,

Ap ri l , 1920 . Allotype, same local ity, no date .

Paratypes , Kosciusko, 2 1 . i i .192 6 (Nicholson ) ; D eervale , January, 1921 ; Lansdowne ,

D ecember, 1923 ; and tw o from T oron to ,N .S .W.

T ribe ACTI INI .

ACTIA R obineau-D esvoidy.

A cad . Sci . Pari s, Mém . Sav . Bi rang . ,i i , 1830 , 8 5.

I have already published in th is series of papers a key to al l the species

of this genus known to me from Austral ia ( these PROCEEDINGS, IV, 1930 , The

new species described below is very s imi lar to darw ini , and I restri ct the descrip tion

to those characters in wh ich it differs from that species .

ACT IA QUADR I SETA , n . sp .

9 . D iffe rs from darw in i , to wh ich i t wi ll run down in my published key, in

be ing larger and stouter, in having the setulose ha irs on the third wing-vein

extending dist inctly beyond the leve l of the outer cross-ve in , and the postsutural

dorsocent ral bristles in four well developed pa i rs . Length , 5 mm.

Holotype , Nyngan , no date ( J . W. Armstrong ) .

BY J . R . MALLOCH . 21

Fam i ly CALLIPH ORIDAE .

POLLENIA R ob ineau-D esvoidy .

Acad . Sci . Pari s, Me’

m . Sav . Etrang . , i i , 1830 , 412 .

I have already described one species of th is genus from Austral ia , and now

am able to add tw o n ew species , whi ch may be dist ingui shed from each other as

below .

K ey to the Sp eci es .

1 . An t enna e and pa lp i orange -

ye l low , t h e la t t er s ligh t ly da rken ed a t bases and th e

th ird an t enna l segm en t som et im es s l igh t ly darkened on upp er m arg in ; the fine

ha ir s on S ides o f scut e l lum basa lly fuscous t o b la ck ; ma le with th e fron ta l

orb it s in fr ont w ith m ore than one ser ies O f b r is t les , fem a le w ith a numb er O f

long er ect s etu lose ha ir s la t erad o f the inner marg ina l b r ist le s on th e orb its

an t er ior ly ; male hyp opyg ium wi th the in fer ior forcep s qu i t e long and slender ,

th e ir ap ices s l igh t ly spa tula te ; pa ra fa c ia ls with b la ck ha ir s ; scut ellum w i th s ix

m arg ina l and tw o d isca l br ist les ; ha ir s on p osta lar d ecl iv i ty b la ck

hir ti cep s Ma lloch

An t ennae and p a lp i fuscous , th ird segm ent of form er usua lly r edd ish a t base ; the

fine ha irs on s i des of th e scu t e l lum basa lly ma in ly y e llow ; m a le with the

fron ta l orb i t s an t er ior ly furn ish ed with one inner marg ina l ser ie s of br ist les

and som e int erm ixed long se tulose ha ir s

Mesop leura w ith b la ck ha irs excep t on th e h ind ma rg in am ong st th e br ist le s ; para

fa c ia l ha irs a ll b lack and se tu lose ; an t ennae en t ire ly b la ck ; scu t e l lum w i th

s ix m a rg ina l and tw o d isca l b r is t les ; fore t ib ia with tw o p oster ior submed ian

br ist les ( d‘

) n igr i ta , n . sp .

Mesop leura w ith n ear ly a ll th e d isca l ha irs y ellow ; para fa c ia l h a ir s ye llow on a t

leas t the low er h a lf ; an t enna e w ith th e th ird segm en t r edd ish a t ba se ; scut ellumwith e igh t m arg ina l and usua l ly m o r e than tw o d isca l br is t les ; fore t ib ia w ith

one poster ior b r ist le b eyond m idd le s to lida ,n . sp .

POLLENIA H IRTICEPS Malloch .

PROC . LINN . SOC . li i , 1927 , 318 .

I have before me a series of specimens which Show that the an tennae are

usually en t irely orange-

yellow , rarely wi th the thi rd segment brown ed above . The

parafacial ha irs are longer and stronge r than in stolida and all black,while the

frontal orbits in the male are much more densely brist led ,wi th these in tw o or

more series on most of the anterior thi rd and the br istles weaker than those on

the inner margin in stoli da . The p leura are not as consp i cuously yellow-haired

as in that species , and the postalar decl iv i ty and the sides of the scutellum basally

are black-hai red . The hypopygial forceps are much more slender and more

not iceably spatulate at ap ices than in stoli da, and the first posterior cell Of the

wing is not iceably narrower at apex , somet imes pract ically closed .

Locali t ies : Barrington T ops , Wentworth Falls (D ec . , Blue Mts . , and

Sydney, N.S .W.

One small fema le from Sydney has only s ix marginal bristles on the scutellum,

and the antennae appear shorter than usual .

POLLENIA STOLIDA , n . Sp .

Very similar to hi r ti ceps , but the antennae are black, wi th the apex of second

and base of third segmen t reddish , the palp i are fuscous, the parafacials are

partly yellow-hai red, the postalar decliv i ty and sides of the scutellum basally are

also largely yellow-haired , the pale p leural hai rs are golden-

yellow and not

yellowish-brown as in hir ticeps, and instead of hav ing the disc of the mesop leura

fuscous hai red i t is golden-

ye llow-hai red ,whi le the ha irs are finer and more

crinkly.

22 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . xxxv

Structurally the Species are rather simi lar , though the frontal orbi ts are

less densely bristled in the male and the inner marginal bristles an teriorly are

much stronger than the outer lateral bristly ha irs , and in the female there are no

long rather erect setulose hairs laterad of the bristles as in hi r ti cep s . The

antennae are also a l ittle longer , though th is character is somewhat variable .

The scutellum has usually e ight strong marginal bristles and three or four

discals. In the male the hypopygial forceps are stouter and shorter , wi th the

ap ices of the inferior pair bluntly rounded . Length , 10 mm .

Holotype g, allotype , and 3 paratypes , Wentworth Falls, D ec 1931

(F. H . T aylor ) .

There are tw o males and one female before me in whi ch the parafacial hairs

are ent i rely yellow and much finer than in the typ i cal form . These may possibly

represent a distinct species, but careful work wi ll be required to establ ish their

status .

Local it ies : Sydney (D ec . , 1931 ) and Jenolan Caves, N.S.W .

POLLENIA NIGRITA , n. sp .

A smaller species than ei ther of the other tw o , wi th ent irely black parafacial

hairs and antennae , the pale hai rs of the thorax brownish-yellow and confined to

the stigmatal region , the posterior margin of the mesopleura , the lower part of the

p teropleura , and the basal part Of the sides of the scutellum. The calyptrae

are also paler than in the other tw o species , being greyish-whi te wi th yellowish

margins as against yellowish-brown with darker margins .

Structurally rather simi lar to stoli da, the frontal orbi ts narrower , each wi th

a series Of strong inner marginal bristles to well above middle and some much

shorter lateral hairs ; the parafacial hai rs strong , setulose ; scutellum wi th six

strong marginal brist les and tw o discals . Abdomen more narrowly ovate than in

stoli da, the hypopygium concealed but eviden tly simi lar to those Of the tw o other

species in gen eral structure . Fi rst posterior cell Of the wing moderately wide .

Length , mm .

Holotype , Yaouk, about feet alt itude , Jan 1931 (F . H . Taylor ) .

I believe that there wi ll be a number of other species of this genus found in

Australia , and to enable students of the group to make compar isons with my

material , I am return ing nearly all the specimens to Mr . Taylor so that they wi ll

be ava ilable in Aust ralia .

One female has an egg p rotrud ing from the apex Of the abdomen , so i t appears

that the species are oviparous . I t wi ll be of interest to discover what the larval

hab i ts of the genus are in Australia , as the nearest re lat ive , P . rudis, of which

w e have informat ion is an internal parasi te of earthworms in Europe and North

America .

MELINDA R obineau-D esvoidy.

Acad . Sci . Pari s, Mém . Sav . Bi rang . , i i , 1830 , 439 .

MELINDA M INUTA Malloch .

PROC. LINN . SOC . l i i i , 1928 , 328 .

This species w as inadverten tly omi tted from my revisional paper in Part xi

of th is series of papers ( these PROCEEDINGS, li i , 192 7 ,

I now p resent figures of the hypopygial characters of the male , the remarkable

sp ike-l ike process of the fifth sterni te'

w h ich is usually readily visible in dried

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

24 NOTES. ON AUSTRALIAN DIP TERA . xxxv,

The very h igh genae of this species , as shown in Figure 7 , wi th the yellow

genal hairs, and very short haired aristae , read i ly dist ingui sh it from the next

tw o dealt wi th below . The bristle at th e lower angle of the back of the head i s

T ext -figur es 7 - 9 .

F ig . 7 .— L a si op leura con ops ea D uda .

F ig . 8 .— L a siop leur a rufescens D uda .

F ig . 9 .

— L a siop leur a nigr ipi-la D uda .

much less developed than in the other tw o . The mesonotal brist les are moderately

st rong , wi th the acrost ichals qui te d ist in ct . The hind t ibial spur is slight ly shorter

than the ap i cal diameter of the t ibia , but i t i s strong and slightly curv ed . The

thi rd sect ion of the costa is about 1-5 t imes as long as the third , and the outer

cross-vein is about twi ce i ts ow n length from the apex of fifth ve in . The

scutellum has norma lly more than tw o discal setulose hairs . Length , 4- 5-5 mm .

Ca irns, N. Qld . ( coll . O ldenberg ; D eutsches Ent . Mus ) . This is the type

local i ty .

LASI OPLEURA RUFESCENS Duda .

Op . ci t . , 49 .

T his spe cies is readi ly dist inguished from any other known to me by the

long ha irs of the aristae , the longest of these being almost as long as the w idth

Of the third an tennal segment . The h ind t ibial spur is curved and fully as long

as the diameter of the ap ex of the h ind t ibia , and the wings are hyaline . Head

in p rofile as Figure 8 , the brist le at lower posterior angle strong and long . Frons

in front orange-

ye llow, darkened on each si de centrally. T horax rather dull

fuscous , more yellowish on p leuraand apex of the scutellum . Mesonotum wi th the

dorsocen trals and surface ha irs rather short , the former consisting of one

p resutural pai r and four pa irs behind the suture , the d isc wi th greyish dust and

fa in t dark v i t tae . Scutellum w i th the basal pai r of bristles shorter than the ap ical

pa ir , and on e pair of fine discal setulae . Legs testaceous , the femora and ap ices

Of tarsi more brown ish . Second sect ion Of the costa about 1 -25 t imes as long as

th ird ; outer cross-ve in about 15 t imes as long as its ow n length from apex of

fifth . Abdomen brown , slightly Shin ing , the ap ices of the tergi tes paler and

wi th grey dust . Length , 2 -5—3-25 mm .

Palmerston ,

* N. Aust ralia ( coll . O ldenberg ; Type local ity.

LASIOPLEURA N IGRIPILA Duda .

Op . ci t . , 48 .

A paler species than the preceding one , wi th the general colour more l ike

that of conop sea, though the mesonotum is darker . The setulae and bristles are

D a rw in w as subst itu ted for Pa lmers ton under Proclamat ion da ted March 3 , 19 11 ,

w h ich a p p ea red in the C ommonw ea lth Gaze t te , N o . 1 8 , March 1 8 , 1 9 1 1 . I am indeb ted

t o Mr . K . R . C ramp o f the R oya l Au s tra l ian H is tor ica l Socie ty , for supp ly ing me with

t h is informa t ion .

BY J . R . MALLOCH . 25

black and much stronger than in rufescens, especially on the frons and mesonotum,

the latter having four or more pai rs of decussate acrost ichals qui te brist le-like

and , though the dorsocentrals are s imi larly arranged , they are as strong as the

notop leurals, whi ch is not the case in rufescens . The longest hai rs on the aristae

are also d istinctly shorter than in that species though longer than in conopsea,

being about half as long as the width of the thi rd an tennal segment (Fig .

Length , 3—35 mm .

Palmerston , N. Australia ( coll . O ldenberg ; Type local i ty .

LASIOPLEURA GRI SEOVITTA , n . sp .

Head orange-yellow , the frons an teriorly, the face , and genae in fron t

paler and with slight whi te dust ing ; antennae and palp i yellow, aristae brown .

The upper half of each frontal orbi t is dull dark brown , the ocellar spot i s

fuscous , the t riangle i s yellowish-dus ted though slightly shining , and all the hairs

and brist les are black excep t on the palp i where most of the hai rs are wh i te .

Frons wi th three pa irs of orbi tal setulae , the usual bristles and some setulose

hai rs in cent re . Profile much as in nigrip i la , but the epistome more p roduced ,

the genae higher, and the face not as eviden t ly carinate in cen t re . Longest hairs

on aristae hardly longer than i ts basal diameter . Proboscis rather stout , the

labellae short and fleshy . Thorax fuscous to brown , Sl ightly shin ing, the

mesonotum wi th a broad cen tral stripe of grey dust that extends over the dorso

centrals and is most p ronounced in fron t , late rad of this the surface i s qui te dark

brown ; scutellum not as not i ceably grey-dusted , yellowish on margin . Bristles

and acrost ichals well developed , the former the acrost ichals extending in

front of the dorsocent rals ; the short surface hairs very minut e and inconsp i cuous .

Scutellum wi th the disc flattened , four marginal br istles , the basal pa i r slightly

the shorter , and no discal hai rs . Notop leurals as usual Legs tawny yellow,

the sensory area on h ind t ib iae showing darker . H ind t ib ial spur rather strong,

slight ly curved , and about as long as the t ibial diameter . Wings brown ish hyaline ,

veins brown . Abdomen dark brown , shin ing, the hypopygium brown ish-

yellow

and bulbous . Halteres brownish-

yellow . Length , 3 mm .

Type, Mt . Molloy, Qld . (F. H . Taylor )Type in the School of Public Health and T rop ica l Medi cine , Sydney Universi ty.

Representat iv es Of the three p receding speci es wi ll be sent to the Austral ian

Museum .

Genus PR IONOSCELUS Becker .

Ann . Mus. Nat . Hung . , ix , 1911 , 99 .

This genus w as originally described from New Guinea material and is

d ist inguished from most genera in the O scinosom inae by the th ickened hind

femora , wh ich are furn ished below wi th short sp ines , and the curved h ind t ibiae

whi ch have a Short ap i cal process . I have not seen the genus , but Duda has

recorded one species from Australia , the p lace of record being the paper already

referred to herein .

PRIONOSCELUS MAGNUS Becker .

Op . cit . , 99 .

Becker states defin i tely that this species has tw o small seti ferous warts on

the apex of the scutellum as in femoralis, but Duda says that there are no such

warts p resent . The principal distinct ion , i f Duda i s correct , between the tw o

2 6 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . xxxv .

species is then that in magnus the apex of the scutellum is unarmed and the

palp i are black, whi le in femorali s there are tw o small“

setiferous warts at the

apex of the scute llum and the palp i are red . Unfortunately , the tw o males he

has recorded from Cairns app ear to be intermediate between these forms, having

the apex of the scutellum with tw o set iferous warts and the palp i black . H is

accep tance of magnus as the Australian species may be in correct , but i t would

appear to be binding on us un t i l more data are ava i lable .

In addi t ion to the species l isted above , Duda has described in h is paper tw o

species whi ch he refers to Gourad', both from Palmerston , N. Australia ; they are

obscurip i lus and p leuromaculatus . I have not seen e ither species and , having no

material in the genus from the type locali ty , can Ofl er no data on their

relat ionships .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 8 CONTRIBUTI ONS TO TH E M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

decomposi t ion .

* In all exp eriments where the influence of temperature has been

studied , the rate of carbon dioxide format ion has been found to increase wi th

the temp erature , at least wi thin the l im i ts Obtain ing unde r natural soi l condi t ions ;

importan t cont ribut ions in this respect are due to Russell and App leyard

Feher ( 1929 and Leroux Counts of mi croorgan isms ( especially

bacteria ) have frequen tly been comb ined wi th the CO ,—determinat ions , and a

parallelism has somet imes been Observed . The bacteria have always been coun ted

by the p late method or other cultural methods , and determina t ions Of the total

numbers of bacteria have not been made in such experiments, although i t i s

known that the p lat e method reveals on ly a (most ly ) small fraction of the total

bacterial flora Of soi ls (Conn , 1918 ; Winogradsky, 1925 ; Thornton and Gray ,

The importance of fungi under these condi t ions is not precisely known .

B . D ecomposi t ion of organ i c mater ials added to the soil .— Laboratory experi

ments in th is di rect ion are almost innumerable ( for references , see Waksman ,

1 932 ) and have been undertaken from wi dely different po in ts of View . A very

large p roport ion of them are s imp le“ammon ificat ion

”— or“n i trification — experi

ments wi th n i trogenous materials used as fert i li zers , in whi ch only the accumu

lat ion of ammonia and/ or n i trate is determined . In many other exp erimen ts ,

wi th defini te chemi cal compounds as well as wi th comp lex materials , the rate

of Gog-format ion or of d isappearance of added compounds has been found, some

t imes toge ther wi th de terminat ion s Of ammon ia or ni trate and chemi cal analysis

of the comp lex material undergoing decomposi t ion . Such experiments have been

carried out , not only wi th the complex soi l microfl ora , but also wi th pure cultures

of soi l microorgan isms . In many in stances , counts of bacteria and fungi have

been carried out by cultural me thods , but determinat ions Of the total numbers Of

bacteria in quant i tat ive decomposi t ion experiments are lacking , with the notable

excep t ion of a few recen t con tribut ions by Jacobs ( 19 31 ) and Vandecaveye and

Vi llanueva ( 1934a—b ) . Finally, a large number of exp eriments deal merely w i th

the influence of addit ion of organ i c mater ials on the number and kinds Of mi cro

organ isms in soi l , without quant i tat ive est imation of the rate of decompos i tion .

On this field mi croscop i c methods have been widely used in re cent t ime , part icu

larly through the studies of Conn Winogradsky ( 1925 ) and Cholodny

Among all these invest igat ions w e find comparat ive ly few attemp ts to

correlate the abundance of microorganisms w i th the intens i ty of des truct ion of

organ i c mat ter , at least on a quan t i tat ive basis . Importan t steps in this direct ion

a re represented by studies on pure or mixed cultures of so i l m icroorganisms

(bacteria and protozoa ) by Cut le r and Crump de T elegdy-Kovats

and Meiklejohn As to the fungi , they have been shown aga in and again

to develop abundant ly in soi l to wh ich decomposable organ i c matter has been

added . and to be able to carry out many p rocesses of decomposi t ion as act ively

as the bacter ia or the mixed soi l microflora ( see Waksman , but thei r

quant itat ive importance under natural condit ions in comparison w ith the bacteria

st i ll remains unknown . The influence of temperature on separate mi crobial

processes (ni t rificat ion ,ni trogen fixat ion , cellulose decomposi t ion , etc . ) has been

stud ied extensively, but i ts influence on the decompos i t ion of comp lex organi c

ma te rials as a whole has rece ived remarkably li t tle a t tent ion , apart from the

Good and com p le te r ev iew s O f th e'

l i te ra ture on carbon d iox id e product ion in so il

a re due t o X’Vaksman and S ta rkey ( 1 9 24 ) and L e roux

BY H . L . JENSEN . 29

work referred to above under (A ) and the mainly biochemi cal contributi ons by

Waksman and Gerretsen Norman ( 1931 ) and Shrikande and w e

have hardly any informat ion at all concern ing the influence Of temperature on

the number and kinds of microorgan isms that arise when organ ic materials

are added to the so i l , or on the relat ion between the character Of this micro

fl ora and the nature and intensi ty of the decomposi t ion processes which i t brings

about .

In some p reliminary experiments ( Jensen , 1935 ) i t w as Observed that , in

soi ls wi th addi t ion Of organ ic materials , the bacteria and fungal mycelia generally

deve loped most ri chly at lower temperatures , whereas the rate of CO,—p roduct ion

increased wi th the temperature ; correlat ions also appeared to exist between

bacterial numbers , densi ty Of mycelium, and p roduct ion of carbon dioxide . Since

these results suggested a w ay of finding quan t itat ive expressions for the activi ty

of each group of mi croorgan isms at different levels Of temperature , the experi

men ts were extended and p laced on a broader basis . Tw o series of experiments

were carried out . In the first , the rate of decomposi tion of the soi l’

s ow n organ i c

mat ter w as est imated by determinat ions Of carbon dioxide product ion at different

leve ls of temperature from soi ls Of differen t character , but wi thout add it ion Of

any organ i c mat ter . In the second , sim i lar determinations were made from

soi ls wi th addi t ions of three different organ i c materials . In both series, the

rate Of CO,-evolution w as compared wi th the results of periodical est imat ions of

the densi ty of mycelium by the Rossi -Cholodny method ( Jensen , 1935 ) and the

numbers Of bacter ia ( including actinomycetes ) , whi ch were determined by dire ct

microscop i c count ing as well as on agar p lates . The object ion has often been

raised against the method of direct counting, that these figures are Of l ittle

value , since they in clude dead as well as living bacteria . This cannot be den ied ,

but on the other hand Thornton and Gray ( 1934) pointed out that non-viable

bacteria may p roduce chemical changes in thei r environment , although they are

unable to mult ip ly. This content ion is undoubtedly well founded ; there is amp le

evidence that bacter ial cells incapable of reproduct ion may sti ll show such

fundamental biochemical act ivi t ies as resp i rat ion (Cook and Stephenson , 1928 ;

Ehrismann , and p roteolysis (Berghaus , 1908 ; Janke and Holzer , 1929—30 ;

Moycho ,

Methods .

Carbon di oxide producti on w as measured by the method of Petersen ( 192 6 )

a sui table quan t i ty of moist so i l, usually 50—60 gm . , is p laced in a cylindri cal bag

of copper wi re gauze , approximately 3 x 12 cm which by means of a nai l and a

p iece Of string is suspended under a rubber stopper that fits t ightly into the neck

of a flask Of conven ient s ize and Shap e ( square , wide-necked reagent bot tles of

600 c c . capaci ty were used ) , con ta ining a measured quant i ty of an app roximately

0 -05N solution Of bar ium hydroxide . At in tervals ( usually 24 hours, or 2— 3 days

if the evolut ion of CO 2 is very slow ) the amoun t Of carbon d ioxide l iberated from

the soi l and absorbed by the baryta-water is determined by t i tra t ion wi th

standard oxalic acid and phenol-phthale in ,

“

simi lar flasks wi thout so il serving

as blanks . The results from paral lel flasks usually agree wi thin 1: 4-0 per cent .

In the Tables 1—4, the p roduct ion of CO2 is exp ressed as mgm. p roduced by

100 gm. Of dry soi l in 24 hours, un less otherwise stated . The flasks were p laced

* T his auth or sums up th e ma t t er in th e pa radoxica l sen t ence : D ie A tmung a ls

SO lch e ist ke in B ewe is f ii r das L eben .

”

30 CONTRIBUTIONS To TH E M I CROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

in in cubators regulated to the des ired temperatures and only removed for the

brief periods (not more than 15— 20 min . , usually less ) necessary to carry out the

t it rat ions and the man ipulat ion s invo lved in the determinat ions of mi croorganisms .

The higher tempe ratures, 2 8 and 37°C . , were Obtained in ordinary incubators .

For the lowest range of t emperature an e lect ri c refrigerator w as used ; the

temperature of this varied somewhat ( from about 4°to about 8

°C . ) during

the whole experimen tal period , but not more than 1—2°

C . during each single

experiment . A temperature of 14—16°C . , wi th an average Of 15

°C . , w as Obtained

in an i ce and water-cooled incubator ; occasional fluctuat ions to about 13°

and

about 17°C . took p lace , but only rarely and not for more than a day at a t ime .

A few experiments were also carried out in a water-cooled incubator at 18— 21°C

during the colder part of the year, this could also be run at a temperature of

14—15°

C .

To Observe the development of fungal mycel ium , a clean m icroscopi c slide

w as inserted vert i cally in the soi l in each bag ( or in tw o of them, if more than

tw o paralle ls were run) wi th i ts upper edge on a level wi th the surface of the

soi l , and renewed a t intervals of 3 8 days . At the same t ime a weighed quan t i ty

Of soi l w as removed from each bag for the bacterial counts . After drying and

heat-fixat ion , the slides were sta ined after Gram , decolor ized wi th alcohol or

acetone (preferable for heavy clay soi l ) , and counterstained w i th phenol i c

erythrosine . The densi ty of mycelium w as then est imated as p reviously descri bed

( Jensen ,400—500 mi croscop ic squares of 65a side-length , d istributed as

evenly as poss ible over the whole area of the slide , ,were examined , and the

percen tage Of fields showing presence Of fungal hyphae w as calculated . The

figures from parallel slides usually agreed wi thin 10 p er cen t . , excep t in the case

of slides very poor in mycel ium ( less than 2 per

D irect coun ts of bacteria were made by the me thod of Thornton and Gray

Shaking Of the so i l wi th a susp ension contain ing a known number Of

indigo part icles, and determinat ion of the rat io bacteria/ indigo . Since only a

small quant ity of soi l w as ava i lable in most cases , the same Soi l suspension w as

used for both direct and p late counts : the soi l w as Shaken for 4 minutes with

st eri le agar solut ion , making an in i t ial di lut ion of to according to the

number Of bacteria to be expe cted in the soi l . 1 c .c . of the suspension w as removed

and d i luted further for preparat ion of the agar p lates , whereupon 4 or 5 c .c .

of the in i t ial suspension w as shaken for 1 -m inute wi th an equal volume of the

indigo suspension . Rose bengale w as found to g ive a better stain ing than

erythrosine .

P late coun ts were made on dextrose-case in-agar ( dextrose , 2 0 gm . ; casein ,

dissolved in di lute NaoH , 0-2 gm . ; KH P0 05 gm . ; MgSO, , 0 2 gm . ; FeCl, , trace ;

agar , 20 0 gm . ; H,O , c .c . pH 6-5—6 The p lates were incubated for 8 days

at 27—28°C . , excep t those from experimen ts at 4—7

°C . , whi ch were incubated for

12 days at 1 6—18°C . All numbers of mi croorgan isms , di rect as well as plate

coun ts , are exp ressed as m i llions per gm . Of dry soi l .

Ni tra te w as determined by the Devarda method, after boi ling of the so i l

extract w i th sodium hydrox i de and potass ium permanganate , and ammon ia w as

determ ined by the method of Bengtsson : repeated extract ion of the soi l wi th

0~5N potassium ch loride solut ion , and d ist i llat ion Of the extract wi th magnesium

oxide .

“Organi c ma t ter ( T able 1 ) i s exp ressed as loss on ign it ion .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

32 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE M ICROBI OLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . IV ,

Par t I .— Product ion of Carbon D i oxide and Numbers of Mi croorgani sms in

S oi ls w i thout Addi ti on of Organi c Mat ter .

The following so i ls were used in th is series of experiments

I . Sand soi ls : 1 .

— Very light sand , poor in humus, under grass, Cooper Park,

Sydney. 2 .— L ight sand soi l , poor in humus , under bushes , same locali ty. 3

Coarse , dark sand soi l , poor in humus, under bushes , Rose Bay He ights , Sydney .

4.

—Dark sand soi l , fai rly rich in humus, from garden , Ri chmond, N.S .W.

11 . R ed to brow n loam soi ls : 5.— Heavy, red loam , rather poor in humus , from

wheat field (good crop ) , Wagga , N.S.W . 6 .—R ed-brown loam, rather poor in

humus, from pasture , Burragorang Valley, N.S .W . 7 .

-Heavy, red-brown loam,

ri ch in humus, from lucerne field (good crop ) , Northern Tablelands , N.S .W. 8 .

Heavy , red loam, r i ch in humus , from lucerne field ( crop fa i ling ) , same locali ty.

I I I . Grey to black loams : 9 .

— Heavy, grey loam, fairly ri ch in humus, from

wheat field (poor crop ) , Wagga , N.S .W. 10 .

— Heavy, grey loam ,fa irly ri ch in

humus, from exper imental p lots , School of Agri culture , Sydney Un iversity . 11 .

Heavy , dark loam, rich in l ime and humus , from flower bed, Sydney Un ivers i ty.

12 ,

— Heavy, dark loam, ri ch in humus , under grass, Sydney Universi ty. 13 .

Heavy, dark loam , rich in humus, under t rees , covered with heavy grass, Sydney

Universi ty.

After ai r-drying and sieving , the so ils were moistened to approximately tw o

thirds of their water-holding capacity, and kep t for about one week at room

temperature before start ing the experiments . Germinat ing seeds that appeared

during this period were carefully removed . The experiments were run in

dup licate over a per iod'

of 10 days, w i th mi crob iologi cal analyses after 4 days

and at the end of the exp erimen t . For the bacter ial counts , 2 or 2 5 gm . soi l w as

removed from each parallel flask and used as a compos i te sample . Slides for the

determinat ion of mycel ium were p laced in the soi l on the first and renewed on

the fourth day. Three temperatures were studied : 15°C . , 28

° C . , and 37°C .

The experimental results are rep roduced in Tables 1— 3. Table 1 shows , besides

the react ion and the humus and moisture con tent of the soi ls , the ir in it ial

numbers of bacteria , and the amounts of carbon dioxide produced during the first

24 hours and during the whole 10-day p eriod .

The d irect counts of bacteria, at start as well as after 4 and 10 days (Table

are of the same order as those found by Thornton and Gray whose work

included on ly clay soi ls wi th to mi ll . bacteria per gm. The figures

show no correlat ion wi th the so i l react ion , but show a general , although by no

means p roport ional, increase wi th increasing content of organi c matter . The

same is true of the p late counts , whi ch , however, vary wi th in much wider

l imi ts ; their p roportion (also in Table 2 ) is from about 0 3 to about 13 per cent .

of the d irect coun ts . Although several important groups of soi l organisms

( obligate anaerobes, n i tri fying bacteria, certain types of cellulose-decomposing

bacteria , etc . ) cannot be counted by the ordinary p late method , i t does not seem

necessary to assume that the bulk of the bacterial populat ion of the soi l is

rep resen ted by species whi ch , as such , are unable to develop upon agar media .

I t has repeatedly been shown that even in what are generally considered“young

”

cultures the p roport ion of cells capable of develop ing in to colon ies may be as

low as the p roport ion of plate to direct counts observed here (Be ijerinck , 1909 ;

D orner, 1924; Wohlfei l , 1932 ; Ehrismann , and th is p roport ion of viable

cells may depend not only on the age of the culture and the kind of the organism,

BY H . L . JENSEN . 33

but also on the composi t ion of the med ium used for p lat e count ing (Beijerinck ,

the nature of the diluent (Wohlfei l , and other factors .

The yields of carbon dioxide , in the first 24 hours as well as during the whole

period, increase regularly wi th the temperature , be ing generally about twi ce as

high at 2 8°C . as at 15

°

C . , wi th a somewhat smaller increase when the tempera

ture is raised to 37°C . There is at each temp erature a marked parallel ism

between the d i rect counts of bacter ia and the yields of CO , in the first 24 hours

( see also T ext -fig . The total amounts of ! carbon dioxide increase somewhat ,

but very irregularly, wi th the con ten t of organi c matter , and the three last

columns of the table Show that the p roduct ion of carbon d ioxide per un i t of

organ i c ma tter generally decreases wi th increasing content of organ i c matter,

i .e . , the more humus there is present , the more slowly is i t decomposed , as

pointed out by Engel ( 1934) the very act ive soi l No . 13, however , forms an

excep t ion to this rule .

T able 2 shows the counts of m i croorgan isms and the densi t ies of mycelium

on the 4th and l oth days, and the corresponding yields of carbon dioxide in the

previous 24 hours ; the most important results are summarized in Table 3. The

d irect counts are very li ttle influenced by temperature . In some cases , especially

No . 4, there is a marked drop in the numbers after 4 and 10 days in comparison

wi th the ini t ial counts, but in general the changes are not of an order of magni tude

d ifferent from the spontaneous fluctuat ions shown by Thornton and T aylor ( 1935 )

to occur in soil kep t under constant condit ions of moisture and temperature .

*

The plate coun ts follow the same general rule ; a marked increase in bacteria,

most rap i dly at 37 C . , is seen in the sand soi ls No . 1 -3 and the loam soi l No . 5.

The act inomycetes , whi ch never account for any very large proportion of the

p late counts , do not seem to be affected by ei ther the temperature or the t ime .

The ir mycelia were hardly ever seen in the drop -films for d irect coun t ing and

were mostly not very consp icuous , although p resen t , on the Rossi -Cholodny

slides . Upon the whole , one does not get the impression that this group of

organ isms i s of consi derable importance in soi l to which no decomposable

material has recently been added ( cf. Winogradsky, The development of

fungal mycelium is strongest at 15°

C . ( in the sand soi ls equally so at 28°

and stronger in the sand soi ls than in the loams, parti cularly the red loams,

which have also by p late count ing been found very poor in fungi ( Jen sen ,

At 37 C . the growth of fung i is rather in sign ificant , excep t perhaps in the first

3 sand soils .

As on the first day, the y ields of carbon dioxide increase markedly with the

temperature , especially in the in terval from 15°

C . to 2 8°C . ,where they are

app roximately doubled . At each temperature , but part icularly at 28 and 37° C . ,

there is a sign ificant correlat ion (Fishe r , 1930 ) between di rect counts and yields

of carbon dioxide, as Shown in Table 3 and T ext -figure 1 . On the other hand,

the figures for dens i ty of mycel ium show no correlat ion whatever wi th the

CO .

,-

yields . Even when fungi are p resent in notable quan t i t ies , as in No . 2 , they

seem rather inact ive , confirm ing the view of Winogradsky that these

organisms do not partake in the breakdown of soi l“humus” . If w e assume that

the whole p roduct ion of carbon dioxi de i s the work of the bacteria found by

In so ils incuba t ed for long er p er iods ( up t o 3 m onth s ) a m arked drop in bact er ia lnumbers , both by d irect and by p la t e coun t s , w a s ob served a t 2 5 t o 37

°C . , bu t n ot a t

4 t o 1 5° C .

34 CONTRIBUTI ONS To TH E M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv,

TABLE 2 .

Carbon dioxide formation and comp osition of microflora in soi ls w ithout addition of organic matter .

Group I —Sand Soils.

Grroup II —Red to Brown Loam Soils .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

36 CONTRIBUTI ONS TO TH E M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

TABLE 3 .

Summary of results in Table 2 .

15°

C . 28°C . 37

°0 .

Number of pairs of observations

Mean and standard deviation of direct counts .

Mean and standard deviat ion of CO 2 production

Correlation coefli cient betw een direct count and

0 0 , 0 -42 9 0 775 0 8 09

Regression coefli cient ( x 102) of CO 2 on direct

count 0 1 12 0 -484 0 714

Mean and standard deviation of e fficiency of

microorganisms inGroup I 0 -041 :t 0 ° 0164 0 ’ 083 i 0 ‘ 0244 0

Groups II +111 0 0 27 4 0 0 165 0 0 534 0 0 232 0 0 83 4 0 0 280

Total 0 ' 032 i 0-0173 0 -o6l i o-0264 0 -099 i 0 -0400

D irec t count , m i ll . p e r gm .

T ex t -figure 1 .

— B la ck do ts : corre la t ion b etw een d irect counts of ba ct er ia

on 4th and l oth day a nd y ie lds of carbon d ioxide in p rev ious 2 4 hours . R egres

s ion l ines co rresp ond ing t o th e equa t ions

1 5°C . : y 46 6 0 -0 0 11 2 (x

2 8°C . : y 9 -8 ( x

37° C . : y 1 3 6 0 -0 0 7 14 (x

C irc le s : corre la t ion b e tw een in i t ia l d ir ec t coun t s and y ield s of C O , in the first 2 4 hours .

BY H . L . JENSEN . 37

direct coun t ing , w e may calculate the effic iency of the bacteria at the differen t

levels of temperature as mgm . of carbon dioxide p roduced by mi llions of

bacteria in 24 hours . T his “efficiency

”

, shown in the last column of Table 2 ,

varies from 0 009 to 0 067 at 1 5°O from 00 15 to 0 107 at 28

°C . , and from

0 034 to 0 220 at 37°C . These figures , the means of wh ich are g iven in Table 3,

are of an order comparable wi th that of corresponding values found by Cutler

and Crump ( 1929 ) and de T elegdy-Kovats ( 1932 ) in work wi th pure and m ixed

cultures of soil bacteria . The maximal efficiency observed here— 0-220— corresponds

to a dai ly CO,—product ion about equal to the dry we ight of the organ isms con

cerned , since the dry matter of m i ll . bact eria can app roximately be

est imated at 0 -2 mgm. Table 3 also shows that the efficien cy of the bacteria

appears to be higher in the sand soi ls than in the loams , and the t test of

Fisher ( 1930 , p . 107 ) shows this d ifferen ce t o be Significan t at 2 8 and 37°C .

This is probably due to the fact that the sand soi ls have lower bacterial numbers

than the rest , and the efficiencies of bacterial populat ions wi ll as a rule decrease

wi th increasing densi ty of the populat ion (Cutler and Crump , 1929 ; de T elegdy

Kovats , 1932 ; Meiklejohn , The total p late coun ts (bacter ia p lus a ct ino

mycetes ) do not show any corre lat ion wi th the y ields of carbon dioxide at 15°C

although posi tive correla t ions exist at the h igher temperatures, i t do'

es not seem

that th is fract ion of the total microflora i s the most important in b iochemical

respect . If the plate-counted organ isms were alone responsible for all the carbon

d ioxide p roduced , their efficien cy would at 15°C . vary from 01 7 (No . 10 , 10 days )

to 72 (No . 3, 4 days ) , at 2 8°C . from 0-2 7 to 12 1 ( same soi ls ) , and at 37

°C .

from 0 48 (No . 10 , 10 days ) to 7 7 (NO . 1 , 10 days ) . These figures are not only

rather errat i c and wi thout any clear relat ion to the temperature , but they also

appear unreasonably high ; for instance , an efficiency of 12 -1 corresponds to a

Cog-p roduction app roximately 60 t imes the dry we ight of the organ isms , wh ich

exceeds the maximal rate of carbon dioxide p roduct ion in a very young and

act ively mult ip lying culture of Bact . coli in peptone-water at 37 C . , accordingto Mooney and Winslow In the presen t case w e are deal ing wi th

populat ions in comparat ive equi l ibrium and consist ing of cells of a ll ages , where

such enormous efficiencies would appear inconceivable .

The general results of this ser ies of exp er iments may be summarized thus

The rate of destruct ion of the soi l’

s ow n organ ic matter (“humus increases

rap idly wi th increases in the temperature from 15°C . to 37

°C . This i s not due

to any increase in the number of mi croorgan isms , whi ch are not sign ificantly

affected by the temperature , but to an increased metabolic act ivi ty of the organ isms,

among whi ch the bacteria ( and not merely the indiv iduals capable of p roducing

colon ies on agar p lates ) are the most important . The total bacterial flora , as

determined by microscop i c count ing , Shows an average carbon dioxide p roduct ion

corresponding t o approximately 16 , 30 and 50 per cen t .

'

of the dry weight of

the organisms in 24 hours at 15°C . , 2 8

°

C . ,and 37 C . respect ively ( abcording to

the total mean efficiencies in Table 3, and assuming that mi ll . bacteria

con tain approximate ly 0-2 mgm . dry matter ) .

Mooney and W ins low est im a t ed th e max ima l ra t e of CO z-DI

‘

OdUCt iOH by B act . co liin p ep tone -w a t er ( a ft er 1 - 2 hours a t a t 330 gr am s p er hour p er k ilogram of

ba cter ia l subs tance ; if it b e a ssum ed tha t the bact er ia l b od ies con ta in 2 0 p er cen t . dry

m at t er , th is w ou ld corre sp ond t o a c o g—product ion ab ou t 40 t im es t h e w e igh t of dry

ma t t er in 24 hours .

CONTRIBUTI ONS TO THE M I CROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iV ,

Par t 11 .

— D ecomp osi tion of Organi c Materials added to the Soi l .

In these experiments , three kinds of organ i c materials were used : oats straw,

as an examp le of a natural organ i c material poor in ni trogen ; hay (mixture of

young leaves and stems of grasses and wh i te clove r , from a grass lawn ) , as an

examp le of a Simi lar material ri cher in n i trogen ; and fungal mycelium, as an

examp le of a mi crobial substance synthesized and re-decomposed in the soi l . The

mycelium w as p roduced by growing a common green soi l Peni ci llium on a

modified Czapek’

s solut ion , contain ing 5% saccharose , 0-5% NaN0 3 , and 0-2 %

KH,PO , . After 6—8 days’

growth at 28°C . the mats of mycelium were removed,

washed several t imes wi th d ist i lled water , dried and ground . The mater ials had

the following elementary composi t ion :

The materials were used in a finely ground , air-dry condi t ion , and were added

to the following soi ls in quant i t ies of 1 p er cent . , on the basis of air-dry soi l z.

1 .

—A synthet i c soi l made up from 80% pure sand , pure kaol in , 1%

calcium carbonate , and ferri c oxide . Small quant i ties of a susp ension of

garden soi l were added , as an inoculum , to the water wi th wh ich the soi l w as

mo istened . 2 .

— Garden soil , ri ch in l ime and humus‘

(Same as No . 11 in the

p revious se t of experiments ) , mixed wi th equal parts of sand . 3.

— Acid sand soi l

(No . 2 in the p rev ious experimen ts ) . 4.

—4R ed loam (No . 5 in the p revious

experiments )

The following sets of exp eriments were run

1 .

“Syn thet ic soi l

”1-0% straw 0 -1 % NaNO3 0-025% KzHP0 4. 12 -0 % H ZO .

T emp : 6—8°C . ; 18

—2 1°C . 28

°C . ; 37

°C . Durat ion of experiment : 30 days .

I I . Sand-mixed garden so i l 1-0 % straw 0-1% NaNOs. H ZO .

T emp : 14—16°C . ; 2 8

°

C . ; 37°C . Durat ion of experimen t : 29 days .

I I I . Acid sand so i l 1 -0% straw 0-1% (NH , ) 2SO4 KH2P0 4. 9 H 20 .

T emp : 14 28°

C . Durat ion of experiment : 19 days .

IV . Syn thet i c soi l”

hay . 11 -0% E 20 . T emp : 5—6° C . ; 14

2 8°C . ; 37

°C . Durat ion of experiment : 28

“

days .

V . Sand-m ixed garden so i l 1 -0% hay. H ZO . T emp : 14—16°C . ; 28

°C . ;

37°C . Durat ion of experiment : 29 days.

VI . Aci d sand soi l 1 -0% hay . (a ) 5 and ( b ) 10-4% H ZO . T emp : 19— 21°C .

Durat ion of experiment : 10 days .

VII . R ed loam hay . 16-7 % H 20 . T emp : 14—16°C . ; 37

°C . Durat ion

of experiment : 17 days .

VIII .

“Syn thet i c soi l fungal mycelium . H ZO . T emp : 4—5

°C . ;

13 18 2 8°

C . ; 37°C . Durat ion of experimen t : 2 8—40 days .

IX . Sand-m ixed garden soi l fungal mycel ium . H ,o . T emp

5— 6°C . ; 14

—16°C . ; 2 8

°

C . ; 37°C . Durat ion of experiment : 28 days .

A ll experimen ts were run in trip licate , excep t Nos . I I I and VI ( dupl icate ) .

* C a rb rm d e term ina t ion s ca rr ied ou t by M is s M . C og le , E .sc . ,D epartment of

Med ic ine (Med ica l O rg an ic C h em is t ry ) , Sydney Un iv ers ity .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

40 CONTRIBUTI ONS TO TH E M ICROBI OLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . IV,

5°to about 15 ° C . ( cf. Petersen , 1 92 6 , and Waksman and Gerretsen ,

whereas

the increase from 28°to 37 C . has most ly li ttle influen ce except in the early

stages of the p rocess . Afte r 2—3 weeks the rate of Cog-p roduct ion is Slowing down ,

rather suddenly at the higher and more gradua lly at the lower temperatures, and

after 4 weeks the curves tend to run parallel (a marked excep t ion t o this rule i s

only seen in Exper imen t No . IX ) , i .e . , the st imulat ing influence of temperature

on the decomposi t ion p rocess is most p ronounced in the early stages ,of the

p rocess, in agreement wi th the observat ions of Waksman and Gerretsen

When this stage is reached , more organ i c carbon has been l iberated as CO, a t

2 8—37° C . than at the lower temperatures , i .e . , a larger amoun t of organ i c material

has been left as the Slowly decomposing residue called “humus” . This is most

clearly seen in the experimen ts with“syn theti c

”soi l , where all the carbon dioxide

comes from the organ ic material added (see T ext -figures 2 , 4 and

D ays .

D ays .

T ext - figur e 6 .

— Ca rb on d ioxid e p roduct ion in synthe t ic so il w ith funga l

myce l ium . H or izon ta l colum ns : p er cen tages o f carbon o f myce lium l ib era t ed

a s CO,a t end O f exp er im en t . Bla ck par t o f co lumns : p er centages of carbon o f

my ce lium p r esent a s bact er ia l sub stan ce a t end o f exp er iment .

T ext -figur e 7 .— C arb on d ioxide product ion in sand—m ixed garden so i l w ith

funga l m y cel ium .

The resul ts of the periodical microbiologi cal analyses , together wi th the corres

pond ing yields of carbon diox ide in the p revious 24 hours , are found in Table 4,

wh ich also shows the total yields of carbon d ioxide , wi th standard deviations .

The bacter ia (as est imated by d i rect coun t ing , therefore includ ing spores and

mycel ia ] fragments of act inomycetes ) are seen to multip ly in all cases except

in the acid soil in Exp . No . 3 ( pH 5 4 at the start of the experimen t ) , where the

numbers are ve ry low and hardly change s ign ificant ly. At 4—7°C . the mult ip licat ion

i s very slow , but even tually the numbers exceed those at the h igher temperatures

BY H . L. JENSEN. 41

TABLE 4.

Comp osition ofmicroflora and production of carbon dioxide in soils with additions of organic matter.

Production of

Temper Plate Count . D ensity Carbon D ioxide .

Exp eriment ature. Time . D irect of

No . C.) (days) . Count . Mycelium .

Bact . Observed . Calculated .

713 3 0 7

3 x 1 -2

(0 ) 0 3

(0 ) 0 8

Total Cog-product ion in 30 days : 262 i 14-2 mgm .

Total COz-production in 30 days : mgm.

Total Cog-production in 30 days 823 $ 48 3 mgm.

Total COB-

p roduction in 30 days : 796 i 55 -3 mgm.

14—16°

Total Goa-production in 29 days : 617 :iz8 -7 mgm.

Total CO,-production in 29 days : -0 mgm .

Total Gog-

production in 29 days : mgm.

CONTRIBUTI ONS TO TH E IVI ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS .

TABLE 4.

— Continued .

iv ,

Composit ion of microflora and p roduction of carbon dioxide in soils w ith additions of organic matter.

Temper Plate Count . D ensity Carbon D ioxide .

Experiment ature . Time . D irect of

NO . C . ) (days) . Count . Mycelium .

Bact . Observed . Calculated .

520

14- 16°

550 19 -4

540 17 9

Total Gog-production in 19 days : 186 i 0 -7 mgm .

Total Cog-production in 19 days : 294i 15 -6 mgm .

Total CO z-

production in 28 days : 262 i l 8 z mgm .

840 (0 ) 1 8

(0 ) 16 1

14—16°

3 15 8

712 9 16 6

428 8 3 9

275 4 44

Total Cog-

production in 28 days :

Production of

444$ 22 3 mgm .

17 3

12 3

2 6

0 5

0 2

0 2

Total Co g-

production in 28 days : 522 i 3 ° 6 mgm .

582 58 21 3

456 94 2 8

327 102

860 198 102 0 0

2 69 105 O ° 0

205 90 0 2

Total Go g-p roduct ion in 28 days : 608 i 10

' 1 mgm.

Pla te count ing was impossible in this experiment because of abun lant grow th of fungi on the agar

p lates .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

44 CONTRIBUTI ONS To THE M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

TABLE 4.— Continued .

Comp osition of microflora and p roduction of carbon dioxide in soils w ith additions of organic matter .

Production of

Temper Plate Count . D ensity Carbon D ioxide .

Experiment ature . T ime . of

No . C.) Mycelium.

Bact . Observed . Calculated .

510 8 9 1 2 0

618 1 27 -6

1 15 6

(0) 33 2

3 27 2'

Total Cog-production in 40 days : 561 4 342 mgm .

301 1 13 3

8 99 (0 ) 54 2

13- 15°

14 52 9

29 37 6

957 23 2

739 2 1 8 9

Total Goa-production in 35 days : 915 i 23 5 mgm .

18—2 1°

Total Gog-product ion in 28 days : 978 i 48 9 mgm .

Total Coz-

product ion in 28 days : i 31 -6 mgm .

Total CO ,-production in 2 8 days : mgm .

52 0 3

(0) 3 7

(0 ) 13 0

(0 ) 55 0

14 76 0

3 49 8

Total CO ,-

p i'

oduct ion in 2 8 days : mgm .

BY H . L . JENSEN. 45

TABLE 4.— Continued .

Comp osition of m-icroflora and p roduction of carbon dioxide in soils wi th additions of organic matter.

Production of

Temper Plate Count . D ensity Carbon D ioxide .

Experiment ature . T ime . of

No C .) Mycelium .

Observed . Calculated

19 5

64 0

42 2

14—16° 26 3

18 7

13 2

Total Co g-

product ion in 28 days : 8 90 i 15 -4 mgm .

947 199 41 8

145 41 -0

88 13 5

632 94 8 5

59 9 96 13 9

547 98 2 7

Total CO .,-

product ion in 28 days : 998 $ 8 5 mgm .

500 201 21 3

400 359

278 322 3 0

224 308 0 8

18 9 355 0 2

187 356 0 '

Total Gog-product ion in 28 days : 959 1 9 -2 mgm .

Mean and standard deviat ion of direct counts at 4—7° C .

13—16°

C .

28°C .

37°C .

Mean and standard deviation of density of mycelium at 4—7°

C .

13—16°C .

28°C .

37°0 .

Mean and standard deviation of COz-production at 4—7

°C .

13—16°C .

n 9 9 28°C

9 : 37°C o

in the same experiment ; this is especially the case in the experiments wi th

mycelium . As the temperature increases , the mult ip licat ion becomes more rap id,

but the numbers do not reach a higher level . The figures at 15°and 28

° C . are

not , on the whole , very different , and the same appl ies to the few results from

18—21°C . At 37

°

C . the numbers are , in the later stages of all the experiments,defini tely less than those at the lower temperatures . What has been said of the

direct counts generally app lies to the p late counts of bacteria as well ; here the

46 CONTRIBUTI ONS To THE M ICROBI OLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv,

reduction in numbers at the h igher temp eratures is very pronounced . Th is

general rule : wi th decreasing temperature a slower mult ip l i cat ion , but eventually

higher maximal numbers than at temperatures favouring rap i d mult ip li cat ion ,

agrees perfectly wi th observat i on s on pure cultures by Gotsch l ich and Weigang

( 1895 ) Graham-Smi th ( 1920 ) and Hess Vanderleck ( 1918 ) has shown

in an interest ing (but apparently often» ove rlooked ) contribut ion ,that surp rising

numbers of bacteria may accumulate during a mi ld frost in soi l con taining

undecomposed p lant residues . The exp lanat ion for these phenomena would seem

to be that the low temperature delays the death-rate of the organ isms (and

possibly also the rate of disintegrat ion of the dead cells ) more than the rate

of reproduct ion (Loeb , 1908 ; Cohen ,

As to the kinds of bacteria observed , a large proport ion of whi te and yellow

colon ies of corynebacteria (Cor . helvolum or related forms ) w as seen on the

p lates from experimen ts wi th hay and fungal mycel ium at 5°to 15

°C . at the

higher temperatures they were less consp i cuous . Spore-forming baci lli , often in

fine long chains , were frequent ly seen on the Rossi -Cholodny slides at 15° C . in

the early stages of the same exp erimen ts at 15°C . They showed the presence of

endospores after 3 days ( cf . Winogradsky, 1925, and Z iemiecka , after this

t ime ,free spores were often seen in the films for direct count ing . The slides

and films from experiments w ith straw showed the presence of slender , curved

filaments of the Cytophaga-group and small curved , gram-negat ive rods whi ch

might be rep resentat ives of the“Cellvi br io -

group , but these organ isms did not

seem to make a large proportion of the total m icrofl ora .

The act inomycetes are shown by the p late counts to be almost absen t at

4—7°C . and to be very numerous at 28

°C . and 37 C . , especially in the experiments

wi th fungal mycelium. Thei r numbers nearly always reach their maximum after

the peak period of Cog-p roduction , and remain h igh when the carbon dioxide

product ion has become very slow . Mi croscop i cally th is group of organ isms Showed

some interesting features . On the Rossi -Cholodny slides their vegetat ive mycel ia

appeared in great abundance after 3 to 7 days at 28°and 37

°C . in soi ls wi th hay

and fungal mycelium , but at later p eriods l i ttle more w as seen of them . The

films for direct count ing showed surprisingly few actinomyces-hyphae , even in

cases where they were r i chly rep resented on the Rossi -Cholodny slides , but in

such cases the films often contained many long ,i rregular rods wh ich might be

fragments of act inomyces-mycel ia ; i t seems that the filamen ts are easily br oken

up by p reparat ion of the soi l suspension , and thus become included in the direct

counts . These phenomena indi cate that the act inomycetes are of most importance

in the earlier stages of the decompos i t ion p rocess , where they accompany and

succeed the v igorous developmen t of fungal mycelium ( cf . Z iemiecka , and

that the ir h igh numbers in later stages are mainly der ived from Spores , wh ich

may be wi thout b iochemi cal sign ifican ce .

The fungi , l ike the bacteria , developed very slowly at the lowest range of

t emperature , but in some cases ( experiment No . IX ) they gradually became very

abundant at th is temperature . At h igher temperatures the mycelia appeared

earl ier on the slides . As a whole they seemed to deve lop most richly at 15°

and 20° C . , reaching a maximum after 3 to 11 days and then reced ing . At 28

°C . ,

and part icularly at 37°C . , they tend to d isappear quite rap i dly after a brief

period of v igorous g rowth in the first 3—7 days . At the latter temperature the ir

max imal dens i ty is w i th few excep t ions considerably less than at the lowe r

t empe ratures in the same experimen t . The periods of strongest mycelial growth

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

48 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS. iv,

TABLE 5

Correlations between CO 2 p roduction , numbers of microorganisms, and density of fungal mycelium.

4—7°C . 14—16 ° C. 28

°C . 37

°C.

Total correlat ion coefficient betw een direct count and CO ,

product ionR egression coefficient Of 0 0 2

“

production on direct count , X 10 3

Partial correlat ion coefficient betw een direct count and 0 0 2 ,

density of mycelium eliminated 0 6 00 0 5 65 O-413 O-643

Partial regression coefficient of Cog-product ion on direct count ,0 7 09 0 -797 2 22

Total correlation coefficient betw een density of mycelium and

Goa-production

R egression coefficient of Gog-production on density of mycelium

Part ial correlation coefli cient betw een density of mycelium and

CO., di rect count eliminated (0 2 38 ) 0 -536 0 6 75 0 6 57

Part ial regression coefficient of COz-production on density of

mycelium 1 1 50 1 1 58

Correlation coefficient betw een direct count and density of

mycelium

Number of pairs of ObservationsCorrelat ion coefli cient betw een Cog

-

production and plate count

(Bact .-l—Act . ) (0 325) (0 273) (0 L 180)

(Non-significant values are p laced in parentheses.)

The simp le correlat ion coefficients between direct count and carbon dioxide

are in all cases sign ificant (Fisher , 1930 , Table V .A ) , and remain so when the

density of mycelium is e l iminated by calculat ions of the partial correlat ion

coefficients . On the other hand the correlat ion between plate coun ts (bacteria

act inomycetes ) and yields of CO, is barely significant at 4—7°C . and insign ificant

at the higher temperatures . The numbers of organ isms capable of p roducing

colon ies on agar p lates are thus clearly less significant than the direct coun ts as

indi ces of the biochemical act iv ity of the bacterial populat ion . I t is interest ing

to note that the rat io between direct and p late counts is , in all these exper iments ,

and part icularly in the“synthet i c

”soi l , much closer ( from about 1 to about 1 0 )

than in the previous experiments wi th soi ls W ithout addi t ion of organ ic matterxl'

Th is suggests that the zymogen i c flora of bacteria and act inomycetes , whi ch has

arisen in these exper iments, consists mainly of species capable of growth on

agar p lates , but that the fract ion of v iable individuals is not necessari ly the most

important in b iochemical respect . Th is is in perfect agreement wi th the results

obta ined in the p revious series of experiments .

Like the di rect counts , the figures for densi ty of mycelium Show sign ificant

correlat ions wi th the CC ,-

yields , and at all temperatures excep t 4—7°C . th is

correlat ion cont inues to exist when calculated as a part ial correlat ion coefficient

w i th elimination of di rect counts .

1' Som e exp er imen t s re corded by Ja cobs ( 1 9 31 ) seem to rep resen t th e only prev ious

ca se w h ere bac t er ia l number s have b een de t erm ined bo th by d irect and p la t e count ing

in so il w ith a dd it ion of a rap id ly d ecomp osab le ma t er ia l ( naph tha lene ) . H ere , t oo , the

d irect coun t s w ere on ly 2 t o 3 t im e s a s h igh a s the p la t e coun t s , bu t unfor tuna te ly the

figur es ca nno t b e d irec t ly com pa red , s ince they were Ob ta ined from separa te exp er iment s .

BY H . L . JENSEN . 49

The part ial regression coefficients in Table 5 ( calcula ted by means of the

formulae g iven by Dawson , 1933 ) enable us in some measure to compare the effect

of the bacteria and the fungal mycelia in the product ion of carbon dioxide . At

4—7°C . ,where the partial correlat ion between density of mycelium and yield of

CO2 is reduced below s ign ifican ce , the effects of the tw o groups of organ isms cannot

be separated s imply, although i t i s obvious that their efficien cy is much lower

than at the higher temperatures . At 14—16°

C. the part ial regression coefii cient x 102

of CO2 on direct coun t is 07 09 ; this means, that wi th con stan t densi ty of mycelium

the average dai ly yield of CO 2 per 100 gm . of dry soi l increases wi th 07 09 mgm.

when the number of bacteria increases w ith 100 mi ll . p er gm. exp ressed on the

basis of 1 gm . of soi l , this increase corresponds to an average product ion of

00 709 mgm . CO , per mi ll . bacteria in 24 hours , which w e may regard as the

average efii c iency of the bact eria at this temperature . The correspond ing partial

regression coefficien t of CO , on dens ity of mycelium shows, simi larly, that wi th

constan t numbers of bacteria the yield of CO2 in creases wi th 04 21 mgm. p er

100 gm . , or wi th mgm. per 1 gm . of soi l , so that a quant ity of mycelium

corresponding to a densi ty of about 17 p roduces on an average the same amoun t

of carbon dioxide as mi ll . bacteria per gm . of soi l . In the cases where the

growth of fungi is most abundant ( 50—64% densi ty ) the ir act iv i ty would thus

seem to be about equal to that of the bacteria ( 3 mi ll . per gm . ) p resent

at the same t ime , but towards the end of the experiments thei r act ivi ty appears

small in comparison wi th that of the bacteria . An except ion is shown by the

acid soi l with straw ( experimen t No . I I I ) , where the fungi appear almost alone

active , but in this soi l the rate of CC ,-format ion is very slow in comparison with

the corresponding experimen t (No . II ) wi th alkaline soi l , where large numbers

of bacteria are present . In the same w ay w e find from the part ial regress ion

coefii cients at 28°

C ., that the average efficiency of the bacteria is 00 797 mgm. CO ,

per mi ll . bacteria, and that wi th constan t bacterial numbers the yield of CO,

increases wi th 0 -0115 mgm . CO 2 per gm . soi l per 1 % in crease in densi ty of

mycel ium, i .e . , 7 % densi ty of mycelium is approximately equal to mi ll .

bacteria p er gm. soi l . At this t emp erature the fungi seem to disp lay their greatest

act ivi ty, although the ir growth is usually less abundan t than at 15°C . After

3 to 8 days the ir act iv i ty appears to exceed that of the bacteria ve ry consi derably ;

but after 3—4 weeks they have largely ceased to be of importance . Finally, at 37 C .

the average efficiency of the bacteria is considerably increased ( 0-222 mgm . CO2

per mi ll . bacteria ) , and a densi ty of 14% mycelium is approximately equal

to mi ll . bacteria p er gm . This and h igher densi t ies are not very common ,

and on ly in a few cases ( experiment No . I after 7 days, No . VI I after 3 days,

No . VI II after 4 days ) does the act ivi ty of the fungi appear to exceed that of the

bacteria ( including act inomycetes , whi ch are ri chly represented at this

temperature )

I t should here be po inted out that these calculat ions rep resent no more than

a first attemp t to est imate the relat ive importance of bacteria and fungi in the

decomposi t ion p rocesses . The direct counts of bacter ia include varying p ropor

t ions of act ive and inact ive cells (bacterial endospores, and large numbers of

aerial spores of act inomycetes at the higher temperatures ) , and the method of

est imat ing the density of mycelium is admi ttedly not i deal and leaves consi derable

room for imp rovemen t . First ly, the number of fields showing p resen ce of mycel ium

does not p recisely indicate the amount of fungal protop lasm rep resented by these

mycelia , owing to the very variable thi ckness ( somet imes also number in each

field ) of the hyphae observed and , secondly, the sli des were in contact wi th the

50 CONTRIBUTI ONS TO THE M ICROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iV ,

soi ls for longer periods at the end than at the beginn ing of the experimen ts .

But , even w i th these l imi tat ions , the method is felt to be a d ist inct imp rovement

in comparison wi th the p late method . Imp rovements of the method (actual

measuremen ts of the hyphae , standardization of the t ime of in cubat ion , etc . ) may

lead to more p re cise est imates .

In the last column of Table 4 are sh own the amoun ts of CO , that would be

expected to have been p roduced by the amoun ts of mi croorgan isms observed . These

values are calculated from the part ial regression formula (Dawson ,19 33 )

X 1 X1 bi z-3 (X 2 Xz) b13 '2 (X 3 X 3 ) ,

where X 1 , X 2 and X 3 rep resent yields of CC , , direct coun ts of bacteria , and densi t ies

of mycelium , resp ect ively, X 1 , X 2 and X 3 the correspond ing mean values (Table 4,

bottom ) , and and the part ial regress ion coefficients of CO , on d irect counts

and densi ty of mycelium , respect ively . In some experiments the agreement

between expected and observed values is very close , but in most cases the observed

values are in the beginn ing h ighe r and at later stages lower than expected . T his

is obviously due to the fact that the bacter ial coun ts, as seen in Table 4, t end to

decrease much less rap i dly than the rate of carbon dioxide product ion ,i .e . , the

efii ciency of the bacteria decreases wi th advancing t ime ( cf . Meiklejohn , 1932 ,

and Moon ey and Winslow, In the later stages of the experiments at 37 C .,

where th e mycel ium has pract i cally disapp eared , w e may calculate the efficiency

of the bacteria as mgm . of CO , per mi ll . bacteria in 24 hours in the same

w ay as in T able 2 ; this calculat ion shows efficiencies of qui te the same order as

in the experimen ts wi th soils wi thout addit ion of organ i c mat ter ( for instance ,

00 79—00 81 in exper iment No. I I after 21— 2 9 days, 0-072—0-125 in exper iment No. IV

after 11—2 8 days ) and much lower than the average efficiency indi cated by the

regress ion coefficien ts A s imi lar de creasing effi ciency has been observed in

cultures of fungi , where the rate of CO ,-p roduct ion p er un i t of weight of mycel ium

is h igh in young stages where mycelium is being synthesized , but may become ve ry

low when the already-formed mycelium is me rely being maintained (Noack , 1920 ;

cf. also Maze, 1902 ; Peterson , Fred and Schmidt , 1922 ; and Heuke lek ian and

Waksman , 1925 ) This t ime -factor cannot in the p resen t exper imen ts be eliminated

s imp ly by treat ing the t ime as a fourth variant , because the regression of carbon

dioxide formation on t ime is far from l inear , part icularly at 2 8°C . and 37 C .

The ni trogen transformat i on in some of the exp er imen ts is shown in T able 6 .

In the soi ls wi th hay and mycelium the p roduct ion of n i trate , like that of carbon

d ioxide , increases wi th the temperature and is p ract i cally the same at 2 8°and at

37 C . The hay, wi th i ts narrower C :N rat io , has p roduced more inorgan i c n i trogen

than the mycel ium , the n i trogen -compounds of wh i ch do not appear to have been

attacked at all afte r 4 weeks at 5°C . ,

in sp ite of the abundant growth of micro

organ isms that took p lace in th is experiment . The soi ls with straw show an

analogous phen omenon : the actual amoun t of inorgani c n i trogen consumed i s

rather constant at the d ifferen t temperatures , but the amoun t of organ i c matter

decomposed to carbon dioxide per uni t of n i trogen consumed increases markedly

wi th the temperature . Th is is in full agreement w i th the results of Norman

( 1931 ) w ho found the“n i trogen-equivalent” ( parts of inorgan i c n itrogen

immob i lized per 100 parts of organ ic mat ter decomposed ) h igher at 20° C . than

a t 30—50°C . in decompos i t ion exp eriments w i th straw . From a p ract i cal aspect

th is migh t indicate that the danger of exhaust ion of avai lable n itrogen by addi t ion

of straw or simi lar materials to the - soi l is grave r in the colder than in the

warmer seasons of the year .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

52 CONTRIBUTI ONS TO TH E M ICROBI OLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

development of the organisms is more rap id , but not more extensive , and where

the re-decomposit ion of the synthesized mi crob ial matter becomes increasinglyrap id . These facts have another important bearing on the p roblem of humus

accumulat ion . The proteid compounds syn thesized at low temperature , accord ingto Waksman and Gerretsen are obv iously i dent i cal with the p rotop lasm

of mi croorgan isms that accumulate under these condi t ions . The lignins, whi ch also

accumulate at low temperatures (Waksman and Gerretsen , may combine

wi th the p roteins of the dead organ isms (or with p rotein-like substances actuallysecreted by bacteria, accord ing to Simola, thereby giving rise to those

highly resistant l igno-protein compounds (Waksman and Iyer , 1933 ) that account

for a very considerable part of the soi l humus . Accord ing to what has just been

said , these tw o sources of humus ( lign in and microbial p rotein ) wi ll increase in

quan ti ty as the t emperature decreases ; and when they have been formed , their

rate of decomposi t ion wi ll naturally increase wi th the temperature .

In cases where organ i c mat ter is being decomposed ch iefly by fungi , i t

might be imag ined that more p rotoplasm would be synthesized than where bacter ia

p redominate , since the fungi are usually credited with a more economi c type of

me tabolism than the bacteria (for references , see Krus'

e , 1910 ; Stephenson , 1930

and Waksman , The general i ty Of this pr inciple may, however , be doubted .

A favouri te test ob ject in nutri t ional studies with fungi has been Aspergi llus

niger and related forms , whi ch may convert one-half or even more of the consumed

food-material in to cell substance . Simi lar values were found by Heukelekian and

Waksman ( 1925 ) in Tri choderma and Peni ci llium, but several other fungi seem

to use the ir nutrients far less economi cally (Harter and Weimer , 1921 ; Peterson ,

Fred and Schmidt , 1922 (Pen . glaucum less economi c than Asp . niger ) Hochapfel ,

As to the bacter ia , Rubner ( 1906 ) found Proteus vu lgari s able to uti lize

up to 25% of the energy of the medium, whereas pathogen i c bacteria were far less

economi cal ; this , however, could not be confirmed by Abt w ho found

Cor . d iphtheriae capable of ut i lizing some 30 per cent . of the energy of its

nut rien ts . A ut i lizat ion Of sugar nearly as economi cal as in Aspergi llus has

been observed in Myc . phlei by Stephenson and Whetham ( 1923 ) and in other

bacteria by Conn and Darrow whose exper iments are part icularly

sign ifican t in regard to our p roblem , since they deal wi th a type of bacteria that

rep resent a large proport ion of the soi l microfiora . Even i f the fung i as a whole

synthesize somewhat more ce ll substan ce from a g iven quant ity of nutrients than

the bacteria , they do not actually seem to bui ld up more protein , since they are

generally much poorer in n i trogen . For instance , the data of Waksman and

D iehm exp ressing the rat io of decomposed hemicellulose to assimilated

ammon ia-N in solut ion and sand cultures , do not Show Sign ificant differences

between fungi and aerob ic bacteria (both stud ied in large numbers ) , although the

rat io varied strongly w i th in each group of organ isms . Simola ( 1931 ) found

cellulose-decomposing bacteria consuming nearly as much n i trogen in p roport ion

to the amount of cellulose decomposed as Trichoderma and Peni ci llium according

to Heukelekian and Waksman and Shr ikande ( 1934) even found the

n i trogen-equivalen t ( parts of inorgan ic n i trogen immobi lized per 100 parts of

organ ic mat ter decomposed ) much h igher wi th bacteria than with fungi in

decompos i t ion experiments w i th straw . There is thus no certain evidence that a.

decomp osi t ion of a given amount of organ ic materials by fungi would lead to the

forma t ion of more p rote in ( and hence l igno-p rote in compounds ) than a s imi lar

p rocess brought about by bacteria under equal condi tions .

BY H . L. JENSEN . 53

SUMMARY .

A study w as made of the rate of decomposi t ion of organ i c matter in soi l at

different ranges of temperature in relat ion to the abundance of microorganisms

present . The rate of decomposi t ion w as measured by the product ion of carbon

dioxi de . Bacteria ( including act inomycetes ) were counted both microscop i cally

and on agar p lates. The densi ty of fungal mycelium w as determined mi cro

scop ically by means of the R OSSi -Cholodny method .

In soi ls wi thout extra addi t ion of organ ic mat ter the carbon dioxide p roduct ion

w as generally about 100 p er cent . stronger at 2 8°C . than at 15

°

C . , and about

50 per cent . stronger at 37 C . than at 2 8°C . The numbers of bacteria were not

app reciably influen ced by the temp erature wi thin a period of 10 days . D irect

counts showed numbers from about 8 to about 300 t imes as high as p late coun ts.

At each range of temperature t here w as a s ignificant correlat ion between the dai ly

yields Of carbon dioxide and the d irectly coun ted numbers Of bacteria , wh ich

appeared to be a better index of the act iv i ty of the bacterial flora than the p late

counts . The growth Of fungi w as more extensive in sand soi ls than in loam soi ls ,

and w as greatly restricted at 37°C . NO correlation w as found between the densi ty

of mycelium and the yields of carbon dioxide . The decompos i t ion of the soil’s

ow n organ i c matter seems to be carried out almost ent irely by

bacteria , and the accelerat ing influen ce of increasing t emperature on this p rocess

is due to stimulat ion of the metabol ic act iv i ty of the bacteria , but not to increased

numbers of these organisms .

In soils wi th addit ion Of undecomposed p lan t materials ( straw, hay, fungal

mycelium ) the rate of carbon dioxide format ion increased steeply with increases

in temperature from about 5°C . to 37

°

C . This effect w as most p ron ounced in the

early stages of the decompos it ion process and at the lower ranges of temp erature .

In general the mi croorganisms tended to develop more slowly, but eventually

to a greater extent , at lower than at higher temperatures , especially 37°C . , where

the vegetat ive growth of the fungi w as generally very restri cted and always confined

to a brief in i tial p eriod . D irec t coun ts of bacteria ( including act inomycetes )

showed figures only 1—10 t imes as high as the p late counts . The numbers of act ino

mycetes increased strongly wi th the temperature . Sign ificant correlat ions existed

between the da i ly yields of carbon d ioxi de and the densi t ies of mycelium, and

between yields Of carbon dioxi de and directly counted numbers of bacteria, but

not between yields of carbon d ioxide and p late counts . The efficiency of the

organ isms decreased rap i dly wi th advancing t ime . The fungi app eared to be

important agents of decomposi t ion during the earlier stages of the process , when

the most intens ive destruct ion of organ ic mat ter takes p lace . The figures suggested

that , especially at 2 8°C . , their carbon d ioxide p roduct ion may , even in alkaline

soil , considerably exceed that of the bacteria ; wi th advancing degree of decom

posit ion they cease to be of importance . The decreasing rate of decomposi t ion of

added organi c materials, together wi th the increasing accumulat ion of microbial

substance, seems to ofier a natural exp lanat ion for the increasing accumulat ion of“humus” wi th decreasing soil t emperature.

R efer en ces .

ABT , G . , 1 9 2 5 .— L e carbone des p ep t ones , source d

’

energ ie p our le ba ci lle d iph thér ique .

Ann . I ns t . P a s t , 39 , 38 7 - 41 6 .

BEI JER INCK , M. W . , 1 9 0 9 — F ixa t ion o f Free A tm osph er ic N itrog en by Azo tobact er in

Pure Cu l ture . D istr ibut ion o f th is Ba cter ium . K on . Akad . W e t . Ams terdam ,P roc.

Sect . S ci , 1 1 , 6 7 - 7 4.

54 CONTRIBUTI ONS To THE M I CROBIOLOGY OF AUSTRALIAN SOILS . iv ,

BERGH AUS, 1 9 0 8 .

—I’

Jber d ie Ammon iakb ildung b e i e in ig en Bakt er ienar t en . Ar ch. E gg . ,

64, 1 - 3 2 .

CH OLODN Y , N . , 1 9 30 — fi b er e ine neu e Me th od e zur Un t ersu chung der B odenm ikrofl ora .

A rch . f . M ikr o bi o l. , 1 , 6 2 0 - 6 52 .

C OH EN , B . , 1 9 2 2 — T h e E ffect of T emp era tur e and H ydrogen I on C on cent ra t ion upon

the V iab i l ity of B a c t . co li and B a ct . typhosum in -W a t er . Journ . B ac t . , 7 ,1 8 3 - 2 30 .

CONN,H . J. , 1 9 1 8 — T h e M icro scop ic Study O f B a cter ia and Fung i in So i l . N .Y . Agr .

E xp . S ta t . T e chn . B u ll , NO . 64.

and D ARROW , M . A . , 1 9 35.— Cha ra ct er ist ics o f C er ta in B a ct er ia B e long ing to the

Au t och thon ous M icrofiora O f So il . So i l S c i , 39 , 9 5- 1 1 0 .

COOK, R . P . , and STEPH ENSON, M . , 1 9 2 8 — B a ct er ia l Oxida t ions by Mo lecu lar Oxyg en . 1 .

B io chem . Jou rn . ,2 2 , 1 3 6 8 - 1 38 6 .

CUTLER, D . W . , and C RUMP ,L . M . , 1 9 2 9 — C arb on D ioxid e P roduct ion in Sands and Soi ls

in th e P r esence and Absence O f Am oebae . Ann . App l. B io l. , 1 6 , 47 2—48 2 .

D AW SON, S . , 1 9 3 3 — An In t rodu ct ion to th e C ompu ta t ion o f Sta t ist ics . (L 0 ndon . )D ORNER, W . , 1 9 24.

— B eoba ch tung en ti b er daS V erha lt en der Spor en und veg eta t iven

F orm en von B a ci llus amy loba ct er A . M. e t B red emann L andw . Jahr b .

Schw e iz . , 38 , 1 7 5—2 02 .

E H RI SMANN , O . , 1 9 33 — fib er d ie A tmung der D iphth er iebaz i llen . Z e i tschr . E gg . , 1 1 5,

2 7 3 - 314.

E NGEL H . , 1 9 34.

— K r i t isch e B em erkung en zur B odena tmung . C en t . B akt .,I I , 9 0 ,

1 58 - 1 6 1 .

FEH ER . D . , 1 9 2 9 — Un t er su chungen uber d en ze it lichen V er lau f d er B odena tmung und

der M ikrobent'

at igke i t des W a ldbodens . B iochem . Z e i tschr ., 2 0 6 , 41 6 - 435 .

1 9 3 3 .-E xp er im en t e lle Unter suchungen fib er d en E influ ss von T emp era tur

und W a sserg eha lt d es B od ens au f d ie L eb ensersch e inungen der B odenbakt er ien .

A r ch . Mikr obi o l. , 4, 447 - 48 6 .

1 9 34.—Un t ersu chung en ub er d ie Schwankung en der B od ena tmung . Arch .

M i lcro bio l . , 5 , 42 1 - 435 .

F I SH ER, R . A . , 1 9 30 — Sta t ist ica l Me th ods for R esear ch W orker s . ( 3rd E d . ,L ondon and

E d inburgh . )G OT SCH LICH , E . , and W E IGANG, J. , 1 8 9 5 .

— U eb er d ie B e z iehung en zwisch en V iru lenz und

Ind iv iduenzahl e iner Cho leracu l tur . Z e i tschr . Hyg . ,2 0 , 3 7 6

GRAHAM -SM ITH , G . S . , 1 9 2 0 ,— The B ehav iour of B a cter ia in F lu id C u ltures Journ .

E gg . , 1 9 , 1 33 - 2 04.

HAR TER , L . L . , and W E IM ER, J . L . , 1 9 2 1 .— R esp ira t io

'

n o f Sweet P o ta t o St orag e -R ot Fung i

wh en Gr ow n on a Nut r ien t So lut ion . Journ . Agr . R es . , 2 1 , 2 1 6- 2 2 6 .

H E SS , E . , 1 9 34 — E ffect s o f L ow T em p era tur es on th e Gr owth o f Mar ine B a cter ia .

C on tr i b. C anad . B i o l ,N .S . , 8 , 48 9 - 505 .

H EUK ELEK IAN , H . , and WAKSMAN, S . A 1 9 2 5 .— Carbon and N itrogen T ransforma t ions in

the D ecom p os it ion of C e llu lo se by F i lam en tous Fung i . Journ . B io l. Chem . ,6 5,

32 3 - 342 .

H OCHAPFEL , H . H . , 1 9 2 5 .

— Unt er suchungen uber d ie C und N - Que llen e in iger Fusar ien .

C en t . B ak t . , I I , 6 4, 1 7 4- 2 2 2 .

JACOBS , S . E . , 1 9 31 .

— T he Influence o f An t isep t ics on the B a cter ia l and Pro tozoan P opu la

t ion of G r eenhouse So i ls . I . Ann . App l. B io l , 1 8 , 9 8 - 1 36 .

JANKE , A . , and H OLZ ER, H . , 1 9 2 9 - 30 .— Prob lem e des St ickst offkre is laufs. I - I I . Biochem .

Z e i tschr . ,2 1 3 , 1 42 - 1 53 ; 2 2 6 , 2 43 - 2 49 .

JENNY , H . , 1 9 2 8 — R e la t ion o f C l ima t ic Fa ctors to th e Am oun t o f N itrog en in So i ls .

Journ . Am er . S oc . Agr on . , 2 0 , 9 0 0 - 9 1 2 .

1 9 2 9 — R e la t ion o f T emp era tu re t o the Am oun t of N itrog en in So i ls . So i l Sci ,

2 7 . 1 6 9 - 1 8 8 .

, 1 9 31 .

— So i1 O rgan ic Ma t t er -T emp era ture R ela t ionsh ip s in the E astern Un ited

Sta t es . So i l S c i , 3 1 , 247 - 2 52 .

JENSEN , H . L . , 1 9 34.

— C on t r ibu t ions t o th e M icrob io logy of Aus tra l ian So ils . I . PROC .

L INN . SOC . 59 , 1 0 1 - 1 1 7 .

, 1 9 35 .

— C on tr ibu t ions t o th e M icrob io logy o f Austra l ian So i ls . I I I . PROC .

L INN. SOC . 6 0 . 145- 1 54.

KRUSE , W . , 1 9 1 0 ,— A l lg em e ine M ikrob io log ie (Le ip z ig ) .

LEROUX , D . , 1 9 34— S in la combust ion d e la ma t iere organ ique d es sols agr ico les . Ann .

Ag ron . 4, 2 6 - 52 , 1 59 - 1 7 9 .

Lo s s , J. , l 9 o8 .— U eber d en T em p e ra turk oe ffic ien t en f ii r d ie L ebensdauer ka ltblut iger

Th iere A rch . G es . P hys io l , 1 24, 41 1 - 42 6 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

STUDIES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . VI .

TH E MERI STEMATIC ACTIVITY OF THE FLORAL APEX OF ACACIA LONGIFOLIA AND

ACACIA SUAVEOLENS AS A H I STOGENETIC STUDY OF THE ONTOGENY OF THE CARPEL.

By I . V. NEWMAN, M.sc . , Ph .D . , F.L .S L innean Macleay

Fellow of the Society in Botany .

(From the Botan i cal Laboratori es, Universi ty of Sydney. )

(Plates i i—v ; fifteen T ext -figures . )

[ R ead 2 9 th A pr i l ,

In troduct ion .

Taking i ts orig in in Goethe’

s ( 179 0 )“Versuch die Metamorphose der Pflanzen

zu erklaren”

, and regarded by Robert Brown ( 1840 , p . 108 ) as generally accepted ,

the classi cal theory that the carpel is a modified leaf has held sway for more

than a hundred years . In recen t t imes cri t icisms ranging from modification to

comp lete negation of the theory have arisen . So much sp eculat ion and assumpt ion

and cri t i cism ( of such speculat ions and assump t ions ) have been written about

this subject , that the only excuse for adding to the literature is that there are

new relevant facts to be recorded . In Sp ite of frequent reference to the need for

considering p rimordial stages and the on togeny of the carpe l , the li terature

shows few i llustrat ions Of these'

features , parti cularly of cellular detai ls of the

meristemat i c t issues concerned . In th is pap er I wi ll describe and i llustrate the

origin of the floral organs in tw o species of Acacia, showing the relat ion of thei r

p rimordial tissues to the t issues of the floral axis . The central interest wi ll lie

in finding th e relat ion of the carpel p r imordium to the apex Of the flower and

in compar ing i ts mode of orig in wi th that of the other parts of the flower .

The tw o species , Acacia longifolia Willd . and Acacia suaveolens Wi lld . ,were

g iven by Saunders ( 1929 , pp . 225—7 ) as i llust rat ions of the theory of Carpel

Polymorph ism ( 1925, I undertook an examinat ion of them to test the

object ions to the theory based on the examinat ion of Acacia Bai leyana (Newman ,

1933 and As the work p rogressed i t became clear that important evidence

w as here ava i lable concerning other cri t i cisms of the old theory of the carpel

that were being raised by McLean Thompson ( 192 9 , 1931 , 1932 , Hamshaw

Thomas ( 1931 , 1934) and Victor Grego ire In none of the papers mentioned

do the four authors support the ir theories by i llustrat ing the cellular detai ls of

the ontogeny of the carpel and i ts relat ion to the ap ical meristems of the floral

axis ; and th is is the type of evidence that wi ll be p resented in the following

pages .

MATERIAL AND METH ODS .

DESCRIPTION OF RELEVANT FEATURES OF THE SPECI ES .

Acacia longifolia.

The flowers of Acacia longifolia are in cyl indri cal sp ikes . In the bud stage

the only restrict ion is due to the t ight packing of the young flowers on the axis

BY I . v. NEWMAN . 57

of the sp ike . There is no marked distort ion of the flowers . Each flower is in

the axi l of a bract whi ch overlaps the bract of the flower next above so that in

the very young condi tion the surface of the sp ike consists of the t ips of the

subtending bracts . The only distort ion i s that the flowers are elongated or

flattened in the direct ion of thei r axis . The construct ion of this inflorescence

makes it easy to orientate the material for sect ioning , and to determine in

mi croscop i c examinat ion how a flower li es wi th regard to the axis of the sp ike .

There are four sepals and four petals. The stamens number app roximately

between 90 and 110 . The single legume has ten or twelve ovules , in the young

state is relat ively small , and in the pod stage long, narrow and almost cylindrical .

In rare cases , more than one legume has been seen in a flower ; but the disposi tion

of the sect ions w as not such as to disclose the relat ionship of the legumes to one

another or to the axis of the flower . The orien tation of the legume to the axis

of the sp ike appears to have no constancy . The foliage is of the phyllodineous

type , wi th flat phyllodes hav ing several parallel nerves”

.

Acacia suaveolens .

The flowers of Acacia suaveolens are in globular heads borne in axi llary

racemes . The young racemes a re en closed in several large imbri cate bracts, and

the flower heads are subtended by bracts . In . the bud these bracts so t ight ly

clasp the young inflorescence and fl ow er-heads that there is often a considerable

distort ion of the young flowers (T ext -fig . The bracts are deciduous at

anthesis . There are no bracts subtending the indivi dual flowers . Such an

arrangement makes i t impossible to orientate the material in sect ion ing ,and

often difficult to determine in mi croscop i c examinat ion how a flower li es wi th

regard to the axis of the flow er -head . There are five sepals and five petals,

though somet imes six or four are found . The stamens number approximately

between 60 and 80 . T he s ingle legume has five or six ovules , in the young state

i s relat ively massive , and in the pod stage flat , broad and short . The fol iage

i s of the phyllodineous typ e , wi th flat phyllodes having one nerve

MANIPULATION OF TH E MATERIAL .

All the material w as fixed in a formalin—alcohol solut ion ( 50 c .c . absol . e thyl

alcohol , 50 c .c . water , 6 c .cl commercial formalin ) . In the case of A . suaveolens,

i t w as found necessary to dissect out as many bracts as possible . In the case

of A . longifolia the young spikes were rolled and squeezed between the fingers

and cut longi tudinally, e i ther down the middle of the axis or twice parallel wi th

the axis . All material w as thoroughly exhausted when put into the fixing fluid .

After dehydrat ion and clearing in e i ther xylol or cedar-wood oil , the material

w as embedded in paraffin .

Serial sections were cut wi th a microtome , mostly at a thi ckness of 6p.

( 0 006 a few being cut at 4p. and 8 ,u.. The block w as usually cooled with

i ce and salt . This material w as very hard , p robably on account of the hardeningof the tannin in the cells by the fixat ive . The consequen t fri ction during cutt inginvariably generated stat i c electri ci ty that caused disrup tion of the ribbon as i t

left the edge of the kn ife . Th is w as overcome by producing a high-frequen cybrush discharge around the material and kn ife (Batson , 1920 , describes the

method ) . The stain used , except where specified , w as a trip le stain comprisingSafran in in 50% alcohol d ifferen t iated w i th 0 -005% Light Green in 95% alcohol ,a saturated solut ion of O range G in clove oi l and a saturated solution of Light

58 STUDI ES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . Vi ,

Green in clove oi l . Immersion of the slides in water after the alcoholi c safranin

makes the fina l differen tiat ion of the safran in much easier . There is no use in

giv ing a schedule , because the t imes vary wi th both species and stage of

development .

EXAMINATION OF THE MATERIAL .

The necessary.

deta i ls of the photography and drawing , together wi th the

standardized annotat ions, are g iven in the“Notes on the I llustrat ions

”

(p .

The first at temp t to find the relat ion of the primord ium of the legume to the

ap ex of the flower w as by means of scale models made of p last i cene (modelling

material ) . The models were made at a magnificat ion of approximately 375 from

series of sect ions 0 006 mm . thi ck . Sheets of p last i cene were rolled to a thi ckness

of 2 -2 5 mm . ( 00 06 x and on them were drawn , with the aid of the camera

lucida, the out lines of the component sect ions of series through young flowers .

The outlines being cut out and superposed in order , scale models of young flowers

were bui lt up .

* Models were made of the port ion above the sepals at difl erent

stages of development . After smoothing the surface and cutt ing ofi the p etals

level wi th the base of the outer stamens ( excep t in Plate v , fig . 51 ) and cutt ing

off some or all of the stamens, the models appeared as in Plate v , figures 51—59 .

They represent tw o cri t i cal stages from Acacia longifolia ( 58—59 ) and a complete

series of stages from Acacia suaveolens . The addi t ional stages for longifolia are

rep resented by out line drawings (T ext-figs . 1

DESCRIPTI ON OF THE EVIDENCE .

METH OD OF APPROACH .

In this descrip t ion I wi ll not use terms whose‘

morphologi cal or spat ial

significance could assume an in terpretat ion of the legume or the carpel . The

term “carpel assumes an interp retation of the legume, the terms legume and

“apex (of the flower ) have a spat ial sign ificance in the p roblem ; therefore they

wi ll not be used.

In the succeeding sect ion of the paper the evidence wi ll be in terpreted against

the background of knowledge of the vegetative growing point found in recent

literature . In the final sect ion the cri t icisms of the classical theory wi ll be

discussed and an at tempt made at a construct ive con tribution to the morphology

of the carpel .

THE EVIDENCE.

E xternal appearances.

The young floral axis is approximately cylindri cal , wi th i ts upper portion

nearly hemispheri cal . The appearan ce , from (and including ) the insertion of

the petals upwards at the t ime of the pe tal primordiafi is shown . by a model of

suaveolens (Plate v , fig . 51 ) and an outline of a sect ion of a young flower wi th

bract of longifolia (T ext-fig . Soon after this stage the outer part of the

convex end of the axis develops in to a shoulder”leaving a central convex area ,

wh ich I wi ll call the “dome

”. On the

“shoulder the stamen primordia arise,

beginn ing at i ts edge and in front of the sepals (not shown in the models )

(Plate v , fig. 52 for suaveolens and T ext-fig . 2 and Plate v , fig . 59 for longifolia ) .

Z immerma nn ( 1 9 2 8 , p . 2 9 9 ) m ade a m od e l by drawing on and cu t t ing ou t card

boa rd , add ing para ffin t o th e app rop r ia t e th ickness , and st icking t oge th er the magn ified

sec t ions thus made .

7 See p . 6 7 fo r term ino logy .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

60 STUDI ES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

T ex t - figur es 1 - 1OC .- Acacia long ifo lia .

Magn ifica t ion ,x 8 0 for F igure s 1 - 5 , and x 1 6 0

for F igur es 6—1 00 .

1 - 5 .

— L ong itud ina l sect ions o f y oung flowers corre sp ond ing resp ect ive ly w ith the

m ode ls o f Acacia suaveo len s show n in P la t e v ,figur es 51 , 52 , 54, ( o lder than ) 56 and 57 .

N o t e th e ha irs on th e b ra c t s , sepa ls and p eta ls . T he stages Sh ow n a re : p e ta l p r im ord ia.

t he“sh ou lde r ( sh ) b e fo re s tam ens the stamen in it ia ls the la tera l ovule

BY 1 . v. NEWMAN . 61

In the left -hand in i t ial some of the cells appear to have been formed from the

second layer by d iv isions wi th walls an t iclinal to the inclined surface of the fold .

Plate i i i , figure 20 Shows the petal ini t ial in suaveolen s . About this t ime the cells

of the p i th become greatly en larged and beg in to deposit globules of an un ident ified

substan ce whi ch stains heavi ly wi th safran in and haematoxylin .

Examp les of the di stort ion of the young developing flower of suaveolens are

shown in Plate v , figures 66—68 , in whi ch the three zones of cell layers , based on

nuclear and cytop lasmi c condi t ions and di rect ion of wall format ion , can be clearly

observed . These are at a later stage than that just described .

St i ll maintain ing the three zones of t issue , the axi s has about doubled i ts

he ight above the level of insert ion of the petal in i t ials before they have made

much growth . Dur ing the stages to be described in this paragraph the petals of

longifolia become considerably larger than those of suaveolens. AS the petals

enlarge, divisions wi th peri clinal walls beg in to occur just above them in the

second layer of the axis (Plate i i , fig . 3 and Plate i i i , fig . These div is ions

extend (Plate i i , fig . 4 and Plate i i i , fig . 22 ) from the petals for about one-th ird

of the distance over the convex upper surface of the axis (Plate i i,fig . 5 and

Plate i i i , fig . In this w ay the shoulder is formed and the cent ral dome i s

differentiated . The second layer of the dome is cont inuous wi th the second and

thi rd layers of the shoulder , and the th ird layer of the dome is cont inuous with

the fourth layer of the Shoulder ( or ig inally thi rd layer of the axis ) . This fourth

layer of the shoulder is becoming vacuolated and losing the regular shape of its

cells .

In suaveolens, the last stage of Shoulder format ion is concurren t wi th the

beginning of stamen format ion . The stamen in i t ials are formed on the Shoulder

and , except that the number of cells concerned in each in i tial is very much

smaller , the same descrip t ion app lies to them as to the in i tials of the sepals and

petals . A fold in the outer layer of the shoulder of the axis has, underneath i t ,

cells der ived from the second layer by per iclinal wall-format ion , some poss ibly

by d iv isions in a fold of the second layer wi th walls ant iclinal to the incl ined

surface of the fold (Plate i i , figs . 6—8 , and Plate i i i , figs. 2 3

By the t ime the stamen in i t ials have developed into primordia about four

cells high , complete vacuolat ion has extended in the axis to the second or thi rd

layer of cells in the Shoulder , i .e . , to layers cont inuous wi th the second layer of

the central dome . In the cen tral dome i tself there are st i ll three layers of cells

b ear ing organ ( 4 ) and th e forma t ion of th e gr oove No t e t h e in t er lock ing o f th e

t ip s o f t he p eta ls in 3 . C om pa re these figures r espect ive ly with P la t e ii , figures 2 , 5 , 7 ,

14 and 1 8 .

6 .-T ransver se sect ion , 0 1 mm . fr om th e ba se of y oung organ , 0 1 8 mm . long

before form at ion o f the ovules .

7 a - e .— R ep r esen t ing a ser ie s o f 55 transverse sect ions o f an ovule—b ear ing organ

with p r im or d ia of th e ovules . Sect ion s a re 6a, th e number s r ep resen t ed b e ing 2, 6 , 1 1 ,

3 8 and 50 , beg inn ing from th e t ip . T issue is crush ed in one par t of bl. No t e th e

con t inua t ion of t he g roove t o th e t ip of th e organ , and the ovu les ar ising a t th e edges

o f the incurved a rm s of th e groove .

8 .

— T ransverse sect ion about ha lf -w ay up a st er ile ovu le—bear ing organ from a.

flower of th e sam e s tam ina l deve lopment as tha t of T ext -figures 7a - e .

9a, b .— T ransver se sect ions from th e ba se of the s ty le and in th e r eg ion of ovu les

in an organ Wh ose ovules had at ta ined ab ou t t h e deve lopm en t of those in T ext - figures1 0a - c b efor e st er i l ity set in .

1 0a - c .—T ran sverse sect ions of an ovule -b ear ing o rgan through the base of th e s tyle ,

m idd le pa ir o f ovu les and just b elow th e locu lus , a t th e stag e o f th e m o th er ce ll .C ompar e b wi th P la t e v , figure 7 6 .

6 2 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIA S . vi ,

wi th non-vacuolat ed cytop lasm and large nuclei .

"

Under these are one or tw o

layers of intermediate vacuolat ion . The dome p rojects further than before and

the cells of i ts second and thi rd laye rs appear to have in creased in length

vert i cally to the surface wi th a slight distort ion whereby the d irect ion of their

long axis app roa ches that of the axis of the flower . The maximum height attained

by the dome is on ly about the thickness of the three outer layers of cel ls— between

0 -025 and 0 -03 mm . In both sp ecies there may be var iat ions in the shape of the

dome . In suaveolens they are derived from the general distortion of the young

flower , already described (Plate i i i , figs . 25 In longifolia the presen ce of the

bract causes the petals to be p ressed down on the growing axis , whereby some

d istort ion of the dome occurs (Plate i i , figs . 7 The development of the dome

appears to be due more to increase in cell size than to cell division ; for the

number of cells in each of the tw o outer rows i s between about 15 and 18 before

and after the increase ( cf . Plate i i , fig . 6 with fig . 8 , and Plate i i i , fig . 24 wi th

fig . The d iame ter of the base of the dome Shows almost no increase at this

stage .

The next stage of development shows a fold in the outer layer of cells of the

dome , occupying less than half of the outline of the dome in vert i cal sect ion ,

and p laced to one Si de of the vert i cal centre . The space beneath the fold i s

fi lled wi th cells derived from the second layer mostly by walls that app ear to be

peri clinal (Plate i i , figs. 9—12 for longifolia and Plate i i i , figs . 2 8—30 for

suaveolens ) . Th is corresponds wi th the stage Shown in Plate v , fig . 56 . The

rad ius of curvature of the cen tral dome is much smaller than that of the young

axis during the format ion of the sepal , petal and stamen ini t ials ; and the cells

of the second and third layers are elongated vert ically in the central dome in

cont rast to those of the young axis . Remembering these differen ces , there is no

fundamental divergence of the process just described from the mode of format ion

of the in i t ials of the sepals, petals and stamens . The ini t ial described last

develops into the ovule-bear ing organ .

If the foregoing descrip t ion is true , the mode of formati on of the in i tials of

each of the organs of these flow ers i s essen tially the same . The d ifferences that

exist are ma inly concerned wi th the area of the surface of the axis that is involved ,

and the radius of the axis at the level concerned .

An exam inat ion of Plate i i , figures 3—8 , and Plate i i i , figures 21—27 , Shows

that the dome first existed as the residue of the convex upper surface of the

axis after the Shoulder had been formed .

“

I ts increase in s ize (he ight ) w as by

increase in s ize and negligible increase in number of cells. Its three outer

layers of cells were cont inuous wi th the three outer layers of cells of the rest

of the axis (before shoulder format ion ) and have the same protoplasmi c charac

teristics . I ts origin is in no w ay comparable wi th the origin of the in i t ials of

the floral organs below i t ; i t is merely a part of the axis Slightly extended by

cell enlargemen t . The in i t ial of the ovule-bearing organ having been formed ,

there remains a part of the dome not involved , and rep resented in median verti cal

sect ion by a region having 8—10 cells in the outer layer ( slightly more than half

the number of cells in the orig inal , full contour ) . With the format ion of the

last in i t ial , the slope of the res idual port ion of the dome becomes steeper. If

the axis of symmetry of the axial t issues of the young flower be followed to the

upp er surface , i t w ill be seen to emerge in the cen tre of the dome ; but after the

format ion of the last in i tial , there is an appearance as if this axis were bent

away from the in i t ial . The flow”of cells from the apex of the large -celled p i th

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

64 STUDIES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

of the cytop lasm and the decrease in the nucleus/“

cell size-ratio has left a small

cen tral longi tudinal zone of cells almost unaffected (Plate i i , fig . 16 for longifo lia,

and Plate iv, fig . 35 for suaveolens ) . D ense cytoplasm and relat ively large nuclei

are st i ll maintained a t the t ip and on the arms of the organ . The aspect of these

features as seen in transverse sect ion is shown in the series of se ct ions i llustrated

in Plate iv, figures 39a—f ( cf. Plate i i , fig . and Plate iv , figures 38a—f

( cf . Plate iv , figs . 34a—b) , for longifolia and suaveolens respect ively . In each case

the section shown in d passes through the upper part of the residue of the dome

whose smaller cells can be seen on the right . Plate i i , figure 18 , and Plate iv,

figure 37 , show a further stage in_

both species wi th a simi lar distribution of

cellular differences as before , excep t that marked vacuolat ion and‘

the reduct ion

of the nucleus/cell size-rat io has now affected all of the residue of the dome , in

some of whose outer cells there is a deposit ion of the globules that stain deeply

wi th safranin and haematoxylin . The arms of the p rimordium of the ovule

bearing organ now extend over, and make contact with the upper surface of

the residue of the dome . Their exten t in the transverse p lane is already much

greater than when the in i t ial w as formed .

Neglect ing the residue of the dome , w e wi ll follow further the development

of the ovule-bearing organ . I t extends at the stage shown in Plate i i , figure‘

18 ,

and Plate iv , figure 37 , about 0 -09 mm . and 0 125 mm . respect ive ly above the

insertion of the adjacent stamens . Text-figures 6 ( longifolia ) and 12 ( suaveolens )Show transverse sect ions of the organ about half-w ay up when the heights are

0 18 mm. and 0-16 mm . respect ively, the arms of the groove being now almost in

con tact . Furthe r growth is such that the rate of increase is greater on the

outside of the arms than on the sides nearly in contact . Consequent upon this,

the margins of the g rooved organ remain in contact and a cent ral cavi ty is

formed . Into this cavi ty the‘

ovules arise as outgrowths from the margins of

the groove . The tw o series of sect ions shown in T ext-figures 7a—e for longifolia

and 13a—g for suaveolens i llustrate this point and show that the groove extends

to the very t ip of the organ and below the insert ion of the ovules . The part

of the adult organ that is extended for some distance above the ovuliferous

region is a prolongat ion of the t ip , though in passing upwards the grooved

condit ion is soon lost . Sect ions made just above , at the middle of, and just below

the ovul iferous reg ion , at the stage of the megaspore mother cell, are i llustrated

for both species in T ext-figures.

l oa—c and 15a—c . In both these last stages the

appressed ep idermes of the margins are clearly discernible on the right of the

organ and the mi drib on the left .

Four photomi crographs are submi t ted in confirmat ion of these drawings

concern ing the appressed ep idermes . Plate v, figure 70, is of a longitudinal

sect ion through the margins of the organ when it is about 0 25 mm. long in

longifolia . Plate v , figure 69a,is a simi lar photomi crograph for the organ when

i t is about 0 225 mm . long in suaveolens . Plate v , figure 77 , is of a section (at

the base of the ovul iferous region ) in the series from whi ch T ext -figure 15 is

taken , the l ine of the tw o appressed ep idermes being clearly v isible on the right

side of the structure . Plate v,figure 76 , is of the same sect ion as Text -figure 10b

and is a clear confirmat ion of the drawing . An inte rest ing confirmation of the

single curved structure of the ovule-bearing organ is derived from cases of

steri li ty . In the flower from wh ich T ext-figure 8 w as taken , the stamens were

at the stage of those in the flower from wh ich T ext -figures 7a—e were taken .

T ext-figures 9a—b show degenerat ion that had set in about the stage of T ext

BY I . v. NEWMAN . 65

figures l oa—c or a li ttle earlier . T ext-figure 14 is of suaveolens Where ster i li ty

had set in before format ion of the ovules (wi th degenerat ion ) . O ccasionally

the organ does not have the marg ins closed together , in whi ch case the ovules

are visible , as shown in Plate v ,figure 69b, of suaveolens ( length a l i tt le more

than 0 25

The single curved structure of the ovule-bearing organ can st i ll be discerned

at the t ime of fert i lization . Plate v , figure 78 , of longifolia clearly shows the

app ressed marginal ep idermes to the right and the twin bundles of the midrib

to the left , the ovules being inserted at the margins .

*

As w e return to a considerat ion of the residue of the dome , i t must be realized

that the great growth taking p lace in the ovule-bearing organ , and the difl‘iculty

of finding the p erfectly median Sect ion wi th respect of tw o axes of possible

obl iqui ty, make the demon strat ion of that residue more difli cult in later stages .

The oldest stage of the residues of the dome yet i llustrated (Plate i i , fig . 18

for longifolia,and Plate iv, fig . 37 for suaveolens ) shows the ovule-bearing organ

extending for 0 09 and 0 125 mm . respect ively above the insert ion of the adjacent

stamens . Plate v , figure 60 , a—b, is from the stage in longifolia where that distance

i s about 0 2 mm . , just before format ion of the ovule in it ials . Some of the cells

of the residue have a copious“

deposition of the substance that stains deep ly wi th

safran in and haematoxylin . Growth in this region appears to have been by cell

enlargement only . The surface of the resi due is now vert ical or even leans

outward , so that i t has the appearance of being merely part of the surface of the

pedi cel or st ipe of the ovule-bear ing organ . The large cells of the p i th , many

contain ing the deep stain ing deposi t ion , are seen to extend past the residue of

the dome, between i t and the mid-rib of the ovule-bearing organ . The corres

ponding figures (Plate iv, figs . 40—41 ) for suaveolens are from a Slightly older

stage when the ovule-bearing organ extends about 0 -25 mm . above the insertion

of the adjacent stamens . By this stage the ovule p rimord ia have been formed .

The same features just described can be observed here , except that there is not

such a marked deposition of deep staining substance and the residue of the dome

is not so far disp laced from i ts or ig inal posit ion . The upper part of the dome

is“clasped

”by the folded ovule-bearing organ in this species , so that i ts upper

surface is less easi ly discerned in the later stages . This difli culty is i llustrated

in Plate iv , figure 42 , of the stage of primary megasporogenous cells .

Tw o further stages are i llustrated , about the t imes of the megaspore mother

cell and the fun ct ional megaspore, in suaveolens . Comparing the earl ier of these

tw o stages (Plate iv , figs . 43—46 , consecut ive sect ions ) wi th Plate?iv , figures 40—42 ,

i t wi ll be seen that much of the growth at the base of the ovule-bearing organ

and all in the res i due of the dome is by ce ll en largement . The cells of the p i th ,

some of them wi th the deep ly-stain ing deposi t ion , extend into the organ between

i ts mi drib and the residue of the dome . The lower part of the surface of the

residue of the dome is now vert ical (about 6 or 7 cells in the L S ) , the upper

part (about 4 or 3 cells ) is st i ll curved and is clasped”by the arms of the

ovule-bearing organ . The slight mutual intrusions of the ep idermal cells in this

reg ion make i t difficult to follow the surfaces clearly, foreshadowing the almost

comp lete obli terat ion of them, wh ich is nearly accomp l ished by the stage of the

funct ional megaspore (Plate iv, figs . 47 In this last stage , the t issue of

the residue of the dome can st i ll just be iden tified , though, had i t not been

No t e tha t th e twin bundles of th e m idr ib ar e form ed from a s ing le pr im ord ium .

66 STUDIES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

T ex t~figur es 1 1 - 1 50 .

— A ca cia suaveo len s .

1 1 .

— T ransverse sect ion of a l i t t le m ore than a long itud ina l ha lf o f a ra cem e , sh owing

th e axis (Ax ) g iv ing off a p ed ice l o f a fl ow er—h ead t o the left , sect ion s o f three fl ow er

h ea ds and severa l bra ct s . fl l -fl 3 ar eflow ers o f w h ich sect ions are shown in Pla t e v ,

fig s . 6 6 - 6 8 . Th isfigure shows th e t igh t pa ck ing of th e ra ceme with th e bract s and t he .

r esu l tan t d istor t ion o f some o f th e flowers . Magn ifica t ion , x 55 .

1 2 .— T ransverse se

ct ion ab ou t ha lf -w ay up a y oung ovule—b ear ing organ o f 0 -1 6 mm .

leng th , b e fore th e forma t ion o f the ovule p r imord ia . Magn ifica t ion ,x 1 6 0 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

68 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . v i ,

p r imordium and young I have generally followed that system . (There

are no sharp boundaries between the stages . )

The exam inat ions made in this inqui ry were d irected primarily to tracing the

in i t iat ion of the parts of the flower , and espe cially the relat ion of the legume

to the apex . There is n ot enough detai led eviden ce collected to'

permi t of much

reference to the origin of the vascular t issue and the connect ion of the vascular

strands of the floral parts wi th th e axis .

References in the li terature to the meristem of the floral apex* seem to be

con cerned main ly wi th physiology or the determinat ion of t ime and condi tions

of flower format ion for economi c purposes . Klebs ( 1914) has shown exper i

mentally that flower format ion is re lated rather to quant itat ive seasonal

differences in nutrit ion than to quali tat ive d i fferences in the substances suppl ied

to the growing apex . Schmidt ( 1924) records that in Scrophu laria the

meristemat i c layers l ie more thi ckly at the apex at the t ime of flower format ion .

Priestly ( 1 929 , p . 63 ) suggests that the greater dep th of mer istem in flower buds

is due to a greater thi ckness of cell walls and consequent increased water supply

through them t o the p rotoplasts ; the thi ckness of the walls is.

possibly correlated

wi th the relativ ely greater proport ion of carbohydrates in the supp lies to the

ap ex at the t ime the flowers are being formedj More closely p laced to our

present problem are the many papers ou

'

the format ion of“frui t-buds

Barnard and Read , 1932—3, referen ces to l iterature ) , whi ch appear to cover the

ground requi red , but not in sufficient detai l of descrip t ion or i llustrat ion to give

any informat ion on the h istologi cal detai ls of the floral ap ex . Such workers

must have a great deal of mater ial that would throw l ight on histogenet i c

problems of the floral ap ical mer istem and on the morphology of the carpel .

So little work , then , has been done on the histogenesis of the floral ap ical

meristem , that caut ion‘

must be exercised in drawing conclusions in the absence

of detai led and systemat ic examinat ions . This paper wi ll“

have served a useful

purpose if, in at temp ting to describe the floral ' in terms of the vegetat ive ap ical

meristem , i t calls atten t ion to the great field of work here to be found in

connect ion wi th morphological inquiry .

TH E VEGETATIVE APEx As A BACKGROUND FOR -THE INTERPRETATION .

The Ap i cal Meri stemi

Structure .

We ow e our knowledge of the structure of the cells of the ap i cal meristem

of the angiospermous shoot largely to Sachs Schmidt , Schuepp , and

Priestly. D iffering sl ightly in detai ls , there is a general agreement among them

that the cells occur in zones that are more or less sharply defined, and of various

numbers of cell-layers . The outer zone is composed of regular, straight-sided ,

rectangular cells w i th relat ive ly very large nucle i and dense, unvacuolated

cytoplasm , wh ich assume the ir shape on account of external p ressure , having no

internal ( osmot ic ) p ressure due to vacuoles (Priest ly, 1928 , pp . 4—6 , and 1929 ,

p . There follows a zone of cells wh i ch , though st ill dividing as rap idly as

‘ A. pa p er by G reg o ire ( 1 9 3 1 ) is n o t in cluded h ere , a s i t is a subject o f cr it ic ism

on a ccoun t O f the m o rph o log ica l conclus ion . I t is dea lt w ith b elow ( p .

T In som e sp ec ies O f A cacia B a i leyana ) flower forma t ion and veg e ta t ive grow th

app ear t o go on a t the same t im e .

t I r eg r e t t h a t Sch ii e p p’

s m on og rap h on th e Me r i s t em ( 1 9 2 6 ) i s no t ava i lab l e t o

m e in Sydney . I th ere fore ask to b e p a rdoned i f any o f my deduct ions tha t fo llowa pp ea r t o r ep ea t exis t ing d iscuss ions unn eces sa r i ly .

BY I . V. NEWMAN . 6 9

those in the outer zone , are in p rocess of becoming vacuolated . Within and

below is a zone of cells whi ch , having attained vacuolat ion , are expanding by the

intake of water into the vacuoles . The outer zone is described as“mer istemat ic”

(Priest ly, 1929 , p typ i cal”and embryon ic meristem”

(Schii epp , 1917 , p . 73,

and and tun i ca (Schmidt , The almost complete p redominance of

divi sions wi th ant i clinal wall-format ion , makes i ts one to about four layers of

cells gen et i cally dist inct . The next zone has been described as“vacuolat ing

div iding”

(Pr iestly, 1929 , p . 54) and“half-meristem”

(Schii epp , 1917 , p . 7 3, and

The direct i on of the nuclear divisions .in i t is at random . The third zone

is described as“vacuolat ing expanding

”

(Priest ly, 1929 , p . 54) and“lengthening

t issue”

( Schii epp , 1917 , p . 73, and The last tw o zones comp r ise the“corpus of Schm idt

We must not expect these zones to be r igidly marked ; for example , Foster

( 1935, p . 90 ) refers to occasional p eri clinal division -walls in the“tun i ca”

of

Carya Buckleyi . Priest ly ( 192 8 , pp . 11 , 12 ) poin ts out that the defin i teness of

organ izat ion of the zones of the meri stem depends on the rate of growth , degree

of“

internal p ressure ( due to vacuolat ion and expansion of innermost zone ) and

breadth of the apex .

The descript ion given of the structure of the meristemati c t issues Of the floral

apex of Acacia suaveolens and Acacia longifolia are in general agreement w ith

the terms outlined above . Before discussing the results of the activ ity of the

vegetat ive apex, certa in internal and exte rnal condi t ions affecting i ts operat ion

wil l be pointed out .

According to E rrera’

s law , new cell walls are formed in such a direct ion

that they are of minimum area (E rrera , 18 86 ) .t The t ruth of th is w as demon

strated by Giesenhagen I t seems qui te reasonable to consider wi th

Z immermann ( 192 8 , p . 313 ) that the fun ct ion of the“corpus ( Schmidt ,

compr ising the zones that are vacuolating and that are expanding (Sachs , Priestly

and Sch iiepp ) , is the extens ion of the vegetat ive po int , for the random direct ion

of division walls (vacuolat ing zone ) and the expansion of the cells by in take

of water ( expanding zone ) wi ll p roduce increase in volume ( expressed mainly

as increase in length ) . On the other hand , as many have pointed out , the outer

zone , by i ts d ivisions wi th ant icl inal wall format ion , p roduces only increase in

surface . Priestly ( 1928 , pp . 10 , 11 ) has suggested that the p ressure set up by

the vacuolat ion of the internal zones comp resses the outer zone of fully

meristemat i c , unvacuolate cells against the cut i cle, so that , not only are they of a

rectangular shape , but their long axis i s parallel to the surface . The result is

that the min imum area across whi ch new walls can be formed is p erpendi cular

to the surface of the growing point , thus inst i tut ing the difference between the

zones of ant iclinal and random direct ion of wall-format ion . The growing point

thus appears wi thin i tself to be different iated as the expression of a system of

p ressures and tensions . The increase in surface of the outer zone is a direct

result of the p ressure due to increase in volume of the inner zones . There is a

paradox here whi ch will be exp lained further on .

* In add it ion , Sc'

huep p ( 1 9 1 7 , pp . 6 0 - 6 8 ) d escr ibes in H e lian thus annus an ap ica l

g roup O f in it ial cells that g ive r ise t o the tw o zone s o f m er ist em at ic cel ls . In th e figures

g iven -by P r iest ly ( 1 9 2 8 , P r iest ly an d Sw ing le Zimm erm ann ( 1 9 2 8 ) and

Lou is ( 1 9 3 5 ) I can r ecogn ize no such g r oup .

‘r T he t erm used in th is r e feren ce is averag e con s tan t curve ( courbur e moyenne

cons tan t e ) .

70 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . V i ,

Usually the ap i cal region of the shoot , part icularly when the ap i cal cone is

short , is closely surrounded by the young leaves, whi ch have every app earance of

being p ressed against i t . The lower part of the ap ical cone is in contact wi th the

surface of the youngest leaves. Increase in volume of the cone would cause

flat ten ing of the outer layers of cells of that part of the apex . The consequent

operat ion of E rrera’

s law to p roduce an t icl inal wall-format ion would tend to

emphas ize the growth in surface along the faces of the exi st ing leaves , that is ,

growth would be paral lel wi th the surface of p ressure . This may expla in the

origin of new leaves betw een the exist ing ones , where the condi t ions can favour

divisions with p eri clinal wall-format ion , and folding of the surface into the free

space to accommodate the increase opposi te the exist ing leaves . I t seems , there

fore, very reasonable for Sch ii epp ( 1917 ) to emphasi ze strongly that ( following

Sachs, 1894— wi th some modificat ions ) the direct ion and growth of each mer istem

cell is consequen t upon the form of the Whole vegetat ive apex and upon i ts

posi t ion in the apex (p . and to conclude that the external d ifferen t iat ion

of the vegetat ive apex i s p rimary, and the inner d ifferent iat ion consequent thereon

and secondary. Though a reversal of exist ing ideas, this leads to a theory whi ch

may exp lain the p rogress of the vegetat ive point from an undifferentiated to a

different iated condit ion (p .

We have now seen that it i s possible to look for qui te s imp le explanat ions

of the external and internal different iat ion of the vegetative ap ex . These simp le

exp lanat ions would not be all-in clusive ; * they also assume the p rocess of ap i cal

growth to be in p rogress ; and there sti ll remains the p roblem of how the prb cess

is started . However, the above ideas wi ll serve as a useful check on interp reta

t ions that may be too rigi d or art ificial .

Act ivity.

I t has already been pointed out that the manner of growth of the outer , fully

meristemat i c” (unvacuolated ) , cell-layers produces increase in surface of the

apex , and that the manner of growth of the tw o inner zones produces increase in

volume . I t has been shown by Schiiepp that the rate of division in the different

meristemat i c layers is the same , regardless Of the depth from the surface . He

has calculated that such a condit ion wi ll p roduce an increase in surface greater

than that necessary for the increase in volume . The result is that the surface

of the ap ical cone is thrown in to folds wh ich become the in it ials of the leaves

(Sch iiepp , 1914, pp . 335—338 ; 19 17 , pp . 62 , 64—68 ; 19 30, p . Priestly ( 1929 ,

p . 62 ) supports this and points out that the layer ( s ) immediately under the fold

are generally subject to divisions with periclinal wall-format ion whereby they

con tribute to the primordium of the leaf . (See also Schii epp , 1930 , p . If the

fold in the outer layer draws out the cells of the next layer ( s ) so that their

long axis is perpendi cular to the original surface of the ap i cal cone, it is under

standable w hy the division walls should be p ericlinal . One of the chief results

of the process is that the leaves are formed from the tw o to four outer layers

of the apex . Though he does not express it in terms of“fold ing

”,Z immermann

( 1928 , pp . 303, etc . ) describes the origin of the leaves in Hyperi cum uralum from

the four outer layers (“tuni ca” of Schmidt , 1924, and the

“fully meristemat i c

”

zone of Priestly, by divisions w i th an t iclinal wall-format ion in the first

and second layers and en largement and divisions w ith periclinal wall-format ion

in the th i rd and fourth layers .

I ha ve no t tak en th e phys ico - ch em ica l cond it ions O f th e ap ex in t o cons idera t ion ,

a s I ha ve d er ived from my inve s t iga t ion no in forma t ion t h ereon .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

72 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

The Lateral Organs.

This inqui ry does not follow the development of the lateral organs very far ,

and has li ttle to disclose about thei r vascular connect ion to the stem . There

seems to be general agreement that , as w e pass down the young axis , w e find that

vacuolat ion takes p lace not only at the cen tre but at the periphery, leaving a

ring of meristemat i c t issue (“pro-desmogene

”Of Gregoi re , 1935a and b, and

Louis , 1935 ) wh i ch becomes the locus of the p rocambium ; though not necessari ly

all of i t becomes p rocambium . I t i s also to be noted that this p rocess of vacuola

t ion leaves a zone of meristemat i c t issue extending from the axial ring into

the meristemati c t issue of the p r imordium of the leaf. ( See Pr iestly, 1928 ,

pp . 12—14, and 1929 , p . 74, for the in st itut ion of the vascular connect ion . )

Louis’

descrip t i on ( 1935 ) of the t issues of the young leaf of several species,

including Syringa vulgari s and Arabis a

'

lp ina, is importan t for our purpose . The

p r imordium is first even ly mer istemat i c throughout i ts volume . Then , a l ittle

distance below the t ip of the p r imordium, vacuolat ion begins on the ab-axial and

ad-ax ial si des , leav ing an arc of meristemat i c t issue join ing the marg ins of the

primordium and extended upwards to occupy the whole of the cross-se ct ion at the

t ip . Further vacuolat ion across th is arc leaves meristemat i c t issue at the

margins and in the centre of the young leaf . From the marginal meristems , the

lamina is developed . The central mer istem is the locus of format ion of the

pro-cambium .

R esidual Apex .

As the vege tat ive Shoot is theoret i cally of unl imi ted growth , the quest ion of

a residual apex does not arise in the invest igat ions ~of i ts manner of growth .

There is , therefore , no body of informat ion against whi ch to set the discussion of

this quest ion whi ch must arise in considering the growth of the flowe r whi ch is

I hav e d isr egard ed i t b ecause i t seem s t o b e rea lly a descr ip t ion o f th e app earances

on ly , w h er ea s th e idea s of Sch ii ep p and P r iest ly , set ou t ab ove , t ake us in to t h e r ea lm

o f exp lana t ion .

Greg o ire ( 1 9 35a and b ) r egards the lea f pr im ord ia as ar is ing'

on lea f founda t ions

( souba ssem en t s fo lia ir es ) d eve lop ed on th e v eg eta t ive cone a s i t increases from m in imum

t o m aximum a r ea dur ing a p las toch rone ; and t h a t on a ccoun t O f th is founda t ion”th e

lea f g r ows ver t ica lly . T h is is d escr ibed with i llu stra t ions by L ou is ( 1 9 35 , p p . 9 9 - 1 2 3 )f or Syr ing a vu lgar is and A r a bi s a lpi na , t og eth er w i th deta i ls o f th e shap e O f th e cone

a t success ive ly low er leve ls , includ ing th e“founda t ions . U s ing th ese t erm s , L ou is

find s i t necessary t o form u la t e tw o ty p es O f lea f in it ia t ion in the D ico ty ledons : ( 1 )A lt erna t ion of m in imum and maximum a rea w ith th e es tab lishm ent Of th e leaf founda

t ion , th e g enera l typ e ; ( 2 ) T h e deve lopm en t O f a. la t era l p ro tub eran ce ,in a few cases

such as H ippur is vu lg aris ( DD. 1 2 6 Z imm ermann has descr ib ed in H yp er i cum

ura lum th e h is tog enes is of th e sam e ph enom enon tha t L ou is d e scr ib es a s“soubassement

fo l ia ire w ith ou t r ecourse t o th e t erm s used by Lou is and Grego ire ( Z imm ermann , 1 9 2 8 ,

p . 30 3 , I t seems t o m e tha t L ou is and G reg o ire , in the ir in t erpr e ta t ions , have

fa iled to recogn ize that th e p r essur e from with in th e ap ex and t he r estr ict ions imp osed

from w ithou t by th e exis t ing leav es w ill in a grea t degree determ ine th e shap e O f the

v eg e ta t ive cone and the shap e and direct ion o f growth o f the p r im ord ia . T h e recogn i t ion of these fa ct ors w ill obv ia t e th e necess ity to formu lat e the tw o types of lea f

in it ia t ion in the D ico ty ledon s , and W 111 p reven t wha t seem s to m e too r ig id and a r t ific ia l

a descr ip t ion o f th e phenom ena .

Supp or t for th e r ecogn i t ion o f th e influence o f pr essure by exis t ing organs com es

from D oak w ho refers t o th e bud sca les o f P inus hav ing a“binding efiec t up on

th e t issues w i th in”( p . and sp eaks o f cer ta in phases o f evo lu t ion in P inus w here

“Jus t a s p r e ssures w i th in th e com p ound bu d lim i ted . shap ed . and d i spla ced t h e sh ea th

sca le s o f th e dw a r f shoo t , so th e forma t ion o f t h e comp ound strob ilus lim i ted , shap ed

and d isp la ced the sp o ro phy lls on the s imp le s trob ilus ( p .

BY 1 . v. NEWMAN . 73

theoret i cally of limi ted growth . The following consi derations have a bear ing on

the quest ion .

If i t is correct to consider wi th Z immermann ( 1928 , p . 313 ) that the vacuo

lat ing dividing cells and the expanding cells (“corpus

”of Schmidt , have

the funct ion of extending the vegetat iv e point , and wi th Priest ly ( 1929 , p . 69 )

that the vacuolat ing d ividing cells characterize“that r egion of cell growth and

act ivity whi ch lays down the node and internode of the‘art iculate’

shoot

organ isation”

; then , in a shoot of l imi ted growth , i t is in that reg ion w e must

look for the beginn ing of an exp lanat ion of the limi tat ions of growth .

Tw o other observat ions of vegetat ive ap ices are sign ificant for the question

of a resi dual apex . Schii epp ( 1914, pp . 332— 3 ) studied growth curves in Lathyrus

latifolius L ., and suggested that the ini t ial , rap id growth of the laterals , followed

by slow growth , is due partly to diversion of material to the new ones , leaving a

deficiency for those already formed . Priestly and Scott ( 1933, p . 242 ) consider

that the early formation of p ro-cambial cells is p robably responsible for the fact

that the leaf p rimordium grows more rap idly than the meristemat i c ap ex ; and

conclude ( p . 266 ) that pr imordia , once formed , are competing centres of act ivity .

Schii epp ( 1917 , pp . 45 and 7 6 ) correlates the proport ion of the vegetat ive cone

involved in the format ion of a lateral wi th the number of shoot parts growing

at any one t ime wi th the length Of the p lastochrone ) . In E lodea,where

one-tenth of the apex i s used up , many parts are growing at one t ime ; but in

Mesembryan themum pseud’

otruncatellum , where n ine-ten ths of the apex is involved,

only one or tw o parts are growing at the one t ime . In the latter case there is a

long rest period . I t is conceivable that if the growth rate of the apex were other

wise slowed down , the superposit ion of the rest period might cause such a delay

that the exten t Of growth of the last -formed lateral m ight mechan ically and/or

physiologi cally p rohibi t further growth of the apex , before the comp let ion of

the rest period .

If meristemat i c act ivity occurs p eriodically in sectors disposed in a sp iral

manner on the growing cone , then , under the condi tions just indi cated, i t seems

reasonable to conclude that in a shoot of l imi ted growth there must be a residual

apex . NO organ could be stri ctly terminal .

TH E INTERPRETATION .

We come now to review the descr iption given of the floral apex in Acacia

suaveolens and Acacia longifolia, making an in terpretat ion against the back

ground of the foregoing discussion of vegetat ive ap i ces . In this interpretat ion

the term “carpel” wi ll not yet be used . In examining the photomi crographs,

allowance must be made for slight Shrinkage in the fully meristemati c cells .

The Ap ical Meristem .

The floral apex in both these species exhibi ts three zones of cellular condit ion

the fully meristemat i c zone wi th den se , unvacuolate cytop lasm, relat ively large

nuclei , rectangular cells and p redominance of an t i clinal wall-format ion ; the half

meristemat i c zone wi th the beg inn ing of vacuolat ion , relat ively large nuclei and

random direct ion of division ; and the vacuolating expanding zone wi thout division

but with enlargement of cells by intake of water into the vacuoles and wi th curved

cell walls . That there is not complete regular ity of direct ion of division in the

outer zone is p robably due to the apex being broad (Priestly, 1928 , p . wi th

consequently less pressure to flatten the outer layers . Probably, i t is also partly

due to a lessen ing of the pressure on account of the dimin ish ing expansion of

74 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . v i ,

the inner zones concurren t wi th the limi tat ion of growth . This dim in ishing

expansion of the inner zones is exp lained by the fact that the vacuolat ing dividing

zone appears frequently to con sist of one layer on ly, and rarely of more than

tw o . If these expand ing zones are normally the,cause of growth in length , w e

are wi tnessing the l imi tat ion of that growth .

The Sepals, Petals and Stamens .

There is the regular format ion of the ini t ials of the sepals and petals by

folding Of the outer layer of cells and the p roject ion into the fold of the next

laye r or tw o , mostly by divisions wi th p ericlinal walls .

The format ion of the Shoulder is an in terest ing variat ion from the growth

of a vegetat ive ap ex . I doubt whether there is any special sign ificance in i t . A

possible exp lanat ion is that the external restri ct ions of the growing p etals cause

them to comp ress tangent ially the adjacen t cells of the outer zone of the apex

so that the op erat ion of E rrera’

s law results in divis ions with p eri clinal wall

format ion .

Although the format ion of the stamens appears to follow the normal p rocess

of folding of the outer layer wi th peri clinal wall-format ion below i t , there is to be

sought a reason for the sudden change in the s ize of the folds compared wi th

the ini t ials of the sepals and p etals . Is i t due to a dimin ished size of the segment

of meristemat i c act ivi ty ? That here w e have many parts growing together can

be correlated wi th the fact that in the format ion of any one of them only a very

small fract ion of the ap ical cone is used up . There is no eviden ce aga inst x the ir

format ion in sp iral sequence . They are not formed Simultaneously.

The R elation of the Legume to the Apex .

The format ion Of the Shoulder leaves the cent ral part of the ap ex as a small

dome composed on ly of fully'

meristematic cells . By the t ime the stamen

p rimord ia are all formed , this dome , wh ich is all that is left of the meristemati c

ap ex, has increased in s ize Slight ly . This increase , due almost ent i rely to cell

enlargement , is laterally restri cted by the growing stamens and the other parts

of the flower so that the small ap ex is forced to extend vert i cally by elongat ion

of i ts cells . As the vacuolat ing div i ding zone does not extend into the apex ,

there is no means of p roducing a normal lengthen ing of i t . At th is stage the

vacuolat ing divi d ing zone has almost been changed into the expanding zone .

Ap i cal growth has nearly ceased .

By the asymmetr i c in ciden ce of mer istemat i c act ivi ty, a lateral fold is formed

in the outer layer of the apex ; the lower layers p rotrude into the fold by

div isions wi th peri clinal wall -format ion ; and thus the in i t ial of the legume is

formed in the same manne r as those of the other parts of the flower and ofvegetative leaves . The small radius Of the apex at the t ime causes the in i t ial to

have a strongly curved insertion , SO that the p rimordium is curved from the

beg inning . The growth of the p rimordium is not just a vert ical extens ion from

i ts insert ion on the apex . The meri stemat ic t issue a t the t ip increases the length ,

and the meristemat ic t issues on the marg ins extend the breadth of the lamina

of the legume . The legume is thus in i t ia ted and the p lan of i ts structure

d ifferen t ia ted in the same manner as for vegetat ive leaves . The spat ial restrict ion

to wh ich i t is subjected forces i t into a vert ical pos i t ion . Excess growth in the

abax ial part causes the marked curving wh ich p roduces the close contact of the

margins , whose app ressed ep idermes at later stages undergo a slight mutualin trusion wh i ch nearly makes them ind ist inguishable . The ovules are p roduced

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

76 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . v i ,

apex ; ( 2 ) the'

residue of the apex loses i ts mer istemat i c activi ty, the apex thereby

becoming suppressed ; ( 3 ) the legume i s a single, laminar st ructure wh i ch by

incurving and adp ression of its marg ins encloses a cen t ral cavi ty ; (4) the ovules

ar ise on the incurved margins Of th is laminar structure .

The work of Priestly and Swingle ( 1929 ) on regenerat ion has emphasized the

fact that cells can resume the mer istemat i c state long after they have lost i t ,

i f the app ropriate cond i t ions are set up . This obvi ously happens after fert i lizat ion ,

when the legume renews i ts growth . There is therefore no reason aga inst renewed

meristemat i c act iv i ty p roducing vascular t issue in the uppermost parts of the

floral axis where there were no procambia at the t ime of format ion of the legume

p rimordium . I t would then be eas i ly possible for the pod to appear to receive

the whole of the residual vascular cylinder after the exsert ion of the androe cium.

The minuteness of the residual apex alon e , before or after the renewed

meristemat i c activi ty , might a lso cause this appearance . At the t ime the first

p rocambia are formed in the p rimord ium of the legume , the vert i cal distance i s

very small wi thin whi ch the level of thei r insert ion is to be determined— in th e

cases of Acacia suaveolens and Acacia longifolia i t is on ly about 5ou. Differences

in level wi thin such a distance may easi ly be obliterated or even reversed by

the growth that takes p lace up to the stage of fert i lizat ion , and st ill more SO

after fert ilizat ion . I t is reasonable , therefore , to regard a study Of the vascular

anatomy after the very earli est stages as be ing not competen t to determine

whether or not the legume is t erminal . This i s especially so if t ransverse sect ions

only are used . (The same considerat ions would app ly to any gynoecial structure

under morpholog i cal interp retat ion . ) Moreover , a mult i tude of the types

examined can add no we ight to any con clus ions , if the manner of examination

is not comp eten t to reveal Sign ificant ev idence .

In this pap er I have studied ontogeny and meristemat i c act ivity . That is to

say, a close series of stages of the coming in to being of the parts concerned has

been examined and i llustrated wi th cellular deta i ls of the meristemati c t issues

involved . T his study has led to interpretat ions differen t from some that are

claimed to have as their basis an examinat ion of ontogeny and meristemat i c

act ivi ty , or that follow exposi t ions of the necessi ty for such examinat ions

(Gregoi re , 1931 , pp . 128 8—9 ; Thomas , 1934, p . 177 ; Thompson , 1931 , p . 75, and

19 34, p . The studies of these workers appear to me to lack the necessary

closeness and earliness of the series of stages described , the p resentat ion of

cellular detai ls Of the t issues and the i llustrat ion of longitudinal sect ions . There

i s serious danger of call ing on togeny”that whi ch i s not ontogeny because

i t includes so few truly early developmen tal stages and is not of sufii cient deta i l .

For the reasons out lined above I have taken li ttle not i ce of vasculation after

the p rimordial stages , in th is inquiry , and wi ll not make much reference thereto

in discussing the l i terature . The quest ions of the vascular anatomy of the legume

w i ll be found d iscussed wi th references to the relevant li terature in papers by

Parkin Eames Arber Bancroft Josh i etc . ,

in addit ion to the four p ropounders of the theories I am discussing .

CRIT IC ISM OF RECENT THEORI ES .

We now come to consi derat ion of the theories of the four workers ment ioned

at the beginn ing of th is paper w ho oppose or modify the classical theory of the

carpel . I t is to be understood that I can only speak in so far as they refer to the

legume— particularly the Acacia legume— or make reference to the carpel in

BY I . V. NEWMAN . 77

general . There wi ll not be a detai led comparison of the evi dence p roduced in

th is paper wi th the evidence and conclusions given by these wri ters . But I wi ll

ask the reader to bear in mind the content and nature Of the ev idence presented

here in and the remarks made above on the competence or in competence of

difieren t types of ev idence . The common elements of the different theories wi ll

be discussed together .

If the ev idence , the in terpretat ion , and the cri t icisms of types of evidence

that have been given above are valid , then the following proposi tions are not

true : ( 1 ) The legume is a terminal structure ; ( 2 ) the legume is not a single

folded structure ; ( 3 ) the legume is not a foliar structure .

( 1 ) The legume i s a terminal structure — This statement is made by Saunders

She bases i t on the claim (p . 225 ) that the “whole residual vascular

cylinder in the Legum inosae is con t inued direct ly into the gynoecium”

. The

ev i dence presented in support of this claim Consists of t ransverse sect ions of

well advanced legumes shown in outline , wi th no sign ificant i llustrat ions of cell

detai l . There are no longi tudinal sect ions , no close series of early developmental

stages nor an exposi tion of terminal i ty being a necessary consequence of the whole

residual vascular cylinder* entering the gyn oecium . For Acacia suaveolens she

p roduces no evi dence on this quest ion , because Figures 1—3 do not include the

level of exsert ion of the legume from the floral axis .

In making thi s statement , Thompson t ( 1929 , pp . 16— 17 , etc . , and 1931 , pp . 11 ,

etc . , and 75— conclus ion ) appears to have regarded the“dome

”

, that is , the

remainder of the apex after the format ion of the stamens, as the ini t iat ion of

the legume . The evidence he p resents (neglecting sect ional v iews of adult

flowers ) consists almost en t irely of out line drawings of serial transverse sect ions

at var ious stages of development . The one longi tudinal sect ion i llust rated is of

Acacia spadi ci gera , and demonstrates clearly the necessi ty for the study of

t issues ( 1931 , fig . The out line of the gynoecium”in th is figure is almost

i dent ical wi th the outline of the legume p lus the residue of the apex shown in my

Plate i i , figures 13—15, and T ext -figure 4 for Acacia longifolia and Plate i i i , figures

31 , 32 , 34a and 35 for Acacia suaveo lens .

Gregoire ( 1931 , pp . 12 89 and 1294) makes the statement with regard to the

carpel in general . H is figures are very few and show no developmen tal series or

detai ls of tissues ( see Postscript , p .

Arber has discussed cases of leaves that are described as terminal ( 1980 ,

pp . 301 One of these i s that of Gigan tochloa ( 1928 , p . 184) but in the evi dence

p resented there is the same lack of close developmental seri es and cellular detai l

of t issues . At tent ion is re -di rected to the tentat ive argument made above that

an organ cannot be term inal s

If the legume is not terminal , w e expect to find some cases where the apex

has not been supp ressed . Such a case w as found in Acacia Bai leyana, where an

apex had p roduced a young flower aft er the format ion of the legume . The young

* Th is que st ion o f t h e w ho le res idua l va scu lar cy l inder is bound up w ith the

con cep t ion of the un i t o f Sh oo t g row th . C f . G r iffith s and Ma lins ( 1 9 30 ) and P r iest lyand Sco t t

j‘

In a la t er pap er ( 1 9 34) T homp son prop ound s a theory w h ich is incompa t ib lew ith th is , but h e d oe s no t defin it e ly wi thdraw h is fr equent and unequ ivoca l sta t em ent

o f t erm ina lity o f the legum e m ade in th e pap ers r e ferred to h ere .

i see“R esidua l A p ex

”( p . A lso com pare the idea O f the un i t of shoot

grow th (G r iffith s and Ma l ins , 1 9 30 , and Pr iest ly and Sco t t ,

78 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . Vi ,

flower had the appearance of growing out of the base of the legume (Newman ,

1933, p .

If the on togenet ic and histogenet i c evi dence p resen ted in th is paper is repre

sen tative of the eviden ce that could be p roduced from other Leguminosae by

s im i lar methods Of study, then the legume is a'

lateral organ . The legumes of

Acacia suaveolens and Acacia longifolia are certain ly lateral organs .

( 2 ) The legume i s not a single folded structure — This p roposi t ion is part

of Saunders’

app li cat ion of the Theory of Carpel Polymorphism to the Leguminosae

( 1925, p . 142 , and H e r statement that the legume consists of tw o carpels ,

one fert i le and the other steri le, is incompat ible wi th the ontogenet i c and hi sto

genet i c evi dence given herein* for Acacia suaveolens ( i llust rated by her, 1929 ,

Figs . 1—3 ) and Acacia longifo lia ( referred to by her , 19 2 9 , p . She i llustrates

wi th out line drawings of t ransverse sect ions except in tw o figures wi th

cell detai l , on e of wh i ch (Fig . 79 ) shows the legume a single folded structure

( the other does not bear on the point ) .

Gregoire ( 1924) regards the legume ( of Pap ilionaceae ) as not folded because

he interp re ts i ts primordium as annular . In the cases described here the

primordium is certain ly not annular. The figure given by Gregoire is a t ransverse

sect ion of a legume long after the p rimordial stage . H is object ions to the single

structure based on deh iscence have been met by the descr ip tion of the pod of

Acacia Bai leyana (Newman , 1934, p .

I can only conclude from the ev idence presented herein that , if i t is repre :

sentat ive of what could be found by simi lar me thods in other Leguminosae , then

the legume is a s ingle folded structure ? The legumes of Acacia suaveo lens and

Acacia longifolia are certain ly single folded structures ( simi larly for Acacia

Bai leyana, Newman , 1933, pp . 153—6, and 1934, p .

( 3 ) The Legume i s not a foliar structure — In discussing the tw o preceding

p ropos i t ions w e were dealing wi th descrip t ions of facts .. The d ifferences between

the descrip tions were due to differences in the methods of examinat ion and

p resentat ion . This proposi t ion in t roduces morphologi cal interpretat ion , whi ch is

naturally influenced by our descrip t ion of the facts , and consequently by the

methods of examinat ion and p resentat ion .

Thomas ( 1931 , pp . 660—2 , and 1934, pp . 186-8 and figs . 12 , 13A—C ) has described

the hypothet ical evolut ion of the Angiospermous carpel from a cupular structure ,

beginn ing wi th a Cupule l ike that of Gri sthorp ia (Cayton iales ) . He derives the

fol li cle from such a form by fusion of tw o ovaries in such a w ay that the cupules

became concrescen t and , curv ing over , enclosed the ovules wh ich were axial

organ s . In this p rocess the last t races of the stem might be included on the

s i de of the structure away from the ovules . From th is hypothet ical type he

derives the legume . H is comparat ive ev i dence ( from p resen t-day forms ) in

support of th is hypothes is does not contain close on togenet ic series or i llustrat ion

of cellular detai l Of t issues at the very earliest stages of development . The

ontogeny of the legume p resen ted in the p resent paper p la in ly shows the ovules

t o arise on the marg ins of a single fold ing laminar st ructure , a p rocess incom

S im i la r ly for A ca c ia B a i leyana (N ewman , 1 9 33 , pp . 1 53—6 , and 1 9 34, p .

”( T homp s on ( 1 9 2 9 and 1 9 31 ) has supp or ted th is v iew , though in a la t er p ap er

( 1 9 34. p . 8 ) he seem s t o sugg e s t a mu lt ip le st ructure , v iz . : O th er forms O f a ccep t ed

ca rpe l , such a s the legum e , l ik ew ise a r ise , s ing ly or in ser ies , by un ion o f em erg ences

from th e sporogenous t issue o f the ax is .

”I canno t find wh ere he has wi thdrawn the

ea r l ier V iew .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

80 STUDIES IN THE AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

POSITIVE IMPLICATI ONS OF THE EVIDENCE .

We come now to attempt to assess the imp licat ions for morphological theory

of the evi den ce and i ts interpretat ion that have been se t forth in the foregoing

pages . The enqui ry began in Order to invest igate the claim that the legume of

tw o species of Acacia is terminal and composed of tw o carpels , one fert ile and

the other steri le . In add it ion to determining those points in the negative , i t has

expanded into a descrip t ion of the h istogenes is of the floral apex in t erms

simi lar to those used by some wri ters in describing the meristemat i c act ivi ty

Whereby a vegetat ive apex gives r ise to the emergences known as leaves . There

are, therefore , tw o subjects for consi derat ion . The first is the con tribut ion to be

made to the morphologi cal understanding of the legume . The second is the

con tribut ion to be made to the morphologi cal understanding of the flower .

I t is clearly recogn ized that thi s discussion i s of limi ted appli cat ion , because

on ly tw o sp ecies are examined , and the course of development is not traced far

beyond the in i t iat ion of the primordia , excep t in the case - of the legume . But

there has been examined and i llustrated , wi th cellular deta i l Of close develop

men tal series , the on togeny of the floral apex, that is, the process whereby the

undifferent iated ( surface of the ) floral ap i cal meristem g ives r ise to the floral

organs . I t i s claimed that such a study is the most essen t ial requirement for

morphologi cal in terp retat ion . Unfortunate ly, i t seems to be very scarce in the

l i terature of floral morphology.

The Legume .

I t has been demonstrated that the legume is a Single infolding laminar

structure that arises laterally to the apex of the floral axis in a manner funda

mentally Similar to that of leaves on the vegetat ive apex , and that i t bears ovules

on the marg in s of the lamina . These facts are in harmony wi th the in terpreta

t ion that i t is a single carpellary structure of foliar nature . The final proof of

the foliar nature would require more evi dence than is provided in this

invest igat ion .

Foster ( 1935 ) finds a h istogenet i c difference between the foliage leaf and

the cataphyll of Carya Buck leyi var . arkansana at a very early stage—0 -1 mm .

high ) of the primord ia, though they both arose from the same layers of the ap i cal

meristem . The di fference lay in the distribut ion of the meristems wi thin the

p r imordia (pp . 101 , 114, 124, He refers (p . 88 ) to the conclusion of Schuepp

that “differences in the distribut ion of types of t issue , and in the intensi ty

and durat ion of the ir growth must form the basis for the difference between

foliage leaves and bud scales”

. A comparison is therefore ind icated of the

distribut ion of the meristems in the legume wi th that in foliage leaves ( of the

same sp ecies especially ) . This aspe ct of the subject w as only sl ight ly examined by

me, but the indicat ion w as that the d istribut ion of meristems in the p rimord ia of

the legumes of Acacia suaveolens and Acacia longifolia correspond wi th that in

the foliage leaves of a variety of species (of other genera ) examined by Louis

( 1935 )

A d iscussion of the morphology of the legume would be incomp lete w i thout

considerat ion of the vascular anatomy. Saunders ( 1929 ) and Thompson ( 1929 ,

1931 ) have discussed i t from poin ts of v iew opposed to the monocarpellary

in terp reta t ion of the legume . Eames ( 1931 , wi th reference to the legume ) and

Arber ( 1933 ) d iscuss vascular anatomy and find in i t support for the foliar nature

of the carpe l . These d iscuss ions are based on vasculat ion Of the gynoecium at

BY 1 . v. NEWMAN . 81

relat ively advanced stages . The re is , therefore , noth ing in th is paper w i th

wh i ch to cont rast them . I t is to be noted , however , that the relat ive posi t ion s of

the primordium of the midrib, the extension of the p i th and the suppressed apex ,

together wi th the later origin of the primord ia of the marginal bundles appear in

keep ing wi th a fol iar in terpretation .

After considering the facts of on togeny descr ibed in this paper , and discussing

them in relat ion to facts and i deas put forward by other workers , I can see no

reason for doubt ing that the legumes of Acacia suaveolens and Acacia longifolia

are of foliar nature ; rather does th e evidence support that morphological

in terpretat ion .

The Flow er .

The ascrip tion of a foliar nature to the legume , that is, to the monocarpellary

gynoecium of the Legum inosae, immediately raises the question Of the morphology

of the flower . Is i t a modified leafy shoot ? Th is quest ion has been discussed by

many recent workers from various poin ts of V iew . I will only add certain

comments whi ch arise out of the present study .

The special contribut ion of this paper to the subject is the descr ip t ion of the

meristemat i c act ivi ty of the floral apex wi th cellular detai l , and the compar ison

thereof wi th th e sim i lar act iv i ty of at least some types of the vegetat ive apex .

It has been seen that there is fundamen tally no diff erence between them, except

the limi tat ion of growth of the floral axis . The appendages are in i t iated in the

same manner on vegetat ive and floral ap i ces. In the floral ap ices of the tw o

Acacia species w e have seen the limitat ion of growth by the fai lure of formation

of the vacuolat ing dividing t issue wh ich is the t issue responsible mainly for the

product ion of node and in ternode (Priest ly, 192 9 , p . Priestly and Swingle

( 1929 , p . 27 ) refer to the work of Koch ( 1893 ) in wh ich he showed that “in

p racti cally all trees and shrubs the new lateral buds ar ise some t ime after the leaf

in i t ials have appeared at the growing point , at a t ime when the in ternodal develop

men t taking p lace makes these axi llary meristemat i c groups dist inct in origin

from the meristemati c t i ssue crown ing the ap ex”

. Wi th the absen ce of act iv i ty

to form the inte rnode , i t is understandable that buds would be absent from the

axi ls of floral appendages .

The considerat ions wh ich arise out of the study of the histogenesis of the

floral ap i ces of Acacia longifolia and Acacia suaveolens , taken in comparison wi th

accounts given by other workers of vegetat ive ap i ces, cannot be regarded as

contrary to, but as favourable to the interp retat ion of the flowers of these tw o

species as modified leafy shoots .

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION .

In some recent cri t icisms and modificat ion s of the classi cal theory of the carpel

as a modified leaf there is little p resentat ion of evidence from p rimordial stages

or wi th cellular detai l . This paper stud ies both these aspects in Acacia longifolia

and Acacia suaveolens in an attemp t to find the relation of the carp el primordium

to the apex of the floral axis .

There is a descrip t ion of the relevant features of the species , the methods of

man ipulat ion of the material and the methods of examinat ion including the

construct ion of p last icene models from serial sect ions.

The eviden ce is first presented w i thout use of the terms apex”

,

“legume or

carpel”

.

82 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . VI,

The descr ipt ion of the ext ernal app earance of , the developmen t of

.

the young

flower records the format ion of a shoulder” on the apex after the format ion of

the p etals . Thi s“shoulder

”i s the seat of origin of the stamens and leaves a cen tral

“dome

”wh ich becomes slight ly accen tuated and g ives rise t o the ovule-bearing

organ on on e si de,of i t .

The descrip t ion of the internal appearan ce of the developmen t of the young

flower beg ins wi th the format ion of the sepal in i tials and passes in close stages

to the p roduct i on of Ovules . Part i cular atten t ion i s g iven to the distribut ion of

the typ es of meristemat i c t issues'

and the vacuolated t issue . Three zones are

recogn ized : fully meristemat i c, vacuolat ing divi ding, and vacuolat ing extending ,

the first be ing the outer zon e of from tw o to four layers .

The sepals and p etals arise as folds in the outer layer under whi ch div is ions

take p lace in th e second layer wi th p er iclinal wall format ion . The shoulder arises

in the second layer by div is ions wi th p er i clinal wall format ion , the act ivi ty n ot

extending over the cen tral thi rd of the longi tudinal sect ional contour and thus

inst i tut ing the“dome

”. The stamens arise on the shoulder in the same manner

as the sepals and the petals .

The en largemen t of the dome is almost en t irely by increase in cell Size ,

spat ial restri ct ion causing the en largement to exp ress i tself as increase in he ight .

The ovule -bear ing .organ ari ses laterally on this dome in the same manner

as the sepals , p etals and stamens arose , namely , by folding of the outer layer wi th

divisions wi th p er icl inal wall-format ion in the cel ls of the second layer , below the

fold . The smallness of the dome” causes the in it ial of the ovule -bearing organ

to have a curved insert ion . Restri ct ion of space brings the p rimordium of the

ovule -bearing organ into an erect posi t ion . I ts early growth is by meristemat i c

act ivi ty of the apex and margins . ~ I t assumes the form of a groove whose margins

mee t and , by differen t ial growth of the inner and outer surfaces , enclose a cav i ty .

In to this cav i ty the ovules grow from the edges of the arms of the groove . The

assumpt ion of the erect posi t ion by the organ brings the lower surface of the

arms of the groove in to close con tact wi th the upper surface of the residue of the

dome”

.

The growth of the base of the ovule-bearing organ displaces the residue of

the“dome

”

, wh i ch finally appears to be but a part of the surface of the short

stalk of the ovule-bearing organ . The t issues of the residue of the dome”

can

be t raced through the stages of development at least as far as the stage of the

fun ct ional megaspore , by whi ch t ime there is a strong tenden cy to the obli terat ion

of the dist inct ion between them and the adjacent t issues .

Apart from not ice of the p rocambia of the ovule -bearing organ l i ttle not ice is

taken of the vascular t i ssues . The p i th extends be tween the procambium of the

midrib of the ovule-bearing organ and the residue of th e“dome

”.

The forego ing descript ion w as made in terms Of the h istogenes is of an ap i cal

meristem giving rise to lateral organs . Such a descript ion of floral ontogeny

could not be found in the l i terature ava ilable to me here .

As a background for the inte rp retat ion of the ev idence p resented in this

paper there i s a d iscussion of recent work on the meristemat i c act ivi ty of the

vege tat ive ap i ces in the Angiosperms . Emphasis is la id on the response of the

apex as a liv ing en t i ty to the mechan ical influence of the formed lateral organs .

The asymmet ri c d ist ribut ion of meristemat i c act iv ity is discussed in relat ion to

the l imi ta t ion of growth , and an a rgumen t advanced for the impossibi li ty of an

appendage be ing terminal in orig in , so that the re must always be a resi due of the

apex .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

84 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . Vi ,

EAME S, A . J. , 1 9 31 .— T he va scu lar ana t omy o f th e flow er w ith refuta t ion of th e theory

of carp e l p o lymorph ism . Am er ican Journ . B o t . ,1 8 , p . 1 47 .

E RRERA,L . , 1 8 8 6 .

— Sur un e cond it ion fondam en ta le d’

équ il ibre d es ce llu les v ivan t es .

C .R . A cad . Sc i . P ar is, 1 03 , p . 8 2 2 .

FOSTER ,A . S . , 1 9 35 .

— A h ist ogenet ic study of fol ia r d eterm inat ion in C arya Buck leyi var .

arkansana . Amer i can Journ . B o t .,2 2 , p . 8 8 .

G IE SENHAGEN, K . , 1 9 09 — D ie R ich tung der T e i lungsw ande in Pflanzenze llen . F lora,9 9 ,

p . 355 . ( Quot ed from Sch ii epp , 1 91 7 , p .

G OETHE, J . W . VON , 1 7 9 0 .—V er su ch d ie Me tamorph ose

'

der Pflanzen zu erklaren .

( R ep r int ed in“G oeth e s W erk e H erausgeg eb en in Au f trag e der Gr otzh erzog in

Soph ie von Sa chsen . I I Ab t . , 6 Band , 1 Th e il . W e imar . H ermann B Ohlau ,

GREGOIRE ,V . , 1 9 2 4.

— L’

Organog énese de l’

O va ire e t de la D eh iscence du Fru it (Not e

p r él im ina ir e ) . Bu l l. So c . R oy . B o t . B e lgiqu e , 56 , p . 1 34.

A cad . R oy . B e lg ique , C l . d . Sc i . , Ser . v , 1 7 , p . 1 2 8 6 .

, 1 9 35a .— D onnées n ouvelle s sur la m orph ogenese de l

’

axe feu ille dan s les

D ico t y lees . C R . A cad . Sc i . P ar is , 2 0 0 , p . 1 1 2 7 .

1 9 35b.— L es l iens m orphogénét iques en t re la feu ille e t la t ige dan s les

D icoty lée s . C R . A cad . Sc i . P ar is ,2 0 0 , p . 1 349 .

1 9 35a — L es anoma lies fl ora les . des P r imu la e t la va leur du p la cen ta cen tra l .Ann . Soc . Sci . B rux

'

e lles , Ser . B , 55, p . 2 9 7 .

GRIFFITH S, A . M . , and MALINS, M. E . , 1 9 30 - T he un it of shoo t g rowth in the d icoty

ledons . P ro c. L eeds P hi los . Soc .,2 , p . 1 2 5.

JOSH I , A . C . , 1 9 35 .

— C r it icism o f D r . T homas’

s r ecent H yp oth esis on the Na ture of the

Ang iosp ermous C arp el . Journ . B o t . , 7 3 , p . 2 8 6 . (Wi th a r ep ly by D r . H . H am shaw

Thomas , p .

K LEBS, G . , 1 9 14.—fib er da s T re iben der e inhe im isch en B aum e Sp ez ie l l d er Buch e . H eide l

berger A lcad . W iss . Ma th - na turw . K l. A bhand l. , 3 . ( Quot ed from P r i est ly and

Swing le , 1 9 2 9 , p .

KOCH , L . , 1 8 9 3 ,— D ie v eg eta t iv e V erzw e igung der h

’

Oh eren Gew ach se . Jahr b . W i ss . B o t . ,

2 5 . ( Quot ed from P r ie st ly and Swing le , 1 9 2 9 , p .

L OUI S , J. , 1 9 35 .— L

’

on t ogenese du sy ste'm e conduct eur dans la p ousse feu illée des

D icoty lées e t des Gymnosp erm es . L a C e llu le , 44, p . 8 7 .

NEW MAN , I . V . ,1 9 33 — Stud ies in

'

th e Austra l ian A ca cias . I I_

. The l ife h ist ory of

A ca cia B a i leyana Par t 1 . Journ . L inn . Soc . , B ot . 49 , p . 145.

, 1 9 34.— Stud ies in the Austra lian A ca cias . I I I . Supp lem en tary O bserva t ions

on th e H ab i t , Ca rp e l , Sp ore P roduct ion and Chrom osomes of A cacia Bai leyana

F .v .M . PROC . L INN . Soc . l ix , p . 2 37 .

PARKIN, J. , 1 9 2 6 — C omm en t s on th e T h eory o f th e So lid C arp e l and C arpe l P oly

m orph ism . N ew P hyt . , 2 5, p . 1 9 1 .

PRIE STLY, J . H . , 1 9 2 8 — The m er istema t ic t issues o f the p lan t . B io l. R ev . and Bio l. P r oc .

C am br idg e P hi los . Soc ., 3 , p . 1 .

N ew P hy t . , 2 8 , p . 54.

and SCOTT , L . I . , 1 9 33 .— Phy llotaxis in th e D ico ty ledon from th e Standpo int

of D ev e lopm enta l A na t omy . B io l. R ev . and Bio l. P roc. C ambr idg e P hi los . Soc . , 8 ,

p . 2 41 .

and SW INGLE , C . F . , 1 9 2 9 — V ege ta t ive P ropaga t ion from th e Standp o in t o f

Plan t Ana t omy . Un i ted S ta te s D ep t . of Agr i c . T echn . Bu ll , 1 51 .

SACH S , J. , l 8 8 2 .— V or lesung ii b er Pflanzenphy s iology . L e ipz ig . ( Quo t ed from Schuepp ,

1 9 1 7 , p .

F lora , 7 8 , p . 2 1 5 . ( Quo ted from Sch ii epp , 1 9 1 7 , p .

SALI SBURY, E . J. , 1 9 3 1 .—O n th e Morpho logy and E co logy o f R anuncu lus parv iflorus L .

A nn . B o t .,45 , p . 53 9 .

SAUNDERS , E . R . , 1 9 2 5 .

— O n C a rpe l Po lym orph ism . 1 . Ann . B o t . , 39 , p . 1 2 3 .

, 1 9 2 9 .— I l lu s t ra t ion s o f C a rp e l P o lymorph ism . IV . N ew P hy t . ,

2 8 , p . 2 2 5 .

SCH M IDT , A . , 1 9 2 4.

— H is to log ische Stud ien an phanerogamen V eg e ta t ionspunkt en . B o t .

AT Chiv . , 8 , p . 345 . ( Quo t ed from P r ies t ly , 1 9 2 9 , p p . 58 , 6 2 ; L ou is , 1 9 35 , p . 9 8 ; and

Z imm e rm ann , 1 9 2 8 , p .

SCHUEPP, O . , 1 9 14.

—Wa ch stum und Formw ech se l des Sprossveg eta t ions -

punktes der

A ng iosp erm en . B er . D eu tschen B o t . G es , 32 , p . 32 8 .

BY I . V. NEWMAN . 85

SCHUEPP, O . , 1 9 1 7 .—Unt ersuchungen ub er W a ch stum und Formw echsel von Vegeta t ions

punk t en . Jahr b. w i ss . B o t . , 57 , p . 1 7 .

1 9 2 1 .— Z ur T h e or ie d er B la t ts t e l lung . B er . D eu tschen B o t . Ges .

, 39 , p . 2 49 .

, 1 9 2 6 .— “

D ie Mer ist em e”

. H andbuch der Pflanzenana tom i e . Ab t . I , T e i l 2 .

( Quo t ed from P r iest ly , 1 9 2 8 , pp . 1 and

1 9 2 9 — Un t er suchung en zur besch re ibenden und ex p er im ent ellen E ntw ick

lung sg eschicht e von Acer P seud op la tanus L . Jahr b . w iss . B o t . , 7 0 , p . 7 43 . (Quo tedfr om Fost er , 1 9 35, p .

1 9 30 .— V er such e iner en tw icke lung sgeschicht l ich en Character is ierung des

B la t t e s v on L a thyrus . P roc . 5 th In t . B o t . C ongr . C ambr idg e , p . 33 9 .

T H OMAS, H . H . , 1 931 .

— Th e E ar ly E vo lu t ion of th e Ang iosp erm s . Ann . B o t . , 45, p . 647 .

, 1 9 34.— Th e Na ture and O r ig in of th e St igm a . N ew P hyt . , 33 , p . 1 7 3 .

T H OMPSON; J. McL . , 1 9 2 9 — Stud ies in Advan cing St er il ity . P t . IV . T h e L egum e .

Pub ln . H ar t ley B o t . L a b . L iverp oo l, 6 .

Strob i lus . Pub ln . H ar t ley B o t . L ab. L iverp o o l, 7 .

-Th e T h eory of th e Legum inous Strob i lus . P r oc . L inn . Soc . L ond . ,

1 45, p . 9 8 .

know n as Ang iosp ermy . Publn . H ar t ley B o t . L ab . Liverp oo l, 1 2 .

ZIMMERMANN, W . A . , 1 9 2 8 ,— H is to log isch e Stud ien am V ege ta t ionspunk t von H yp er i cum

ur a lum . Jahr b. w i ss . B o t ., 6 8 , p . 2 8 9 .

N o t es on the I llus tra t ions .

A l l t h e drawings were m ade w i th the a id o f th e cam era luc ida , th e magn ificat ionsbe ing de t erm ined by d ir ect m easur em ent .

A ll th e prepara t ion s from wh ich the pho t om icrog raph s w ere mad e were sta ined w ith

Sa fran in , O rang e G and L igh t G reen ( except w i th H a idenha in’

s I ron A lum H aema t oxy linfor P la t e i i , fig . 3 ,

a nd P lat e v , fig s . 6oa , b ) , g iv ing red nucle i , g olden cyt op lasm and

green wa lls . The sour ce o f ligh t w a s a Ph ilip s’

T ungst en arc lamp . The l igh t w as

passed th rough W ra t t en F ( red ) and d ensi ty filt ers , and th e sour ce focussed on th e

ba ck lens of th e conden ser by wh ich i t w as focussed on th e Ob ject . T h e cov er g la ss

corr ect ion co l lar on the ob ject ive ( and some t im e s th e tub e leng t h ) w a s ad just ed for

ea ch phot og raph . On a ccount of th is th e magn ifica t ions vary s ligh t ly , so that they

have b een g iven in r ound figures for the ph ot om icr ographs . Panchroma t ic p la t es wer eused . A l l figur es in t h e p la tes are ph ot om icr og raph s except th e pho t og raph s O f m ode ls

sh own in P la t e v , figures 51 - 59 , 6 1 - 6 5 and 7 1 - 7 5.

A few sp ecia l annota t ions ar e ind ica t ed in th e exp lana t ions o f th e figure s . T h e

fol lowing annota t ions hav e b een standard ized and app ly in‘

a ll casesa e , a pp re ssed ep iderm es ; ( ar row ) th e or ig ina l cen tre O f th e upp er surfa ce

of the axis , i .e ., for t h e d escr ip t ion ( p p . 58 - 6 7 ) th e or ig ina l cen tre o f th e d om e

”

, and

for the in t erp r eta t ion ( p p . 6 7 - 7 5 ) e t seq . , th e or ig ina l cen t re o f t h e ap ex o f th e flower ; bG ,

inner lim it Of the groove ; br , bra ct ; G , groov e ; L , for th e descr ipt ion th e ovu le -bear ing

organ , for th e in t erpr e ta t ion , e t seq. , the legum e ; mb, m arg ina l bund le ( or it s p ro

camb ium ) ; mr , m idr ib ( or it s p rocamb ium ) ; ov , ovu le ; P , p ith ; p e , p eta l ; se , sepa l ;

sG, surface O f th e groove ; s t, stam en .

EXPLANAT ION OF PLATE S I I -V .

P la te i i .— A ca cia long ifo lia .

Photom icrograph s of th e who le or par t of long itud ina l sect ions of young flow ers .

N o t ice th e d is t r ibu t ion of the m er ist em a t ic t issue . Magnifica t ion of a ll figur es , x 240 .

F ig . 1 .—Show s sepa ls have ar isen by cell d iv is ion in se cond layer of t h e ap ex, under

a fo ld in th e ou t er layer .

F ig . 2 .

— Form a t ion of th e in it ia ls of the p e ta ls by ce ll d iv ision in th e second layer

of th e ap ex, under a fo ld in the ou t er lay er .

F ig s . 3 - 5 .

— St ag e s in t h e form a t ion o f th e should er ( sh ) by d iv isions w ith

p er iclina l w a lls in th e second layer of th e ap ex excep t in th e par t r ep resent ed by th e

centra l third Of th e sect iona l con tour . T he cen tra l p ar t form s th e d om e N ot e the

large - celled p ith .

F igs . 6—8 .

-Or ig in o f t he in it ia ls o f the stam ens by ce ll d iv is ion s in the secondlayer under folds in t h e ou ter layer of th e Sh ou lder ( sh ) . V ar ia t ions in th e shape o f the

ap ex ( dome ) and th e axis . Th ese figures a re a t sl igh t ly advanc ing stag es . In 7 , th e

sect ion d oes no t pass thr ough any stam ens on the r ight .

8 6 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . vi ,

F ig s . 9 - 1 3 .

— Prog ress ive stag es in th e format ion o f th e in it ia l O f the ovu le -b ear ing

organ ( legum e ) on one Side o f the a p ex ( dom e ) and by mu lt ip l ica t ion of the ce lls of

the se cond lay er with p er iclina l w a l l forma t ion under a fo ld in the out er lay er .

F ig s . 1 4- 1 8 .— D ev e lopm en t of th e grooved structur e of th e p r im ord ium of the ovu le

b ear ing organ ( legum e ) w hich is for ced in to a v er t ica l po sit ion by la ck o f spa ce . T he

r esidue o f t h e ap ex ( dom e ) is d isp la ced la t era lly and th e arm s o f th e groove ext endab ove i t , enclos ing th e or ig ina l cen tr e O f th e ap ex ( d om e ) . In 1 7 th e sect ion is sl igh t ly

incl ined t o the p lane O f t h e g r oove and m isses the m idr ib . ( See P la te v , fig . 6 0a , b,

for the next s tag e Of long ifo lia . )

P la t e i i i — A ca ci a suaveo len s .

Pho tom icrog raph s o f the w ho le or p art o f long itud ina l sect ions o f y oung flowers .

N o t ice the d ist r ibu t ion of th e m er is t ema t ic t issue . Magn ifica t ions of a ll figur es , x 2 40 .

F ig . 1 9 .

—Shows a sepa l in it ia l ar ising by cel l d iv i sion wi th p er iclina l wa ll forma t ion

in the se cond layer O f t h e ap ex under a fo ld in th e out er lay er .

F ig . 2 0 .—Sh ows in it ia ls of the p eta ls form ed by ce ll d iv is ions in the second layer

of th e ap ex w i th p er iclina l w a ll forma t ion , under a fo ld in th e ou t er layer .

F igs . 2 1 - 2 3 .—~Stag es in th e form a t ion of th e

“Sh ou lder

”( sh ) by d iv is ions with

p er icl ina l wa lls in the second lay er o f th e ap ex, ex cept in th e par t r epr esen t ed by the

cent ra l third o f th e sect iona l cont our . Th e cen tra l par t form s th e“dom e

”. Stam en

in i t ia ls ar e a lready form ing a t t h e end O f this p r ocess . Th e sect ion for 2 2 is slight ly

d isp la ced from th e cen tr e . No t e th e larg e - ce l led p ith w ith the beg inn ing O f dep os it ion

of deep ly - sta in ing granu l e s , w h ich in the figures frequen t ly app ear as br ight ly Sh in ing

b od ies ( r ed s ta in , r ed filt er , p anchroma t ic p la t es ) .

F ig s . 2 4- 2 7 .— O r ig in o f the in i t ia ls o f the stam ens in th e second layer o f th e

shou lder ( sh ) under fo lds in th e ou t er lay er . 2 5- 2 7 sh ow th e r egu la r i ty o f th e layers

O f th e ap ex ( d om e ) , a lth ough t here has b een d ist or t ion by ext erna l pressur e in the

ca ses of 2 5 and 2 6 . In this specie s th e d om e is d efined la t er than in long ifo lia, of .

figure 2 4 w i th figur e 6 on P la te i i . In 2 6 th e sect ion does no t pass through any stam ens

on th e r igh t .

F ig s . 2 8 - 31 .—Progr ess ive stag es in th e forma t ion o f the - in it ia l O f the ovule -bear ing

organ ( legum e ) on one s ide of th e ap ex ( d om e ) , by mu lt ip lica t ion o f th e cells Of the

second layer with p er icl ina l w a ll forma t ion under a fo ld in the ou ter layer .

F ig . 32 .— Sect ion passes dow n

-

the g roove w h ich is b ecom ing pronoun ced . Th e

gro ov e is wider than in long ifo lia and requ ires m or e than one sect ion t o Sh ow it s ext ent .

S tage o f d ev e lopm ent is about tha t of longifo lia shown in P lat e i i , figure 1 5. D isp laced

t issue is ly ing above the darkly sta in ing ce lls of th e p ith .

P la te iv .

F ig s . 33a t o 38f.

— A ca cia suaveo lens . Magn ifica t ion , x 240 .

Sh ow ing the grooved na tur e o f the y oung ovu le -b ear ing organ ( legum e ) which is

forced in t o a v er t ica l p o si t ion by la ck of spa ce . T he r es idue O f th e ap ex ( dom e ) is

d isp la ced la t era l ly and th e arm s o f the g roove extend ab ove . it enclos ing th e or ig ina l

cen t re . N ot ice th e d ist r ibu t ion of th e m er istema t ic t issue .

F ig s . 33a , b .

— Tw o sect ion s in a long itud ina l p lane inclined t o the p lane O f the

g ro ov e , so t ha t 33b includes th e edg e of the , base o f one s ide of th e groove . T he

incl ina t ion t o the p lane o f t h e gro ove makes th e slop e o f th e res idua l ap ex app ear less

s t eep . T h ese a re the tw o out s ide o f three consecu t ive se ct ions . Age y ounger than tha t

of stag e show n in Pla t e i i i , figure 32 .

F ig s . 34a , b .—Tw o long itud ina l se ct ions down the g roove ; th ey are the out s ide

ones o f four consecut ive se ct ions , 34b is encroa ch ing on the arm o f the groove . O lder

s tag e than 3 2 .

F igs . 35 , 3 6 .— Tw o long i tudina l sect ions down th e groove ; they are the out s id e

ones o f th ree consecut ive sect ions . 3 6 includes the fa ce o f th e groove . O lder s tage than

34a , b .

F ig . 37 .-Long itud ina l sect ion down the groove and includ ing one fa ce o f i t .

O lder s tage than 35, 36 and than the stage of long ifo lia S hown in P la t e 11, figure 1 8 . Note

t he gr ea t incr ea se in ce ll s ize compar ed w i th figure s 35, 36 .

F ig s . 38 a - f.

— T ran sver se sect ions o f a young ovu le - bea r ing organ ( legume ) about

the s ta ge O f figures 34a , b . T he ser ies represen ts tw e lve sect ions a t 6a, b eg inn ing a t

t he t ip , o f w h ich Nos . 1 , 4, 6 , 8 , 1 0 a nd 1 2 a re show n . T hough the m idr ib is ind ica ted

in d and c , i t ha s sca rce ly been in it ia ted ye t . D e ta iled compar ison o f th is ser ies wi thfigures zi a , b , w i ll show the cor respond ence o f the d is t r ibu t ion o f the mer istema t ic and

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

88 STUDIES IN TH E AUSTRALIAN ACACIAS . v i .

B la ck dot repr esent s th e or ig ina l cen t re O f t h e ap ex . E xplana t ion in t ext ; see a lso

F ig s . 7 1 - 7 5 on th is P la t e . Magn ifica t ion , x 9 6 .

F ig s . 6 6 - 8 .—L ong itud ina l sect ions of young flowers O f A ca cia suaveo lens , showing

the r egu la r i ty of the zona t ion of the t issu e s in sp it e O f th e d ist or t ion by th e var ious

compressions due t o t he pr essur e of th e bra ct s and ad jacen t flowers ( fl ) . Th ese ar e

ph otograph s r esp ect ively o f flowers 1 , 2 and 3 in T ext - figure 1 1 , but not a ll from the

sam e sect ion . Magn ificat ion , x 1 50 .

F ig s. 6 9 a - 7 0 .— L ong itud ina l sect ions O f th e ovule -b ear ing organ ( legum e ) p erp en

d icu lar t o th e p lan e o f th e groove and thr ough the appressed margins , Sh owing the

ap pressed ep iderm es and p ort ion of the upp er par t of th e axis . 6 9a , O f A ca ci a suaveo lens ,

is a t the same stag e a s T ext -figur e 1 3 and passes thr ough th e r eg ion ab out w h er e the

marg ina l bund les w i ll form . 6 9 b is of a S im i lar s tag e o f th e sam e sp e cies a s 6 9a , but

th e marg ins have not comp le t ely closed t og ether , SO t ha t ovu le p r im ord ia ar e exp oseda filam en t has

,b een p art ly insert ed in t o t he Op en ba se of th e organ . 7 0 is O f A ca cia

long ifo lia a t a stag e Sl igh t ly o lder than shown in T ext -figure 6 . Magn ifica t ions , x 1 2 0 .

F ig s. 7 1 - 7 5 .— C orresp ond with 6 1 - 6 5 o f A ca cia suaveo lens . Th e mod els are cu t dow n

long i tud ina lly , th e tw o ha lves O f ea ch Op ened ou t t o show the d isp osit ion of th e ap exand legum e in p r og ress ive stag es O f developm ent . W it h ea ch Op ened m od el is p la ced a

copy o f th e ph ot om icr ograph from th e m easur em ent s Of wh ich i t w a s construct ed . T he

ph ot ographs of th e m odels have b een brough t to th e sam e m agn ifica t ion as the ph ot o

m icrograph s . For the corresp ond ence of l the m odels and ph ot om icrog raph s see th e

exp lana t ion of figures 6 1 - 6 5 on this P lat e . A car eful com par ison o f the d istr ibut ion o f

th e wh i t e ( ap ex ) and grey ( legum e ) in th e Op ened m od els w i th th e ce llu lar arrang e

m en t in the a ssocia t ed phot om icrograph s wi ll dem onstra t e clear ly the in terpr eta t ion o f

t h e legum e a s lat era l on a supp ressed apex. Th e pho tom icrograph in 7 5 w as r ever sed

( c f . P la t e iv , fig . 41 ) for ea se o f compar ison . Magn ifica t ion , x 2 40 for 7 1 - 4, and x 1 2 0

for 7 5 .

F ig s . 7 6 - 7 8 .

— T ransverse sect ions o f th e ovu le—b ear ing organ ( legum e ) sh owingth e a pp ressed ep id erm es o f the incurv ed m arg ins . 7 6 is of Aca cia longifo lia , and is a

ph o t om icrograph Of th e sect ion Shown in T ext -figur e l ob . 7 7 is O f A ca cia suaveo lens

and is O f a sect ion o f the base o f t h e locu lus of th e ovu le -b ear ing organ ( legume )figur ed in T ext - figur e 1 5. 7 8 is of Aca cia longifo lia a t ab out th e t im e of fert i l izat ion ,

w h en th e app re ssed ep iderm es of t h e,in curved m a rg ins ar e st il l clearly t o b e seen .

Magn ifica t ions , x 1 2 0 .

Postscr ip t , added 22nd Apr i l, 1936 .

Aft er I had comp leted the foregoing paper , Professor V . Gregoire kindly sent

me a reprint of a recent paper of his (Grego ire , 19350 ) in wh ich he shows cellular

detai l in i llustrat ions of the floral apex of R anunculus scleratus and the vegetat ive

ap ex of Loni cera p eric lymenon . He points out ( p . 299 ) that whereas the vegetat ive

cone has a tunic envelop ing a corpus furnished with an in i t ial region that can

cause elongation in growth , the floral summi t has only a meristemat ic cloak

cover ing a mass of paren chyma and cannot grow in length . D is

cussing certa in abnormal it ies in flower ing described by Brieger ( 1935 ) in Primula ,

he at tributes the presence or absence of sepals in d ifferent forms of prol iferat ion

t o the d ifference in meristemat i c organ izat ion between vegetat ive and floral

ap ices . Sepals are developed by the organizat ion of a vegetat ive apex , from whi ch

there is a transi t ion to the floral type of apex by the t ime of format ion of the

in it ials of the petals . I t seems to me that the differences descr ibed by Gregoire

are of a simi lar kind to those that I have described and attributed to limitat ion

of growth .

F inali ty in the interpretat ion of the flower wi ll only be at tained after very

w ide inquiry . In the meanwhi le , i t i s well to emphasize that the classical inter

pretat ion is that the carpel is a mod ified fert i le leaf and the flower a modified

leafy shoot . A different appearance in the meristemat ic organizat ion of the

tw o forms of apex should , therefore , not be regarded as necessari ly antagonist ic

to that interpretat ion .

PROC . LINN . Soc . 1936 .

A ca cia long ifo lia — L ong itud ina l sect ions of young flow ers .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

c . LINN. SOC . 1936 . PLAT

A ca cia suaveo len s ( 33a - 38f ; 40 A . long ifo lia ( 39a - f ) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

NOTES ON SARCOPHAGINAE IN INDIA AND AUSTRALIA .

By G . H . HARDY .

[ R ead 2 7th May ,

In h is Revision of the Sarcophaginae of the O riental Region , Mr . R . Sen ior

Whi te ( 1924) consi dered that five species of Sarcophaga reach the Austral ian

Region . I t has become ev iden t that specific relat ionships as then understood by

that author need modificat ion , and the re lat ionship is one Of groups , not species .

I t is due to the courtesy of Mr. Sen ior-Whi te that I have b een able to compare

h is reference collection of moun ted geni talia taken from Ind ian speci es , finding

there relationships that were not detected through the i llustrat ions that he has

hi therto published . I feel very grateful for the loan of thi s collect ion, for i t

has permi tted me to ga in an in sight into various structures that'

otherw ise may

have taken years to acquire .

The assessmen t of the re lationship betw een Ind ian and Australian

Sarcophagas .

Before me are 25 species of Sarcophaga from Aus tralia , 37 from India and

Ceylon , and 1 from the Philipp ines . Amongst these 2 7 alliances are found , and i t

is possible further alliances have been overlooked or even a few species misplaced

in Parasarcophaga,for the O riental material is represented by geni talia only ,

one example for each of the 37 species . Also these , be ing moun ted on slides ,

somet imes have the ir parts obscured , and i t is not easy to reconstruct various

structures that may have been overlapped by others . Nevertheless , I have

concluded that 57% of the Ind ian , and 2 8 % Australian species belong to subgenus

ParasarCOphaga, whi lst a further 13% Indian species fall in groups containing]

32 %

Austral ian species . The rema in ing 30% Ind ian and 40% Austral ian Species are

Wi thout mutual affini ties recogn ized at present . The l ist is as follows :

Subgenus PARA SARCOPH AGA .

(Austra l ian . ( O r ien ta l .

a lbicep s-

g roup .

omega J. T . , 1 9 2 1 ; gamma J . T . , 1 9 2 1 . a lbicep s Me ig em, 1 8 2 6 ; hua bi Parker ,1 9 1 7 ;

flavip i

a lp i s S.-W . , 1 9 24 ; h ir t ip es W ied .

,

1 8 30 ; or chid ea B ot t .

m isera W a lker , 1 8 49 ; kohla J.

e ta J. T . , 1 9 2 1 .

p eregr ina D esv . , 1 8 30 .

aur ifrons Macq. , 1 846 .

m iser a -g roup .

H . , 1 9 2 3 ; dux Thomson , 1 8 6 8 ; harp am Parker . 1 8 9 7 ;

s cop ar iform i s S .-W . , 1 9 2 7 : tsushimae

S .-W 1 9 24.

p eregr ina -g roup .

fusc icauda B o t t . , 1 9 1 2 .

Misce llaneous .

aur ifr ons D o l . , 1 8 56 do lescha lli J. T

1 9 2 1 ) ba llard i S .-W .

, 1 9 24 ; kh asiensis

S .-W . ; annanda le i S .

-W . , 1 9 2 4 ; kemp i

S .-W . ,

1 9 2 4 ; w a layar i S .-W . . 1 9 24 :

caudaga lli B ot t . , 1 9 1 2 ; fu tur is S .-W . ,

1 9 2 4 ; os tind ica e S.-W 1 9 2 4 ; bam

br idge t S .

-W’

1 9 2 5 : ha emorrho ida lis

Me ig . . 1 8 2 6 .

90 NOTES ON SARCOPHAGINAE IN INDIA AND AUSTRALIA ,

Subgenus SARCOPHAGA (w i th p rop leura bare ) .

ruficorn is -group .

kappa J. T 1 9 2 1 . I ruficornis Fab . , 1 794.

cr in i ta - group .

{ gn ia J. H 1 9 2 3 . cr in i ta Parker , 1 9 1 7 .

Subgenus (w ith p rop leura ha iry ) .

an t i lop e-group .

a lpha J. T 1 9 2 1 ; z e ta J. T . ,192 1 an ti lop e B ot t . , 1 9 1 3 ; henryi S.

-W . , 1 9 24 ;

be ta J. T . , 1 9 2 1 ; furca ta H ardy , flavinervis S.-W 1 9 2 4.

1 9 32 .

imp a t iens -g roup .

imp a ti ens W a lker , 1 849 ; tryoni J . T . , banks i S .

-W . , 1 9 24 (Ph i lipp ines ) .

1 92 1 .

(P rop leura bare . ) ( Prop leura

dep ressa D esv . ,1 8 30 ; ban crofti J. T . , m e lan eura Me ig . , 1 8 2 6 ; grave lyi S.

-W . ,

1 9 2 1 ; sp in ifera Hardy , 1 9 32 . 1 9 24 ; p a t ton i S .

-W . , 1 9 24 ; ca lc ifera

( Prop leura ha iry . ) B o t t . , 1 9 1 2 ; a sp ina ta S.-W 1 9 24 ;

epsi lon J. T 1 9 2 2 ; om i kron J. T . , haema tod es Me ig . , 1 8 2 6 ; fa lcu la ta V .

1 9 2 1 ; hardyi J. T . , 1 9 2 2 ;? fergusoni p ersica e S .

-W .,1 9 24 ; p a sana S.

-WJ. T . , 1 9 2 2 ; li t tor a li s J . T . , 1 9 2 2 ; 1 9 2 4 ; beeson i S.

-W . , 1 9 24 ; ta lona ta

fr ogga t t i T ay lor , 1 91 7 ; a lci corn is S.-W . , 1 92 5 ; or i en ta loides S .

-W . , 1 9 24.

H ardy , 1 9 32 .

As the prop leural character of the Indian species is unrecorded , I am not

able to group these under their respect ive subgene ra , but I note that the posterior

claspe r has a subap ical brist le on pat ton i , calcifera and talonata, and a med ian

bristle on grave lyi and beeson i . The o thers do not have any brist le apparent .

K ey t o g en era of Aus tr a lian Sa rcophag inae .

1 . F irst rad ia l v e in br ist ly . P rop leur a bare . Th'

r ee p ost sutura l dor socent ra l br is t les .

P ost er ior clasp er w ith tw o br ist les on the p ost er ior ha lf ? H e licobia

F irst rad ia l ve in bar e

2 . T hree p ost sutura l dor socen t ra l br ist les . Pr op leura bare . P ost er ior cla sp er with outb r ist les B la esomipha

Four p o stsutura l dorsocen t ra l br ist les . P rop leura with ha irs , or bare . P oster ior

clasp er w ith br is t les Sar cophaga Me ig .

K ey t o sp eci es of Aus tra lian(Sarcophaga .

1 . P rop leura w i th ha irs in abundance Subg en . 1 4

P rop leura bar e , or a t m ost with a l im it ed am ount of b la ck br ist ly ha ir s confined to

cent re

2 . P ost er ior clasp er with a p a ir O f closely ad ja cent , rare ly w ide ly separa ted , subap ica l

br ist les Subg en . PARA SARCOPH AGA . 3

P os ter ior cla sp er with br ist les otherwise a rranged Subg en . SARCOPHAGA. 9

Subgenus P arasarcophaga .

P r op leura w i th a few bla ck b r ist ly ha irs in cent re p ereg r ina D esv .

P r op leura en t ire ly ba r e 4

4. An t er ior app endage in th e form of a cup - shap ed p rocess a r is ing from a sta lk

a lbicep s-group . 5

An ter ior app endag e o therw ise form ed

5 . Process o f ant er ior appendag e w ide ly d iverg ing gamma J . T .

A n t er ior app endage compa ct , the p roce ss b eing shor t omega J. T .

6 . W ith one o r more row s o f b la ck br is t ly ha ir s b eh ind p ost ocu lars 7

W ithou t such br ist ly b la ck ha irs m is er a W a lk .

7 . An t er ior ap p enda ge w ith tw o pa irs o f fo l iaceous par ts koh la J. H .

A n t e r ior a p p endag e wi th on ly one pa ir O f fo l ia ceous par t s 8

8 . A n t er ior appendag e excessive ly long , pro ject ing cons iderably beyond apex o f Shea th

An t er ior a pp endag e no rma l in leng th , abou t a s long as Shea th aur ifrons Macq.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

92 NOTES ON SARCOPHAGINAE IN INDIA AND AUSTRALIA .

In 192 7 , J . R . Malloch (These PROCEEDINGS , l i ii

, 334) suggested that certain

unused characters , in cluding the prop leural one , might be used to ally sexes , but

he overlooked the importan t point that the most closely allied species are generally

difficult to recognize from females , and these are usually consistent in the

characters he men t ion s . Malloch’

s suggest ion does not seem very helpful for

Australian forms , and I would suggest that characters he uses for specific recog

n i tion might be stud ied first for thei r value in group recogn i t ion . Again , Malloch’

s

suggest ion that the female gen i tal segmen ts might be used as specific indices

apparently does not app ly to Aust ralian forms . When breeding these flies in

numbers, I found that characters wi thin the vagina may p rove valuable , though

not of use in pract ice . On freshly-eme rged females , i t is possible to ext rude the

vaginal skin and study the p lates and depressions there , but I know no means

of doing this once the integument becomes hardened .

K ey ena bling the sex es of som e Aus tra lian sp ecies of Sarcophaga to be a lli ed .

1 . Gen i ta l segment red on b o th sexes . Prop leura bare , ma le with ou t , fema le with only

p rescu te llar , acrost icha ls . W i thout b lack br ist ly ha irs beh ind p ost ocular s .

( Int roduced )*s ecur ifera V i ll .

G en i ta l segmen t bla ck or brown on m a le , b la ck on fema le

P rop leura ba r e

Prop leura w it h ha irs vary ing from 2 - 3 b la ck br ist ly one s to modera te ly p len t iful

but confined t o th e cen tra l area . O n ly p rescu te llar acro st icha ls p resen t . Tw o

r ows Of b la ck br ist ly ha ir s b eh ind pos tocu la r s*p er egr ina D esv .

P rop leura ha iry , th e ha irs ligh t - coloured and occupy ing a ll or m ost o f the ar ea—7

3. W i th one or m ore rows o f b la ck b r ist ly ha ir s b eh ind p os tocu lars 4

W ith out b lack br ist ly ha irs b ehind p ost ocu lar s

4. B o th p resutura l and p r escu te llar a crost icha l br is t les p resent .

Tw o rows of b la ck br ist ly ha ir s b eh ind p ostOcula rs

O ne row o f b la ck b r ist ly h a irs b eh ind post ocu la rs

O n ly p re scut e llar acrost icha ls p resen t

W i th tw o rows of b la ck br ist ly h a ir s b eh ind post ocu lars

*aur ifr ons Macq. ;

*koh la J. & H .

A t m ost w i th only one r ow O f b la ck br is t ly ha irs b eh ind p ost ocu lar s .

An t enna e red bancrofti J. & T .

Ant ennae b la ck *e ta J . & T .

6 . B oth p r esu tura l and p rescut e lla r acrost icha ls p resen t

*omega J . & T . ;

*kapp a J. & T . ;*d ep r essa J. & T . ; usua lly

*gamma J. & T .

0!

O nly p rescu te llar acrost icha ls p resent*m iser a W a lk . ; som e t imes

*gamma J . & T .

7 . W ith tw o rows o f b la ck br is t ly ha irs b eh ind p ost ocu la rs*epsi lon J . & T .

W i thou t b lack b r ist ly ha irs b eh ind p ostocu lar s 8

8 . B oth p re sutura l and p rescut e llar a crost icha ls presen t 9

Pr escu t e l la r a crost icha ls ab sen t * tryoni*frogga t t i Tay lor

9 . W i th a pa ir o f m ed ian d isca l br ist les on second abdom ina l segm en t how ens is J. H .

W ithou t m ed ian d isca l br ist les on second abdom ina l segm ent 1 0

1 0 . Thorax w ith centra l s tr ip e ra t her ob scured . H ead y e llow on ly b e low . Frons o f

fema le unusua lly w id e , near ly twi ce - the w id th o f an eye* li t tora lis J . & T .

T horax w ith the cen t ra l st r ip e norma l . Frons o f fema le norma l. Head en t irely

y e llow 1 1

1 1 . Frons deep ly go ld en*a lpha J . & T . ;

ze ta J . T .

*be ta J . T .

* imp a t iens W a lker ; a lcicorn is H a rdy ;a“

om i lcron J . T .

Frons ye llow*hardyi J. T . ; ferguson i J . T . fur ca ta H ardy

Subgenus PARASARCOPHAGA J . T .

Originally I relied upon the p resence of closely associated bristles p laced

ubap ically on the posterior clasper for the recogni t ion of th is subgenus, but

apparently th is character is variable for exot ic species . Nevertheless , where the

charac t er does occur, i t seems advisable to p lace the species in th is subgenus and

add th eret o forms that appear to be Obviously all ied though without the character.

BY G. H . HARDY . 93

The Indian forms listed above under th is subgenus in clude ballardi and

annandalei , whi ch species appear to have only one subap ical brist le , whi lst ballard i ,

doleschalli and khasiensi s come near the mi sera-group . Another set Of mutually

related forms appears to be annandalei , kemp i and w alayari ; and the relat ionship

is obscure in regard to caudagalli , futuri s and ostindi cae unless the last be related

to the a lbi ceps-group ; i t is l ike bambridgei in being wi thout an apparen t brist le

on the posterior clasp er . Although haemorrhoi dalis does not seem to belong

to th is subgenus , i t is relegated there as i t conforms to these bri stle characters .

SARCOPHAGA M ISERA group .

T o the eighteen names already listed under this group , there is now added

tsushimae Sen ior-Whi te , 1924, Ind ia — The nature of the anterior appendage

on'

this species shows a gradat ion between this group and certain species l isted

by me in the miscellaneous Parasarcophaga .

’

SARCOPHAGA M I SERA'

Walker .

“

Sarcophaga ceylonensi s Curran , Amer . Mus . Novi tates, No . 375, 1929 , 10

(nec Parker ,

A record of this species from Vi ctor ia by Curran and h is remarks suggesting

the use of Parker ’

s name for the Aust ralian form , overlook the remarks on Parker’

s

species published in 1927 ; these spe cies are not ident i cal Sp ecifically . Moreover ,

there seems to be no reason w hy Walker ’

s name Should not be used for the sp ecies

whi ch is n ot d ifficult to recogn ize from the female , and Major E . E . Austen has

ident ified specimens by compar ison wi th the type .

Subgenus SARCOPHAGA Meig .

There app ear to be tw o groups in the Indo-Aust ralian element , separable by

the p rop leura being bare or ha iry , and I am able to ascerta in thi s character at

p resent for the Australian speci es on ly . Those wi th the bare p rop leura , consist ing

of five species on ly,fall into relat ionship wi th the typ i cal subgenus Sarcophaga

as far as I am at p resen t able to ascerta in , and I have been able to ally tw o

Austral ian sp ecies wi th exot i c forms , suggest ing group values .

SARCOPHAGA RUFICORNI S group (new group ) .

Forceps rather long and st rongly bent at apex (as figured by Sen ior-Whi te ,

not by Johnston and Hardy,whose figure w as drawn from a diffe rent angle ) . The

an terior and posterior claspers of almost equal length and the brist le on the

latter p laced subap i cally . The aedeagus has the inner p rocess p roject ing beyond

the sheath and the anterior appendage i s short .

Tw o Species : ruficorn i s Fabricius , 1794, India ; kappa John ston T iegs , 1921 ,

Austral ia ( i llingsw or thi Parker , 1922 , Austral ia kappa ) .

There can be no doubt concern ing the allian ce between these tw o species ,

for the structure of the ir gen i talia is essen t ially the same . I have examined the

structure on an Indian spec imen hav ing the organs exposed in the ord inary w ay ,

as well as the gen i tal ia mounted by Sen ior-Whi te .

SARCOPHAGA ORINITA group .

Hardy, Australian Z oologist , xi i i , 1934, 52 .

The Indian crini ta does not have the minute indentat ion at the apex Of the

forceps ; a basal flange covers the lower half of the anterior clasper , but this

is not symmetrical on both sides ; the clasper on one Side of the aedeagus is as

i llustrated by Seni or-Wh i te, i .e . , almost furcate , but that on the other s ide is

94 NOTES ON SARCOPHAGINAE IN INDIA AND AUSTRALIA .

normal . Owing to the nature of the mount ing , I“

am unable to ascertain if the

bristle at the base of the posterior clasper i s present , but there is a subapi cal

bristle present , this being an addi t ion that might be fortui tous .

From Manus , an island of the Mandated T erri tory of New Guinea , Mr. N. E . H .

Caldwell secured a specimen of this group whose geni tal ia conform remarkably

well wi th the figure g iven for S . kan lcauensi s Baranoff, from Formosa .

SARCOPHAGA BANCROFTI J . T .

Johnston and Hardy, PROC . LINN . Soc . xlvi i i , 1923, 122 .

H itherto the characters of th is species have n ot been made out with assurance ,

but now a small series of spe cimens wi th well extracted gen i talia has enabled

me to -

ascerta in the t rue characte rs . The figure given by John ston and Hardy is

moderately accurate . The forceps are broad, the claspers are of about equal

length , and a med ian br istle occurs on the posterior one . The anterior clasper

is strongly curved . The apex of the sheath terminates in a slender process along

whi ch the apex of both filamen ts lies p rotected and , when in their normal posi t ion ,

they are not easi ly detected as be ing structures apart from the sheath . The lobe

is stout and the an terior appendage small wi th the t ip curved , but not to the

exten t showing in the published figures .

I t wi ll be noted that the apex of the sheath is not spl i t ,‘

as shown in the

figures, but appears to be so because of the filaments occurring there . Also , i t is

suggested below that the type of S . fergusoni may p rove to be ident i cal wi th this

species but confused wi th quite a different species standing under the same name .

A consp i cuous feature of S . bancrofti lies in the an tennae being red , or yellow i f

very pale, instead of black .

Hub — Queensland : Goondiwindi , 5 males , O ctober and November, 1935 . one

specimen has the gen i talia moun ted on a cellulose slip in Canada balsam, disp laying

the various parts of the aedeagus .

Subgenus

Those species that have the prop leura covered wi th hai rs come into this

sect ion ; this character has not been taken into account , so far as I have yet

ascertained , under named divisions standing as genera and proposed by various

authors .

SARCOPHAGA ANTILOPE '

group .

Hardy, PROC . LINN . SOC . N.S .W l i i , 1927 , 448 .

T o the six names that have been listed under this group must be added

henryi Sen ior-Wh ite , 1924, India ; flavinervi s Sen ior-Wh i te , 1924, Ind ia ; furcata

Hardy, 1932 , Australia .

The li t tle knob anterior to the claspers is missing on furcata,and I did not

detect i t on henryi . The anterior clasper is very shallowly b ifid on flavinervi s,

wh ich species has also a hook-shaped process suggest ing an alliance with the

impatiens-group .

SARCOPHAGA IMPATIENS group .

Hardy, Austr . Z ool . , vi i i , 1934, 53.

T o the tw o species placed under thi s group must be added : banksi Senior

Wh i te , 1924, Ph i lipp ines .

The remarkable s imi lari ty of the gen italia of this spec ies to those of the

Austral ian tryout suggests a close relat ionship , but there is no hook-shaped process

on the anterior appendage and the claspers are comparat ively small, the anterior

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

96 NOTES ON SARCOPHAGINAE IN INDIA AND AUSTRALIA .

what variable in this respect . Four pai rs of s cutellar bristles are strongly

developed. Except for tw o large bristles above the coxae and the adjacent

bristly hairs , the p rop leural reg ion is bare . The mesop leural row is well

developed and , in addi t ion , further br istles may develop along the upper margin .

A row of three sternop leurals and the p terop leural and hypopleural brist les

are all normal . Abdomen : On the first segment laterally, there are three sub

marginals and about four d iscals arranged in tw o rows . The following segmen ts

each have a median pai r of subap i cals and laterally about five submarginals .

Legs : the femora have the system of bristles conforming to that of Sarcophaga,

but the hairs are invariably short . Wings : as in Sarcophaga, including the bristles

on the vein R H . T erminalia : the forceps taper more or less uniformly to the

ap ex and are cont iguous to the apex, i .e . , they do not diverge ap i cally as in

Sarcophaga, but l ie ad jacen t for the ir whole length . The forceps are wi thout

hairs , but brist les occur on a l imi ted area giving a roughened appearance there .

No bristle has been detected on the claspers , whi ch are cur ved but'

otherw i se

simp le. The anterior clasper is somewhat st rongly curved and much broadened

out on one species . The aedeagus has the tw o h inged Segments as in Sarcophaga,

but the ap i cal one is much reduced and consist s of a Shaft , at the apex of whi ch

tw o small p rocesses occur an teriorly , and then comes the Sheath , simp le in outline

and partly envelop ing the anterior appendage , wh i ch is also s imp le in outl ine

and consists of a pa ired curved tapering part , blun t at the apex . The sheath and

the anterior appendage lie closely adjacen t to each other , and on one sp ecies ~the

outline of the shea th is distended by the format ion of flattened lobes , one at the

apex slightly bent rearwards and one at each si de tending st ill further to h ide

the an terior appendage .

K ey to sp eci es o f Blaesox ipha .

An t er ior clasp er ab ou t twice a s broad a t ap ex as a t i t s narrowest p ar t . Sheath of

aedeagu s w i th three ra ther sma ll but wel l deve lop ed lob es, one a t the ap ex and

tw o a t th e s id es p achyty li Skuse

Ant er ior cla sp er hard ly broadened a t ap ex . Shea th O f aedeagus with lob es hard ly i f ata ll d iscern ib le

BLAESOXIPHA PACHYTYLI Skuse .

Masi cera pachytyli Skuse , Agri c . Gaz . N . S . Wales, 1891 , 251 .

— Sarcophaga

pachytyli Coqui llet , Insect Life , v , 1892 , 22 .

— Locust ivora pachytyli Johnston

T iegs, Proc . R oy . Soc . Queensland , xxxiv , 1923, 187 .

Hab.— New South Wales, Queensland , and p robably widely distributed over

other ma inland States .

R efer ences .

SEN IOR-W H ITE , R . , 1 9z4a .—A r ev is ion o f th e sub fam ily Sarcophag ina e in the O r iental

R eg ion . R ec . Ind ian Mus , xxv i , 1 9 2 4, 1 9 3 - 2 8 3 .

1 9 24b.—N ew and l i t t le known O r ien ta l T a ch in ida e . Spo lia Zey lanica , xi i i , 1 9 2 4,

1 03- 1 1 9 .

, 1 9 24c .

— N ew C ey lon D ip tera . Sp o l. Zey l. , x i i i , 1 9 2 4, 2 09 - 2 12 .

1 9 2 7 .— N o tes on O r ien ta l Sp ec ies o f genus Sar cophaga . Sp ot. Zey l. , x iv ,

1 9 2 7 ,

7 7 - 8

HARDY . G . H 1 9 2 7 .— No t e s on Austra l ian and E xo t ic Sarcophag id F l ies . Paoc . L INN .

Soc . l i i , 1 9 2 7 , 447 - 459 .

, 1 9 32 .

— Som e new Aus tra lian Sarcophag id F lies and no t es on o thers. Aus tralian

Zoo log is t, v i i , 1 9 32 , 2 7 5- 2 8 1 .

, 1 9 34.

— N o tes on Sarcophag id F lies . Ans ir . Zo o l v i i i, 1 9 34, 50 - 53 .

BY G. H . HARDY . 97

Postscript , added 23rd May, 1936 .

— In a letter D r. Boris R ohdendorf has

kindly given me notes that tend to Show where the above species come wi th in

h is scheme of classification . There are tw o notes int imately connected with the

above paper

“The species anti lope Bott . and other closely allied species must be referred

to the genus Chrysosarcophaga Towns . 1932 , type superba T owns . 1932 , Solomon

Isl . , vide Baranov, 1934

“The species aspinata is a B laesoxipha .

”

AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA .

NOTES AND NEW SPECIES . No. x .

By H . J . CARTER , B .A . ,

[ R ead 2 7 th May ,

CUCUJIDAE .

There is considerable confus ion , both in collect ions and catalogues , in the

genus P latisus, largely due to an in it ial mistake by Lacorda ire (Atlas, i i , p l . 2 1 ,

fig. 11 ) in whi ch , under the name P. Obscurus E r . , he figures the common New

S outh Wales species P . angusticollis R ei t t . This mistake w as repeated by O ll iff

(These PROC . , 1885, p . The Junk Catalogue has another var iat ion of i t . As

pointed out by Re it ter , w ho knew E richson’

s type , P . obscura s Er . is quite easily

dist inguished from h is ow n tw o spe cies by the toothed sides of the prothor ax .

There is no reason for the generi c separat ion of P . bi color O ll . P . ( Cucujus )

colon iarius

The l ist should , I th ink , stand as follows

PLATI SUS E r . z ( 1 ) angust i co lli s R e it t . ( syn . obscurus Lac . (ne e

( 2 ) co loniar ius O ll . ( syn . bi color ( 3 ) integricollis R e it t . ; (4) moerosus

( Ipsaphes ) Fasc . ; ( 5 ) obscura s E r .

N .B .

— Ip saphes n i t i du lus Macl . P latycotylus inusi tatus 0 11. It is also very

near B ottema sp ini collis Fairm . , but , on a re-examinat ion of the much begummed

type , I cannot de tect the sp ines that character ize Fa irma ire’

s spec ies . It is not

a Plat i sus , as placed in the Junk Catalogue .

HYMAEA PARALLELA , n . sp . T ext -fig . 1 .

Elongate ,Oblong ; most ly nit id black , oral organs , apex of pronotum and

greater part of elytra red ; sparsely p i lose .

H ead subtr iangular , eyes very prominent— less acutely so than H . suc cinifera

Fasc . , tumid beh ind eyes , front coarsely punctate , the punctures tend ing to coalesce

longi tud inally ; antennae long , perfol iate , 1 very stout , 2—8 p iri form , 9—10 rounded

and t ransverse , 11 oval , longer than 10 . Prothorax longer than w ide , convex

laterally , apex produced in m iddle ,anter ior angles Obsolete , base truncate , h ind

angles obtuse , sid es sl ight ly w idest beh ind middle , w ith some lateral angulat ions ;

one near front , another , at w idest Dart . marked by a pustule . D isk coarsely

punctate , t he pun ctures t end ing to coalesce , their intervals rugose ; some w idely

p laced pustules , tw o , near m iddle , sl ight ly in advance of lateral pustules .

Scut ellum transverse , oval . E lytra d ist inct ly w ider than prothorax a t base ,

shoulders ra ther square , s ides parallel for the greater part ; disk rather flat ,s tr iat e-punctuate , the striae not well defined , the punctures large , round and

close , the interva ls very narrow and , in general , flat , here and there formingirregular ra ised l ines— the 5th espec ially- and clothed w ith Sparse , pale , upright

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

100 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

suture sublaevigate . T ibiae carinate and bowed , t he anter ior tr identate at apex .

Underside closely, not coarsely , punctate, the ap ical segment of abdomen wi th large

punctures . D im . 4ax 22 mm .

1 .— H yma ea p ara lle la , n . Sp .

-C isseis goer lingi , n . Sp .

2 .

— P an e la s hop son i , n . sp . 4.-S t igm od er a ( Ca s tiar ina ) trunca ta ,

n . sp .

Hab. Barring ton T ops (H . J . Carter ) .

I took one examp le in rott ing leaves in January, 1927 , which I dedicate to

the memory of John Hopson , the late naturalist of th is reg ion , whose help and

friendsh ip were delightful concomi tants of a beaut iful distr ict . I t is the largest

of descr ibed Australian species, dist inguished from P . bidentatus Wi lson by the

d ist inct geminate striae of i ts elytra . Holotype in 0 0 11. Carter .

PANELUS POLI'

I‘

US , n . sp .

Castaneous , h ighly po lished , h ind margins of prothorax infuscate, and parts of

e lytra feebly so , antennae testaceous .

BY H . J . CARTER . 101

H ead shaped l ike the ace of spades (wi th a rounded base and a bi dentate

apex ) , the clypeal teeth acutely produced and a l itt le recurved , the ir interspace

tr iangular . Sides of head foliate and concave ; surface finely,not closely ,

punctulate . Prothorax w idely transverse and subrectangular ,apex light ly bisinuate ,

base arcuate , Sides nearly straight for basal three-quarters , thence abrupt ly and

strongly narrowed to the widely obtuse and scarcely emarginate front angles ;

disk uniformly punctulate , the punctures much larger than on head . E lytra widely

OVate and convex , with about six fine , but d ist inctly impressed , str iae , the tw o

nearest suture on each gem inate ( tw o very fine close st r iae , the rest single ) ;

intervals flat and apparent ly impunctate . T ibiae bicar inate and strongly arched

externally , less arched internally, fore t ibiae t ridentate at ap ex . D im . 3 x 2 mm .

(approx ) .

Hab. D orr igo (W . Heron ) .

A species character ized by i ts‘

polished and almost glabrous ( even to the legs )

surface , whi le the subfoliate head is peculiar. It is nearest to P . pisoniae Lea in

colour and size, but d iffers in the more ev ident striae and laev igate intervals of

elytra . P. p ison iae is also said t o have bidentate front t ibiae , but this may be

sexual . I have a short note on i t from the late A . M. Lea , as to i t s d ist inct ion

from his species . Holotype in Col l . Carter .

A cotype of P . pi soniae Lea , sent for exam inat ion by Mr . Womersley , is less

than 12 mm. long , more convex than P . po li tus , wi th clearly impressed punctate

str iae . The clypeal teeth are shorter , the head itself less elongate , the foliate

sides obliquely revolute.

The five Australian speci es may be tabulated as follows

P ane lus .

1 . E ly tra w ith g em ina t e str iae 2

E lytra w i th s ing le s tr iae 3

2 . P ost er ior ang les O f pro thorax ob so le t e , 4 mm . long hop son i , n . sp .

P oster ior ang les o f pro thorax ob tuse , 2 mm . long pygmaeus Ma cl. ; ar thur i B lckb .

3. C o lour b la ck , w ith r ed sp o t s bid en ta tus W ils .

C o lour red or castaneous 4

4. H ead g en t ly concave , e ly tra ] st r iae fa in t pi son ia e L ea .

H ead concave a t s ides , e ly tra ] st r iae d ist inct p o li tus , n . sp .

PEDARIA INTERRUPTA , n . sp .

Black , n i t i d , antennae and tarsi reddish , upper surface sparsely setose, the

setae short and brist ly .

H ead subvert ical , very wide and flat , coarsely punctate, clypeus obtusely

bidentate , w i th w idely arcuate bay . Prothorax : apex and base subequally wide,the former lightly arcuate-emarginate , anterior angles sl ight ly advanced and

rounded , the arcuate base more or less parallel to apex , sides sinuate ,wi th a

l ight medial enlargement ; d isk wi th a few smooth prominent rugae , surrounded

by irregular coarse punctures hav ing a longi tudinal tendency . A wide depression

at middle of basal half, bounded by oblique rugae . E lytra rather squarely ovate ,

the suture forming twin car inae enclosing fine str iae : on each elytron three

rows of longitudinal pustules, these more elongate on inside row , smaller and

more d istant on outer rows ; a well-defined cost i form pustule near each shoulder ;

intervals between these rows containing tw o pairs of well-marked geminate

striae , the striae becoming undulate towards apex . Whole underside . ( including

front femora ) very coarsely punctate , the mesosternum carinate , wi th tw o rows of

very large transverse punctures on each flank, anter ior t ibiae tridentate , the three

teeth rather wide apart , post t ibiae widely triangular . D im. 4 x 2 -5 mm.

102 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA .

Hab.

— Queensland : . Benarkin (L . Wassell ) , Bundaberg (C . Bates ) .

Tw o examp les in my cabinet differ from the tw o described Australian spec ies

(geminata Macl . and alternata Lea ) by the elytral sculp ture w ith i ts interrupted

costae and the more strongly defined geminate striaef Holotype in Coll . Carter .

PEDARIA METALLICA , n . sp .

Ni t id, head v iolet-bronze , prothorax and elytra dark blue , the former wi th

metallic gleams , upp er surface wi th short , sparse , br istly setae of a whit ish

colour , undersi de and legs coppery-bronze , glabrous, antennae pale red .

H ead wide and rather flat , i ts basal tw o-thirds subparallel , thence obliquelynarrowed to the bidentate clypeus , this wi th tw o tr iangular teeth , separated by

an arcuate bay , surface coarsely punctate , with an undulate r idge traversing the

forehead , clypeus and margins subhor izontal . Prot horax strongly t ransverse ,

apex nearly straight for the greater part , ant er ior angles advanced and acute ,

sides feebly rounded at middle , abruptly , arcuately , narrowed near front angle ,

widely rounded off behind , base ar cuate ; disk moderately convex and uneven , a

wi de , subtriangular depression hav ing i ts apex at middle of base and bounded

by wide , oblique , almost impunctate , rugae ; the depression and lateral regions

strongly and rather closely punctate , the med ial ap ical half very sparsely and

coarsely punctate . E lytra oblong-ovate , each w i th 8 pairs of geminate car inae ,

besides a pair of sutural carinae more widely separated than the rest , the 2nd

and 4th int ervals w i th set iferous punctures, the 3rd w i th one or tw o elongate

pustules ; setae more ev ident at sides and apex .

“

Metasternum with sparse ,

foveate punctures at base and sides, abdomen and femora wi th close round

punctures . Fron t t ib iae w ith three well separated teeth at ap ex , hind t ibiae

widely tr iangular . D im . 33 x 2 mm .

fl ab Clarence River (Macleay Museum ) .

A single examp le in the Macleay Museum has no record of capture , excep t

the pr inted locali ty label . I t i s clearly dist inct from other descr ibed species ,

not only by i t s metallic surface , but by the elyt ral sculp ture , wi th the well

raised but fine geminate carinae . A second examp le , from Stanthorpe , Queensland

(E . Sut ton ) , sent for det erm inat ion , is in the Queensland Museum . Holotype in

the Macleay Museum .

The four recorded Austral ian species may be tabulated as follows

P edar ia C a st e lnau .

1 . C o lour b la ck

C o lour m e ta ll ic

2 . E lyt ra withou t pus tu les

E ly tra w ith pus tu les

CO E ly tra l pus tu les sma ll and round g em ina ta Mac ] .

E lytra l pustules e longa t e and cos t iform in terrup ta . n . sp .

BUPREST IDAE .

MELOBAS IS IMPRESSA . n . Sp .

Elongate-ovate ; n it id , concolorous coppery bronze ; somew hat explanate , more

or less pubescent .

Head densely puncta te , w i th smooth med ial space terminat ing beh ind in a

fine sulcus ; sparse pubescence cons ist ing of long S ilvery ha ir . Eyes large ,

mod erately prom inent . Pro thorax : apex light ly, base more strongly bis inuate ,

w idest beh ind middle , s ides well rounded ,narrowed to the acutely-

produced

anter ior angles , a l it tle s inuate before the subrectangular h ind angles ; d isk finely

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

104 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA ,

GI SSEIS GOERLINGI , n . sp . T ext-fig . 3 .

E longate , parallel ; head coppery-bronze , pronotum opaque bluish , w ith lateral

pubescence , elytra blue w i th whi te pubescent spots . Underside metall i c bronze

w ith green and metall ic reflect ions .

H ead very finely punctate , w i th shallow long itud inal sulcus at base , feebly

pubescent . Prothorax convex , strongly transverse , w idest at m iddle , apex l ight ly

arcuate , base bisinuate , sides w idely rounded , lateral car inae parallel for the

greater part , meet ing beh ind at a sharp angle , w ith a subobsolete , whi te pubescent

vitta above carinae ; disk finely , t ransversely str iolate , w ith tw o circular

depressions , wi th fa int signs of whi te fl occulence . Scute llum transverse , bronze.

E lytra not as w ide as p rothorax at i ts w idest par t , and more than thr ice as long ;

subparalle l for the greater part , each separately, and rather w idely , rounded at

ap ex ; subap ical marg ins m inutely serrulate , as also margins of abdomen . D isk

w ith 6 large round , wh i te pubescent spots and fain t indi cat ions of a subap ical

pa ir ; suture near base coppery. Segments of abdomen Wi th wh i te lateral

imp ress ion s . D im . 14 x 5-5 mm.

Hab.

—Western Austral ia : Wurarga (Mr . A . Goerl ing ) .

Four examp les examined . It belongs to my Sect ion 1 (These PROC . ,1923, p .

but is d ist inguished from all recorded spe cies by i ts w ide prothorax w ith elongate ,

parallel elytra narrow er than p rothorax . Holotype in Coll . Carter .

ANILARA SUBIMPRESSA , n . sp .

Oblong-oval ; n i t id br ight bronze above , unders ide and appendages obscure

bronze .

H ead un iformly convex , eyes not prominent , w idely separated , surface finely

scalose—punctat e . Prothorax transversely convex , apex and base nearly st raight ,

the lat ter l ight ly bis inuate ; w ide st in front of middle , sides here well rounded ,

thence ar cuately narrowed to apex, beh ind nearly stra ight ; disk finely punctate

in middle , transversely rugose toward s base , alveolate pun ctate at side s, a large

depress ion near each s ide at middle . Scute llum elongat e-ovate , punctulate . E lytra

of same width as prothorax at base , feebly compressed behind shoulders, s ides

nearly stra ight for the greater part , w idely, separately rounded at apex, subap i cal

margins serrulate , abdominal margins more coarsely serrate ; a subcostate

impression or ig inat ing at shoulders obl iquely incl ined inwards to basal th ird ,

thence gradually Obsolescent , tending towards , but not reaching suture ; a second

short , subobsolete impress ion at base , between the former and scute llum ; surface

scalose -

punctate , strongest at sides and apex . Undersi de finely alveolate pun ctate

m en tum subrectangular , minutely, transversely striolate . Dim . 4—5 x 2 mm .

Hob — Western Australia : Tammin (H . W . Brown ) .

Four examples sent are clearly d ist inct from A . subcos tatus Blkb . , the only

other subcostate spec ies , by smaller size , brighter colour , and finer sculpture .

The unders ides of the tw o are widely different , especially the mentum , wh ich is

granulose in subcostatum . Holotype in Coll . Carter .

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA ) TRUNCATA , n . sp . T ext-fig . 4.

Elongate , oblong ,rather flat . Head and pronotum dark green ish-bronze,

elytra yel low w i th basal marg in , tw o fasc iae and preap ical mark greenish-blue ,

the premed ial fasc ia b ifurcat ing laterally, i ts forward branch extend ing to basal

margin at the shoulders, lateral marg ins sanguineous throughout . Underside and

leg s dark ol ive-green , w i th some, bronze reflect ions .

BY H . J . CARTER .

H ead finely punctate , w i th shallow med ial sulcus . Prot horax w idest at base,

thence lightly and arcuately narrowed to apex ; apex and base very l ight ly

bisinuate , anter ior angles unseen from above . h ind angles subacute ; densely

and finely punctate on d isk , w ith smooth med ial l ine t erminat ing beh ind in a

small fovea . Scut e l lum subcordate , dep ressed in m iddle and impunctate . E lytra

enlarged at shoulders , compressed beh ind them , ap ices truncate , the marg ins

everywhere ent ire : str iate -

punctate , the ser iate punctures round and regular ,

becom ing smaller toward apex ; intervals nearly flat and tran sversely wr inkled ,

those on lateral hal f finely and closely pun ctate . Prosternum strongly,

metasternum finely punctate , abdomen rather densely clad w ith recumbent w hi te

hair . D im . 14—15 x 53 mm .

Hob — Western Austral ia : Moore’

s River (H . W . Brown ) .

Mr . Brown st ill succeeds in finding new species of h is favouri te group in

Western Austral ia . Tw o examp les ( one returned to i ts cap tor ) belong t o

Sect ion X IV of my tabulat ion (Aust . Z ool . , 1931 , p . 365) near S . cupreoflava Saund ,

but the dark parts more or less Ol ive-

green ,the truncate .api ce s and sanguineous

sides of elytra read i ly separate i t from i ts ne ighbours . In one of the examples

the dark areas predominate , i .e . fasciae and preap ical mark are w ider . There

is no external charact er t o denote sex . Holotype in Coll . Carter ,

TENEBRI ONIDAE .

NY CTO Z OI LU S SUBSCULPTU S , n . sp . T ext -fig . 5.

Widely ovate , convex ; dull black above and below, tarsi w i th red tomentum

beneath .

H ead rather closely and finely punctate ; ep istoma rounded in front and

meet ing antennal orbi t at a w ide angle , the latter subhor izon tal , an e longate

depression near base ; ant ennae extend ing to base of prothorax, 3rd segment

longer than 45 combined , 8—11 less enlarged than usual . Prothorax 4 x 83 min . ,

apex arcuate-emarginate , anterior angles subacute , ,base subtruncate , posterior

angles obtuse , not p roduced , sides rather widely rounded w ithout sinuat ion , w idest

near m iddle . Foliate margins wide and subhorizontal , wi th a very thin border ,

disk smooth , wi thout d i st inct punctures , some undefined foveae near middle, and

5 .— N yc to ,eo i lus subscu lp tus , n . sp .

a slight transverse depression near base. Scute l lum transversely t riangular .

E lytra w idest behind mi ddle , not much longer than w ide ( 11 x 93 a row

of punctures w ith in a subobsolete border , surface with vague costae , about four on

each , connected by equally vague vermiculat ions, the suture sl ightly raised and

S E A R

106 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA ,

nit id near m iddle . Abdomen strigose , the tw o a p ical segments finely punctate .

D im . 16 x 93 mm .

Hob — Central Queensland : Aramac district (Mr . F . Bradshaw ) .

A wide convex species that stands near N . ruficorni s Cart . in my table of the

genus (These PROC . ,

-1925, p . But the antennae and tarsi are black , or nearly

so ,whi le the elytral sculpture i s less pronounced than in ruficorni s; or indeed

any other species before me . Holotyp e , K43425, in the Austral ian Museum .

PLATYPHANES PLANATU S , Il . sp .

Oblong-oval ; above var icolorous , dark green and purp le intermingled , purple

predom inat ing on the pronotum and ap i cal area of elytra ; legs and underside

dark r ed , antennae and tarsi pale red .

H ead finely punctate , antennae short , segment 1 stout , 2 short , 3—4 sub

cyl indri c, 5—10 successively shorter and wi der , 11 narrower than 10 , oval .

Prothorax 43 x 8 m in . , arcuate-emarginate at ap ex , angles advanced but widely

rounded , base bisinuate , much wider than ap ex , post erior angles subrectangular ,

Sides arcuately narrowed from base to apex , a narrowly raised margin , a l it t le

exp lanate near front angles, disk somewhat depressed ,finely and rather closely

punctate , wi thout medial line or foveae . Scu tellum large , triangular . E lytra

( 17 x 10 mm . ) wider than p rothorax at base , shoulders rounded , subparallel

for the greater part ; very finely str iat e-punctate , w i th about t en feebly marked

striae , seriate punctures small , intervals qu ite flat , minutely punctate . Flanks of

prosternum with fine longi tudinal str igae , sides of metasternum strongly punctate ,middle regions a lmost impunctate , basal segments finely str igose . D im. 22 x 10 mm .

Hob — Western Australia : Wurarga (Mr . A . Goerling ) .

A single examp le of this fine species is a rather close al ly of the Queensland

P . cha lcop teroides Cart . in form and dimensions, but is readi ly separated by it s

much finer sculp ture , the str iae s carcely discernible excep t under a lens . Holotype

in Coll . Carter .

ADELIUM H IRSUTUM , n . sp .

Oblong-ovate ; dark v iolet -bronze , subopaque . Whole upper surface rather

th ickly clothed wi th long , dark , upr ight hairs .

H ead coarsely , sparsely punctate , wi th a longi tud inal sulcus on each side ,

extending from beh ind eyes to the clypeal suture . Antennae stoutf segments more

or less p ir i form , successively w idening to apex , 11 unusually large and ovate ,

3 as long as 4 and 5 combined . Prothorax rather convex , apex arcuate , anter ior

angles wi dely obtuse and depressed , base truncate posterior angles obtuse , l i t tle

but clearly defined by a small postlateral sinuat i on , Widest at middle , sides

evenly rounded ,wi thout defini te fol iat ion ; d isk coarsely punctate , the round

punctures closer and more regular than in A . p i losum Fasc . , w i th a few smooth

transverse raised spaces near middle . Scu tel lum smooth and ni t id . E lytra wider

than p rothorax at base , shoulders rounded , sides very lightly arcuate ; punctate

str iate , the strial punctures large , round or oval , and closely set ; intervals

convex , the space between the ser iate punctures also raised , intervals dotted wi th

setae bearing long ha irs . Prosternum w i th coarse , sparse punctures ; post

intercoxal process subtruncate . D im. 11 x 5 mm .

Hob Wee Waa S . W . Jackson ) .

A s ingle 5‘examp le , generously g iven me by Mr . H . Dav idson , came from

a collec t ion , or iginally Mr . Jackson’

s , lately acquired by the former . It is a

very d ist inct spec ies belong ing to Sect ion 1A of my revision (These PROC . , 1908 ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

108 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA ,

BRY COPIA DENTICULATA , - n. sp .

Ovate ; nit id-bronze , ant ennae and tars i red.

H ead st rongly, rather closely punctate , clypeus rounded and bear ing a few

prominent setae ; a long seta on each s ide in front of eye . Antennae rather

long , ext ending to base of prothorax . segment 3 tw ice as long as 4, 4—8 subequal ,

mon i l iform , 9—11 of increasing size , 9

—10 subtr iangular , 11 oval , tw ice as long as 10 .

Prothorax : apex and base truncate , all angles obtuse , w idest at middle , Sides

here strongly , subangulate ly w idened , markedly s inuate beh ind . the s inuat ion

start ing from a dent i culat ion , one or tw o other dent iculat ions at marg in , in

number sl ight ly varying in the five examples before me , one near m iddle bear ing

a prominent seta ; lateral fol iat ion narrow ; d isk un iformly and coarsely punctat e ,

w ithout Sign of a med ial l ine . E lytra ovate , sl ight ly w ider than prothorax a t

base , w idest at m iddle , moderately convex , shoulders rather squarely rounded ;

striate -

punctate , the punctures large on basal half, becoming smaller t o apex ;

intervals flat and impunctate . Prosternum w ith a few i rregular pun'

ctures at

mi ddle , more evenly and closely on the flanks , meso

'

and meta sternum and

abdomen sparsely , the ap ical segment densely punctate . D im . 3—4 mm . long .

Hob — Western Austral ia : King George’

s Sound'

( in Austral ian Museum ) .

Five example s bear a label o i recen t date , but the Spec imens have been

for some t ime in the Museum . In my table i t standS'

near crenat i collis Cart .,

wh ich , however , is twi ce the s ize . B . minuta Lea has d ist inct p ilose cloth ing ,

among other differences . B . d ent i culata i s the sole rep resen tat ive of the genus

in Western Austral ia . T here are no ev ident sex characters . Holotype in the

Austral ian Museum .

BRY OOPIA HARRI SONI , n . sp .

D ark bronze above and below ,widely ovate , glabrous, moderately n it id ,

ant ennae and legs dark, tarsi and palp i red .

H ead coarsely, closely punctate , eyes large , moderately prominent , coarsely

faceted ; antennae moni li form and strongly p i lose , segment 1 stout , 2 small , 3- 6

Subequal , 7—11 gradually enlarged , a p seudo 12th app earing like a small , pale

nodule at apex of 11th . Prothorax convex , strongly transverse , w idest at middle ,

ap ex and base truncate , sides w i dely and evenly rounded , anter ior angles widely

obtuse , posterior form ing a subdentate rectangle , border near hind angle feebly

crenulate ; disk closely , even ly , rather finely punctate , a longitud inal depression

on each si de towards hind angle . E lytra slightly wider than prothorax at base ,

and less than twice as long, Shoulders rather squarely rounded , striate -

punctate,

the striae defined , ser iate punctures round , close and regular ; intervals flat , finely

and irregular ly punctate . E p ip leurae and sternal area strongly punctate , abdominal

segments impressed at sides . D im. 53 x 23 mm.

Hob Barr ington Tops ( Sydney University Exp edit ion ,

A s ingle example has escap ed not ice t i ll now . I t i s a Short , wide species

nearest B . cheesman i Cart . in general facies , but read i ly distinguished by the

absence of a med ial l ine on the pronotum (wel l marked in cheesman i ) , and the

much finer striae and p im ctures , both seriate and interst i t ial , of elytra. Holotype

in the Macleay Museum . In my table (These PROC . , 1920, p . 247 ) it would follow

B . crenat icolli s Cart . thus

9 . E ly tra concolorous, form convex .

9 a . S id es O f pro thorax st rong ly crenu la te throughout cr ena tico llis Car t .

9 b . S ides o f prothorax feeb ly crena t e beh ind only harr ison i , n. sp .

BY H . J . CARTER . 109

BRYCOPIA MUSGRAVEI , n . sp .

Widely ovate ; very n i t id bronze above , antennae , palp i , legs and underside

red , tars i pale red .

H ead coarsely, subsparsely punctate , antennae mon il iform , segment 1 stout ,

2 small , 3 longer than 4, 4—6 equal , 7—11 success ively w ider than preced ing , 10—11

opaque . 11 much larger than 10 . Eyes large ,round and prom inent . Prothorax

apex and base t runcate , anter ior ang les w idely obtuse ( bluntly rounded at t ip ) ,

widest '

before the m iddle , si des w id ely rounded , narrowed , but scarcely sinuate ,

towards the rectangular h ind angles ; border ent ire ; disk rather sparsely and

irregularly punctate , w i th some ra ised smooth areas here and there, the punctures

round and g enerally smaller than on

'

head , w ithout foveae or medial sulcus .

Scut ellum small and inconspicuous . E lytra w ider than prothorax at base , humeri

rather squarely rounded , w idest beh ind middle ; str iate -

punctate , the striae rather

deep , the ser iate punctures large and round , separated by a space less than the

d iameter of one , intervals flat , the 3rd and 5th clearly w ider than the zud and 4th ,

the latter w ith a s ingle row of m inut e punctures, the w ider intervals w ith , at

least , 2 rows of punctures . Prosternum coarsely , abdomen finely punctate . D im .

5 23 mm .

Hab Near Cut ler’

s Pass .

'Wil l iams R iver (A . Musgrave and T . G .

Campbel l ) .

A s ingle. examp le in the Austral ian Museum is named after the Museum

entomolog ist w ho found i t . It is very close ly all ied to the Tasman ian species

B . coe lioides Fasc . d iemenensi s from which it d iffers in (a ) more w idely

rounded sides of prothorax , ( b ) 3rd and 5th e lytral intervals wider than rest

( intervals un iformly wide in coelioides H olotype in the Austral ian

Museum .

CI STELIDAE .

NOCAR SUTTONI,n . sp .

Widely ovate , convex ; n it i-d black , an tennae and legs p iceous, feebly pubescent

at sides of pronotum and e lytra , also on abdomen .

H ead finely punctate , antennal segment s subconic . Prothorax : front angles

widely rounded , base bi s inuat e . i ts angles acute ; d isk closely punctate . E lytra

striate-punctate , the str iae well marked , ser iate punctures well defined ,wi th trans

verse strioles over lapp ing intervals ; these very lightly convex , clearly and closely

punctate . Underside closely and d ist inctly punctate . D im . 9 x 5 mm .

Hab.— Northern New South Wales : R ivertree (E . Sutton ) .

Five examp les were sent as cap tured on Angophora flowers . I t is nearest

to N . funereus Cart . in colour and to N . convexus Mac] . in size . The lat ter sp ecies

is, however , brown with quite flat and excessively finely punctured elytral intervals .

It is separated from N . funereus by ( 1 ) larger size , ( 2 ) p i ceous antennae and

legs, ( 3 ) antennal segments more e longate , (4) elytral intervals lightly but clearly

convex with stronger sculp ture . Holotyp e in Coll . Carter .

CURCULIONIDAE .

ACANTH OLOPHUS SUTTONI , n . sp .

E longate-ovate . Black , the inter-tubercle spaces with grey scalose clothing ,

appendages brown , underside n it id black , glabrous , save for fine , grey setae .

H ead : rostrum narrower than head , dorsal surface widening to the front , the

external r idges- converging to the base of intercristal r idge , wi th tw o shallow

110 AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA .

foveae near base ; supraorbi tal crests large , biramate , the an ter ior branch small

and rather closely welded to the subconi cal poster ior branch , the lat ter curved

backward ; intercr istal r idge wide , well raised and cont inuous wi th anterior rami .

Prothorax 53 x 8 m in . , apex s inuate , the medial area produced over head , d isk

wi th three transverse impressions extending to the median tubercles, o cular

lobes prominent , median area flat , bounded by rows of six large rounded tubercles,

the 6th ( at base ) small , the 4th trip licate and subconnected ,lateral tubercles

dentate , triangular ( somewhat as in A . marshami Kirb . , but more robust ) , the

anter ior tooth birama te , the anter ior branch smal ler ; between the lateral teeth a

small rounded tubercle evident below the p lane of disk ; a coni cal tubercle also

on each side of ap ical lobe and some scat tered granules on depressed area of

d i sk . E lytra 16 x 10 mm . , ovate , widest Slight ly behind middle , base t runcate ,

wi der than base of p rothorax , ap ex w idely rounded ; disk with seven rows of

tubercles, bes ides the less evident rows of punctures . Of the rows of tubercles,

the 3rd , 5th and 7 th contain those of larger size , those in 3rd and 5th rounded,

in 7th con ical ; the 1st , 2nd , 4th and 6th rows .contain smaller , round tubercles ;

between the regular rows a few irregular granulose tubercles also . Ap ical segments

of abdomen finely punctat e , the ap ical wi th a subgranulose margin . T ibiae

wi thout ev ident sexual character .

* D im. 25 x 10 mm .

H ab.

— South Queensland : The Pyramids, Wyberba’

di strict (E . Sut ton ) .

The largest spec ies of the genus known to me , that I gladly name after its

d iscoverer , the naturalist of the Stanthorpe region . I t is one of the marshami

group in Ferguson’

s table of the genus (These PROC . , 1921 , p .

CERAMBYCIDAE .

H esthesis p lorator Fasc .

— Typ ical examp les of this have the elytral ap ices

obl ique . Tw o examp les taken by Mr . F . E . Wi lson at Woor i Yallock, Vict . , and an

examp le from Ringwood , Vict. , in my collect ion , have c learly truncate ap ices,

though w i th the characterist ic product ion at the sutural angle .

Cop tocercus tr imacu latus Hope , and C . crucigerus Hope , by a mischance, were

transposed in my tabulat ion (These PROC . , 1929 , p . C . crucigerus Should

appear in line wi th No . 8 on p . 130 .

I wish to express my thanks to Mr . E . H . Z eck and Miss B. Adams for the ir

drawings of the new species i llustrated .

* A s the examp le in hand is p robab ly 9 , th is character awa i ts confirma t ion . A

s econd examp le , r ecen t ly sen t by Mr . Sut ton , is o"and has th e int ermed ia t e t ib iae with

a subap ica l em arg ina t ion .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

112 CHECK LIST OF NEW SOUTH WALES PTERIDOPH YTES ,

I SOETACEAE .

ISOETES L . , Skanska resa , 1751 , 420 .

A species of I soetes is recorded for New South Wales and there are specimens

from the Victorian side of the Murray R iver in the Na t ional Herbarium .

These p lants are'

certainly not I . D rummondi i , nor do they seem to conform

to descrip t ions of any other spec ies .

PSILOTALES .

PSILOTACEAE .

TMESIPTERI S Bernh . , Schrad . Journ .,i i

, 1800 , 131 .

T . tannensis Bernh . , l .o including T . e longata D ang . and T . lanceolata D ang .

PSILOTUM Sw . , Schrad . Journ . ,i i , 1800 , 109 .

P . nudum (L . ) Griesb . in Veget . d . Kara iben , 18 57 , 130 . (P . tri quetrum Sw

Lycopodium nudum L . )

FILI CALES .

OPH IOGLOSSACEAE .

OPH IOGLOSSUM L . , Gen . Plan t , 1753, 503 .

O . coriaceum A . Cunn . in Hk . , Comp . to Bot . Mag . , i i , 1836 , 367 . (O . gramineum

R .Br. )

0 . costatum R .Br . Prodr .

Some specimens of Ophioglossum colle cted by Mr . E . Gheel in the Orange

distri ct have been ident ified by him as O . Pran t li i G.Ch r . ( 0 . lanceolatum Prantl ,

0 . vulgatum var . lanceolatum Luerss . , O . vulgatum var . gramineum Ba i ley ) in

PROC . LINN . Soc . 1924, with the p roviso that this species may not be

specifically dist inct from O . lusi tani cum Linn . The specimens are i ndist inguish

able from the common Australian species 0 . coriaceum A . Cunn . whi ch is the

Australian coun terpart of 0 . lusi tan i cum , having ovate to ovate-lanceolate steri le

fronds .

0 . pendulum L . , Sp . Plant . ed . i i , i i , 1763, 1518 .

BOTRYCH IUM Sw Schrad . Journ . 18002 , 1801 , 8 , 110 .

B . lunaria (L . ) Sw . , l .o.

B . australe R .Br . , Prodr . , 1810 , 1 64. (B . terna'

tum var . australe Domin . )

MARATTIACEAE .

ANGIOPTERIS Hofim . , Comm . Soc . R eg . Gott ing x i i , 29 .

A . evecta Hoffm . , l .c . Recorded in PROC . L INN . Soc . 24, 1909 , 367 .

OSMUNDACEAE .

T ODEA, Schrift . Akad . E rfurt . , 1802 , 14.

T . barbara (L . ) Moore Ind. , 1857 , cxix . ( Osmunda barbara Thunb . )

LEPTOPTERI S Presl , Supp l . T ent . Pterid . , 1845, 70 .

L . Fraseri (HR. and Grev . ) Presl , l .c . ( Todea Fraseri HR. and Grev . )

SCH I ZAEACEAE .

LYGODIUM Sw . , Schrad . Journ . , 18002, 1801, 106 .

L . scandens (L . ) Sw . , l .o.

SCH IZAEA Sm . , Mem. Acad . Turin , v , 1793, 419 .

S . bifida Wi lld . , Schri ft . Akad . E rf . , 1802 , 30 .

S . d ichotoma (L . ) Sm . , l .c . , p . 422 , t . 9 . The var . Forsteri is recorded by Domin

(Bi bl . Bot . , Bd. xx , p . 207 ) as occurring in New South Wales , but he states

that he h imself has not seen t rue specimens from Australia .

BY ALMA T . MELVAINE . 113

S . fistulosa Labi ll Nov . Holl . Pl . Ins . Sp . , i i , 1806 , 103.

S . rupestri s R .Br. , 1.c p . 162 .

MARSILEACEAE .

MARSILEA L Gen . Plant . , 1753, 799 .

M. angustifolia R .Br l .o. , p . 167 . Recorded in PROC . L INN . Soc . N.S .W 30 , 1905,“

374.

M. Brow ni i A .Br Monatsber . A le. Berl. , 1863, 418 . (M. quadrifolia Benth

non L. )

M. D rummondi i A .Br . , Linnea, 25, 1853, 721 .

var . Nardu Benth . impl . , Fl . Austr., vi i , 1878 , 674. (M. Nardu A .Br. )

M. ewarata A .Br . , Monatsber . A la. Ber l. , 1870 , 732 .

M. hi rsuta R .Br . , l .o., 167 .

PILULARIA .

‘P. Novae-Hollandiae A .Br ., l .o. (B . ; (P . globulifera Benth non L . )

GLEICH ENIACEAE.

GLEICHENIA Sm. , l .o.

G . ci rcinata Sw . , l .o. , p . 107 .— This species w as originally described by Swartz in

1801 from a l imited number of specimens . Robert Brown , in 1810, from a

larger supp ly of material , discarded Swartz’

s sp ecies as insufficient ly described

( charactere haud conveniente ) , and described three species of Glei chenia :

G. mi crophylla, G. rupestri s, and G. sp eluncae p . Of these ,

G. microphylla is apparently synonymous wi th G. circinata but more care

fully defined ; i t is frequently given as a variety of G. circinata (v . D omin ,

G. rupestris is a glabrous form Wi thout the h irsute rachis of Swartz’

s

species and has fronds whi ch are glaucous below. G . speluncae is described

as“frondibus furcat is lobis semiovatis planis membranaceis subtus

glaucis, capsulis 3—4 exsert is In the Nat ional Herbarium, Sydney, the only

specimens wh ich agree with this descrip tion are a few fronds whi ch are

membranous and only once —or twi ce forked . They appear to be juveni le

fronds of Brown’

s G. rupestri s. Thus the specimens may be classified as

G. circinata which has priority desp i te i ts imperfect descrip tion , and Brown’

s

G . rupestri s which is worthy only of varietal rank .

var. rupestri s Benth . imp l Fl . Austr . , vi i , 1878 , 697 .

G. d i corpo R .Br ., l .o., p . 161 .

G. flabellata R .Br . , l .c .

G . flagellam’

s (Bory ) Spreng . Syst ., iv, 1827 , 25. (G. laevigata (Wi lld . ) Hk . )

Recorded in PROC . LINN . Soc . 34, 1909 , 366 .

G . linearis (Burm . ) Clarke , Trans . Linn . Soc. , i i , Bot . i , 1880, 428 . (G. dichotoma

Hk . ; G . Hermanni R .Br. )

PLATY Z OMA R .Br ., l .o.

P . mi crophyllum R .Br . , l .c .

HYMENOPHYLLACEAE .

TRICH OMANES L . , Sp . Plant . , i i , 1753, 1907 .

*T . omphalodes (Viei ll . ) C .Chr . , Ind . Fi l . , 1906 , 646 . ( T . peltatum Bak . ) (C )*T . Bauerianum Endl . , Prodr. F1. Norf. , 1833, 17 . ( T . apiifolium Presl ; T .

meifolium non Bory . ) (B D . ; C . ;

T . digi tatum Sw . , var . calvescens Benth . imp l . , l .o. , p . 12 . ( T . calvescens V .d .B

Hymenophyllum Cat t let ti i C . Moore . )

114 CH ECK LI ST on NEW SOUTH WALES PTERIDOPHYTES ,

*T . humi le Forst . , Prodr ., 178 6 , 84. (M. &B C . )

T . javani cum Bl . , Enum 182 8 , 224.

T . parvu lum Poir Encycl . , v ii i , 1808 , 64.

T . r igi dum Sw . , Prodr . , 1788 , 137 .

T . venosum R .Br. , Prodr . , 1810, 159 .

T . vi tiense Bak . , Journ . L inn . Soc . , ix , 1866, 338 .

HYMENOPH YLLUM Sm ., Mem . Acad . Turin , v , 1793, 418 .

australe Wi lld . , Sp . Plant . , 5, 1810 , 527 . (H . javani cum Spreng . )

bivalve (Forst . ) Sw . , Schrad . Journ . , 18002, 1801 , 99 . Recorded in Wing

’

s

Southern Sci ence R ecord , June , 1883.

flabellatum Labi ll . , Nov . Holl . Plant . , i i , 1806 , 101 . (H . ni tens R .Br. )

marginatum Hk . and Grev . , Ic . Fi l . , 1829 , i , t . 34. Recorded in PROC . LINN.

Soc . 8 , 1884, 469 , and 37 , 1912 .

pumi lum C . Moore, Hk . and Bak . Syn . F11 1874, 464.

rorum R .Br l .c . , p . 159 (H . lucens C . Moore ) .

tunbri dgen'

se (L . ) Sm. , in Sow e rb . Eng] . Bot . , 1794, t . 162 .

p eltatum Poir . Recorded in PROC . LINN . Soc . 1916 .mmmm

mm

mm

SALVINIACEAE .

AzoLLA Lam ., Encycl . meth ., i , 1783, 343.

A . fili culoi des Lam. var . rubra D iels . (A . rubra

A . p innata R .Br . , l .o. , p . 167 .

D I CKSONIACEAE : Subfami ly D ICK SONIEAE .

CULCITA Presl .

C’. dubia Maxon , Journ . Wash . Acad . Sci . , 458 . (D avallia dubia

R .Br . ; D i cksonia dubia Gaud . ; Si to lobium dubium Brack . ; Balantium dubium

Copel . )

D I CK SONIA L ’

Her . , Sertum angl icum, 1788 , 30 .

D . antarcti ca Labi ll Nov . Holl . Plant . , i i , 1806 , 100 . (D . Bi llardi eri

D . Youngiae C . Moore, Proc . H ort . Soc . , also in Hk . and Bak . Syn . Fil . , 1874, 461 .

Subfamily DENNSTAEDTI INAE.

DENNSTAEDTIA Bernh . , Schrad . Journ .

'

18002 , 1801 , 124.

D . davallioi des Moore , Parker s Cat . , (D i cksonia dcw allioides R .Br . ;

D ava llia di cksoni oides

HYPOLEPIS Bernh . , Schrad . neu Journ . , 12, 1806 , 34.

H . tenuifolia (Forst . ) Bernh . , l .c .

H . punctata (Thunb . ) Met t . (D ryop teri s punctata (Thunb . ) G.Chr Polypodium

punctatum Thunb . ; Phegop teris punctata Mett . ) The transfer of this species

and the next to Hypolepi s from Polypodium, D ryop teri s, etc ., is already

widely accepted . Anatomical features are defini tely in accord wi th a

D icksonioid relat ionsh ip , and the species are only superficially simi lar to

the Polypodiums and Dryopteroid ferns wi th wh ich they have commonly

been classified .

H . rugu losa (Lab . ) J.Sm. , Bot . Mag ., lxxi i , 1846 , Comp . 8 . (D ryop teris punctata

subspecies rugosula C .Chr . ; Phegozoteri s punctata var . rugulosa v . Alder

v . Rosenberg ; Polyp od ium rugosulum Lab i ll . ; Phegop teri s rugulosa Fée :

Phegop teri s rugosula Met t . )

CYATHEACEAE.

ALSOPH ILA R .Br . , Prodr . , 1810 , 158 .

A . austra lis R .Br l .o.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

116 CHECK LIST OF NEW SOUTH WALES PTERIDOPH YTES ,

like the Pteroid ferns, begin their development marginally, spreading towards

the centre .

Subfamily GYMNOGRAMMOIDEAE.

This is a composite subfami ly comp rising Schizaeoid and Osmundaceous

derivat ives, centred around the old genus Gymnogramme . The group includes

a large p ercentage of the old subfami ly Pterideae, whi ch have been shown to

conform to an Osmundaceous or Schizaeoid , exindusiate type , rather than to the

bi -indusiate D icksonioid type from which originated the Davallioid and Pteroid

ferns . A true indusium is phylet ically absent ,'

but the leaf margin is often

membranous and recurved over the sorus in imi tat ion of this structure .

The chief superficial dist inguishing features between genera of this group ,

such as P ellaea, and Pteroid ferns , is the consistent occurrence of hard dark ,

often polished , p etioles and rachi des .

CERATOPTERIS Brough . , Bu ll. Soc . Phi l ,1821, 186 .

0 . t ha li ctroides (L . ) Brough . , l .o.

— This Species has usually been separated from

the Polyp odiaceae because of its somewhat irregular Sporangial characters .

These are marked irregulari t ies of the annulus , and great variations in spore

output , both of whi ch features are typ ical of primi tive ferns in general ,

and are seen in a small group of rather rare ferns classified wi th Gerat‘

opter is .

ANOGRAMMA Link , Fil . Sp . , 1841 , 137 .

A . lep tophylla (L . ) Link , l .o. (Grammi tis lep tophyl la Sw . )ADIANTUM L . , Gen . Plant . , 1737 , 782 .

A . aethiopi cum L Syst . Nat . , ed . x , i i , 1759 , 1329 .

A . formosum R .Br Prodr . , 1810 , 155.

A . diaphanum B1. , Enum. , 1828 , 215.

A . hi spidulum SW Schrad . Journ . , 18002, 1801 , 82 .

A . apine Wi lld ., Sp . Plant v , 1810, 448 . A . Cunninghami Hk . is apparently

synonymous with this species, though Christensen separates them. He states

that A . apine occurs only . in New Z ealand , whi le A . Cunninghami is common

to Australia, New Z ealand and several of the Pacific islands . In New Z ealand ,

however, the tw o are not separated (Cheeseman , k . Fl . N. Z and the

dist inct ion, whi ch i s based on the glaucous or non-glaucous character of the

p innules , is unsatisfactory, since all intermediate states of glaucousness are

found.

The var. in termedium Benth . is excluded : the dist inct ion ( length of

indusia ) is not valid. There . is almost no difference between length and

breadth in most of the indusia, nor is the difference , Where it exists, constant .

PELLAEA Link , Fi l . Sp 1841 , 48 , 59 .

P. falcata Fee , Gen . Fil . , 1850 , 129 . (Pteris falcata R .Br . ) The variety

nana Bailey is excluded . Many p lants in d ifferent localit ies have been

examined and , though a few extremes are separable , the characters of tufted

rh izome and close or overlapp ing pinnae , wh ich distinguish the variety,

are by no means constant . One finds all combinat ions of the tw o characters ,

wh ich seem to be a feature of the habitat .

P . paradoxa Hk . , Sp . Fi l . , i i , 1858 , 135. Including var . norma lis Domin,

l .c . (Pteris paradoaa Bak . )

D ORYOPTERIS J.Sm. , Journ . Bot ., i i i , 1841 , 404.

D . concolor (Langsa. and Fisch . ) Kuhn . , v . D eck . Reisen, i i i", 1879 , Bot . 19 .

(P teri s concolor Langsd . and Fisch . ; P ter is gerani ifolia Raddi . )

BY ALIVIA T . BI ELVAINE .

CHEILANTHES Sw . , Syn . Fi l . , 5, 1806 , 12 6 .

C . tenuifolia (Burm . ) Sw . , l .o. , 1806 , 12 9 , 332 . The variety Siebert Benth . imp l .

is excluded : the character of an almost erect rhizome is qui te inadequate

as a dist inguishing feature . The species has i ts leaves crowded on the

rhizome , so that a short rhizome gives a tufted appearance ; most of the

rhizomes examined are short , and apparently slow growing.

NOTH OLAENA R .Br. , l .o. , p . 145.

N. Browni i Desv ., Prodr . , 1827 , 220 . (N. vollea R .Br Chei lan thes vellea

N . distans R .Br l .o. , 146 . (Chei lanthes d i stans A .Br . )

Subfami ly DRY OPTEROIDEAE.

CYSTOPTERI S Bernh ., Schrad . neu . Journ . , 12, 1806, 5, 2 6 .

C . fragi li s (L . ) Bernh . , l .o. (Woodsia laet ivirens Pren t ice . ) Although the t rue

systemat ic posi tion of this fern is by no means certain, it is usually included

in the sect ion Woodsieae of Dryopteroid or Asp idioi d ferns, and will be

classified here unt i l a better posit ion can be assigned to i t .

DRYOPTERI S Adans . , Fam. des Plant . , i i , 1763, 20 .

D . decomposi ta O . Kuntze , R ev . Gen . Plant i i , 1891, 812 . (Aspi dium

decomposi tum R .Br . ) Including D . lanci loba var . glabella Benth . impl . This

is the reference given in Maiden and Betche’

s Census, though Bentham does

not mention the name glabella . (D . g labella (A . Cunn . ) C .Chr . )

D . acuminata (Lowe ) Watts, PROC . LINN . SOC . 41 , 1916 , 380 . The variety

cri stata Watts, l .c . , is excluded ; D . acuminata has a tufted rhizome, but the

type specimen of the variety has a creep ing one , with i ts leaves much closer

together than on the typ ical creep ing rhizomes of D . decomp osi ta and

D . queenslandi ca. This , however , is a common feature of the early stages of

tufted rhizomes, and the cristate character of the fronds is almost certainly .

an aberrant one : no further crested fronds could be found in the same

local ity, though several simi lar rhizomes were unearthed .

D . tenera C .Chr . , l .o. , p . 297 . (Asp idium tenerum Spreng. )*D . set igera (Bl . ) O . Kuntze , l .o. , p . 813 . (Asp idium tenericaule Thw . ; A . uliginosa

Kuntze . ) (M. &E B . )

D . queenslandica Domin , Bi bi . Bot . , Bd . xx , p . 44. (D . Bai leyi i Maiden and Betche

Po lypodium aspidioi des Bai ley . ) Maiden and Betche were undoubtedly r ight

in referring this species to D ryop t eri s , and in requiring a name other than

that already used for an American species (aspidioides ) , but this alterat ion

had already been effected by D omin , three years prior to the publi cat ion

of the Census of Maiden and Betche .

gongylocles (Schkuhr ) O . Kun tze , l .c . , p . 811 . (Asp idium un i tum SW . )

parasi ti ca (L . ) O . Kuntze, l .o. (Aspi dium molle SW. )truncata (Poir . ) O . Kuntze , l .c . , p . 814. (Asp idium truncatum Gaud . )

pro lifera (Retz . ) G.Chr . , l .c . , p . 286 . (Polypod ium proliferum Presl . ) (B . ;

C . )

POLYSTICHUM Roth . , R om . Mag . , 21, 1799 , 106 .

P . aculeatuni (L . ) Schot t . , Gen . Fil . , 1834, ad . t . 9 . (Asp idium aculeatum SW. )

The p lants of this species vary tremendously in the degree of scaly development , and of proliferat ion from the frond . A large collect ion from all

over the State shows a degree of constancy in the type from any one

ecological si tuat ion , a fact whi ch indicates that the variat ions are probably

due to habitat . The number of buds formed on the frond varies too with

environmental cond i tions , as the cult ivat ion of wi ld p lants wi ll readi ly

E1

5

5

6

118 CHECK LIST OF NEW SOUTH WALES PTEEIDOP‘

H Y TES ,

Show . A specimen from Robert Brown ’

s collect ion , whi ch he named

P . pro liferum, is nearly~

glabrous , and bears a single bud near the apex of

the frond . One rarely finds p lants without any buds, and all are apparently

capable of proliferat ion when cond it ions are favourable . Maiden and Betche’

s

variet ies ( the species P . proliferum and P . vesti tum of D iel s and Chr istensen )are therefore excluded .

P . aristatum (Forst . ) Presl , T ent . Pterid . , 1836 , 83.

- (Asp idium ari statum Sw . )*var . carvifolium Maiden and Betche . (P . carvifolium (O . Kuntze ) C .Chr . ) (C . )

P . adiantiforme (Forst . ) JS m . , H ist . Fi l ., 1875, 220 . (Asp idium capense Wi lld

A . cor iaceum SW . )

P . hi sp i dium ( Sw . ) J.Sm . , Journ . Bot . , iv , 1841 , 195. (Aspidium hi spidium Sw . )

Subfamily ASPLENIOIDEAE .

ATHxR IUM Roth . , R om . Mag . , 21, 179 9 , 105.

A . umbrosum (Ai t . ) Presl , T ent . Pterid . , 1836 , 9 8 . (Asp lenium umbrosum J.Sm. )

var . semidivi sum E . C . Chisholm, PROC . LINN . SOC . l ix , 1934, 143.

A . humi le Wat ts, PROC . LINN . Soc . 41 , 1916, 380 . The name is included

here unt i l further material can be found . I t is highly p robable that the

type sp ecimen i s a juveni le frond of D ip lazium japoni cum Beddome .

D IPLA Z IUM Sw ., Schrad . Journ . , 18002, 1801 , 61 .

D . maximum (D on ) C .Chr . , l .o. , p . 235. (Asp lenium maximum D on . )

D . japoni cum (Thunb . ) Beddome, Supp lement to the Ferns of Southern India,

e tc . , Madras . There has always been some doubt as to the occurren ce of

this species in New South Wales, owing to a descript ion from a doubtful

specimen in Bentham ’

s Flora Australiensis, but recent collect ions from

several locali t ies in the North Coast distri ct have confirmed the original

record .

ASPLENIUM L . , Gen . Plant . , 1737 , 783 .

A . ni dus L Sp . Plant . , i i , 1753, 1079 .

A . attenuatum R .Br . , Prodr . , 1810 , 150 .

var . multi lobum Fragm. , v , 1866 , 131 .

A . flabellifolium Cav. , D escr . , 1802 , 257 .

A . tri chomanes L . , Sp . Plant ., i i , 1753, 1080 .

A . obtusatum Forst . , Prodr 1736 , 80 . (A . marinum F.v .M non L . )

var . difiorme Benth . (A . difforme R .Br . )

A . adian tioides (L . ) C .Chr . , Ind . Fi l 1906 , 99 . (A . falcatum Lam. ) The var .

caudatum Benth . imp l . is excluded ; i t is g iven specific rank by van Rosenburg

in Malayan Ferns where i t is dist inguished by the posi t ion of the

higher sor i which are“sub-parallel and nearly close to the costa, occupying

the lower part of the ve ins”

. In A . adian tioides they are“erecto-patent ,

and not sub-parallel to the costa”

. In the New South Wales specimens

at least , the variety is not constantly separable .

*A . H ookerianum Col . , Tas . Journ . , i i , 18 84, 169 . (B . , doubtful . )*A . praemorsum SW Prodr . , 1788 , 130 . (A . furcatum Thunb . ) (B . ; C . )

A . bulbiferum Forst . , Prodr . , 1786, 80 .

A . flacci dum Forst . , l .c .

PLEUROSORUS Fée, Gen . Fi l . , 18 50—52 , 179 .

P . rut ifolius Fee , l .o . , p . 180 . (Grammi ti s rutifolia R .Br Gym/nogramme

ru taefo lia Hk . )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

120 CHECK LI ST OF NEW SOUTH WALES PTERID OPH YTES

PLEOPELTI S Humb . et Bonpl . , Pl. aequinoct , Paris , 1805—1818 .

Brow ni i (Wickstr . ) Fournier , Bull . Soc . Fr . , 16 , 1869 , 424. (Polypodium

Brow n i i Wickstr ., Polypodium at tenuatum R .Br. )

P . pustu lata (Forst . ) Moore, Ind . Fi l 1857 .

P . diversifolia nov . comb . (Pl . Bi llardieri Moore ; Polypodium diversi

folium -The compl icated synonymy of these tw o species has caused

much confusion . The solut ion of the p roblem is clearly given by D omin

w ho summarizes the si tuat ion as follows : the tw o species Polypodium

pustulatum and P . scandens , set up by Forster in 1786 , were only one species .

In 1806 Labi llardiere described a p lant from Tasmania wh ich he said w as

ident ical wi th Forster’

s P ..scandens, but he expressed doubt as to the validity

of Forster’

s tw o species . However, Labillardiere’

s p lant , whi ch he called

P . scandens, w as certainly different from Forster’s species : i t w as described

again in 1810 by Willdenow as P . diversifolium, and in the same year by

Robert Brown as P . Bi llardi er i . D omin says that , i f' Forster

’

s names are

synonymous , and scandens is therefore deleted from the genus as a specific

name , then Labillardiere’

s P . scandens must have precedence ( for the

Tasmanian plant ) , and Wi lldenow ’

s P . diversifolium and Brown’s P.

Bi llardieri are synonyms of it . C . Chr istensen considers that P . diversifolium

Wi lld . w as the first true name for th is species and , as this name is now

generally in'

use , i t has been adopted here . Christensen and D omin have

adopted P . pustulatum Forst . for the other species . Unfortunately p both

Bentham, and Moore and Bet che used the name scandens, now generally

regarded as a synonym. Thus a reversal of the nomenclature in use in this

State becomes necessary : Polypod ium pustulatumof the Flora Australiensis

( also of Bailey, Moore and Betche , etc . ) must become P . diversifolium Willd . ,

and P . scandens Forst . of Bentham, Bailey, etc must become P . pustulatum

Forst . Since their characte rs are those of the Dipteroid ferns and not of

the true Polypodiaceae the generic name Pleopelti s has been adopted .

CYCLOPH ORUS D esv . , Ber l . Meig. , v , 1811 , 300 . (Niphobolus Kaulf. )

C . serpens (Forst . ) C .Chr . , Ind . Fi l . , 1906, 201 . (Polypodium serpens Forst . )

C . confluens C .Chr ., l .c ., p . 198 . (Polypodium confluens R .Br . )

DRYNARIA (Bory ) J.Sm. , Journ . Bot . , iv, 1841 , 60 .

D . rigidula ( Sw . ) Beddome , Ferns Brit . Ind . , 1869 , t . 314. (Polypodium rigidulum

Sw . )

HYMENOLEPI S Kaulf . , Enum Fil . , 1824, 146 .

H . spicata (L . fil . ) Presl , E p imeliae botanicae , 1849 , 159 . (Acrosti chum sp icatum

L . )PLATYCERIUM D esv . , Prodr 1827 , 213.

P. bifurcatum (Cav . ) G.Chr . , l .o. , p . 498 . (P . alcioorne D esv . )

P . grande (A . Cunn . ) J.Sm . , Journ . Bot . , i i i , 1841, 402 .

Subfamily POLYPODIEAE .

A systemat ic study of the Ferns such as Bower has undertaken in The

Fi li cales , vols. i , i i , and i i i , shows clearly that species of Polypod ium whi ch are

commonly classified in the subgenus Eu-Polypodium are not closely related to

species such as are included in th is list wi th the D ip teroid ferns, though they

are usually classified together in the subfami ly Polypodieae . Only tw o species of

the subgenus Eu-Polypodium occur in New South Wales , and i t seems just ifiable

to include these as t rue members of the old subfami ly Polypodieae .

BY ALMA T . MELVAINE . 121

POLYPODIUM L . , Gen . Plant . , 1753, 784.

P . Bi llardi eri (Wi lld . ) C .Chr . , l .o. , p . 513. (P . australe Met t . ) Mai den and

Betche used the name P . australe Mett . in preference to P . Bi llardi eri , in

order to avoid confusion , though they recognized that P . Bi llard i eri had

priori ty.

*P . grammi t idi s R .Br ., Prodr 1810 , 147 . (C . )

In the making of this list the collections of Pteridophytes in the Nat ional

Herbarium, Sydney, have been invaluable . I wish to express my thanks to Mr .

Gheel , of the He rbarium , w ho p laced the collect ions at my disposal , and to

Professor Osborn , of the D epartment of Botany, Sydney Un ivers ity, for advi ce

helpful crit icism.

CONTRIBUTION TO A KNOWLEDGE OF PAPUAN TIPULIDAE (DIPTERA ) .

By CHARLES P . ALEXANDER , Massachusetts State College, Amherst , Mass . , U .S.A .

(Communi cated by Frank H . Taylor ,

( Seven T ext-figures . )

[ R ead 24th June ,

The material in cluded in the present paper is chiefly from the mountains of

the Cen tral D ivision of Papua north of Port Moresby, and w as collected by Mr .

K . J . Clinton of the School of Publi c Health and T rop ical Medi cine , The

Universi ty of Sydney. The collect ion contained eight species , Six being described

as new . The subgenus Paramongoma is recorded for the first t ime from Papua .

I express my very sincere thanks to Professor Harvey Sut ton , D irector of the

School of Public Health and T rop i cal Medi cine , for submi tt ing this mater ial to me

for study. All typ es and uniques are p reserved in the collect ion of the School .

LIMONI INAE .

LIMONI INI .

LIM ONIA (LIMONIA ) LONGEANTENNATA, n . sp . Figs . 1 , 3.

Size small (wing , g, 4 general colorat ion of thorax dark brown ,

the praescutum more reddish-brown ; femora yellow, wi th a narrow, subterminal ,dark ring ; wings with a uniform brown tinge, the stigma very small , subcircular

in out line ; male terminalia wi th the basistyle armed at t ip with three groups Of

modified setae ; dististyle profoundly divided into a dusky clavate outer lobe and

an oval inner lobe that is produced into a slender sp inous point .

Length about 3-5 mm. wing, 4 mm antenna about 2 -7 mm.

Rostrum black, about one-thi rd the length of remainder of head ; palp i black.

Antennae (g) of unusual length for a member of th is subgenus, being only a li ttle

shorter than the ent ire body, black throughout ; fiagellar segments long-cylindri cal,

wi th short glabrous ap i cal pedi cels ; terminal segment subequal in length to the

penult imate , strongly narrowed and pale at apex . Head grey, more si lvery-

grey on

front ; eyes large , rather broadly contiguous on vertex.

Pronotum dark brown . Mesonotal p raescutum more reddish-brown , somewhat

darkened beh ind ; scutal lobes dark brown , the median area and the scutellum

more testaceous-brown ; mediotergite dark brown . Pleura uniformly dark brown ,

the dorso-

pleural reg ion and meron somewhat br ighter . Halteres dark brown ,

the base of stem narrowly pale . Legs wi th the fore coxae darkened , the remaining

coxae more yellowish ; trochan ters yellow ; femora yellow, wi th a narrow

subterminal dark ring, the actual t ip a l ittle narrower, yellow ; t ibiae and tarsi

brown ; claws small . Wings (Fig . 1 ) w i th'

a uniform brown t inge ; st igma very

small , subcircular in outline, darker brown ; veins brown , macrotrich ia

consp icuous , black . Venat ion : Scl end ing shortly before midlength of the long R s ,

Se2 at t ip ; free t ip of Sc2 and R 2 in t ransverse alignment ; m a l ittle longer and

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

124 PAPUAN TIPULIDAE ,

oval , darker brown ; veins dark. Venat ion : Sc. relat ively short , Sc1 ending just

before fork of R s , So, at t ip of Scl ; R s gent ly arcuated ; free t ip of Soz and R 2 in

transverse alignment ; inner ends of cells zud M2 and M3 in transverse alignment ;

m—cu just beyond one -th ird the length of cell l st M2 ; anal’

veins slightly convergent

at bases .

Abdomen black, the terminalia only a litt le brightened . Male terminalia

(Fig . 4) with the terg i te , 9 t , relat ively narrow ap ically. Basistyle , b, long and

slender, the ventro-mesal lobe basal in posit ion , prov ided with long coarse setae .

D orsal dististyle a short curved blackened horn , the t ip acute . Ventral dist istyle ,

ed, a small oval lobe, wi th long setae ; rostral blade long and consp i cuous, pale ,

compressed, at apex narrowed into a small sp inous point .

Holotype , Onoba, Papua, alti tude about feet , July, 1935 (K . J .

Clin ton ) .

By Edw ards’

s key to the species of L i bnotes (Journ . F ed . Malay St . Mus , 14,

1928 , 74—80 ) the p resent fly runs more or less directly to Limonia (Li bnotes )

trifasciata (Edwards ) of the Federated Malay States ,_

a very different fly. The

peculiar structure of the male terminalia is somewhat as'

in an otherwise ent irely

d ist inct species to be described, in a later paper of the series, from Kavieng,

New I reland .

LIMONIA (LIBNOTES ) CLINTONI , n . sp . Fig . 2 .

General colorat ion grey ; praescutum with a brownish crossband behind the

anterior margin , together wi th tw o comma-shaped brown spots beyond midlength

of the scleri te ; fore legs en t irely black ; wings faint ly t inged with yellow, sparsely

patterned wi th brown ; free t ip of Sc2 in v irtual transverse alignment wi th R 2 ;

abdomen dark brown , the terminalia brownish-black .

d‘. Length about 11 wing, 15 mm .

Rostrum brown ish-black ; palp i black . An tennae wi th scape black, pale at

base ; pedicel brownish-yellow ; flage llum yellow ; dagcllar segments long-oval , the

longest vert i cil of each subequal in length to the segment ; terminal segment

about one-fifth longer than the penult imate . Head light grey ; anterior vertex

reduced to a very narrow strip that is only a little wider than the diameter of a

single ommat idium .

Pronotum reddish-brown , darker on posterior border . Mesonotal praescutum

chiefly greyish-pruinose , wi th a brownish crossband behind anterior margin,

cont inued backward across the humeral and lateral borders to the suture ; a pai r

of intermediate brown dashes, shaped like commas, placed just beyond midlength

of praescutum ; scutum whi t ish , the lobes with more greyish centres ; scutellum

and mediotergite whit ish, the latter wi th a brownish-black lateral line , widened

posteriorly. Pleura whi t ish-

grey, wi th narrow, broken , dark brown , longitudinal

lines on anep isternum and pterop leuri te , and again across fore coxae and ventral

sternopleuri te . Halteres wi th stem yellow, its base infuscated, the knob blackened .

Legs wi th the coxae wh i t ish , the fore coxae marked as above described ;

t rochan ters whitish ; fore femora ent irely black ; middle and h ind femora brown

basally, passing into black at or near midlength ; all t ibiae and tarsi black ;vesti ture of legs relat ively short and inconsp icuous , short and sp inous on femora,

longer and more appressed on distal segments . Wings (Fig . 2 ) long and narrow ,

fa int ly t inged with yellow, the costal cells more saturated ; a restricted dark

pa ttern that is confined to the ve ins and distributed as small areas as follows :

Arculus ; orig in of R s ; at intervals along cord ; outer end of cell 1st M2 ; t ip of

Sc, and R , ; at distal ends of ve ins M, , Cu] , l st A and 2nd A ; veins bright yellow,

BY C . P . ALEXANDER . 125

black in the clouded areas . Venat ion : Free t ip of Soz lying immediately basad

of R2 , so as to app ear virtually in al ignment wi th i t ;“

cell 2nd M2 about one-third

longer than cell M3 ; m-cu just beyond one-fifth the length of lower face of cell

l st M2 ; anal veins convergent basally .

Abdomen dark brown , the basal terg i tes darker laterally, the intermediate

ones further darkened medially at base ; terminalia small , brown ish-black ;

sternites paler.

Holotype , J, Onoba, Papua, alt itude about feet , July, 1935 (K . J .

Clinton ) .

This interesting and very dis tinct Li bnotes is named in honour of the

collector, Mr. K . J . Clinton . It belongs to the notata comp lex of species , being

most readily dist inguished from all described allies by the extensive ly blackened

F igures 1 - 7 .

b, bas istyle ; d , d ist isty le ; g , gonapophys is ; t , t erg it e ; ven tra l d ist isty le .

1 . L im onia (L im onia ) longean tenna t-a , n . sp . , vena t ion .

Lim on ia (Libno tes ) Clinton i , n . sp . , vena t ion .

Limonia. (L im on ia ) long eantenna ta , n . sp term inalia .

L im on ia (L ibno tes ) onobana , n . sp . , t erm ina l ia .

Tren t ep ohlia (P ar amongoma ) luor ifera , n . sp . , v enat ion .

Tr en tep ohlia (Mongoma ) long ise tosa , n . sp . , vena t ion .

Gonomyia (Lip ophlep-s ) jura ta , n . sp .

, vena t ion .e

g

r

e

s

s

ERI OPTERINI .

TRENTEPOHLIA (PARAMONGOMA ) LUCRIFERA , n. sp . Fig . 5.

General colorat ion of thorax un iformly brownish-yellow ; antennae with scape

yellow , pedi cel and flagellum brown ; legs pale brownish testaceous ; wings pale

yellowish-

grey, unmarked ; ve ins pale ; macrotrich ia of veins very reduced in

number ; RM , 4 subequal to RM alone , both a l i ttle longer than R 2 .

Q. Length about 3 8 mm. ; wing , 3 7 mm .

Rostrum and palp i brownish-ye llow . Antennae with. the scape yellow ;

pedicel and flagellum brown ; fiagellar segments subo'

val , the vert ici ls short .

Head brownish-yellow.

126 PAPUAN TIPULIDAE ,

Mesonotum and p leura almost un iformly brownish-yellow , Wi thout dist inct

markings . Halteres pale . Legs wi th the coxae and trochanters ye llow ; remainder

of legs pale brown ish testaceous , the tarsi a little paler , di rty whi te . Wings

(Fig. 5 ) pale yellowish-

grey, unmarked ; ve ins pale . Macrotrich ia of veins

virtually lacking, there being tw o or three on vein R1 near st igmal reg ion and

tw o or three scat tered trichia on distal sect ion of ve in R 5 . Venation : Rm “

subequal to RM , both a l itt le longer than R 2 ; cell l st M, elongate , exceedingvein M1, 2 beyond i t ; m-cu just before fork of M ; distal sect ion of Cu1 subequal

to m-cu and about equal to the space along wing-margin between veins Cu1 and

l st A .

Abdominal tergi tes brown ; stern i tes paler brown .

Holotype , 9,Onoba , Papua , alt i tude about feet , July, 1935 (K . J. Clinton ) .

Trentepohlia (Paramongoma ) lucrifera is allied to speci es such as T . (R )banahaoensi s Alexander , T . (P . ) chionopoda Alexander and T . (P . ) pusi lla

E dwards, differing from all\

in - the venat ion , especially the'

subequal veins Rei gn

and the lat ter exceeding in .length vein R, alone .

TRENTEPOHLIA (MONGOMA ) LONGISETOSA , n .

'

6 .

General colorat ion dark brown ; legs brownish-black, the outer tarsal

segmen ts paling to dirty yellow ; tarsi short , espe cially the posterior pair in male

all femora with short sp ines at base ; wings strongly _t inged with dusky ; costal

fringe long and consp i cuous ; vein R 3 oblique , ce ll R; at marg in exceeding

one-half the extent of cell R 3 .

3 . Length , 5—6 mm. ; Wing, 6

—7 mm . 9 . Length , 6-5— 8 mm . ; wing , 6

-5—8 mm .

Rostrum and palp i black. An tennae black throughout ; flagellar segments

subcylindrical ; longest vert ici ls subequal in length to the segments . Head

brown ish-black .

Thoracic dorsum and p leura un iformly dark brown , the dorsopleural region

and p ronotum even darker in colour . Halteres dusky . Legs brownish-black, the

outer tarsal segments paling to di rty yellow ; tarsi short , especially the p osterior

tarsi in male ( femora , 8 mm . tarsi , 5-3 wh i ch are much shorter than the

femora ; femora wi th several ( 12— 15 ) short black sp ines at base . Wings (Fig . 6 )

wi th a strong dusky t inge , the w ing-tip narrowly more darkened in outer rad ial

field ; st igma small and inconsp i cuous ; cells C and Sc more yellowish-brown ;

veins brown ish-black . Costal fr inge ( c?) unusually long and consp icuous, exceeding

in length the width of cell 1st M2 at base ; in female , costal fringe dense but

short and normal . Venat ion : Basal sect ion of R 5 relat ively long , exceed ing tw o

th irds of R s ; gen t ly sinuous , exceeding R s ; vein R 3 much more oblique

than in brevipes, cell R, at margin exceed ing one-half the exten t of cell R 3 ; RM

only about one-th ird to one-half R 2 ; cell l st M, short , the veins and cells beyond

i t correspondingly lengthened .

Abdominal tergi tes and terminalia brownish-black ; stern i tes brown , the

caudal borders of the segmen ts narrowly darkened .

Holotype , g, Maini , Papua , alt i tude about feet , July, 1935 (K . J . Clinton ) .

A llotopotype , 9 . Paratopotypes , 4 g, 9 . Paratypes , 1 g, 1 9, Kone , Papua , alt i tude

about feet , July, 1935 (K . J . Clinton ) .

By my key to the reg ional species of Tren tepohlia (PROC . LINN. SOC . N.S.Wlx , 1935, the p resent fly runs to Tren tepoh lia (Mongoma ) brevipes Alexander

(New Bri tain, New Guinea ) , wh i ch shows seve ral features in common , as the

darkened femora and t ib iae and the shortened tarsi , but is very d ifferent in the

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

A REDESCRIPT ION OF SOLOMYS SALAMONIS RAMSAY .

By ELLI S LE G . TROUGHTON,

[ R ead 2 7 th May ,

I t is of interest to note of the New species of Mus from the Island of Ugi ,

Solomon Group”, described in the PROCEEDINGS for 1882 by E . P . Ramsay, then

Curator of the Australian Museum, that not Only w as it_

th_

e first indigenous rat

reported from the group , but actually the second species of non -chiropt'

erous

mammal to be recorded as well ,“

although a remarkably varied mii rine and

ch iropterous fauna has since been listed from the Solomons.

Rep resen tat ives of the only marsup ial inhabitant , a geograph ical race of

Cuscus (Phalanger ori en tali s brevi ceps Thomas ) , and the first collection of bats ,

had previously been ob tained during the voyage of Herald’ in 1855

by the famous naturalist John Macgillivray, and Dr. F . M. Rayne r, w ho presented

the material to the Bri t ish Museum.

Apparently the next defin i te attemp t at collect ing in the group occurred some

twen ty-five years later , when , by courtesy of the naval authori t ies, Alexander

Morton , then assistant taxidermist at the Austral ian Museum, accompani ed the

puni t ive expedition on board Cormorant’

, despatched in 1881 to invest igate

tragi c happenings in the Solomons .

An excellen t collect ion of b irds included striking novelt ies described in the

PROCEEDINGS for 1882 , in whi ch Morton also supplied interesting“Notes on the

Cruise”

and wrote concerning collect ing on Ugi Island , near San Christoval in

the south-eastern extremi ty of the group , that Mammals were very scarce, an

opossum, Cuscus ori en talis, the species common throughout the islands, and a R at ,

an undescribed species of Mus, being the only speci es obtained”

.

In review ing the important collect ions of mammals sent to the Bri tish Museum

by the late C . M. Woodford ,following h is arrival in the Solomons in 1886 ,

O ldfield Thomas repeatedly misquoted the locality of Mus salamonis as being

Florida Island , although i t is perfectly clear from Ramsay’

s t i tle and descript ion ,

as well as Morton’

s account , that Ugi w as the type locali ty. The implied

uncertainty of habi tat , coupled wi th the impossibili ty of deciding i ts generic

affini t ies from the brief descrip tion , therefore led to the species being general ly

regarded as of doubtful authen t i ci ty .

Although the holotype skin unfortunately d isappeared many years ago , careful

examinat ion of the“old collect ion” crania in the Museum resulted in the discovery

of the holotype skull , the ident ity of wh ich is defini tely established by comparison

w i th Ramsay’

s i llustrat ions . The descrip tion of the hai rless tail showed the

animal to be of the arboreal Uromys type , and the cranial features now prove i t

to belong to the closely allied genus Solomys, originally provided by Thomas

(Ann . May . Na t . H ist ( 9 ) ix , 1922 , 2 61 ) for his Uromys sapi en tis from Ysabel

C on tr ibut ion from the Aus tra l ian Museum .

BY E . LE G. TROUGH TON .

Island , east central Solomons . Also included in the genus is a thi rd species ,

S . salebrosus T roughton (R ec . Ansir . Mus x ix 19 36 , 341—354) recen tly

described from Bougainvi lle I sland at the north-western extremi ty of the group .

I t is indeed sat isfactory to confirm the status of th is interest ing species ,

described in the PROCEEDINGS more than fifty years ago , and to amplify i ts

descript ion in accordance wi th the needs of modern mammalogy.

SOLOMY S SALAM ONI S Ramsay .

Mus salamoni s Ramsay , PROC . LINN . SOC . vi i , 1882 p . 43, Pl . i i (v ) ,

figs . 1—7 . Ug i Island .

D iagnosi s— A pale , grizzled , l ight ashy grey rather harshly furred an imal ,

wi th the terminat ion of palate and the bullae and other feature s qui te typ ical of

Solomys. D iffering from the allied forms by i ts smaller size , decidedly broader

and straighter margined in terorbi tal region , and smaller tympan ic bullae . Hab i tat

Ugi Island , near San Chr istoval , south-eastern Solomons .

E xternal characters — According to Ramsay , General colour of the fur, of a

l ight‘

ashy grey, somewhat gr izzly,and penci lled wi th black , the base of the hai r

mouse colour , the t ip s almost whi te : long black hairs extend ing about half an

inch beyond the fur , which is slightly harsh to the touch ; the tai l bare , scaly ;

the w hiskers long , blacki sh ; the ears small , inside grey , on the outside covered

wi th -m inute hai rs .

H olotype skull — Compared wi th a topotyp i cal skull of S . sapi en ti s , possessing

all features regarded as typ ical of the genus , though the narrowing of the

mesop terygoi d fossa an teriorly is‘

less marked , wi th a corresponding reduct ion of

the palatal emarginat ion , and the bullae are relat ively smaller , less inflated , and

more transparent . In terorbi tal region comparat ively broad and st raight -sided , the

margins not markedly con cave as in sapi en ti s, or sinuous as in'

salebrosus . Palatal

foramina d ist inctly smaller in the slight ly larger skull , and decidedly constricted

in the ir an ter ior thi rd in stead of evenly bowed as in the topotype sapi en t i s.

Z ygoma’

t i c p late wider , and broadly convex instead of straight in p rofile , the

upper edge more rounded but not project ing above as in Ramsay’

s figure .

D en t i ti on .—S ize -

and pa ttern of upper molars qu ite as in the allied forms ,

but the lower series difi ering unusually in be ing longer and much heav ier than

the upper row , the greater width being most ev iden t in m3 , the greatest width

of whi ch i s 2 -9 , against 2 6 mm . in the specimen of sap i en t i s , whi le the posterior

lamina is 2 -1 against 16 mm . and obv iously larger , g iving the lower row a broadly

angulate appearance poster iorly.

D imensions of holotype , male — In sp iri t , v ide Ramsay : Head and body 2 16 ;

tai l 224 ; pes 44-3 ; ear , from top of head , 13 mm .

Skull : Greatest length 49 ; basa l length 43 8 ; zygomat i c breadth inter

orbi tal wi dth nasals 178 x 5-3 ; palatal length 2 59 ; palatal foramina 6 2 x 2 8 ;

upper molar row 10 -4 ; width of m1 3 ; lower row 10-5 ; bulla , length 5-9 , breadth ,

including meatal tubercle , 6 4 mm .

H olotype— Skull only in existence , registered No . A .11257 in the Aust ral ian

Museum . Collected about May , 1881 , by Alexander Morton , Assistan t Taxidermist

to the Museum , on Ugi Island , off the northern coast of San Christoval in the

Solomons group .

Compari son w i th al li es — The descript ion has been amp lified in comparison

wi th sap i en ti s because of i ts intermediate range . Although i t is qui te possible

that exam inat ion of a series of skins of salamonis might tend to link superficially

REDESCRIPTION OF SOLOMY S SALAMONIS .

the three forms, specific d ist inct ion ismost advisable at p resent and appears fullyjustified by the cran ial and dental d ifierences .

Various d imensions indi cate that salamoni s is the smallest form, wi th smaller

and less inflated bullae than e i ther ally, whi le the inte rorbi tal region is compara

t ively much broader and has almost straight marg ins, instead of them being

even ly concave as in sap i en ti s. or

'

sinuous as in salebrosus. I t agrees with

sap i en ti s in having the tai l longe r than the head and body, instead of averaging

shorter as in salebrosus, but di ffers from sapi en tis in the comparat ively much

heavier lower molar row .

R emarks — The members of this genus are apparently the Solomons represen

tatives of the large arboreal Uromys of the Aru Islands , New Guinea, and north

eastern Queensland . The habi ts are evident ly simi lar , as U. caud imacu lata of the

ma in land has been reported to knock down and gnaw coconuts in the Ca irns

d istri ct , wh i le Mr. N. S . Heffernan , when D istri ct Officer at Ysabel Island , observed

of S . sap i en ti s that“the big and large -toothed rats , called

‘Vanete

’

by the nat ives,

are wonderfully act ive and must be almost ent i re ly arboreal as they crack the

Ngali (Canarium ) nuts and gnaw the coconuts, and are found in t rees felled by

the nat ives w ho eat them”.

The habi ts of S . salamon i s are doubtless the Same , and i t is fortunate , in

view of the large and varied rat populat ion of the group , that the dense vegetat ion

whi ch led to the developmen t of many arboreal forms in the Solomons may also

prevent them affect ing t he food suppl ies of the natives , as various species are

reported to be doing in parts of New Guinea .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

132 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YAss ,

Mann ( 1921 ) regarded the igneous rocks at Yass as intrusive on account of the

presence of contact-breccias . Etheridge ( 1894—1917 ) descr ibed fossils from many

parts of the area , and several other short references are to be found (Cotton ,

1923 ; Wi lkinson ,

PH YSIOGRAPH Y .

A parallelism is to be noted in the phys iographi cal features of the area

shown on the map (Pl . v i i ) , three ri dges runn ing approximately NNW.

—SSE .,

wi th tw o intervening valleys , be ing the most pronounced features . On the

eastern r idge is situated the D ouro T rigonometri cal Station , and on the second

are the Laidlaw and Racecourse Stat ions . These names have been used in

writ ing of the locali t ies . The third is referred to as the EuralicL Warroo ridge ,

Eural ie homestead and Warroo T rigonomet ri cal Sta tion being s i tuated on i t . The

eastern valley , viz . , that between Douro and Laidlaw ridges, is occup ied by the

town of Yass , the main street of whi ch , Cooma Street , occup ies the lowest ground

and w as formerly alongside a water-course flowing into the Yass River . The

westerly valley i s drained by tw o tributaries of the Yass River , Booroo Ponds

Creek and Reedy Creek , whi ch are fed by drainage from Laidlaw and Eural ie

Warroo ridges . The Yass River has cut a passage across the ridges , but not

before i t w as great ly deflected by them . Pronounced swingings to the north mark

the river’

s course , when i t first meets each ridge , and only after Some distance

of northward flow has a westerly course been carved , along wh ich the river

has the nearly vert i cal sides of a young st ream. Across the softer beds of the

valley between Laidlaw and Euralie'

ridges , the Yass River pursues the low

banked st raight course of a mature stream . D ifferential erosion is responsible

for the ridges . I t wi ll be shown that they mark the outcrop of coarse-

grained

igneous rocks, wh ile the valleys have been carved in softer sedimentary‘

rocks .

Coarse gravel depos i ts in places , above the presen t r iver, mark levels of i ts

former course . Alluv ium'

has been deposi ted by the t ributaries to Reedy Creek

and Booroo Ponds Creek at points where their flow has been'

slackened by arrival

on the relatively flat ground where sandy shales outcrop , after descent from

h igher land , as in Port ions 1 6 , the western part of 18 , and southern 15, Parish

of Hume . The course of Warroo Creek i s checked by hard igneous rocks in

Port ion 62 , Parish of Boambolo, _and alluvium has been depos i ted, whi ch here ,

as elsewhere , masks the geology. The lower course of Reedy Creek is marked

by rather high , open banks rising to about 50 feet above the valley

GENERAL GEOLOGY .

(Note — The numbers , as refer to specimens and thin sect ions in the

author ’

s collect ion . )

a . Igneous R ocks and Tufiaceous Sedimen ts .

The junct ions between the d ifferent rocks of the area lie along more or less

p arallel lines , on account of the i r conformabi li ty. They are folded into a

geosyn cline wi th a p i tch to the north-west . Igneous rocks are ei ther interbedded

o r int rus ive along bedd ing-p lanes . T ransgressive in trusion p lays but a minor

part . Wi th one or tw o possible excep t ions , all rocks belong to the Upper Si lurian

syst em . The oldest members of the synclinal st ructure are exposed beside the

river immediately north-east of Laidlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion , where a fine

grained, quartz-rich , h ighly micaceous , black tuff, 20 feet wide , dips WSW. at

20 degrees . Th is bed underlies a finer , more iron-sta ined type, wh ich has a

BY KATHLEEN SHERRARD . 133

steeper d ip in the same direct ion . A thin sect ion of this rock can hardly be

dist inguished from a felspathi c mica sandstone , although i t i s p robably of

tuffaceous origin , since all i ts fragments are angular . Poorly preserved specimens

of Orthoceras occur wi th in i t . A s imilar mi caceous sandstone , ri ch in Leperdi tia

shearsbi i Chapm . on the same line of strike outcrops in Port ion 100,

Parish of Yass, and in a sect ion on the opposi te bank of the Yass river in Port ion

14, Parish of Yass, described by Shearsby ( 1911 ) and regarded by him as the

type sect ion of the Yass beds , or lower member of the Upper Silurian rocks of

the district . The sect ion is about half a mi le downstream from the rai lway bridge .

The beds here are richly fossi liferous wi th Cerati oceras , Cycloceras , Leperd i tia,

P terinea, Sp i rifer , Barrande lla, etc . Closely comparable li thologically and strat i

graphically wi th these is a bedded rock ( S .27 ) outcropp ing in Douro Creek , Port ion

22 , Parish of Hume . Tuffs and thin limestone bands are intercalated in some of these

sect ions, and calcium carbonate has percolated in to some of the tuffs , for examp le,

into that exposed in a rock cut t ing on the Hume H ighway, 13 mi les east of Yass .

Well marked bands of limestone , striking at 7 degrees, outcrop in Port ions 107

and 108 , Parish of Yass . This is a porous rock of a fragmen tal nature , wi th

broken corals , quartz grains and fragments of tuff. Almost the whole of the low

lying Rifle Range in Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , i s covered by l imestone , in p laces

strongly contorted , apparent ly by the ne ighbouring porphyry intrusion .

Overlying the series of fine tuffaceous sed imen ts wi th intercalated limestone ,

near Lai dlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion (T ext-figure occurs a coarse -

grained grey

igneous rock, whose fragmental nature is not apparent unt i l i t is examined in

th in section . In a hand specimen the rock resembles a porphyry, but i t p roves

to be a coarse crystal tun (Pirsson , wi th large angular fragments of

quartz and felspar, some of which fractured in place before consolidat ion of the

rock ( see Petrologi cal D escriptions ) . The fractured edges of adjoining fragmen ts

in some cases undoubtedly match , and would interlock if they could be brought

into contact (Text-figure The same feature has been detected in the“porphyro ides of the French and Belg ian Ardennes (Poussin and Renard , 187 6,

and is also noted in the quartz-porphyry tuffs of the Yass D ist ri ct ; i t i s

discussed below . Coarse crystal tuft covers a large part of the area , be ing found

in Port ions 100, 103, 106 , Parish of Yass , and in Port ions 18 and 20 , Parish of

Hume, as well as in the Parishes of Boambolo and Warroo. The rock outcropp ing

along a narrow ridge through Port ions 45, 49 , 53 and 57 , T own of Yass, SSE . of

Lai dlaw T r igonome tri cal Stat ion , though perhaps better described as a volcan i c

gri t , is regarded as of sim ilar origin . By the conversion of i ts matrix into

secondary si li ca , the volcan i c gri t passes in to quartz i te , for examp le in the rifle

range in the east of Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , near the border of the quartz

porphyry. The relat ionship of coarse crystal tuff, volcani c gri t and quartzite to

quartz-porphyry tuff will be discussed later .

The fossi ls collected near Yass by Shearsby ( 1911 ) from coarse-

grained igneous

rocks , hand -specimens of whi ch resemble porphyries , p robably occurred in rocks of

this type , and the p resence of fossi ls further supports the theory of their pyro

clast ic orig in .

The crystal tuffs , etc junct ion wi th porphyry along a nearly st raight north

west and south-east line, running parallel to the strike of the sediments, and

passing through a point 150 yards north-east of Laidlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion .

The porphyry is a grey and whi te coarse-grained rock easi ly to be confused wi th

the crystal tuff. unt i l examined in th in sect ion , when i t proves to - be a normal

134 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS ,

quartz-porphyry wi th a devi trified ground-mass ( see Petrologi cal Descrip t ions ) .

Careful collect ion and examinat ion in thin sect ion of specimens every twenty

five yards north-east of Lai dlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion has fa i led to disclose

any rocks wi th texture transit ional between that of crystal tuff and porphyry.

A Sharp jun ct ion separates the types (T ext -figure Hexagonal joint ing has

d eve loped in the porphyry, an exposure in a rock pavemen t show ing'

t races of

well-marked joints bear ing at 75 degrees , 195 degrees and 315 degrees . On the

edge of a steep slope to the river , 50 yards north-east of La idlaw T rigonometri cal

Stat ion , porphyry columns 7 feet high and 2 feet in diameter are exposed . In a

quarry wi thin the golf l inks , in Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , columnar develop

men t is also found .

X enol i ths of tuff, fine and med ium-

grained , several inches in diameter, are

not uncommon in the porphyry, and are regarded as being due to dislodgment

by the porphyry during i ts in t rusion .

T en yards to the west of Racecourse T rigonomet rical Station , the porphyry

has suffered devi trificat ion (Harker , 1909 ; Shand , 1927 ; Tyrrell , 1926 ) so intense

as to have become almost a quartzi te . ( S .477 see Pet rological D escrip t ions . ) This

i s the furthest extens ion to the south-east of the Laidlaw ridge porphyry. To the

north-west the outcrop trends across the Yass River, whi ch has cut a passage

through porphyry from Port ion 108 , Parish of Yass , to Porti on 9 7 , Parish of Yass .

From Port ion 9 7 a line runn ing roughly south-east marks the junct ion of_porphyry

with tuffs . The in trusion of the porphyry is p i ctured as having taken p lace in

the manner of a si ll , since i ts junct ions on both s ides w ith neighbouring bedded

strata run nearly parallel wi th the i r strike , v iz . , north-west and south-east .

Evidence of the period at whi ch the int rusion of;

the porphyry took place

has not been obtained . I ts mineral con ten ts ally i t wi th the in terbedded tuffs

of the area, and i t has undergone devi t rificat ion to about the same extent as they .

These circumstan ces suggest that the in trusion took p lace shortly after the

laying down of the tuffs . The river has exposed, in Port ion 97 , Parish of Yass,

the junct ion between the porphyry and a fine -

grained rock (T ext -figures 1 ,

T uff ? P orphyry . Porphyry . Tuff ?

T ext - ng s . 1 , 2 . R e la t ions b e tw een qua r tz—p o rphy ry and fine -

g ra ined rock in

P o r t ion 9 7 , Pa r ish O f Yass .

The conclus ion that the fine-

gra ined rock is in trusive into the porphyry seems

inescapable . I t occurs in masses up to 18 by 6 inches in cross-sect ion , and is also

seen in th in strings, about half an inch in wi dth and 30 to 40 feet long, ramifying

th rough the porphyry in all d irect ions. These ve inlets are generally dark-blue

grey in colour, though some are red. Th in quartz-ve ins are also p resent . For a

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

136 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS,

The medium-gra ined tuff ( type 1 ) overlying‘

t ype 3 , outcrops for 600 yards

across the dip . A tributary to Black Bog Creek exposes a 20-foot sect ion of this

tuff dipp ing West at 10 degrees. I t is grey when fresh , as in Portion'

8 , Parish

of Hume , near the boundary of Port ion 111 , Par ish of Yass , or in the bed of the

Yass River , where i t conta ins narrow veins of red s i li ceous material . I ts out crop

is interrup ted by a coarse agglomerate , wh ich forms tw o pe rsisten t bands standing

six to nine inches above the level of the tuffs and runn ing parallel to the ir

bedding . The bands are of low boulders and are about 40 feet apart . Each band

is about 10 yards wide and st rikes SSE . The bands are cont inuous across much

of Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , and may be followed across Port ion 94, Parish of

Yass , nearly to the Yass River , and in the opposi te direct ion nearly to the

mun icipal quarry. At the south-west corner of the r ifle range , in Port ion 8 ,

Parish of Hume , the band of agglomerate wi dens out considerably in to a circular

area about 25 yards in d iame ter . Mr . Shearsby has traced agglomerate into

Port ion 55, Parish of Yass, north of the Yass River (personal commun i cation ) .

The fragments making up the agglomerate are of fine ( type 3 ) and med ium tuff

( type 1 ) up to half an in ch across . The rock - is an interbedded pyroclast ic rock,

and for some mi les follows the bedding of the tufts and is not transgressive . I t

has been deposi ted after a period of intense exp losive act ivi ty .

Another in terrup tion in the deposi t ion of medium-gra ined tuff ( type 1 ) in

Port ion 8 , Par ish of Hume , is shown by a rest ri cted outcrop of coarse crystal

tuff simi lar to that found north-east of La idlaw T rigonomet ri cal Stat ion , but here

contain ing l imestone fragments, whi ch occurs 100 yards west of the south-west

corner post of the rifle range . I t is p robably connected wi th a much weathered

volcan i c conglomerate outcropp ing in the bank of the Yass River , in Portion 97 ,

Parish of Yass , 50 yards from the boundary of the porphyry, where it is clearly

interbedded wi th tuifs (T ext -figure Another small outcrop of coarse crystal

tun occurs wi th in the r ifle range .

The sequence of tuffs in Port ion 8 , Parish'

of Hume , is brought to a close

by the bedded tuff ( type wh i ch can be seen dipp ing at 10 degrees SW. ,

conformably below limestone in the bed of Yass River, near the junct ion of

Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , wi th Port ion 94, Parish of Yass , and also in the bed

of Booroo’

Ponds Creek, about half a mi le south-east of i ts junct ion wi th the Yass

River .

Agglomerate does not outcrop across the valley along wh ich the Wee Jasper

Road now runs ; indeed , the absence of such a competen t bed may exp lain the

development of a valley between the ridges capped by agglomerate , for agglomerate

can be t raced aga in south-east of the junct ion of the Wee Jasper and Gums Roads,

Portion 14, Parish of Hume,where it strikes SSE para lle l to the strike of the

tuffs . I t accompan ies a suite of tuffs simi lar to those in Port ion 8 , Parish of

Hume . No sect ion is exposed , but a traverse ENE . from the corner of the Wee

Jasper and Gums Roads shows that the agglomerate is in terbedded wi th the

medium-gra ined tuff ( type beneath wh ich fine tuff of'

type 3 outcrops . The

fine tuff overl ies coarse crystal tuff , whose d irect ion of strike is the same as that

of the coarse crystal tuff to the north-east of Laidlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion ,

and they are l i thologi cally similar. Included among the tuffs on th is t raverse

are some wh ich have undergone such intense devi trificat ion that they are now

almost pure quartz . I t is considered that si l ica solut ions percolating between

bedding p lanes, or along concealed strike fault p lanes , have accelerated the

dev i trificat ion p rocess in these cases .

BY KATHLEEN SHERRARD .

No porphyry is

'

exposed in th is t raverse . Sir Edgeworth David noted ( 1882 )

that the Laidlaw porphyry does not outcrop south of Racecourse T rigonometrical

Stat ion .

T ext - fig s . 3 , 4.— Sequence o f

'

r ock s exp osed by th e Yas s R iver in P or t ion 94,

Pa r ish O f Y ass (F ig . a nd P or t ion 64, Par ish O f War r oo (F ig

T ext -fig . 5 .

—I dea l se ct ion from La id law T r ig onom e tr ica l Stat ion t o the

Y a ss R iver ,P or t ions 1 1 2 and 1 1 3 ,

Par ish o f Yass .

The country east of Gums Road i s well grassed, and outcrops are poor .

Along the jun ct ion of Port ions 17 and 18 , Parish of Hume , east of Gums Road ,

fine tun ( type 3 ) is succeeded by coarse crystal tuff, dipp ing WSW . at 2 0 degrees .

Agglomerate is not exposed here . T o the south , Port ion 148 , Parish of Boambolo,

and adjoin ing port ions are covered by a green , dense tuff, wi th a smooth surface

and waxy lustre , dipp ing NNW . a t 15 degrees . The rock is extremely fine-

grained

and intensely devi trified , pe rhaps best described as a chert or hallefl inta (Harker ,

I t is , indeed , doubtful i f this rock w as originally a tuff, but since , in the

hand-specimen , i t resembles the undoubted tuffs of Port ion 202 , Parish of Warroo ,

and of the municipal quarry, in sp i te of the greater devi trificat ion v isible in a

thin sect ion , i t i s described here as a fine tuff belonging to type 3

Agglomerate l i thologically iden t i cal with those p reviously‘

descr ibed , and wi th a

dip varying between W . and NNE . , separates the fine tuff from a bedded tuff of

type 2 , whi ch , in turn , overlies coarse crystal-l i thi c tuff conta ining remark

able ellipt ical xenol i ths of_ p ink crystal tuff of a type wh ich can be matched in

outcrops elsewhere in the area , notably near the 7-mi le post on the Wee Jasper

Road . The mat rix of the crystal-l i thi c tuff is the normal crystal tuff fam i liar

north-east of Laidlaw T rigonome tri cal Stat ion . In Port ion 108 , Parish o f

Boambolo, remarkable tors, 10 feet h igh , are formed of th is rock, and i t caps a

bold hi ll in Port ion 90 , Parish of Boambolo .

The Euralie-Warroo r i dge forms the western limb of the geosyncline , of

w h‘

mh the rocks of the Lai dlaw Ridge are the eastern members , and the structure

GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS, N .S .W

of whi ch wi ll be described later . Approaching the r idge from the east the rock

sequence of the eastern l imb in Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume , is passed over in

the reverse order ( see Geologi cal Sket ch Section , Plate v i i ) . A conformable

series made up of a blue-grey slate ( regarded as the indurated equivalent of the

Barrandella shales , described below ) , a resistant l imestone , l ithologically exactly

Simi lar to the Bow sp ring l imestone (described below ) , and a medium-

grained

tun ( type 1 or all d ipp ing at 100 degrees ENE ., is passed over in t ravelling

from east to west in Port ion 64, Par ish of Warroo (T ext -figure This dip is

regarded as due to local overfolding or fault ing , because slight ly to: the north

in Portion 148 , Par ish of Warroo , the l imestone i s dipp ing at 75 degrees

and to the south , in Port ion 60 , Parish of Warroo , the medium-

gra ined tuff and

agglomerate d ip to the north-east at 40 degrees , and at 60 degrees ENE in

Port ion 15, Parish of Boambolo . Agglomerate in terrup ts the tuff sequence at

Euralie , as e lsewhere in the area . I t is l i thologi cally simi lar on the Euralie

r idge to other outcrops , stand ing up in a res istant low wall whi ch runs parallel

to the strike of the tuffs. The repeated associat ion of this rock in conformity

wi th the same tufi sequence is a strong argumen t for a simi lar origin for all ,

that is a pyroclast ic origin for the agglomerate . Cutt ings on the Goodhope Road ,

immed iately west of the Euralie turn -off, and on the bank of Yass River , east

of the junct ion wi th Euralie Creek, expose a tuff of type 3 underlying agglomerate ,

followed by a med ium-

grained tun ( type 1 ) wi th'

int erbedded th in bands of

l imestone and sandstone (T ext-figureR

A t the Yass River, in Port ion 64, Parish of Warroo, near the junction of

Euralie Creek, the sequence of fine and medium-gra ined tufis is succeeded by a

coarse-

grained crystalline rock , wh ich seems best described as a quart z-porphyry

tuff. I t diners material ly from the porphyry of the La idlaw ridge , but resembles

the crystalline rock forming a fringe on the east of the area, and is discussed

wi th i t later .

T o the south of Euralie , the sequence of fine and medium-

grained tuffs is

succeeded by coarse crystal tun, simi lar to the rock so named e lsewhere in the

area, and qui te dist inct from the quartz-porphyry—tun of E uralie . Coarse crystal

tun forms the Warroo T rigonometri cal Stat ion ridge and extends in a direct ion

generally south-south-east from Port ion 2 13, Par ish of Warroo. Quartzi te outcrops

in Port ions 59 , 64, 103 and 147 , Parish of Warroo, are consi dered to have

developed from coarse crystal tuff by dev i trificat ion intensified by the attack

of s il i ceous solut ions ( see Petrological D escript ions ) .

The Douro ridge , on the east of the area , is formed of a coarse-

grained quartz

porphyry wh ich , l ike that of the Laidlaw ridge , meets sediments ( tufiaceous

sandstones ) along i ts western border in a line parallel to the strike of the

sediments, and so is regarded as hav ing been int ruded between bedding p lanes .

. ( enol i ths of tun, the coarse crystal and the bedded variet ies , are not uncommon

in the porphyry . Along the ir jun ct ion , both porphyry and tuffaceous sediments

have been intensely dev i trified and acted upon by si liceous solut ions . Porphyry

outcropping in Port ion 24, T own of Yass, and bedded tun in Port ion 47 , T own

of Yass, have been converted to chert . In Port ion 32 , Parish of Hume , the

porphyry and banded tuff are a lmost comp letely si licified . The p rocess is less

complete in Port ion 2 1 , Parish of Hume , 300 yards north of the Hume H ighway,

where the otherw ise normal D ouro porphyry, grey and coarse-

gra ined , contains

large patches (4 inches in d iameter ) of chalcedon i c si li ca enve lop ing primary

quartz and altered plag ioclase crystals . A strip about a quarter of a mi le wide

runn ing generally no rth-west and south-east along the margin of the porphyry

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

140 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YAss .

of crystals to matrix is h igher . Felspar is greatly altered and un i dent ifiable , whi le“

comparat ively fresh in the quartz-porphyry-tuff, and secondary minerals , such as

calci te, are common in crystal tuff . The const i tuents of the crystal tuffs may have

come from the same source as those forming the quartz-porphyry-tuffs, but they

have undergone cons iderable weathering before consoli dat ion , wh ile those of

the quartz-porphyry-tuff consoli dated wi thout so much intermediate weathering .

The outcrops of both tuffs Sh'

ow parallel strikes , and crystal tun in Port ion 18 ,

Parish of Hume , is conformable in dip and strike wi th Upper Si lur ian limestone .

I t has been shown already that li tholog ically simi lar crystal tuff in Port ion 112 ,

Parish of Yass NE . of La i dlaw T rigonome tr ical Stat ion ) , is interbedded

w i th fossi liferous Upper Si lurian sedimen ts . I t is concluded , therefore , that the

quartz-porphyry-tuff , like“

the crystal tuff, i s Upper Si lurian in age .

A belt of igneous rock whi ch covers most of Portions 25 and 28 , Parish

of Hume , and Port ions 7 , 8 , 71 and 72 , Pari sh of Boambolo ,is composed of a

tuffaceous type , wh ich differs from the quartz-porphyry-tuff in hav ing a marked

fl ow structure , and a h igher proport ion of ground-mass to phenocrysts . I t is

described as a rhyoli te -tuff. The di rect ion of the elongat ion of the out crop is

almost a direct south-south-eastern con t inuat ion of the La idlaw porphyry, whose

outcrop w as inte rrupted at Racecourse T rigonomet ri cal Stat ion , but no ev idence

has been found to connect them . I t seems likely that the rhyolite-tuff is also

interbedded wi th the Upper Si lurian rocks , but i t is also possible that i t is

connected with the D evonian rocks to the south of th is area .

b. Sed imen tary R ocks .

The sedimentary series forms an ell ipt i cal enclave bounded by the igneous

rocks already described . The sedimentary rocks and the tuffs are conformable

where jun ct ions are observable a t Hat ton’

s Corner and near Euralie .

The sedimen tary series , ushered in by the Bow spring Limestone at Hatton’s

Corner , has been described by Shearsby w ho gave the name to the

l imestone . Th is l imestone , about 300 feet thi ck , conformably overlies bedded

tuff and outcrops across about 250 yards horizontally, i ts d ip increasing from

10 to 30 degrees SW . I t is crysta ll ine and fragmental , the fragmen ts often be ing

in the form of ellipt i cal boulders , about 3 inches along the i r greatest diameter,

wh i ch are almost in contact . At Hatton’

s Corner , a cl iff of the limestone , 90 feet

h igh , is exposed , and is made up“

of alternate rows , each about 3 inches wide , of

grey-blue ridges formed of such boulders , separated by less resistant material . A

freshly-broken spe cimen has a brecciated app earance , whi le fossi l fragments are

exposed on a weathered surface .

Four hundred yards of shales , named Barrandella by E theridge

succeed the Bow spr ing limestone , dipp ing 10 degrees WSW the bed being about

250 feet th ick . They are compact , blue-

grey,indurated , micaceous shales . They

break w i th a semi -concave fracture , and show no Sign of a slaty cleavage , n'

or

trace of close bedding p lanes. The abundant Barrande lla is preserved in almost

t ransparent ca lci te w ith a pearly lust re .

Li tholog ically, the Barrandella shales vary only slight ly from the sandy

shales wh ich overlie them . These are somewha t coarser in grain and contain

more i ron . O ccasionally a greate r concent rat ion of iron has caused the format ion

of a pronounced r idge , on the weathered surface of wh ich a rich fauna has been

p reserved , especially fragmen ts of D alman i tes . Both types of shale break up

along closely-set , somewhat curved joint -planes after exposure to the atmosphere

BY KATHLEEN SHERRARD . 141

for any length of t ime , when i t is d ifficult to obtain a specimen larger than

one cubic inch , excep t from beds wi th a h igh iron con tent . The sandy shales

outcrop for about 2 mi les across the dip , that is , to the south-west , and for a

cons iderable d istance to the south-east and north-west . They are occas ionally

interrupted by thin bands of limestone, which may represen t conformable inliers

of the underlying limestone . Indeed , a syn clinal fold can be observed in the

Bow spring l imestone on the north bank of the Yass River , about Port ion 148 ,

Parish of Yass , near Hatton’

s Corner . What evidence of dip is available supports

this v iew , notably in the case of the limestone outcropp ing at the 5-mi le post

on the Wee Jasper Road ( see Map ,Plate v i i ) , wh ich is probably the locali ty

referred to by E theridge ( 18 94, 1907 ) as O ld Limeki lns Ridge . Concea led st rike

fault ing, however, may have caused the rep et i t ion . The Yass River has exposed

a series of ant i clines and synclines in the sandy shales ( see PI. vi i ) . The angle

of folding becomes steeper westward , un t il , near Reedy Creek, a cli ff face shows

dips up to 80 degrees , as well as fracture (Pl . v i , fig .

H ighly dipp ing folds cont inue west of Reedy Creek , the strata exposed in

the banks of the Yass River being nearly vert i cal , whi le the rock has become

indurated to slate . Just before reach ing the junct ion of Euralie Creek and the

Yass River, a l imestone band is crossed, as has already been described . Th is

limestone is regarded as being the Bow sp ring l imestone thrown up in th is p lace

by synclinal folding . It d ips ENE . at 100 degrees or WSW . at 80 degrees , tuff

outcropp ing to the WSW . An overfold must be postulated if this limestone i s

the Bow spring bed , and wi th almost vert i cal folding , an overfold may be expected ,

though fault ing may intervene . The limestone out crop is twi ce crossed by the

Yass River at‘

Eural ie , striking across Port ion 144, Parish of Yass , and being

met again in Portion 103, Par ish of Warroo , on the left-hand bank ,whi le imme

d iately to the east is shale (Barrande lla , also thrown up by the syn cline ) striking

NW. and with an almost vert i cal d ip . The fossi ls recorded by Shearsby ( 1911 )

from l imestone at Euralie , and by E theri dge ( 1907 ) from l imestone and shale

in Port ions 53, 126 and 161 , Parish of Yass , and from Port ion 103, Parish of

Warroo, whi ch are all close by, g ive forms n early ident ic al wi th those from the

Bow sp ring limestone and the Barrandella shales at Hatton’

s Corner , lending

palaeontologi cal support to the hypothesis of the synclinal fold .

St rong folding has been traced along Booroo Ponds Creek in Port ion 7 .

Parish of Hume, and in cut t ings along the Goodhope Road , such as about 5-1 mi les

from Yass, where folding and fracturing of the strata may be seen , and in the

bed of Reedy Creek at the Goodhope Road . Along the Wee Jasper Road ,cut tings

expose comparat ively low dips .

In Port ion 62,Parish of Boambolo, near i ts junct ion wi th Port ion 15, shafts

have been sunk to exp loi t galena-bearing quartz i tes , d ipp ing SW. at Theyare succeeded to the south-west by shales , wi th Favosi tes , Muc0 phyllum crateroides,

Atrypa reti culari s, A . pulchra , S tropheodon ta con ica , Barrandella , etc . ,regarded

as the equivalent of the Barrandella shales, wh ich g ive place in turn to

a limestone , li thologically simi lar to the Bow spring type . T he occurrence of a

fault has been t en tat ively suggested to accoun t for the sudden change of dip

found about 400 yards to the south-west , where fine tufi ( type 3 ) and agglomerate

d ip at about 60 degrees to the north-east in Port ion 15, Parish of Boambolo .

The p resence of galena lends support to the postulat ion of a fault plane , which

would provide an avenue for the mineral vapours .

Mi tchell ( 18 86 ) recorded’

a synclinal st ructure , w ith axis beneath Bown ingHi ll, i llustrat ing i t by a geological sect ion . H is west-dipping st rata are

142 GEOLOGY '

OF AN AREA NEAR YAss ,

exposed in Sharpen ing Stone Creek in Port ions 7 and 8 , Pari sh of Yass, whi le

strata dipp ing 40 degrees east may be seen in Port ion 94, T own of Bown ing .

Along the rai lway line between Bown ing and Binalong , about Port ion 146 , Parish

of Bowning , soft shales ri ch in [brachiopod s also dip at 40 degrees east . Beds

exposed in the cut ting near Bown ing ra i lway stat ion are d ipp ing 85 degrees east ,

and those exposed'

in Bown ing C reek near the ra i lway l ine have a p ract ically

vert i cal dip also . This synclinal structure is regarded as a con t inuat ion to the

north-west of the Yass geosyncline (T ext-fig .

STRATIGRAPH ICAL HORI ZON .

The discovery of grap toli tes not far from Yass ( Sherrard , 19 34) has made

poss ible the correlat ion of this loca li ty wi th other Si lurian areas . Monograp tus?

w as recorded by Shearsby Mi tche ll ( 18 8 6 ) also makes a brief reference

to the collect ion of“grap toli tes from mi ca sandstones in the Lower T ri lob ite

bed on the east side of the syn cl ine ) and in shaly sandstones on the west

Side

In the course of the presen t work , grap toli tes have been found in Port ion 34,

Parish of Derringullen , to the west of the road to Boorowa , 7 m i les north-west

of Yass . The fossi ls occur in a fine-gra ined felspath i c sandstone , p robably of

tuffaceous or igin . I t forms a p rominen t ri dge , 200 feet above the road , and is

li thologi cally simi lar to the sandy shales found to the west of Hatton’

s Corner

in ri dges of wh ich D alman i tes and other forms have been p reserved . Indeed , the

grap toli te-bearing strata are believed to be extens ions to the north-west of these

sandy shales , s in ce both overlie the same series , v iz. , the Barrandella shales . The

Barrandella shales form the bed of L imestone Creek, a quarter of a mi le to the

east of the graptoli te-bearing strata , and are ri chly fossi li ferous , as Shearsby

( 19 11 ) has recorded . Go ing eastward from Limestone Creek , Bow spring lime

stone , tuffs and porphyry are passed over , as at Hatton’

s Corner (Text -fig.

In Port ion 34, Pa rish of D erringullen , Monograp tus is very common , and i s

associated wi th brach iopods , remains of both being . found on the same slab of

sandy shale . The specific de terminat ions of Monograp t idae have been made

under the direct ion of Mr . R . A . Keble , Palaeontolog ist to the Nat ional Museum,

Melbourne , w ho generously gave the wri ter the benefit of his extensive experience .

The following forms have been ident ified : Monograp tus vomerinus Nich

M. flemingi i Salt . , M. dubius Suess , M. vu lgaris Wood , M. of. ni lssoni Barr

M. colonus Barr . , var . compactus Wood .

These forms ind icate Z ones 2 6 to 33 of E lles and Wood from which

i t is inferred that thi s bed and its cont inuat ion at Hatton’

s Corner are equivalents

of the beds at the base of the Lower Ludlow division and at the top of the

Wenlock div ision of the Upper Si lurian of Bri ta in . The equivalen t bed in

Victor ia is the Yarravian , as defined by Thomas and Keble

The wri ter hopes to have the opportun i ty of publ ish ing full descript ions of

these forms later.

Slabs wi th brach iopods and grap tol i tes on the same surface have also been

submit ted to Mr. Keble , and the follow ing ident ifica tions made

A t rypa fimbriata ('Z ) is associated wi th Monograp tus y omerinus

A . re ticulari s L . sp . M. cf. ni lssoni

Chonetes me lbournensis Chapm M, yomerinus

C . biparti te M. cf. ni lssoni

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

144 GEOLOGY or AN -AREA NEAR . YASS ,

specimens have been collected from Port ion 62 and 115 Parish

of Warroo . The rock of Port ion 6 , Parish of Nan ima , is also typ i cal

T ext -fig . 6 .

— Fra ctured qua r tz cry sta l in coa rse cry st a l tuff

P or t ion 1 00 , Par ish o f Ya ss . D rawn w i th cam era luc ida . x 2 5 .

T ext -fig . 7 ,

— F ra ctured qua r t z crysta l in qua r t z - porphyry- tuff

P or t ion 6 , Pa r ish o f Nan ima r. D rawn with camera luc ida . x 2 5.

T ext -fig . 8 .

— Qua r t z crys ta l wi th corrod ed and jagg ed ou t l ine from rhyo lit e

tuff Por t ion 7 1 , Par ish o f B oambo lo . D rawn wi th cam era luc ida . x 2 5.

R hyoli te- tufi.

— The rock of the narrow igneous tongue stretching south from

Port ion 25, Parish of Hume , has been described as a rhyoli te -tuff, from the flui-dal

texture of i ts ground-mass . In a hand-specimen i t d iffe rs on ly slight ly from a

quartz-porphyry or from a quart z-porphyry-tuff . Pink and cream felspar , glassy

quartz and black ferro-magnesian minerals are the phenocrysts set in a greyish

green ground-mass . In addit ion chalcedon i c pat ches about 1 inch in diameter

are not infrequent . In thin sect ion , the quart z fragments are seen to be of the

most remarkable out line , corrosion having carved out re-entrant angles in thei r

edges , leaving them serrated and jagged (T ext -fig . 8 ; PI. v i , fig . The felspar

is intensely altered to ser ici te and kaolin , and cannot be more exact ly iden t ified .

Chlori te occurs in flakes , parallel to , and across the cleavage , calcite somet imes

pene trat ing between cleavage laminae . Galena and apat ite are accessor ies . Small

angular p ieces of quartz and felspar are packed between the larger fragments of

these minerals . Flow-structure is p ronounced in the ground-mass . Some li thic

fragments are present . The ground-mass when fluid has taken a course around

some of the phenocrysts , corroding them . The ground -mass is highly devitrified ,

now consisting of an inte rgrowth of secondary quartz and felspar spheruli tes . Th'

e

chalcedoni c patches observed in a hand-spec imen are due to local greater devi tri

fica t ion , wh i ch has formed larger spheruli tes . from Port ion 71 , Parish of

Boambolo , shows these characters (Pl . vi , fig .

D evi trified Porphyri es .

— In some cases , intense devi t rificat ion has pract icallyconverted porphyry in to chalcedony , chert or quartz i te (Harker, 1909 ; Shand ,

192 7 ; Tyrrell, An intermediate stage is seen in Port ion 2 1, Parish of

Hume, 400 yards north of the Hume H ighway,where more than half the ground

mass of the porphyry is chalcedon ic In th in sect ion , the rock is l ike

a normal quartz-porphyry, except that the secondary quartz in the g round-mass

BY KATHLEEN SH ERRARD.

is coarse enough to be seen wi th a low -

power objective . The chalcedon ic port ions

are nearly opaque . In Port ion 24, T own of Yass, the porphyry has

become chert ified . In thin sect ion , i t is a mosa ic of secondary quartz , wi th a few

primary quartz grains, and iron -oxide skeletons of what have been biot i te crystals.

Solut ion channels , now filled with secondary quartz , t raverse ground-mass and

mineral grains al ike . A rock in Port ion 32 , Parish of Hume , like quartzite in

a hand-specimen , is ident ical wi th che rt ified porphyry in thin section .

The same app lies to the chalcedon i c type found 10 yards due west of Racecourse

T rigonometri cal Stat ion

Corre lation of types descri bed — I t is not iceable that the types , quartz-porphyry,

quartz-porphyry-tuff and rhyol i te-tuff have all the same m ineral compos it ion . All

contain much quartz , the felspar where fresh enough for i den t ificat ion is in each

case about AbeoAn40 , whi le the ferro-magnesian const i tuent is always chlori t ized

biot i te . Apat i te is well rep resen ted in all .“

They differ , however, in texture.

I t seems p robable that all orig inated from the same magma , and that their

d iffe rences are due to different methods of extrusion or intrusion .

Coarse crystal tufi‘.— Fresh hand-specimens of this rock in some cases, for

instance north-east of Laidlaw T rigonometrical Stat ion are difii cult to

dist inguish from a porphyry, though in some cases the crystal tuffs are more like

gri ts . They are grey-green in colour , weathering to a honey-yellow, and contain

consp icuous gra ins of glassy quartz , opaque whi te felspar and a dark ferro

magnesian mine ral .'

In thin sect ion , the close packing of the quadrangular and

t riangular quartz and clouded felspar gra ins at once d ist inguishes these rocks

from porphyry . Smaller fragments of the same minerals and of chlori te fill

in terst ices . Calcite grains are common in some, though not found in all the

tuffs . Apat ite and chalcopyr i te are also presen t in small amoun t . The scanty

and nearly opaque matrix is secondary quartz . These rocks correspond closely

to the defini t ion of crystal tuff p roposed by Pi rsson ( 1915 ) and those described by

Wells ( 1925 ) from North Wales . Rocks n ine miles from Yass on the Wee

Jasper Road , Port ion 1 , Pari sh of Boambolo ; seven mi les from Yass on

the Goodhope Road , Port ion 177 , Parish of Warroo (PI. vi , fig . and

Port ion 18 , Parish of Hume, are all typ i cal crystal tuffs (Text-fig .

Crystal-li thi c tufi.— This rock is a special case of the coarse crystal tuff, since

i t contains rounded fragments of coarse and fine tuffs, as well as quartz and

fe lspar crystals , in a matrix ident ical wi th that of the coarse crystal tuffs . The

rock so formed is very resistan t , forming tors in Port ion 108 , Parish of Boambolo

In thin sect ion , though not in the hand-specimen , a resemblance to the

agglomerates may be noted .

Volcani c grim— The quartz-gri ts which form a consp i cuous ridge to the north

west and south-east of Port ion 45, T own of Yass are composed of rounded

quartz grains and an occas ional i ron-oxide cube, the whole being poorly cemented

by an earthy paste . In thin sect ion , the quartz grains are found to be sub

quadrangular , often due to at tri t ion against one another , be ing sometimes in

contact wi thout the interposi t ion of cement . The quartz grains, l ike those in

the crystal-tufi outcropping nearby on the Wee Jasper Road show numerous

gaseous inclusions . The scan ty matrix is of secondary quartz, fe lspar and

calci te . These gri ts are crystal tuffs, in which quartz is p resent in greater

proport ion than i s usual wi th the Yass crystal tuffs . I t has also suffered greater

wear . They recall the volcan i c gri ts of the Lower Palaeozoi c series of North

Wales (Cox and Wells,

F

146 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS ,

Quartzi tes .

—Closely related to these gri ts are the quartzi tes or sil icified gri ts

found in Port ion 8 , Parish Of Hume , immediately west of the middle of the rifle

range and in Port ion 103, Parish of Warroo and elsewhere . The

slightly greater development of secondary quartz as a cement marks the only

di fference between the volcan i c gri ts and these quartzi tes , whose origin is no

doubt s imi lar . The action of s i li ceous solut ions is probably responsible for the

difference between the quartzi tes and the gri ts . The cracks , strain s and inclusions

in the quartz of the quartzi te from Port ion 103, Parish of Warroo , are

also too much l ike those in the quartz of the Euralie agglomerate from

Port ion 64, Parish of Warroo, to admi t of doubt as to their s imi lar provenance .

Agglomerates .

— ~These fragmen tal rocks are almost iden t ical throughout the

area . They conta in quadrangular green to brown p ieces of tufi , one -quarter to

one-half an inch across, set in a matr ix, wh i ch also contains glassy quartz and

earthy felspar grains . The p ieces Of tuff are almost in contact . A weathered

surface is rough and p i tted . In some cases the matrix is more highly si licified

than in others from the junct ion Of Gums and Wee Jasper Roads , Port ion

14, Parish Of Hume ) . The agglomerates might be described as coarse l ithi c tuffs .

Their character is un iform, although out crops are widesp read , and they have not

been Observed to be transgressive relat ively to the interbedded tuffs, indeed they

are everywhere conformable to them. In th in sect ion , the l ithi c fragments are

seen to be of fine tuff ( type 3 ) and med ium tuff ( type comparable wi th tufts

out cropp ing elsewhere in the area . for instance , from Portion 8 , Par ish

of Hume , near Hatton’

s Corner (Pl . vi , fig . 6 ) conta ins fragments comparable wi th

the medium tuff, an outcrop of which occurs in Port ion 8 , Parish of Hume ,

n ear the junct ion wi th Port ion 111 , Pari sh of Yass, as well as fragments compar

able w i th the fine tuff, from the mun icipal quarry . As well as tuff , large

angular quartz grains and altered felspar fragmen ts are found in the devi trified

mat rix .

Medium Crystal Tufis (Type — This t erm has been used to describe a

series of tuffs in the area , whose gra in-size is about equal to that of table sugar,

though they frequently con tain scat tered larger quartz grains . Their colour

varies from grey to p ink .

In th in sect ion , the often nearly Opaque ground-mass is found to be comp letelydev i trified . It contains angular gra ins of p rimary and secondary quartz , and

occasionally of weathered felspar and calci te . The last i s regarded as detri tal‘

,

though in some cases i t may be an alterat ion p roduct from felspar . Nodular lumps

of interlocking crystals of secondary quart z and felspar are presen t in some of

these tuffs , and may even be detected as wh i te spots in the hand-specimen . They

rep resent cent res where devi trificat ion has been greater than in the remainder

of the rock . An examp le of a medium tuff (T ype 1 ) is from Port ion 8 , Parish

of Hume , immediately south of Port ion 111 , Parish Of Yass Pl . v i , fig .

Banded or Bedderl T i lfi (Type — These vary in colour from green ish-

yellow

to blue-black , wh i le in gra in -size , var ie t ies of bedded tuffs are found to correspond

to both med ium and fine types (Types 1 and 3 ) among the non-bedded tufis . A

bedded s t ructure is not a lways v isible in the hand-specimen , but in th in sect ion

the long axes of rectangular or triangular g ra ins of quartz , p risms of felspar and

th in mica flakes are seen to be in a parallel arrangement wi th in a devi trified

mat rix . The re are tuffs w ith coarse mineral gra ins in bands about half an

inch in w idth in the bed of the Yass R iver beneath the Bow spring l imestone , in

Port ion 94, Pa rish of Yass and tuffs of stages in termediate between that

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS N .S .XV

bedd ing p lanes subsequen t ly, though ev idence of the exact t ime of intrus ion”

has not been obtained . The age of the porphyry is considered to be but little

later than the deposi t ion Of the sediments and i t i s greatly devi trified .

P A R I H

DEVON IAN 7 W 2 Ponmw a v SHA L‘.

40 T I) "

UPPERPo c onvav

uppen N A N I M AUPPSQ SILUDIAN 7 0 "

ZLUR IANLIM £ 5 7 0 N S

t ufl hu out 50°:q5mm! an d ,

m w wlu an t t ‘.

c eow c lcn . eouuoamcs

unw rant o C£OLOC ICAL w uuoame5

If M 5 . do”.PARlS"! BOUNDA p i l fi

T ext -fig . 9 ,— G eo log ica l Ske t ch -map o f the Yass and B own ing d ist r icts ,

show ing p os it ion o f the g rap tol it e -bear ing b eds .

BY KATHLEEN SH ERRARD . 149

Invasion of s il iceous solutions along bedding-p lanes followed the porphyry,

caus ing a greater in tensi ty of devi trificat ion in thei r ne ighbourhood , and the

development of quartz crystals . Mineral vapours followed , result ing in the

deposi t ion of galena, e tc .

Outcrops of rhyoli te -tuff may represent a D evon ian depos i t connected wi th

outcrops south of this area , or may be interbedded wi th the Upp er Si lurian series .

Last ly, alluv ium w as deposi ted by several st reams , whi le high-level"

gravels

mark alterat ions in the course of the Yass River .

Acknow ledgements .

The wri ter is indebted to Professor L . A . Cot ton , M.A . , D .Sc of the Sydney

Un iversi ty, for h is kind ass istan ce and adv i ce during the course of this work.

and for the fac i li t ies gran ted her for study at the Geolog ical D epartment of the

Sydney Un ivers i ty . She also wishes to thank Assistan t-Professor W . R . Browne ,

D .so of the Sydn ey Un iversi ty , for the he lp he has g iven her , and Mr . R . A .

Keble ,'

of the Na t iona l Museum , Melbourne , for h i s gu idance in the determinat ion

of graptol ites . Mr . A . J . Shearsby , of Yass, has‘

also aided her wi th h is int imate

knowledge of the Yass D ist r ict“

,wh ich ass istance she wishes to record here

wi th thanks .

R eferences .

BENSON, W . N . , 1 9 1 5 .—G e o logy and P e tro logy o f th e G r ea t Serp en t ine B e lt o f New

Sou th W a les . Pa r t V . G eo logy o f T amwor th D ist r ict . PROC . L INN. Soc .

x 1, 1 9 1 5 , p . 540 .

B ONNEY, 1 8 8 5 .

— R emarks on Stra t ified and Igneous R ocks o f the Va lley of th e

Meuse in t h e Fr ench A rd ennes . P r o c . G e o l. A ssad , xxi i , 1 8 8 5, p . 247 .

C HAPMAN, F . , 1 9 0 9 . a new sp ecies o f L ep erd i tia . P r oc. R oy . So c . V ict n .s ., xx i i

1 9 09 , p .

_

1 .

L .

_

A . , 1 9 2 3 — N o t es on the G eo logy o f Yass—C anb erra Area . P an -P a c . Sc i .

Congr ess , Gu id e - bo ok to Y ass -C anberra , et c . , 1 9 2 3 .

C ox , A . H . , and W ELL S, A . K . , 1 9 2 0 .— L ow er Pa laeozo ic R ocks o f A r thog -D olg e lley .

Quar t . Journ . Ge o l . Soc .,lxxv i , 1 9 2 0 , p . 2 54.

D AVID , T . W . E . , 1 8 8 2 — R ep or t on th e Fo ss i li ferous B eds, Yass . Ann . R ep . D ep t . M in es

1 8 8 2 , p .,1 48 .

E LLE S, G . L . , and W OO I) , E . M. R ., 1 9 1 3 .

— B r i t ish G rap t ol it es , Par t X . P a l. So c . , lxv i i,

1 9 13 .

E TH ERIDGE , R . , JNR . , 1 8 94.

—D escr ip t ion o f a p rop o sed new g enus o f R ugose C ora l .

R ec . G eo l. Sure . iv , p t . 1 , p . 1 1 .

, 1 9 04.— Th e O ccurrence of P iso cr inn s in th e Yass D istr ict . R ec . Aus t . Mus ,

v , p t .

'

5, 1 9 04, p . 2 8 9 .

1 9 0 7 .— Monograph o f th e Si lur ian and D evon ian C ora ls o f N ew Sou th W a les ,

Par t I I . Th e G enus Tryp la sma . M em . Geo l. Sur v . Pa l . No . 1 3 , 1 9 0 7 .

, and M IT CH ELL , J . , 1 9 1 7 — Si lur ian T r i lob i tes of N ew Sou th W a les . PROC . L INN.

Soc . xl i i , 1 91 7 , p . 48 0 .

HARKER, A . , 1 9 0 9 — T he Na tura l H ist ory of Igneous R ock s , 1 9 0 9 , p . 2 2 5 .

, 1 9 1 9 .—P et ro logy for Studen ts , 5th ed it . , 1 9 1 9 , p .

- 2 52 .

HARPER, L .—G eo logy o f the Murrumb idg ee R iver D istr ict nea r Yass . R ec .

Geo l. Sa r i) . ix , p t . 1 , 1 9 0 9 , p . 1 .

JENKINS, C 1 8 7 8a .— Geo logy o f Ya ss P la ins . PROC . L INN . Soc . i ii 1 8 7 8 p . 2 1 .

, 1 8 7 8 b.— 1b id . , p . 2 1 6 .

MANN, C . W . , 1 9 2 1 .

— Pr elim inary N ot e on the O ccurrence of P orphyr i t ic Intrus ions a t

Yass , N .S .W . Journ . R oy . IV 1 9 2 1 . p . 1 8 0 .

MITCH ELL J 1 8 8 6 .—G eo logy o f B own ing . PROC . L INN . Soc . N .S .W i ( 2nd ser ies ) ,

1 8 8 6 , p p . 1 0 59 and 1 1 93 .

1 8 8 8 — G eo log ica l Sequence of the B ow n ing B eds . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc. Adv. Sc i,

i , 1 8 8 8 , p . 2 9 1 .

1 9 1 9 .- Som e A dd it iona l T r i lob ites from N ew South W a les . PROC . L INN . Soc .

xl iv , 1 9 1 9 . pp . 441 and 8 50 .

150 GEOLOGY OF AN AREA NEAR YASS , N.s .w .

MITCH ELL J 1 9 2 3 .

— stroph om en idae from Bown ing , N .S .W . PROC . L INN. Soc .

xlv i i i , 1 9 2 3 , p . 46 5.

, and D UN , W . S . , 1 9 2 0 — T he A t ryp idae O f New Sou th W a les . PROC . L INN . Soc .

x lv , 1 9 2 0 , p . 2 6 6 .

P IR SSON ,L . V . , 1 9 1 5 .

— M icro scop ica l Character s o f V o lcan ic Tuffs . Am er . Journ . SC l

ser . 4, X ] , 1 9 1 5 , p . 1 9 1 .

POUSSIN, DE LA VALLEE , and R ENARD , A . , 1 8 7 6 .

— Mém o ir e sur les ca ra ctere s m inéra log iqueset st ra t ig raph iques d e s r och es d it e s p lut on ienne s d e la B e lg ique e t d e I

’

A rdenne

Franca ise . Mem . C our . c i Mem . Sap . E tranger s A cad . R oy . B e lg . , x l , 1 8 7 6 ( Qua r to ) ,243 pp .

( 8vo ) , l iv , No . 3 , 1 8 9 7 , p . 1 .

R UEDEMAN , R . , 1 9 34.— Pa laeozo ic P lank ton o f N or th Am er ica . Mem . G eo l. Soc . Am er . ,

1 9 34, N O . 2 , p . 33 .

SH AND , S . V . , 1 9 2 7 .— E rup t ive R ocks , 1 9 2 7 , p . 1 14.

SH EARSBY, A . J. , 1 9 1 1 .

— Th e G eo logy o f th e Y a ss D istr ict . R ep t . Aus t . Asso c. Adv. Scz

xi i i , 1 9 1 1 , p . 1 0 6 .

SH ERRARD , KATH LEEN , 1 9 2 9 — N ot es on a phy lloca r id and a b ra ch iop od P r oc. R oy .

Soc . V i ct . ,n .s . , xl i i 1 9 2 9 , p . 1 35 .

, 1 9 34.— E xh ib it t o G eo log ica l Sect ion , R oya l So cie ty o f N ew South W a les .

P ro c. R oy . So c . lxv i i i , 1 9 34, p . xlv i i i .T H OMAS, D . E . , and KERLE , R . A . , 1 9 3 3

— O rd ov ic ian and S ilur ian R ock s P roc. R oy .

Soc . Vi ct .

,n .s .

, x lv p . 3 3 .

TYRRELL, G . W . , 1 9 2 6 — Pr inc ip les o f P et ro logy , 1 9 2 6 .

W ELLS, A . K . , 1 9 2 5 .— G eo logy of R h obel l Faw r D ist r ict . Quar t . Journ . G eo l. S o c . ,

lxxxi ,1 9 2 5 , p . 46 3 .

W ILKINSON, C . S . , 1 8 7 6 - R ep or t o f P rogress of th e G eo log ica l Survey 1 8 7 6 . Ann .

R ep . D ep t . M ines , 1 8 7 6 , p . 149 .

EX PLANAT ION OF PLATE S -V I -V I I .

Pl a t e V i .

1 .—Quar t z—p orphyry , La id law T r ig onom e tr ica l Sta t ion , Ya ss sh owing

corrod ed quar tz , a-l ter ed p lag ioclase and m ica set in a dev it r ified g round -mass . C ro ssed

n icols . x 65.

2 .— Quar t z -

p orphyry -‘

tuff , Junct ion , H um e H ighw ay-and C anberra—Ya ss R oad

showing larg e corroded and cra cked quar t z cry sta ls , fe lspa r p r ism s and ch ip s o f quar t z

and fe lspar b e tween t h em . C rossed n ico ls . x 65.

3 .

— R hyo lit e - tuff , P or t ion 7 1 , Par ish o f B oamb o lo showing jagg ed out l ine

of qua r t z g ra ins , quar tz and felspar ch ip s , and fl ow st ructure in ground -ma ss . Ord inary

l igh t . x 65.

4.

—C oar se crysta l tuff , P or t ion 1 7 7 , Par ish of W a rro o showing quar tz ,

fe lspa r and ch lor it e g ra ins near ly in con ta ct . O rd inary l igh t . x 6 5.

5 .

— C rys ta l - l ith ic tuff , P or t ion 9 0 , P ar ish of B oamb olo show ing fragm en t s

o f coa r se and fine crys ta l tuffs , qua r t z and fe lspar g ra ins . O rd ina ry l igh t . x 6 5.

6 .— Agg lom era t e , near H at t on

’

s C orner , P or t ion 8 , Pa r ish o f Hum e showingfragm en t s o f d ifferen t var ie t ies of tuff , qua r tz gra ins , e tc . , in a h igh ly s i l ic ified ma tr ix .

O rd ina ry l igh t . x 6 5.

7 .— Med ium -g ra ined crys ta l tuff ( Ty p e

“

P or t ion 8 , Par ish o f Hum e

sh ow ing quar t z fragm en t s , som e fra ctur ed , pa t ch es O f secondary quartz r esu lt ing from

d ev i t r ifica t ion . O rd ina ry l igh t . x 6 5.

55.— Banded tuff ( T yp e Por t ion 7 , Pa r ish o f W a rroo O rd inary l igh t . x 2 .

9 .— F ine -

g ra ined tu ff ( T ype E ura lie , P or t ion 64, Pa r ish o f W arroo

show ing x enocrys t s o f quar t z , a ltered fe lspa r and ca lc ite , st r ing s of brown m ica - flakes.

O rd ina ry l igh t . x 6 5.

1 0 .

— F ine -

g ra ined tuff w ith in p orphyry , P or t ion 9 7 , Pa r ish o f Yassshow ing sm a ll m ica flakes in term it tent ly m a rk ing bedd ing - p lane s , w ith s tr ing s o f larg er

flakes cross ing a t r igh t a ng les . O rd inary l igh t . x 65.

1 1 .— Fo ld ed a nd fau lted sed im en t s in th e bank o f Ya ss R iver , near the mouth o f

R eedy C reek .

P la t e V l l .

G e o log ica l Ske tch -m a p and Sect ion of t he Y a ss d ist r ict .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

152 RYDAL AND HARTLEY EXOGENOUS CONTACT -ZONES ,

Primary Assemblage. Hartley . R ydal .

Andalusite -cordierite-biotite

Andalusite-biot ite-orthoclase

Cordierite-quartz

Cordierite-

p lagioclasePlagioclase-biot iteAmphibole-p lagioclase-biotite

Amphibole-diopside-

plagioclase-biot ite

Amphibole-diopside-p lagioclaseAmphibole-plagioclase

D iopside-

p lagioclase

Plagioclase-diopside-ep idote .

Plagioclase-diopside-wollastonite

Diopside-

grossular-wollastonite

Vesuvianite-diopside

Wollastoni te-diopside

Sandstone Homfels

Grit

oo

q

cz

o

p

eo

n

y-1

H

H

l—‘HH

i—‘H

H

q

ca

oi

um

oo

N

i-ao

co

The Absence of Certain Primary Assemblages a t R ydal .

Reference to the above table wi ll Show that the andalus i te-b iot i te-orthoclase

assemblage has not been me t wi th at Rydal . On ly one examp le of th is type w as

recorded at Hartley ; th is w as found as a boulde r and has n ever been met with

in si tu. I t is, therefore , not a p rominen t type , and i t is not surp rising that i t

has not been discovered at Rydal , espe cially in view of the fact that the study

of th is aureole is incomp lete .

Again i t wi ll be noted that no assemblages , conta ining wollastoni te occur a t

Rydal . In deal ing wi th the Hartley aureole i t w as pointed out that such

assemblages were developed only at Short distan ces from the con tact . At Rydal ,

so far as the p resen t wri ter is aware , the calcareous beds (Spi rifer-bearing

quartzi tes ) do not outcrop closer than 800 yards from the contact , and the rocks

contain quartz and calci te , whi ch E sko la ( 1922 ) has shown to be a low

temperature assemblage .

Finally , the vesuv ian i te hornfels appears to be absent from Rydal , but in

the Hart ley aureole th is w as recorded from a single locali ty and i t might be

found at Rydal i f more detai led work were carried out .

Metasomat ism.

As at Hartley, gre isen izat ion , or the development of wh i te mica , is common

in the sandstone hornfelses and in the cordieri te and anda lus i te-bearing assemb

lages at Rydal .

The development of andrad i te , p rehn i te , scapoli te , e tc . , wh ich w as noted in

many parts of the Hart ley aureole , appears to be absen t at Rydal , and th is may

be explained again by the fact that the more calcareous types do not occur very

close to the contact .

Z oned Calcareous Nodules near Sodw alls.

A purple-hornfels wi th light calcareous patches occurs at the junct ion of

the old and new ra ilway lines on the Rydal side of Sodwalls at a d istance of

about 600 yards from the contact . The patches may be scat tered through the

RY GERMAINE A . JOPLIN . 153

body of the rock, but they are often concentrated on certain horizons and , though

somet imes i rregular in shape , are usually flat tened ellipsoids. They vary in size

from half an inch to about tw o inches in length , and show a rude zon ing .

Examined microscop i cally, the well-defined zones are seen to consist of

different mineral assemblages, and the less-defined ones are due to the relat ive

abundance of a certa in mineral in a g iven assemblage ( see T ext-fig .

The“purple-hornfels

"

( Jop lin , 1935 ) which encloses the calcareous bodies

consists for the most part of bioti te, quartz , and p lagioclase, but a l ittle amphibole

is usually present and this becomes more abundant , together wi th calcite , in the

immediate v icin i ty of the calcareous body.

T ext -fig . 1 .

A .

— B iot ite -p lag iocla se -am phibo le - quar tz assemb lage .

B .

— P lag iocla se -am ph ib ole - quar t z - sph ene a ssemb lag e w ith p lag ioclase amphibole .

C .

—Amph ib o le -p lag ioclase - sph ene assemb lage wi th a lit t le quar tz and amph ibolep lag ioclase .

D .— P lag ioclase - am ph ibo le - sphene a ssemb lage w ith p lag ioclase amph ibole .

E .— Amph ibo le - ca lcit e - sph ene a ssemb lage .

F .— Amph ib ole - sph ene - iron ore .

The separate nodules Show a good deal of variat ion in the order of the

d ifferent zones, but consist mainly Of the amphibole assemblages listed in the

above table . D iopside may or may not be present .

T ext -figure 1 is a diagram of one such n odule, and a crit ical examinat ion of

this indicates that the centre'

is richer in lime, and that this gradually decreases

outwards, that magnesia at tains local abundance in certa in zones but is present

throughout , that alumina is absent in the centre but Occurs in the outer zones

where si lica also becomes p rominent . The last oxide, in the form of quartz , is

someth ing of an anomaly, as i t has been found in large , i rregular grains wi th

calci te and amph ibole in the centres of some of the nodules .

The junct ion between the biot i te-bearing and biot i te-free assemblages is very

sharp ly defined and , as may be seen by reference to Text -figure 1 , another well

marked junction occurs between an amph ibole -rich and an amph ibole-

poor

plagioclase-amphibole-sphene zone .

The origin of these bodies i s somewhat Obscure . Ward ( 1912 ) and Waterhouse

( 1916 ) have described calcareous patches and ve ins in shaly rocks in Tasman ia,

G

154 RYDAL AND HARTLEY EXOGENOUS CONTACT-ZONES .

and they postulate addit ion from the magma ; but the mode of occurrence, the

frequent concen trat ion of the nodules on a definite horizon , and the zoning make

i t di fficult t o exp lain the origin of the Rydal bodies in this w ay.

Tw enhofel ( 1926 ) states that calcareous con cretions are very common in

claystones, and i t seems likely that the nodules were concret ions in the original

tuffaceous Si lt whi ch is now represented by the“purple-hornfels” .

As regards the zon ing , tw o alternat ive explanat ions suggest themselves , ei ther

that there w as reaction between the concret ion and the enclosing rock during

metamorph ism, or that the or iginal concret ion w as lamina ted concentri cally.

I t is unlikely that much diffusion would take place at such a distance from

the contact and , moreover, sharply defined beds Of calcareous and purple horn

felses occur elsewhere and these can be shown to correspond to the Spirifer-bearing

quartz ites and soft purp le shales Of Mt . Lambie ( Jop lin , 1935, p . Further

more, the zones do not show a gradual transit ion , as might be expected if difiusion

took p lace during metamorph ism.

I t seems likely, therefore , that the nodular concretions had an original

concen tr ic laminat ion and that each layer represents difierent admixtures of

calci te and clay (Tw enhofel, 1926, p . The nodules may have been bui lt

up around fossi ls , but as no structure remains this point is obscure .

R eferences

E SKOLA, P . E ., 1 9 2 2 — On C on ta ct Ph enom ena b etween Gn e iss and L im est one in W est ern

Ma ssa chuse t t s . Journ . Geo l. , xxx, 2 84.

JOPLIN, G . A . , 1 9 35 .— The P e tro logy of the H ar t ley D istr ict . I I I . T he C onta ct Me ta

m orphism o f the Upp er D evon ian (Lamb ian ) Ser ies . PROC . L INN. Soc . lx ,

pp . 1 9 , 2 0 .

TWENH OFEL , W . H . , 1 9 2 6 — T reat ise on Sed imenta t ion , pp . 49 8 , 50 1 , 503 .

WARD ,L . K . , 1 9 1 2 .

— Th e O r ig in o f C er ta in C ontact R ocks w ith a H igh C on tent Of L ime

and Magnes ia . xi ii , 1 7 6 .

WATERH OU SE ,L . L . , 1 9 1 6 — The Sou th H eemskirk T in F ie ld . Bu ll. G eo l . Surv . Tas

2 1 , p . 1 2 4.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

156 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS , BOOROOK AND DRAKE,

the Upper of tuffs, mudstones, and occasional lava flows , and characterist ically

possesses prolific fossi l horizons .

Andrews ( 1908 ) observed that the D rake mudstones and tufis (UpperD ivision ) were younger than the volcan ic beds (Lowe r D ivision ) , but he referred

the latter to tw o dist inct p eriods ,“an older consist ing mainly of rhyolites and a

younger mainly of andesi tes”

.

Whi le no defin i te divisions are likely to hold throughout the area , owing to

the discont inui ty of most Of the beds , an arb i trary boundary has been fixed between

the Lower and Upper D ivisions . This boundary is indi cated on the map and

sect ions , but i t must be emphasized that i t is only app roximate . I t does not

mark any great change in the nature of the deposi ts, but separates a zone wh ich is

p rol ific in fossil remains from one in wh i ch fossi ls are less numerous owing to

the greater amount of volcan i c material , chiefly lava , whi ch makes up the sequence .

NO fossi ls appear to have been found in Andrews’

older volcan i cs ( lower part of

Lower Division ) .

The relat ionship between the Emu Creek Series and the D rake Series has not

been established beyond doubt , but the dark mudstones and tufi s belonging to

the former seem to dip beneath the D rake vo lcan i c rocks in the south-western

corner of the Parish of Jenny Lind and also in the northern part of the Parish

of Ant imony. However , the out crops are poor , and insufficient t ime w as available

to determine this point , important though i t is . In sp i te of this admission of

doubt , from field ev idence alone the greater age Of the Emu Creek Series may be

accep ted wi th slight reservat ion . The palaeon tology is sufficient to clinch“

the

matter .

The northward exten t of the Emu Creek Series w as not invest igated far

beyond Emu Creek, but the beds cont inue at least to Pret ty Gully .

The following table shows the succession of beds wh i ch has been established

E st ima t ed

Nam e of Ser ies . R ock Ty p es . Th ickness C orre lat ion .

in Feet .

R ecen t A l luv ium and

creek g rave ls .

Jura ss ic C lar en ce Ser ies . C ong lom era t es , Wa lloon

sandst ones , and Ser ies .

sha les wi thfoss il wood .

P erm ian D rake Ser ies .

Upp er D iv is ion Foss il iferous Si lverwoodmuds tones and Fault -Blocktuffs , with some Ser ies , and

lava flow s in L owerlower port ion . Bow en

Vo lcan ics .

L ow er D iv is ion

Ca rb on iferous E mu C reek Ser ies . Neerko l

Ser ies .

Lavas , agg lomer

a t es , brecc ia sand tuffs , w i th

som e foss ilif

erous beds .

D ark rhy thm ica l lybedded mud

s tones and tuffs

with l igh ter

co loured sandy

bed s .

BY A . H . VOISEY . 157

CARBONIFEROUS .

Emu Creek Series.

I t must be made clear that the tuffs, sandstones, and conglomerates belonging

to the Emu Creek Series are li thologically and palaeontologically quite dist inct

from the rocks belonging to the D rake Series , and must not be confused wi th them .

Andrews ( 1908 ) appears to have recognized th is , for he says :“The fossil iferous

Slates at D rake had been observed to be gently folded on ly. T owards Jump -Up ,

however, the strata posse ssed a vert ical dip ; thence to Pret ty Gully the dip fell t o

Thus a tangent ial thrust from the east w as suggested , unless the D rake

rocks proper Should be decidedly younger than the Pretty Gully series .

The name “Pretty Gully Series

” Would be retained for the Jump -Up beds but

for the fact that the p resent wri ter did not visi t Pretty Gully, and does not feel

just ified in using this name . Moreover , Andrews di d not define the Pretty Gully

Series further, and did not discuss the rocks . Hence the name Emu Creek Series

wi ll be used for the beds outcropp ing around Jump -Up H ill“

, although i t i s

p robable that the Pretty Gully beds could be correlated wi th them .

The lowest uni ts of the series which were examined outcrop near the junction

of Kangaroo Creek and Emu Creek , and consist of dark-

grey indurated tufis , fine

in grain and rhythmically bedded wi th tufiaceous sandstones and occasional thin

bands of conglomerate . All members of the series are hard and , in many p laces ,

intensely mineralized .

The fine-grained tuffs grade into dark grey mudstones and all the members

bear wi tness to the fact that they are water-sorted ; the p ebbles in the conglomerate

bands are well rounded and w ater-worn . The coarser beds are generally l ighter in

colour than the mudstones and tuffs, and are subordinate to them .

A horizon wi th remarkably p rol ific Fenestellidae outcrops on a spur between

Kangaroo Creek and Emu Creek . The whole slope is strewn wi th fragments of

rock crammed with the polyzoans . The material is a very hard , si licified light

blue to greyish-blue mudstone, highly imp regnated with pyri tes throughout . I ts

appearance is far different from the Fenestellidae mudstones of the D rake Series .

Only one specimen of S pirifer striata w as found amongst the Fenestella and

crinoid stems . My attent ion w as drawn to th is hor izon by Miss D orothy Smi th

and Mr. Arthur Smith of Cheviot H i lls Station .

Probably ove rlying this Fenestellidae horizon by a coup le Of hundred feet

i s the Jump -Up H i ll fossil horizon from wh ich Andrews and the writer have

collected a number of forms . These wi ll be listed and discussed later .

The fossi ls are p reserved in mudstone and fine-

grained sandstone , p robably

tuffaceous, and are most abundant in the road cuttings ascending the h ill . Many

can be obtained in Jump -Up Creek. The beds are not nearly so indurated or so

mineral ized as those in the vi cini ty Of the Fenestelli dae horizon , but they are

nevertheless very hard . The fresh sandstone is bluish-grey in colour , but weathers

to a light-brown . The rocks are somewhat disturbed in the vicin i ty of Jump-Up

H i ll but the overlying beds cont irfue wi th a general westerly dip of about 60° for

at least 3 mi les up Emu Creek . Although fault ing may have caused somedup li cat ion , there is no doubt that a great th ickness of rhythmi cally-bedded

mudstone and sandstone overlies the Jump-Up horizon .

Near the boundary of the parishes of Ant imony and Callanyn , the creek

exposes a pecul iar agglomerate . It contains i rregular fragments of fine bluish

grey tuff set in a tuffaceous mat rix . Th is rock is interbedded wi th tuffs simi larto the fragments i t contains.

158 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS , BOOBOOK AND DRAKE,

I t is in this locali ty that lava flows occur and seemingly overlie the west

d ipp ing Emu Creek beds . Although an examinat ion w as made the actual contact

w as not found .

PERM IAN .

D rake Series .

( a ) Lower D ivision .

The magnificen t suite of volcan i c rocks outcropp ing around D rake has been

part ly described by Andrews D etai led petrological work on the numerous

rock types i s most desi rable , but the wri ter had not the t ime necessary for this ,

so has very little to add . Andrews ( 1908 , p . 11 ) wri tes :“The lavas of the D rake

distri ct present a difficult problem as regards detai led sequence of events . Theyare studies in minut iae . Frequently, wi thin the limits of a 10 or -20-acre block ,

as many as a dozen rock sub-types may be found .

He has divided the volcani c beds in to tw o groups : (a ) One p roductive of

wh i t ish to grey felsi tes, purp le and green lavas, tuffs and breccias , and p ract ically

devoid of strat ification p lanes . ( b ) A younger one , productive of blue and purple

agglomerates , breccias, lavas and tuffs deposited on a sinking sea floor .

”

Th is division is upheld from a descript ive point of View, but there seems to

be no need to make the break very significant . Andrews, h imself, suggests that

h is older series may represen t ( 1 ) the actual si tes of small vents or ( 2 ) masses

thrown out of neighbouring small vents . No ev iden ce contribut ing to the problemw as collected , but the detai led map given by Andrews is sufli cient to show that h is

op in ions are backed by much field-work and are worthy of considerat ion .

No records of fossi ls from the older volcani c beds have been found , and

this is hardly surprising, since they are made up Of so much lava and agglomerate .

Strat ification is much more marked in the younger volcanic beds than in the

older, and the marine fossi ls found in the tufts and mudstones between lava flows

and agglomerates show that most were laid down under water .

Andrews submi ts the following l ist of fossi ls from D rake

Mar t in iop sis subradia ta var . de lto idea E th . S teno pora ( dendro id form )

fi l . Trachyp ora w i lkinson i E th . fi l .

F enes te lla sp . H ya los te lia .

S tropha losia jukes i i E th . fi l . E n to lium .

P r oduc tus unda tus Modio la .

Sp ir ifer s tokesi Kon ig . Av i cu lop ec ten (new

Zaphr en t is sp . Or thoceras .

Knowing that most of the beds around D rake belong to the Lower D ivision Of

the D rake Series , one feels just ified in considering that these foss ils may be

referred to the younger volcani c port ion of the sequence .

Fragmental fossi l remains, including Moni lopora , Trachypora, Fenestellidae,

crinoi d ossicles , and Sp iriferaceae , were found in the tuffs and mudstones out

cropp ing in Girard Creek, about three mi les west of Cheviot H ills Stat ion . These

sediments are interbedded with most spectacular=

agglomerates containing angular

to sub-angular blocks, chi efly of felsi te lava , up to nearly tw o feet across.

Several thousand feet of these tuffs and agglomerates , wi th occasional lava

flows , are exposed between Cheviot H ills and Crooked Creek . At the top of

th is succession is a uni t , about 200 feet th ick ,wh ich , though an agglomerate at

the base . passes upwards into a green tuff resembling an andesit ic lava . The

gradual change in texture from fragments more than a foot across to minute

part icles in the top-most port ion may be traced .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

160 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS, BOOROOK AND DRAKE ,

A spec imen sect ion measured down a spur leading into Sawp i t Gully, Boorook ,

is as follows :

(D escend ing order . )Ma ss ive dark -gr ey mudst ones

Fossil i ferou s mud s tones ( Zone D

Fels ite - lava

Coarse tuffs and brecc iasMudst ones and cherts ( Zone

“C

”

)Fe lsite -brecc ia s and coar se tuffs

C oarse breccia

C oar se tuffs w ith quar tz ite band s ( Zone

Fenest e ll ida e mud stone ( Zone“A

Agg lom era t e

Fenest ellidae mudst one ( Zone“A

”)

B reccias and coarse tuffs

The above thi cknesses are approximate only and the un i ts vary greatly

throughout the d istri ct . The fossi ls collected from each bed wi ll be g iven , but

i t is probable that most of the forms range throughout the above sect ion .

Collect ing could only be carried on for a very short t ime , and numerous addi t ions

wi ll be made to the lists when further work is done .

Immediately overlying the breccias and tufis wh ich form the basal un i t of

the above sect ion is a band of calcareous mudstone crammed w i th fossils , chiefly

Fenestellidae and crinoids . Th is is Z one“A

”and con tains Z aphrenti s sp . ,

Martiniopsi s subradiata and Spi rifer sp . (F36370—1 Australian Museum Collect ion )

Trachyp ora w i lkinsoni and Moni lopora cf . ni ch’

olsoni appear to occur low down

in the Upper D iv ision in the Crooked Creek local i ty, but the sequen ce w as not“

examined in any detai l there.

The Feneste llidae mudstone'

is bluish-grey in colour when fresh , and is very

tough . During decomposit ion i t becomes buff-coloured and friable . The rock is

made up Of layers Of fossils alternat ing with sediment . Weathering gives a

concert ina-like appearance to the outcropp ing blocks . An agglomerate wi th

included rock fragments up to tw o inches across Sp li ts the Fenestellidae mudstone

and the overlying bed is similar to that below ( Z one

Foss ils are present , even in the coarse tuffs whi ch follow , but , in the main ,

are fragmental , except in the quartzite and mudstone bands wh i ch are interbedded

wi th these. They are mainly pectens and are so numerous that , in p laces , the

quartz ite is ent i rely made up of shells wh i ch have been rep laced by si li ca . They

include D eltopecten subquinquelineatus McCoy sp . , Avi culopecten sprenti Johnston ,

and Avi culopecten englehardti E theridge and Dun . Fenestella sp . , Protoretepora

amp la Lonsdale and crinoid stems are also presen t in Z one“B

”( Specimens

F36367—9 , Austral ian Museum Collect ion ) .

Felsite breccias and tuffs overlie the pecten horizon and then comes a most

prolific fossil bed , a calcareous mudstone ( Z one“C

”

) con ta ining :

A v iculop ec ten eng lehard ti E th . and D un . Fenes te lla sp .

A v icu lop ec ten c f . fl ex icos ta tus M it chell. S tenop ora ta sman i ensis L onsd .

A v iculop ec t en sp . Myon ia carina ta Morr is .

P roductus brachy thaerus . Myon ia corruga ta F letcher .

Taen io thyr is s ubquadra ta . Mar tiniopsis subrad ia ta .

C r ino id st ems. S tropha losia c f. g erardi K ingZaphren t is SD S tropha losia c f . jukesi E th .

( Specimens F36344—F36366 Australian Museum Collect ion . )

BY A . H . VOISEY . 161

S trophalosia is one of the commonest fossi ls in th is zone and certain sections

of the beds are made up almost ent irely of th is shell . In some parts the dendro id

S tencpora is dominant and in others, Feneste lla .

Coarse tuif s with fragmen tal fossi ls follow , and above these a felsi te-lava flow

outcrops .

On top of the felsi te is a calcareous mudstone band ( Z one“D

”

) containing :

Moni lopora c f . n i cho lson i E th . As tar ti la sp .

T rachyp ora w i lkinson i E th . fi l . Ca lyx p la te o f cr ino idC r ino id st em s.

F enes te lla sp . S tropha los ia g erardi .

( Specimens F36329—31 , F36335—43'

Australian Museum Collect ion . )

The tw o corals are most numerous and they were used in t racing the bed

along the r idge for about a mi le , as they could be seen from a distance in the

fragments Of rock strewn over the surface . The lowest 200 feet of the mudstone ,

wh i ch makes up the rest of the section , contain numerous fossils, main ly corals,

but the h igher beds are p ractically devo id of them— only a few crinoi d ossi cles

being found . The mudstone becomes less calcareous and more massive and

compact . I t is a dull black in colour and very fine-grained , for the most part ,

but is slightly more sandy in i ts lower port ions . Th is sandy rock is lighter in

colour , but has a blotchy appearance owing to the p resence of dark i rregularly

Shaped inclusions . After seve ral hundred feet , through which there is some

variety in texture and colour, the mudstone becomes more uniform and apparently

devoid Of laminat ion and bedding p lanes . It is rather cherty and some harder

parts give ri se to falls in the creeks running west from the hills,'

but generally

outcrops are poor . The beds are easi ly traced because they decompose to a

characterist i c yellow soi l contain ing fragments of the crumbling rock.

This mudstone represen ts a comp lete change in the nature of the sedimen

tat ion . All through the underlying beds volcani c material is the main component

r ight to the lowest part of the D rake Series that w as examined . There is no

important structural break, however, as the tuffs may be seen to pass upwards

into the mudstone and fossi ls s imi lar to those in the tuffs. ascend well into the

un i t .

Fossils have been Obtained in the h i lls bordering the gran i te for several mi les

north of Boorook . They also occur on the eastern side of the Cataract River

and at R ed Rock, where Mr . E . C . Andrews collected Aui culopecten englehard ti .

Between Crooked Creek and the stock route , the following forms were obtained :

C r ino id stems C lad ochonus c f . tenui co llis McC oy .

Trachyp ora w i lkinsoni E th . fi l . Av i cu lop ec t en englehard ti E th . and D un .

Zaphren t is gr egor iana, D e K on . F enes te lla sp .

Moni lop ora c f . n icho lsoni E th . Sp ir ifer Sp .

( Specimens F36324—8 Australian Museum Collect ion . )

These come from simi lar beds to those at Boorook as descr ibed above .

Andrews ( 1908 ) records these addi t ional types from somewhere along Crooked

Creek :

S tenop ora ( sma ll dendro id form ) . P r oduc tus subquadra tus Morr is.

F enes te lla fossu la Lonsa. Mar tin iop s is subrad ia ta Sby .

Fenes te lla in terna ta L onsd . Spir ifer vesp er ti lio G . Sby .

F enes te lla sp . Avicu lop ec ten squamuliferus Morr is .

P ro tore t ep ora ( n . Avicu lop ec ten e longa tus McCoy ( D e

P enn ir e tep ora g rand is McC oy ( D e S tu tchbur ia compr essa Morr is

H ya los telia .

1 62 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS, BOOBOOK AND DRAKE,

These fossi liferous beds undoubtedly cont inue for many mi les to the north

into the R ivertree D istrict . I t will be interest ing to see whether the Eurydesma

cordata recorded by Andrews from that locali ty comes from strata wh ich can be

correlated wi th some part of them.

Plumbago Creek Series.

Limestone , interbedded wi th hard slates and cherts, outcrops beside Plumbago

Creek, just north Of the point where the main road between Tabulam and D rake

crosses the stream . The general strike of the series is north-north-west and the

dip is west-south-west at about The invading gran i te cuts obliquely across the

strike .

The limestone has been marmorized by the adjacent gran i te and no fossi l

remains were iden t ified from i t . The other sediments have been converted to

hornfelses in places and are hardened e lsewhere. Black slates contain fossils

resembling Pachydomus but not definitely determinable . Breccias and tuffs related

to those found around D rake are present, so i t i s p robable that the Plumbago

Creek Series will be connected i n some w ay to the D rake Series. I t has been

kep t separate because no limestone w as found anywhere else and the northward

extensions of it and the associated rocks were not followed far enough to connect

them with any known beds.

JURASSIC .

Clarence Seri es

The Clarence Series between Tabulam and Casino'

consists of conglomerates ,

gri ts, sandstones and shales wi th p lant remains . A basal conglomerate is. well

exposed by the road cutt ings.

just west of Tabulam Bridge . The water-worn

pebbles are arranged in lent i cular bands in sandstones and gri ts . Much of the

mater ial may be ident ified, as i t has been derived from the Upper Palaeozoic rocks .

The beds appear to be estuarine in origin . Th is belief is strengthened by the

fact that numerous fossi l tree-trunks were found in the overlying sandstones and

gri ts to the east of Tabulam. Their occurrence is reminiscent of those at Warwick ,

Queensland , and i t is possible that both are on the same horizon .

The age of the series is p robably Jurassi c and equivalent to the Walloon

Series of Queensland . There has been an overlap of these beds on the lower

members of the Mesozoic sui te (David ,

INTRUSIVE ROCKS .

The Grani tes.

The map (Plate vi i i ) shows that the Upper Palaeozoi c rocks are intruded by

gran i te both to the east and west of D rake . The eastern mass is overlain by the

Clarence Series , but the western forms the h igh plateaus of New England . The

grani te makes poor outcrops around Boorook Stat ion, and only the aplit i c dykes

wh ich traverse the main rock were examined . One such dyke is found near the

Stat ion yards.

More than twenty different phases of the grani te were collected from the

Stanthorpe and R ivertree D istricts (DR . 3339 to D B . For further detai ls

w ith regard to the New England Gran i tes , see Andrews

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

164 UPPER PALAEOZOIC R OCKS , BOOROOK AND DRAKE ,

J . H . Re id ( 1930 ) advocated an Upper Carbon iferous age for the Jump -UpH i ll beds on the evidence of the fossi ls collected by Andrews . I t is hoped thatthe addi tional forms wh ich have been collected wi ll be of assistance in the deter

minat ion of the exact age of the Series .

Though Fenestell idae zones are not uncommon in Carbon i ferous and Permianareas , the presence of the p rolific band near Jump~Up H i ll lends more support

to a correlat ion wi th the Neerkol beds .

The wr i ter is st i ll opposed to the in clusion of any part of the Kempsey or

Si lverwood beds in the Neerkol , and consequent ly cannot agree to p lacing any of

the beds belonging to the D rake Series there (Voisey , l 9 34a, 1935 )

D rake Series .

Taken as a whole the foss i l fauna of the D rake Series is as follows

C ladochonus c f . t enui co llis McC oy . Sp ir ifer vesp er t i li o .

T ra chyp ora w i lkinson i E th . fi l. P roductus unda tus

M on i lop ora c f . n icho lson i E th . T a en io tha er is subquadra ta .

Zaphren ti s gregor iana D e K on . P r oduc tus brachytha erus .

Cya thocr inus Myonia car in a ta Mo rr is .

P hia loor inus Myon ia corruga ta F le t cher .

P ro tor e tep ora amp la L onsda le S tu tchbur ia comp ressa .

F enes te lla sp . A s tar ti la Sp .

F enes te lla fossula . D e l top ec ten subqu inque linea tus McC oy sp .

F enes te lla in t erna ta . A vicu lop ec ten spr en t i Johnston .

P enn ire t ep ora grand is .

'

Avicu lop ec ten eng lehard ti E th . and D un .

H ya los te lia . Avicu lop ec ten c f . flex icos ta tus M it ch e ll .

S t enopora tasman iensis L onsda le Avicu lop ec ten squamu liferus Morr is .

S tropha los ia gerard i . Aviou lop ec t en-

e longa tu s McC oy ( D e

S tr opha losia c f . jukes i K ing H ya los te lia .

Mar t in iop si s subrad ia ta var . d e l to idea E th . E n to lium .

fil . Modio la .

Sp ir ifer spp . mu lt . Or tho ceras .

Sp ir ifer s tokes i K on ig .

All these forms were found in , or above the volcan i c rocks , so must'

be above

the Glossop teris horizon whi ch occurs below the Volcan i c Beds at Si lverwood ,i f

correlat ion between the lavas i s accep ted .

Conclusive p roof Of the existence of p rol ific Moni lopora cf. ni cholsoni and

Trachypora w i lkinsoni beds at the top of the Series defin i tely overlying the

volcan i c beds, has an important bearing on the interpretat ion of the Si lverwood

fault -blocks . (Richards and Bryan , 1924 ; Re id , 1930 ; Voisey,

I t is unfortunate that a E urydesma cordata horizon w as not found in the

Boorook-D rake D istr i cts , but , i f the v iews of the wri ter are correct , th is Should

be discovered below the Volcan i c Series (Voisey,

In a broad sense the Si lverwood Fault Block Series , the D rake Series and the

Macleay Series are correlated with one another and all are considered to be

Lower Permian in age .

STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY .

The Upper Palaeozoic strata are generally horizontally d isposed or slightlyundulat ing between the western gran i te and D rake , but between D rake and

Tabulam they have been folded and faulted. In the D rake Series near Tea-T ree

Creek , a vert ical posi tion has been attained . At the bridge where the road crosses

the C reek , the unconformable junct ion of an outlier of the C larence Series with

the volcan ic beds may be seen .

BY A . H . VOISEY . 165

The folding has been roughly on a north-north-west , south-south-east axis .

The old Boorook townsh ip si te i s in the core of a syncline which p itches

towards the north . It i s a very gentle fold . The beds on the l imbs of the

syncline dip into the hi ll at angles generally about The northward p i tch is

demonstrated by the outcrop of the mudstones . Th is is roughly V-shaped , widen ing

to the north .

Wherever rocks belonging to the Emu Creek Series have been seen they are

steep ly folded , but this may be because the disturbed zone happens to include

them. Nevertheless, the conformi ty of the Emu Creek Series and D rake Series

is open to doubt .

Going westward from Jump -Up H i ll along Emu C reek the beds d ip west at

angles between 40°and but here and there they are much faulted .

Boa r ook Cat arac t C! o okedGi rar d CK

CLARt E SERIES

I f Vll 11 u I/

GRANNE'

0 0 n u \I ”

S c a lehA-Ie s

0 I Z 3

cSECTION RUNNING EAST FROM BOOROOK.

THROUGH LUNATIC MINES.

I|<

ll

A parallel might be drawn between the D rake and Kempsey D istricts. In

both cases there are areas of intense folding of Upper Palaeozoi c .beds to the

east and gently folded beds to the west . It seems tha t p ressure came from an

easterly direct ion . The marginal beds yielded to the force and , by collapsing,

allowed it to expend i tself on them, thus protect ing the strata to the west .

The New England gran ite w as intruded into the D rake rocks after the

folding had taken p lace . It cuts across the strike of the beds . This w as some

t ime before the Jurass ic sed iments were deposited , for these rest upon p laned

down granite surfaces . That the diastrophism occurred between Middle Permian

and Jurassi c t imes is thus p roved , but in all p robabi li ty i t marked the close of

the Palaeozoi c E ra (David ,

Ri chards and Bryan ( 1924) Offered the suggest ion that the Fermo

Carboniferous fossi ls colle cted in the D rake Distri ct might have been Obtained

from isolated fault blocks let down into D evon ian strata , the structures then

resembling those at Si lve rwood . However , no rocks remotely related to the

Si lverwood Series (D evon ian ) were found in the area examined and the volcan ic

uni ts were found to be con t inuous for many mi les .

The sedimen ts belonging to the C larence Series formerly covered a much

greater area west of their p resen t boundary , but they have been removed by

eros ion . An outlier at Kettle’

s Lift remains , and this i s being worn away

rap idly.

The beds dip easterly a t a very low angle and form the western rim of the

Clarence Basin .

PH YSIOGRAPH Y .

Boorook and D rake are si tuated on the eastern fall of the New England

Tableland near the head-waters of the Clarence River .

The Cataract River collects Boorook Creek , Crooked Creek , and numerous

tributaries as i t flows northward from Sandy H i lls to R ivert ree , where i t joins

166 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS, BOOBOOK AND DRAKE,

the main stream. The C larence turns southward and eventually reaches Tabulam

where i t collects the dra inage from D rake wh ich enters i t by means of Plumbago

Creek and the T imbarra R iver .

The dissect ion whi ch has occurred may be judged by the steep fall of the

country from Tenterfield just west of the Main Divide to Tabulam . The heights

are : Tenterfield , feet ; D rake , feet ; Tabulam, 410 feet .

Between Tenterfield and Boorook h igh gran ite h i lls rise to over feet

and cont inue northwards as the Boonoo Boonoo H eights . East of Boorook Stat ion

the creek falls into the Cataract whi ch flows through narrow gorges carved out

of the resistant lavas of the D rake Series . Both this r iver and i ts tributary,

Crooked Creek , are ap tly named . T ravelling is difficult through this region , but

access may be had by means Of t racks wh ich follow the more gen tle spurs .

The response of the sub-horizon tal rocks to rap id erosion is the main feature

of the physiography, and both the Clarence Series and the Drake Series ( in part )

may be studied in th is connect ion . The Clarence Series occup ies the lower

regions, and cl iffs are formed where the hard sandstone beds alternate wi th

softer slates. These are common on all sides but the east , as the dip Of the

uni ts in this direct ion is sufli cient to give rise to a dip -slope . AS a great deal

of the country has been cleared, these sandstone blufis make consp i cuous features

as they rise above the undulat ing grassy areas and usually a number of trees

remain on them. Somet imes tw o bands may be seen in the one hi ll .

The big difference in resistance to erosion between the lavas and sediments

of the D rake Series has led to the development of benches round the hi lls .

As the streams have cut down into the Lower D ivision , the fossi liferous beds

of the Upper Division occupy the ridges between the valleys . The natural

con touring of the h ighlands by means of these resistant‘

bands is somewhat

obscured by the thi ck vegetation . Along the stock route between Sandy H i lls

and D rake, one goes from terrace to terrace . On some of these terraces, outliers

of the overlying bed form small h i lls. One un it in parti cular , an agglomerate

from the top Of the Lower D ivision of the D rake Series , gives rise to such

out liers Since i t is underlain by a resistant tuff band.

Between Cheviot Hi lls and Emu Creek the topography is ne i ther so in teresting

nor is i ts evolution so clear. Outcrops are poor , and in the north the rOcks are

simi lar in type and dip steeply. Here deep gullies, tending to conform with the

strike , lead into the main creek and the spurs fall steep ly into them.

In the south-eastern corner of the area- the old granite surface upon whi ch

the Clarence Series w as laid down has been re-exposed during recent t imes and

the streams are at work cutt ing downwards into i t .

The sequence of events leading up . to the format ion of the present topography

i s similar to that of the whole coastal region , and the mat ter has been discussed

elsewhere . (Craft , 1933, e tc : Andrews , 1903 ; Voisey,

GEOLOGICAL HISTORY .

Marine mudstones , sandstones and conglomerates were deposited , during

Carboniferous t imes, in a sea wh ich had i ts locat ion in the posit ion now described

as north-eastern New South Wales . Rhythmi c deposit ion w as a characterist ic

feature of th is th ick series of rocks .

Wi th the beginn ing of Permian t imes, vulcanism broke out and volcanoes

wh i ch were situated in the region about D rake poured lavas over the sea-floor .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 68 UPPER PALAEOZOIC ROCKS , BOOBOOK AND DRAKE .

B ibli ography.

ANDREW S, E . C . , 1 9 0 3 — T he T er t iary H ist ory o f New E ng land . R ec . Geo l. Surv.

v i i, p t . 3 .

1 9 0 5 .—Geology of N ew E ng land P la teau . R e c . Geo l . Surv. N .S .W v i i i .

, 1 9 08 .—R ep or t on th e D rake G o ld a nd C opp er F ield . G eo l. Surv .

Minera l R esour ces , N o . 1 2 .

BROWNE, W . R . , 1 9 2 9 .— A h out line of th e H istory o f Igneous A ct iv ity in New South

W'

a les t i ll the close o f the Pa laeozoic E ra . PROC. L INN. Soc . l iv .

CRAFT , F . A . , 1 9 33 — T he C oasta l T ablelands and Stream s of N ew Sou th W a les . PROC .

L INN . SOC . lv i ii .

D AVID , T . W . E . , 1 932 .— E xp lana tory N o t es to a N ew G eo log ica l Map o f Aus tral ia.

JAQUET , J. B 1 8 9 6 — R ep or t on th e Luna t ic G oldfie ld . Ann . R ep or t D ep t . Mines andAgr i cu ltur e, pp . 1 2 6 - 1 2 8 .

R EID , J. H . , 1 9 30 .—T he Queens la nd U pper Pa la eozo ic Success ion . Queens land Geo log i ca l

Survey Publi ca t ion , N o . 2 7 8 .

R ICHARD S, H . C . , and BRYAN, W . H . , 1 9 2 3 .— Fermo -C arbon ifer ous V o lcan ic A ct iv ity in

Southern Queens land . P ro c. R oy . Soc . Queens land ,xxxv .

, 1 9 24.-T h e G eology Of the Si lverw ood -Lucky Va lley A rea . P roc . R oy . Soc .

Queens land , xxxv i .SU SSM ILCH , C . A . , 1 9 35 .

— The Carbon iferous Per iod in E astern Austra l ia . R ep or t

V o l . xxi i .VOI SEY, A . H . , 1 9 34a .

—A P rel im inary A ccoun t of the G eology o f t h e M idd le Nor th C oast

D istr ict o f N ew South W a les . PROC . L INN . 8 0 0 . l ix .

1 9 34b.—Th e Physiog raphy of the M idd le N or th C oast D ist r ict of New Sou th

W a les . Journ . R oy . Soc . lxv ii i .

, 1 9 35.— An In terpretat ion o f th e S i lverw o od -Lucky Va lley U pper Pa laeozo ic

Success ion . P r oc. R oy . Soc . Queens land , xlv i , 1 9 34

W .ALK OM A . B . , 1 9 1 3 .— Stra t ig raphica l G eo logy o f th e P erm o -C arbon iferous sy s tem in

the Ma it land -B ranxton D is tr ict . PROC . L INN . Soc . xxxv i i i .

EXPLANAT ION OF PLAT E VII I .

G eo log ica l ske tch -m ap O f the B oorook -D rake d istr ict .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

170 DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA. IV,

central port ion ; wings strongly t inged wi th blackish , cell SO and st igma darke r ;

abdomen including terminalia, almost uniformly blue-black.

cat— Length, 12—13 mm . wing , 10—11 mm . 9.

—Length , 13-5—14 mm . ; wing,

11-5—12 mm.

Sexes feebly dimorphi c in colour .

3 . Frontal prolongat ion of head orange , the dorsal surface and consp i cuous

nasus black. Antennae black, the apex of scap e a li ttle reddened ; antennae of

moderate length , i f bent backward extending to just beyond root of halteres ;

flage llar segments moderately incised . Head orange , without occip i tal brand .

Pronotum orange . Mesonotal p raescutum yellow, wi th three velvety-black

str ipes , the median one w ith posterior half and cent ral portion of an terior half

more p lumbeous in colour ; lateral stripes straight ; scutum yellow, the lobes chiefly

velvety-black ; scutellum blackish-p lumbeous , margined laterally wi th more velvety

black, the parascutella yellow ; med iotergite ye llow, on posterior third with a

p lumbeous area that is narrowly bordered with black . Pleura orange, the pleuro

tergi te more yellowish-orange . Halteres black . Legs wi th the coxae orange ;

t rochanters yellow ; femora black ; fore t ib iae b lack ; mid-t ibiae l ight brown , the

base and apex blackened ; posterior t ib iae bright yellow, blackened at both ends ;

all tarsi black. Wings (Fig . 1 ) wi th a strong blackish t inge , cell So and stigma

darker brown ; ve ins brown . St igma with on ly five or six tri chia . Venat ion

Sc, ending shortly beyond origin of R s ; cell M1 very Short -p et iolate to narrowly

sessi le .

Abdomen un iformly black , wi th bluish reflexions ; the paratype from Main i

shows restri cted yellowish areas on bases of tergi tes tw o to four . Male terminalia

(Fig . 7 ) relatively small . Ninth terg i te , 9 t , produced medially into tw o flat tened

divergent ear- like points ; a blackened stub at each outer lateral port ion of terg ite.

Both d ist istyles darkened ; inner style , i d , wi th a very low dorsal crest ; api cal

beak unusually Slender . Gonapophyses appear ing as t iny oval pale p lates ,

subtending the base of aedeagus .

9. Simi lar to male , d iffering as follows : Antennae shorter ; scape and pedicel

brown . Halteres somewhat paler in colour . Legs with both middle and h ind

t ibiae yellow on central port ions . Abdomen with basal tw o tergites and basal

four stern i tes obscure ye llow, the outer segments more blackened . In the Maini

paratypes, the amount of pale colour is somewhat more restri cted .

Holotype, Ed ie Creek, New Guinea , altitude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . T aylor ) . Allotopotype , 9 , in copulat ion and carded wi th type . Paratopo

types , 1 g, 1 9 ; paratypes , 1 g,

’

2 9, Main i , alt itude about feet , July, 1935

(K . J . Clinton ) .

Nephrotoma flavopc st i cata is readi ly distinguished from the other described

regional species of the genus by the colorat ion of the posterior t ibiae . The

nearest allies are various members of the melanura group , especially N . dimidiata

(de Meijere ) and N . fumi scutellata Alexander .

NEPH ROTOMA KAVIENGENSI S , n . sp . Text-fig . 8 .

General colorat ion yellow ; occip i tal brand not indicated ; p ronotum orange

yellow ; mesonotal p raescutum w ith three black stripes that are confluent or

v irtually so, the median stripe velve ty-black on cephali c port ion , the posterior

three-fourths nacreous, polished ; lateral stripes velvety-black , extended laterad

t o margin of sclerite ; scutellum black ; wings greyish ; st igma small , dark brown ;abdomen w i th basal six segments orange , the posterior borders of the segments

narrowly and evenly darkened ; subterminal segments black ; male terminalia

w i th beak of inner dist istyle slender, sp inous ; gonapophyses bisp inous at t ips ;

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 171

caudal marg in of e ighth stern i te produced med ially into a narrow compressed

point .

3 . Length about 12 mm. ; wing, 105 mm .

Frontal prolongat ion of head fulvous , unmarked ; palp i pale brown . Antennae

( c?) of moderate length , i f bent backward extending to the wing-root or

app roximately so scape and pedice l orange ; flagellum brownish-black ; flagellar

segments moderately incised , wi th verti ci ls that are shorter than the segments .

Head fulvous-orange, the occip i tal brand not different iated ; a vague dusky cloud

on anterior vertex adjoin ing the inner marg in of eye ; vert i cal tubercle ent ire or

virtually so .

Pronotum orange-yellow . Mesonotal praescutum wi th three black stripes ,

the polished black laterals vi rtually cOnfluent wi th the broad median v i tta , the

lat ter velvety-black on anter ior fourth, the remainder of stripe polished nacreous ;

outer stripes cont inued laterad to margin , restri ct ing the yellow ground-colour to

humeral triangles and narrow lines adjoining the suture ; scutum yellow, each

lobe wi th a ve lvety-black area ; scutellum velvety-black, parascutella yellow ;mediotergi te yellow, wi th an oval nacreous area at poster ior border . Pleura and

p leurotergi te yellow, the anep isternum and sternop leuri te vaguely marked wi th

pale reddish-

yellow . Halteres yellow, the base of knob infumed . Legs wi th the

coxae and t rochanters yellow ; femora obscure brownish-

yellow ; t ib iae brown ; tarsi

black. Wings wi th a greyish t inge ; p rearcular region and cells C and Sc more

yel low ,_

the lat ter cell Slightly deeper in colour ; st igma small , oval , dark brown ;veins dark. St igmal tr ichia about fifteen in number . Venat ion : Cell M1 very

short-pet iolate .

Abdomen wi th basa l Six segments Orange , the posterior borders very narrowlyringed wi th brownish-black, the bands un iform in width or v i rtually SO ; outer

segments black terminalia more brownish at t ip . Male terminal ia (Fig . 8 ) wi th

the te rgi te , 9 t , extended caudad into tw o submedian sp inous points . Outer dist istyle ,

ed , wi th the api cal poin t relat ively Short . Inner dist istyle, i d ,with the terminal

beak a slender sclerot ized Sp ine ; a low dorsal crest . Gonapophyses, g ,terminating

in tw o acute sp inous points . E ighth stern i te , 8s, sheath ing , the median port ion

p roduced caudad into a narrow point , on ventral port ion strongly compressed ;surface of stern ite wi th long coarse black setae .

Holotype , Kav ieng , New I reland , 4 February , 1934 (F . H . Taylor ) . Paratopo

type , a, 11 February , 1934.

This fly i s allied to species such as Nephrotoma dim idiata (de Me ijere ) ,N . me lanura (Osten Sacken ) and N . speculata (de Me ijere ) . It d iffers from a ll

described forms in the pattern of the p raescutum and the structure -of the male

terminalia, notably of the inne r dist istyles , gonapophyses and e ighth sterni te .

DOLICH OPEZ A (D OLICH OPEZ A ) TAYLORIANA , n . sp . T ext -figs . 2 , 9 .

General colorat ion Of mesonotal p raescutum"

dark brown , the humeral region

yellow ; a transverse , dark brown gi rdle on mesep isternum ; legs wi th genua , t ip s

of'

t ibiae , and all but p roximal port ion s of basi tarsi , white ; wings wi th a weak

brown t inge , consp icuously patterned with darker brown on cord and outer

long i tudinal veins ; an ter ior cord oblique , wi th R S lying most distad ; Sez opposi te

R s ; cell 2nd A narrow ; male terminalia with the tergi te produced laterad into

t riangular darkened lobes .

(gt— Length , 9-5—10 mm . ; W ing , 11- 11

-5 mm . 22.

— Length ,11—12 mm . wing.

113—125 mm.

Frontal p rolongation of head yellow above , darkened laterally ; palp i dark

brown . Antennae wi th the scape yellow, ped icel whi te ; flagellum black ; antennae

1 72 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . IV,

(5 ) of moderate length , i f bent backward extending about to base of abdomen ;flagellar segments long-cylindri cal , gradually decreasing in length outwardly,

the terminal segment oval, about one-third the penultimate ; vert i ci ls of in ter

mediate segments much shorte r than the segments. themselves . Front yellow ;

vertex l ight brown .

Pronotum darkened medially, pal ing to yellow on sides . Mesonotal

p raescutum wi th an intermediate pai r of strip es that become darker and nearly

confluent behind , simi larly fusing wi th the very extensive lateral darken ings ;

humeral region extensively l ight yellow ; scutal lobes extensively dark brown, the

T ext - fig s . 1 - 1 0 .

N ephr o toma flavop os tica ta , n . sp . , vena t ion .

D o li chop eza (D o lichop eza ) tay lo r iana , n . sp . , vena t ion .

D o li chop eza (D o lichop eza ) p er cunea ta , n . sp . , vena t ion .

I / im on ia (M bno tes ) ho lland i , n . sp . , vena t ion .

Limon ia (L ibno t es ) consona , n . sp . , vena t ion .

L im on ia (P seud og lochina ) proce lla ,n . sp . , vena t ion .

N ep hr o toma flavopos t ica ta , n . sp . , ma le term ina l ia , de ta i ls .

N ephro toma kaviengensis , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina l ia , de ta ils .

D o lichop eza (D o lichop eza ) tay lor lana , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina lia .

D o li chop eza (D o licho p eza ) p er cunea ta ,n . sp . , ma le term ina l ia .H

( Symbo ls : b , ba s isty le ; g , gona pophys is ; id , inner d ist isty le ; od , outer d ist isty le

s , s tern ite ; t , terg ite . )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

1 74 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . IV,

hypopygium wi th the outer d ist istyle expanded at apex into an obtuse spatulatehead .

(gt— Length about 8 mm W ing , 9 mm .

Frontal p rolongat ion of head brown ish-

yellow ; pa'

lp i barow nish black . Antennae

black, the scap e and pedi cel a tr ifle paler ; flagellar segments cylindri cal , the

vert ici ls shorter than the segments. Head wi th the front yellow,the vertex more

castaneous, the posterior orbits darker .

Pronotum brown ish—black above , yellow on sides . Me sonotal p raescutum

brownish-black , the humeral region of the yellow ground-colour ; median region

of p raescutum a litt le paler beh ind ; scutal lobes brown ish-black post eriorly, much

paler in front , adjoin ing the suture ; posterior sclerites of notum brownish-black,

the scutellum paler on anterior port ion . Pleura yellow, the anep isternum and

sternop leurite brown ish-black, a direct con tinuation of the lateral port ions of the

p raescutum, forming a consp i cuous t ransverse g irdle ; p leurotergi te dark brown .

Halteres very long and Slender, black . Legs wi th the coxae yellow ; t rochanters

testa ceous ; femora black, the t ips very narrowly snowy-whi te ; t ib iae black, the

extreme bases whi te , the t ips more broadly so , the amount subequal on all legs or

somewhat narrower on the mid-t ibiae , including one-eighth or less of the segment

tars i dusky, the outer ends of basi -tarsi and the remaining tarsal segmen ts snowy

Whi te . Wings (Fig . 3 ) unusually narrowed at base into a pet iole ; strongly t inged

wi th brown , the prearcular field and cells C and Se more yellowish-brown ; st igma

small, darker brown ; a very narrow and restri cted brown seam on anterior cord ;

veins brownish-black . Venat ion : R s unusually short , t ransverse , lying far distad ,

some distance beyond 8 0 2 , delimi ting the proximal end Of st igma ; cord unusually

Oblique, the fork of M lying most basad ; outer med ial forks deep ; m-cu about

one -half i ts length before fork of M ; cell 2nd A long but reduced to a narrow

strip .

Abdominal tergi tes black, wi th a yellow ring at . near midlength of the

ind ividual segmen ts , this subequal to or a t rifle narrower than the blackened

base and apex of the segment ; subterminal scleri tes and terminalia more uniformlyblackened ; stern i tes more extensively l ight yellow, the incisures narrowly darkened .

Male terminalia (Fig . 10 ) small and with few dist inctive features, other than the

dist istyles . Nin th tergite , 9 t , wi th the caudal margin narrowly blackened . Outer

dist istyle , .od , expanded at apex in to an

'

Obtuse spatulate head . Inner style, i d ,

shorter , more narrowed outwardly, the t ip obtuse , the basal three -fourths wi th

long, coarse setae .

Holotype , g, E die Creek, New Guinea, alti tude feet , February , 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) .

By Skuse’

s table to the Australian species of D oli chopeza (PROC . LINN . SOC .

( 2 ) 5, 1890, this fly runs to D oli chopeza (D oli chopeza ) annulipes

Skuse . I t is somewhat more closely allied to D . (D . ) dorrigensis Alexander and

D . (D . ) kurandensi s Alexander, of eastern Australia . The nearest a lly is

undoubtedly D . (D . ) tayloriana, n . sp . , as d iscussed under that species . The

venat ion , with R s lying far d istad , and wi th the cord unusual ly Oblique , is some

what suggest ive Of that found in the genus Scamboneura Osten Sacken , and marks

the extreme condi t ion in this venat ional peculiari ty so far discovered in the genus

D olichop eza .

MEGISTOCERA FUSCANA (Wiedemann )

Nematocera fuscana Wiedemann , D ip t . E xac t , 1 , 1821 , 29 . 1 Salamaua , New

Guinea , 16 D ecember , 1933 (F. H . Taylor ) .

BY C . P . ALEXANDER . 175

LIMONI INAE .

LIMONI INI .

LIM ONIA (LIM ONIA ) EXPEDITA , n . sp . T ext-fig . 11 .

General colorat ion of mesonotal praescutum reddish-brown , wi th a dark brown

median stripe ; p leura reddish-brown ,with a narrow blackish long i tud inal stripe ;

haltere s chiefly blackened ; legs black, the femoral bases brightened ; wings wi th a

brown ish t inge ; st igma oval, darker brown ; costal fringe long and

consp icuous ; cell M, open by the at rophy of m ; abdominal terg ites black ; male

terminalia deep ly notched med ially ; d ist istyle single , p roduced into a curved

blackened sp inous point .

Length about 4-2 mm . ; wing , 5 mm .

Rostrum obscure ye llow ; palp i black. Antennae black throughout ; flagellar

segments oval , wi th short glabrous ap i cal pedicels . Head grey, lighter on front .

Pronotum dark brown above , paler laterally. Mesonotal p raescutum h igh and

g ibbous, reddish-brown , with a dark brown median stripe , the lateral stripes paler

and i ll-defined ; scutum reddish-brown , the cen tres of the lobes darkened ; scutellum

brown, darker posteriorly ; medioterg i te dark brown . Pleura reddish-brown , with

a narrow blackish longitudinal stripe extending from the fore coxae to the

abdomen , passing beneath the root of halteres . Halteres pale basally, the distal

portion of stem and the knobs blackened. Legs with the fore coxae blackened,

the remain ing coxae and all trochan te rs reddish-yellow ; femora obscure yellow

basally, passing into black at near midlength ; t ibiae and tarsi black. Wings

wi th a brownish t inge ; stigma oval , darker brown ; veins black . Costal fringe

( cg‘) long and consp i cuous, though sparse. Venation : Sc long, Sc1 ending about

Oppos i te three-fourths the length of R S, Sc, some distance from the t ip of Sci ,

the lattter about one-half longer than r-m ; free t ip of Sez and R, both pale and

in transverse alignment ; basal sect ion of RM long , exceed ing one-half the length

of R s ; cell M2 open by the atrophy of m ; m—cu just before fork Of M ; anal veins

gent ly convergent at ba ses .

Abdomen With te rg i tes and terminalia black ; stern i tes obscure yellow, the

incisures dusky ; terminal segments more un i formly darkened . Male terminal ia

(Fig . 11 ) wi th the tergite, 9 t , p rofoundly not ched medially, the lateral lobes

glabrous, darkened, the ir t ips obtuse . Basistyle, b, wi th the ventro-mesal lobe

very low and stout . A single dist istyle , d , from a swollen pale base , the distal

half narrowed into a curved blackened sp ine , the tip acute , the surface wi th

scat tered se tae and setulae , including one spinous bristle at near one-fourth the

length that may be homologous wi th the usual sp ines of the rostral prolongat ion

found throughout the genus. Gonapophyses , g , wi th the mesal-ap i cal lobe very

broad and flat , pale , the apex i rregularly obtuse .

Holotype , 3 , E die Creek, New Guinea , alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

The typ e-specimen i s in very indifferent condit ion , both wings being badly

torn . The species is so d ist inct that i ts recogn it ion wi ll be simp le . I t is the only

species of the subgenus Limon ia so far described from the Australasian region

in whi ch cell M2 of the wings is open by the atrophy of m, rather than by that of

the basal sect ion of ve in In the O rien tal fauna , various members Of the pacata

group , such as pacata Alexander , paca tezla Alexande r , and others , possess this

character .

LIM ONIA (LIBNOTES ) H OLLANDI , n . sp . T ext-figs . 4, 12 .

General colorat ion Obscure yellow, consp i cuously pat terned wi th brownish

black and black ; antennae black throughout ; t ips of femora narrowly blackened ;

176 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . Iv,

wings weakly t inged wi th brown , sparsely pat terned wi th darker brown ; R s very

strongly arcuated, perpendi cular at origin or nearly so ; cell l st M2 elongate , wi th

m-cu at near midlength ; m and basal sect ion of M3 subequal ; anal veins convergent

at bases ; male terminalia wi th the dorsal dist istyle present as an acute rod

rostral prolongation of vent ral dist istyle broadly flattened, produced into a slender

api cal p oint ; gonapophyses wi th mesal-ap ical lobe slender , the margin wi th

mi croscop i c dent icles .

3 .

— Length about 6 -5 mm . wing , 6 mm . 9.— Length about 7 mm .

W ing , 7 mm .

Rostrum and palp i black . Antennae black throughout ; flagellar segments (d‘)

short -oval , the first subglobular, the outermost more elongate ; terminal segment

a l it tle exceed ing the penult imate, pointed at t ip ; ap i ces of flagellar segments

glabrous but not constri cted in to ne cks ; longest vert ici ls subequal in length to the

intermediate segmen ts . Head dark grey, the occiput and posterior vertex wi th a

velvety-black area ; an terior vertex reduced to a linear strip in b oth sexes .

Pronotum dark brown , more or less pruinose . Mesonotal praescutum brownish

yellow, with a broken brownish-black pat tern , the usual three stripes narrow,

especially the median one , the latera ls confluent at the ir an terior ends with the

med ian vi t ta, isolat ing tw o linear strips of the ground-colour on posterior -half of

scleri te before the suture ; lateral and humeral port ions Of praescutum simi larly

darkened ; scutum pale medially, the lobes darker , more intensely blackened

along the ir mesal edges ; scutellum black , the parascutella a li ttle paler ; postnotum

almost uni formly darkened . Pleura brownish-yellow , striped longi tud inally wi th

blackish , including a more dorsal area across propleura and anep isternum, and a

scarcely separated line across the dorsal sternop leuri te and ventral meron ; ventral

sternop leurite clearer yellow . Halteres obscure yellow at base , the outer port ion

dusky, the ext reme t ip more yellowish . Legs with the coxae pale , the fore coxae

a trifle darkened ; t rochan ters yellow ; femora obscure brownish-

yellow, the t ips

narrowly but consp i cuously blackened , the amount subequal on all the legs, the

dark apex preceded by a very narrow, scarcely evident , clearer yellow r ing ; t ibiae

brown ish-yellow, the t ips very narrowly darkened ; tarsi brownish-

yellow , passing

into black . Wings (Fig . 4) weakly t inged with brown , restri ctedly patterned wi th

sl ightly darker brown ; cells C and SO more brownish-yellow ; the dark areas

in clude arculus , origin of R s, cord , oute r end of cell 1st M2 , and the small st igma ;wing-t ip and longi tudinal ve ins very narrowly and insensibly seamed wi th brown

ve ins dark , paler in costal region . Venat ion : Sc moderately long, Sc1 ending

opposi te r-m , Sc2 at t ip ; R s Short and very strongly arcuated at origin , be ing

perpendi cular or v irtually so ; free t ip of Soz and R, in transverse alignment ;me n at near midlength of the long cell 1st M, ; In and outer deflect ion of M,

subequal ; anal veins slightly convergent at origin .

Abdomen b icolorous , the tergites brownish-black , the bases of the individual

segments narrowly yellow ; sterni tes Obscure yellow , the dark colour vaguely

shown on the outer segments ; p leura variegated wi th darker ; eighth segment

Obscure yellow ; terminalia brown ish-yellow . Male terminalia (Fig . 12 ) with the

caudal margin of tergi te , 9 t, gent ly emarginate , the lateral lobes low and obtuse ,

wi th strong setae . Ven tromesal lobe of basistyle , b, simp le . D orsal dististyle, dd ,

a strong ch i t inized rod , the t ip acute . Ventral dist istyle , vd , deep ly b ilobed , the

outer lobe dusky, wi th consp icuous setae ; inner lobe consisting of the broadlyflat tened rostral prolongat ion which is extended into a long slender point , the

en t i re p rolongat ion pale yellow . Gonapophyses, g,wi th mesal-ap ical angle long

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

178 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUI NEA. Iv,

2nd M2 ; m—cu beyond mi dlength of cell l st M2 , longer than distal sect ion of Cu, ;

anal veins g‘

ently divergent .

Abdominal tergites, includ ing terminalia, brown ish-black, the extreme bases of

the interme diate segmen ts pale ; stern ites a li ttle brightened . Male terminalia

(Fig . 13 ) with the terg ite , 9 t , moderately notched , the setae of the lateral lobes

T ext -fig s . 1 1 - 1 7 .

1 1 . I / imoni a (Limon ia ) mop ed/ltd , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina l ia .

1 2 . L imon ia (L ibno te s ) ho lland i , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina l ia .

1 3. L im onia (L i bno tes ) con sona, n . sp . , ma le t erm ina l ia .

1 4. L im on ia ( Thryp t icomyia ) sp a thu lifera , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina lia .

1 5 . O r imarga ( Or imarga ) p-apui co la , n . sp . , vena t ion .

1 6 . H e lius (E urhamphid i a ) aur amtico lor , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina lia .

1 7 . H e lius (E urhamp ohid ia ) m e lanoéoma , n . sp . , ma le t erm ina lia .

( Symb ols : a , aedeagus ; b, bas isty le ; d , d is t isty le ; dd , dorsal d ist is ty le°

g , g onap ophys is ; i , int erbase ; id ,inner d is t isty le ; od , outer d ist isty le

t , t erg ite ; vd , ven tra l d ist isty le . )

a lmos t all marginal . Basistyle , b, much smaller than the ventral d ist istyle, wi th

normal small ventromesal lobe . Ventral dist istyle , vd ,large and fleshy , i ts rostral

p rolongat ion stout , wi th tw o sp ines of very unequal Size, the outer one a strong

black sp ike , the inner sp ine basal in posit ion, reduced to a mere seta . Gonapo

physes, g, w i th the inner margin of the mesal-ap ical lobe irregularly serrulate .

Holotyp e, Edie Creek, New Guinea , alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) .

L imonia (Li bnotes ) consona is a large , striking species that requires no

comparison w i th any of the numerous reg ional forms so far described. By

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 179

Edwards’key to the species of Li bnotes (Journ . Fed . Malay S t . Mus. , 14, 192 8 ,

the fly runs to L . (L . ) mon tivagans (Alexander ) , of Java, an en tirely

different species.

LIM ONIA (D ICRANOMY IA ) SORDIDA (Brunet t i ) .

D i cranomyia sord i da Brunett i , Fauna Bri t . Ind ia , D ip t . Nematocera, 1912 ,

pp . 382—383.

Widespread throughout the Oriental Region . The p resen t material is definitelyreferable to sordi da rather than to the all ied i llinow orthi (Alexander ) , charac

terist ic of the Pacific Islands .

E die Creek, New Guinea, alt i tude fee t , February, 1935 (F. H . Taylor ) .

Main i , Papua , alt i tude about fee t , July, 1935 (K. J . Clinton ) .

LIM ONIA (THRYPTICOMY IA ) ARAOHNOPH ILA (Alexander ) .

D i cranbmyia ( Thryp t i comyia ) arachnophi la Alexander , Phi lipp ine Journ . Sci . ,

xxxi i i , 1927 , 301 .

-

Recorded from the Phi lipp ines and New Bri ta in . Numerous specimens of

both sexes, Salamaua , New Guinea , 21 August , 1935 (Norman Ferguson ) .

Mr . Ferguson furn ished notes Of unusual interest relat ing to the hab it of

these flies of rest ing and dancing on sp i ders’ webs and long strands of sp iders

’

s i lk. Simi lar habi ts in this same species had been d iscussed by the wri ter in an

earlier paper xxxi i i , 1927 , but in the present instance , instead of only

a few individuals being involved, Mr . Ferguson states that many hundreds of

indivi duals were encountered .

In this material of arachnophi la, the wing-t ips are slightly infumed , but not

so markedly so as in ap icali s (Wiedemann ) , fumidap icali s (Alexander ) and

spathu lifera,n . sp . The male terminalia lacks the tw o especially modified elongate

se tae at the outer lateral angle of the n inth terg i te , and the conformat ion of the

rostral p rolongat ion and i ts sp ines is dist inct iv e of the p resent fly.

LIMONIA (THRYPTICOMY IA ) SPATHULIEERA , n . sp . Text -fig . 14.

General colorat ion dark p lumbeous-

grey ; p roximal fifth of basi tarsi blackened ;wings hyaline, the cells beyond cord very strongly infumed ; Sc1 ending a short

distan ce before origin of R s ; m-cu at near three-fifths the length of cell 1st M

abdomen black, the basal segment brown ; male terminal ia wi th the aedeagus

expanded at apex in to a subci rcular oval spatula , the surface p rovided wi th

numerous setae.

cgt— Length , 5—5-5 mm . ; wing , 6—6 -3 mm . 9 .

— Length , 5—5-5 mm . ; wing,

6—6 -2 mm .

Rost rum and palp i black . Antennae relat ively elongat e, black ; flagellar

segmen ts long-oval , wi th short pedi ce ls and very long vert i cils . Head dark grey.

Pronotum and mesonotum almost un iformly dark plumbeous-grey. Pleura

heav i ly grey p ruinose , the sterni tes more testaceous . Halteres wi th base of stem

ye llow, the outer end and knob blackened . Legs wi th the coxae and t rochanters

t estaceous-yellow ; femora black, the bases restrictedly paler ; t ibiae black ; tarsi

snowy-whi te , the p roximal fifth of basi tars i black, the amount of the latter subequal

on all legs . Wings hyaline, the cells beyond cord very strongly infumed ; st igma

long-oval , even darker brown ; veins black. Venat ion : Sc relat ively long, Sc1

ending a short d istance before origin of R s, the distance on costa about as long

as the basal sect ion of ve in Mm ; free t ip of Sc, far before R 2 , R 1 alone exceed ingm-cu ; m -cu at near three -fifths the length of cell l st M2 .

1 80 DIPTERA OF THE TERRI TORY OF NEW GUINEA . Iv,

Abdomen black, only the basal terg ite and stern i te brown . Male terminal ia

(Fig . 14) with the terg i te , 9 t , t ransverse , the caudal margin gently emarginate ,each side wi th five setae , of whi ch tw o are much stronger and placed close

together . Basistyle, b, with ven tro-mesal lobe unmodified . Ventral d ist istyle , vd ,

wi th the sp ines separated, the more basal from a low tubercle , the outer sessile .

Aedeagus, a, at apex expanded in to a subci rcular to transversely oval spatula of

th in membrane , this set wi th numerous setae , all of whi ch are directed mesad

and caudad.

Holotype , d‘,Adm iralty Group , Lombrum , Manus Island , 19 February , 1934

(F. H . Taylor ) . A llotopotype , 9, carded wi th type . Paratopotypes , 2 2 9,on cards .

The most simi lar described species is Limon ia ( Thryp ti comyia ) fumid ap i cali s

(Alexande r ) , of north-eastern Aust ralia . Th is has the wing-t ip much less strongly

darkened , Sc longer , wi th Sc1 ending oppos ite the or igin of R s, and with the

detai ls of structure of the male terminalia quite dist inct . The pecul iarly di lated

apex Of the aedeagus is diffe rent from that of all other species of the subgenus

so far discovered .

LIMONIA (PSEUDOGLOCH INA ) PROCELLA, n . sp . T ext -fig . 6 .

General colorat ion of mesonotum dark brown , wi th a more brown ish-

yellow

median line ; a broad , pale yellow , longitudinal strip e across p leura , the ven t ral

sternop leurite and meral region dark ; t ibiae white , with a single , relat ively narrow ,

dark ring at near midlength ; wings whi t ish subhyal ine , the st igma consp icub‘

us ;

Sc relat ively long , 8 c1 ending dist in ctly beyond fork of R S ; medial fork deep ;

m-cu approximately i ts ow n length beyond fork of M ; cell 2 nd A narrow ; abdominal

segments bi coloured .

Cit— Length ,

—6-5 mm. ; wing ,

— 6-8 mm . 9 .

— Length , 6— 6 -5 mm . ; wing ,

6—6 -5 mm .

Rostrum and palp i brownish-black . Antennae black ; flagellar segmen ts oval ,

w ith very short , glabrous, ap i cal pedicels ; vert i ci ls about as long as the segmen ts .

Head l ight brown .

Pronotum pale brown ish-

yellow . Mesonotum brownish-

yellow down the central

port ion , the si des darker , the p raescutum a lit tle more intensely coloured in

front and laterally . Pleura chiefly pale brown ish-

yellow, the ventral sterno

p leuri te and meral region brown ish-black . Halteres dusky, the knobs even darker .

Legs wi th the coxae darkened ; t rochanters Obscure yellow, the fore pair darkened ;fore femora yellow, very narrowly darkened at base , the t ip a l i ttle more exten

s ively so ; middle femora dusky on basal half, outwardly paling to wh itish , the

t ips narrowly blackened ; posterior femora almost un iformly blackened , the t ip

a li ttle more in tense ; all t ib iae snowy-wh i te , with a single , re lat ively narrow,

darkened ring at near midlength ; tarsi wh i te . Wings (Fig . 6 ) whi t ish subhyaline ,

unmarked except for the oval , dark brown st igma ; veins brown . Venat ion :

se relat ively long , Sol end ing some distance beyond fork of R s , in cases extending

to just before the level of r-m ; Soz opposi te origin of R s or nearly so ; medial fork

deep ; m-cu beyond the fork of M, the distance variable , usually approximately

equal to the length of the vein i tself ; distal sect ion of Cu1 a li t tle longer than

m-cu ; cell 2nd A narrow .

Abdominal terg i tes bicolorous, dark brown , the caudal port ions of the segments

obscure yellow ; lateral borders of second tergi te darkened ; sterni tes obscure

ye llow, the outer segments restrictedly darkened subap ically ; terminalia small ,

dusky .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

182 DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . Iv,

Pronotum and mesonotum uniformly light grey, the praescutum and scutum

scarcely var iegated by darker grey. Pleura dark grey. Halteres wh i te , the knobs

moderate ly infuscated . Legs wi th the coxae dark , heavi ly p ruinose ; t rochanters

pa le brown ; remainder of legs broken . Wings (Fig .

'15 ) subhyaline , unmarked ;

ve ins pale . Macrotri chia of veins relat ively abundant , including comp lete series

on outer radial and medial veins , wi th about 25 on R , ; 30 on distal se ct ion of

RM ; 40 on distal section Of and 35 on distal sect ion of M, ; no tri chia on R s ,

ma in stems of M or Cu, or either anal vein . Venation : Free t ip of Sc, far before

R , , the distance approximately one-half longer than the latter vein ; R s and RM

subequal ; R m about twi ce R, alone ; a little shorter than M, ; m-cu about

oppos ite tw o-thi rds to three-fourths the length Of R s ; cell 2nd A relat ively long

and wi de .

Abdomen brown ish-black, including the bases of the ov iposi tor ; cerci dark

brown .

Holotype , 9, Edie Creek, New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

The only described reg ional species of Orimarga wi th whi ch this fly may be

p rofitably compared is Orimarga (Orimarga ) hypopygialis Alexander (Ce lebes )

The latter di ffers in colorat ion and , especially, in the detai ls of venat ion, including

the strongly angulated R s , loss of the free t ip of Se, , longer R m, deeper ce ll M,

and posit ion of m-cu.

HELIUS (HELIUS ) ANAEM ICUS Alexander .

H elius (H elius ) anaemi cus Alexander , Phi lipp ine Jiourn. Sci . , xl ix , 1932 ,

2 54—255.

H itherto known from the Loochoo Islands , Formosa, Luzon and Mindanao,

in all cases at low alti tudes . Tw o male specimens , Kavieng , New I reland, 16

February, 1934 (D r . E . A . Holland ) . A w ing of one of the specimens shows

abnormal venat ion . By existing k eys , the fly runs to Helius (H elius ) uni color

(Brunet ti ) , a very differen t species .

HELIUS (EURHAMPH IDIA ) AURANTICOLOR , n . sp . T ext-fig . 16 .

Gene ral colorat ion light orange , the terminal abdominal segments black ;head grey ; halteres pale throughout ; legs Obscure yellow , the outer ends of the

t ibiae and tarsi pal ing to whi te ; Wings t inged wi th yellow, the ve ins very pale ;

a consp icuous pale brown cloud extends from the st igma along the anterior cord

to the fork of M ; male terminalia wi th the d ist istyles ap i cal in posi t ion .

(gt— Length about 4 mm. ; wing , 4 6 mm .

Rostrum about equal in length to remainder - Of head, brown ; p alp i darker

brown . Antennae short , pa le brown throughout ; flagellar segmen ts long-oval ;

vert i ci ls much exceed ing the segmen ts . Head light grey ; anterior vertex about

as wide as the rostrum .

Pronotum and mesonotum en t irely light orange , unmarked . Halteres pale

throughout . Legs with the coxae and trochanters pale orange-yellow ; femora

Obscure yellow ; t ibiae a trifle darker , especially the posterior legs , the outer ends

and tarsi pal ing to wh i te ; genua not brightened . Wings wi th a yellowish t inge ,

variegated only by an Obl ique , pale brown cloud extending from the stigma along

the anter ior cord to the fork of M ; ve ins ve ry pale yellow, a trifle darker in the

clouded area . A few macrotrichia on outer ends of veins R M , Mm and M3 .

Venat ion : r-m a l i t tle less than i ts ow n length before the fork of R s ; cell l st M2

large , i ts inner end lying p roximad of other e lements of cord ; m shortened ; m-cu

about i ts own length beyond fork of M.

BY C . P . ALEXANDER . 183

Abdomen obscure yellow, the seventh to n inth segments , inclusive , black ; more

basal tergi tes vaguely darkened medially on basal ring . Male terminalia (Fig . 16 )

wi th the basistyle , b, slender , terminating in a small glabrous blackened point ;

d ististyles ap ical in posi tion ; outer style , od ,extended into a long point ; inner

style , id , wi th a consp i cuous incision at near mi dlength , del imi t ing a consp i cuous

basal lobe .

Holotype, 3 , Edie Creek , New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

H c lins (Eurhamphid ia ) auran ti co lor is very di fferent from the other described

species Of the subgenus in the light orange colour of the thorax , in conjunct ion

wi th the pat terned wings .

HELIUS (EURHAMPH IDIA ) MELANOSOMA, n . sp .

‘

T ext-fig . 17 .

General colorat ion pol ished black ; mesonotal p raescutum strongly arched ;

knobs Of halteres darkened ; legs dirty whi te , the tarsi clearer ; snowy-whi te ;

wings strongly t inged with grey, the st igma dark brow n , consp i cuous ; abdomen

bicoloured. black, the posterior borders of the intermediate segments broadly pale .

(gt— Length , —5 mm . ; wing , 5—5 2 mm .

Rostrum longer than remainder of head , black ; palp i black . Antennae black

throughout , about one-half longer than the rostrum. Head black , sparsely p ruinose .

Pronotum and mesonotum pol ished black, the praescutum very strongly arched .

Pleura polished black, the dorso-p leural membrane pale . Halteres whi te, the knobs

infuscated . Legs wi th the fore coxae blackened, mi d-coxae infuscated , posterior

coxae yellow ; trochanters obscure yellow ; rema inder Of legs ch iefly dirty whi te ,

the femora and t ibiae somewhat more Obscure than the snowy-white tarsi ; t erminal

tarsal segmen ts darkened ; genua vaguely brighter than the adjoining parts of the

femora and t ibiae . Wings rather strongly t inged wi th grey, cells C and Sc weakly

infumed ; p rearcular region whi t ish ; st igma oval , darker brown , consp i cuous ;

ve ins brown . Costal fringe relat ively long and consp i cuous . Venat ion : Sc1 ending

just before level Of r-m , So, at i ts t ip ; r-m variable , from about i ts own length to

nearly twice this d istance before the fork Of R s ; m-cu beyond midlength of cell

l st M, .

Abdomen consp i cuously bi coloured. black, the caudal borders of segments tw o

to six , inclusive , broadly pale ; subterminal segments and terminalia black. Male

terminalia (Fig. 17 ) wi th the sterni te bearing blackened cushions on e i ther side

of mi dline, these densely set wi th microscop ic setulae . Basistyle , b,Slender .

Outer dist istyle, 0 d , terminat ing in a simp le , gent ly curved po int ; inner style , id ,

longer . Interbasal p lates, i , produced into long straight sp ines.

Holotype , Edie Creek , New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) . Paratopotype ,

H e lius (Eurhamphi dia ) melanosoma is readily dist inguished from all other

described regional allies by the polished black colour of the body and by the

wing-pat tern .

TWO NEW AUSTRALIAN FLEAS .

By KARL JORDAN , Ph .D . , F.R .S .

(Communi cated by F . H . Taylor ,

(Wi th tw o T ext-figures. )

[ R ea d 2 9 t h Ju ly ,

The fleas here described were submi tted to me for study by Mr . Frank H .

T aylor , School of Publ ic Health and T rop ical Medicine , Un iversi ty of Sydney, to

whom I tender my best thanks . The Xenopsylla is part icularly interest ing , as i t

i s a conne ct ing l ink between the fleas known as X . haw ai iensi s Jord . 1932 and

X . vewabi li s Jord . 1925. The seri es of Queensland sp ecimens sen t by Mr . F . H .

T aylor leaves no doubt in my mind that haw ai i ensi s ( Sandwich mesem‘

s

(Queensland ) and vewabi lis (Frankl in IS . , South Aust ralia ) are subspecies of one

species .

T ext -fig s . 1 , 2 .— S tiva lius m o les tus, n . sp .

XENOPSYLLA VEXARILIS MESER IS , n . subsp .

Th is Queensland race is characteri zed as follows : Chaetotaxy as in

X . haw ai i ensi s, i .e . , brist les more numerous , especially on abdominal sterni tes , than

in X . v . veccabi lis ; the numbers being ( on the tw o sides together ):

O n st ern ite I I I . V . V I .

X . meser i s o" 7 - 9 8 - 1 0 7 - 1 0

X . vex a bi lis d'

6 6

X . v . m eser is Q 1 0 1 0

X . v ex a bi lis Q 8 8

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNT OF THE'

GEOLOGY AND PETROLOGY OF THE

LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT .

PART I . GENERAL GEOLOGY .

By M. D . GARRETTY , B .Sc .,late Science Research Scholar and D eaS-Thomson

Scholar of the Un iversi ty of Sydney .

(Plate ix ; one Text-figure . )

[ R ead 2 6 th August ,

Scope of Pap er .

— T his paper deals wi th the Genera l Geology of about 170

square mi les of count ry between Sp ring Valley and Bungendore , and eastward to

Tarago, on the eastern side of Lake George , on the Southern Tableland of New

South Wales . A second paper wi ll deal w i th the Petrology of the area. The

work w as done partly in 1934 as D eas=Thomson Mineralogy Scholar , a thesis

embodying the results being p resented as port ion of the work for an Honours

D egree in that, year . During part of 1935 the mapp ing w as cont inued wi th the

aid of a D eas-Thomson Research Scholarship , and a Science Research Scholarship

of the Unive rsity of Sydney. Owing to his unexpected departure for Fi j i , the

wri ter w as unable to extend the field examinat ion of some of the more in terest ing

occurrences , but feels that the chances Of cont inuing i t in the near future are

suffi cient ly remote to warrant the publi cat ion of the results thus far obta ined .

The accompanying map (Pl . ix ) is based on the parish maps issued by the

D epartment of Lands . To faci li tate reference in the text , a grid system has been

incorporated . Numbers in brackets refer to specimens , a sui te of whi ch is being

lodged in the Museum of the D epartment of Geology at Sydney University.

Previous R ecords — Pract i cally the only references to the geology of the ne igh

bourhood are contained in“The Limestone Deposi ts of (Gam e and Jones ,

and the“Report on the Federal T erritory

”

(Mahony and Taylor ,

Both these deal wi th the limestone deposi ts . On the physiographi cal side , the

origin of Lake George has been discussed at some length by Taylor and

several brief references occur in various recent papers by Craft ( 1928

Acknow ledgements — The writer wishes to record h is appreciat ion of the

constant advi ce , and friendly and encourag ing crit i cism given free ly throughout

the work by D r. W. R . Browne . He also desires to acknowledge the pract ical

hosp itali ty of the residents of the d istrict , and in part icular tha t accorded by

Mr . and Mrs . W . Overend , of Moun t Fairy, and Mr. D . Wh i te , of W i lle roo Stat ion .

Summary — Owing to the general absence of foss ils and lack of sui table

exposures , a defini te chronological scheme cannot be given , but the general

succession is briefly as follows : The Mount Fairy Series , Of shales , phylli tes, lime

stones , tuffs , and minor igneous zones, has, in common wi th an associated series

of amph ibol i tes , been in jected by gneissic gran ite , accompanied by strong folding ,

and the formation of hybrid or contaminated types . The amph ibo li te series may

possibly be a remnant of an older igneous mass than the shales , which are

Si lurian . A group of Devon ian rocks, includ ing Middle and probable Upper

BY M . D . GARRETTY . 187

Devon ian , overlies unconformably the Mount Fairy Series and gne issi c grani te .

Fo llowing an ep i-Devonian period of igneous in jection , erosion supervened unt i l

the outpouring of Late Tert iary lavas took p lace .

THE MOUNT FAIRY SERIES .

This name is given to a group of rocks covering an extensive area in the

southern and eastern parts of the d istrict . Shales form the chief rock type , but

phyllites , sandstones, tuffs, limestones , and minor intrusions also occur , some of

which are certainly of Silurian age , and all may well be .

Sedimen tary Types.

The dominant rocks are sediments, ranging from fine shales through sandy

shales to gri ts . They are usually brownish-ye llow in colour, but in p laces wh i te,

brown , grey, and chocolate shales occur, as in a creek tw o m i les north of

Sally T rigonometrical Stat ion . Black slaty and cherty phases do not occur in

general, but are fai rly well developed in a limi ted area between about G .10 and

E .13. They would seem to be related in some w ay to the p roximi ty of the main

grani te mass of the lake . The possibi li ty should not be overlooked that they may

belong to an Older system , perhaps , even Ordovi cian . Fossi ls were not found .

So far no defin ite fossi ls have been found in the Mount Fairy shales . In the

Cookbundoon—Goulburn reg ion numerous grap toli t ic remains have recent ly been

found (Naylor , 1935 ) in beds Of simi lar aspect . On Fairy Meadow Creek, between

the Public School si te and the rai lway line deformed radiolaria occur in a

dark cherty band among the shales . A simi lar rock from Sandhi lls Creek in

southern J.4 contains better p reserved types . The bands , a few in ches th ick in

the shale series, contain i dent ifiable Spume llaria and Nasselaria, in which the

centrosphere is visible in some cases . Radiolar ia also occur in a slate inclusion

in one of the in trusive tufts”from Fairy Meadow Creek and probably are abundan t

in the adjacent rock .

Occasional zones of a more phylli t ic character occur in the shales in the main

area of the Mount Fairy Series . These could not be shown to bear any constant

relation to visible occurrences of grani te , but may reflect its presence below the

surface . There are also phyllites and mica schists in that part of the area in

which the amph ibolites and hornblende schists occur in mass , near R ed H i ll .

These occur as bands ( in tercalated or xenoli thi c ? ) in the amphiboli te series , and

also as xenoli thi c bands in the gran ite . On the map they are indi cated by the same

symbol as the normal Si lur ian beds, but they are easily recognized , since theyoccur well away from the main shale series .

Lithologically, these rocks appear to be more h ighly metamorphosed than the

rocks of the Mount Fai ry Seri es whi ch , in addit ion to shales , includes slates,

serici te-chlori te-schists , schistose gri ts , and the like . The R ed H i ll phyllit ic group

has not reachedx

the b ioti te stage of regional me tamorphism, but is st i ll in the

chlorite zone , into whi ch the rocks of the Mount Fairy Series fall . Both types

have suffered maximum stress , indicated by shearing and fracture , and th is to a

later t ime than that of the crystallizat ion Of the gran i te We must then

compare them as purely regionally altered types , when the difference in maximum

metamorph ism amounts at most to a temperature difference wholly within the

chlori te zone . This, especially in v iew of the apparent greater heat ing effects of

the grani te near the lake , as shown by the effects on the basi c rocks , does not

seem sufficient justification in itself for p lacing the phylli tes in an Older series .

Further discussion of the age really turns upon the interp retation g iven to the

G r id refe ren ce t o ma p .

188 GEOLOGY or LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

amph ibol i te series of R ed H i ll , as being (a ) bedded volcani cs or pyroclast i cs , of

Si lurian or, less p robably, older age ; ( b ) ep i-Silurian gabbro , comagmat i c with

the grani te ; ( c ) ep i -Ordovi cian gabbro . Th is is discussed e lsewhere . Here it maybe said that should ( 0 ) be correct , the phylli t i c series must be p re-Silurian , whi le

in the other cases i t could, and probably would , be Si lurian .

Pyroclastic Types.

Pyroclast i c types are not consp icuous members of the series . A hard dark

band ( 1594) in the shales on Sandhi lls Creek near Emu Flat Creek w as se ct ioned

to see whether radiolaria might not be presen t . The rock is an extremely fine

grained quartz-tuft ; radiolaria are want ing . Probably such tuffs, in narrow bands,

are common in the series. About one mi le west of the Tarago-Wi lleroo crossroads ,in a small out crop of banded rock ( 1951 ) occurs . In hand-specimen there

is often a con tort ion of certain bands ( only ) , reminiscent Of the con torted varves

of the Seaham distri ct , and p robably due to the same cause , namely, slump ing in

the soft sediments . Moreover, slides Show that there is unmistakably a cycle Of

deposi t ion of the typ e found in varves . Layers of coarse r and limon ite-rich

material pass gradual ly into finer ones , to end abrup tly at the commencement of

another coarse band . The bands vary in width from 1 mm. to mm. The wri te r

is of the op in ion that th is rock is the consolidated product - of very fine showers

of volcan i c ash , set tling in water . The intervals between showers, though not

long , were sufficient to allow of the set tling of the finer ash whi ch would remain

suspended in the water for some t ime . An opportun ity has since occurred of

examining certain rhythmi c tuffs in northern Viti Levu , Fi j i , and an analogous

structure has been Observed to be not uncommon i n these latter types . Unfor

tunately the field-relat ions of the Tarago occurrence"

are somew hat '

obscure , but

there does not appear to be any reason to doubt that it forms part of the Mount

Fai ry Series .

Igneous Types .

Associated wi th the Mount Fai ry Shales there is develop ed , along Merigan

Creek and the rai lway line in eastern J.9 and J.10, a group Of hypabyssal and

possibly pyroclastic types . There is not much evidence on which to decide whether

these are interbedded , intrusive , or both in part . T ime did not allow of very

deta iled mapp ing, but i t appears probable from the field re lat ions that some at

least of the felsi te is in the form of one or more interformat ional sills or

laccoliths . Owing to altera t ion , the origin of_

the rocks is rather Obscure , but

tuffs, felsites , rhyolites, and even obsidians probably occurred . These wi ll receive

more deta iled t reatment in Part I I .

In north-western K .11 chiefly, there is a series of igneous and pyroclast ic rocks .

They are possibly related to the D evonian -occurrences just to the north , but on

the other hand thei r field relat ionsh ip to the Mount Fa i ry Series suggests that

they form part of this series . The boundary is steep ly inclined to the strike Of the

shales on the southe rn margin of the group , but there is no evidence suggesting

fault ing , nor is the re any dist inct ion in e levat ion between them . Possibly the

ign eous types , wh ich are acid , were very viscous and bui lt up an elevated st ructure

w i thout much lateral extension , to be surrounded by shales . The ch ief types are

quartz and fe lspar porphyries , tuffs , and a coarse rhyolite-breccia , all now much

a ltered .

In trusive Tufis.

”

Chiefly on Fa i ry Meadow Creek and Sandhi lls Creek there is a deve lopment

of ra ther anomalous types . Concordant in general wi th the shales and slates .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

190 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT .

taken into account in any exhaust ive examinat ion of the limes t one masses for

economi c purposes .

The w estern be lt occurs about 30 chains to the west of the eastern . I t i

much narrower , having only about one-third the maximum width of outcrop of

the eastern belt . The outcrops are disconnected, and occur ch iefly along Fa iryMeadow Creek to Mount Fai ry and beyond . A reddish soi l wh ich is probably

t erra rossa occurs in a hollow at the rai lway line Where the surveyed road crosses

i t in portion 21 , Parish of Merigan , a l it t le north Of Moun t Fairy This

would be a cont inuat ion of the western belt almost di rectly due north for about a

quarte r of a mi le from the Moun t Fa iry Publ ic School masses . The length of the

belt is thus a few chains short Of tw o mi les . Some of the limestone masses on

th is belt Show good strat ificat ion , especially those near the school si te (J.5

One of these shows an excellent exposure of crump led limestone , indi cat ing fairly

considerable dep th of cover during fold ing ; The limestone of this belt is given

by Gam e and Jones as striking N. 10° W and d ipp ing E . 10

° N. at However ,

one determination'

gave a westerly d ip Of 30°for the limestone on Sandh ills Creek

near Fairy Meadow Creek .

The boundaries of the l imestone outcrops are somet imes qui te clear , as on

the downstream side of the main mass on Sandh i lls Creek , but most of those

elsewhere , excep t in creeks , are obscure . Near Mount Fa iry and at the lower

junct ion on Sandhi lls Creek, the gradat ion by intercalated bands into shales is

easi ly seen ; there is no Sign of a faulted or eroded junct ion . The associated

sediments are simi lar to the Si lur ian beds elsewhere in the distr ict , wi th“

some

excep t ions . There is a greater proport ion of coarser beds . Fine and coarse grits

and tuffs are associated with the Shales west of the l imestone belt s, and some

carbonaceous shales also occur . The rocks actually in contact with the l imestone

on the west are shales , and between the tw o belts there are reddish shales .

D ownstream from the eastern belt , typ ical shales again occur at the junct ion ,

but some chains fur ther down a more si liceous assemblage i s found , of quartzites ,

shales , and phylli tes .

Fossi ls are not numerous in the limestone , and even when they do occur ,

well preserved and ident ifiable sp ecimens are rare . They are best developed at

the extreme eastern edge of the main mass , on the creek ; Forms collected

include Favosi t es ( several types , massive and dendro id , probably including

F . gothlandicus ) ; a large Syr ingopora and smaller fossils of the same type ;

numerous crinoid stems and oss icles . Professor L . A . Cot ton has found‘ a th ick

band of Conchidium (Pentamerus ) knighti i in one of the tunnels which were

excavated for the purpose of ascertain ing the ext ent of the l imestone . The fossi l

w as also found in one of the caves . It l inks the l imestone with other similar

ones at Marulan and elsewhere , being considered a restricted form. The limestone

w as considered by the late Mr. W . 8 . Dun to be indubi tably of Upper Silurian

age , and there seems no evidence to the contrary .

The quest ion , however , arises as to the age Of the western belt , Since i t is

the eastern one wh ich contains the above fossi ls. Fossi l traces were found in

the western belt , but not well enough preserved for ident ificat ion . In favour

of the l imestones being of s imi lar general age , w e have the very simi lar strikes

and degree of dolomi t izat ion Of the tw o belts . The apparent gradat ion in each

case into the shales between indicates cont inuous sedimentat ion . Moreover ,the occurrence of a simi lar sequence of tw o belts , one th ick and the other narrow .

Persona l commun ica t ion .

RY M . D . GARRETTY . 191

or a succession of thin beds , at Bungonia , Marulan , and Windellama , is significant .

These are all Upper Si lur ian , as is t he main belt on Sandhi lls Creek , and their

exi stence is not inconsistent wi th the suggest ion that the western bel t on

Sandhi lls Creek is likewise of Upper Silurian age .

A series of large caves exist s in the main l imestone mass, but they were

not exp lored . As there cannot be caves below st ream level , any of importance

are l ikely to be confined to the eastern belt . The weather ing of the l imestone

is Of the orthodox type . The characterist ic terra rossa is p resen t in many

p laces , though largely washed off by sheet erosion .

The suitabi li ty of the l imestone for cement making has been considered

by the Federal Government , more esp ecially in connexion wi th the bui lding of

the Federal C ity . Tw o reports issued (Mahony and T aylor , 1913 ; Par ] . Papers,

1916 ) contain informat ion on this subject . Analyses , p lans , cement tests , and

tonnage est imates are g iven . Tunnels more‘

than 200 feet in length have been

driven into the ma in mass , which has been contour surveyed . Quite recentlythe dolomi t ic port ion of the deposi t has been opened up . The rock i s being

used by Hoskins’

Iron and Steel Works at Port Kembla , p resumably for lining

furnaces .

Condi ti ons of D eposi t ion .

The dom inance Of shales in the series indi cates the general p revalence of

quiet sedimentation in water free from violen t or p ersistent currents . Some

reliable conclusions may be drawn from considerat ion Of l i thological features .

The very widesp read occurrence of the Mount Fairy shales requires for i ts

exp lanat ion the postulation of a sea of considerable area . That thi s w as mar ine,

in part at least , is shown by the associat ion of radiolaria and of l imestone beds .

However , study of the rocks cannot fai l to conv ince one of the app li cabili ty of

Darrell’

s generalizat ion that such seas in past geological t ime may have been

wide , but certa inly were not deep (Barrell , The intercalat ion , at intervals,

of beds of fine sandstone , and even occasional grit s, points ei ther to cont inued

shallow-water deposi t ion or to an inconveni ent ly rap id osci llat ion of the strand

line . The l imestones also contr ibute to this conclusion , inasmuch as corals

flour ish at a dep th not greater than about 120 feet . A somewhat more subtle

significance lies in the frequent occurrence in the shales and fine sandstone of

min iature current -bedding. Good examp les occur on a creek ( southern part of FA)

tr ibutary to D ry Creek, and also on Sandhills Creek at a number of p laces in

J.3 and J.4. The deposi t ion wi th in the limi t of occasional current act ion i s

Obvious . But whereas currents may st ir sediment s at qui te considerable depth ,

these must have been st irred at very small dep th . For the thinness of the

current-bedded bands (half an inch or less ) requires very feeble currents , act ing

not far from the surface . At a greater dep th stronger currents would have t o

be p resent , and these would have scoured out chann els in the fine sediment and

could not have fai led to st ir feet of the muds , rather than a cent imetre .

Signs of cycles in the sed imentat ion , and also in the contemporaneous

vulcanicity, are common . On a large scale , w e have the alternat ion of sandstones

and shales . At Rocky Point , also , rhythm ic band ing O f a large order of magn i tude

is very well shown in numerous exposures . There is some doubt about the

correlat ion of the isolated Rocky Point mass wi th the Mount Fairy Series , on

account of this banding , and also because of the indurated and rather more

arenaceous type of sediment . Alternat ion of l imestone and‘

shale bands in the

192 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DI STRICT ,

creek near Mount Fa iry (J.5—6 ) is very regular . The distinct rhythm disp layed

by banding in the varve-like tuffs from I .11 has been commented upon already .

In a number of p laces the per iodic banding in the shales or sandstones i s

very pronounced , and invi tes invest igat ion with a View to possible determinat ion

of the nature or period of the cycle ; as has been done by G i lbert and others .

On D ry Creek in F.3 is such an exposure , and another is in a measurable

p osi t ion in the creek bed at Mount Fairy near the rai lway line . Alternat ions

are excellent ly exposed in the slates on Taylor’

s Creek where it turns from north

to west (G9 ) . The average thickness of the bands i s about one-third of an

inch . On Sandhil ls Creek , J.4, the average th ickness of the bands, which are

very well shown , is half an inch and three inches respect ively.

'

At the same

p lace there is also a rhythm, O f magni tude decreasing upwards from 18 inches

to a fract ion of an inch , of bands with strongly marked current-bedding , and

laminated wh ite shale beds between . The thicker curren t-bedded bands are not

simp le , but mult ip le, again i llustrat ing the feebleness of the Current act ion , even

though prolonged more than usual . The p i cture conveyed to the imaginat ion

is one of unsett led condit ions of deposi t ion , per iodi cal in incidence , but of waning

intensi ty .

Pa laeogeography and C limato logy .

The palaeogeography of the Mount Fairy Series i s Somewhat obscure . At

p resent i t is not easy t o state the bounds of the area over whi ch rocks of this

age outcrop . The Upper Si lur ian sea apparently w as not deep , but w as undoubtedly

extensive . The l imestones may point to the possible existence of a shore l ine

to the east of Mount Fairy, though there is no reason to doubt that , in such

a palaeozoic shallow-water sea , coral reefs could flour i sh far from land . The

presence of volcani c rocks and , to a less extent , of pyroclast i cs, in the Tarago

area suggests act ive volcanoes near the land , or perhaps on it . But such out

pour ings could qui te easi ly have originated in submarine erupt ions, a view wh ich

is indeed favoured by the occurrence of extensive deuter i c alterat ion in them

and by the abundant occurrence Of these types of rock in the Silurian of the

Cooma-Canberra region .

Climat i c conditions in Upper Si lur ian t ime represent ed by the Mount Fairy

Ser ies were evident ly moderate . The l imestones ind icate warm seas , for a t ime

at least . I t may be suggested that the clouds of volcanic ash emitted from

t ime to t ime may have exercised a pronounced temporary cooling, as has Often

been urged by advocates of certain climati c theories, and has been indicated by

modern instrumental observat ions by Abbot t and others .

S tructure of Mount Fairy Seri es .

I t seems d ifficult to come to any other conclusion than that the Moun t Fairy

Series has been closely folded into a ser ies of almost isoclinal overfolds, w i th

ax ial p lanes d ipp ing west . On see ing , throughout the district , numerous instances

of th is close folding— folds wi th a wave length of a few yards and even less

i t does not seem reasonable to assume , on considerat ion of the uniform nature

of the beds , that the close fold ing is but local , especially in v iew of the total

absence of any evidence of the existence of more Open folding . Excellent i llus

trat ions of the isoclinal folding may be seen in the following exposures : Emu Flat

Creek , in north-eastern where the val idi ty of the subsid iary corrugat ion test

for ant iclines and synclines finds an excellent demonstrat ion ; on Sandh i lls Creek

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

194 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

g iven for regarding them as p robably Of ep i-Si lurian age ; in‘

this case there is a

strong p resumpt ion that the sediments are of Upper Si lurian age, in part at least .

Conclusions based on l ithology wi ll always remain open to cri ti cism , but due

considerat ion of i t must often be of service . In the present case , there can be no

doubt that the li thological cri teria are sufficient to p lace the Moun t Fairy Series

as p re-D evonian , as shown by comparison wi th nearby Devonian types— the coarse

Middle and Upper D evon ian of the Tarago—Goulburn distri ct , and the Lower

D evonian volcan i cs of the Murrumbidgee area. The great d issimi lari ty of the

shales to Devonian rocks of this part of the State is paralleled on ly by the closeness

wi th whi ch they resemble the characterist ic typ e of the Upper O rdovi cian and

S i lurian of the surround ing region .

From a considerat ion of the foregoing factors , the wri ter has concluded that

the Mount Fai ry Series is certainly pre-D evonian , and probably Upper Si lurian in

age , though there is a possibi lity that i t is , in part , of Lower Si lurian age'

. Lower

Si lurian rocks have re cent ly been described from the neighbourhood by Naylor

DEVONIAN .

Rocks of D evon ian age occur on Woolow olar Ridge , and i ts northerly extension

across the road towards Tarago . Briefly, the succession consists of limestones , at

and n ear the base , followed by a thi ck series of red beds , and then by shales ,sandstones, felsi tes, and porphyries in alternat ing fashion . The general structureappears to be a syn cline p i tching to the south , p robably wi th one or more cross

fractures .

Limestones .

The ch ief outcrops were mapped as well as pract icable . Some of them are

men t ioned by Gam e and Jones Out crops occur to the north and south

of the road-cutt ing in K—L .12 ; this mass is about 60 yards by 150 yards, e longated

east and west . Tw o rather irregularly exposed outcrops Occur on the hi ll about

half a mi le north of this one , and a small one some chains south of the creek .

Further exposures were found in the large tributary creek in northern K .12 , in ter

bedded wi th shales and other sediments .

D ips are easi ly obtained in the main mass, both in the creek and the road

cut ting. The strike is N.2O° W . , and the d ip westerly at 20—25 degrees and more .

Bedding is well developed, and accentuated by in tercalated shale bands . D ips

in the next northerly out crops are not obvious , but some of the limestone in the

more easterly of the tw o outcrops is bedded , in the bank of the creek . The strike

obtained , N. 5° W ., with westerly d ip , accords with the Observat ion of Carne and

Jones. Along the t ributary creek the limestone bands and calcareous shales were

found to strike from 90 ° t o d ips varying from north a t 60°to south-west at

2 5 These latter beds are apparen tly part of a series of sediments , fairly

c losely folded , and of steep p i tch .

Fossils were sparingly present in the larger deposi ts . The chief forms found

were Favosi tes sp . and R ecep tacu li tes ? austra lis ; these were obtained from the

smaller of the tw o outcrops in north-eastern K .I Z . The presence of R ecep taculi tes

indicates that the l imestone is probably of Midd le Devon ian age , since in New

South Wales th is fossi l is characterist ic of the Middle D evon ian , though i t is

a lso found sparingly in the Upper Si lurian . Confirmatory evidence of the age of

the Tarago l imestones is to be found in the ir p robable cont inuat ion northwards

a t Lake Ba thurst , where they are qui te fossi liferous in places , and brachiopods of

Devon ian aspect occur .

RY M . D . GARRETTY . 195

R ed Beds.

The R ed Bed Stage compr ises a thi ck series of boulder beds and tuffs out

cropping as a horseshoe-shaped exposure to the south of Tarago . The deposi t

varies from a very coarse boulder rock , wi th indivi duals up to three feet in

greatest diameter , to a fine-gra ined rock wi th gra insize less than one mi llimetre .

The boulders are well rounded, and are chiefly of much altered aphaniti c acid

rocks . A detai led search w as made for scratched or faceted pebbles such as

would suggest ice or fluviO-

glacial act ion , but none w as found . The large boulders

are well seen in the sect ion along Merigan Creek, K .11 . Splendid sect ions are

also to be seen in some Of the gorges on the western s ide of Woolow olar Ridge.

One of these is deep ly incised into the mass , K .10 , and the gorge walls give an

impressive idea of the magni tude of the deposi t , whi ch is possibly one of the

finest conglomerates to be seen in the State .

There is not only no posi t ive evidence that the beds are fluvio-

glacial , but

there is defini te circumstantial evidence against i t . The underlying l imestone

has its connotat ions, though of course there may have been a time-break between

it and the conglomerates. Moreover, there is no evidence of D evon ian refrigerat ion

in the State— or continent— as far as the wri ter is aware . The red colour of the

beds has also certain climat ic impli cat ions, as wi ll be seen below, and these do

not include excessive cold . The finer material is at least dominantly pyroclast ic ;

the boulders are rounded , occur in more or less separate beds, and may or maynot be of pyroclast ic origin . The most appropriate name for the rock is probably

tufface ous conglomerate .

The bri lliant red colorat ion of the R ed Bed Stage is a striking characterist ic .

R ed beds are often referred to as indicat ing in some vague w ay that the rocks

were formed under arid condi t ions— presumably on the precedent Of the red sands

at p resent forming by exsudat ion in some deserts . Dorsey ( 1926 ) has shown that

the redness is not due to a relat ively high i ron content , nor yet on ly to the

p resence of ferric i ron-oxide— the form in whi ch i t is usually p resent in sediments .

The quest ion , he points out , really turn'

s upon the state of hydrat ion in which

i t is p resent , whi ch may vary from to Fe20 3 . The latter (haemat i te )

is red, whi le each of the four hydrates has another colour . As poin ted out also by

T omlinson the condi t ions necessary to produce the dehydrated ferric oxide

need not coincide with those undergone by the rock at any stage . For this oxide ,

once formed , is stable , and may be deposi ted as sedimen t under totally different

condit ions . The chief factors in the p roduct ion of the anhydrous oxide are t ime

( i t be ing slowly spontaneous ) and heat (by whi ch i t is accelerated ) . D orsey

shows that opt imum conditions are found“not in deserts— whi ch are pract ically

never red— nor in semi-arid cl imates, but in warm , moist , heav ily forested reg ions

s imilar to the trop ical and sub-trop i cal areas of the earth today

Dorsey states that , once formed , the red colour is permanent unless the oxide

be chemi cally reduced . From this and field evidence he deduces that red beds

are best formed under cont inental or freshwater conditions, the reducing effect in

marine deposi ts be ing inhibit ive . This makes the quest ion of the occurrence of

l imestone wi th the R ed Beds at Tarago an interest ing one . Tomlinson remarks

that where limestones do occur wi th red beds they are nearly, or quite, barren of

fossi ls . This is also true of the only limestone at Tarago actually seen to underlie

the R ed Beds, but the few fossi ls wh ich do occur in i t are sufficient to indicate

i ts marine origin . There may have been a t ime break between the limestone

and red beds , and deposi t ion of the lat ter under cont inental condit ions , after up lift .

Again , possibly the violent current carrying the boulders, or the rap id showering

19 6 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

of ash and boulders —depend ing on the p recise orig in— w as sufli cient to cause the

local suspension of true marine reducing cond it ions .

Mapp ing of the R ed Bed Stage south of the road shows the outcrop to have a

horseshoe Shape , with the apex to the north, on the road . The western l imb thins

out and disappears , and the eastern one does likewise at about the same lat itude .

D ips could not be Obtained on the eastern l imb , owing to the weathered out crops .

At the apex, the beds are crushed and shat tered , and dips meaningless . In the

western l imb , good exposures enable dips to be read from bands of finer or coarser

material . The dips thus Obtained are of doubtful general value . Some were to

the east , but others were to the west . Evidence of contort ion , crushing, and close

folding in cutt ings shows that the dips would be expected to vary in this w ay.

More reliance should be p laced on the obvious connotat ions of the relat ion of

outcrop to contour, whi ch make i t unreasonable to consi der the structure as other

than a syncline p i tching to the south . Th is p i tch makes i t seem likely that the

R ed Bed Stage cont inues as a sub-surface mass some distance further south than

shown on the map . The effect would be that of the spreading out in p lan of the

superincumbent quartz i tes and other rocks . Possibly there has been transverse

fault ing of the structure about along the l ine of the Tarago road-cut t ing , with

p robable uplift of the structure to the north . In the sect ion , the R ed Beds are

indicated as being folded in a syncline , wi th minor folding or corrugat ion of the

whole . Owing to the absence of what may be taken as a general dip , and to the

p resence of minor folding and possibly strike-fault ing, i t is diflicult to assess the

probable th ickness of the R ed Bed Stage . The greatest normal width of outcrop ,

on the north-western side , is 24 chains . From this the maximum th ickness would

be , wi th a d ip of 30°

,about 800 feet , and with a dip of 1500 feet .

The Red Bed Stage must be ei ther Middle or Upp er D evon ian in age . The

apparent structural cont inuity wi th the l imestone supports a Middle Devon ian age ,

s ince there are reasons for bel ieving an unconformi ty to separate the Middle and

Upper Devon ian in th is region . S imilar rocks, though not wi th the abundance

of large boulders , occur associated wi th the l imestone of Middle D evonian age at

Lake Bathurst ; they also occur underlying the wh i te quartzi tes Of Memorial H ill,

Goulburn .

Fe lsi tes, Quar tzi tes, etc .

Overlying the R ed Bed Stage in the syncl inal trough there occurs a ser ies of

felsites and porphyries, wi th quartzites and slates . The slates are both black and

grey. The quartz ites weather in to boulders which much resemble those weathered

out from the red beds after the haemat i te coat ing has been removed, and have

thus rendered the mapp ing of the latter'

difli cult in p laces. The felsites and

porphyries appear to be flows interbedded with the sedimen ts . With regard to

structure, these rocks p resent difli cult ies wh ich are not easi ly overcome . Dips

are obta inable only on the western slope of the r idge , and have a dominant

westerly nature . If the beds be truly conformable with the R ed Beds , they should

be expected to partake of the synclinal structure . E ither the synclinal structure

is very asymmetrical , or the tw o series are unconformable . The felsi te-quartzite

T ext -figure 1 .

Sec t ions d raw n a long the l ine s show n in th e map ( Pla te ix ) . T h e th ickness o f

the w ind - b lown sa nd is p robab ly cons iderab ly exaggera ted . The fo ld ing o f the

S ilur ian and D evon ia n sys t em s , and the sub - surfa ce boundar ies , are d iagramma t ic on ly , a s is a lso th e fau lt ing in the l imes tone o f sect ion A -B . In sect ionC - D , the U pp er D evon ian is sh ow n as res t ing con formably upon th e M idd leD evon ian R ed B ed s and L imes t one , though poss ib ly ther e ma v here b e an

unconform ity , as d iscussed in the t ext .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DI STRICT ,

group shows close resemblances to Upper D evonian rocks in the surrounding reg ion

wh ich have been studied by the wri ter . The suggest ion of an unconformable

relat ion of Upper to Middle Devonian is supported by the recent work of D r .

Ida A . Brown

To the north Of the Tarago road-cutt ing , olive -coloured shales , quartzi tes ,

and calcareous shales occur interbedded with the limestones ( see above ) . I t is

not clear whether these rocks are of Middle or Upper D evon ian age . The lime

stones are not fossi liferous here , but i t is to be expected that they are related to

the nearby R ecep taculi tes beds . Besides these beds associated with the limestone

bands, there i s-

also an extensive series of felsi tes and quartzi tes to the north

and west of Tarago. In the ra i lway cutt ing north of Tarago, the folding of the

beds is well seen . The general str ike is and the overfolds p i t ch to the north

west , and have axial planes d ipp ing to the south-west ; the general dip Of the beds

is north-east at about 60 ° in the central part of the cutting . In the northern part

of the cut t ing there is a dominan t south-westerly dip ; here an interbedded felsi te

band is followed by shales , and then quartzi tes . Further west , in the ne ighbour

hood of Tarago T rigonometri cal Station , felsites , tuffs , and quartzi tes occur .

To the west of Tarago, a p rominen t range of moun ta ins trends west-north-west

through T ower H ill , and turns northwards to pass to the east of Spring Valley ;

another branch follows around the northern shores of Lake George . T h is range

consists p ract ically en t irely of massive whi te quartzi tes, in p laces standing up in

consp i cuous walls . There is li t tle sign of structure in these quartzi tes , and very

few dip or strike determinat ions could be made . The few whi ch were made gave

no p redominant t rend for the rock . In the north-western corner of the map there

is a greater tendency for brown and yellow shales to accompany the quartzi te .

These quartzi tes are regarded as of Upper D evon ian age by l i thological analogy

with other rocks in the neighbourhood , such as the Goulburn quartz i tes . Their

strong overlapp ing of the Mount Fairy Series and the gneissi c grani te ,well seen

on the map , also supports this view .

R e lation of D evonian to Si lurian .

Unfortunately,exposures showing th is relat ion directly are scarce . No clear

ind icat ion may be seen in the Tarago distri ct , although considerat ion of the

D evonian syncl inal structure— for the Middle Devonian at least , whi ch may itself

be un conformable beneath the Upper Devonian— and the isoclinal folding of the

Si lurian, indi cates unconformabi li ty . I t is probable that the Middle Devon ian lies

un conformably upon the Si lurian . The case for“

the Upper D evonian , if this be

granted, must follow immediately . Independent evidence is to be found in the

overlapp ing ment ioned above , and the irregular lower surface of the quartzi tes

to be found along the north-eastern foreshores of Lake George .

TERTIARY TO RECENT .

The deposi ts of th is age are of minor importance . They comprise basalt ,laterit ic beds, and various soi ls .

Basalt — A patch of basalt occurs 13% chains to the west of the Tarago—Boro

Road, L .11 . I t forms a capp ing to gravels with predominan t quartz and quartzite

pebbles . In turn , a layer of i ronstone caps the basalt . The lat ter is about 20 feet

in th ickness , and occurs on a flank of the wide valley wh ich runs northwards to

join Mulw aree Creek to the south of Tarago . The mass is seen to separate tw o

minor creeks flowing into th is meri dional valley ; i t seems l ikely that the flow

fi lled the course Of a lateral valley to the main stream, covering the gravels

therein , and causing the diversion Of the drainage . There are no field criteria by

BY M . D . GARRETTY . 199

which a defini te age may be ass igned to the basalt , other than that i t is later than

the underlying gravels . A s imi lar degree of uncertainty holds wi th regard to

these Microscop i cal evidence indicates the simi lari ty of the rock to the group

of Plateau Basalts”Of this State (Browne, wh ich are probably the most

common type Of T ert iary extrusive on the Central and Southern Tablelands .

Lateri ti c types— A deposi t of lateri t ic rock , a few chains square , in L .11 , is

p robably to be related to the former p resence of basalt ; similar basalt occurs

nearby. In H .13 also , and surround ing areas , patches of ferruginous material

occur associated wi th gravels and whi te quartzi te . Here aga in , these types are

no doubt due to the act ion of a former covering of basalt , si licifying and impregnat ing wi th iron the underlying rocks .

The occurrence of a th in layer Of'

ferrug inous material on the surface of the

bedrock of many streams is Of interest ; this coat ing , whi ch may have a p isoli t ic

structure , is often overlain by many feet of alluvium . There is evi dence that the

deposi t ion w as not confined to any period of the Tert iary, but that i t is even going

on at'

present . Favour i s not found wi th the idea that i t is due to leaching of the

underlying rocks . The simplest exp lanat ion of the occurrence , which resembles

that of a viscous flui d flowing down the bare rock channel , is that the material

has come in solut ion from above . Surface water s inking through the alluv ium

dissolves out some of the iron and carries i t to the bedrock , down along whi ch i t

percolates as a sub-surface stream, deposi t ing the iron again among the gravels

as i t goes .

GNEI SSIC GRANITE.

Under this heading are in cluded not only the typ ical gneissi c grani te found

in the v icini ty Of the Lake , but also those variants of i t , such as felsi tes and

porphyries, wh ich occur as well .

General Occurrence .

As seen on the map , the gne iss ic gran i te outcrops chiefly as a large, more or

less elongated body in the central part of the area . Omi tt ing the alluvium and

Devon ian quartzites, the western boundary of the gneissi c grani te on the map may

be taken as the eastern boundary of Lake Ge orge . On the eastern si de the gran ite

is bounded by the Mount Fairy Series. In the latter series many exposures of the

gran i te are uncovered , as to the south-west of Tarago . The general e longat ion

of the part of the bathylith exposed is a little west of north .

Nature of the Bathyli th .

The gneissic character of the rock is more p ronounced on the western side

than to the east . On the ea stern side there is also a greater tendency for the

occurrence of masses of porphyry and felsi te associated with the gran i te . The

general elongat ion of the grani te-mass corresponds with the direct ion of average

strike of the Mount Fairy Series . Apophyses and tongues from the main mass

also have this trend . The foliat ion Of the gneiss is likewise p redominant ly parallel

to thi s general di rection , with minor deviat ions . On the other hand the relat ion“the banding or foliation ( of the gneiss ) be ing parallel to the boundary of the

intrusion”(Browne , 1931 , p . 115 ) imp lied or expressed by many workers , is not

at once apparent here . But the bathylith has only just begun to be uncovered ,

as is shown elsewhere , and variat ions in the topography produce marked changes

in the boundaries . The foliat ion actually is approximately parallel to the sol id

(as opposed to surface ) boundaries. There is reason for believing that ridges

such as Governor’s H ill , D 7 , and Osborne Ridge , F.4, represent the original shape

of the roof of the bathyli th , and the walls are thus, here , at least , steep .

200 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

Although the bathyli th in general conforms to the average strike of the shales;

I have stated above (“Moun t Fairy Series that i t is by no means usual for the

st rike and d ip of the shales to accord with the boundary of the nearby igneous

rock. Indeed , as may be seen from the map , e spe cially in H .8 , the strike of the

shales is frequent ly d ist inct ly Oblique to the contact . It w as found that the

t endency for this t o occur w as greatest near the more fe lsi ti c phases of the

intrusive mass, and especially well marked where apophyses of felsite or porphyry

have ins inuated themselves into the sediments . These facts were interpre ted as

indicat ing a decrease in the power of penetrat ion of the magma as the emplace

ment of the bathyli th progressed . The magma, forced up along an axis of

structural weakness , w as at first able to soften and absorb wi thout deformation

the folded shales , but later on , as the inject ion neared complet ion , the magma w as

unable to carry th is out so effectively . Instead , i t resorted to a forcible thrusting

as ide of the sedimen ts , exh ibi t ing a determinat ion to disp lace, i f not to absorb ,

them . I t is possible that in these later phases w e have an examp le of the t ransit ion

from bathyli ths of the synchronous type to those of subsequent type ( see below ) .

Since the preparat ion of the map and manuscrip t for this paper , the wri ter has

noted with interes t the descrip t ion by Mayo (Mayo, 1935 ) of simi lar thrust ingeffe cts in the Sierra Nevada , California .

The occurrence of felsi t i c phases of the gran i te is interest ing , as i t does not

seem to be usual in bathyl i ths of th is type . As stated above , they are more

p rominent to the east , but it w as not pract i cable to map them separately from

the grani te . No doubt they were in jected somewhat later than the more coarse lycrystalline gran ite, but before the cessat ion Of regional stresses . In support of

th is may be quoted the occurren ce of the felsi tes as dykes cut t ing the granite .

An examp le is an east to west dyke , five to six feet across , Of banded fe lsi te ( 1588 )

wi th marked flow structure , seen especially well on weathered surfaces , in

Aga in , on D ry Cree k , felsite veins and p lugs cut the laminated gran i te . The

ap lites and pegmat i tes , when they occur , are also distinct ly later than the grani te .

Pegmat i te w as not seen to cut the count ry rock at any p lace .

Using the cri teria recently enunciated (Browne , 1931 ) for d ist inguishing

syn chronous from subsequent bathyli ths , the presen t example in the main may

be placed in the former category, except for the possible transi t ion noted above .

Wi th the proviso that but li ttle p egmati te is p resent , the occurrence accords wi th

each of the criteria g iven for th is group , and not with any of those for the subse

quent group .

The main folding Of the Mount Fa iry Series is inexp licable other than as

having an tedated the intrusion of the magma . On the other hand a large body

of facts could be assembled to show the cont inuance of stress unti l after the

comp let ion of the crystallizat ion Of the rock . The pet rographi cal and field

ev idence both point to th is .

Xeno li ths .

Xenol iths are common in the gran i te , and they are of several different kinds .

Blocks of slate r ifted Off from the roof have become engulfed in the magma .

For the most part these do not differ petrographically from the country rock .

Assimi lat ion is not seen in progress . Xenoliths found near the margins are found

t o be undeorien tated , and i t would appear that the remarks of various wri ters on

the oriented inclus ions of related bathyli ths app ly to the more or less marg inal

ones . Slate xenol iths we ll away from the margins of the mass were found in

general to show cons iderable rotation from the usual limi ts O f strike of the

mass ive slates .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 02 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

aug ite'

are somet imes seen wi thin the amphibo les . There is here also much

evidence in . the .field Of absorp t ion Of blocks Of the more basi c rock in the later

grani tic types of magma .

T o the north . and east Of the Kenny’

s Point group , further large masses of the

amphiboli te series are met wi th . These are not so variable as those just discussed,

however, and are dominantly fine-grained hornblende -schists .

I t is rather difficult to deci de what w as the orig in of the members of the

amph ibol ite ser ies . On the one hand , w e have the evidence of field structure

and occurrence, and that of the mi croscopi c examinat ion Of slides , to indi cate that

the rocks of D 4 especially have the ir orig in in bedded igneous rocks or basi c tuffs .

On the other hand , most of the occurrences other than those in D 4 appear to have

commenced wi th massive basi c igneous rock , suggested by the R ed H i ll types, for

examp le . The m i croscop ical evidence indicates also that there w as a first period

of regional metamorph ism, convert ing the rocks into various kinds of hornblende

schists . The chief quest ion is to reconci le these . I t may be_

that the greater part

of the mass w as orig inally an igneous intrusion Of gabbroic nature , and that

the more sheet-l ike southern port ion w as due to the developmen t of si lls or

dactyli t i c in t rus ions into the country rock at the extremi ty.

The age Of the amphiboli te series cannot be defin itely stated . I t may be con

s idered'

as an ep i -Si lurian intrusion probably comagmat ic with , and heralding

the in ject ion of the gneissi c gran i te . According to th is View, the phylli t ic group

of the Moun t Fairy Series near R ed Hi ll would be exp lained as occasioned by the

addit ional heat supp lied by the gabbro during the regional metamorph ism whi ch

must have closely fol lowed the latter, but p receded the gran ite ; the latter followsfrom the considerat ion that the strain effects of the gran i te

-

gneiss are not

sufficient ly strong to suggest that the same stresses could have formed the

hornblende-schists . However, the facts point ing to the amph ibolites being Older

than the Moun t Fairy Stage form a more convincing assemblage . In the first

p lace the pronounced regional metamorph ism wh i ch they have undergone strongly

suggests their having been involved in an earlier strong orogeny— of the type

believed to have closed the Upp er Ordovi cian in this part of the State . The

phylli tes and m i ca-sch ists of R ed H i ll may not really belong to the Mount

Fairy Series at all , but to an’

earlier group . An ep i-Ordovi cian age for these

basi c‘

rocks would also supp ly an analogy to the rather simi lar basic rocks

found further south in the Bungendore—Cooma region . The presence of hybri d

gradat ions between the amphiboli tes and gran i te-

gne iss certainly would seem to

favour the i r hav ing been in jected in fairly quick succession , leaving li t tle t ime

for the earli er rock to cool ofi . But the fact remains, that the basic rock must

have completely sol id ified and been regionally metamorphosed before the intrusion

of the gran i te , seeming to make residual heat of litt le importance . Moreover, the

influence of the heat content of a rock mass on its absorp t ion by a later mass is

at p resent an unknown quant ity. Earl ier ideas required the supply of a conside r

able amoun t of heat to effect absorp tion . Bowen has shown th is to be erroneous ,

on theoret i cal grounds , and the recent considerable amount of study g iven to

cases of extens ive ass imi lat ion and contaminat ion seems to minimize i ts importance .

Summing up , i t appears that the most likely age of the original basic

intrusions forming the amph ibolite masses of the Lake George D ist ri ct is ep i

O rdovician .

MINOR IGNEOUS INTRUSIVEs .

Basi c R ocks of Low er Cr isps Creelc.

— Outcropp ing in Crisps Creek , K .12 , twelve

to twenty cha ins above the road bridge is a group of diabasic rocks , wh ich appear

BY M . D . GARRETTY . 203

to cut the sedimentary series as dykes trending They can be followed a couple

of chains up the hi ll on the north bank in p laces . On the south they are obscured

by rap id weathering ; there is an outcrop in a small road-cutt ing , but non e shows

at the surface . Some of the rock includes fragments of the surrounding slate .

The intrusion ( 1858 ) is about five feet wide , and is typ ical .

Thin sect ions show the rocks to belong perhaps to the quartz-doleri te group .

Carbonation and albi tizat ion have taken p lace ; the aug ite is in many cases rep re

sented by quartz, chlori te , and carbonate . The dykes appear perhaps to have a

relat ion to numerous quartz-doleri te dykes occurring in the Shoalhaven Valley ,

whi ch are of post -D evon ian and p robably p re-Kami laroi age . All that can be

said for the Tarago dykes is that they. are post-Si lurian .

Quar tz-doleri te, R eedy Creek — As wi th the dykes just ment ioned, this is

p robably to be related to the Shoalhaven quartz-doleri tes , wh ich the wr i ter intends

to describe in a future paper . I t occurs as a dyke twenty feet W ide cutt ing the

Mount Fai ry Shales in Reedy C reek, K .4, about 30 chains below the main mass

of l imestone . A dyke Of quartz—porphyry occurs tw o chains higher up , but there

does n ot seem to be any connexion between them . The rock resembles in th in

sect ion the quartz-dolerite dykes of Crisps Creek .

Composi te dyke , Sandhi lls Creek .

~ —The types involved here are doleri te ,

'

ap li te ,

and porphyrit i c doleri te,again showing features characterist ic of the quartz

dolerite group . In n orth-western J.3 , on Sandhi lls Creek , a doleri te dyke about

20 fee t wide cuts the Moun t Fa i ry Shales in an east -to-west direct ion . The dyke

contains a sub -central band , tw o to three feet thick , of ap lite . The re lation Of

this to the paren t dyke is n ot clear , but i t appears that it spli t the latter after i ts

intrusion , after the manner of composi te int rusions . A few yards downstream

large blocks of a porphyri t i c doler ite were found . Although not actually found

in si tu in the dyke , i t is very p robable that it is an associated type , and is here

grouped wi th i t .

Tachylyti c basalt — Specimen 1548 w as collected in the rai lway cutt ing in

south-eastern G .4. I t shows the con tact of ap li te and tachylyti c basalt . Thin

sect ions show clearly that the ap li te is intruded by the basalt . The rock is an

in trusive basi c type wh ich , from i ts freshness , is p robably no Older than D evon ian

a t most , since it shows no s ign of the'

ep i -Si lurian diastrophism,

'

and the felspars

are quite fresh ; possibly i t i s as recent as Pliocene . The rock may be related to a

dolerit i c type ( 1552 ) from G-H .4. I t is in the form -

of an inverted V, in the

gran i te , the outcrop being an inverted V in the cut ting wall , and'

tw o parallel

bands in the floor . Possibly the shape is related to the join t system of the gran ite .

This dyke”trends at NO slide is avai lable .

“

H ornblende ep idote R ock .

— This is an unsat isfactory type . In the southe In

part of I .4, in a t ributary of Emu Flat Creek , basic rocks occur as bands a few

feet thi ck, apparently in terbedded wi th the Mount Fai ry Shales . They are

rep resented by specimens 1668 and 1669 . Slides show that the rock'

conSists of

brown , with some bluish-

green , hornblende in idiomorph i c grains ; associated with

ra diat ing ep idote . This is a peculiar type , and no clues . are known as to i ts

origin .

Emu F lat Creek D oleri tes .

— A number of melanocrat i c rocks occur on Emu

Flat Creek and nearby,in It is d iffi cult to say defin i tely whether these are

intrusions or xenoli ths in the grani te , sin ce they are exposed on ly in the stream

channe l , and the cri t ical junct ions were largely covered . One of the masse s

contains coarse porphyr it i c phases , and i s also in t imately cut by an aphan it ic

type , wh ich d ist inct ly in trudes the gran i te as well , sending out tongues and

204 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

seeking out the joint p lanes. On the other hand , at the old road crossing an

exposure of basi c rock more resembles a large xenol ith . Moreover , this rock

is d ist inct ly more altered and different in thin sect ion from the others . Very

probably i t is a xenolith whi le the others are dyke-rocks .

PH YSIOGRAPH Y .

Whi le the detai ls of physiograph ic st ructure to be found in many regional

sett ings are a lso to be found in the Lake George Distr ict , the discussion of the

physiograph i c h istory of the area on modern lines can be sat isfactori ly dealt

with only when treated as port ion of a much larger uni t . Broadly speaking , w e

may regard the Tarago to Bungendore area as an examp le of internal drainage

demanding some special exp lanat ion— sup erimposed on the condi t ions whi ch must

p rev iously have obta ined at the main divide between the coastal and western

drainage systems . D iscussion of this peculiar condit ion is left to a later paper ,

as i t involves a much larger area than that dealt wi th in this paper .

Outcrop and Con tour .— Much of the diversi ty of topograph i cal deta i l is directly

related to the geological structure . Prominent h ills and ridges abound , and can

in most instances be correlated wi th the nature of the rock . The steep hi lly

country to the south of the Tarago—Wi lleroo road occurs largely in slates, as do

the surrounding flatter parts . However , the slates here have been considerably

indurated by the grani te close beneath . Intensely si licified bands are followed

exactly by the minor ridges . The eminences of Sally T rigonometri cal Stat ion and

Mount E llenden (Governor’

s H i ll ) present Slop es reaching (These slopes

are qui te stable in the present cycle of e rosion , and most of them have a soil

mantle . ) The Sally group of h i lls consists of slates, but they have been indurated ,

and much impregnated by si lica and i ron . The r idges Of Governor’

s H ill and

Osborne T rigonometri cal Stat ion are composed of hard grani te-

gneiss . The marked

elongat ion of these is p robably due to the gneissi c structure of the rock . The

ridge of Osborne T rigonometri cal Stat ion is bounded on the east by low -lying

slate country ; on the west the change in topography is not so marked, as

igneous rock, though of less massive type , cont inues . The hard flanks of

Governor’

s H i ll are bounded on the west by a soft amph iboli te-slate comp lex ,

and on the east by jointed felsit ic rocks . Possibly, also, the present surface

represents fairly closely the original roof of the bathylith .

The Woolow olar Ridge , south of Tarago, is part of a long ridge runn ing

north to near Goulburn . Near Tarago at all events i t shows all the signs of beingdue to d ifferent ial erosion . I t is bui lt of resistant quartzi tes and felsi tes , and

bounded on the east by weathered grani te , . and the west by soft shales . The

rugged range running from Tarago to Spring Valley and along the north Of Lake

George , apparently owes i ts elevat ion to the same cause . As pointed out e lse

where , the ch ief rock type involved is a dense quartz ite ; where this g ives w ay

to gran ite or amphibolite , there is at once a change to lower ground .

Gullying .

— A characterist ic feature of the landscape is the extensive gullying

wh ich has gone on . An imp ressive p icture of the apparently rap id erosion that

has taken p lace is seen by standing in G 4 and looking westwards to Osborne

R idge, when a whole h i llside seared with many gashes is viewed . The“

best

examp le is perhaps in G 5, on Wright’

s Creek , wh ich is here qui te impassable ,present ing vert i cal banks 20 feet h igh . Numerous Observat ions, such as the

occurrence of ox skulls in the alluvium banks , and the cross ing Of gullies by

surveyed map roads, ind icate that the gullying took place since wh i te occupat ion ,

and during the last cen tury. Deforestation at once comes under suspic ion . How

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

206 GEOLOGY OF LAKE GEORGE DISTRICT ,

—a regularity disp layed also by the occas ional mi ld storms . At t imes , possibly

far from land, coral reefs flourished , apparent ly at least twice . O ccasional volcani c

vents, on the shorel ine or in the water , or both , emit ted lavas wh i ch , in places ,

became interbedded wi th the sedimen ts . Some Of these , at least , seem to have

been injected among the muds on the sea floor . Very regular emissions of ash

took place at t imes . At the close of the Si lurian , an orogeny ensued wh ich

compressed the rocks in the geosyn cline into close folds ; i t w as before this comp res

s ional movement had ceased that in je ct ion of gran i t i c magma took p lace , insinua

t ing i tself among the bands of sediment , and also partaking of the_impressed

direct ional structure'

s ; movemen t had not ceased when the gran ite-

gneiss had

solidified .

Probably during the Lower D evon ian , eros ion w as taking p lace on a consi der

able scale . The Mi ddle Devon ian saw shallow submergence of the land in another

basin , and coral reefs again flourish ing . Then followed , after an uncertain period,

the'

eject ion of coarse pyroclast i c material , succeeded by some shale , flows of

felsite , and finally a considerable th i ckness of sandstone . At some stage between

the format ion of the Middle D evon ian reefs and the end of the deposi t ion of the

sandstone , there p robably occurred a period of folding— the late Middle D evon ian

folding . Next occurred the intrusion of another gran ite , this t ime during tensional

rather than compressional condit ions , and at the close of another orogeny— the

Kan imbla epoch— wh ich folded the Devon ian rocks and further dislocated the

older ones, the sandstones were converted to quartz ites . At some period later

than this occurred the in ject ion of most Of the minor intrusives of the area

notably those of the quartz-doleri te kindred .

E rosion supervened, and has cont inued to the present day . In all probabi li ty

the major stream-

pattern Of th is part of the State w as established as far back

as the T riassi c, but the internal drainage of the Lake George Basin is a later

feature . T owards the end of the T ertiary , outpourings of . basalt ic lava covered a

l imi ted port ion of the area . Probably at th is stage the sand accumulat ions had

begun to form, but these may“

be later than the Kosciusko E poch , especially if

this be related to the format ion of Lake George . The Kosciusko Epoch did not

leave any dist inguish ing marks on the area , except in so far as i t may have

affected the drainage of the region as a whole .

R efer en ce s .

BARRELL , J. , 1 9 1 7 .— R hy thm s and the Measur em en t of G e olog ica l T im e . Bu ll. Geo l. Soc .

Am er . , 1 9 1 7 .

B ROW N, IDA A . , 1 9 32 .— La t e M idd le D evon ian D iastroph ism in S E . Aus tra lia . PROC .

L INN. Soc . lv i i , 32 3 - 331 .

BROW NE , W . R . , 1 9 2 9 — Pres iden t ia l Address . PROC . L INN. Soc . liv , Par t i .

, 1 9 31 .— No t es on B a thy lith s and Som e of th e ir Imp l ica t ion s . Journ . P roc. R oy .

Soc . lxv , 1 1 2 - 44.

, 1 9 33 .— P r es iden t ia l Address . Journ . P r oc . R oy . So c . 1 9 33 , 1 - 9 5.

CARNE . .I . E . , 1 9 08 .

- C op per D epos i t s of N .S .W . Geo l. Surv . Min . R es . No . 6 .

and JONES , L . J., 1 9 1 9 ,

— T he L imes tone D ep os it s o f N .S .W . Geo l. Surv .

.ll in . R es . No . 2 5 .

C RAFT , F . A . , 1 9 2 8 ,— T he Phys iography o f the W o llond i lly R iver Bas in . PROC . L INN . Soc .

l i i i, 6 18 - 6 50 .

1 9 31 - 2 .- T he Phy s iography o f th e Shoa lhaven R iver Va lley . Par ts i t o v i .

PROC . L INN . SOC . lv i - lv i i , 1 9 31 - 1 9 32 .

l 9 33 .— The C oas ta l T ab le lands and St reams of N .S.W . PROC . L INN . Soc .

lv i i i , 43 7 - 46 0 .

, 1 9 35 .

— T he R e la t ionsh ip b e tween E ro s ion and Hydrog raph ic Chang es in th e

U pp er Murra y C a t chm ent, PROC . L INN . Soc . lx , 1 2 1 - 144.

D ORSEY , G . E ., 1 9 2 6 — O r ig in o f R ed B ed s . Journ 0 6 0 1 1 9 2 6 , 1 31 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROC . LINN . SOC . 1936 . PLATE x .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 10 CII ARLES H EDLEY .

found necessary to break the bone and re-se t i t , wh i ch left him wi th a shortened

and part ially disabled arm . Find ing that he could no longer undertake any

laborious work, he left Boyne Island in 1888 , and for'

about tw o years he resided

in Brisbane, where he occup ied himself in collect ing and doing voluntary work at

the Queensland Museum . On l st January, 1889 , he w as appo int ed an ofli cer of

the Queensland Museum , and in May of the same year he w as elected a member

of the Linnean Society of London .

Whi le at the Queensland Museum Hedley met Sir William Macgregor ,Admin i strator of Bri t ish New Guinea , w ho w as p repar ing to return to that island,and offered to accompany h im in order to invest igate the land shells . Macgregor

demurred , remarking ,

“Y on land is no p lace for a sick mon

”. Later , in 1890 , he

invi ted Hedley to form one of h is party , an inv itat i on wh ich w as joyfully accepted,

and he w as thus given the opportun ity of v isi t ing that fascinating reg ion and

penetrating to some unexplored part s .

Whi le Macgregor visited the Louisiade Archipelago ,_

Hedley, wi th one

compan ion , rema ined at Mi lne Bay, where he made important collect ions . He

afterwards t ravelled ove rland to meet Macgregor on his return to Port Moresby,

and the Admin ist rator w as so imp ressed by the young man’

s courage , resourceful

ness, and energy, that he offered him a magi stracy in Papua . But by this t ime

Hedley had defin ite ly set his mind on a scient ific career and the flat ter ing offer

w as d ecl ined . An attack of malaria forced h im to return to Brisbane , where

he proceeded to study the shells he had collected in Papua . Finding, however ,

that his work w as hampered by lack of adequate colle ct ions and O f library

faci lit i es, he resigned his post at the Queensland Museum and , towards the end

of 1890 , removed to Sydney wh i ch , at that t ime , w as the home Of a coter ie of

en thusiast ic conchologists . Sydney became his home unt i l his death .

On l st Ap ri l , 1891 , Hedley commenced work at the Austral ian Museum as

Assistant in charge of land shells , and on l st January, 1896 , he succeeded Braz ier

as con chologist . He w as now fai rly launched on h is career as a conchologist ,

and a long success ion of importan t papers at test his ab i li ty, industry, and

versat i l ity. On 2 0th D ecember , 1908 , he became Assistant Curator, and , on

the death of Robert E theridge , Jun ior , in January , 1920 , he w as appointed

A ct ing Di rector , unt i l , on 14th February , 1921 , he became Principal Keeper of

Collect ions . He resigned this post on 3oth March , 1924, to become Scien t ific

D irector to the Great Barrier Reef Commi ttee , a posi t ion he occup ied unt i l h is

death . In August , 192 6 , he had returned to his home in Sydney and w as happ ily

p repar ing to attend the Th ird Pan -Pacific Science Congress in T okyo, when he

Cont racted a cold ; more ser ious i llness followed , and he d ied on 14th Sep tember .

H is remains were cremated, and his close friend , Mr . E . C . Andrews, conveyed

h is ashes to Queensland , where ,. in the presence of the Australian delegates to

the Congress, they were scattered on the waters near the Great Barrier Reef ,

wh ich he knew and loved so well , and the fauna of wh ich he had done so much

to elucidate .

Hedley’

s earliest wri t ings we re concerned ma inly with land shells . His

memorable paper on the Land Mollusca of New Guinea w as published by this

Society (PROC . LINN . SOC . v i , 1891 , 67—116 ; 685

—698 ) and i llustrated by a

fine series of pen and ink draw ings ; for Hedley w as a ski lful delineator , and his

accurate and art ist ic i llust rat ions great ly enhanced the value of his scient ific

wri t ings . Hedley w as at first more interested in molluscan anatomy than in

systemat ic conchology, but after h is appointment on the staff of the Austral ian

Museum he became more and more d rawn to taxonomic work . For th is he

needed works of reference , and he shared no pains to accumulate an extensive

MEMORIAL NOT ICE . 2 11

l ibrary of concholog ical l iterature , drawing free ly on h is p rivate income to en ri ch

the Museum library wh ich , consequently, has a magnificent collect ion of books

and papers on the subject , including numerous rare works wh ich can not be found

in many scient ific libraries of much greater size . At th is t ime , too, Hedley began

the preparat ion of a card catalogue of all publicat ions dealing with Australian

Mollusca ; th is grew through the years unt i l i t formed a comp lete guide to the

l iterature and a most useful instrument for research . This catalogue , wh ich on

h is death w as p resen ted to the Museum by Mrs . Hedley, is so comprehensive that

one marvels that he could find the leisure to comp i le i t ; for the work w as done

mainly in unofficial hours, showing how comp letely Hedley w as absorbed in

scient ific work to the exclusion of other in terests .

Gradually Hedley became well equipped for research on Australian Mollusca ,

and wi th characterist ic energy and determinat ion he attacked the great work of

disentangling the confused synonymy of many forms, rehabili tat ing specific names ,

p repar ing adequate i llustrat ions for many unfigured species, and clearing up many

Obscure points of ident ificat ion and nomenclature . He thus established a solid

foundat ion for further research ,and d i d most useful work in comp iling lists of

the marine shells of Queensland , New South Wales , and Western Aust ralia, besides

assist ing in the p reparat ion of other li sts . For New South Wales Hedley listed

speci es, every form being w ell figured and i ts scient ific history fully

elucidated . H is output Of papers on systemat ic conchology w as very large , as

evidenced by the list of h is publi cat ions appended . Of these one of the largest

and most important w as h is monograph on the Austral ian Turr idae (R ec . Austr .

Mus . ,xi i i , 1922 , 213 i llust rated by more than 200 fine figures .

Though perhaps the Marine Mollusca bulked most largely in Hedley’

s wri t ings ,

his early interest in the land and freshwater shells never abated and , just prior

to his ret iremen t from the staff of the Australian Museum, he w as engaged on an

i llustrated monograph of the Land Mollusca of Eastern Australia . He had reviewed

the li terature , many drawings were comp leted , and certain groups had been

revised , but wi th much reluctance the p roject w as relinquished and the notes

already prepared were embodied in h is last conchologi cal paper , Some Notes on

Australian Land Shells” (Austr . Z oologi st , i i i , 1924, 2 15

Hedley w as great ly interested in the invest igat ion of the cont inental shelf of

Aust ralia and the deeper waters beyond . Since the visi t Of the“Challenger

”in

1874, no one had dredged in depths greater than about one hundred fathoms

round the Australian and New Z ealand coasts , but Hedley attacked dep ths as

great as 8 00. fathoms and made many int erest ing and valuable discoveries ; he

himself invest igated the deep-sea she lls result ing from these enterprises (R ec .

Austr . v i , 1905—07 , 41 , 211 , 283, Th is deep -sea work w as largely

financed by Hedley himself, w ho w as ever ready to draw on his private purse ,

if by so doing he could con tribute to the advancement Of scient ific invest igat ion .

The Mollusca Obta ined by the F.I .S .

“Endeavour” were submi t ted to Hedley

and described in a series of Reports published by the Federal Government .

Another subject whi ch had a strong fascinat ion for Hedley w as the format ion

and the life of coral reefs . Th is w as st imulated by h is parti cipat ion in the

exped i t ion to Funafut i organ ized by the Royal Society of London in 189 6 . During

h is stay of tw o and a half mon ths on the atoll , Hedley amassed a large collect ion ,

part icularly of invertebrates and e thnological objects, and made many valuable

scien t ific Observat ions. The results were published by the T rustees of the

Austral ian Museum (Mem . Austr . Mus. , i i i , 18 96 to which Hedley contributed

the general account and the sect ions on Mollusca and Brach iopoda , and on

E thnology, a subject of whi ch his knowledge w as considerable . He made many

KK

2 12 CIIARLES H EDLEY .

t rips to the Great Barr ier Reef of Queensland , and in collaborat ion wi th Mr .

(n'

ow Professor ) T . Grifii th T aylor he p ropounded a theory Of the format ion of

atolls by the act ion Of the p reva i ling winds (R ep t . Austr . Ass. Adv . Sci . , 1907

397 On his appointment as Scient ific D irector to the Great Barrier

Reef Comm i ttee he commen ced a systemat i c invest igat ion of the corals , and had

assembled a large collect ion and much deta i led informat ion when this work w as

ended by h is lamented death .

Hedley w as great ly att racted by the problems presented by the Antarct i c ,

and the relat ions Of its fauna to that of the lands to the north . For twenty years

or more he pondered over these p roblems and, in 1912 , contributed an importan t

paper at a mee t ing of the L innean Society of London (“The Palaeogeographi cal

Relat ions of Antarct ica Proc . Linn . Soc. L ond ., Session 124, 1911

—12 , 80 In

th is paper Hedley crystall ized h is V iews regarding the southern origin of many

forms of l ife now found in Aust ral ia and elsewhere . Previous to th is he had had

the Opportun i ty of describing the Antarct ic Mollusca gathered by the Shackleton

Expedit ion of 1907—1909 , and he later invest igated and descr ibed the Mollusca of

the Australasian Antarct i c Exped i t ion of 1911—14, led by D r . (now Si r ) Douglas

Mawson .

Hedley w as great ly interested in the distribut ion of Mollusca and other forms

of l ife, and h is important contribut ions to the study of zoo-

geography made his

name wi dely known to others than conchologists . One of hi s earli est essays on

th is subject w as“The Range of P lacostylus : a Study in Ancient Geography

”

(PROC . LINN . SOC . Vi i , 1893, 335—339 ; reprin ted Ann . Mag . Nat . H i st

x i , 1892 435 in wh ich he deduced ancient land-connect ions

from the distribut ion Of this large and st riking terrestrial mollusc . This w as

followed by art i cles on the relat ion Of the fauna and flora of Australia to those

of New Z ealand , the faunal regions Of Australia , a zoo-

geographi c scheme for the

Mid-Pacific, and others . Hedley’

s contribut ions to th is fascinat ing subject would

ent i tle h im to an honoured p lace in'

the scient ific world even though he had

wri tten nothing else .

Hedley w as a seasoned traveller and an indefat igable collector , and undertook

many expedi t ions , mostly at h is ow n expense . He had visi ted New Guinea,the

Gulf of Carpentaria and the islands in T orres Stra it , and had an int imate

knowledge of the Great Barrier Reef and Of many Pacific i slands . In h is later

years he w as able to indulge his desire to see more d istant lands and paid vis its

to A laska and E ast Afri ca . He w as very anxious to see South America and the

H imalayas , but h is death at a comparat ively early age left th is desire unfulfilled .

Hedley

”

would face any danger or hardsh ip if by so doing he w as enabled to

at tain h is object . Mr . E . C . Andrews w ho , in 1901 , accompan ied him on a trip

to the North Queensland coast , wri tes as fol lows of their experiences :“SO

thoroughgoing were h is natural ist ic inst incts that he examined every plant and

an imal of p romise in the area v is i ted , especially in connection with i ts adaptation

to i ts env ironmen t . T o th is work he devoted himself whole-heartedly day and

n ight . I f the coral reefs were submerged he prosecuted his examinat ion of them

wa ist and shoulder deep . No moun tain w as too h igh or too densely clothed

w i th jungle for h im to scale ; no swamp ,infested wi th mosqui toes , snakes and

crocodi les , preven ted h im from using i t as a short cut in his work . Once on the

Outer Barrier Reef off Green Island he w as almost cut off by the h igh spring t ides ,

and sharks were swimming free ly over the reef before he w as rescued . The

roughest and p la ines t fare and accommodat ion he accep ted cheerfully, i f only

thereby he w as enabled to v isi t some d istan t and choice gathering ground . In the

jungle along the Johnston R ive r he found an aborig inal ba rk canoe . T O see

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 14 CHARLES H EDLEY .

the New Z ealand Inst i tute . He w as a Past Pres ident of the L innean ,Royal , Royal

’

Z oolog i cal , and Natural ists’

Societ ies of New South Wales, and in 1909 he w as

Presiden t of Sect ion D (Biology ) of the Australasian Associat ion for the Advance

ment of Scien ce . In 19 16'

he w as awarded the Dav i d Syme Prize for Scient ific

Research , and in 1925 he received the Clarke Memorial Medal of the Royal

Society of New South Wales

LI ST OF PAPER S BY CHAR LE S HE D LEY.

( C omp i led by T om I r eda le . )

1 8 8 8 .

Uses O f som e Queensland P lant s . P r oc . R oy . So c . Q ld ., v , 1 8 8 8 , 1 0 - 1 3 .

A L ist o f th e L and She lls R ecorded from Queensland . P roc. R oy . Soc . O ld v , 1 8 8 8 ,

45 - 7 0 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew Slug : w ith N o t es on O th er T err estr ia l Mol lusca . P roc . R oy . Soc .

Q ld . , V , 1 8 8 8 , 1 50 - 1 53 .

1 8 8 9 .

O n An e i tea gra effei , and it s A llies . P ro c. R oy . SO C . Q ld . , v , 18 8 9 , 1 6 2—1 7 3 .

N ot e ( on Mr . T ryon’

s E rrata ) . P r oc. R oy . Soc . Q ld . , v , 1 8 8 9 , 1 7 9 .

Ana t om ical Not es on th e H e l icida e . P roc . R oy . So c . Q ld . v i , 1 8 8 9 , 6 2 - 6 3 .

N o t es on Qu eens land L and -Sh e lls . P r oc. R oy . Soc . Q ld . , v i , 1 8 8 9 , 1 00 - 1 0 3 .

No t es on the H e lic idae . P r o c. R oy . Soc . Q ld . , v i , 1 8 8 9 . 1 2 0 - 1 2 1 .

Anat om ica l Not es on th e H e licidae . P r oc . R oy . Soc . Q ld . , v i , 249 - 2 51 .

Mollusca . R ep or t Gov t . Sc i . E xp ed . B e llenden K er R ange , 1 88 9 , fol io ed . , 34 ; SVO ed . ,

9 0 - 9 1 .

1 8 9 0 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew R hyt ida from N ew Gu inea . Ann . R ep . B r i t . N ew Guinea , 1 8 8 8 - 8 9 ,

App . , p . 6 5 .

O n the Structur e and Sy stema t ic P os it ion o f Cys top e lta . PROC . L INN. SOC . ( 2 )v , 1 8 9 0 , 44- 46 .

On P arm el la e ther idg e i , B raz ier .

‘

R e c . Aust . Mus .,i , 1 8 9 0 , 7 8 - 8 0 .

L is t o f th e Mollusca co l lect ed by Sir W . Ma cg reg or on the Fly R iver . Ann . R ep . B r i t .

N ew Gu in ea ,1 8 8 9 - 9 0 , App . , 1 1 5.

1 8 9 1 .

T he L and and Fre sh -W a t er She lls o f L ord H owe I sland . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i , 1 8 9 1 ,

1 34- 144.

O n th e Ana t omy O f Som e T a sman ian Sna ils . PROC . L INN . Soc . v i , 1 8 9 1 ,

1 9 - 2 6 .

T he Land Mo llu scan Fauna o f B r i t ish N ew Gu inea . PROC . L INN . SOC '

. V i ,

1 8 9 1 , 6 7 - 1 1 6 .

O n H adra gu losa , G ou ld . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i , 1 8 9 1 , 1 9 6—1 9 7 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew Mar in e Sh ell . PROC . L INN. Soc . v i , 1 8 9 1 , 2 47 .

(W i th C . T . Musson . )N o t e on the O va o f H e li car ion r obus tus G ould . PROC . L INN . Soc . v i ,

1 8 9 1 ,248 .

1 8 9 2 .

R ema rks on Aus tra lian Slugs . Ann . Mag . N a t . H is t . , ix , 18 9 2 , 1 6 9 - 1 7 1 .

O n a C o llect ion o f Land and F r esh -W a t er She lls . PROC . L INN . Soc . v i ,

1 8 9 2 , 551 - 5 6 4. ( W i th C . T . Musson . )

T he Land Mo l lusca n Fauna O f B r i t ish New Gu inea . Ana t om ica l Supp lement . PROC .

L INN . SOC . v i , 1 8 9 2 , 6 8 5—6 9 8 .

O n th e S tructure and Afiin i t ies o f P and a a toma ta G ra y . R e c . Aus t . Mus .,

11, 1 8 9 2 ,

2 6

O b se rva t ions on the Cha rop ida e . Pa r t I . PROC . L INN . Soc . v ii , 1 8 9 2 ,

1 5 7 - 1 6 9 .

On the G enu s P er r ier i a . PROC . L INN . Soc . v ii , 1 8 9 2 , 311 - 313 .

U ses o f She l ls am ong the Pa puans . B r it ish N ew Gu inea by J . P . Thom son , 1 8 9 2 ,

2 8 3 - 2 8 5 .

M EM ORIAL NOTICE . 215

1 8 9 3 .

O n the O r ig in o f the L and - Sna i l Fauna of Que en sland , Aust ra l ia . Nau ti lus . v i , 1 8 9 3 ,

1 24- 1 2 5 .

T h e R ange o f P la cos ty lus : a Study in Ancient G eogra phy . PROC . L INN . Soo .

v i i , 1 8 9 3 , 335- 3 39 . R ep r in ted in Ann . Mag . N a t . H is t , x i , 1 8 9 3 , 435- 439 .

Schizog lossa : a New G enus o f C a rn ivorous Sna ils . PROC . L INN . SOC . N .S .W v i i ,

1 8 9 3 , 38 7 - 3 9 2 . (N ot e : first pub lished in Ab s t ra ct , D ec . 5 , 1 8 9 2 , p . v . )

R e ference L ist o f the Land and F resh -W a t er Mo llusca of N ew Zea land . PROC . L INN .

Soc . v i i , 1 8 9 3 , 6 1 3 - 6 6 5 . (W i th H . Su t er . )

An E num era t ion o f th e Jan e llida e . Trans . N ew Zea l . I ns t , x xv , 1 8 9 2 1 56 - 1 6 2 .

N o t e on E ndodon ta (F lammu lina ) infundibu lum H om b r . and Ja cq . N au ti lus , v i i , 1 8 9 3 , 35 .

Pho las ob turam en tum : an Undescr ib ed B iva lve from Sydney H a rbour . R ec . Aus t . Mus . ,

i i , 1 8 9 3 , 55- 57 .

O n the R e la t ion o f the Fauna and F lora of Au s t ra lia t o th ose O f N ew Zea land . N a tura l

Sci en ce , i i i , 1 8 9 3, 1 8 7 - 1 9 1 .

O n P arma co ch lea fischer i , Sm ith . L inn . Soc . M acleay M em or i a l Vo lum e , 1 8 9 3 ,

2 0 1 - 2 04.

N o tes on P apu ina . N au ti lu s , v i i , 1 8 9 3 , 7 3 - 7 4.

Gund lachia : a. V ict or ian D es iderat a . V i ct . N a tura lis t , x, 1 8 9 3 , 148 .

1 8 94.

A New P apa in a . N au ti lus , v i i , 1 8 9 4, 1 3 6 .

N ot es t o th e Above . ( Su ter’

s A dd it ions R e f . L ist L'

and . F .

-W . Mo l lusca of N ew Zea land . )PROC . L INN . SOC . v i i i , 1 8 94, 502 - 50 3 .

D escr ip t ion O f Ca ecum ampu t a tum , an Undescr ibed Mo llusc fr om Sy dney H arbour . PROC .

L INN . SOC . v i i i , 1 8 9 4, 504.

O n th e Austra l ian Gund la chia . PROC . L INN . SOC . v i i i , 505 - 514.

R ep r in t ed in N au t i lus , ix , 1 8 9 5, 6 1 - 6 8 .

N o te on the R e la t ion o f th e L and -Mo l lusca O f T asm an ia and o f N ew Zea land . Ann .

Mag . N a t . H i s t , xi i i , 442 - 443 .

The Fauna l R eg ions of Aus tra lia . R ep t Aus t . A ssoc . Adv . Sc i . , v , 1 8 9 3 444-446 .

R ep r in t ed in Ann . Mag . N a t H is t ,x iv , 1 8 94, 39 0 - 39 2 , and in Am er . N a tura lis t ,

xxix , 1 8 9 5, 6 7 4- 6 7 6 .

L e t t er p ropo s ing“T orre s A rch ip e lago and K erm ad ec T rough . R ep t . Aus t . A s so c .

Adv. S ci . , v , 1 8 9 3 49 6 - 7 .

O n th e Va lue o f An cy las trum . P r o c. Ma lac . So c . L ond . , i , 1 8 9 4, 1 1 8 .

On Som e Naked Austra l ian Mar ine Mo llu sca . P a r t I . PROC . L INN . SOC .

ix , 1 8 9 4, 1 2 6 - 1 2 8 .

D escr ip t ion o f C a llios tom a purpur eoc in c tum , a N ew Ma r ine Aust ra l ian She ll . PROC .

L INN. SOC . ix , _1 8 9 4, 3 5—36 .

N ot e on the D est ruct ion of young O yst ers a t Vaucluse by th e op era t ions O f a bor ing

mo llusc ( R i cinu la marg ina tra PROC . L INN . Soc . N .S .W ix , 1 8 94, 1 8 5 .

H e lices ca rr ied by B irds . N au ti lus v i i i , 1 8 9 4, 7 2 .

A She l l Hun t For ty Fee t Under th e Sea . N au ti lus , v i ii , 1 8 94, 8 5 - 8 8 .

T he L and Mo lluscan Fauna o f B r it ish N ew Gu inea . Second Sup p lem en t . PROC . L INN .

SOC . ix , 1 8 94, 38 4- 39 2 .

Mo llusca a s Pur ifier s of W a t er . Journ . Ma la c . , i i i , 1 8 94, 7 3 .

1 8 9 5 .

C oncho log ica l N o t es . PROC . L INN . Soc . ix , 1 8 9 5, 464- 46 6 .

No te s on Aust ra lian Shipw orm s . PROC . L INN. Soc . ix , 1 8 9 5 , 50 1 - 50 5.

No t es on W est Aus tra l ian Land—She l ls .

’

P r o c . Ma la c. Soc . L ond . , i , 1 8 9 5, 2 59 - 2 6 0 .

A Query a s t o the Synonymy of R hyso ta arm i t i . Sm it h . Ann . Mag . N a t . H is t, xv i ,

1 8 9 5 , 2 01 .

D endr o tr ochus , P ilsbry , ass igned t o T r ochom orp ha . R e c . Aus t . Mus . ,i i , 1 8 9 5 , 9 0 - 9 1 .

Mo llusca o f the O r ien ta l R eg ion . Journ . Ma la c . , iv , 1 8 9 5 , 53 - 55 .

P ter osom a , Le sson , cla imed a s a H e teropod . P r o c . Ma la c. Soc . L ond . , i , 1 8 9 5 , 333 - 335 .

O n a Mo lluscan G enus N ew t o , and Ano ther Forg o t t en from , Aus tra l ia . P ro c. R oy .

Soc . V i ct ., v i i , n .s . , 1 8 9 5, 1 9 7 - 2 0 0 .

C onsidera t ions on th e Surv iv ing R e fug e es in Au st ra l Lands o f Anc ient Anta rct ic L ife .

Journ . P r o c. R oy . Soc . xxix, 1 8 9 5 , 2 7 8 - 2 8 6 . R epr inted in Ann . Mag . N a t .

H is t , xv i i , 1 8 9 6 , 1 1 3- 1 2 0 .

1 8 9 6 .

N o te s on Mo l lusca from the A lp ine Zone of Mount Kosc iusko . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i i , 1 8 9 6 ,

1 01 - 1 0 5.

216 CHARLES H EDLEY .

D escr ip t ion o f P ugna s , a N ew G enus o f R ing iculidae , from Sydney H arbour . R e c .

‘

Aus t . Mus . , i i , 1 8 9 6 , 1 05 - 1 0 6 .

No tes on Ana tom ica l Cha ra ct ers ( o f Mo l lusca ) . R ep . Sc i . R es . H orn E xp ed . C en tra l

Aus t . , p t . 2 , Zool . , 1 8 9 6 , 2 2 0 - 2 2 6 .

T he imputed Jea lousy o f E urop ean W ork ers on Austra la s ian Fauna s by Lo ca l W r iter s .

Ann . Mag . N a t . H is t , xv i i , 1 8 9 6 , 2 58 - 2 6 0 .

S tray Not es on Papuan E thno logy . PROQ L INN . SOC . N .S .W x , 18 9 6 , 6 13 - 6 1 7 .

D escr ip t ion of a New Sp ec ie s o f As tra lium from N ew B r ita in . PROC . L INN . SOC .

xx i , 1 8 9 6 , 1 0 7 - 1 0 9 . (W i th Ar thur W i lley . )

G enera l A ccoun t Of the Ato ll of Funa fut i . Aus t . Mus . Mem . , i i i , 1 8 9 6 , 1 - 7 1 .

1 8 9 7 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew Pa puan La nd She ll . R e c . Aus t . Mus .,i i i , 1 8 9 7 , 1 1 - 1 2 .

D escr ip t ions o f N ew Land Sh ells . R e c . Aus t . Mu s . ,i i i , 1 8 9 7 , 44- 48 .

T he E thn ology o f Funa fu t i . Aus t . Mus . Mem . , i i i , 1 8 9 7 , 2 2 9 - 304.

St ray N o tes on Papuan E thno logy . Pa r t I I . PROC . L INN . SOC . xx i i , 1 8 9 7 ,

2 8 8—2 9 1 .

T h e Savag e of th e Pa cific . The An tip od ean , N O . 3 , 1 8 9 7 , 43- 48 .

1 8 9 8 .

Mo llusca ( of Sydney ) . Aus t . A ss oc . Adv . Sci . , H andb . Sydney and th e C oun ty of

Cumb er land , 1 8 9 8 , 1 36

The B roaden ing of A to ll - isle t s . N a tura l Sci ence x ii , 1 8 9 8 , 1 74- 1 7 8 .

D escr ip t ion o f a New B iva lv e , L ima a la ta , from Santa C ruz . R e c . Aus t . Mus . ,i ii , 1 8 9 8 ,

8 4- 8 5.

Fur ther N o t es on Austra las ian Shipw orms . PROC . L INN . SOC . xxii i , 1 8 9 8 , 9 1 - 9 6 .

D e scr ip t ion s of N ew Mo llusca , ch iefly from N ew C a ledon ia . PROC . L INN . Soc .

xxi i i , 1 8 9 8 , 9 7 - 1 0 5 .

C on t r ibut ions t o a K nowledg e of the Fauna of B r it ish N ew Gu inea . Part V . Mo llusca .

PROC . L INN . Soc . xxi i i , 1 8 9 8 , 36 9 .

1 8 9 9 .

T h e Mo llusca of Funafu t i . Part i . Ga steropoda . Par t i i . P—e lecypoda and B ra ch iopoda ;Supp lem en t . Au s t . Mus . M em . ,

i i i, 1 8 9 9 , 39 5- 48 8 , 48 9 - 51 0 , 547 - 565.

A R ev iew of the Sys tem a t ic P os it ion of Zem ira ,Adam s . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i i i , 1 8 9 9 ,

1 1 8 - 1 2 0 .

A Sh ipw orm , N ew t o Au stra lia . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i i i , 1 8 9 9 , 1 34.

Summary of the Fauna of Funa fut i . Aus t . Mus . Mem . ,i ii , 1 8 9 9 , 51 1 - 535 .

A Zoogeograph ic Sch em e for the M id—Pac ific . PROC . L INN . Soc . xxiv , 18 9 9 ,

39 1 - 41 7 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew G enu s , Aus tr osar ep ta , and N o tes on o ther Mo llusca from N ew

Sou th W a le s . PROC . L INN . Soc . xxiv , 1 8 9 9 , 42 9 - 434.

D escr ip t ions of New Land She lls , with Not es on Know n Sp ecies . R e c . Aus t . Mus . , i ii ,

1 8 9 9 , 1 51 - 1 54.

1 9 0 0 .

T urr icu la sca lar iform is , T en .-W oods— its O ccurrence in New Sou th W a les . R ec . Aus t .

Mus . ,i i i , 1 9 00 , 2 1 9 .

Sca la r evo lu ta , H edley— it s O ccurrence in F ij i. R ec . Aus t . Mus . , i i i , 1 9 00 , 2 1 9 .

1 9 0 0 - 1 9 2 3 .

Stud ies on Aust ra l ian Mo llusca . Pa rt s i -x iv . PROC . L INN . SOC . xxv , 1 9 00 , 8 7—1 0 0 ;

x xv , 1 9 00 , 49 5- 51 3 ; xxv , 19 00 7 2 1 - 7 32 ; xxv i , 1 9 0 1 , 1 6 - 2 5 ; xxv i , 1 9 0 17 0 0 - 7 0 8 ; xxv i i , 1 9 02 , 7 - 2 9 ; xxv i i , 1 9 02 59 6 - 6 1 9 ; xxix , 1 9 04, 1 8 2 - 2 1 2 ; xxx,1 9 05 52 0 - 546 ; xxx ii i , 1 9 08 , 456 2 58 - 339 ; xxxix, 1 9 146 9 5- 7 55 ; x l i , 1 9 16 6 8 0 - 7 1 9 ; xlv i ii , 1 9 2 3 , 30 1 - 31 6 .

1 9 0 1 .

T he Mar ine W o od—borers o f Au stra la s ia and the ir W o rk . R ep t . Aus t . Asso c . Adv. Sc i . ,

v i i i , 1 9 0 1 , 2 37 - 2 55.

Som e New or Unfigured Aus tra lian She lls . R e c . Aus t . Mus .,iv , 1 9 01 , 2 2 - 2 7 .

A R ev is ion o f th e T ypes of the Mar ine She lls o f the Chever t”Exped it ion . R ec . Aus t .

Mus . ,iv , 1 9 01 , 1 2 1 - 1 30 .

1 9 02 .

A. D a y on the G rea t Barr ier R ee f. Nau ti lus , xv , 1 9 0 2 , 9 7 - 1 00 .

N o t es on T a sman ian C onch o logy . P ap . P r oc . R oy. So c . T asm . , 1 9 02 , 7 7 - 7 8 .

A New Aus t ra l ia n Vo lu te . Ite c . Aus t . Mus iv , 1 9 02 , 30 9 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 18 CHARLES HEDLEY .

1 9 1 0 .

The Mar ine Fauna of Queens land . (P r es ident ial Address , Sect . D . ) Rep t . Aus t . Asso c.

Adv . Sc i . , x i i , 1 9 1 0 , 32 9 - 37 1 .

T orres Stra it (Ab st ra ct o f L ecture ) . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc . Adv . Sc i . , x i i , 1 9 1 0 , 37 2 .

Pres id en t ia l Addr ess Th e Submar ine Slop e o f New South W a les .

”PROC . L INN . Soc .

xxxv , 1 9 1 0 , 1 - 2 2 .

The E volu t ion o f the Que ensland C oa st . Aus t . N a t . , i i , 1 9 1 0 , 1 9 - 2 0 .

T h e Mangrove Swamp . Aus t . N a t . , i i , 1 9 1 0 , 2 1 .

T he G enus Cremno ba te s , Swa in son . P r o c. Ma la c . S oc . L ond . ,ix , 1 9 1 0 , 1 31 - 1 52 . (W i th

I-I . Su t er . )\V . F . P e t t erd . ( Ob ituary . ) N au ti lus , xxiv , 1 9 10 , 7 2 .

1 9 1 1 .

B r it ish Antar ct ic E xped it ion , 1 9 0 7 - 9 ( Sha ck le t on ) . R epor t s , V ol . 11, B io logy , p t . i ,

Mo llusca , 1 9 1 1 , 1 - 8 .

Pr es id en t ia l A ddr ess A Study O f Marg ina l D ra inag e . PROC . L INN . Soc . N .S.Wxxxv i , 1 9 1 1 , 1 - 39 .

T he N om encla ture o f H a rpa . N au t i lus , xxv , 1 9 1 1 , 6 5- 6 6 .

1 9 1 1 - 1 9 14

R ep or t on the Mol lusca Ob ta ined by th e F .I .S.

“E ndeavour” , ch iefly Off C ap e Wile s , Sou th

Aust ra l ia . Par t I . Zoo l. R esu lts o f the F ishing E xpe r im en ts carr i ed ou t by the

F .I .S .

“E ndeavour ”, 1 9 0 9 - 1 0 , P t . i , 1 9 1 1 , 8 9 - 1 14 ; Pa r t 11 . B io l. R esu lts“E nd eavour ” ,

i i , 2 , 1 9 1 4, 6 3 - 74.

1 9 1 2 .

An Ind ex t o th e L and She lls o f V ictor ia . M em . Na t Mus . Mela , NO . 4, 1 91 2 , 5- 1 5.

(Wi th J . C . C ox . )D e scr ip t ions o f som e N ew or N ot ewor thy She lls in the Au stra l ian Museum . R ec . Aus t .

Mus . ,v i i i, 1 9 1 2 ,

1 31 - 1 6 0 .

S trang e N am es for O ld A cqua in tances . N au t i lus , xxv i , 1 9 1 2 , 45 -47 . (W i th H . A .

P i lsbry . )

C on ch olog ica l C ha t fr om L ondon . N au t i lu s , xxv i , 1 9 1 2 , 8 5 - 8 8 .

Th e Pa laeog eograph ica l R e la t ions o f An ta rct ica . P roc . L inn . Soc . L ond . , Zoo l . , 1 24, 1 9 12 ,

8 0 - 9 0 . R ep r int ed in'

Sm i thson . Ins t . Ann . R ep or t , 1 9 1 2 443-453 .

On Som e Land She lls co llect ed in Queens land , by Mr . Sidney W . Ja ck son . PROC . L INN .

SOC . xxxv i i , 1 9 1 2 , 2 53—2 7 0 .

T h e P o lypla coph ora o f L ord H owe and N or fo lk Is land s . PROC . L INN . Soc . xxxvi i ,1 9 1 2 , 2 7 1 - 2 8 1 . (W i th A . F . B as se t H u ll. )

1 9 1 3 .

Lama rck ’

s C o llect ion o f She lls . N au t i lus , xxv i , 1 9 1 3 , 1 1 8 - 1 2 0 .

O n th e N om encla tur e o f D rupa . N au t i lus , xxv i i , 1 9 1 3 , 7 9—8 0 .

R epor t on Museum A dm in is t ra t ion in the Un it ed Sta t es . Aus t . Mu s . Mi sc . Ser ies , v i i i ,

1 9 1 3 , 1 - 32 .

1 9 14.

T he Aust ra l ian Journa l O f D r . W . St imp son , Zoo log is t . Journ . P roc. R oy. Soc .

xlv i i i , 1 9 14, 1 40 - 1 51 .

D escr ip t ion o f a N ew R ecen t P ho ladomya (P h . tasman i ca ) . P r o c. Ma la c . Soc . L ond . , x i ,

1 9 1 4, 1 32 - 1 33 . (W i th W . L . May . )

T he Ma r ine Inver tebra t es . N .S .W . H and book , B r i t . A ss oc. Adv . Sci . , 1 9 14, 353 - 362 .

T h e B ond i An t icl in e . PROC . L INN . Soc . xxxix, 1 9 14, 31 6 - 32 1 .

1 91 5.

P res ident ia l A ddress : An E co log ica l Ske tch of th e Sydney B eaches . Journ . Proc . R oy .

Soc .x lix , 1 9 1 5 , 1 - 7 7 . ( R epr int ed in the N .S .W . E duca tiona l Gaze t te, ix ,

1 9 1 5 , 32 3

T asman ian R e l ics in th e H avre Museum . P ap ers P r o c. R oy . Soc . Tasm . , 1 9 14

8 1 - 8 2 .

Cha r les T urnbul l H a rr ison . ( O b itua ry . ) B io l. R e su lts“End eavour

”, 1 9 09 - 14, 111 ,

1 9 1 5, x - x i i .

1 9 1 6 .

R ep o r t on Mo llusca fr om E leva t ed Ma r ine B eds , R a ised B eaches o f McMurdo Sound .

B r i t ish An tar c t i c E xp ed i tion 1 9 0 7 - 9 R ep or ts , G eo logy , Vo l . i i , 1 9 1 6 , 8 5- 8 8 .

MEMORIAL NOTICE . 219

Fur ther No t es on B ursa rube ta , L . Journ . C onch ,x v , 1 9 1 6 , 41 - 42 .

T ransp or t o f the C oco -Nut a cross th e Pa cific O cean . Sci en t ific Aus tra lian , xx i , 1 9 1 6 ,

8 2 - 84. ( R epr in ted in Man, xv i i , 1 9 1 7 , 1 2

A P re l im inary Index o f th e Mollusca o f W estern Austra l ia . Journ . P ro c. R oy . Soc .

Wes t . Aus t . , i , 1 9 1 6 , 1 52 - 2 2 6 .

Mo llusca . Aus tra las ian An tar ct i c E xp ed i t ion 1 9 1 1 - 14, Sci en t ific R ep or ts , Ser ies C , Zool . ,iv , p t . I , 1 9 1 6 , 1

- 8 0 .

1 9 1 7 .

N o t es on O percu lum E volut ion . N au t i lus , xxx, 1 9 1 7 , 9 7 - 9 9 .

R ep or t on an Aust ra l ian Sp ong e . Scien t ific Aus tra lian , x x n , 1 9 1 7 , 55 - 56 .

H as Lymna ea an Aur icu lo id Ancestry ? P ro c. Ma'

la c. Soc . L ond ., x i i , 1 9 1 7 , 1 2 5 - 1 2 6 .

D escr ipt ion of a N ew She ll from Ca loundra . P roc. R oy . Soc . Q ld . , xxix , 1 9 1 7 , 55- 56 .

The E conom ics of Trochus n i lo t i cus . Aus t . Zoo l. , i , 1 9 1 7 , 6 9—7 3 . ( R ep r in t ed in Scien t ificAus tra lian xxi i i , 1 9 1 7 , 32

T he Fa ther of the H orse . Sci en t ific Aus tra lian , xxi i i , 1 9 1 7 , 31 .

N ot es on the V ict or ian Species o f B u llinus . R ec . Aus t . Mus ., x i i , 1 9 1 7 , 1 - 8 .

1 9 1 8 .

A Check -L ist of the Mar ine Fauna o f New Sou th W a les . Par t I . Mol lusca . Journ .

P r oc. R oy . Soc . l i , 1 9 1 8 , M 1 -MI 2 0 .

Narra t ive o f an E xp ed it ion o f E xp lora t ion in N orth -W est ern Aust ra lia by H erb er t

B asedow . Sp ecia l R epor t . Mo l lu sca . Tr ans . R oy . Geogr . Soc . Aus t . , Sou th Aus t .

B ran ch ,xv i i i , 1 9 1 8 ,

2 6 3—2 8 3 .

H enry Sut er . ( O b itua ry . ) N au t i lus xxxi i , 1 9 1 8 , 7 2

1 9 1 9 .

H enry Su ter , 1 841 - 1 9 1 8 . ( Ob ituary . ) Trans . N ew Zea l. I ns t , l i , 1 9 1 9 , ix -x .

Supp lemen tary No t e . ( T o a N ew D iscog lo ss id Frog from New Zea land , by A . R .

McCu lloch , ) T r an s . N ew Zea l . In s t , l i , 1 9 1 9 , 448 -449 .

T he P or tobe llo Marine F ish -H a tchery and B io log ica l Sta t ion . Scien t ific Aus tra lian ,

xxv , 1 9 1 9 , 1 0 5—1 06 .

A R ev iew o f t h e Austra lian T un She l ls . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , xu , 1 9 1 9 , 32 9 - 336 .

About H and s . Aus-t . Zoo l . , i , 1 9 1 9 , 2 0 3-4.

The H arvest of the T r op ic Sea s . S cien ce and I ndus try , O fficia l Journa l of the C omm on

wea lth In st itu t e o f Sc ience and Industry , i , 1 9 1 9 , 46 5 - 46 9 .

N ot es on the R ock -Oyster F ishery of Au ckland . N . Z . Journ . Sci ence and T echn . , i i ,

1 9 1 9 , 3 6 5 - 3 66 .

W ild An ima ls of th e W or ld , b e ing a Popu lar Gu ide t o T a ronga Zoolog ica l Pa rk . 1 9 1 9 .

1 9 2 0 .

On Siphona lia d i la ta ta o f Su ter’

s Manua l . N . Z . Journ . Science and T echn . , i i i , 1 9 2 0 , 54.

A R ev ised Nam e for a N ew Zea land T roch o id . N . Z . Journ . Sci en ce and T echn . ,i i i ,

1 9 2 0 , 54.

C om ine lla quoyi , K iener . N . Z . Journ . Scien ce and T echn . , i i i , 1 9 2 0 , 55 .

Vercone lla adus ta : a C orrect ion . N . Z . Journ . S cience and T echn . , i i i , 1 9 2 0 , 7 0 .

C oncern ing E d en t te llin a . P r oc . M a la c . So c . L ond . , x iv , 1 9 2 0 , 74—7 6 .

1 9 2 1 .

B la ckfellow s’

P ictures . Aus t . Mus . Mag .,i , 1 9 2 1 , 7 - 1 0 .

A R ev ision of the Austr a lian Tr id a cna . R e c . Aus t . Mus . , xi i i , 1 9 2 1 , 1 6 3 - 1 72 .

The D ep th s o f th e Sea . Aus t . Mus . Mag . ,i , 1 9 2 1 , 48 - 52 .

A R ev is ion o f the Aust ra l ian Turr id a e . R ec . Aus t . Mus . ,x iv , 1 9 2 2 , 2 1 3 - 359 .

1 9 2 2 .

H ow Savag es use the Sea Sh e lls . Aus t . Mus . Mag . , i , 1 9 2 2 , 1 6 3 - 1 6 7 .

1 9 2 3 .

Not e s on Som e Au s tra l ian Cass is . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , x iv , 1 9 2 3 , 46 - 48 .

A T a lk about Sh ells . Aus t . Mus . Mag . , i , 1 9 2 3 ,2 33- 2 37 .

Th e G rea t B arr ier R ee f of Aust ra l ia . Queensland G ov t . In t e l l igence Bureau , 1 9 2 3 , 1 -32 .

Abor ig ina l P eop le o f th e Sydney D ist r ict . P an P a cifi c S cience C ong ress 1 9 2 3, Gu ide

book E xcurs ions , Sydney D istr ict , 1 9 2 3, 1 - 4.

O n a Tha lasso id E lem en t in th e Austra l ian Mo lluscan Fauna . V ict . N a tur a lis t x i ,

1 9 2 3 , 7 5- 7 7 .

The G rea t B arr ier R eef o f Aus tra l ia . Queens land G eoyr . Journa l, xxxv ii i . 1 9 2 3 , 1 05- 1 09 .

(W i th H . C . R ichards. )

220 CHARLES H EDLEY .

The Larg es t H ippopus . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , x iv , 1 9 2 3 , 1 38 .

A Supp osed Mo l luscan E gg -N idus . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , x iv , 1 9 2 3 , 1 39 .

1 9 2 4.

Austra l ian P ea r l F isher ies Aus t . Mus . Mag .,i i , 1 9 2 4, 5-1 1 .

A Bucke t D redge . N au ti lus , xxxv i i , 1 9 24, 1 1 8 - 1 2 0 .

Som e Not es on Aus tra l ian Land Shells . Aus t . Zoo l. , i i i , 1 9 2 4, 2 1 5 - 2 2 2 .

A R ev is ion o f the Austra lian P inn ida e . R ec . Aus t . Mus . , x iv , 1 9 24, 1 41 - 1 53 .

Som e Na t ico ids from Queens land . R e c . Aus t . Mus .,x iv , 1 9 2 4, 1 54- 1 6 2 .

D iffer en t ia l E leva t ion near Sydney . Journ . P ro c. R oy . Soc . lv i i i , 1 9 24, 6 1 - 6 6 .

T he Grea t Barr ier R eef o f Austra l ia . N a tur a l H is tory , xxiv , 1 9 2 4, 6 2 - 6 7 .

1 9 2 5 .

O n a T angany ika B ea ch . N au ti lus , xxxv i i i , 1 9 2 5 , 1 0 9 - 1 1 2 .

A G eolog ica l R econna issance in North Queensland . T rans . R . G eog . So c . Aus t . ,

Br anch , i 1 9 2 5, 1 - 2 8 .

T he Na tura l D est ruct ion o f a Cora l R eef . I bid . , 35- 40 .

A R a ised B each a t the Nor th Barnard I s lands . I bid . , 6 1 - 6 2 .

T he T ownsv i lle P la in . I bid . , 63—6 6 .

C oral Sh ing le and B ea ch Format ion . I bid . ,6 6 .

An O pa city Meter . I bid . , 6 7 - 68 .

A D isused R iver Mouth a t C a irns . I bid , 6 8 - 7 2 .

T h e Sur fa ce T emp era ture of More ton B ay . I bid . , 149—1 50 .

The Queensland E a r thquake o f 1 9 1 8 . I bid . , 1 51 - 1 56 .

R epor t o f the Sc ien t ific D irect or [ Grea t B arr ier R ee f C omm it tee ] . I bid ., 1 57 - 1 6 0 .

1 9 2 6 .

R ecen t Stud ies on th e G rea t B arr ier R ee f o f Queensland . Am er . Journ . 8 0 1 5 th Ser . , X ]

1 92 6 , 1 8 7 - 1 9 3 .

Hunt ing T r ick o f the Man - o’-w ar Hawk (Fr ega ta m inor ) . E mu, xxv , 1 9 2 6 , 2 8 0 - 2 8 1 .

The B iology o f the North W est I sle t , C apr icorn Group . C ora ls . Aus t . Zool . , iv , 1 9 2 6 ,

2 49 - 2 50 .

T h e D iscovery o f the G rea t B arr ier R ee f . Sco t tish G eog . Mag . , xli i i , 1 9 2 6 , 1 54-1 59 .

A r t icle on Mo llusca . Ans ir . E ncyc lop aed ia , i i , 1 9 26 , 1 32 - 1 3 6 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

222 TH E ADRENAL GLAND IN NEW -BORN MAMMALS .

glacial acet i c acid added to each one hundred c ubic cent ime tres Of the silver

ni trate solut ion . The gold chlori de solut ion w as Of a simi lar strength . The

results Obtained by these tw o methods were ident ical .

Treatmen t of Museum Sp ecimens.

The adrenals removed from museum specimens were sp irit-preserved . Theywere washed in dist i lled water for 48 hours, t reated wi th 10% - formalin for a

further 48 hours , washed wi th disti lled water for 24 hours , and were then

dehydrated and sect ioned . The sections were stained by the haemalum-eosin

method as for the fresh adrenals .

Previ ous Work .

H i ll ( 1930 ) descr ibed the mi croscop i c and macroscop i c appearances Of the

adrenal glands in young and adult specimens of Primates , Carn ivores and

Ungulates . He found that a foetal cortex w as p resen t in those specimens of

young Primates wh i ch he exam ined , and stated that in young Carnivores and

Ungulates the main mass Of the gland w as composed of cells wh i ch were morpho

logi cally simi lar to those of the“foetal cortex” of Primates .

The“foetal cortex” might be called an en larged boundary zone between cortex

and medulla . I t is p resent in the human foetus and in the very young of both

sexes, and w as discovered in 1911 by E lliott and Armour . Starkel and

Wegrzynow sky, Kern , and Thomas published on the same subject at about the

same t ime . Th is cort i cal zone is not found in any other mammals lower than

the Primates , and its absence from the human foetal adrenal in cases Of

anencephaly has .led certa in authors to claim a relationsh ip between brain develop

men t and the p resence Of the“foetal cortex” . I t is Of interest in this connect ion

that the foetal cortex is only p resen t in the adrenal gland of such members Of

the mammalian order as show a dist in ct advance in cerebral developmen t over

the members Of the other orders ;

The p resence of large quan t i t ies of lipoid in both brain and adrena l gland

may be a factor of some significance , but the foetal cortex” is somet imes almost

devoid Of lipoid -or may contain only relat ively small amounts . Cooper ( 1925 )

ment ion s that at t imes the cort i cal cells may show marked reduct ion Of lipoid , but

she points out that as l ipoidal material is apparent ly concerned with the develop

ment of the central nervous system and the sexual gland, therefore . i t seems

reasonable to expect the sup rarenal body, wh i ch is p resumably an important

source of l ipoidal material, to p roduce large amounts of this substance at those

periods of life when the development of the sexual organs and the nervous system

is greatest , namely, at puberty . O rdinary h istological examinat ion Of the gland

appears to support this p resumpt ion

H ill has published a summary Of the more important pap ers dealing wi th the

developmen t of the adrenal gland in various an imals, e .g . , Jackson , 1913

D onaldson , 1919 ; D ew i tsky, 1912 , on rats ; E lliot t and Tuckett , 1906, on guinea-p igs ;

Lucas-Keene and Hewer, 1927 , on the human adrenal ; and Howard-Mi ller , 1927 ,on the X zone of the adrenal in mice . The an imals examined by Hi ll include

new -born Carn ivores (ki ttens, leopard cub, pups, bear cub ) , Ungulates ( lambs ,

p igs , goats and foetal h ippopotami and calves ) , and Primates (Pi thecoid monkeys ,

Macaques and Lemurs ) .

The Adrenals of New -Born Sp ecimens of Equus zebra .

The adrenals in both specimens were elongated , smooth , rounded bodies of a

l ight colour and were in each case at tached int imately to the antero-mesial

BY G. BOURNE . 223

borders of the corresponding kidneys (Fig . The sizes were : Left adrenal ,

12 mm. long , 3 mm. anterO-posterior thickness , and 3-5 mm. wide . Left ki dney,

long axis 40 mm wi dth 25 mm. , and dorso-ventral thi ckness 15 mm . The gland

w as attached to the kidney by a p lent iful investment of connect ive t issue wh ich

anchored i t firmly in posi t ion .

On sect ion , the gland showed a th in outer rim of cells and a more voluminous

medullary part . Just beneath the capsule w as a striking zone of e longated dark

stain ing cells whi ch were arranged side by s ide wi th the long axes parallel to the

capsule , and these cells formed columns wh i ch ben t round through 180 degrees

at the capsule and returned to the main body of the cortex .

The major port ion of the cort i cal rim w as made up of large cells with big

vesicular nucle i as described by H i ll for other Ungulates . H ill , however , found ,

beneath the capsule , a zone Of small , darkly-sta in ing cells not oriented in any

g lomerular fash ion , and he comments that even in a three-weeks-Old p ig he is not

able to find any glomerular arrangement of these cells . The young zebra adrenal ,

then , is an except ion to the Ungulates exam ined by H i ll in that , even at birth ,

a defini te zona glomerulosa is presen t .

Near the glomerular zone the cort ical cells with ves icular nuclei have

scattered among them cel ls Of sim i lar size but wi th much more chromophi llic

nucle i . As the central medullary port ion is more closely app roached , these cells

gradually become fewer and fewer and , closer to the medullary port ion , large

cells wi th very vesicular , weakly-staining nuclei make the ir appearance . Thus in

a sta ined sect ion of the gland w e Obtain a gradat ion of shading from the darkly

stain ing glomerular region to the lightly-staining medullary port ion . This is

shown very well in Plate x i , fig . 1 .

The cells'

Of this corti cal rim were not oriented in any parti cular d irect ion .

This differs from the arrangement in the adrenals of the an imals examined by

H i ll , in whi ch he found the cort ical cells arranged in short columns radiat ing

from the cen tre Of the gland .

The boundary zone between the cort ical rim and the medullary port ion is

rathe r well defined and , although tongues Of cort i cal material penetrate into the

medullary portion , they are well marked off from the central or medullary region

Of the gland .

Immediately wi thin the cort ical portion were groups Of very large cells wi th

a pale-stain ing cytop lasm and very large , somewhat vesicular nucle i . They were

in some cases isolated , but where they occurred near the cort i cal r im they were

aggregated into group s wi th the long axes Of the ce lls parallel wi th one another

and at right angles to the boundary line . They were separated from the cort ical

rim by a single layer Of flattened fibroblasts . These ce lls const i tuted the t rue

medullary cells (Fig . In addi tion to these , there were numerous other cel ls

Of a smaller size wi th vesicular, but more intensely staining nuclei and light

stain ing cytop lasm . These were scattered through the medullary port ion Of the

gland and were very simi lar in nature to cort ical cells . In add it ion , large cells

wi th a much more deep ly sta ining nucleus were present and numerous cells simi lar

to those described near the boundary zone were found scattered through the

so-called medullary portion . Also, there w as a goodly admixture of large well

formed fibroblast cells wi th typ ical oval nuclei . The so-called medulla of th is

gland is thus a mixture Of cort ical elemen ts and medullary elements and the

gland may be described as cons ist ing mainly Of cortex, as H i ll has found for other

Ungulates .

H i ll regards the main mass of the cells in the Carn ivore and Ungulate adrenals

as being simi lar to those of the“foetal cortex

”of Primate adrenals . The foetal

224 TH E ADRENAL GLAND IN NEW -BORN MAMMALS,

cortex, however, is , as H i ll ment ions, a zone wh ich subsequently degenerates and

takes no part in the formation Of the adult cortex . No signs of degenerat ion

have been Observed in the zebra adrenal by myself, or by H i ll in the adrenals of

non -P rimate animals examined by him. In the human foetal cortex , howeve r,

degenerat ion products , in the form of numerous melan in granules, have been

found to be present , as a number Of authors have observed .

F ig . 1 .— R ela t ionsh ip o f th e left adr ena l to the left k idney in th e new -born E quus

z ebr a . x 5.

F ig . 2 .— Arrangem en t o f ce lls in the zona g lomeru losa in E quus zebra . x 500 .

F ig . 3 .—Arrangem ent o f m edu llary cells a t b oundary b etween cor t ex and medulla

in E quus z ebr a . x

F igs . 4, 5 , 6 , 7 , 8 .

— G olg i appara tus in the ce lls Of'

the a drena l o f the new -born

E quus zebra . F ig . 4, a cell fr om the cort ical r im ; F igs . 5 to 8 , cells from th e central

p or t ion of th e g land .

In Ungulates , Hi ll has shown that the foetal cells modify di rectly into the

cells of the adult adrenal wi thout any degenerat ion .

'

I have not been able to

obtain a series of zebra adrenals to confirm this fact .

The young zebra adrenal showed a paucity of lipo idal material in nearly

all of its cells . Unsaturated fat also w as found to be very rare in most Of them

( osmium tetroxide test ) .

A number of cort ical cells showed the p resence Of tw o or three globules of

lipoid enclosed in a small area wh ich stained intensely black wi th osmium

tetroxide , thus indi cat ing the p resence of unsaturated fat . Th is w as also Observed

in occasional cells of the adrenal of the flying Phalanger (Petaurus brevi ceps )and may indicate that one of the substances associated wi th the elaborat ion Of

the l ipoid droplets may be unsaturated fat . The presence of grey granules in some

of the cells indi cated the p resence of fat Of a higher degree of saturat ion .

Mi tochondria were found to be p resent in all the cells and were observed to be

typ ically granular and to be scattered amongst the lipoidal globules (where

p resent ) , but there did not appear to be any associat ion between them and the

lipoid droplets. NO filamen tous mitochondria were observed in any of the cells.

Th is result (granular mi tochondria ) is in accord with the work of the previous

authors on the adrenal gland . Pleknik ( 1902 ) and Bonnamour ( 1902 ) have found

granular fuchsinoph i li c material, whi ch they regarded as mi tochondria, in the

cells Of the adrenals of various an imals . Mulon ( 1910 ) found rod-shaped mi to

chondria in the zona glomerulosa cells Of the guinea-

pig adrenal . Rogoff ( 1932 )quotes Seecof as having found the mi tochondria of the adrenal to occur most

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

22 6 THE ADRENAL GLAND IN NEW -BORN MAMMALS ,

of the corresponding kidneys to whi ch they were firmly attached (Fig . The

capsule sent p ract ically no trabeculae in to the interior of the gland . The cortex

w as fasci culated and there w as a small zona glomerulosa and a small zona

ret i cularis (Fig . Thus, even at th is early age in . the seal , the typ ical adult

structure of the gland is p resent . In 13-day-old members of the Carn ivora vera ,

H i ll found a zona glomerulosa and an incip ient zona fasci culata to be p resent .

F ig . 9 .— R ela t ion of the a drena ls to the k idneys in Urs as m ar i timus (new —b orn ) . x

F ig . 10 .— T he th in cor t ica l r im surround ing

“

a cent ra l p ort ion cont a in ing m ixedmedu llary and cor t ica l elem en t s . P or t ion o f the cort ica l r im may be seen t o p ossess a

zona g lom eru losa . x 5 .

F ig . 1 1 .— P os i t ion o f adrena ls in D e lphinus de lphus . x i .

F ig . 1 2 .— Th in cor t ica l r im w ith wel l defined zona g lomeru losa . x 4.

F ig . 1 3 .— A rc tocepha lus dor iferus . P os it ion o f adrena ls . x i .

F ig . 1 4.— Adrena l o f young A rc tocepha lus d or iferus , sh owing the thr ee typ ica lly

differen t ia t ed zones o f the adu l t g land . x 5 .

F ig . 1 5 .— Ma cr opus rufico llis . Pos it ion o f adrena ls . x 1.

F ig . 1 6 .— Ma cropus r ufico llis . Show ing st rands o f cor t ica l ma t er ia l pene tra t ing the

medulla . Pouch - embryo . x 4.

F ig . 1 7 .— Macropus gigan teus . Posi t ion o f adrena ls . x 31

F ig . 1 8 .— Ma cropus g ig an teus . Pa r t ly d ifferent ia t ed a drenal o f p ouch -embryo ,

show ing zona g lom eru losa . x 4.

F ig . 1 9 .— D endr o lagus benne t tianus . Pos it ion o f adrena ls . x 34 .

F ig . 2 0 .

— D end ro lagu 3 benne t t ianus . Adrena l o f pouch - embryo , showing s l igh t lyfa sc icu lat ed cor t ica l r im . x 3 .

BY G . BOURNE. 227

D elphinus de lphus .

A late foe tus w as examined . Each gland w as p laced cran ially to the corres

ponding kidney and w as int imately at tached to the dorsal body-wall (Fig.

The surface of the gland w as smooth , though the shape w as i rregular . The cortex

w as rather difficult to dist inguish from the medulla, and there w as a typ ical thin

rim of cells surrounding the gland, whi ch stained much more in tensely than the

deeper port ions . A zona glomerulosa w as p resent also in this an imal . The central

region , as in the p revious an imals examined , w as composed of mixed cort ical and

medullary elemen ts (Fig .

The pouch-

young of three Marsup ials of the fami ly Macrop idae were examined .

In all three the adrenals were s ituated typ i cally on the antero-mesia l borders of

the corresponding ki dneys, and their surfaces were qui te smooth (Figs . 15, 17 ,

D endrolagus bennet tianus .

The adult gland of this Marsup ial p ossessed a well-defined broad cortex,

together wi th a rather imp erfect ly formed zona glomerulosa . In a 10-inch male

pouch-embryo (Fig . the cortex w as in the form of a thin rim whi ch possessed

a slight degree'of fasciculat ion and an indistinct zona glomerulosa . A number of

t rabeculae extended through the cortex and cut off portions of th is region of the

gland into separate i slets of cells . The cen tral port ion of the gland con tained both

cort ical and medullary elements as in the young Eutherian adrenal . The cen t ral

cells were i rregularly arranged .

Macrozous gigan teus .

A 10-inch pouch-embryo showed an adrenal wi th but a thin rim of cortex

which w as , however , defin i tely fasci culated and possessed a well-defined zona

glomerulosa . The central port ion again contained mixed corti cal and medullary

elements (Fig. 18 )

Macrozms ruficolli s.

Four and five-inch female and male pouch-embryos were exam ined . The

cortex w as composed of a rim of comp letely undifferen t iated cells i rregularly

arranged . Some of the cells in this region , however , were arranged in strands

and some of these strands entered the medulla to form a network, in the meshes

of wh ich the medullary cells lay in groups . This condit ion is qui te p rimi t ive

(Fig .

Macropus agi li s .

A young female specimen possessed adrenals which showed a thin different iated

cortex and a well-defined voluminous medulla wh ich con tained chiefly medullaryand on ly a few occasional cort ical cells .

Summary.

H i ll’

s work on the adrenal glands of young Carn ivora and Ungulates has been

supported by the examinat ion of other members of the same orders . In addit ion ,

i t appears that the adrenals of members of the Metather ia Macrop idae also pass

through a stage comparable wi th that of the adrenals of the non -Primate Eutherian

Mammal .

A simi lar stage may be seen in the adrenals of the Porpoise (D elphinus

delphus ) . A young seal (Arctocephalus doriferus ) , however , possessed an adrenal

in whi ch a defin i te d ifferent iated cortex w as p resent , thus const i tuting a di fference

from the adrenals of members of the Carnivora vera, examined by Hill .

228 THE ADRENAL GLAND IN NEW-BORN MAMMALS.

Acknow ledgemen t — I am very much indebted to Mr . L . Glauert , Curator of

the W .A . Museum, to Mr . E . Le G . T roughton and D r . C . Anderson of the Australian

Museum, Sydney, and Mr . D . Mahony and Mr . C . W. Brazenor of the Nat ional

Museum , Melbourne , for making avai lable p reserved specimens for some of this

work .

R efer ences .

BOURNE , G ., 1 9 33a .

— V i tam in C in th e Adrena l G land . Na tur e , Vo l . 1 31 , 1 9 33 , 8 74.

1 9 33b .

— Th e Sta in ing o f V itam in C in the A drena l G land s . Aus t . Journ . E xp .

B io l . M ed . S ci . , V ol . x i , 1 9 33 , 2 61 .

1 9 33c .

— V itam in C in th e Adr ena l G land o f th e Hum an Foe tu s and th e Phys ica l

Sta t e of the V itam in in the G land C ell . N a tur e , V ol . 1 32 , 1 9 33 , 8 59 .

1 9 34.— A Study on th e G olg i Appara tus of the Adrena l . Aus t . Journ . E xp .

B io l. Med . Sc i ., V o l . x i i , 1 9 34, 1 2 3 .

B ONNAM OUR , S . , 1 9 02 — R ech erch es h istolog iques sur la secr e t ion des cap su les surréna les .

C’.R . A sso c . Ana t . ,4° Sess ion , Mon tp ell ier , 1 9 02 .

COOPER,E . R . A . , 1 9 2 5 .

— Th e H ist o logy o f the m or e import ant E nd ocr ine Or gans a t

Va r ious Ages . Oxford Un iv . P ress . 1 9 2 5 .

D EW IT SK Y, W . , 1 9 1 2 .

— B e itrag e zur H ist olog ie der N ebenn ieren . Z i eg l. B ettr . , Bd . lx i,

1 9 1 2 , 431 .

D ONALD SON , J . C . , 1 9 1 9 .

— R e lat iv e vo lum es of cor tex and m edulla o f th e adrena l o f the

a lb ino ra t . Am . Journ . An a t . , V o l . xxv , 1 91 9 , 2 9 1 .

E LLIOTT , T . R . , and ARMOUR , R . G ., 1 9 1 1 .

— Th e D evelopm en t of th e C or t ex in th e Human

Suprarena l G land and i ts C ond it ion in H em icepha ly . Journ . P a th . B ac t ., Vo l . xv ,

1 9 11 , p . 48 1 .

and Tucke t t , I . , 1 9 06 ,

— C ort ex and Medu lla in the Sup rar ena l G land s . Journ .

Physio l , V ol . xxxiv ,1 9 0 6 , 350 .

G IROUD , A . , and LEBLOND , C . P . , 1 9 34.— L oca l isa t ion h ist ochim ique de la V i tam in C dans

le cor t ex surréna le . (I R . Soc . B i o l , t . 1 1 5 , 1 9 34, 7 0 5 .

HARRI S , L . J . , and R AY , S . N . , 1 9 33 .

— Vi tam in C in t he adrena l Medu lla . B iochem .

Journ . , V o l . 2 7 , 1 9 33 , 2 0 0 6 .

H ILL, W . C . O . , 1 9 30 — Observa t ions on the growth of the Suprarena l C or t ex. Journ .

Ana tomy ,V o l . lxiv , 1 9 30 , 47 9

, 1 9 33 .

— T he Sup rar ena l C or tex in Monkeys of th e G enus P ith ecus . Journ .

Ana tomy ,V ol . lxv iii , 1 9 33 , 1 9 .

H OWAR D -M ILLER , E . , 1 9 2 7 .

— A T ran s it ory Zone in the Adrena l C or t ex Wh ich sh ows age

and sex R ela t ionsh ip s . Am . Journ . Ana t ., V o l . x l , 1 9 2 7 , 2 51 .

JACKSON , C . M . , 1 9 1 3 .

— Pos t - na ta l g row th and var iab i l i ty of th e b ody and var ious organs

in the a lb ino ra t . Am . Journ . Ana t V o l . xv , 1 9 1 3 , 1 .

1 9 1 9 .— P ost - na ta l developm en t of th e Suprar ena l G land and the E ffect s o f

Inan it ion up on its growth and St ructure in th e A lb ino R a t . Am . Journ . Ana t . ,

Vol . xx v , 1 91 9 , 2 2 1 .

KERN, H .,1 9 1 1 .

— U eb er den Umbau d er N eb enn ieren im E xtra—ut er inen L eb en . D eu tsch .

Med . W ochs chr . L eip s ig , May 24, 1 9 1 1 , 9 7 1 .

LUCAS-KEENE , M . F . , and H EW ER, E . E . , 1 9 2 4.— G landular A ct iv ity in the Human Foetus .

L an ce t , i i , 1 9 24, 1 1 1 .

1 9 2 7 — Th e D eve lopm en t o f th e H uman Suprarena l G land . Journ .

Ana t .,V ol . lx i , 1 9 2 7 , 302 .

MULON, P . , 1 9 1 0 .

— Sur les M itochondr ies de la Surréna le . C'.R . Soc . B io l , t . 6 8 , 1 9 1 0 , 9 1 7 .

PLEKN IK , J. , 1 9 02 — Z ur H ist olog ie der N eb enn iere des Menschen . Arch. f. W i ls .

Ana tom i c ,B d . 6 0 , 1 9 0 2 ,

41 4.

R OGOFF‘, J. M . , and STEWART , G . N . , 1 9 32 .— Sp ecia l C y to logy . 1 9 32 E d it ion.

STARKEL , S . , and WEGR Z YNOW SKY , L . , 1 9 1 0 .— Be itrag zur H ist o log ie der N ebenn ier en be i

Fet en und K indern . Ar ch . f. Ana t . P hysio l , 2 14.

T H OMAS, E . , 1 9 1 1 .— U eb er der N ebenn iere des K indes und Ihr e V eranderungen be i

Infek t ions K rankhe it en . Z ieg ls . B ettr . zur p a th . Ana t . , e tc . , 1 9 1 1 , 2 83 .

EXPLANAT ION OF PLATE X I .

F igure 1 .

— Sect ion through adrena l of new -born E quus z ebra . The th in r im of

cor t ex w ith defin it e zona g lom eru losa may b e ea s ily d is t ingu ished . x 8 0 .

F igure 2 .— V i tam in C in th e adrena l g land o f the new -born E quus zebra . T he

absence o f the sta in from the out er p ort ion o f the cort ica l r im may be eas ily not ed .

x 8 0 . ( Go ld ch lor ide m e thod . )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

STUD IES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA .

PART I . SYSTEMAT I CS .

By CONSETT DAVIs , B .Sc .

(“From the Z oology D epar tmen t , Sydney Universi ty. )

(Forty-three Text-figures . )

[ R ead 3oth Sept emb er ,

In troduction .

The Embioptera rep resen t an order in wh ich some doubt st i ll exists regarding

in ternal anatomy, embryology , and genera l bionomi cs ; moreover , certain sclerites

are of doubtful homology, part i cularly the 'cercus—basipodites , and the relat ion of

the gen i tal aperture of the male to the n in th and tenth stern i tes is obscure .

Wi th regard to in ternal anatomy , the earl ier reports Grassi and Sandias ,18 96 ; Melander , 1903 ) are in comp lete and conflict ing ; and although a report has

been published more recen tly by Mukerj i this descrip tion is of a different

fami ly from that to wh ich the Australian forms belong . Certain detai ls ( e .g of

ovariole s tructure ) have not yet been examined . Wi th regard to embryology,

three late stages have been descr ibed by Melander but th is is the on ly

work on the subject yet publ ished . The bionomi cs of several fore ign species have

been detai led Imms , but the life-cyc les , feed ing habi ts , and general

ecology of the Australian species are a lmost comp letely unknown .

I t is eviden t , therefore, that there is need for a con si derable amount of

research on all these aspects . Since ,however , the tw o species most abundant

near Sydney are undescribed ,whi le p rev ious descrip t ions of the th ird common

species lack detai ls of the diagnost ic characters of greatest imp ortan ce ( the male

terminal ia ) , i t is necessary to deal wi th the systemat i cs of the order before

p roceed ing to more general quest ions .

Except in the remarkable instan ce recorded by Froggatt ( 1905 ) of huge

numbers of Embiop tera occurring at the refinery of th e Colon ial Sugar Refin ingCompany at Pyrmon t— an occurrence recorded again for 1913 by Friede r ichs

( 19 23 ) — th is order has never been regarded as common in New South Wales .

However , search in the field locally has revealed that three species are both wide

sp read and abundant . The descrip t ions of species from other States are based

on mat erial forwarded by Mr . L . Glauert , of the Western Austral ian Museum ;

Mr . A . T onnoi r , of the D iv ision of E conomic Entomology , Canberra ; Mr .

J . Clark , of the Nat ional Museum , Melbourne ; Mr . H . M. Hale , of the South

Australian Museum , Adelaide ; D r . R . J. T i llyard ; and Mr . F. H . Taylor . Certain

speci es from the East Indies were kindly forwarded by D r . Lieft inck , of the

Z oologi cal Museum , Buitenzorg , for exam inat ion . My thanks are due to all of

these , and to those w ho have collected material locally ; in the latter case ,

acknowledgemen t is made when dealing wi th the species concerned .

B

230 STUD IES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBI OPTERA, I ,

A ll the Embioptera yet discovered in Austral ia belong to the familyO ligotomidae , in wh i ch the venat ion is more specialized and reduced than in the

Embi idae . Some of the Austra lian forms , more esp ecially some of those here

described as new , must be regarded as be ing amongst the most specialized and

advanced in the whole order . The absence of the p rimit ive Embi idae suggests

that the order reached Aust ralia late in evolut ionary h istory , probably from the

IndO-Malayan region .

As far as p ract i cable, the instruct ions laid down by Ferris ( 19 28 ) have been .

adhered to in sp ecific descript ions . The females are all so Similar that , although

certain sp ecies can be recognized one from another , no exact determinat ion of

the species can be made from the female alone . In consequen ce , the female is

described fully on ly in the first species dealt with , and in subsequen t species only

points of special importance are ment ioned . The females described have been

taken in associat ion wi th males of the species stated, and no records have been

admi tted where the re w as any poss ibi li ty of more than one species living in the

si tuat ion examined .

I follow Ferris’

s interp retat ion in designat ing an allotype female where the

male only w as known to the orig inal author, and vice versa . O thers of the

se ries from whi ch such an allotype has been selected have been designated para

allotypes .

A ll measuremen ts were made wi th a calibrated ocular mi cromet er ; this w as

also used cont inually in the preparat ion of diagrams, to ensure correct proport ions

and magn ificat ions . The measurements , although made accurate ly, must not be

taken wi th too much emphasis ; they serve as an indi cat ion rather than a mathe

mat ically certain statement . The averages have been calculated from as large a

series as w as avai lable , but in a few cases this w as stri ctly limited . Wi th regard

to upper and lower l imi ts , in such a variable group one must always'

be prepared

to find an indivi dual lying outside the limi ts here stated , wh ich are laid down

merely on material to hand . T otal lengths are especially decept ive , as the reading

varies according to whether the_

abdomen is extended or telescoped, e specially

wi th the female before and after oviposit ion . All measurements of total length ,

head length , and rat ios , are exclusive of wings , cerci , an tennae and palps . Rat ios

have been calculated from averages for the series concerned .

Since the colour varies great ly wi th the t ime since the final ecdysis , an

attemp t has been made to give data of mature and fully darkened specimens in

all cases .

Fami ly OLIGOTOM IDAE .

Wi th regard to the males , the ch ief fami ly“

cri terion is the reduced venat ion ,

nei ther R M nor M being branched in e i ther wing . When the Species is W ingless,

i t must be referred to i ts fam i ly on other characters : the left hemiterg ite of

abdominal segmen t 10 bears a p rocess, and the left cercus-basipodite is present as

a dist inct p rocess .

As Friederichs ( 1914) has already noted, the weakness of certain veins in

the w ing , although a reliable fami ly character for fore ign species , does not hold

for all Austral ian species . Th is character is discussed below under the considera

t ion of genera w i th in the fami ly .

The females of the fami ly O l igotomidae can be distinguished from those of

the fami ly Embi idae by the reduced first abdominal ste rn i te .

I t becomes necessary to separate certain Aust ral ian species from the genus

O li go toma,and therefore a diagnos is of O ligotoma sens . str. is appended below .

Th is diagnosi s , besides excluding the local species ,for wh ich new genera are

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 32 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

maximum total length , 4-5 mm . Four basal segmen ts wi th lengths typi cally in

the rat io 3 zzz5 z3. D istalia subcylindri cal wi th rounded extremit ies (Figs . 250 , b ) .

(Note — I t i s unusual to find an Embiopteron wi th the comp lete number of

antennal segments on both s ides . This fact has been noted by Fri ederichs ( 1906 )

and Mukerj i T he former exp lains the loss of an tennal segment s by

supposing that a p redatory insect or sp ider occasionally seizes the antenna

p roject ing from the gallery in whi ch the insect l ives , whereupon i t darts back

wards , losing port ion of i ts antenna . Mukerj i gives the exp lanat ion that the

antennae are occasionally n ibbled by individuals of the same species , and figures

an alimentary canal con ta in ing several antennal segmen ts . Whatever the t rue

cause , the descrip t ion s here given include the greatest number of segments

observed in the material avai lable ; it is impossible to say whe ther this corres

p onds in all cases to the comp let e number , as the last rema ining segment rounds

i tself off at the subsequen t ecdys is . In some cases , where specimens have a high

and equal number of segmen ts to each an tenna , i t is probable that this rep resents

the comp lete number . )

F igs . 1 - 1 0 ,— T erm ina l ia o f m a les o f Au s tra l ian O l igo tom idae , v iewed dorsa lly . ( x

1 .—O lig o toma gurn eyi gurneyi Frogg . 2 .

— 0 . gurneyi Fr ogg . cen tr a lis , nov . 3 .

O . gurn eyi Frogg . sp inu losa ,nov . 4.

— O . gurn eyi Frogg . subc lava ta , n ov . 5 .

O . t i llya rd i , n ov . 6 .— O . g lau er ti T il l . 7 .

— O . Za tr e i llei 8 .

—N o to lig o toma

hardy i ( F r ied ) .—N . n i ten s , nov . 1 0 .

— M e to ligo t om a r eda c ta r educ ta , n ov.

F ig . 6a , t erm ina t ion o f 1 0 LP , 0 . g lauer ti T ill. ( x fig . 7a , term inat ion o f 1 0 R P

O . la tr e i l le i (R am b . ) ( x

9, n in th t erg i te ; 1 0 L , 1 0 R , le ft and r igh t h em it e rg it es o f t en th abdom ina l segm en t

l O L P , p rocess o f 1 0 L ; 1 0 R P] ,1 0 R F

Z ,ou ter and inner p ro ce sses o f 1 O R ; LC” LO

2 ,

fi rs t a nd s econd segm en ts o f le f t cercu s ; R C I ,R C

.” firs t and second segment s o f r igh t

ce rcus ; LCB , R CB , le f t and r igh t ce rcus - ba s ipod it e s ; H , hypand r ium or sub - g en ita l

p la t e ; HP ( HP ) ,H l ’

2 ) , a p pendag es o f H ; A , s t ructure p r obab ly r ep re sen t ing aedeagus .

BY CONSETT DAVI S . 233

Mouthparts : The mand ibles are the on ly part showing considerable variat ion

throughout the order , and are of some use as systemat ic cri teria . In this species

(and all the subspecies wi thin i t ) the mandibles are very typ ical (Fig . each

wi th a semi circular concavi ty about half-w ay down the inner margin , the left

with three , the right wi th tw o fai rly sharp tee th distally . The genus Aposthon ia

w as erected by Krauss ( 1911 ) and confirmed by Friederichs the main

generi c character being the mandible structure , as described for the above species .

The species wi th wh ich these authors were deal ing w as A . c osseleri Krauss ,

related to 0 . gurneyi Frogg . on other characters also . However , the male

terminal ia and other characters for these Species are so close to the genotype of

O ligotoma that i t seems in correct to p ropose a genus on such small di fferen ces . I

am therefore demoli sh ing the genus Aposthon ia ; if every spe cies of O ligotoma,

whi ch differed from the genotype by as li tt le as do 0 . p osseleri (Krauss ) and

O . gurneyi Frogg were p laced in a separate genus , the result would be a number

of gene ra monotyp i c or nearly so , and the’natural re lat ionsh ips of the Species at

p resent p laced in the genus O ligotoma would be masked .

Thorax : Prothorax wi th s ides diverg ing slight ly posteriorly, and with a small

rectangular area separated off by a sl ight t ransverse groove , one -

quarter of the

length from the anterior margin apotom”of Enderle in ) . Meso and metathorax

wi th t riangular scuta and latera l scleri tes . Legs normal for the order, the first

segmen t of the fore tarsi d i lated , the’

second legs Slender , the hind femora

not iceably swollen , the h ind tarsi wi th one bladder vent rally on the first and

second segmen ts (“soh lenblaschen

”of Verhoeff ) . Wings : Forewing , length

6 -7—9 -3 mm . , av . 7 -6 mm . ; breadth 1 -7—2 -3 mm . , av . 1 -9 mm . H indwing, length

2 34 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

5-3 mm av . 631 mm breadth 1 -6—2 -3 mm . , av . 1-8 mm. Venat ion characterist i c

of the genus . Abdomen : First seven segmen ts , viewed dorsal ly , subequal ; e ighth

slight ly shorter , n inth only one-half as long as fi rst and slightly asymmetrical ;tenth as long as first .

Terminalia (Fig . T en th tergi te div ided longi tudinally to left and right

hemi terg i tes ( 10 L , 10 R respect ively ) . 10 R p roduced backwards and inwards

from i ts outer marg in to a long , th in , slightly sinuous process ( 10 RBI ) , heavi ly

ch it in ized, taper ing distally but ending smoothly. Inner margin of 10 BPI ,

anteriorly, curving inwards to overlie a second flap -like process , 10 RF2 (median

p late of Mukerj i , 1935, p . 2 , fig . 1e, more heavi ly chi t inized medially. First

segment of right cercus (RCl v) subcylindri cal , arising from a vest igial annular

cercus-basip'

odi te (R CB ) lateroventrally to 10 R ; second segment (R 0 2 ) also sub

cylindri cal . Left hemi terg i te produced distally to a dagger-shaped p rocess

( 10 LP ) , curving slight ly to the left and bearing d istally a Small hook di rected

forwards and downwards . First segment of left cercus ('

LCl ) clavate , produced

on the inner Side , near i ts distal end , to a small blunt process ; second segment

(LCZ ) subcylindri cal . Ven trally (fig . 11 ) the subgen i tal p late or hypandrium (H )i s p roduced backwards and slightly to the left to a broad blunt terminat ion , the

extremi ty of whi ch is only weakly chi t in ized . Right marg in of free port ion of H

slightly sinuous . Left ce rcus-basi-podi te (LGB ) well developed ,_

fused to the left

margin of H for the greater part of i ts length , but curving outward distally to a

smoothly-tapered terminat ion .

The hypandrium undoubtedly in cludes the n inth stern i te , but whether or not

i t consists of other structures fused thereto valves of the tenth stern i te )

cannot at p resent be defini tely stated .

9. Length , 9-1—11-1 mm . , av . 10 0 mm . Head zthorax zabdomen in the rat io

Co lour : D orsally, scleri tes dark brown wi th reddish t inge , sh iny, with

a paler central line in the abdominal region indist inctly merging into the general

colour . Eyes black, intersegmen tal membranes cream . Abdominal sterni tes 1—7

pale brown , remainder darker ; abdom inal p leuri tes 1—7 as elongated dark bars

of chi t in laterally . H ead : Length , mm . , av . 1-37 mm. Rat io of length to

maximum breadth 10 Lateral marg ins very slight ly convergen t posteriorly,

smoothly rounded behind . Eyes small . An tennae : Maximum number of segments

observed , 19 ; maximum length , 2 7 mm. Segments shorter than corresponding

segmen ts of J, the combinat ion mon i liform.

The thi cker and more ovoid antennal segments of O . uosseleri (Krauss ) gave

Friederichs his other point of d ifferent iation between O ligotoma and Aposthonia

but , as he states h imself, the d ifference i s not marked enough to be very

Sign ificant .

Mouthpar ts normal for the order , the mandibles showing none of the modifica

t ions found in the 3 . Thorax : Pronotum Simi lar to that in the d‘; mesoscutum

subrectangular, broadest just behind anterior margin , thence tapering Slightly.

Metascutum wi th lateral marg ins convex, widest at about one -third i ts length

from the posterior margin . Legs as in the C; but stouter . Wings absent as in all 9Embioptera . Abdomen : Fi rst three terg ites subequal , the next three each sl ightlylonger, the seventh as long as the first , the e ighth a little shorter ; the n inth only

half as long as the first , the tenth sl ightly longer , subtriangular . T en th sterni te

divided longi tudinally to tw o subtriangular valves . Small annular cercus

basipodites p resent . Gonopore a transverse slit between e ighth and n inth sterni tes.

Habi tat — Sydney , W . B . Gurney , 6-10-02 (holotype Exeter , N.S .WN . J . B . P lomley , 2 6 -4-35 (homotype g) , and 6-6-35 (allotype 9, para-allotype 9 and

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

236 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

19 ; maximum length , 3 2 mm . The rema in ing characters are as in the female of

O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg .

Habi tat — Gran ite hi ll behind studen ts’ quarters , E xperiment Farm, Wagga ,

w . w . Froggat t , 1904 (holotype the author , 12-2 -36 2 0-3-36

et seq. (matured ) (allotype long ser ies of para -allotyp e 5‘and homotype

Si tuation .

~ -Froggat t’

s Specimen is re corded as be ing taken amongst gran i te

boulders . The author ’

s specimens were most ly taken in galleries among dead

grass and Cal li tri s foliage between gran i te boulders, wh i le a few were in galleries

in the bark of Calli tri s t rees, close to the ground .

D istri buti on of Typ es.

— Allotyp e 3‘on slide , para-allotype 3

‘and homotype 52 in

a lcohol , Macleay Museum ; para-al lotype males and homotype females forwarded to

the Brit ish Museum , the Nat ional Museum , the Austral ian Museum , the Western

Austral ian Museum , and the South Australian Museum ; para-allotype males

forwarded to the Cawthron Inst itute and the Z oologi ca l Museum, Bui tenzorg .

Froggat t’

s holotype female is in the collect ion , Canberra .

F igs . 1 1 - 1 7 . T erm ina l ia o f ma les Of Austra l ian O ligo tom idae , v iewed ven tra lly ,

certa in dor sa l structur e s om i t t ed . ( x

1 1 .— O ligo toma gurn ey i gurn eyi Frogg . 1 2 .

— O . t i llyard i , nov . 1 3 .— O . g lauer ti T ill.

1 4.— O . la tr e i llei 1 5 .

— N o to ligo toma hardyi (Fr ied ) . 1 6 .— N . ni tens, nov .

1 7 .— M e to ligo toma r edxuc ta r educ ta , nov .

L e t t er ing as in F ig s . 1 - 1 0 .

BY CONSETT DAVIS .

Note — Specimens taken in 1913 at Pyrmont , at the store of the

Colonial Sugar Refining CO . ,were referred by Friederichs ( 1923 ) to what w as

then 0 . agi li s Frogg . , the reason being that the species appeared to have a W ingless

c?or a W ingless form of the d‘

, and w as d ifferent in colour from 0 . gurneyi Frogg . ,

and that only these tw o Spe cies were then known from New South Wa les .

A lthough the form known then as 0 . agi li s Frogg . has since been shown to be

a W ingless subspecies of the other then -known species , I am not inclined to agree

wi th Friederichs , in view of the wi de spatia l and ecologi cal differen ce between

Pyrmont and Wagga . If Fri ederichs’

s assumpt ion , that the Pyrmon t Specimens

included a W ingless form of male , be correct , i t is more likely that they belonged

to one of the W ingless spec ie s described below from near Sydney.

The poin t can on ly be cleared up by collect ing mature males from the Pyrmont

local i ty . I recent ly searched this wi thout success, possibly because of the season .

The locali ty seems very favourable for Embiop tera , because ( 1 ) there are numerous

steam-out le ts, so that the genera l temperature and humi di ty are high , ( 2 ) there

are great quant i t ies of raw sugar lying about , accumulated on floors , rafters and

posts , and Embioptera have been observed to eat sugar readily in cap t ivi ty .

OLIGOTOMA GURNEY I Frogg . H ILLI , n . subsp .

This subspecies , from near the Cotter Reservo ir , F.C .T is, l ike the last ,

W ingless ; and the male term inalia are ident i cal also . I t is diffe rent iated from

0 . gurneyi agi li s Frogg . mainly on colour , size and head—length zbreadth rat io. The

characters of d i fferent ial importan ce are given below .

L ength,6-4—8 -7 mm . , av . 7 -7 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Co lour : D orsa lly, scleri tes deep ,r ich brown , head very dark , p ronotum

darker than rest of body . Paler areas‘

mid-dorsal ly on meso and metathorax and

abdomen ; term inalia darker . Somewhat paler ven trally ( except head and sub

gen i tal p late ) . Intersegmen tal membranes cream. H ead : Length ,

—1 -50 mm . ,

av . 1 -37 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth , 10 An tennae : Maximum

number of segmen ts observed ,1 9 ( specimens wi th 18 segmen ts on each s i de were

common ) ; maximum length , 4-6 mm.

9. Length , 7-5 m in . , av . 9 -5 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Colour as in the a, the e ighth stern i te dark laterally, and the n inth and

tenth sternites dark throughout . H ead : Length , 1 07— 12 7 mm . , av . mm .

Ratio of length to maximum breadth , 10'Oz8 -2 . An tennae : Maximum number of

segments observed , 19 ( specimens wi th 18 segmen ts on each side were common ) .

Maximum length , 2 -8 mm .

Other characters of both sexes as in 0 . gurneyi agi li s Frogg .

Habi tat — Near Cotter Reservoir , F.O .T G . F . H i ll, 8

-8 -2 9 (holotype para

type and the author , 13-2 -36 ( immature ) ; R . V. Fyfe and the author ,

30-5-36 (allotype 9, long series of paratype J and

Si tuation — In galleries under stones , among the roots of grasses and of the

fern Chei lan thes tenuifolia, and lichens .

D i stri but i on of Types— Holotype c? on Sl ide , allotype 9, paratype $ 3 and 99in alcohol , Macleay Museum . Paratype males and females forwarded to the

Bri t ish Museum, the Nat ional Museum, the Australian Museum, the Western

Australian Museum , the South Australian Museum, the collect ion , the

Cawthron Inst i tute and the Z oologi cal Museum, Buitenzorg .

I am naming th is subspecies after Mr . G . F. H i ll , i ts discoverer .

OLIGOTOMA GURNEY I Frogg . CENTRALI S , n . subsp . Fig . 2 .

This geographi c subspecies is erected for certain specimens taken in

locali t ies in Cen tral Australia . I t differs Slight ly from O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg .

238 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA, I ,

in characters of the terminalia, as well as in colour and generally larger Size .

The s ign ificant characters are g iven below .

L ength,9 -5—12 -7 mm . , av . 11 4 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the ratio

Colour : General colorat ion pale golden-brown , eyes black . Head

Length , 1 -41—1 -7 6 mm. , av . 1 -62 mm. Rat io of length to maximum breadth ,

1o'oz8 '3. Antennae : Maximum number of segments observed , 17 ; maximum

length , 3-2 mm. Wings : Forewing , length 7 -4 mm . , av . 8 9 mm. breadth

F igs . 1 8 - 24.

— H ead s of ma les o f Aust ra lian O lig o t om idae , dorsa l v iew . ( x1 8 .

— O lig o tom a gurn eyi gurn eyi Frogg . 1 9 .

— O . t i llyard i , nov . 2 0 .

— O . g lau er t i T ill .

2 1 .— O . la tr e i llei 2 2 .

— N o to lig otoma hardyi (Fr ied ) . 2 3 .— N . n i ten s , nov .

2 4.

— Me to lig o tom a r eda cta r educ ta , nov .

F ig s . 2 5- 31 .— Ant enna l segmen ts of ma les o f Austra l ia n O ligo tom ida e . a , four ba sa l

segmen t s ; b, typ ica l d ista l ia . ( x

2 5 .— O ligo toma gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . 2 6 .

— O . ti llyard i , nov . 2 7 .— O . g lauer ti T ill.

2 8 — O . la tr ei l le i 2 9 .— No to ligo toma hardyi (Fr ied ) . 30 .

— N . n i tens, nov .

3 l .

-Me to ligo toma r educ ta r educ ta , nov .

F igs . 32 - 38 .— Mand ib les O f ma les of Aus tra l ian O l igotom idae , dorsa l V iew. (x

3 2 .— O li g o toma gurn eyi gurn eyi Frogg . 33 .

— O . t i l lyard i , nov . 34.— O . g la/uer ti T ill .

5 .

— O . la tr ei llei 3 6 .— N o to ligo tom a hardyi (Fr ied ) . 137 .

— N . n i t ens , nov .

3 8 — Me to llgo tom a r eda c ta r educ ta , nov .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

240 STUDI ES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

than in the previous subspecies , and the small hook at the end of 10 LP is

considerably longer , thinn er , and more s inuous . The left cercus-basipodite is

fused throughout , as far as i ts poster ior l imi t , to the hypandr ium , and near the

poster ior end g ives ofi at r ight angles a Sharp free sp ine project ing to the left .

T he first segmen t of the left cercus is different from that in 0 . gurneyi gurneyi

Frogg . in that i t is produced inwards from the junct ion with the second segment

more markedly, the inward process be ing more d istally p laced .

A ll other characters as in O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . d‘.

9. Unknown .

H abi tat .

— Morgan’

s , nr . Mt . Margaret , W .A p er L . Glauert , 10-33 (holotype gand paratype Lake Violet , E ast Murch ison D istri ct , per L . Glauert , 10-27

(paratype

S i tuat i on — The Specimens from Morgan’

s were taken swarm ing after rain ,

the Lake Violet Specimen w as taken at light .

D istr i but ion of Typ es .

— Holotype 5‘on sl ide , paratype 5

‘ in -alcohol , Macleay

Museum ; paratype ma les forwarded to the Br it ish Museum , the Australian

Museum , and the'Western Austra lian Museum

OLIGOTOMA GURNEY I Frogg . SUBCLAVATA , n . subSp . Fig . 4.

This subspecies is erected for some very interest ing specimens taken in

North Australia . T he sma ller si ze , and not iceable differences i n t he term inal ia ,

different iate i t clear ly from the other subspecies . The d iagnost ic characters

are g iven below .

L eng th , 6-4—7 -5 mm . , av . 7 -2 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Co lour : General colorat ion yellowish-brown ( including the broad

bands beside the wing-ve ins ) . Eyes black . H ead : Length , 0 75— 11 2 mm . , av .

1 -02 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth, 10-6 . An tennae : Maximum

number of segments observed , 1 6 ;'

maximum length , 3 2 mm . Wings : Forew ing ,

length 5 1— 55 min . , av . 5-4 mm . ; breadth 1 -3—1 -4 mm . , av . 1 -4 mm . H indwing ,

length —4-6 mm . , av . 44 mm . ; breadth 1-3—1 -4 mm . , av . 1 4 mm . Terminalia

(Fig . The process 10 BPI ends in tw o closely-approximated points . The left

cercus—basipodi te is very Simi lar to that of O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . , but

somewhat blunter d istally . The process 10 LP is somewhat broader than in

O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . , but the hook at the distal end is ident ical . The

greatest difference lies in the first segment of the left cercus ; in all the previous

subspecies this has some inwardly-directed p rocess , but here the segment is

thickened d istally , but rounded off.

All other characters as in O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . d‘.

9 . Unknown .

H abi tat .

—Da ly Waters , North Australia , F . H . Taylor , 1-11-34 (holotype d‘and

paratype Anthony’

s Lagoon , Nor th Australia , F . H . Taylor , 5-11—34‘

(paratyp e s) .

Si tuati on — Winged males taken a t light .

D i s tr i bution of Typ es — Holotype g on sl ide , paratype c? in alcohol , Macleay

Museum ; paratype males forwarded to the Br it ish Museum and the Western

Austral ian Museum .

Note .

-T h is subspecies is the closest of al l the subspecies to the East Ind ian

species 0 . vosse ler i (Krauss ) . T he lat ter is well figured by Silvestr i ( 1912 , fig .

T he differences of impor tance are ( 1 ) O . vosse ler i (Krauss ) lacks the terminal

hook a t the extremi ty of the process 10 LP, wh ich is , on the contrary, present

BY CONSETT DAVIS . 241

in all subspecies of O . gurneyi Frogg . ; ( 2 ) the left cercus-basipodite in O . vosse ler i

(Krauss ) ( c in Si lvestr i’

s figure ) is more d ist inct from the hypandr ium , being

free pract ically throughout and curved outwards to a p oint distally .

I t is p robable that O . gurneyi Frogg . subclavata , nov . , is the most prim i t ive

of the s ix subspeci es , and that the Speci es or ig inated in the Nor th , d ifi erent iat ing

as i t rad iated from that centre .

K ey t o the su bsp e cies of O lig o t oma gurney i Fr ogg .

F irst segm en t of le f t cercu s r ound ly club - shap ed subc lava ta , nov .

F ir st segm ent o f left cercus p roduced t o a p r ocess on th e inner m a rg in 2

L e ft cer cus -ba s ipod i t e fused a long i t s inn er marg in t o th e hypandr ium , and a t i ts

p os t er ior extr em ity p r oduced ou tw a rds t o a Sharp sp ine ; hook a t end o f p rocess of

le ft hem it erg i t e O f t enth abdom ina l segm en t long and v ery th in sp inu losa ,n ov .

L e ft cer cus - ba sip od i t e not as ab ove ; h ook o f pr ocess o f left h em it erg i t e shor t er and

th icker 3

O u t er p r oce ss o f r igh t h em it erg it e o f ten th abdom ina l segmen t end ing in tw o close lya p p r oxim a t ed p o int s ; left cer cus -ba s ip od it e b roa d ly r ounded a t p ost er ior end and

p roduced upw ard s cen tr a lis ,nov .

Out er p r ocess o f r igh t h em i t erg it e and lef t cer cu s - ba s ip od it e b oth smooth ly ta p ereda t p os t er ior ext r em ity

W ing ed gurn ey i F rogg .

W ing less

L ength o f sp ecim ens in ser ies exam ined mm . , av . 7 7 mm . ; averag e ra t io of

h ead - length t o h ea d -b read th 1 0 -0 hi lli , n ov .

L eng th of Sp ecimens in ser ies exam in ed 9 -7—1 1 -2 mm . , av . 1 05 mm averag e ra t io O f

h ead—leng th t o h ea d - br ead th ag i lis Frogg .

Note.

— I t seems , for the p resen t , wise to consider the s ix types as geographic

subsp ecies , although some might cons ider that the last three described deserve

specific status . Whether O . gurneyi agi li s Frogg . and 0 . gurneyi Frogg . hi lli,nov . ,

are t rue geographi c subspecies , or mere ly local var i et ies of O . gurneyi gurneyi

Frogg . ,wi ll on ly be shown by the exam inat ion of more material from other

local i t ies .

OLIGOTOMA TILLYARDI , n . sp . Figs . 5, 12 , 19 , 2 6 , 33 .

3 . Leng th , 7 -4 mm . , av . 8 -9 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Colour : Golden-brown , the head Sl ightly darker , eyes black . Wing

ve ins bordered with broad pale-brown bands . H ead (Fig . Length , 13 1—1 48

mm . , av . 1-40 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth , 10-0 z7 -8 . Broadest at

the eyes , the lateral margins slight ly convex and convergent behind . Eyes

reni form , p rominen t . An tennae : Maximum number of segmen ts observed , 19

maximum length , 4 6 mm . Basa l four segmen ts (Fig . 2 6a ) wi th lengths typ i cally

in the rat io 4zzz6 z5 . D istalia e longate , narrowest at p roximal end , s ides slightly

diverg ing and relat ively st raight (Fig . 2 6b ) . Mouthpar ts normal , mandibles

(Fig . 33 ) somewhat slender ; the left with three Sharp distal teeth d irected slightly

inwards , and a blun t tooth on the inner margin behind these ; the right with tw o

distal tee th , and basal to these on the inner marg in a concav i ty wi th a blunt

tooth posterior to i t . Thorax : St ructure Sim i lar to that of O . gurneyi gurn eyi

Frogg . g. Legs as in O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . 3 . Wings : Forewing ,length

7 -5—8 -5 mm . , av . mm . ; breadth mm. , av . 2 -0 mm . H indwing , length

mm . , av . 6 -7 mm . ; breadth 1-9—2 -0 mm . , av . 1 -9 mm . Venat ion character ist i c

of the genus . Abdom en : Excep t for the term inal ia , as in 0 . gurneyi gurneyi

Frogg . J.

Terminalia (Fig . T en th tergi te divided long i tudinally to left and r ight

hemi terg i tes (10 L , 10 R respect ively ) . 10 R produced backwards and inwards

242 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBI OPTERA , I ,

from its outer margin to a long , thin , straight process ( 10 heavi ly ch it in ized

and terminat ing in tw o closely-approximated po ints . Inner process ( 10 RF, )

Simi lar to that in O . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . , somewhat blunter . First segment of

r ight cercus (R CI ) subcyl indri cal , ar ising from a vest igial annular cercus

bas ipod ite (RCB ) p laced latero-ventrally to 10 R . Second segment (BC2 ) sub

cylindr ical , thinner than R 0 1 . Left hemi tergi te produced distally to a p rocess

( 10 LP ) term inat ing in a forcipate structure , the inner tooth sharp ly pointed

and heavi ly chi t in ized , the outer lobe blunt and more membranous , and project ing

somewhat dorsa lly ; both lobes curved in towards each other d istally . First

segment of left cercus (LCl ) curved inwards considerably from junct ion w i th

second segment (LCQ ) , the distal , inner extremi ty somewhat flattened . LC2 sub

cylindri cal . Ven trally (Fig . the hypandrium (H ) proj ects backwards , with

convergent lateral margins , to a blunt termina t ion wi th tw o angles . Minute

nodules distally and on r ight -hand margin of H . Left cercus-basipodite (LCB )

lying along left -hand marg in of H proximally , curving out d istally to a free ,

tapered term inat ion .

9 . Unknown .

H abi tat .

— Morgan’

s , nr . Mt . Margaret , W .A . , per L . Glauer t , 10—33 (holotype 5‘

and paratyp e

Si tuation .

—Swarming after rain .

D istr i but i on of Typ es .

— Holotyp e 3‘on slide , paratyp e 3

‘ in alcohol , Macleay

Museum . Paratype males forwarded to the Br it ish Museum , the Australian

Museum , the Western Australian Museum , the South Australian Museum , the

col lect ion , the Cawthron Inst i tute and the Z oological Museum , Bui tenzorg .

I am naming this sp ecies in recogni t ion of the work done by D r . R . J .

T i llyard on the Western Austral ian Embiop tera .

Note — The forcipate terminat ion to the process of the left hemi terg i te is a

character convergent to the Embi id genus R hagadochir . In one specimen of

O . t i llyardi , nov . , a small , rounded body w as found between the lobes of the forceps ;

this probably represented a spermatophore .

OLIGOTOMA GLAUERTI T i llyard , 1923 . Figs . 6 , 13, 2 0 , 27 , 34.

Journ . Proc. R oy. Soc . W . Aust . , ix , p t . i , 1923.

This sp ecies has been wel l described by T i llyard Whi lst transferring

the holotype g and a paratype 3‘from deter iorated glycer ine jelly mounts to

balsam , I w as able to exam ine the terminalia cr i t ically in compar ison wi th those

of other Australian sp eci es . Certa in measurements were also made to bring the

descr ip t ion into l ine wi th those of the other species . The follow ing descript ion is

g iven wi th D r . T i llyard’

s perm ission .

L ength ,—10 -0 mm . H ead : thorax : abdomen in the ra t io Co lour

Golden-brown , eyes black , wing-veins bordered wi th pale brown . H ead (Fig .

Length , 1 -44—1 -49 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth , 10°0 z7 °8 . Antennae

Max imum number of segments observed , 21 ; maximum length , 7-5 mm . Four

basal segments w i th lengths typ ically in the rat io 4zzz5 z4 (Fig . 2 7a ) . D istalia

(Fig . 27b ) longer than those of any other Australian species . Mouthpar ts normal ,

mandibles (Fig . 34) slender , sim i lar to those of O . t i l lyardi , nov . , but wi th the

blunt basal tooth of the left mandible bi lobed . Thorax and legs as in O . gurneyi

gurneyi Frogg . 5 . Wings : Forewing , average length 8 -8 mm . , average breadth

mm . ; h indwing , average length 7 -5 mm . , average breadth mm . Venat ion

characterist ic of the genus . Abdomen : Except for the term inalia , as in O . gurneyi

gurneyi Frogg . d‘.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

244 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA, I ,

small pointed p rocess . It is in this terminat ion of 10 R P1 (Fig . 7a ) that var iations

occur in examp les from other local it ies ; the present examp les resemble sp ecimens

examined from New Caledonia and the Dutch East Indi es , and ar e fair ly close

to the figure g iven by Enderlein ( 1912 ) of an example from Formosa . Inner

p rocess of 10 R ( 10 RFZ ) very Simi lar to that in 0 . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . Left

hem i tergi te produced backwards to a dagger-Shaped process , lacking any terminal

app endage . Right and left cerci each composed of tw o subequal , subcylindr ical

segments (R 0 1 , R C'

LCl , LCz) the former ar ising from a vest ig ial annular

cercus-bas ipodi te (R CB ) lateroventral to 10 R , the lat ter from a free cercus

basipodi te (LGB ) proximally separat ing LC1 from the hypandr ium , and distally

curving round to a blunt term inat ion . Ventrally (Fig . 14) the hypandr ium (H )

narrows poster iorly and curves to the left ; i ts distal extrem ity is weakly chi t in i zed ,

and app ears to end in a tubular structure , probably an aedeagus (A ) . A sp iral ,

heavi ly chi t in i zed process (HP, ) is attached to the left -hand margin of H near

i ts distal extrem i ty , and curves under H , then upwards and round ; at the base

o f HPI a m inute hook (HPQ ) is g iven off towards the left .

9. AS yet un recorded from Australia . Specimen s from Noumea , New

Caledonia (A . M. Lea , date unrecorded ) , taken in assoc iat ion wi th a male referred

to this sp ecies , are in genera l colour reddish-brown , and of the following

d imensions : Length , 7 -7— 8 -1 min . , av . 7 9 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the

rat io Head -length , 1-24—1 -30 mm . , av . 12 8 mm . Rat io of head-length to

maximum breadth , 10-0 z8 -O. Maximum number of an tennal segments observed ,

2 0 maximum length , 19 mm .

Austra lian loca li ti es — Br isbane , Q . , D r . R . J . T illyard , 10-15 ; T ownsvi lle , Q . ,

F . H . T aylor , 192 8 ; Camooweal , Q . , F . H . T aylor , 9 -11 -34‘

S i tuat i on - Winged males taken at l ight , or occasionally swarm ing in the

dayt ime .

D i str i bu ti on of Mater ial — Ident ified males in the Macleay Museum , and

forwarded to the Nat ional Museum and the Western Austral ian Museum . In the

South Australian Museum are ident ified specimens (g, 9 ) from Noumea, New

Caledon ia .

K ey to the Aus tr a lian sp eci es of O l ig ot oma

F irs t segm en t of le ft cer cus sub cy l indr ica l ; pr ocess o f left h em it erg it e of t en th

abdom ina l segmen t dagg er - shap ed , and with no h ook or o th er app endag e d ista lly

la tr e i lle i (B amb . )F irs t segmen t of left cer cus n o t iceab ly cla vat e ; process o f left h em it erg i te with an

ap p endag e a t th e d ista l ext rem ityF irs t segm en t of lef t cer cus no t curved inw ard s t o any gr ea t ext en t from th e

junct ion w ith t h e second segm ent ; p rocess o f lef t h em it erg i t e t erm ina t ing in a

S im p le Sp ine p r oduced forwa rds and d ow nw ards gurneyi Frogg .

F irs t segm en t o f left cer cus curved , pr oduced inwa rd s a cons iderab le d istan cefr om th e junct ion wi th th e second segm en t ; t erm ina t ion o f p rocess o f le ft

h em i t e rg ite n o t as ab ove 3

P rocess o f le f t hem it erg i te term ina t ing in a forc ipa t e s tructur e t i llyard i , nov .

P roce ss O f le ft h em i terg ite t erm ina t ing in a s imp le an chor - l ike p ro cess g lauer ti T ill .

Genus NOTOLIGOTOMA , n . gen .

Genotype , No toligotoma hardyi (Friederichs ) 1914.

O ligotoma hardyi Fr iederichs , R ec . W .A . Mus . and Ar t Gall , Vol . 1 , p t . 3, 1914.

T h is genus is p roposed for the above species and a species , described later,

w h ich ag rees close ly w i th i t . The d iagnos is is as follows : Australian Oligotomidae

w i th the second segment of the left cercus greatly reduced , less than twice as long

as w ide , and not d ist inctly d iv ided from the first segmen t , wh ich carries minute

BY CONSETT DAVI S .

nodules ; left cercus-basipod i te fused intimat ely with hypandrium ; right hemi

tergi te of tenth abdominal segment massive and subtriangular, lacking any long ,

thin , backwardly directed p rocess as in O ligotoma, but wi th a dorsal process

directed forwards and bearing nodules . Left hemi tergite p roduced backwards

from i ts inner marg in to a narrow, dagger-shaped p rocess . Veins Rm , M and Cup.

in the wings (when p resen t ) less obscure than in O ligotoma .

All the above characters refer to the males on ly.

H ind tarsi in both sexes wi th tw o minute bladders sohlenblaschen on

the first segment and one on the second segment .

Th is genus i s convergent to the genus An i sembia Krauss ( 1911 ) wi th species

from T exas, Mexico and Californ ia . It is structurally differen t iated by the form

of the process of the right hemitergi te in the male , and by the number of tarsal

bladders .

NOTOLIGOTOMA HARDY I (Fr ied ) , 1914. Figs . 8 , 15, 22 , 29 , 36 .

O ligotoma hardyi Fried , 1914, l .c .

Friederichs’

s types have been lost . The species has been re-described well

by T i llyard and from his descript ion I have been able to i dent ify material

from locali t ies in Western Australia , Queensland and New South Wales . In

association with the last named w as a female wh ich has been designated allotype ,

and described here .

Length , 8 -8 mm . , av . 9 -5 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Colour : Pale golden-brown , eyes black ; wing ve ins bordered by broad

pale-brown bands . H ead (Fig . Length , 1 49—1 7 6 mm . , av . 1 -65 mm . Rat io

of length to maximum breadth , 10 Sides relat ively straight , somewhat

convergent , and posteriorly rounded off rather Sharp ly . Eyes reni form, prominent .

An tennae (Figs . 29a, b ) : maximum number of segments observed , 19 ; maximum

length , 43 mm. Basal four segments wi th lengths typ i cally in the rat io 3 zzz5 z3.

Mouthpar ts normal, mand ibles (Fig . 36 ) large , the left terminat ing distally in

three incurved te eth , behind whi ch , on the inner side , is a blunt project ion and

then a defini te concav i ty ; the right simi lar , but with tw o instead of three teeth

d istally. Thorax : Structure Simi lar to that in O ligotoma gurneyi gurneyi Frogg . 3 .

Legs normal , but with the hind tarsi possessing tw o minute bladders ventrally

on the first segment and one on the second . In Specimens of the genus Oligotoma

examined there w as on ly one such bladder distally on each of the first tw o hind

tarsal segments . Wings : Forewing , length mm . , av . 9 -8 mm . breadth

1 -9 mm . , av . 2 4 mm . H indwing , length 6-4—9 -6 mm . , av . 8 -4 mm . ; breadth—2 -7 mm ., av . 2 3 mm . D isposi ti on of veins typ i cal of the fami ly, but with more

cross-veins , and wi th the veins R M , M and Cul a less obscure than in the genus

O ligotoma . Abdomen ,except for the terminalia , as in 0 . gurneyi gurneyi Frogg .

Terminalia (Fig . T enth tergi te d ivided long itudinally to left and r ight

hemiterg ites ( 10 L, 10 R respect ively ) . 10 R subtriangular , massive , the distal

vertex ( 10 RP1 ) project ing backwards and inwards ; a hook-like process ( 10 RP, )arises dorsally about half-w ay along the inner margin of 10 R , and curves over,

upwards and forwards, and bears minute nodules . Right cercus of tw o sub

cylindrical segments (RCI , R 0 2 ) , and arising from a vest igial annular cercus

basi podite (RCB ) lateroventrally to 10 R . Left hemitergi te subtriangular, and

produced backwards from the inner margin to a dagger-shaped process ( 10 LP ) .

Left cercus very typ ical , clavate , the first segment (LO1 ) p roduced inwards to a

blunt p rocess , and bearing minute nodules along the inner margin ; second segmen t

(LO2 ) not sutured off, but represented by a subconi cal project ion on the distal

and outer margin of LO, . Ventrally (Fig . the hypandrium (H ) is a large

0

246 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

p late , rounded beh ind, but wi th a narrow, heavily-chi t in ized , finger-shaped process

(HP ) p roje ct ing upwards from the cen tre of the distal margin . Left cercus

basipodi te (LCB ) in t imately fused to H , curving away from i t distally to another

finger-shaped p rocess , adjacen t to HP, p oint ing outwards, and heavi ly ch it in ized .

9. Length 118 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io Colour

Head red-brown wi th darker tracery dorsally ; body scler ites red-brown w ith pale r

mot t ling ; intersegmen tal membranes cream. Legs red-brown , antennal segments

golden -brown , eyes black . H ead : Length , 1 37 mm. Rat io of length to maximum

breadth , 10 °0 z8~8 . Structure typ i cal of that in female Oligotomidae . An tennae :

Maximum number of segments observed , 19 ; maximum . length , 2 4 mm. Segments

much shorter than in the male . Mou thpar ts normal . Thorax :“Apotom

”fairly

dist inctly divided Off from rest of pronotum. Mesoscutum and metascutum wi th

Sides convex, each widest at a d istan ce from the front equal to about one-th ird of

i ts length, the metascutum narrowing rather markedly behind its widest poin t .

Legs as in the male, somewhat stouter . Abdomen and terminalia normal .

Habi tat — Perth , W .A 6-12 (Friederichs’

s types , Caversham, W .A . , 6-15,

C . Kerruish , per L . Glauert (J)'

Castle H i ll , nr . Townsvi lle, Q . , 3-9-22 , G . F. H i ll

(a and immature ) ; Callubri , via Nyngan , 2 1-7-35, J . Armstrong (3 , allotype

Si tuati on — The Western Australian specimens were taken at light , the T owns

vi lle specimens in galleries under stones, and the Nyngan specimens in galleries in

rough bark .

D i stri bution of Material — Identified males in the Macleay Museum and for

warded to the British Museum , the Nat ional Museum, the Australian Museum, the

Western Australian Museum, the South Australian Museum , the collect ion

and the Cawthron Inst i tute . Allotype 9 in the Macleay Museum.

NOTOLIGOTOMA NITENS, n . sp . Figs . 9 , 16 , 2 3, 30, 37 , 39—41 .

Th is Species has a d imorphi c winged and Wingless forms occurring even

in the same colony . Excep t for the presence or absen ce of wings and consequen t

modificat ion of the thoraci c scler i tes , no significant difference can be observed

between these forms in size or any other character .

Length ,mm av . 9 -1 mm . . Head zthorax zabdomen in the rat io

Colour : Black , very Sh iny ; wings when present with veins bordered

by broad bands of very dark grey. H ead (Fig . Length , 10 0—15 3 mm. ,

av . 1 -38 mm. Rat io of length to maximum breadth , Broadest at the

eyes, the lateral margins converging thence posteriorly, slightly sinuous . Eyes

comparat ively small . An tennae : Maximum number of segments observed , 23

maximum length , 59 mm. Basal four segments (Fig. 3oa ) wi th lengths typ i callyin the rat io 3 z2 z5 z3. D istal ia (Fig . 30b ) subcylindrical , smoothly rounded . Mouth

par ts normal , mandibles (Fig . 37 ) small and stout , the left with three inwardlydirected teeth distally and basad to these a blunt p roject ion ; the right simi lar

but w i th only tw o distal teeth . Thorax (winged Pronotum with “apotom

”fairly

dist inct , the groove represent ing the narrowest point , the broadest point at the

posterior margin . Mesothorax and metathorax with subtriangular scuta and

lateral scleri tes . (Wingless Pronotum s imi lar to winged g. Mesoscutum

subrectangular, broadest a t about one-th ird of i ts length from anterior l imi t ,thence tapering slight ly posteriorly. Metascutum subrectangular , broadest at one

quarter of i ts length from the posterior limi t . Legs as in N. hardyi (Fried ) ,the h ind femora more incrassate , the h ind tarsal bladders more pronounced

(Fig . Wings (when present ) (Fig . Forewing , length 4-0—7-0 mm . ,

av . 5-9 mm . ; breadth 1 -0—1 -6 mm . , av . . l °4 mm. H indwing , length 3 5—5 7 mm

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

248 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

is widest at about one-th ird of i ts length from anterior l imi t , thence convergingnot iceably posteriorly (Fig . Legs as in the g. Abdomen and terminalia

normal .

Habi tat .— Sylvan ia, the author, 2 9-10-34 (holotype winged g) and

118 35 (allotype 9 and paratype Mort lake , Froggatt Collect ion ,

24-10-09 (paratype wingless g) Kenthurst , N .S .W L . Gallard , 15-9 -17 (paratype

winged Carlton , E . C . Hall , 18 -7-31 (paratype w inged Neutral Bay,

Sydney, G . Dun , 5-33 (paratype winged D ee Why, R . V . Fyfe ,

21-10-33 (paratype w ingless Myall Lakes , N. J . B. Plomley, 24-8 -34

(paratype w inged E lanora Heights, the author , 7 -10-34 ( paratyp e

winged and w ingless E astwood , L . Gallard , 19 34 ( paratype winged

and wingless Sherbrooke , Miss G . Rodway, 27 -8 -35 ( paratype winged

cg‘

, and Wogamia, v ia Nowra, Miss G . Rodway , 29-8 -35 ( paratype winged

and wingless and Sublime Point , nr . Aust inme r , A . Simpson ,

16-4-36 (paratype Aust inmer , the author , 9-8-32 ; Galston , the

author , 20-9 -34 ; Ki llara , M. Day, 7-10-34 ; Gloucester, N.S .W H . Davidson ,

14-10-34 ; Bamarang , N.S .W Miss G . Rodway, 12-2 -35.

Si tuati on — Th is species is found most frequen tly forming galleri es in the

rough bark of certain trees Casuarina torulosa, and various Eucalypts ) or in

old fence-posts . I t i s also found amongst the li chen C ladon ia on rocks, and in

simi lar si tuat ions . The w inged males are somet imes taken at l ight .

D i stri bution of Typ es— Holotyp e 3 (winged ) on slide , paratype wingless o

’

(morphotype ) in alcohol , paratype wingless g on Slide, allotype 9 in alcohol ,

Macleay Museum ; paratype males and females forwarded to the Bri t ish Museum ,

the Nat ional Museum , the Australian Museum, the Western Australian Museum,

the South Aust ralian Museum , the collect ion , the Cawthron Inst itute , and

the Z oological Museum , Bui tenzorg .

Note — The male figured by T i llyard ( 1926 , p . 120 ) as O ligotoma gurneyi

Frogg . is not of that species, but apparen t ly N . ni tens, nov .

K ey t o the Sp ecies of Noto ligo t oma ( cf ) .

Second segm en t of left cercus sub con ica l ; process t o hypandr ium s lender and heav ily

ch it in ized ; co lour go lden-brow n hardyi (Fr ied )

Second segm ent of left cercus more or less sph er ica l ; process t o'

hypandr ium sh or t ,

b lun t , and no t v ery heav ily chi t in ized ; co lour b lack , Sh iny n i tens , nov .

Genus METOLIGOTOMA, n . gen .

Genotype , Metoligotoma redacta reducta, nov .

Wingless O ligotomidae, the males having the left cercus clavate and one

segmented , and furnished wi th minute nodules on the inner surface ; the first

segment of the right cercus reduced to a broad base for the accommodation of the

second segment ; the left hemitergite p roduced backwards from i ts inner margin

to a slender , sinuous p rocess ; the right hemitergi te subtriangular and wi th a

foliaceous dorsal p rocess ; and the left cercus-basipodite a small free scleri te .

Both sexes have tw o minute bladders p laced ventrally on the first segment

of the h ind tarsi , and one bladder on the second segment .

METOLIGOTOMA REDUCTA REDUCTA ,n . sp . et subsp . Figs . 10 , 17 , 24, 31 , 38 , 42 , 43.

Leng th 6 -7—109 mm . , av . 8 4 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Colour : T o the naked eye the general colour appears to be dull black .

Under the binocular the body scleri tes are seen to be very dark brown rather

than t rue black ; head black ; cerci , intersegmental membranes , and near the

joints of antennae and legs cream ; antennal and tarsal segments deep golden

brown . H ead (Fig . Length , 18 1—19 7 mm . , av . 19 2 mm. Rat io of length

BY CONSETT DAVIS . 249

to maximum breadth , 10-3. Minutely punctate , broadest at the eyes, lateral

margins running back thence , almost stra ight , to the posterior angles , and

converg ing sharp ly . Eyes relat ive ly very small . An tennae : Maximum number of

segments observed, 2 0 ; maximum length , 3 7 mm . Basal four segments (Fig . 3l a )

subcylindri cal , somewhat variable , but wi th the lengths typ i cally in the rat io

Distalia (Fig . 31b ) more rounded . Mouthpar ts normal , mandibles

(Fig . 38 ) massive, the left wi th tw o sharp points dista lly, tw o blunter teeth

inside these , and a small blunt tooth immediately posterior to them . Right

mandible wi th tw o Sharp poin ts distally and a bi lobed tooth on the inner margin

a little beh ind the apex . Thorax : Pronotum wi th sides almost straight , and

broadest at posterior end . Apotom not very dist inctly divi ded off . Mesoscutum

subrectangular , broadest at about one-thi rd of i ts length from anterior l imit ;s ides convex . Metascutum also subrectangular , with convex s ides , and broadest

at about one-quarter of i ts length from posterior lim i t , thence converging slightly.

None of the thoraci c nota as broad as the head . Legs normal , the fore femora

somewhat incrassate , the hind femora greatly swollen ; h ind tarsi wi th tw o

bladders ventrally on the first segment , one on the second . Wings absent.

Abdomen : First seven segments , v iewed dorsally, subequal ; e ighth tergi te slightly

shorter ; ninth tergi te only half as long as first ; tenth segment a little longer

than n inth .

Terminalia (Fig . T enth terg i te divided longi tudinally to left and r ight

hemi terg ites ( 10 L , 10 R respect ively ) . 10 R subtriangular , the distal apex point ing

downwards and inwards ( 10 From near the inner margin of 10 R there

arises a foliaceous p rocess 10 RP, ) p roject ing to the left and slightly upwards ,

but in a more or less horizontal p lane ; 10 RP, subrectangular, somewhat corru

gated , not heavi ly chi tinized . Fi rst segment of right cercus (R C, ) attached above

to lateroventral part of 10 R , below to outer margin of hypandrium ; no cercus

basipodite present . R C, reduced to a base , broader than long , for the accommoda

tion of the second segment whi ch is subcyl indri cal . Left hemi tergit e

subtriangular , the inner margin p roduced backwards to a Slender , slight ly sinuous

p rocess ( 10 LP ) , heavi ly chi t inized ; proximal part of 10 LP overlapped by 10 RP

Between 10 L and 10 R , just distal to the n inth tergite, there appear to be severa l

small chitinous p lates connect ing the proximal parts of 1OL and 10 R . Left

cercus (LC, ) one-segmented , arising la teroventrally from the body of 10 L ; clavate ,

the distal part of the inner margin forming a blun t face bearing many minute

teeth . Left cercus-basipodi te (LGB ) a small , slender , free scleri te, between the

base of LC, and the left marg in of the hypandrium ; LGB ending bluntly . Ventrally

(Fig . the hypandrium (H ) is p roduced from i ts right-hand margin to a

long , pointed p ro‘

cess not free , for the right -hand margin is attached to

R C, , and the inner margin to another scleri te (HP, ) whi ch fills up the concavi ty

between H and HP, . HP, subtriangular . D orsal to the p late HP, and p roject ing

between it and the dorsal scleri tes is a subcon ical structure (A ) probably repre

sent ing the aedeagus ; the r ight-hand margin of A is ch it inized , the rest

membraneous . Note : Both 10 RP and LGB are somewhat variable .

9. Length , 12 0- 13 0 mm . , av . 12 4 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the ratio

Colour : Head golden-brown wi th darker tracery ; p ronotum deep golden

brown ,with paler areas (as in Fig . Mesoscutum and metascutum and

abdominal tergi tes dark brown at lateral borders , ranging through golden-brown

to a longitudinal cream central line .

'

Scleri tes of leg and an tennal segments

golden-brown , the former paler near the joints . Intersegmental membranes cream .

Ventrally, the body scleri tes are pale-brown to cream, the thoracic scleri tes ,

2 50 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

abdominal p leuri tes 2—7 , and lateral margins of abdomina l stern ites being darker

than the rest . Head : Length , 1 60—17 1 mm . , av . 1-65 mm. ; rat io of length to

maximum breadth , 10-Oz8 -4. St ructure normal for the fami ly . Antennae

Maximum number of segments observed , 14 ; maximum length , 2-3 mm . Segments

shorter than in the a“, distalia more or less spherical , the combinat ion moni liform .

Mouthpar ts normal . Thorax and legs as in the the wi dest point of the

mesoscutum slight ly more an teriorly p laced . Abdomen and terminalia normal

(v . Fig.

Note — Females taken at Austinmer , in association wi th typ ical males ,

were smaller and darker than in the above descr ipt ion . They were mature , and

in most cases guarding eggs, so that the bodies were shrunk subsequent to ov i

posi t ion . The following de tai ls of th is series are g iven

Co lour : D orsally, dark brown , no head pattern ; trace of p ronotal pattern and

mid-dorsal long itudinal line . Eyes black . Ventrally, scleri tes pale brown with

darker areas, especially on eighth stern i te . Legs dark brown , paler near joints ;

membranes cream . Length , 7-7 mm . , av . 7 -9 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in

the rat io Head-length , 13 3—1 60 mm ., av . 1 47 mm . Ratio of head

length to maximum breadth , 10 Maximum number of antennal segments

observed , 15 ; maximum antennal length , 2 -4 mm .

Members of this se ries have not been designated paratypes . I t is p robable ,

however, that the females of th is species are more variable than .the first descript ion

impli es .

Habi tat — Elanora Heights , M. Day, and D . Waterhouse , 16-9 -34 (holo

type a and paratype N. J . B . Plomley, 18 -12 -34 (paratype g) and -35

(paratype Joori land, Burragorang Valley, the author , 1-1 -33 (para

type d‘, allotyp e 9 and paratype 99 ) Aust inmer , the author , 30-9 -34 and

238 36 (paratype coll . 1-3-36 , matured 1 -4-36 et seq. (paratype 33 , and

Myall Lakes , N. J . B. Plomley 24-8-34 (paratype Mt . Tambourine , Q . ,

W. H . Davidson , 1-9 -24; T omat Falls , nr . Wollondi lly River ,’

the author ,

23-8 -34 ; Springwood ,and Lawson , D . Waterhouse , 1 -10-34 ;

Mi ttagong , D . Lee , 30-7-35 ; Lower Burragorang Valley, R . T .

Walker , 6 36 .

Si tuat ion — In the mat formed by Po lypodium serpens, P . confluens, or

D endrobium linguiforme, growing on rock faces ;

'

also amongst dead leaves ,

especially in the mat formed by fallen Casuarina needles .

D istri buti on of Types— Holotype g on slide , paratype d

‘

d‘on slide and in

alcohol , allotyp e 9 in alcohol , Macleay Museum ; paratype males and females

forwarded to the Brit ish Museum and the Western Australian Museum ; paratype

males forwarded to the Nat ional Museum, the Austral ian Museum, the South

Austral ian Museum, the collect ion , the Cawthron Inst itute and the

Z oological Museum, Bui tenzorg .

METOLIGOTOMA REDUCTA INGENS , n . subsp .

Th is subspecies is divided off on account of i ts great s ize and paler colour.

The Sign ificant characters are g iven below ; the remaining characters are the

same as for the respect ive sexes of M. reda c ta redacta, nov .

3 . Leng th, 120—142 mm . , av . 12 8 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Head-length ,2 -93- 3-41 mm av . 3-2 6 mm. Rat io of head-length to

max imum breadth 10-0 z8 -2 . Maximum observed number of antennal segmen ts ,13 ; max imum antennal length , 3

-8 mm . Colour : Head dark-brown , eyes black ;

dorsally, body sclerites dull brown , wi th paler pat tern on p rothorax and pale mid

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

252 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA , I ,

in a simp le hook, an advance on the Sumatran 0 . vosseleri (Krauss ) , in wh ich i t

lacks any terminal process ; in 0 . g lauerti T i ll . in an‘

anchor-like appendage ; and

in O . ti llyardi , nov . , in a forcipate structure convergen t to that in the Embi id

genus R hagadochir ) . Concomitant with this is the development of the first segmen t

of the left cercus ; from the primit ive subcylindri cal type , the“inner p rocess is

developed (as in the series 0 . gurn eyi Frogg . subclavata, nov . , 0 . gurneyi gurneyi

Frogg . , and O . gurneyi Frogg . sp inu losa, and becomes greatly exaggerated

in 0 . glauerti T i ll . and 0 . ti llyardi , nov . O ther minor di fferences , as in the left

cercus-basipodite, also supervene .

On the other hand , the development of the genera Notoligotoma and

Metoligotoma is marked chiefly by the reduct ion or loss of the second segment

of the left cercus, presen t as a small, unsutured protuberance in Notoligotoma,

but comp letely lost in Metoligotoma . This loss i s convergent to that in the genus

Ani sembia, and is a cont inuat ion of the p rocess by whi ch the more general ized

recen t Embiop tera wi th tw o-segmented cerci on both sides developed from the ir

Permian ancestors w i th many-segmented ce rci on both Sides . The reduction or

loss of the second segment of the left cercus in Noto ligotoma or Metoligotoma can

likewise be traced in on togeny, when i t is gradually resorbed in the last ecdysis ,

the penult imate instar possessing normal cerci wi th tw o subcylindri cal segments

on both s ides . In Metoligotoma, the first segment of the right cercus is also

reduced .

In both these genera, the hind tarsi develop an extra bladder . Metoligotoma,

however, is p robably not derived direct ly from Notoligotoma ,as i ts right hemi

tergite has an altogether di fferen t form of process , and i ts left cercus-basi podite

is more primit ive .

L is t of R eferences .

CH AMBERLIN, J . C . , 1 9 2 3 — A R ev is ion of th e genus'

An isem bia , with descr ip t ion of a new

sp ecies from th e Gu lf o f C a lifOrnia . Pr oc. C a lif. A cad . Sc i . , x i i , 1 6 , pp . 341 - 351 ,

fig s . a - j .

E NDERLE IN, G 1 9 1 2 .— Emb 11d en , in C o ll . de Sélys L ong cham p s , fa sc . 3 .

FERRI S, G . L . , 1 9 2 8 — The P r inc ip les o f Systema t ic E nt omo logy . S tanford Univ. Pub . ,

B io l. Sci ences , V ol . v , N O . 3 .

FRIEDER ICH S, K . , 1 9 0 6 .— Z ur B iolog ie d er Emb i iden . M i t t . Zoo l. Mus . , bd . i i i , h ft . 2 .

1 9 14.— A New Sp ecies o f Emb i id from W est Aus tra l ia . R e c . W .A . Mus . and

Ar t Ga ll ,V ol . 1, P t . 3 .

1 9 2 3 .- Oko log ische B eoba ch tungen uber Emb iid inen . Cap i ta Zoo log ica ,

D ee l l i,

1 9 34.— D a s G em einschaf t sleben der Emb i iden und N aheres zur K enntn is der

Ar t en . Ar chiv . fu'

r N a turgeschi ch te , bd . i i i ,'

hft . 3 .

1 9 35 .— Ch eck - l is t o f th e Emb i ida e (Emb iopt era ) o f O cean ia . B ern i ce P . B ishop

Mus . , O cc . P ap . V o l . x i , No . 7 . (H onolu lu . )

FROGGATT ,W . W .

, 1 9 04.

— N o t es on N europ t era and D escr ip t ions o f N ew Sp ec ies . PROC .

L INN . SOC . xx ix, 1 9 04 pp . 6 7 1 - 6 74.

1 9 0 5.— Ib id , xxx, p . 1 7 5 .

GRASSI and SANDIAS, 1 8 9 6 - 7 .

— E ng lish transla t ion o f pap er , 3 9 and 40 .

IMM S , A . D . , 1 9 13 .— O n Em bid m ajor , sp . nov . , from th e H ima layas . Tr ans . Linn . Soc .

L ondon , Zoo l . , V o l . x i , P t . 1 2 .

‘KRAUSS, H . A . , 1 9 1 1 .— Monograph ie der Emb ien . Zoo log ica , 32 .

MELANDER, A . L ., 1 9 02

— T w o N ew Emb i idae . B io l. Bu ll. Mar ine Bio l. L ab. Woods H o le ,

Mass , V o l . i i i , Nos . 1 - 2 .

, 1 9 0 3 .—N o tes on th e S truc ture and D eve lopm en t o f Em bia texana Me l . Ib id . ,

Vo l . iv , No . 3 .

Unava i lab le in Aus tra lia .

BY CONSETT DAVIS . 2 53

MUKERJ I , S . , 1 9 2 7 .—O n th e Morph o logy and B ionom ics o f Embi d m inor , Sp . nov . R ec .

Ind . Mus . , V o l . xxix, P t . 4, p p . 2 53- 2 8 2 .

1 9 35 .— On Tw o Undescr ib ed Forms of the G enus O ligo tom a , wi th a D escr ip t ion

of the E xt erna l G en ita lia of O ligo toma m ichae li , and D istr ibu t iona l R ecords of Som e

Ind ian Form s . Ib id . , V o l . xxxv i i , P t . 1 .

OKAJIMA, G . , 1 9 2 6 .— D escr ip t ion o f a N ew Spec ies o f O li go toma from Japan , tog e th er

with som e no t es on the Fam ily O lig o t om idae . J . C o ll. Agr . Imp . Un iv . T okyo, v i i , 4,

p p . 41 1 -432 .

SILVESTRI, F . , 1 9 1 2 .- Emb i ida e from Java and K raka tau . Tijd . voor E n tomo logi e , 1 9 1 2 ,

p p . 333 - 335 .

T ILLYARD ,R . J . , 1 9 2 3 — T h e Emb iop tera or W eb - sp inners of W est ern Aust ra l ia . Journ .

P ro c. R oy . Soc . W .A . , ix , P t . 1 .

WE STWOOD , J . , 1 8 36 .— Chara cters o f Embid , a g enus a llied t o the W hite An ts . Tr ans .

L inn . Soc . L ond . , Zo ol . , xv i i , pp . 36 9 - 37 4.

ZECK,E . H . ,

1 9 30 .— Some N o t es on O ligo toma gurn ey i Frogg . Aust . Zoo l . , v i , P t . 2 .

P o s tscr ip t, a dded 2 7 th Augus t , 1 9 36 .— Since the com p let ion o f th is pap er , informa t ion

ha s b een rece ive d from D r . L ieft inck tha t the Emb iop t era wh ich were forw ar ded t o'

th e

Zoolog ica l Museum , Bu itenzorg , Java , have n ow been t ransferred t o Museum o f

Na tura l H istory a t L eyden , H o lland .

STUD IES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA .

PART I I . FURTH ER NOTES ON SYSTEMATICS .

By CONSETT DAVIS , E .sc .

(From the Z oology D epartmen t , Sydney Universi ty. )

(Plate xi i ; seven T ext-figures . )

[ R ead 2 8 th O ct ober ,

S in ce the comp let ion of the first paper of this series (Davis , tw o

interesting new species have been discovered . Since material of both of these

species is being used for anatomical and embryological study, i t is necessary to

describe them forthwi th . Th is paper is accordingly to be regarded as supple

mentary’

to the former paper , and the prefatory remarks to, and methods used in ,

that paper app ly here also.

Genus METOLIGOTOMA Davis .

METOLIGOTOMA PENTANESIANA , n . sp . Figs . 1 , 2 , 4, 6 .

5 .

—Length 6 -3— 9 -7 mm., av. 8 -0 mm. Rat io head zthorax zabdomen ,

( lengths ) . Co lour : L iving specimens appear dull greyish-brown to the naked eye .

D etai ls of the colour of preserved specimens are as follows : Head deep golden

brown wi th darke r symmetrical tracery, eyes black . Scleri tes of thorax and

abdomen , dorsally dark brown , paler symmetri cal pattern on pronotum, paler

mottling on mesoscutum and metascutum, and paler mid-dorsal l ine in abdominal

region ( as in M. reducta reda cta m Ventrally, scleri tes brownwi th paler

areas, especially on anterior abdominal stern i tes ; hypandrium very dark brown .

Segmen ts of antennae , legs and cerci g olden -brown . Intersegmental membranes

cream. Head : Length 1 -40—2 -12 mm . , av . 16 9 mm . Rat io of length to maximum

breadth 10~Oz8~1 . The variat ion in head-structure in adult males is interest ing ,

some (fig . 1 ) having the head wi th almost straight lateral margins , converging

poster iorly, as in M. reducta reduci d m. , in others (fig . the lateral margins

of the head are not i ceably convex , and rounded ofi posteriorly, as in adult females

of the fami ly— that is , the larval form is fairly closely retained . Mature males

w i th larviform heads have been noted very rarely in M. redacta reducta In. and

M. reducta ingens m but in this species the occurrence is frequent . Antennae :

Maximum number of segmen ts observed, 18 ; maximum total length , 3-6 mm . Four

basa l segments wi th lengths typ i cally in the ratio 5 zzz3 z2 ; distalia subcylindrical ,

margins straight and dive rg ing d istally. Mouthpar ts wi th mandibles similar to

those of M. reda cta reda cta m. , g : the left wi th tw o Sharp , inwardly-directed teeth

distally, tw o blunter teeth beh ind these , and posterior to them a blunt p rocess on

the inner margin ; the right with tw o fairly sharp distal teeth , directed inwards,

and a bi lobed tooth beh ind these on the inner margin (fig . In males wi th

head-st ruc ture app roach ing larviform, the mandibles are intermediate between

those described above and those present in the immature stages (fig . Thorax,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

256 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA . I I ,

appendages (HP HP, ) as in M . reducta reducta In . Between HP, and 10 RP,

there p rojects a con i cal , membraneous structure ,‘

Ch it inized medially (A ) ; this

may rep resent the aedeagus, but appears to be p laced further dorsad than usual

for th is structure , so that i t may belong morphologically, not to the aedeagus ,

but to the right hemiterg i te .

9.— Leng th min . , av . 9 4 mm. Head : thorax : abdomen in the ratio

Colour : Living specimens appear dark brown , without the greyish hue

seen in the male ; and the re is more of the cream intersegmen tal membrane in

evidence . In deta i l , preserved specimens have the same colorat ion as the male ,

somewhat paler , and the sterni tes around the gen ital aperture are very dark brown .

H ead : Length 1 47—18 2 mm . , av . 16 9 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth ,

10 Structure normal for the family. An tennae : Maximum number of

segmen ts observed , 16 ; maximum total length , 2 6 mm. Segmen ts as in M. redacta

reducta m., 9 . A ll other characters as in M. reducta reducta m. , 9 .

Habi tat .

— Most northerly of the Five Islands , near Port Kembla, N.S .W the

author , (paratype and (holotype g, allotype 9”

and long series of

paratype g and

The island on wh ich the insects were collected is an isolated trachy-andesi te

mass, more than a mi le from the shore . The port ion of the island not subject to

wave act ion i s approximately 100 yards in diameter (Pl . xi i , fig .

S i tuation — Forming galle ries under and between stones, among dead

vegetation ( especially of Enchylaena tomen tosa and Mesembryan themum

aequi laterale ) , and among the fleshy stocks of the herb Plectran thus parviflorus.

D isposi ti on of Typ es — Holotype 5‘

( in clove oi l ) , allotype 9 and paratype c?

( in alcohol ) , Macleay Museum , Sydney Un ivers ity, Paratype males and females

forwarded to the Bri t ish Museum , the Australian Museum , the Nat ional Museum ,

the South Australian Museum , the Western Australian Museum , the

collect ion, the Cawthron Insti tute and the Leyden Museum .

METOLIGOTOMA EXTORRIS , n . sp . Figs . 3, 5, 7 .

g.—L ength 11-4—14-1 mm av . 12 5 mm. Head : thorax : abdomen in the rat io

Colour : Head black , tergi tes of thorax and abdomen dark brown , the

pronotum wi th paler symmetri cal pat tern , the mesoscutum and metascutum wi th

a paler med ian line fading out in the abdominal region . Ventrally, sclerites brown

wi th paler areas, especially in the abdominal region . Hypandrium very dark

brown ; segments of legs golden-brown , of cerci and antennae dark brown . Inter

segmental membranes cream. Head (fig. Length 2 23—2 77 mm. , av . 2 51 mm .

Rat io of length to maximum breadth , l o'oz7 -9 .

.

Eyes small , but prominen t for the

genus ; beh ind the eyes the lateral marg ins of the head expand in another p rotu

berance , then converge to the posterior limi t , where a fairly sharp angle is formed

on each side . An tennae : Maximum number of segments observed , 18 ; maximum

total length , 4-1 mm . Four basal segments with lengths typ ica lly in the ratio

d istal ia as in the prev ious s pecies . Mouth par ts with mandibles (fig . 3 )

hav ing teeth d isposed as in the previous Spec ies . Thorax , legs and abdomen

( excep t terminalia ) as in M . reduc ta reducta m . , Wings absent .

Termina lia (figs . 5, D ispos it ion as in M . redacta reducta m. and

M. pen tanesiana,nov . , wi th the following points of difference : ( 1 ) The process

10 RP, is slender and smooth ly tapered ; ( 2 ) the process 10 RP, is of differen t

shape , and the left-hand margin , weakly ch it inized, has a crenulate appearance ;

( 3 ) the process 10 LP, s imp le in M. reducta m . and subspecies , and bearing a

prominent sp ine in M. pen tanesi ana, nov . , has a slight dorsal project ion near i ts

BY CONSETT DAVIS . 257

terminat ion . 10 LP is somewhat stouter than in the o the r species , and 10 L

smaller ; (4) the left cercus (LO, ) curves in distally to a huger-shaped p rocess ,

bearing minute nodules ; minute nodules are also p resent on a rounded p rotuber

ance on the inner margin of LC, ; ( 5 ) the left cercus-basipodite (LGB ) i s a very

large membraneous structure, runn ing back to a rounded extremi ty. LCB chi t inized

on ly along i ts outer margin .

9 .— Leng th 9 -4—15-0 mm . , av . 12 2 mm . Head : thorax : abdomen in the ratio

Colour : Head golden -brown with dark brown symmet rical tracery.

T ergi tes of thorax and abdomen dark brown , p ronotum wi th golden-brown

symmetri cal pattern , mesoscutum and metascutum with paler mottling , abdominal

tergi tes with a pale m i d-dorsal line . Ven trally dark brown with paler areas ;

abdominal sterni tes 1—7 dark only at lateral marg ins , abdominal p leuri tes dark

brown . Sterni tes 8 and 9 dark throughout . Segments of antennae , legs and cerci

golden-brown ; intersegmental membranes cream. H ead : Length 15 3—2 12 mm .,

av . 1-79 mm . Rat io of length to maximum breadth , -0 . Structure normal

far the fami ly . An tennae : Maximum number of segments observed , 18 ; maximum

total length 3-1 mm . Segments as in M. reda cta redacta m. , 9. A ll other

characters as in M. reducta reda cta m . , 9.

Habi tat — Brush Island , near Ulladulla , the author , (holotyp e

allotype 9, paratyp e males and females ) . Brush Island (Pl . x i i, figs . 2 , 3 ) is a

doleri t ic mass, app roximately half a mi le in length , less than half a mi le from

the mainland at Murramarang Point , some twen ty miles south of Ulladulla .

Si tuation — Forming galleries amongst dead vegetation , parti cularly insi de the

hollow stems of dead p lants of Tetragonia expansa.

D isposi t ion of Types .

— Holotype g ( in clove oi l ) , allotyp e 9 and paratype g( in alcohol ) ; Macleay Museum . Paratype males and females forwarded to the

Bri tish Museum, the Western Australian Museum and the Nat ional Museum .

K ey to the Sp e ci es of Met o l igotoma

1 . Left cercus finger -shap ed d ista lly (fig . 5 ) ex torr is , nov .

Left cercus not as ab ov e

2 . P rocess of lef t hem it erg it e o f t en th abdom ina l segm en t S imp le redu c ta In .

Process of left h em it erg ite of t en th abdom ina l segm en t w it h a pr om inent dor sa l

sp ine p en tanesiana ,n ov .

D i scussi on .

The species Metoligotoma extorris and M. pen tanesiana are in terest ing from

the point of view of evolution ; both apparent ly rep resent species formed under

the influence of isolat ion by some form of orthogenesis ( in the l i teral sense , that

is, not imp lying any direct ive force ) .

Both islands have been separated from the ma inland by erosion of sedimen tary

rocks ly ing between , and i t is p robable that a large part of the fauna and flora is

reli ct from the time of separat ion .

The env ironment is Simi lar in each case , though varying slight ly from that 0 11

the mainland .

The developments of the p rocess of the left hemi terg i te of the tenth abdominal

segment are parti cularly important , .when w e remember that this process has

develop ed a forcipate app endage twice within the order by convergence

(R hagadochi r spp . , O ligotoma t i llyard i The sp ine developed in

M. p en tanesiana appears to be the in it iat ion of a Simi lar structure , but as yet i t

would appear to have no functional importance , as in O . t i llyardi m . , so that an

exp lanat ion of i ts development by select ion would be incorrect .

258 STUDIES IN AUSTRALIAN EMBIOPTERA . 11.

R efer ence .

DAVI S , C . , 1 9 36 .— Stud ies in Austra l ian Emb iop t era , Par t I : Systema t ics . Pnoc . L INN .

SOC . N .S.W V o l . lx i , p .

EX PLANAT ION OF PLATE X I I .

F ig . 1 .-Most nor ther ly of th e F ive Island s , off P or t K embla , N .S.W .

F Ig 2 .—B rush Island and Murramarang P o int , n ear U lladulla , N .S .W .

F ig . 3 .— Si tua t ion on Brush I sland w here Me to ligo toma ex torr is occur s .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . XXXVI .

By JOHN R. MALLOCH ,Arlington, Virginia , U.S .A .

(Communi cated by Frank H . Taylor ,

(Four T ext-figures . )

[ R ead 2 8 th O ctober ,

The paper now p resented furn ishes descrip tions of tw o remarkable Australian

D iptera regarding the fami ly locat ion of which there is at least an element of

doubt . I have long deferred dealing wi th them because of my intention to p resen t

a comprehensive synopt i c key to the so-called acalyptrate Diptera, and these and

other Confusing species have been largely responsible for a protracted delay in

br inging my paper to comp let ion . I am now publi shing the descrip tions as a step

towards the eliminat ion of the problem of the fami ly status of the tw o Australian

Speci es .

Fami ly ASTEI IDAE.

Without going into the quest ion of the distinctness of this group from the

D rosoph i lidae , I provisionally place herein the new genus described below .

- NOTHOASTEIA , n . gen .

Gener ic characters — Wing venation much as in Li omyza Macquart , but the

outer cross-vein is lacking and the sixth vein is well developed though incomp lete

(Fig. Head wi der than thorax, flattened , the frons broad , eyes elongate

(Fig . antennae with the thi rd segment broken off in type, probably short and

rounded at apex ; frontal brist les weak, one vert ical on each side rather not i ce

able, the ocellars not dist inguishable ; eyes st iff short-haired . Thorax slender ,

slight ly convex above, the humeri tumid , wi th one short brist le and some hairs ;notopleurals Short ; scutellum Short , but both i t and the posterior part of the

mesonotum so much damaged by the p in that exact detai ls can not be ascertained .

Legs moderately long and strong, wi th no dist inct bristles, rather numerously

haired .

Genotype , the following species .

NOTHOASTEIA PLATY CEPHALA, n . sp . Figs . 1, 2 .

Head testaceous yellow, frons darkened above and wi th grey dust on the dark

part , the orbi ts yellow, vertex brown , darkest at ocelli ; hairs yellow. Thorax

yellow ,. the mesonotum shiny black and slightly grey-dusted ; scutellum apparently

black . Legs ent irely ye llow. Wings hyaline , veins pale . Abdomen largely

destroyed , but dark at base , the sex of the specimen indeterminable . Halteres

cream-coloured .

Head as in Figures 2 and 2a, d ist inctly wider than thorax, partly abraded so

that exact deta i ls of the bristling can not be given . The flattened and widened

form is different from that of any genus of Astei idae known to me, the only

approach to i t being found in a Hawai ian genus that d iffers in having the second

2 60 NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN DIPTERA . xxv

wing-vein much Shorter and in other deta i ls . Humeri qui te prominent , p rosternal

p late small . Legs wi th numerous pale hairs and no bristles , all femora rather

th ick, the h ind pair dist inctly longer than the ir t ibiae . Wings narrow, rather

pointed ,costa to apex of fourth vein , with some fine costal hairs (Fig . Length ,

2 5 mm .

Type, Brisbane .

It is possible that careful search on the inner sides of windows , and especially

those of outhouses ,’

wi ll p roduce specimens of this interest ing species , and so

p rovide material for a thorough examination of features not preserved in the

damaged type specimen .

F ig s . 1 - 2 a .

— N o thoa s te ia p la tycepha la . 1 , wing ; 2 , head in p rofile ; 2 a ,h ea d

from above on left , from b e low on r igh t .

F ig s . 3 - 4a .

— Wa t erhouse ia cyc lop s . 3 , wing ; 4, h ead o f ma le in pr ofi le ; 4a , head

from in front , in comp let e .

Fami ly ANTH OMY Z IDAE.

My reason for p lacing the new genus described below in th is fami ly i s that

the wing venat ion and p resence of vibrissae appear to associate i t most closely

wi th th is group . The extremely narrow frons, however, sets the genus apart , and

several other characters, such as the markedly'

convex mesonotum, serve to

dist inguish i t from any genus known to me . I admi t that the assignment to

An thomyzidae is tentat ive and subject to rect ification upon discovery of the

female , as that sex may p rovide characters that wi ll throw a new light upon the

relat ionsh ips .

WATERH OUSEIA , n . gen .

Generi c characters .

-D ist inguishable from any acalyptrate genus by the

remarkable structure of the head (Fig . the eyes covering almost the ent ire

Sides, and the frons in front of the ocelli reduced to not more than one-sixth of

the head-w idth , widening gradually to anterior margin . The brist les consist of

three pairs of orbi tals , the ocellar pair, four verti cals , the inner pa ir much longer

than the outer , and a divergent pa ir of p ostvert icals . The vibrissae are well

developed, the eyes are ext remely short hai red , the p roboscis is short and fleshy,

and though the palp i do not Show in the type specimen they are no doubt present .

The arista is subnude . Thorax h ighly arched , w i th the follow ing bristles : 1

humeral , 2 notop leurals , 1 presutural , 1 supra-alar , 2 postalars , 2 or 3 pai rs of

dorsocent rals , 4 scutellars ,'

and 2 sternopleurals . Postscutellum well developed .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROBLEMS IN THE GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA .

By H . I . JENSEN, D .so.

(With a note on the petrology of a small collect ion of schists , by

Germaine A . Joplin , E .sc ., Ph .D . )

(Communicated by Professor L . A . Co t ton . )

(One Text-figure . )

[ R ead 2 8 th O ct ob er ,

In troduction .

New Caledon ia w as so named by Cap ta in Cook because of the resemblance

of i ts east coast to the west coast of Scotland , rugged mountains and deep fiords

lining the coast . New Caledon ia is a count ry whose mountainsides are deeply

indented wi th hollows , furrows , rav ines and deep valleys .

Geologi cal Consti tution and Physiography.

The geological con st itut ion of New Caledon ia causes i ts physi ca l features to

possess a unique character . Excep ting the north-e astern port ion of the island ,

wh ich is intensely metamorphosed , most of New Caledonia is composed of serpen

t ine and Mesozoi c sedimentary rocks, mingled , with andesit ic lavas and breccias

of an easi ly decomposable nature .

The serp en tines whi ch form h igh moun ta ins and ranges are largely untimbered ,

probably because of the high magnesia content of the soil , though the lower Slopes

composed of serpent ine rubble are often covered wi th a dense scrub of wattle (a

species of Acacia locally known as and of She-oak (a species of Casuarina

locally termed‘boi s de

The andesi t i c soi ls are l ight ly t imbered wi th tea-tree (Me laleuca sp . locally

known as‘niouli

’

) and th is t imber grows more th i ckly and i s the dominant wood

on the sedimentary format ions . However, in the alluv iated valleys in the niouli

( tea-t ree ) country w e often find dense scrubs simi lar to those of north Queensland

rivers , in wh i ch many of the t rees seem to be close allies of those occurring in

Queensland scrubs . On the high p lateaux in many parts there are scrubby valleys

in whi ch the kauri p ine flourishes . Y et , generally Speaking , the natural vegetat ion

is extremely monotonous, especial ly as the settled parts of the island cons ist

mostly of the fert i le sed imentary and volcan i c areas in which the forest is almost

ent irely one of paper-bark tea -tree (n ioul i ) . Of course today much of'

th is country

i s var iegated wi th introduced p lants, amongst wh ich guava , lan tana , and sida-retusa

figure largely .

I t would seem that the whole island must have been inundated wi th lavas

and submerged beneath the ocean in late Mesozoi c t imes , so that all vest iges of

early p lant and an imal l ife were destroyed , and later, upon re-emergence , i t is

p robable that the seeds of hardy plant species have been carried on driftwood from

Austral ia and from the Solomon Islands in the early T ert ia ry to ini tiate the present

BY H . I . JENSEN . 2 63

flora . The an imal l i fe supports the same supposi t ion . There were no mammals ,

nor marsup ials , in New Caledonia before the voyage of Captain Cook, and only one

small rept i le , a li ttle l izard , the ancestors of which also might have arrived

on p ieces of dri ftwood.

Geologi cal H i story.

The island of New Caledonia is a remnant of a once cont inuous cont inent , the

Melanesian plateau ,whi ch extended westwards to Eastern Austral ia and New

Guinea , and south perhaps to New Z ealand . I ts separat ion from these lands w as

not , like the d estruct ion of At lant is , an affai r of the geologi cal yesterday. I t

dates back to the Mesozoi c period . Since then the whole island has been under the

sea , has been inundated wi th lavas, part ly submar ine , partly terrestrial , has been

overturned, folded , p l icated and faulted by great convulsions and earth movemen ts ,

and re-e levated by forces whi ch had their origin in t itani c p ressures emanat ing

from the ocean dep ths to the east .

I t seems most reasonable to suppose that the hinge l ine dividing the essent ially

ocean i c Pacific trough from the submerged , collapsed and foundered Aust ralia

Melanesian p lateau passed , in early Mesozoi c t imes , along the great volcan i c l ine ,

whi ch runs through New Z ealand , Whi te Island , T onga , the New Hebrides and

Solomons to New Guinea . New Caledonia w as the scene of marine transgressions

in the Mesozo i c , during whi ch T riassi c and Cretaceous sedimentary rocks were

lai d down , wi th interludes of land cond i t ions during whi ch the coal beds were

formed . The si liceous sandstones and aluminous shales of these periods must

have been derived from cont inen tal rocks such as gran i te , or sedimen tary rocks

derived from gran i te . They were laid down in shallow water under osci llat ing

condit ions , as shown by coal-beds in them . The limestones of these periods are

also of such a nature as to suggest shallow-water condi t ions . The con temporary

lavas , tuffs, breccias and agglomerates are most ly andesi t ic , therefore ne i ther t ruly

ocean i c nor truly con t inen tal ; occasionally thin sheets_and dykes of trachyte occur

in them .

Fossils are not usually abundan t , but do occur in abundance in a few p laces .

Even then they are usual ly very crushed as a result of earth-movements and are

not often ident ifiable as regards species . Y et the early French geolog ists , Garn ier ,

Heurteau and Pelatan , succeeded in ident ifying a fair number and defini tely found

several speci es i dent i cal wi th those of the T riassi c and Cretaceous of New Z ealand .

Indeed , New Z ealand , both in i ts sed imentary and volcan ic sequence , is much akin

to New Caledon ia , but New Caledon ia has undergone the more intense subsequen t

earth-movemen ts .

The Mesozoi c sediments of New Caledon ia have all been St rongly folded . In

the southern half of the island i t is easi ly seen that the folding becomes rapi dlymore intense as w e proceed from west to .east towards the edge of the serpentine ,

near whi ch overfold ing and p l icat ion are common . The serpent ine int rusions were

apparent ly the cause of the p ressure and thrust movements p roducing the folding,

as well as of a considerable amount of fault ing , crush and shearing .

The dip seldom remains constant in direct ion or angle for any great distance .

For examp le , Noumea is bui lt on andesi t i c lavas , tuffs , breccias and sedimentary

rocks of Jurassic—Cretaceous age . The southern suburbs are part ly on sandstone

and l imestone moderately folded . East of the town there are high h i lls composed

of volcan i c tuffs, breccias, agglomerates and conglomerate, the latter containing a

mixture of andesi te , sandstone , limestone , chert and shales . The volcan i c tuffs

and breccias near the north end of the town about the rai lway stat ion dip to the

2 64 GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA ,

south-south-west at a regular“

angle of about The same series under the

Catholi c Cathedral at the south end Of the town dips north-east at steep angles

from 45°to 70

°— and the beds are frequent ly p li cated and contorted by crush .

The brecc ias and tuffs east of the town change frequently in d ip , the road- cutt ings

showing numerous m inor folds . The most regular bedding that I have noti ced in

New Caledon ia w as in the Boura i l“

distri ct , where the Mesozoi c rocks dip east

wards near the west coast , then change to westerly dip'

w hich p reva i ls to a few

k i lometres east of Boura i l , when the dip again becomes easterly and subject to

p li cat ions as the serpen tine is app roached .

Near Pai ta the Mesozoi c sedimentaries are steep ly in clined , vert i cal in p laces ,

in others overfolded . Again , near Dumbea , calcareous shales, limestones and coal

b eds of_

Cretaceous age have been intensely crushed and are standing almost

verti cally in p laces . Y et , generally speaking , the sed imentary rocks occurring

west of the serpent ines are not metamorphosed . On the other hand , the sedimen

tary rocks occurring east of the serpent ine belt in the north part of the island

are not on ly steep ly folded and p licated , but are intensely metamorphosed as we ll ,

sandstones being changed to quartzi te and sandy schist , shales to aluminous schist

and limestone to crystalline limestone . Y et in this schist series east of Koumac

C retaceous foss i ls have been obtained . T hus the h ighly schistose series developed

east of the serpen t ine belt is, at least in part , coeval with the less alte red

sed imentaries .

The Metamorphi cs .

The metamorph i c rocks east of Koumac just referred to are , as fa r as the

D iahot River , sch istose but not h ighly crystalline , though in a few p laces on the

D iv ide they grade locally into mi ca-schist wi th glaucophane-schist . Judging by

the composi t ion of the schistose rocks east Of the D iahot , the composit ion of the

soi ls on them and hy‘

the vegetat ion , qui te apart from the pauci ty of fossi l

e vidence , I consider this series alt ered Mesozoi cs . The D iahot River divided this

series from a block of h igh mountain country, wi th peaks more than feet

h igh , consisting of intensely crystalline , and coarsely crystalline metamorphi c

rocks wh i ch compr ise ordinary mi ca -sch ist , mi caceous phylli te , coarsely crystalline

quartzi te , garnet i ferous quartzi te, amph ibolite and glaucophane sch ist , and a vast

proport ion of schists wh ich con tain variable proport ions of muscovite , glaucophane,

o ther amphiboles and garnet . These glaucophane schists are probably all derived

from volcan i c lavas and tuffs , and from semi -tufty sed imen tary rocks . Since the

sch i stose seri es west of the D iahot valley passes in p laces into crystalline schists

of the same type as those east of the D iahot , i t is my op inion that the great

crystalline schist series of north-eastern New Caledon ia is derived from the same

kind of Mesozoic sedimentaries with interstrat ified tuffs, breccias and melaphyres

as extend in the unmetamorphosed form through the western part of the island .

Several of the French geologists have regarded the crystalline schists of the

north-east as a very old format ion comparable with the Ordovician of Victo ria .

I am, however, incl ined to regard them as the same Mesozoic agglomerat ion of

st rata as in the west of the island , whi ch has been comp lete ly fused up and

recrystall ized by hav ing been lowered or foundered into the zone of fusion . I t

has been subsequen t ly re -elevated by the thrusts a ccompanying and followingthe extrusion of the serpent ines . In many places in the crystall ine schist area east

o f the D iahot w e ge t semi -serpen tin ized rocks and amph iboli tes, parts of wh ich

a re but li ttle a lte red and wh ich bear the closes t resemblance to the vesicular

andesi te and melaphyre in other parts of the island .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA,

E arth Processes and the Serpen tines.

T o understand fully the p rocesses whi ch have t aken p lace i t is necessary to

comp rehend the distribut ion of the serpen t ines in New Ca ledon ia . The entire

southern end of the island is serpen tine . On the west coast the Mesozoi c sedimen

tar ies commen ce to Show half-w ay between the south end of the i sland and

Noumea , at tain ing i ts maximum wi dth in the vi cin i ty of Bourra i l , and the main

serp en t ine axis hugs the east coast northwards as far as Houa i lou (Wa i lou ) . Here

the serpent ines leave the east coast and the axis passes to the centre of the i sland

as far as Poya and then the serpent ine belt swings over to the west coast . From

Mouéo north the serpen t ines largely squeeze out the sedimen tary series , of whi ch

pockets are left at Voh , Gomen and Koumac, but the serpen t ine has become the

dominan t west-coast format ion. The serpent ine belt is very cont inuous to Koumac ,

then is lost for a score of ki lometres , apparent ly covered by T ert iary sedimentary

format ions , but resumes in the dome of T iebagh i north of Koumac . AS men t ioned

before , west Of the serpen t ine belt the sedimentaries are folded and even contorted

near the serpen t ine , but not metamorphosed , whi le east of the serpent ine belt they

are metamorphosed . West of the serpent ine belt all the limestones are ord inary

limestone, east of i t they are crystalline limestone

The more h ighly metamorphosed nature of the rocks east of the serpen t ine i s

easi ly exp lained on the supposi tion that the basi c lavas now altered to serpent ine

( orig inally peridot ite and duni te ) , were thrust up from the ocean i c dep ths east

of New Caledon ia between that island and T onga , and advanced as a si ll under

the Mesozoi c sedimentaries for a considerab le distance before breaking through .

T he roof rocks of the int rusion were therefore subjected to much more meta

morph ism and p l i cat ion than the rocks underlying the intrusion , the heat of the

in trus ion causing expansion of strata, shearing movements , and schistosi ty.

Th is, whi le exp lain ing the greater schistosity of the rocks east of the serpen

t ine belt , does not expla in the greater metamorphism of the t itan i c block east of

the D iahot whi ch is further from the serpent ine belt . But if w e imag ine a port ion

of the roof rocks to have subsided into the zone of fusion , into a cauldron , so to

speak , of molten peridot i te magma , i t is easy to understand i ts comp lete meta

morph ism. A further movement of the st i ll p last i c peri dot i te magma has subse

quen tly pushed this intensely altered block . up again so that i t now over-rides

the serpent ines and the less altered metamorphics .

The crystalline sch ists form the highest country in New Caledon ia. Mt .

Iguamb i , Mt . Colnett and Mt . Pan ie exceed feet in he ight . There are

dykes and masses of serpent ine included in the crystall ine comp lex .

In the country immed iately near the D iahot several shear zones strike

NNW . and NW . , consist ing largely of quartz and chlori te , and dipp ing steeply to

the east . These quartz-chlori te zones have developed in the crush material of

the movement p lanes of the last b ig thrusts . The intensely metamorphosed

crystalline sch ist block rides on these great shear zones , and is port ion of the

s uper-serpent ine roof rock wh ich has been engulfed in the zone of fusion , pushed

up aga in by further thrusts from the east . Great movement p lanes and master

join ts in the crystalline ser ies dipp ing east indicate a dragg ing di fferent ial move

ment . Thrusts from the south also took place , develop ing another set of master

jo in ts w i th movement on them dipp ing south-east . In some p laces there have

been p ressure movements causing g liding planes in so many directions that w e

ge t sch ists weathering out into masses l ike logs of wood each 5 to 6 feet long

and about 2 feet in d iamete r . That may be well seen on the Balade Road about

ha lf a mi le from the Cai lloux .

BY H . I . JENSEN . 267

I t is seldom poss ible to determine the orig inal clip of the crystalline sch ist

masses . The dips wi thin them are cleavages parallel to movement and thrust

p lanes and at right angles to cool ing p lanes . They are in fact controlled by the

major joint d i rections .

A belt extending from Pondala i to Fern H ill shows a general south-westerly

dip at gen tle to moderate angles west of the Ca i lloux—Pam road , but within the

belt there are several reversals and contortions . This belt l ies west of the great

quartz-chlori te Shear-zones . The rocks wi thin i t are not as highly crystalline

as those east of i t . There are many quartz reefs in it runn ing mostly north and

south . In the T iari and R eussi tes range , east of the main quartz-chlori te shear ,

the dip changes to easterly and the same east to south-east dip at steep angles is

maintained east of the road to Pa-Ih . But i t is far from constant , for at the

Balade Mine the d ip is aga in south-westerly. On and a long the east coast the

d ip is generally easterly, wi th numerous deviat ions , but in the whole of the mass

be tween the D iahot River and the east coast there are thrust -p lanes and strong

jo ints developed by crush and movement , the latter shown by alterat ion to chlori te

and depos i t ion of quartz , d ipp ing south-east in the south-eastern part of the

massi f, easterly in the cent ral part and north-east in the northern part . The

effect of these thrust-p lanes is to p roduce long regular slopes on the east coast ,

where the thrust -p lanes and d ip usually agree , and a rough serrated configurat ion

in the western part of the massif.

The rocks of the massif comp rise mi ca-schist , seri ci te -schist , talc-schist ,

quartzi te, garnetiferous quartz ite , garnet-rock, amphiboli te , serpent ine , glauco

phani te , t remoli te , and'

a variety of gneissi c mixtures grading from t o e of these

to the others .

The coun try west of the D iahot r ight to Koumac is metamorphi c, but not so

strongly. I t is, however , folded to such an extent that for a distance of e ight

ki lome tres across the central range, at right angles to the strike , the beds stand

vert ical or nearly so . On the east s ide of the central point , the Crescent , there is a

tenden cy to an easterly d ip and on the west side to a westerly d ip . The coun try,

therefore , suggests a strongly comp ressed ant icline , in each limb of which the same

big body of crystalline limestone is rep resented . The other rocks are clay-schist ,

slate , seri ci te-schist , arenaceous schist , interbedded andesi te , andesi t i c tuff and

breccia, all traversed by quartz veins and reefs . There is minor folding between

this ant icline and the T iari-Panie mass if whi ch probably si ts on the geosyncline

or part ly on the geosyncline and part ly on the eastern flank of a smaller anti cline

wh i ch occup ies the line of the Diahot and Mauprat Rock, in wh ich rock and

adjacent hi lls the limestone belt is again repeated .

Age of the Serpent ine .

The age-

of the serpent ines is post-Mesozoic and earlier than Pliocene . The

upper T ert iary ( probably Pl iocene ) rocks west of Koumac overlie the serpent ines ,

and conglomerat i c beds in them contain pebbles of serpent ine and jasper ; the

Miocene in the south of the island also overlie serpen tine . Hence w e may regard

the serpen t ine ( peridot ite dun ite ) int rusions as E ocene and the grand upheaval

of the T iari—Panie crystalline comp lex as later, perhaps Miocene .

Comparison of Nor thern New Caledonia w i th Nor th Queensland .

The high coasta l range of Bellenden Ker and Bart le Frere south of Cairns ,

continued north of Cairns as the Div iding Range wi th Mt . Spurgeon and Mt .

Windsor, attain ing a general he ight of from to over feet , and also the

high coastal and D ividing ranges north of Princess Charlotte Bay give a physio

-2 68 GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA ,

graph i c resemblan ce between these parts of the Queensland coast and the crystal

line Pan ie mass of north-eastern New Caledon ia .

“

I t has been suggested by D r .

H . C . Ri chards that possibly the -fathom Carpen ter D eep has controlled the

history of the Barr ier Reef and possibly the thrusts wh i ch have caused movemen ts

along the North Queensland Coast ( Trans. R oy. Geog . Soc . Q . , Vol . 1 , us ) ._I

_

have also suggested that the great movements of thrust in New Caledonia had

their origin in the enormous deeps to the east of that island .

Here , however, the comparison ends . The great metamorph ic-cum—igneous

massifs of North Queensland consist of metamorphi c rocks wi th gran ite intrusions,

a‘cont inen tal ’ in trusive magma, whi le those of northern New Caledon ia cons ist

Of metamorph ics w i th ultrabasi c, that is‘Ocean ic’ , int rusives .

The great shear zones and master-join t zones and the dip of the metamorphics

in North Queensland are all steep ly to the west , whi le the shears and master

join ts and related d ip -p lanes in the Pan ie massif are all to the east ; in the

former case the shears d ip away from the deep ocean , in the latter towards i t .

In the North Queensland areas ment ioned , the great . igneous“

in ject ions came up

from the west and south-west ; in the New Caledon ian area they came up from

the east and south-east .

Hence in.

the parts of North Queensland ment ioned the shears , intrusion s ,

folds, joints and dip s were cont rol led by the wide and deep sedimentat ion of a

subsiding con t inental mass to the west , whereupon gran i t ic crustal magmas were

driven away laterally from the parts most heavi ly sedimented into the rim of the

sedimented area . A wide cont inen tal expanse existed east of the present coast

whi ch has sin ce foundered. The basic and ultrabasi c magmas p layed on ly a

slight role in the process .

In the case of New Caledon ia a cont inent lay to the w eSt , most of wh i ch is now

foundered . T o the east were enormous oceani c deeps a t the t ime of the igneous

intrusions . An enormous line of weakness, the'

great volcan i c zone of the Pacific,lay only a Short distance to the east . Subsiden ce and engulfment of sedimentary

strata in this zone and subsequent uplift connected wi th ext rusions of magma from

the deeps p layed a large part in the bui lding of New Caledon ia .

Compari son w i th the Ameri can Cordi llera .

In the American Cordillera w e have a coastal range , a central range and the

Rocky Moun tains . Both the Coastal Range on the west and the Rockies in the

east are ge-ant iclinal in structure and the format ions involved range from Pre~

Cambrian to Carbon iferous and Mesozoi c . The Cen tral Range consists ent irely of

crysta lline schists and gran ite and is geosynclinal in structure . The eminent

French geolog ist Termier considered the crystalline sch ists produced by the

fus ion of folded Carbon iferous and Mesozoic rocks in the geosyncline .

The glaucophane-sch ist series in the Dinaric Alps in Europe are also considered

to be derivat ives of Mesozoi c rocks h ighly metamorphosed .

There is qu ite as much reason to consider the New Caledon ian crystalline

sch ists to be derived from the Mesozoic sed imen ts by analogous extreme

metamorph ism.

E vidence of the O re D ep osi ts on Geneti c R e lationship be tw een the Sed imen tary

and Metamorphi c R ocks .

In the more volcan ic port ions of the folded and unmetamorphosed sed i

mentaries w e have many Shear zones developed in wh ich the minerals of copper ,

s ilver, lead and z inc, often w i th a li t tle gold ,have been p recip i tated , in my

Op inion , by lateral Secret ion . The source of these minerals is metal contained in

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

270 GEOLOGY OF NEw CALEDONIA ,

Re turn ing to the east coast w e observe , north of Moneo ,hi lls and ranges

clad wi th tea-t ree (n iouli ) skirt ing the coast l ine, and in the highe r ranges , about

5 mi les back, escarpments of crystall ine l imestone can be seen . Common among

the metamorphi c rocks along the coast are the ep idiorites and garnet iferous

greywacke , weather ing in huge black boulders, simi lar to those seen in the

metamorphics east of the D iahot River . Coastal p lain is negligible . The l ime

stone belt app roaches the coast closer and closer un t il i t goes in to the sea at

Hienghen (Y enghene ) and thence northwards it is under the sea .

The east coast north of Y enghene becomes more and more elevated as the

Pan ie p la teau of crystalline rocks develops , the mounta ins dropp ing sheer into

the sea . The waters inside the Barrier Reef become shallower , namely from 20

to 30 metres, the s ilt ing up p rocess towards the north keep ing pace w i th'

depres

sion . Th large river Ouaieme , south Of the Pan ie massif, is not navigable and

has on ly 6 to 8 met res of water at i ts mouth , as compared wi th 40 metres in the

Canala ent rance . The alluvial‘

pointes’

or pen insulas at Puebo and Balade , clad

wi th mangroves , indi cate , as does also the in ter-reef channel , that as w e go north

si lting up is overtaking subsi den ce . The large Harcourt Gulf, into whi ch the

D iahot en ters, i s on ly 10 to 12 met res deep in the channe l , and the rest of i t is

largely sand-banks at low t ide . The islands north of New Caledonia , like those

to the south , are de tached from the ma in land by a great late Tertiary subs idence ,

wh i ch at i ts conclusion had made all the now alluv iated D iahot Valley an arm

or gulf Of the sea , but , as subsi dence slackened Off , this arm w as si lted up again .

That fact is ev iden ced by a number of bor’

es wh i ch I sup ervised in the D iah ot

bas in pass ing from river alluv ial into coastal deposits , shell beds with Arca,

Potamides, and an enormous variety Of other shallow-water mudbank species .

The northern portion of the west coast w as also subjected to rap id subsidence

during the same part of the late T ert iary, but the movement has ended here, for

the harbours of the west coast , t he bays of Banare , Néhoue , Gomen , Koné, U0 ,

Voh , Bourai l and St . Vincent , right to near Noumea , are all shallow, due to

sedimentat ion from the decomposable serpent inous and Mesozoi c strata behind

exceeding any p resent dep ression . In p laces , I am informed , there are even

small rai sed beaches , ind icat ive of local elevat ion . South of Noumea , however ,

the west coast i s rap idly subsiding .

Late Tertiary E levation .

In sp i te of the general . late T ert iary subsi dence following upon the grea t

post-serpent ine up lifts , there are locali t ies on the west coast where local Miocene

and Pliocene elevat ions have taken p lace . Miocene rocks have been recorded

from various p laces in southern New Caledon ia , but these may have been contem

porary wi th a local delayed spasm in the great early T ert iary upli ft . However,

west of Koumac, w e get a fai r area of up lifted Pl iocene sedimen ts whi ch rise

to form a group of small hi lls known as the Pointe de Koumac , or Pointe'

de

Pandop . They consist of interlaminated mudstones, marls , sandstones , pebbly

beds , peats and magnesian streaks , dipp ing west at an angle of 15°to They

overlie serpen t ine .

A large serpen t ine massif, Mt . Kaala , l ies south-east of the Po inte de Koumac

and a t i ts western base there is a remarkable o i l seep coming out of a magnes ian

ve in in the serpent ine . An old man has been prospect ing for oi l here for a

genera t ion by s ink ing shafts and driving tunnels in the serpen t ine in a most

pa t ien t manner . On some of h is wel ls a scum of o i l forms , wh ich , by skimming ,

y ields about a p int a day.

BY H . I . JENSEN . 2 71

This o i l can hardly be derived from the igneous serpent ine , nor can i t be

derived from the metamorphic Cretaceous rocks whi ch form the base and the

eastern marg in of the serpent ine mass of Mt . Kaala . The me tamorphic Cretaceous

is schistose and the beds stand a lmost vert ically . The most feasible explan at ion

is that the oi l is der ived from the late T ert iary (Pliocene ) beds to the west under

the ocean and is being forced by water p ressure in to magnesian crevi ces in the

serpen tine whence i t again escap es to the surface . The o i l has_

the consisten cy

of light machine oi l and is of a brownish-

green fluorescence . The oi l-p roducing

series probably extends a long w ay under the ocean to Chesterfield I sland .

Summary of Movemen ts .

The processes that went towards the bui ld ing up of the p resent New Caledon ia

are therefore as follows :

(a ) . O sci llatory movements wi th heavy deposi t ion of sandstone , shale , coal ,

marl , mudstone ,limeston e , tuff , breccia , agglomerate and conglomerate , and in ter

bedded andesi t i c lavas on the eastern p latform of the Melanes ian con t inen t dur ing

the T riassi c, Jurassic and Cretaceous periods .

Fault ing wi th thrusts from the ocean deeps to the east , followed by

an uprising of peridot i te magmas in the late Cretaceous or E ocene , accompan ied

by, or followed by, further thrust movements from the east result ing in the

upheaval Of the New Caledon ian p latform and the folding of the Mesozo ics . These

movemen ts may have extended in p laces into the Miocene .

( c ) . D eposi t ion of Middle T ert iary beds on both sides of the p latform . T he

overthrust of the crystalline schists in the north-east may have been as late as

early Miocene . Local up lifts in the Koumac region , p robably of earthquake

nature , at the end of the Pliocene .

(d ) . Ple istocene subsidence on a grand scale leading to the separat ion of the

Loyalty I slands and all the islands north and south of New Caledon ia , this down

ward movement cont inuing to the presen t t ime in the south , and along the east

coast from the south end to H ienghen , but arrested in Recen t t imes in the north

of the island and the northern half of the west coast .

Cessat ion of dep ress ion and sedimentat ion by r iver deposi tion in the

D iahot valley .

Li terature on the Geology of New Caledonia .

The earliest geologists invest igat ing thi s coun try, Jules Garn ier and Heurteau ,

invest igated p rincipally the m ineral resources of the island . M . Pelatan ,in 18 92

and the ensuing years , con t inued that good work . In 1901 , M. Mauri ce P iroutet

carried on strat igraph i cal and palaeon tological invest igat ion s whi ch added much

to our knowledge . The researches of M. N. E . Glasser , in 1902 and 1903 , carried

the work of all these invest igators st i ll further , and h is report (Annales des

Mines , 2m esemestre , 1903 ; and l e r semest re , 1904) conta ins an excellen t summary

of his ow n , as well as all p rev ious work.

In my ow n investigations I have ne ither had the t ime nor the opportun i ty to

invest igate palaeon tologi cal problems , but I may remark that , in coun try wh ich

has been subjected to such catastroph i c v i cissi tudes as New Caledon ia , one must

expect much inter-mixture Of fossi ls of various ages and confus ion . It is almost

certain that small remnan ts wi th Miocene and E ocene fossi ls wi ll from t ime to

t ime , as work p roceeds , be found among the Mesozoi c beds , lodged in unexpected

posit ions by early T ert iary overthrusts and up lifts .

The Serpen t ine .

— The French geolog ists have done a vast amoun t of excellent

work on the chemi cal composi t ion of the serpent ines , instigated by the importance

272 GEOLOGY OF NEw CALEDONIA ,

of these rocks in regard to ore deposi ts of n i ckel , chrome , cobalt , and manganese .

~

Those interested in ores of these metals Should study the work of Garn ier , H eurteau

and Glasser . I t appears certa in that the serpen t ine is derived from p eridot ite

wh ich w as intruded before the e levat ion of the New.

Caledon ian p latform above

sea-level . Ingress of sea-water in the course of the upheavals has p robably

contributed large ly to the alterat ion to serpen tine .

Ocean Sound ings and thei r Bearing on Past Con tinen tal Areas .

Ocean soundings Show waters ranging p r in cipally between and

fathoms between Australia, the New Hebri des and New Caledonia , the Loyalty

Islands and New Z ealand . A marked shal low belt or range extends from Sandy

Cape north-east to Wreck Reef, then to Chesterfield Reef, then to the north of

New Caledon ia , where soundings show less than fathoms and most ly less

than 500 fathoms. This sunken range is p robably genet i cally related to the nearly

east -west fundamental structural direct ion“

in the Older Palaeozoi c format ions of

the Australasian cont inental mass. Th is w as p robably also the last chain join ing

Australia to New Caledonia . The Admi ralty chart shows no strong evidence of

folding wi thin the large area embraced between the coasts of New Guinea ,

Australia and New Caledon ia over the Coral Sea . I t looks like a subsided

penep lained cont inental mass wi th isolated h ills and ranges , and p lains of sedi

men tat ion well submerged .

But from Sandy Cape south along the Austral ian coast commences a deep

zone , exceeding fathoms, and for the most part app roaching fathoms,

wh ich divided the p latform of Lord Howe I sland from the cont inent . The LordHowe p latform wi th depths ranging from 400

’

fathoms to fathoms extends

north-east to wi thin 100 mi les of New Caledonia ,where t he ocean deepens though

i t does not exceed fathoms . The ocean chart , therefore , shows a strong

syn cl inal or dow nfaulted block east of south-eastern Austral ia runn ing in the

same di rect ion as the Australia‘

n .coast and a less depressed, extended , but older ,

con tinental area , round Lord Howe Island , wh i ch extends r ight to Northern New

Z ealand , but wh i ch is separated from New Caledon ia by a dep ression to

fathoms , wh i ch i s of recen t and late T ertiary development . The Loyalty I slands

are separated from New Caledonia by water fathoms deep , in p laces dropp ing

to fathoms . The i rregular ity of the bottom in this basin is eviden ce of

cont inen tal depression , and the coral islands of the Loyalt ies are obviously bui lt

on sunken port ions Of the New Caledon ian p latform whi ch , as already Shown ,

is st i ll Sinking in the direct ion of the Loyalt ies .

But east Of the Loyalty I slands w e meet wi th a startling depression between

these islands and the New Hebrides , deeps of and fathoms indicat ing

a deep synclinal t rough whi ch has a NNW.

—SSE . trend ,

“

less marked in both

direct ions , though t raceable northerly past the south of the Solomons and along

that group on the western Side and through the strai t between the Solomons“

and

New I reland . T owards the south-east i t occurs between New Caledon ia and T onga

in ocean dep ths of between and fathoms. E ast of the l ine join ing

Kermadecs, T onga ,and Samoa , enormous depths exceeding fathoms prevail .

Thus from the soundings i t would appear that in t imes as remote as the

T rias there w as a cont inen t extending over the Coral Sea , and also over the vast

area between the Australian coast and New Z ealand and New Caledonia ( the

Lord Howe Island cont inent ) . The p resent vo lcan i c chain through Samoa and

T onga, the Kermadecs and New Z ealand rep resented i ts eastern fringe . The

T riass ic rocks of New Z ealand , New Caledon ia, and Eastern Austral ia were

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 74 GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA ,

granules . Sphene is usually abundant in these rocks and may be more p len t iful

than ep idote . In the muscovite-bearing type the -mi ca may often be detected in

the hand-specimen .

These schists are often p li cated . They Show a good deal of var iat ion wi th

resp ect to the relative amounts of the minerals p resent . In some cases ep i dote

or clin ozois i te is abundant , wi th muscovi te and quartz subordinate , and the rocks

appear to grade into the muscovite -free group . On the other hand ,

‘

ep idote and

Sphene may be presen t only as a trace and the rocks grade into the glaucophane

muscovi te—quart z assemblages described below .

( i i i ) . Glaucophane—garnet Schi sts .

— These may also be subdivided into

muscov i te-bearing and muscovi te-free types , and the former grade into the

glaucophane—quartz sch ists whi ch contain very l it tle glaucophane and garnet .

The muscovi te-free type is represented by a single examp le wh i ch contains

clinozoisi te as well as garnet and indi cates a grade of metamorph ism intermediate

between that characterized by ep i dote and that by garnet . Th is schist also

conta ins a good deal of calcite and chlori te and in the hand -spec imen glaucophane

rich and chlor i te -rich bands may be discerned .

The muscovite-bearing glaucophane-garnet sch ists are well represented in the

collect ion examined . Some are extraordinari ly r i ch in glaucophane and the hand

specimen is a dense b luish-grey rock studded w i th reddish-brown garnets . The

typ es less r ich in glaucophane are lighter in colour and more dist inct ly schistose .

Muscovi te is somet imes deve loped in large p lates more than 1 cm. across . Under

the mi croscope the garnets are i dioblast i c and are often in groups . Incip ient

alterat ion to chlori te i s frequen t . When mi ca is not abundan t i t often forms

radiat ing masses between glaucophane crystals, but may occur also in large sheets.

Clinozoisite i s present in some of these rocks .

( iv ) . G laucophane—muscovi te—sphene Schist .— One examp le of this type i s

recorded . Except for the absen ce of garnet and the p resence of sphene , i t is

ident i cal wi th some Of the glaucophane—garnet—muscov ite sch ists . I t would appear

that the abundan t t i tan ia inhibited the format ion of garnet and that lime entered

the sphene molecule , though i t is difli cult to say w hy the spe ssart i te molecule

Should not be formed . Poss ibly the rock had a deficiency of i ron and magnesia

and ne i ther of these oxides remain ed when soda had been sat isfied after the

format ion of glaucophane .

(v ) . Glaucophane—muscovi te—quartz Schi sts.

— These rocks are characterist i c

al ly ri ch ih quartz and poor in glaucophane . Muscov ite is fa irly abundant and

as a rule the glaucophane crystals are larger than in the other sch ists . In the

hand-specimen they are light-coloured quartz-mica sch ists , Often con ta in ing large

p risms of blue glaucophane wh i ch measure 1-5 - cm . Several of t he rocks Show

strong p l icat ion , and small quan t i t ies of garnet and sphene ind icate affinit ies to

the above assemblages .

2 . Chlori te—albi te—ep idote—garnet Schi st .

Th is rock is somewhat banded w i th chlori te—e p idote layers alternat ing w ith

albi te—ep i dote—garnet layers. The ep i dote occurs in long p risms and a slight

sch istosi ty is apparent . In the hand -specimen large crystals of pyri tes and quartz

ind icat e mineral izat ion .

3 . Ch lori te Schi sts .

These a re soft green sch istose rocks consist ing almost en t i rely of chlori te . A

l i tt le Sphene and ep idote are sometimes p resen t .

BY H . I . JENSEN .

4. Sheared H ornblende—gabbro.

The rock is coarse-

gra ined ( 6 mm . ) and consisted orig inally of brown horn

blende and bas ic p lagioclase . Shearing has caused shattering of both minerals

and part ial saussuri t izat ion of the felspar. Chlorite is developed as a secondary

m ineral .

5 . Garnet Schist .

This rock has not been sectioned, but in the hand-specimen i t is seen to be

thickly studded wi th red , i dioblast i c garnets wh i ch measure about 5 mm . These

are set in a groundmass of pale green mica and a li tt le quartz is p resent .

6 . Chlori toid Schist .

In the hand-specimen the rock Shows a marked schistos ity, and black crystals

of Chlori toi d measuring up to 12 5 Cm . are embedded in muscovi te whi ch is

Sl ight ly sta ined by iron -oxi des .

Under the m icroscope the chlori to id shows the characterist i c bluish-green

co lour and the rock is seen to consist almost en t irely of Chlori toid and muscovi te

wi th accessory iron -ores and z ircon .

7 . Quar tz Schist .

These consist -most ly of quartz and muscovi te . Pyri tes ind i cates mineral izat ion .

8 . Act inoli te Schi st .

Th is rock consists of a felted mass of pale green act inoli te needles wh ich

measure up to 5 mm .

PETROGENESIS .

The wri ter has no knowledge of the field re lat ions of these various types of

schist , and any suggest ion made regarding their origin is ent irely speculat ive .

D r . Jensen cons iders that the glaucophane—schists are the metamorphosed

equivalents of the Mesozoi c “andesite se r ies

”. Thi s series includes a number Of

types rang ing from basalts and doleri tes to rhyolites . Some of the earlier wr i ters

hav e des ignated some of the lavas by the rather indefin i te terms melaphyre and

ophite , but the p resent wri ter has not been able to examine any specimens from

this series .

The ophi t ic fabric of the glaucophane—lawson i te rocks would suggest that at

least some Of the schists were derived from doleri tes , but most of the rocks are too

much altered to speculate upon the ir origin , and deta iled field work is desirable .

According to Harker ( 1932 ) glaucophane schists are e i ther formed by the

me tamorphism of alkaline rocks or by the metasomat ism of sedimen ts .

I t is possible that sp i liti c lavas may occur in D r . Jen sen’

s“andesi te series

but i t is also conceivable that normal basi c lavas may have been albi t ized as the

result of deuteri c alterat ion . The Old name melaphyre is usually app l ied to rocks

that have suffered late magmat ic alterat ion , and the writer would suggest that

under sui table condi t ions of metamorphi sm these may g ive rise to glaucophane

schists .

Nevertheless , the lawson i te and ep idote-bearing types indicate that there w as

an abundance of l ime p rior to me tamorph ism , and this suggests a normal calcic

rock rather than a deuterically altered or alkal ine one . In the case of the

lawson i te-bearing rocks wi th re lief oph i t i c fabri c the lawsoni te p seudomorphs laths

of p lagioclase and i t is ev ident that the felspar conta ined a large percen tage of

the anorth i te molecule . The glaucophane schists rich in lawson i te , clinozo isi te or

garnet must sure ly have a composi t ion simi lar to the albite—ep idote rocks , and it

276 GEOLOGY OF NEW CALEDONIA .

has been Shown that these lat ter are no t alkaline rocks but that the format ion of

bas ic p lag ioclase has been inhibi ted by the low temperature condi t ions .

Wash ington ( 1901 ) has comp i led a l ist of analyses of glaucophane-bearing

rocks , and some of these do not ind icate a soda percentage above that of normal

calci c rocks . I t , therefore , seems possible that the format ion of glaucophane

requi res special condit ions of metamorphism rather than of composi t ion , though

i ts genesis i s possibly faci li tated by an abundance of soda . Reference to the

petrography wi ll Show that the glaucophane rocks occur in several metamorphi c

grades and for this reason a correlat ion between the format ion of glaucophane

and the cond i t ions of metamorph ism is very difficult .

I t wi ll also be seen that muscov i te is a consp icuous mineral in some of the

glaucophane rocks . Harker suggests that the glaucophane—muscovi te rocks

represen t tufis , and this is possible in the presen t instance , as D r . Jensen finds

tufi s in the“andesi te series

Finally, the quartz—muscov i te rocks contain ing but lit tle glaucophane must

surely rep resent a metasomat ized sedimen t . T his is difli cult to account for , un less

i t be assumed that there w as adinol izat ion by sp ili ti c lavas or metasomat ism of

acciden tal xeno li ths by magmat i c flui ds in calcic lavas .

Those rock types whi ch do not contain glaucophane might be associated wi th

any ser ies of lavas , e ither alkal ine or calcic, and need no further commen t .

R efer en ces .

HARKER, A . ,1 9 32 .

— Met amorph ism . A Study of t h e T rans forma t ions O f R ock Masses ,

p p . 1 34,2 9 1 .

WASH INGTON,H . S . , 1 9 01 .

— Study o f t h e G laucophane Sch ist s . Am er . J. Sci . , 1 1 , 35 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TRICH0PELTACE'

AE AND ATICHIACEAE IN NEW SOUTH WALES,

Spegazzin i also ( 1888 ) described the genus Brefe ldi ella whi ch has a flat

ci rcular thallus , one cell thi ck . The genus“

Tri chop e lte lla, very simi lar to

Tri chop elti s, w as described by von Hoehnel in 1910 .

Theissen ( 1913 ) p roposed the fami ly T richopeltaceae to include these genera

and described several new genera based on characters of spore septat ion and

colour . He p laced Asterina Labecula in the genus Trichope ltis, and gave a very

deta iled account of the structure and growth of the thallus in this fami ly.

Stevens ( 1925 ) gave a review of the fami ly and species described. He clarified

the posi t ion with regard to the nomenclature of Tri chop elti s and Asterina rep tans,

and gave conclusive reasons for the accep tance of T . rep tans Speg . as the type of

the fami ly. He re jected Asterina rep tans B . C . as a fungus too imperfectlydescribed to be recognizable .

At present the fami ly T richopeltaceae is regarded as be ing closely allied to

the Mi crothyriaceae .

b. Species occurring in New South Wales .

Cooke ( 1892 , p . 315 ) recorded the fungus Asterina rep tans B . C . as occurring

on leaves in Queensland . The descrip t ion he gave is as follows : Myce liu’

m thin ,

rather ret iculated , perithecia minute , constructed from the radiat ing cells , asci

clavate, sporidia oblong, somewhat fusiform, uniseptate . From this , which is a

di rect translat ion of the type Lat in descript ion given by Berkeley and Curt is, it is

impossible to tell wi thout an examination of the original material whether an

Asterina or a Tri chop eltis is ind icated .

Theissen in the course of h is invest igat ion of the fami ly Trichopel

taceae , examined specimens from the Kew colle ct ion labelled ~Asterina rep tans. He

made no ment ion of any Specimen from the mainland of Australia ; therefore , it

seems probable that the fungus re corded by Cooke i s a species of Asterina , not

Tri chope lti s . Theissen recorded Trichopelti s rep tans Speg . on the leaves of

Tasmania (probably a typograph ical error forD rimys ) aromatica,Tasmania, from

collect ions at Kew .

No other record has been made of the occurrence of this fungus in Australia .

During the present investigat ion three species belonging to the T richopeltaceae

have been collected .

1 . Tri chopelti s rep tans Speg .

— This species has been ident ified in 45

collect ions . I t is most common on the leaves of rain-forest trees in Shaded

locali t ies , e i ther alone or associated wi th sooty-mould fungi , ch iefly members of

the Chaetothyrieae (Plate xi i i , fig . The thallus is strap -shaped , branching

at intervals , closely adherent to the host leaf (Plate xi i i , fig . The cells

in the centre Of the thallus form a longitudinal strand . In old thalli the cells

along the margin may grow outwards at r ight angles to the long axis , thus

giving rise to a certain amount of lateral growth (A in fig. 2 , Plate xi i i ) .

Tri chopelti s rep tans appears to be a widespread species . It is common in South

Amer ica and the West Indies, and has also been recorded in the East Indies‘

and

in Hawai i .

2 . Brefeldi ella brasi li ensis Speg.— This species has been ident ified in 20

collect ions . Like Tri chope lti s rep tans, i t is found ch iefly on the leaves of rain

forest trees associated with Ati chia and the Chaetothyrieae (Plate xi i i , fig . The

thallus is roughly ci rcular or Sl ightly lobed (Plate xi i i , fig . The margin is

more or less even . The fungus grows smoothly round obstacles in i ts path , such

as a colony of Phycope lti s or a young Brefeldi el la,joining up again on the other

s ide . Consequen tly an old thallus may have a patchy appearance . Brefeldi ella

brasi liensis has been recorded in South America .

BY LILIAN FRASER . 279

3. Tr ichotha llus haw ai iensi s Stevens — This species has been ident ified in

three collect ions . I t therefore appears to be much less common than the tw o

preceding species . It occurs on the leaves of rain-forest trees in especially humid

si tuat ions, associated wi th Tri chOpeltis and members of the Chaetothyrieae

(Plate xi ii , fig .

It w as first described by Stevens ( 1925) from Hawai i , and has not been

recorded Since . As originally described , the fungus showed ne i ther pycn idia nor

perithecia, and none were observed in the material collected in New South Wales.

From the structure of the thallus i t is obv ious that the fungus belongs to the

T richopeltaceae. The margin of the thallus is, as a rule, rather uneven . Not

uncommonly a single hypha , or several hyphae together, may grow out as a

narrow strand . The forward growing edge also somet imes shows this feature ,

single hyphae , or narrow bands of hyphae growing out , often later coalescing ,

thus giv ing the thallus a reticulate appearance (Plate xi i i , fig . The most

pecul iar feature of the thallus is the presence of hai rs . These are single hyphae

composed of cells growing upwards from the thallus at frequent intervals. They

measure 75—120 x 9—10u, often tapering towards the base and apex . They break off

fairly readily and undoubtedly function as organs of propagat ion .

Because of its more loosely aggregated thallus and the presence of hairs , this

species appears to be a more primi tive type than ei ther Tri chop elti s or

Brefe ldiella .

Trichothallus haw ai i ensis has been collected on the leaves of Backhousia

myrtifolia and Eugenia Smi thi i in the Upper Williams River D istri ct ,

May 1933, January 19 34, and May 1936 .

The Ati chiaceae .

A review of the changes in nomenclature and classificat ion of the members

of th is fami ly has been given in an earlier paper (Fraser,

Only tw o refe rences have been made to the occurrence of Ati chia in Australia .

McAlp ine in descr ibing the sooty-mould-forming fungus Capnodium

ci tri colum attributed to i t structures which he called “glomerulae

”

, and whi ch

he considered to be a type of imperfect fruct ificat ion . These were globular

gelat inous colonies of yeast-like cel ls , 0-5 mm . or more in d iameter . Through the

kindness of the Government Biologist of the Department of Agriculture , Vi ctoria ,

the writer w as able to make an examination of McAlp ine’

s type specimens . Small

cblon ies of Ati chia g lomeru losa were recognizable in one of his collect ions, and

there can be no doubt that these are the“glomerulae

”to which he referred .

Fisher ( 1932 ) recorded a species of Phycopsi s on Myoporum and Bursaria in

Vi ctoria , but w as unable to assign i t to any species owing to the lack of perfect

material .

Four species of fungi belonging to the At ich iaceae have been found in

collections made during the present invest igation .

1 . Ati chia glomerulosa (Ach . ) Flot .— This species has been ident ified in 17

collections . I t is usually associated with sooty mould‘

fungi , and occurs both in

sunny and shaded posi t ions. The colonies are globular and gelat inous, composed

of yeast-like cells , usually 300—600g in diameter, most ly closely aggregated , or

soli tary, some times obscurely lobed . Somewhat stellate colonies up to 2 mm . in

diameter consist ing of a number of large lobes have been seen . The propagulae ,

whi ch are borne in a concavi ty at the apex of the thallus, are globular or obscurely

3-branched, and 12—20n in diameter (Text-fig. The asci , which are borne just

below the surface at the apex of the thallus , are globular or pear-Shaped , and

2 80 TR ICH OPELTACEAE AND ATICH IACEAE IN NEW SOUTH WALES ,

8 -

'

spored . The ascospores are 1-sep tate , hyaline , 12—16 x This agrees

'

very

we ll with the descrip t ions given by Vui llemin (1 905 ) and von Hoehnel

and wi th the figures of Arnaud This species appears to be very wide

sp read ; i t i s common in Europe . and has been recorded in many countries,

in cluding Java .

2 . A ti chia Mi llardeti Pat — Th is Sp ecies has been ident ified in 58 collect ions ,

and appears to be by far the most common A tichia in New South Wales . It

occurs exclusive ly in shaded posi t ions , ch iefly on the leaves of rain-forest trees ,

e i ther alone or associated w i th members of the T richopeltaceae and Chaeto

thyriaceae (A in fig . 7 , Plate x iv ) . The colon ies have always 3 or more p rominen t

lobes (Plate .x iv , figs . 8 , 9 ) and may at tain a diameter of 5—6 mm . They a re

composed of yeast-l ike cells (Text-figs . 2a, 2b ) . The p ropagulae are p roduced in

elongated or c ircular cavi t ies in the upper surface of the lobes of the thallus

(A in Plate x iv ,fig . They are tr iquetrous branch systems , 40

—50p. in length

T ext -figures 11- 1 0 .

1 .— Propagu lae o f A tichia g lom eru losa . x 2 8 5.

2 .— C el ls O f the tha llus o f A ti chia Mi llarde ti , 2a showing cy top la sm and nucle i a ft er

remova l of o i l , 2 b Showing o il drop s . x

3 .

— P r opagu lae o f A tichia M i llard e ti . x 2 8 5.

4- 9 .-A t ichia bo triosa .

4.— Hyphae from the centre o f th e lobes of the tha llus Showing fi lam entous na ture .

y 2 8 5 .

5 .— Hyphae from nearer the marg ins of the lobes O f the tha llus than those shown

in T ex t ~figure 4, showing Sl igh t infla t ion and irregular darkening o f the wa lls . x 2 8 5.

6 .—H yphae from the marg ins of the lob es of the tha llus showing th icken ing O f the

w a lls , branch ing and b ead - l ike a pp earance . x 2 8 5.

7 .— P ropagula e showing branch ing . x 2 8 5 .

8 .

— A SC i . x 2 8 5.

9 a .

— A scosp ores ; 9 b.—C e lls O f the a scospore a fter separa t ion . x 2 8 5 .

1 0 .— Pa r t O f tw o transverse sect ions of the ep iderm is o f a lea f showing the tha llus

o f T r ichope lt is r ep tans (A ) . B , cut icle ; C , ep iderma l cells . x 2 8 5.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

282 TRICH OPELTACEAE AND ATICH IACEAE IN NEW SOUTH WALES ,

A tichia botriosa has been collected at Barrington Tops, on Calli stemon pallidus

D .C . , January, 1934 (asexual stage ) , October , 1934 (asexual stage ) , and March ,1934 ( sexual stage ) .

4. Phycopsi s vani llae (Pat . ) Mang . Pat — This species has been ident ified

in 9 collections . I t is usually associated wi th sooty-mould fungi and occurs only in

shaded posi tions (A in Plate xi i i , fig . The colonies are g lobular , 200—400“ indiamete r , never lobed , and composed of yeast-like cells . The propagulae, whi ch

are large and globular, are p roduced singly all over the upper part of the thallus ,just below the surface. The asci are borne in the thallus just below the surface

as in A ttenta g lomerulosa. They are globular or pear-shaped , and 8-spored . The

ascospores are 1-sep tate, hyaline , 15—18 x 7—9u. PhyCOpsts vani llae has been

recorded in Java, Tah i ti and the Gambier Islands .

Mode of Nutri tion.

I t has been recogn ized from the first that the species of the At ichiaceae are

sap rophytes, but thei r dependence on scale-insect excretions has not previously

been established . Any referen ce to the source of food has usually been omitted

in descrip t ions of species . Cot ton ( 1914) noticed the occasional associat ion of

A tichia domini cana wi th scale insects , but came to the conclusion that i t w as

wi thout s ign ificance . However , as he dealt on ly wi th dried material , h is

conclusions were not based on a first-hand knowledge of the condit ions under

whi ch the fungus lived . In the Wri ter’

s experience , A ttenta mostly occurs where

scale insects are p resen t, and is usually associated wi th members of t he

Capnodiaceae. Colon ies of Attenta have somet imes been found in posi tions where

they would receive a l i tt le“honey dew

”, but are not directly associated with scale

insects . For instance, the scale insects might be on a ne ighbouring tree . The

most numerous and luxuriant colonies have always been found nearest to parts

affected by scale insects. They have neve r been found in any position where scale

insects are ent irely absen t .

In the case of the T richopeltaceae the posi tion is not so clear . Nei ther

Spegazzini ( 18 89 ) nor The issen ( 1 913 ) has expressed any op inion on the mode

of nutri t ion of the members of this family. In discussing Trichopeltis rep tans

Stevens ( 1925 ) used the word host” when speaking of the tree on whose leaves

this fungus grew . Th is seems to indicate that he.

considered the species to be

parasi t i c . From observations in the field the wri ter“came to the conclusion that

the members of the T richopeltaceae formed part of the sooty-mould associat ion .

A careful examination of the relat ion of the thallus of the various species of the

T rich0 peltaceae to the leaves on whi ch they occurred w as therefore necessary.

The following points were observed : The thallus w as found to lie in very close

contact wi th the ep idermis of the leaf on which it grew, following i ts contours

exactly. Microtome sections th ick were cut of parts of leaves bearing

Trichopeltis and Brefeldiella . No trace of haustoria could be found (T ext-fig .

The thallus of the fungus appears to be strictly external to the cut icle . No case

has been observed of damage by the species of the T richopeltaceae to the leaf on

wh ich they were growing . Th is in i tself does not mean that'

they are not parasi tic ,

since species of Meliola , though parasi t ic, somet imes appear to do no visible harm

to thei r host leaves . An addi t ional p roof of the ir saprophyt i c nature is afforded

by the fact that dry thalli of Tri chopelti s, Brefeldiella and Tri chothallus can be

flaked off the leaves on which they grow . Th is is well shown by Brefe ldi ella, in

wh ich the central parts of large colon ies often break off, leaving the margins to

cont inue their growth (C in Plate x i i i , fig . I t w as found that both Brefeldiella

BY LILIAN FRASER . 283

and Tri chop eltis grow readi ly in culture on potato-dextrose-agar . These facts seem

to afford sufli cient p roof that the members of this family are not parasi t i c .

In the field , the three species of the T richopeltaceae are frequently associated

wi th sooty moulds . The best developmen t takes p lace near scale insects . Often ,

however , thei r thalli appear to be unassociated wi th scale insects or other fung i

(Plate xi i i , fig . In these cases scale insects are always to be found on neigh

bouring trees, so that a l ittle“honey dew

”is probably available to the fungi .

Moreover , small scale-insects of a brown or greenish colour , closely adhering to

stems or the under-surfaces of leaves, are easi ly overlooked .

On the above grounds i t appears reasonable to assume that the members of

the At ichiaceae and T richopeltaceae are true saprophytes living on honey dew”

like the members of the Capnod iaceae , and that they therefore should be included

in the sooty-mould group .

Systemati c Posi tion of the A ti chiaceae.

The fami ly Atichiaceae has been considered by various wri ters to show

affinit ies with the Saccharomycetes, Capnodiaceae , Bulgariaceae , etc . The general

op inion seems to be that i t is most closely related to the Saccharomycetes because

of the yeas t -like appearance of the cells composing the thallus.

In th is connect ion i t may be of interest to consider the species A ti chia botriosa .

This is a typ ical member of the At ichiaceae in all respects, except in the nature of

the mycelium. Instead of be ing composed of yeast -l ike cells easi ly separat ing from

each other , the hyphae , especially those at the centre of the thallus , are filamen tous ,

not inflated . Each cell conta ins one small inconsp icuous nucleus (Text-figs . 4,

qui te unlike the large characteristi c nucleus of the yeasts . This feature is also

shown by A . Mi llardeti (Text-fig . 2a ) .

Asci in all members of the At ichiaceae occur embedded separately in specialized

areas in the thallus as in the Myriangiales and app ear to be produced by a rami

tying system of ascogenous hyphae (Text-fig .

I t therefore seems p robable that the relat ionsh ips of the At ichiaceae wi th the

Saccharomycetes are apparent rather than real , and that its closest relat ionships

are with the Myriangiales .

Summary.

A brief review is given of the changes in nomencla ture and classificat ion of

the members of the Trichopeltaceae .

Tri chop elti s rep tans Speg . , Brefeldi el la brasi li ensi s Speg . and Tri chothal lus

haw ai iensi s Stevens are recorded for the first t ime in New South Wales . Ati chia

glomerulosa (Ach . ) Plot A . Mi llardeti Pat . and Phycopsis vani llae (Pat . ) Mang .

and Pat . are recorded for the first t ime in New South Wales . A new species,

A tichia botriosa, is described .

I t is shown that both the Atichiaceae and T richopeltaceae are ep iphytes

dependent on scale-insect excret ions , and that they therefore form part of the sooty

mould flora .

Because of the posi t ion of the asci and the nature of the mycelium, especially

in Atichia botriosa, the At ichiaceae are considered to show affini ties wi th the

Myriangiales .

In conclusion , the writer wishes to thank Ass istan t Professor J . McLucki e ,

of the Departmen t of Botany, Univers i ty of Sydney, for helpful cri t i cism during

the course of th is work .

2 84 TRICH OPELTACEAE AND ATICH IACEAE IN NEW SOUTH WALES .

L i tera tur e C i ted .

ARN AUD , G . , 1 9 1 0 .— C ontr ibut ion a l

’

é tude des Fumag ines . I . L ima cinia , Seura ti a ,

P leosphaer ia ,e t c . Ann . E co le na t iona le Agr ic . Mon tp e ll ier , Ser . 2 , T ome ix

pp . 2 39 - 2 7 7 .

C OOKE ,M . C . , 1 8 9 2 .

—H andbook o f Austra l ian Fung i . L ondon .

C OTTON, A . D . , 1 9 14.— T he g enus A ti chi a . K ew Bu ll. Mi s c. Inform a tion , pp . 54- 6 3 .

F I SH ER , E . E . , 1 932 .— The

“Soo ty Mould s

”of Som e Aust ra l ian P lan t s . P ro c . R oy . Soc .

Vi c tor ia , x lv ( i i ) , p p . 1 7 1—2 02 .

FRASER, L . , 1 9 32 .— An Inves t igat ion of th e Soo ty Mou ld s of N ew South W a les . I . PROC .

L INN . Soc . lv i i i ( 5 pp . 37 5- 39 3 .

1x ( 3 p p . 1 59 - 1 7 8 .

1 9 35b.

—An Inv est iga t ion o f the Sooty Mou lds o f N ew Sou th W a les . V . Ib id . ,

lx ( 3 pp . 2 8 0 - 2 9 0 .

HOEH NEL , F . VON 1 91 0 .— A tichia Tr eubi i v . H . ( Sa ccharomy ce te s ) . Ann . Jar d in B o tan .

Bu i tenzorg , Supp . 3 , pp . 1 9 - 2 8 .

MOALP INE , D . ,1 8 9 6 .

— T he Soo ty Mou lds of C i trus T rees , a Study in P o lym orph ism .

PROC. L INN . Soc . xx i , p p . 46 9 - 49 7 .

*MONTAGNE , C . , 1 8 40 .- Seconde C en tur ie de P lan t es C e llu la ires E xo t iques Nouvelles .

Ann . S ci . N a t . , B ot . , l st Ser . , x iv , p . 3 2 8 .

1 8 56 .-Syl log e G en erum Sp ec ierumque C ryp togamarum , p . 2 55 .

SPEGA Z Z IN I C . L . , 1 8 8 8 — B o t. A cad. C ordoba, x i , p . 558 .

STEVENS, F . L . ,1 9 2 5 .

— H awa i ian Fung i . B ern ice P . Bi shop Museum Bu ll. , 1 9 , pp . 52 - 6 2 .

T H EI SSEN, F . , 1 9 1 3 .— Ueb er e in ig e Microthyr iaceen . Ann . Myco l . , x i , pp . 49 3- 511 .

VUILLEM IN, P . , 1 9 05.— Seura tia p in i co la , sp . nov . Typ e d

’

une nouve lle fam ille

d’

A scomycéte s . B u l l. Soc . Myc . Fr . , x x i , pp . 7 4- 8 0 .

Ab st ract s on ly ava i lab le t o th e wr it er .

EX PLANAT ION OF PLAT E S X I I I -X IV .

P la t e xi i i .

— L eaves o f E ug en ia Sm i thi i Showing tha l li of Tri chop e lt is r ep tans Speg . x a.

2 .— Par t of th e tha l lus of Tr i chop e lti s r ep tans sh owing lobes , ma rg ina l growth a long

edges of lob es (A ) , and pos it ion of the y oung per ithecia (B ) . x 40 .

3 .-L eaves o f C i trus sp . Showing co lon ies of P hycop sis c ani llac (A ) and B refe l

di e lla brasi li en sis (B ) . C , colon ies Of B refe ldi e lla from wh ich th e cen tr a l par t s have

flaked off . x 5.

4.

— Tha llu s of B refe ldi e lla brasi li ensi s showing p os it ion o f p er i th ec ia (A ) . x 2 0 .

53.— L eaves o f B a ckhous ia myr tifo lia showing tha ll i o f Tr icho tha llus haw ai i ensis

St evens . x g.

6 .— Part o f th e tha l lus of Tri cho tha llus haw a i i ensis sh owing seta e ( S ) and me thod

o f branch ing . x 2 0 .

P la t e x iv .

7 .

— L ea f o f D aphnandra m icran tha sh owing ep iphy l lous colon ies of A tichia

M i llar de t i . x g.

8 .- A larg e co lony of A ti chia M i llarde ti Sh owing lob ing . x 2 0 .

9 .— C o lon ies of A t ichia M i llarde ti Showing lob ing , p ropagu la cav it ies (A ) and d isc

o f a t t achment (B ) . x 2 0 .

1 0 .—A co lony of A t i chia M i llarde ti Showing a sca l cush ions a t the base of the

lob es . x 2 0 .

1 1 .— Co lon ies o f A t ichia bo tr iosa on a twig of Ca llis temon p a llidus . Na t . s ize .

1 2 .— Part o f a la rge colony O f A ti chia bo tri osa sh owing lob ing . x 2 0 .

1 3 .

— Par t of a co lony of A tichia bo tr i osa showing lob ing and posit ion of the

prop agula cav it ies (A ) a t th e ap ices of th e lobes . x 2 0 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROC . LINN . SOO . 19 36 . p LATE XIV.

Sp ec ie s o f A t ich ia cea e from N ew Sou th \Va les .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

2 86 PLANT ECOLOGY OF TH E BULLI DI STRICT . I ,

The bedding of these strata appears at first s ight to be almost horizontal, but

actually there is a marked dip towards the north and west . I t is to this dip that

the unusual physiography can be att ributed , the main features being the coastal

p lain ,widen ing towards the south ; the terraced slopes runn ing back from the

plain to the Hawkesbury Sandstone scarp ; and above the scarp the flat p lateau

gent ly slop ing north and west , dissected to some exten t , especially towards the

southern extremity of the area studied .

The w idening Of the coastal p la in i s caused by the greater amount of soft

rock exposed below the Hawkesbury Sandstone as the strata rise to the south ;

this softer rock wea thers, and the sandstone , left project ing , breaks Off from t ime

to t ime , the perpendi cular face of the scarp being thus ma intained . One such fall

Of rock occurred recently above the town of Thi rroul , and cleared a wide swathe

through the underlying brush vegetat ion of the slopes (Pl . xv , A ) .

The following figures are quoted from Griffith Taylor ( 1923 )

D istance fr om H e ight o f Upp er C oa l

Sydney . L ocality . Measures . W id th o f Pla in .

3 3 m i les O t ford n ea r sea leve l n i l

44 m iles Bu ll i P ass 300 feet 2 m iles

55 m i les Mt . K emb la 8 00 fee t 7 m iles

6 6 m i les Sh el lha rb our feet 12 m i les

Although these figures are at var iance w i th Harper ( 1912 ) as to\

the posi t ion

of junct ion of the Upper Coal Measures and the Narrabeen Seri es, they convey the

reason Of the occurren ce and conformat ion Of the coastal p lain .

Wi th the widen ing of the coastal plain , the condi t ions for vegetat ion

immed iately adjacent to the sea change . Whereas in the northern part of the

distri ct studied there are short beaches lacking sand -dune format ions , interspersed

with steep sea-cliffs carrying a typ i cal vegetat ion , to the south the beaches are

longer and the ground lying beh ind flatter , so that sand-dunes are frequent . In

addi t ion , the widen ing p lain g ives addit ional cat chment for'

the easterly-flow ing

creeks, and alluv ial soi ls become more important . These creeks , in the southern

parts of the area , expand near the sea to subsaline lagoons, due apparent ly to the

difficulty of access to the sea , a possible result of upl ift . The vegetat ion bordering

these lagoons is also typ i cal .

Turn ing from the p lain i tself to the slopes running back to the vert ical scarp ,

w e find a consi derable amoun t Of terracing , the result of alternate bedding of hard

and soft strata . This terracing is important from the aspect of brush develop

men t . The slopes are also dissected wi th gul lies by creeks runn ing down to the

p la in .

Coming to the p lateau i tself, w e find the greater part of i t consists Of an

undulat ing surface , for the most part w i th a deep , mature soi l, and li ttle exposed

rock . The surface slopes north towards the Sydney geosyncl ine , and west towards

the Nepean River , so that the streams of the plateau do not reach the coast

d irect ly. The whole of th is sandstone p lateau runn ing north and west has been

termed the Nepean Ramp”

.

At Darke ’

s Forest , on the north Of the area studied , a small isolated cap of

W ianamat ta Shale occurs . T o the south of the area , the westerly-flow ing creeks

running in to Cataract River have , following pronounced post-Tert iary up lift , eaten

through the Hawkesbury Sandstone , exposing the underlying Chocolate Shale and

Narrabeen Sandstone . The dissected areas Of the Hawkesbury Sandstone carry

vegetat ion differing from that of the level parts of the plateau.

BY CONSETT DAVIS . 287

C limate .

The following figures are given for Wollongong, on the coast immediately to

the south of the area studied :

Daily

Temperature

79 -2 78 -7 76 8 72 -6 67 -1 62 -7 61 -8 64-4 68 6 72 -4 75 1 77 -6

Minimum* 62 -3 62 -6 60 -4 56 -3 51 -3 47 -8 46 -0 47 -0 50 -4 53 -7 57 -1 60 4

R elative humJ'

dity 75 76 76 76 75 76 75 71 68 69 69 73

Rainfall finches) 3 6 0

Ave rage Maximum Da i ly T empe rature , 71 -4° F .

— Average Minimum Da i ly

T emperature , 54-6°F.

— Average Relative Humidi ty ,— T otal Yearly Rainfal l

( average ) , 45 65 inches .

The Meyer Rat io calculated from the above figures is just under 300 ,

and mature soils throughout the di strict studied were typ ically podsolized .

The following figures for average total annual rainfall are g iven for other

stat ions in or adjacen t to the area : Sherbrooke , Madden’

s Plains,

App in ,inches .

(The first tw o stat ions are wi thin the area studied , on the p lateau at an

elevat ion Of about feet , and within tw o mi les of the scarp ; the th i rd is

immediately to the north-west of the area studied , some twelve mi les from the

coast . )

I t is apparen t that the coastal cl imate is very simi lar to that of the Sydney

d istri ct , but that , beh ind the coastal p lain , the upper slopes and the p lateau have

a higher rainfall , due to the forcing upwards of moisture-laden air from the sea .

Proceeding in land from the eastern edge of the p lateau , however , the rainfall

decreases rap i dly.

The higher ra infall of the eastern edge of the p lateau, coup led wi th the

frequent occurrence of mists, p roduces cl imati c condi t ions sufficiently d iffer ing

from those of the Sydney dist ri ct to exp lain partly the greater prevalence Of

swamp or moor commun i t ies on the p lateau , as at Madden’

s Plains .

The effect of winds on the vegetat ion of the area is important , especially from

the tw o following aspects : ( 1 ) the physiographi c shelter avai lable from the winds

from the general direct ion of the west (amongst whi ch the south-westerly W inds

are especially important ) is the primary factor condi t ioning the development of

brush ( or sub-trop ical rain forest ) ; ( 2 ) the sea-winds have an important effect

on the vegetat ion near the coast . The effect of winds on dune-format ion on the

New South Wales coast has been dealt wi th by Andrews and need rece ive

n o further atten t ion here . The sea-Winds also have important effects on the

sea-cliff vegetat ion from Austinmer northwards . Although not dry, they aid in

inh ibit ing tree developmen t , and in stunt ing many of the shrubs of the cliffs ,

whi le the spray carried by them tends to cause the development of ha lophyt i c types

on the lower parts of the cliffs.

Under the heading Of climate , the local low saturat ion -defici t that has been

observed in certain situat ions may be briefly ment ioned . In condi t ions of shelter ,

a mi croclimate of h igher relat ive humidity occurs , wh i ch may be regarded partly

Average for m onth .

288 PLANT ECOLOGY OF THE BULLI DISTRICT . I ,

as a result of physiographi c she lter , and as such as a cause of the correspondingvegetat ion ; but , especially at lower leve ls in the

'

b rush , i t must be regarded as

an effect of the vegetat ion in decreasing evaporation . In the extensive swamps

of the p lateau, in condit ions of extreme exposure , the low but dense vegetation ,

by reducing wind effects, mater ially acts to retain a low saturat ion-deficit , near

ground-level , and to maintain the swamp s in thei r p resent state by reducing

evaporat ion . Thi s must be regarded as ent i rely a result of the vegetation , whereas

in the mi croclimate of the brush , cause and efiect are so int imately mingled as to

be indist inguishable .

GENERAL D ISTRIBUTION OF COMMUNIT IES .

VEGETATI ON OF TH E PLATEAU .

Haw kesbury Sandstone .

This is subdivided as follows : (a ) The Euca lyp tus Sieberiana associat ion , and

v ariat ions ; ( b ) D eve lopments subject to physiograph ic shelt er ; ( c ) L i thoseres ;

( d ) Extensive swamp or moor communi t ies ; ( e ) Vegetat ion Of the Scarp .

( a ) . Eucalyptus Sieberia‘

na Association .

This is the most extensive vegetat ion on mature'

soi ls Of the Hawkesbury

Sandstone . The associat ion forms a low forest with a very marked shrub st ratum.

The association is simi lar to that found in the Sydney dist ri ct , somewhat poorer

florist ically, and wi th few add it ional species. The ma in florist i c features are g iven

below .

Tree stratum .

— Bes ides .the dominan t Eucalyp tus Si eberiana, E . corymbosa

occurs occasionally, esp ecially in the drier situat ions , wh i lst E . mi cran tha Benth .

is of occasional occurrence , especially app roach ing swamp condit ions . The low -tree

st ratum is not p ronounced , Banksia serrata being commonbut somewhat local .

Shrub stratum .

— The great variety of sclerophyll Shrubs is the most striking

feature of the associat ion . The following'

are especially abundant : Banksia

eri cifolia, Acacia juniperina, A . suaveolens, Bossiaea heterophylla , B . sco lopendria ,

D amp i era stri cta,D i llw ynia flori bunda, Epacri s mi crophylla, E . obtusifolia ,

Grev i llea oleoides, Hakea pugi on iformi s, I sopogon anemonifolius, Lamber t ia

formosa , Lep tospermum scoparium, Lep tomeria acida, Leucopogon juniperinus ,

O lazc stricta, Persoonia lanceolata, P . sali cina, Petrophi la pulche lla , Pime lea

linifolia, R i cinocarpus p inifolius, and Sprengelia incarnata .

H erbs .

— Xan thorrhoea hasti lis, Gahnia p si t tacorum and X erotes longifol-ia are

the most abundan t large herbs ; of the smaller herbs the following are especially

important : Haemodorum p lanifolium , Leptocarpus tenaa'

, Lepyrodia scariosa,

Patersonia glauca, S tackhousia viminea, and X erotes fler ifolia . The most importan t

climbing p lant is Cassytha pubescens .

Variat ions — The following variants wi th in the associat ion deserve not ice

( i ) . On the short gradual slope runn ing down towards the scarp (as at B ,

Pl . xv ) , where excellen t drainage renders the soi l drier , but where protect ion from

the west i s greater than on most Of the p lateau, certa in more mesophytic shrubs

and herbs are mixed w i th the sclerophyll e lement . In part i cular , Pultenaea

daphnoides, O learia elli p ti ca, Glei chenia flabe llata , Lycopod ium densum and

Persoon ia molli s may be noted . Due to the drier soi l condi t ions , the relat ive

importance of Euca lyp tus corymbosa increases sl ightly.

( i i ) . On the drier slopes runn ing in a more or less westerly direction ,

especially app roach ing the western limi t Of the area , whe re the rainfall is less ,

the proport ion of E . corymbosa to E . Si eberiana also rises , but with no marked

change in the composi t ion of the lower strata .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

290 PLANT ECOLOGY OF TH E BULLI DI STRI CT . 1 ,

prevent ing development of a higher type Of vege tat ion is the h igh average water

table . The low pH and high humus-content of the soi l are secondary.

The topography where these commun i t ies occur is moderately flat , but

with sufli cient slope, at first sight , to cause wonder at the swamp condi t ions.

Bri efly, the apparent causes of the h igh water-table are : ( 1 ) Slowness of evapora

t ion at ground-level , already ment ioned . ( 2 ) An extremely clayey hori zon at a

dep th of about 4 feet . ( 3 ) The tussocky nature of the p lants, retarding water

flow . (4) The presence of peculiar furrows , at intervals of one to tw o yards, at

right angles to the normal slope and dra inage . These , although not un iversal ,

are surprisingly frequent and regular ; they may partly be due to the burrowing

act iv i t ies of the crayfish whi ch are p resent in large numbers throughout these

swamps .

In the large swamps n ear Subl ime Point (as at PI. xv, E ) the following sp ecies

are most important ( in order of decreasing abundance )Larger Herbs : Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus, Lep i dosperma Forsythi i

Hami lton , Lepyrod ia scari osa, Chorizandra sphaerocephala, R esti o comp lanatus

and Xanthorrhoea minor .

Smaller Herbs : Selagine lla u liginosa , Hypolaena laterifiora, Llycop od ium

laterale, Lep tocarpus tenax , Gooden ia be llidifolia, Xyri s graci li s, Mi trasacme poly

morpha and E pacri s obtusifo lia ( dwarfed ) .

Shrubs are very rare , being represen ted by scattered i ndiv iduals Of Persoonia

sali cina, Hakea pugioniformis and Lep tospermum junip erinum Sm . In the some

what drier commun i ty at Madden’

s Plains (as at PI. xv,F ) , shrubs, especially

the above species , together with Banksia paludosa and Melaleuca squarrosa, become

more prominent , as also does Xan thorrhoea minor .

The ecotone between these communi t ies and the E . Si eberi ana associat ion is

simi lar to that bordering the local swamps ment ioned in the preceding sect ion . In

several isolated instan ces , young‘

specimens of E . mi cran tha Ben th . extend beyond

the t ree limit , indicat ing a forward succession . In most cases , however, the limits

are stat i c, and swamp condi t ions cannot be superseded by a uniform increase in

leve l due to p lan t remains . The'

soi l is in most cases already very deep— in some

cases more than sixteen feet , wi th p lant remains occurring at a considerable

dep th . The water-table can on ly be lowered by allogen i c causes , e .g . , the working

back of the Loddon Falls gorge by erosion , leading to better drainage condi t ions .

The sequence Of events wh i ch or iginally caused these swamps i s Obscure , but they

have apparent ly been in thei r presen t state for a very long period .

( e ) . Vegetat i on of the Scarp .

Condi t ions on the face of the scarp and on the ledges and local small ravines

wh ich occur on i t vary from very dry and exposed to moist and she ltered . Corres

pond ing p lan ts occur in these varying si tuat ions, and succession p roceeds up to a

certa in stage , but t rees are neve r formed on accoun t of the transien t nature -

Of

the surface and the frequent falls of rock .

Next to li chens, the mats Of Cyclophorus serpens, Polypod ium Bi llardi eri and

D endrobium linguiforme are most importan t in colon izing dry rock faces . When

sufficien t soil is formed , the following types occur : Actin otus H elian thi , D raco

phyl lum secundum , Epacri s coriacea , E . longiflora, Xan thorrhoea arborea and

Xan thosia p i losa .

In moister si tuat ions , mosses and live rworts in i t iate the sere , whi ch develops

up to a stage where B lechnum Patersoni , B . capense, Gleichenia circinata and

Hyp c laena later iflora and bushes of Cal li coma serratifolia , Cassinia den ti c

'

u lata ,

D oryphora sassafras , Pultenaea daphnoi des and Tristania laurina are p rominen t .

RY CONSETT DAVIS . 291

( 2 ) Wianamat ta Shale .

As one passes from Hawkesbury Sandstone to Wianamatta Shale at D arke’

s

Forest , there is a p ronounced change from Eucalyp tus Sieberiana low forest to a

high forest dominated by E . piperi ta and Angophora lanceolata . The low -tree

stra tum is much more pronounced than on the sandstone , Acacia binervata ,

A . longifolia, A . rubida and E xocarpus cupressiformis being the importan t spe cies .

In the shrub layer , the more mesophyt ic element is represented by Hakea saligna,

Leucopogon lanceolatus, O learia ramulosa , and Persoonia ferruginea, and , more

rarely, Cassinia aurea, Lomatia i li cifolia, and O learia vi scidu la . In addi tion there

i s an admixture of typi cal sandstone forms , Acacia myr tifolia , Banksia eri cifolia,

B . sp inulosa,and Persoon ia sali cina being most important .

The most important herbs are Blechnum cart i lagin eum ,Haloragi s teucri oides,

P teridium aqui linum and Viola hederacea, wi th such typ ical sandstone species as

D oryan thes excelsa and Xerotes longifolia.

The change Of vegetat ion as one passes from sandstone to shale must be

attributed to the greater water-retaining capacity Of the soi l derived from the

latter . The absence of certain trees (notably Syncarp ia laurifo lia ) character istic

on Wianamatta Shale elsewhere is surpr ising , and appears to be due to isolat ion

rather than unsuitabi li ty of habi tat .

( 3 ) Narrabeen Ser ies.

The vegetat ion of the Chocolate Shale and Narrabeen Sandstone exposed by

the dissect ion Of the plateau is discussed in this sect ion ; that on these rocks on the

coastal l pes is discussed later .

Except in shelter , the vegetation on soi ls der ived from both the above rock

typ es is high Eucalyptus forest , dominated in the former case by E . saligna, and

in the latter by E . p iperi ta . Important const i tuents of the low -t ree stratum in both

communi ties are Acacia longifolia, A . mol li ssima , and Exocarpus cupressiformi s ,

and of the shrub stratum Indigofera australis , Persoonia ferruginea, P . lanceolata.

P . sali cina, Pimelea ligustrina, Pomaderri s ellip tica and Prostan thera Si eberi Benth .

The most abundant he rbs are B lechnum cart i lagineum , Imperata arundinacea,

P teri dium aqui linum and Viola hederacea .

In condi t ions of part ial shelter on the Chocolate Shale and.

efficient shelter on

the Narrabeen Sandstone , brush deve lops . The const i tut ion of the brush i s

discussed later . On Narrabeen Sandstone , in part ial shelter , the E . sali gna associa

t ion forms . Brush elements, especially Livi stona australi s and Alsophi la australi s,

are frequently scat tered amongst the E . p iperi ta and E . sa ligna associat ions in

condit ions where there is insufli cient shelter for t rue brush to occur .

Surrounding the C ataract Reservoir , an interest ing zonat ion occurs due to

constant raising Of the water-level (as at PI. xv , G ) . Following the aquati c

stages, there is an area of mud , frequently exposed , and inhabi ted only by intro

duced annuals ; above this, a narrow zone of several species of Juncus , leading

back through grasses ( chiefly Poa annua ( introd . ) and Imperata arundinacea ) to

a shrub zone dominated by Leptospermum flavescens and Me laleuca squamea , and

thence to the Eucalyptus forest .

VEGETAT ION OF TH E SLOPES AND COASTAL PLAIN .

Th is -sect ion is subd ivided as follows : ( 1 ) E . p i lularis associat ion and varian t ;

( 2 ) Brush ; ( 3 ) Sand-dune succession ; (4) Subsaline lagoon succession ; ( 5 )

Sea -cliff vegetation . The vegetat ion altered by clearing and grazing has been

omi tted in the present study .

292 PLANT ECOLOGY OF THE BULLI DI STRICT . I ,

E . p i lularis Associati on and Varian t .

Excep t where there is suflicient shelter and soi l moisture for the development

of brush , the coastal slopes and p lain support a high forest dominated by

Eucalyp tus pi lulari s, wi th E . pani cu lata and Syncarp ia laurifolia fairly commonly

represented . The soi l is derived chiefly from Narrabeen Sandstone and from the

varied strata of the Upp er Coal Measures ( ranging from shale to coarse sand

stone ) , but i s also influenced by the rock lying above . O ther smaller trees

prominent in this associat ion are Casuarina torulosa, Notolea longifolia and

Persoonia lineari s, and, especially in the moister si tuat ions , Acacia binervata .

O ther importan t elements are Acacia myr tifolia, A . suaveo lens, H eli chrysum

bracteatum , H . diosmifolium , H i bber tia dentata, Indigofera australi s, Leucopogon

lanceolatus, Owylobium tri lobatum, Persoonia sali cina, Pimelea ligustrina, Prostan

thera Sieberi Ben th . , Senecio dryadens and Z i eria Sm i thi i , and the herbs

Hypochaeris glabra Pteridium aqui linum, and more rarely Imperata

arundinacea, D oodia aspera‘

and X erotes longifolia . The introduced R ubus

fruticosus is also abundan t .

In soi ls derived from a tuffaceous mudstone in the T owradgi area , a mixed

Eucalyptus forest occurs, Of whi ch the most important species are E . botryoides,

E . eugeni oi des, E . longifolia, E . pani culata and E . punctata. The lower strata are

s imi lar to those of the cl imax of the subsaline lagoon succession discussed later.

Brush .

East of the scarp , brush occurs on t he uppermost slopes ( excep t at the most

p rominent ridges ) Pl . xv , H ) , and on the inner side of terraces and in gullies

at a lower level . These situat ions are sheltered from dry winds , and p rovided

wi th cop ious wate r-supply , and cond it ions are favourable for the development of

soi l humus . The scarp , besides Offering shelter from dry winds, decreases insola

t ion by cut t ing off direct sunl ight!

short ly after noon .

Brush also develops in part ial shelter from the west on soi ls derived from the

Chocolate Shale Pl . xv ,J ) , and under more extreme condi t ions of shelter

on soils derived from Narrabeen'

and Hawkesbury Sandstone .

'

In all cases, the

e cotone between the brush and the adjacent Eucalyptus forest is indistinct ,

numerous brush types extending beyond the limi t Of the t rue highly-integrated

brush format ion .

Excep t for occasional h igh trees of Eucalyp tus saligna and Ficus rubiginosa,

the coastal brush is composed Of a great number of species of trees of moderate

height , most ly of the laure l-leaved type . The following are of part i cular

importance :

Cargi llia australi s R .Br Ceratopetalum apetalum, D oryphora sassafras, Fi cus

stephanocarpa Warb . , Eugenia Smi thi i , H edycarya Cunninghami i , Laportea gigas,

I/ lvi stona australi s, Omolan thus p opulifolius, Panaw sambucifolius, Pi t tosporum

undulatum and S loanea australis. Of these, Livi stona australi s is singled out as

the most abundant and character ist i c species.

In the brush , low trees are rare, the t ree-fern Alsophi la .australi s be ing the

sole except ion ; but on the e cotone between brush and Eucalypt forest , Breynia

Oblongifolia, Eupomatia laurina, Lantana camara R hodamn ia trincrvia

and Synoum g landulosum are abundant .

Of the ground layer, the ferns Adian tum aethiop icum, A . formosum, Asp lenium

flabel lijolium , H i stiOp teri s incisa ,Pel laea falcata and Pteris umbrosa, and the

herbs Gymnastachys anceps and Po llia cyanococca,are the most important

members .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

294 PLANT ECOLOGY OF THE BULLI DI STRICT . I ,

( 2 ) A shrub zone, dominated by Banksia in tegrifolia, Lep tosp ermum

laevigatum, Westringia rosmariniformis , and small shrubs of Casuarina glauca.

Behind this zone the vegetat ion passes with an indefini te ecotone to the

Eucalyp tus pi lulari s associat ion , wi th trees of Banksia integrifolia, decreasing in

number wi th d i stance from the sea .

In terpretati on .

Omitt ing commun i t ies wh i ch are e i ther seres or are held in a condit ion

obviously below the climax and a re unable to proceed by a forward autogeni c

succession to the cl imax, w e may summarize the d istribution of the main

commun i t ies as in the following tab le

Parent R ock of Soil (coarsest soil to the left ) .

Conditions of

Shelter.

Flat or undulat E . Sieberiana E . p i p e r i t a E . p i p er ita E . p ilularis E . s a l i g n a

ing conditions association . association . A n gop hor a a sso c i a t i on association .

l a n c e o l a t a mixed Eucaassociation . lyptus forest

t uf fa c e ou s

mudstone . )

Moderate shelter E . p i p e r i t a E . s a l i g n a Conditions do B r u s'

h ( l o w Brush .

association . a s s o c i a t i 0 11 not occur. grade) .

(inland) E .

p i l u l a r i s

a s s o c i a t i o n

(coastal slopes) .

Good shelter E . p i l u l a r i s B r u s h ( l o w Condit ions do Brush . Brush .

association . grade) . not occur.

Extreme shelter B ru s h ( 10 w Brush . Conditions do Brush . Brush .

grade) . not occur.

From th is table i t wi ll at once be seen that a prominent part is p layed , in

the d istribution of commun i ties in this area, by the influence of parent rock on

vegetat ion by the medium Of the derived soi l . The influence of topographi c

shelter can likewise be gauged .

Although no defin i te Objective test can be made as to what const itutes the

climax associat ion , and such interpretat ions must necessar i ly be gui ded by personal

opin ions, the following class ificat ion is submi tted :

The climax format ion for the distr ict is Eucalyp tus forest ( sclerophyll forest ) .

Brush in al l cases const i tutes a physiograph i c postclimax. Weaver and Clements

( 1929 ) g ive the following detai ls concerning the postcl imax ( p .

“Local

commun it ies may d evelop or pe rs ist where especially favourable conditions Of

BY CONSETT DAVI S .

so i l , humi di ty, etc . , exist , wh ich rep resen t a more highly developed stage than

the p resent climat i c climax Of the region . Subsequen t statements by Clements

( 1936 , p . 2 69 ) do not appear to alter this interp retat ion , although the reli ct nature

of the postclimax is emphas ized .

I t seems log ical' to extend the concept of the postcl imax, wi thin the major

l imits of the format ion , to the smaller units Of associat ions . T hus the climax

is taken as the highest associat ion that develops in homologous posi t ions , on

mature soils wi th undulat ing to flat topographical condit ions, on the soils derived

from the varying rock typ es ; the climax associat ion thus varying wi th the paren t

rock, and an associat ion wh ich is the climax‘

on one soi l correspond ing to a post

climax development on a soi l of coarser texture . Thus the following climaxes are

recognized :

Hawkesbury Sandstone : Eucalyp tus Sieberiana associat ion .

Narrabeen Sandstone : E . p iperi ta associat ion .

Wianamatta Shale : E . piperi ta—Angophora lanceola ta association .

*

Upper Coal Measures (mostly ) : E . pi lulari s associat ion .

Upper Coal Measures ( tufiaceous mudstone ) : Mixed Eucalyp tus forest .

Climax of se re from Subsaline lagoon : Mixed Eucalyp tus forest .

Chocolate Shale : E . saligna associat ion .

Comparing the communi t ies listed in the table for Hawkesbury Sandstone ,

Narrabeen Sandstone , and Upper Coal Mea sures , w e see that if simi lar associat ions

in the respe ctive columns be joined, the lines represent diagonals . On mature

soi ls on the coastal p lain derived from shales Of the Upper Coal Measures, the

E . p i lulari s associat ion forms the climax ; on soi ls from th is parent rock , brush

forms as a p ostclimax , in varying degrees Of integrat ion depending on varying

degrees Of shelter . If w e take a homologous si tuat ion on soi l derived from

Narrabeen Sandstone to that on whi ch the E . p i lularis associat ion develops on the

coastal p la in , the vegetation is found to be the E . p ip eri ta associat ion . In

conditions of greater shelter , the E . p i lularis associat ion ( or , inland , the corres

ponding E . saligna associat ion ) develops ; in any greater shelter , brush develops .

T hese are regarded as primary and secondary postclimaxes . On mature soil

derived from Hawkesbury Sandstone , with undulating topography, the highest

communi ty found in thi s d istri ct is the E . Sieberiana associat ion ; p rimary,

secondary and tert iary postclimaxes on soi l from th is rock are represented by the

E . p iperi ta associat ion , the E . p i lulari s associat ion and low -

grade brush ; the first

in part ial , the second in good , the last only in extreme shelter .

Turn ing now to commun i ties be low the climax, w e can d ismiss the followingas being legi t imate cases of autogen i c succession leading to the climax of the

region

( 1 ) Xeri c l i thoseres as on Hawkesbury Sandstone leading eventually to the

E . Si eberiana associat ion or corresponding climax .

( 2 ) Li thoseres subject to moister condi tions , as deta i led under the Hawkes

bury Sandstone vegetat ion , where local swamps form an in termediate stage .

( 3 ) The sand-dune sere (not Observed to reach a climax in th is district , but

this negat ive Observat ion is probably due to clearing ) .

( 4) The seres bordering the subsaline lagoons (Phragmi tes commun is associes

Juncus'

mari timus associes—Casuarina g lauca associes—Eucalyp tus robusta associes )

lead ing to cl imax mixed Eucalyptus forest .

As sta t ed ear l ier , it is probab le tha t a cl im ax r ich er fl or is t ica lly wou ld d ev e lop i f

it were not for iso la t ion .

296 PLANT ECOLOGY OF TH E BULLI DI STRICT . I ,

Both ( 3 ) and (4) are subject to retrogression also in certain p laces , as by

blow-outs caused by southerly winds in and scouring in Moreover ,

where a narrow belt of land occurs between dune and lagoon , ( 3 ) p roceeds to

Euca lyp tus botryoi des—Banksia in tegrifolia associes , (4) p roceeds to E . robusta

associes, and the seres meet at this point , the climax not forming (Pl . xv, K ) .

The remain ing commun i t ies below the climax are regarded as subcl imax

vegetat ion in the restri cted sense of Godwin The extensive swamps or

moors of the sandstone p lateau appear unable to proceed ( except in the very few

instan ces noted , insign ificant from the poin t of v iew of total area ) , beyond the

present state , except by allogeni c causes , for reasons Of h igh water-table . The

varying vegetation of the sandstone scarp , proceed ing by autogen i c succession from

the bare rock faces left by rock falls up to a certa in stage , can never at ta in

climax status under the p resent system of erosion , but can proceed to varying

stages in the li thosere succession before the next fall brings the condi t ions back

to the bare rock face stage again . The vegetat ion surrounding Cataract Dam

rep resents a true subclimax due to p eriodi c art ificial ra ising Of the water-table .

The sea-cliff vegetat ion , although i t shows a clear zonation from the base of

the cliff to climax forest on the cl iff-top , does not represent a forward succession

in t ime . E rosion causes inh ibit ion of development , as on the sandstone scarp , and

the actual result to the vegetat ion , due to th is allogen ic cause , is ret rograde .

Under the p resent condit ions, corresponding port ions of the clifi wi ll always

regenerate , following landsl i ps , to their former vegetat ion , but no higher ; and as

a result of the erosion the cl iff-face as a Whole works backwards , to cause t he

destruct ion of the adjacent parts of the higher commun i t ies .

I t will be gathered from the above that subclimax vegetat ion is a very

important feature of the area . Indeed , cases of forward autogen i c p lan t succes

s ion to the climax are believed to be far rarer in this coun t ry than i s somet imes

supposed , and a mere spat ial zonat ion must always be examined very cri t ically

before i t can be p ronounced to rep resent a t rue success ion .

The above inte rpre tat ions may be regarded as unconvent ional , but it is

submi tted that , since the exp lanat ion of the basic causes of the distribut ion of

commun i t ies has been suggested , the nomen clature of these communi t ies i s a

secondary considerat ion . The terminology used in interp ret ing plan t commun it ies

has become so involved that there appears to be a tendency to consider it an end

in itself, and not a ut i li tarian method of classi fying facts due to direct natural

causes , the understanding of wh ich is, in the end, the main Ob ject . The following

remarks of Ben jamin Moore ep itomize well the necessary att i tude in controvers ies

of nomenclature : “Care is needed that in entering into disputat ions

terminology is n ot becoming confused so that the d ispute is only over terms ,

instead of over th ings .

”

L is t of R efer ences .

AN DREW S , E . C . , 1 9 1 2 .

— B ea ch Forma t ions a t B otany Bay . Journ . R oy . So c . x lv i .C LEM EN T S . F . E . , 1 9 36 .

— Na tur e and St ructure o f the C lim ax . Journ . E co logy , xxiv , l .

GODW IN , H 1 9 2 9 — T he Sub - cl imax and D eflec t ed Succe ss ion . Journ . E cology , xv i i , 1 .

GRIFFITH TAYLOR , 1 9 2 3 .—Gu ide -bo ok t o the E xcurs ion to t h e I llaw arra D istr ict . Pan

Pac ific Science C ongress , 1 9 2 3 . N .S .W . Gov t . Pr in ter .

HARPER . L . F . , 1 9 1 2 .— G eo log ica l and M inera l R esources of the Sou th ern C oa lfield . Par t 1 .

M em . G eo l . Survey G eo logy , No . 7 .

MELVA INB , A LMA T . , 1 9 3 6 .— A Check -L ist o f the New South W a le s P ter idophytes . PROC .

L INN . SOC . lx i , 1 1 1 - 1 2 1 .

MOORE, C . , and BETCH E , E ., 1 8 9 3 — F lora of N ew South W a les . N .S .W . G O -v t . P r inter .

\VRAVI: R , J . E ., and C LEMENT S, F . E ,

—P lan t E co logy . McG raw -H ill.

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

BY CONSETT DAVIS .

EXPLANAT ION OF PLATE XV .

Geo log ica l and C on tour Map of t h e Bu ll i D is tr ict ( 1 inch 1 m ile ) .

E xp lana t ion .

Geo log ica l Forma t ions ( out lines and number ing in co lour ) : 1 , W ianama t ta Sha le ;

2 , H awke sbury Sand stone ; 3 , Narrabe en Ser ies ( top 50 fee t ( approxim at ely ) , Choco la teSha le ; r ema inder , Narrabeen Sands t one ) ; 4, Up pe r C oal Mea sur es ; Upp er C oa l

Measures ( Tufface ous Mud stone ) ; 5, R ecen t (A lluv ia l , and W ind -b lown Sand ) .

Subsa l ine lagoon . iii E C a taract R eservo ir .53

P o in t s r e ferred to in T ex t (A -L , co loured let ter ing ) : A . P os it ion o f lands l ip from

scarp ; B . Sh or t ea ster ly slop e of p la t eau ; C . P os it ion of par t ia l she lt er on H awkesburySandstone , Lo ddon Fa lls , with E uca lyp tus pi p er i ta associa t ion ; D . P osi t ion o f efficien t

she lter on Hawkesbury Sandston e , w ith E . pi lu lar is a ssocia t ion ; E . Large sw amp near

Sublim e P o int ; F . Large swamp or m oor a t Madden’

s P la ins ; G . E dge Of C atara ctR eservo ir , w it h zona t ion of p lan t commun it ies ; H . R idg e on slop es imm ed ia tely be low

scarp , w ith no brush developm en t ; J . Brush in cond it ions of sl igh t shelt er on Choco la t eSha le so i l ; K . Junct ion o f sand - dune and sub sa l ine lagoon seres on n eck of land betw een

lagoon and sea ; L . Sea—cl iff a t Aust inm er .

(E xcep t A , H , and K, and t o a less ex tent C , D , and J , le t t ers represen t m erely

one p o in t in an exten s ive commun ity . )

REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPHOR IDAE . V.

By A . JEFFERI s TURNER, M.D . ,

[ R ead 2 8 th O ct ob er ,

We have now to deal wi th a difficult group consist ing of the genus Eulechria

and i ts closest allies . Since the publi cat ion of my key in Part i i i (May, 1935 ) I

have modified my v iews . I find that the length of the palp i in Eu lechm’

a varies

much in a llied spe cies , and occasionally to some extent in the same species ( for

instance in E . trop i ca ) . I have , therefore , abandoned the p roposed genus

Phanerozancla, wh ich remains a nomen nudum . The name Brachyzancla is

retained , but in a different sense from that formerly given . Sphyrelata is omi tted ,

and wi ll be dealt wi th later . (Ep i thymema, wh i ch concludes Part iv, should have

been numbered 54, not The last part of my Key is amended as follows

K ey to Gener a .

3 1 . Pa lp i w ith second jo in t ext rem ely long , mor e than 5 t im es leng th of face . .

54. E p i thymema

Pa lp i no t so

H indwing s lan ceola teH indwing s e longa t e - ova t e 3 7

Pa lp i w ith second jo int th ickened and usua l ly rough ened an t er ior ly , t erm ina l jo in ts t ou t , a t lea st at base

Pa lp i with second joint smoo th and slender , t erm ina l jo in t slender 35

H indwings w ith 4 and 5 sta lked 55. Ph loeo ce tis

H indwing s with 4 and 5 s epara t e 56 . I s chnophanes

H indwings w i th 4 and 5 sta lked or rare ly conna te 57 . E lap -hromo'rpha

H indw ings w ith 4 and 5 separat e 36

H indw ing s w it h 5 approxima t ed t o 6 a t or ig in 58 . A s then ica

H indwings with 5 a pp rox ima t ed t o 4 59 . Macronema ta

P a lp i usua lly no t rea ch ing vert ex, t erm ina l jo in t less than ha lf second 38

Pa lp i exce ed ing ver t ex , t erm ina l jo in t mor e than ha l f second 39

Pa lp i w ith second jo int shor t and s lender 6 0 . Br achyzauc la

Pa lp i w ith second jo int th ickened and modera te ly long or e longa t e 6 1 . I d iozanc la

P a lp i w ith t erm ina l jo int s t out 6 2 . Tra chyn t i s

P a lp i w i th t erm ina l j o in t slender

H indwings with 5 s trong ly approxima t ed t o 6 6 3 . E ccr i ta

H indwing s wi th 5 not a pproxima ted t o 6

Pa lp i w ith long r ough ha ir s on p os ter ior surfa ce o f second jo int 64. Anomozan c la

Pa lp i no t so 65. E u lechr ia

55. Gen . PHLOEOOETI s , n .g .

¢Xocoxow i s, lurking in bark .

T ongue present . Palp i recurved , ascending ; second joint just reach ing base

of antennae, th ickened wi th appressed scales, slight ly rough anteriorly ; terminal

joint shorter than second , stout , acute. Antennae with basal pecten ; ci lia tions

in male long . Forewings narrow ; 7 to apex . Hindwings lanceolate ; 4 and 5

sta lked , thei r common stalk connate or stalked w ith 3.

A der ivat ive of Ischnophanes wi th specialized neurat ion of h indwings .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

300 REVI SION or AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH ORIDAE . v,

437 . I SCHNOPHANES SEM IDALOTA , n . sp .

a eucdako'r os, floury .

d‘. 15 mm . Head whi tish with some fuscous scales . Palp i wi th second joint

not reach ing base of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous , second join t

wi th postmedian and api cal, terminal joint with antemedian and ap i cal white

r ings . Antennae grey , becoming whi tish towards base ; ci l iat ions in male 24.

Thorax dark fuscous ; anterior and posterior spots and tegulae whi te . Abdomen

ochreous , ap i ces of segments and tuft grey-wh i t ish . Legs whi t ish ; anterior and

middle tarsi with fuscous rings . Forewings narrow-Oblong , costa straight , apex

rounded , termen extremely Oblique ; whi te wi th dark fuscous irrorat ion and

markings ; a much interrup ted subcostal l ine from base to beyond middle ; a very

short streak on midcosta ; first discal at one -thi rd , p lical beneath i t , second discal

at tw o-th irds ; a short median st reak before termen , another parallel before and

beneath i t ; three costal bars before apex , and a terminal series Of dots ; cilia

wh ite wi th a few fuscous points . H indwings broadly lanceolate ; grey-wh i t ish ;

ci lia 1 ; grey-wh it ish .

Al lied to the p re ceding ; forewings somewhat broader, whiter, and less streaked .

Queensland : T oowoomba in O ctober ; Macphe rson Range ( Springbrook ) in

O ctober ; tw o specimens .

439 . I SCHNOPHANES SYMM ICTA , n . sp .

o vuuuc-r os, commingled .

d‘, 9. 18 mm . Head and thorax wh i t ish-ochreous , p inkish-t inged . Palp i wi th

second joint reach ing base of antennae , terminal joint four-fifths ; dark fuscous ,

se cond joint with postmedian and ap ical , terminal joint w i th sub-basal and sub

ap i ca l whi te rings . Antennae dark fuscous wi th whi te - annulat ions ; ci liat ions in

male Abdomen fuscous ; tuft grey. Legs dark fuscous wi th white rings ;

posterior pa ir most ly whi te . Forewings narrow, costa slightly arched , apex

rounded , termen very oblique ; whi tish-ochreous , p inkish -t inged , densely sprinkled

wi th dark fuscous scales , the absence of wh i ch gives rise'

to pale spots ; a basal

spot ; a dot on costa near base , and costal spots on m iddle and three -fourths ; a

subdorsal spot a t one-third ; several more or less confluent spots in posterior half,

and a suffused terminal band ; stigmata blackish , first at one-fourth , p li cal beyond

i t, second discal about middle ; ci lia wh it ish-ochreous, bases sprinkled with dark

fuscous . H indwings and cilia grey .

New South Wales : Mittagong in November ; Sydney (Nat ional Park ) in

February ; tw o specimens rece ived from Mr . G . M. Goldfin ch , w ho has the type .

440 . I SCHNOPHANES I DIOTROPA , n . sp .

i6l 0 7 p0 7i' 0 3, pecul iar .

14 mm . Head and thorax wh i te . Palp i wi th second join t not reaching

base of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; wh i te , base of second joint and a

med ian ring on terminal joint dark fuscous . Antennae pale grey ; ci liat ions in

male one-ha lf. Abdomen wh i t ish . Legs fuscous wi th wh i t ish rings ; posterior

pa i r wh i t ish . Forewings very narrow ,costa nearly straight , apex rounded , termen

very oblique ; wh i te ; ma rkings blackish ; a dot on base of dorsum ; a dot on one

fourth costa ; a suffused mark on midcosta ; first d iscal at one-fourth , p lical well

before i t , second discal en larged in to an i rregular angular spot ; a fine curved

inte rrup ted l ine from three-fourths costa to tornus , p receded by some suffusion

c i lia wh i te . H indwings lanceolate ; wh i t ish ; ci lia 1 , wh it ish .

Queensland : Burpengary, nea r Brisbane , in August ; one specimen .

BY A . J . TURNER . 301

442 . ISCHNOPHANES ELAPHROPA , n . sp .

élxaqbpw fl'os, light .

11— 12 mm . Head and thorax pale grey. Pa lp i wi th terminal jo in t one-half ;

pale grey, apex of terminal joint fuscous . Antennae pale grey ; ci liat ions in male 1 .

Abdomen grey . Legs pale grey ; posterior pa ir whi t ish . Forewings narrow,

lanceolate ; pale grey wi th blackish dots ; first discal at one-th ird , p lical beyond it ,

second discal just before tw o-thirds ; a dot on midcosta ; a series of dots close to

margin of termen and ap ical th i rd of costa ; ci lia pale grey . H indwings lanceolate ;

pale grey ; ci lia 1 , pale grey .

Queensland : Stradbroke I . in Sep tember ; . tw o specimens .

443 . I SCHNOPHANES CAPNOPLEURA ,n . sp .

xaw uowkevpos, W i th dark costa .

13 mm . Head whi te . Palp i wi th terminal joint one -half ; blackish , sub

ap ical and ap i cal rings on se cond joint , med ian r ing on terminal joint , whi te .

An tennae fuscous ; ci liat ions in male 1 . Thorax whi te ; an terior edge blackish .

Abdomen pale grey. Legs fuscous with whi t ish rings ; p osterior pa i r mostly

whi t ish . Forewings very narrow , costa slight ly arched , ap ex rounded , termen'

obliquely rounded ; wh ite ; whole of costal area excep t near apex blackish ; a broad

t ransverse median fascia and a subap i cal blotch blackish ; some blackish i rrorat ion

in terminal area ; ci lia whi te wi th some blacki sh points . H indwings and ci lia

grey.

Queensland : Talwood in December ; on e specimen received from Mr . W . B .

Barnard .

445. I SOHNOPHANES EUTH EMON, n . sp .

£ 13077q , neat .

9. 13—14 mm . H ead grey. Palp i wi th second joint not reaching base of

an tennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous , second jo int wi th postmedian and

ap ical , t erm inal join t wi th median and subap ical , whi t ish rings . An tennae grey

wi th blackish annulat ionsy ci liations in male 1 . Thorax grey-wh i t ish . Abdomen

grey. Legs dark fuscous with whi t ish rings ; posterior pa ir most ly whi ti sh .

Forewings narrow, lanceolate ; grey-whi t ish wi th markings and scanty i rrorati on

dark fuscous ; a sub-basal costal dot , and a short basal dorsal streak ; costal spots

at one-fourth and middle ; first discal at one-thi rd forming apex Of first costal spot ,

p li cal beyond it , connected by irrorat ion with dorsum , second discal at tw o

thirds, an addi t ional spot between last and tornus more or less developed ; a sub

ap ical costal spot , usually part of an ap ical suffusion ; ci lia grey-wh it ish sp rinkled

wi th dark fuscous , on tornus grey . H indwings lanceolate ; grey ; cilia 1 , grey .

Probab ly I . p lagi ocp i la Low . is nearly allied , but the on ly examp le of this I

have seen had no palp i .

New South Wales : Gosford in November ; three specimens .

448 . I SCHNOPHANES SUFFUSA, n . sp .

sufiusus, suffused .

d‘. 15 mm . Head pale brown . Palp i wi th second joint reaching base of

an tennae , term inal join t one-half ; fuscous-brown , second joint wi th median , post

median , and ap i cal fuscous bars on outer surface , inner surface mostly whi t ish .

An tennae grey ; ci liat ions in male 15. Thorax fuscous-brown . Abdomen grey .

Legs fuscous wi th whi t ish rings ; posterior pair wh it ish . Forewings narrow,costa

straight excep t towards extremi t ies, apex rounded , termen very obliquely rounded ;

brownish-fuscous ; a rather broad transverse whi tish fascia at one fourth , not

302 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH ORIDAE . v,

qui te reaching costa, i ts edges not sharp ly defined ; st igmata obscurely darker ,

first discal at one-th ird near edge of fascia , p lical slightly beyond it , second dorsal

before tw o-th irds ; some whi t ish suffusion beyond second disca l ; ci lia grey-wh it ish .

H indwings and ci lia grey-whi t ish .

Queensland : Mt . Tambourine in November ; one Specimen .

449 . I SCHNOPHANES ATELESTA , n . sp .

dr ekeo r os, unfin ished.

g. 17 mm. Head wh i tish . Palp i with second join t not reaching base Of

an tennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; whit ish sprinkled wi th dark fuscous.

An tennae wh i t ish ; ci lia in male 6 . Thorax whi tish sprinkled wi th dark fuscous .

Abdomen grey, part ly brownish-t inged ; ap i ces of segments and tuft whi t ish . Legs

wh i t ish ; anterior pair fuscous . Forewings narrow, oblong , costa slightly bisinuate ,

apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded ; whi te wi th sparse patchy fuscous

i rrorat ion ; a moderate i ll-defined darker basal patch ; an e longate dorsal patch“

from middle to tornus ; a large oval subap i cal patch from four-fifths costa to

tornus ; st igmata tw o, blackish , first d iscal at one-third , second at tw o-th irds

ci lia whi tish-

grey. H indwings and ci lia pale grey .

Queensland : Brisbane in O ctober ; one spe cimen .

451 . I SCHNOPHANES POTH ETA , n . sp .

7r0 67rr os, desired .

14- 16 mm. Head whi t ish . Palp i wi th second joint reach ing base of

antennae , terminal joint one-half ° fuscous, second joint wi th subap i cal and ap i cal ,

terminal join t wi th broad med1an whi te r ings . Antennae grey ; ci liat ions in

male 5. Thorax wh it ish (damaged ) . Abdomen pale grey .

“

Legs fuscous ; posterior

pair ochreous-wh i t ish . Forewings narrow, costa gent ly arched, apex round-pointed ,

termen strongly oblique ; white wi th some fuscous scales ; markings blackish ; basal

dots on costa and dorsum ; a consp i cuous spot on costa at three-fifths ; a smaller

spot between th is and base , and another subap ical ; a te rminal series of dots ;

ci lia wh i t ish . H indwings and ci l ia pale grey .

Queensland : Caloundra in August ; New'

South Wales : Tweed Heads in

November ; tw o specimens .

57 . Gen . ELAPHROMORPHA, n .g .

éka¢pouop¢osy l ightly bui lt .

T ongue p resen t . Palp i smooth, slender, recurved ; second joint not reachingbase of an tennae ; terminal joint shorter than second, slender , acute . Antennae

wi th basal pecten p resen t but not strongly developed ; ci liat ions in male moderately

long . Forewings w i th 7 to apex . Hindwings lanceolate ; 4 and 5 stalked ( in one

examp le of E . glycymi li cha these ve ins are co incident ) .

Type, E . glycymi li cha. D iffers from Phloeoce tis by the slender smooth palp i ,

and from Macronemata by the orig in of 5 of h indwings .

Tw o species : 452 . g lycymi li cha, n . sp . (Mt . Tambour ine , Macpherson Range ) .

453 . dryoterma Meyr . , Exot . Mi cro i i , p . 372 (Brisbane , Toowoomba ,Warwick,

Gosford ) .

452 . ELAPH ROMORPHA GLYCYM ILICHA , n . sp .

'

yl wicvueih xos, charming .

10 -13 mm . Head fuscous ; face whi te . Palp i wi th terminal joint three-fifths ;

whi te, apex Of terminal joint fuscous. Antennae grey ; ci liat ions in male 15.

Thorax fuscous ; ap i ces of tegulae wh i te . Abdomen grey. Legs wh i te ; anterior

t ibiae fuscous ; anterior and middle tarsi with fuscous rings . Forewings narrow,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

304 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPI DOPTERA . OECOPH OR IDAE . v,

—469 . za lias Low . , 18 99 , p . 107 (Broken H i ll , Bi rchip , Beacons

field ,— 470 . supp lete lla Wlk . , xxix , p . 645 ; Meyr . , 1888 , p . 1585

(Gisborne , Beaconsfield , D e lora ine , Mt . Gamb ier ) .—471 . anarcha Meyr . ,

18 88 , p . 1584 (Bulli ) .— 472 . stenodes, n . sp . (Albany,

— 473 .

rhadin odes, n . sp . (T oowoomba ) .

- 474. ara p tera ,n . sp . ( Stan thorpe , Sydney ) .

475. p leurocapna,n . sp . (Mt . T ambourine ) .

-47 6 . p leurosti cha , n . sp . (Broken

H i ll ) .

— 477 . ama lop tera ,n . sp . (Perth ,

—47 8 . pusi lla ,n . sp . (Macpherson

Range ) .

—479 . filifera . n . sp . (Brisbane ) .

— 480 . omosp i la, n . sp . (Mt . Wellington ,

Lake St . Clair , Gordon— 48 1 . basist i cha, n . sp . (Brisbane ) .

— 482 . temt i li s Meyr . ,

1906 , p . 36 (Glen Innes to Sydney, Campbelltown ,—483 .

Tperdi ta Meyr . , 18 82 , p . 547 ( Sydney ) .

—484. p erangusta,n . sp .

(Broken H i ll ) .

—485. eri opa Low . , 1900 , p . 41 (Broken H i ll ) .—486 .

quaerenda Meyr . , E xot . Mi cro . , i i , p . 309 (Nambour , Brisbane ) .

— 487 . abri thes,

n . sp . (Macpherson —488 . delotypa, n . sp . ( Cai rns ) .

— 489 . asthenospi la ,

n . sp . (Yeppoon ) .-490 . d idymosp i la, n . sp . (Gosford ) .

— 49 1 . glaberrima, n . sp .

(Brunswi ck Heads ) .—492 . zemiodes Meyr . , 1902 , p . 149 (Bendigo ) .

493. cyr toloma ,n . sp . (Talwood ) .

— 494. stramen ti cia , n . sp . (Bunya — 495 .

pentast icta, n . sp . (Atherton ) .

— 49 6 . mesoscia, n . sp . (Brisbane ) .

— 497 . lape li ctes

Meyr . ,188 3, p . 346 (T oowoomba ,

Macpherson Range ) .

— 498 ._taci ta

Turn . ,192 6 , p . 146 ( Z eehan , Strahan ) .

— 499 . epicom’

a, n . sp . ( Jerv is

Bay ) .

— 500 . dysp ines, n . sp . (Macpherson Range ) .

— 501 . li topi s, n . sp . (Atherton ,

Eungella, Brisbane ,Bunya

— 502 . commoda,n . sp . (Cape York ) .

— 503.

phaeogramma,n . sp . (Cape York ) .

— 504. phaeostephes Meyr . , -1887 ,

p . 956 (Cap e York , Duaringa , Emerald , Ch inchi lla , Charlev ille ) .— 505. megalospora,

n . sp . (Bowen , Talwood , Adavale ) .

— 506 . modi ca Turn .

,1916 , p . 352

(Brisbane ,Warwi ck , Ki llarney ) .

— 507 . achlyopa,

‘

n . sp . (Mareeba , Atherton ) .

455. MAORONEMATA CY CNOPTERA Meyr .

Palp i wi th second joint just reaching base of antennae ; t erminal joint one

half. An tenna] ci liat ions in male one-half.

456 . MACRONEMATA CONSIM ILI S, n . sp .

consimi li s , extremely simi lar .

9. 12—14 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i w i th second joint slight lyexceeding base of antennae , terminal joint three-fourths ; whi te , external surface

of second join t excep t apex pale fuscous . Antennae whi t ish ; ci liat ion s in male

one-half . Abdomen wh i t ish-grey . Legs pale'

fuscous ; posterior pair whi t ish .

Forewings narrow, costa gent ly arched , ap ex pointed , termen very Oblique ; wh i te ,

costal edge near base often dark fuscous ; ci lia wh ite . H indwings and ci lia

wh i t ish-

grey .

D ist inguishable from the p receding by i ts longer palp i .

North Queensland : T ownsvi lle in Sep tember and October . Queensland

Yeppoon in O ctober ; six specimens .

457 . MAORONEMATA ARGOCHROA,n . sp .

dp’

yoxpoos, sh in ing wh ite .

6 13 mm . Head and thorax wh ite . Palp i wi th second join t slightly exceedingbase of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; whit ish , external surface of second

joint pale fuscous . An tennae wh i t ish ; ci liat ions in male one-th ird . Abdomen

wh i t ish . Legs wh i tish ; anterior pair pale fuscous . Forewings wi th costa gen tly

arched ,apex rounded , termen very oblique ; clear wh i te ; st igmata and a few

s cat tered scales pale fuscous ; dots minute , first discal at one-th ird , pl ical beyond

BY A . J . TURNER . 305

i t , second discal a t tw o-th i rds, a dot midway between and above discals , a dot

beneath and sl ight ly beyond second discal ; cilia wh i te . H indwings lanceolate ;

grey-wh i t ish ; ci l ia grey-whi t ish .

Queensland : Br isbane in December ; one specimen .

459 . MAORONEMATA PAUR OMORPH A , n . sp .

wavpouopcpos, li tt le .

9. 12 mm . Head and thorax wh i te . Pa lp i wi th second joint just reachingbase of an tennae , terminal join t one -ha lf ; whi t ish , apex of terminal join t fuscous .

An tennae whi t ish . Abdomen pale brown ish-

grey. Legs whi t ish ; anterior t ib iae

and tars i fuscous wi th whi t ish r ings . Forewings narrow , costa slight ly arched ,

apex acute , termen slight ly rounded , strongly oblique ; whi te ; st igmata m inute ,

fuscous, first disca l at one-thi rd , p lical slightly beyond i t , second discal at tw o

thirds ; slight subdorsal fuscous i rrorat ion ; some minute submarginal fuscous dots

on ap ical part of costa and upper part of termen ; ci lia whi te . H indwings

lanceolate ; pale grey ; ci lia 1 , pale grey .

Queensland : Caloundra in O ctober ; one sp ecimen .

460 . MACRONEMATA APHAUROPHANES , n . sp .

d¢a vpo¢ amjs, weak-looking .

13 mm . Head and thorax grey . Palp i wi th second join t not reach ing base

Of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; ochreous-whi t ish , terminal join t excep t

apex fuscous . Antennae grey-whi t ish wi th blackish annulat ions ; ci lia in male 3 .

Abdomen grey-wh it ish . Legs fuscous ; posterior pair wh it ish . Forewings very

narrow ,costa scarcely arched , apex acute , termen ext remely oblique ; ochreous

wh i t ish ; markings and some scat tered scales fuscous ; first d iscal at one-fourth ,

palp i well beyond i t , second discal at tw o-thi rds ; irrorat ion more p ronoun ced

towards apex and termen ; ci lia ochreous-wh i t ish , some fuscous po in ts on bases .

H indwings whi t ish ; ci lia l é, whi t ish .

Tasman ia : Mt . We llington feet ) in January ; on e specimen .

462 . MACRONEMATA SEM IDALI S ,n . sp .

aeucaaxt s, noury.

d‘. 13 mm. Head and thorax pa le grey . Palp i wi th second jo in t not reach ing

base of antennae , terminal join t tw o-th i rds ; grey-wh i t ish . An tennae grey ;

ci liat ions in male 1 . Abdomen grey . Legs pale ochreous-

grey ; anter ior pa ir

fuscous . Forewings suboval , costa gent ly arched , apex rounded , termen oblique lyrounded ; ochreous-

grey-whi t ish ; st igmata fuscous , m inute or obsolete , first discal

a t one-third , p lical beyond i t , second discal before tw o-thirds ; some fuscous

i rrorat ion towards termen ; some obscure fuscous te rm inal dots ; ci lia greyish

ochreous wi th fa int ly darker postmed ian and te rminal l ines . H indwings lanceolate ,

pale grey ; in male a strong tuft Of grey ha irs on costa ; ci lia 1 , pale grey .

North Queensland : Kuranda in June ; one specimen .

463 . MAORONEMATA LEPTOGRAMMA , n . sp .

Xevr'r o'ypauuos, light ly marked .

15 mm . Head and thorax wh ite . Palp i with term inal jo in t three-fourths ;whi te , oute r surface of second joint excep t apex fuscous . An tennae whi te ; ci liat ions

in male one-third . Abdomen whi t ish . Legs fuscous ; posterior pa i r whi t ish . Fore

wings suboval , costa moderately arched , apex rounded , termen obl iquely rounded ;

whi te, light ly sp rinkled , especially in terminal area ,wi th pale ochreous ; a

sufiused ~

pale ochreous tornal spot ; and another less developed on costa before

306 REVI SION or AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH OR IDAE . v,

apex ; ci lia wh it ish sprinkled wi th fuscous , on tornus grey . H indwings ovate

lanceolate ; pale grey ; ci l ia pale grey .

Queensland : Brisbane in February ; one specimen .

464. MACRONEMATA STOECH ODES , n . sp .

a‘r ocw ns, arranged in rows .

9. 14—16 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i wi th second joint reaching

base of antennae , terminal joint in male three-fifths , in female four-fifths ; whit ish ,

lower tw o-thirds of external surface of second joint pale fuscous , apex of terminal

joint fuscous . Antennae whi tish ; ci liat i ons in male 13. Abdomen grey. Legs

whit ish ; anterior pair pale fuscous . Forewings elongate-oval , costa moderately

arched , apex round-pointed , termen very Oblique ; whi te wi th fuscous dots ; first

discal at one-third , p l ical beneath i t , second discal before tw o-thirds ; a series of

submarginal dots from three-fourths costa around termen to tornus ; ci lia whi te.

H indwings ovate-lanceolate ; grey-wh it ish ; ci lia whi t ish .

North Queensland : Cardwell in August ; tw o specimens .

468 . MACRONEMATA PROSCEDES , n . sp .

wpoaxnans, a lli ed .

d“, 9. 16—18 mm . Head and thorax ochreous-whit ish . Palp i with se cond joint

reaching base of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; ochreous-whi t ish , outer

surface of terminal joint fuscous towards apex . Antennae grey-whi t ish ; ciliat ions

in male 13. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs ochreous-wh i t ish ; anterior pai r

fuscous . Forewings narrow , costa slightly arched, ap ex pointed , termen extremely

oblique ; ochreous-whi t ish , sometimes wi th a few fuscous scales ; st igmata obsolete

except a m inute second discal at tw o-thirds ; ci lia ochreous-whi t ish . H indwings

and ci lia grey.

Queensland : Talwood in Apri l ; five specimens received from Mr. W. B.

Barnard , w ho has the type .

472 . MAORONEMATA STENODES , n . sp .

ar evwéns, narrow.

12 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i with second joint not reachingbase of an tennae, terminal joint 1 ; white , basal half of second joint fuscous.

Antennae dark fuscous ; ci liations in male tw o-thirds . Abdomen pale grey . Legs

fuscous ; posterior pa ir whi tish . Forewings narrow , costa strongly arched , apex

pointed , termen oblique ; whi te ; markings dark fuscous ; an oblique fascia from

beneath one-thi rd costa to above base of dorsum ; another from tw o-th irds costa

to mid-dorsum ; a third from tw o-th irds costa to tornus ; an ap i cal blotch ; ci lia

fuscous . H indwings and ci lia pale grey .

Western Australia : Albany in February ; one specimen rece ived from Mr .

W . B . Barnard .

473 . MACBONEMATA BHAD INODES ,n . sp .

éaSwa q, slender.

9 . 12—14 mm . Head and thorax brown ish . Palp i wi th second jo in t not

reach ing base of antennae , terminal joint tw o-thi rds ; wh i t ish sp rinkled with

fuscous, base of second joint fuscous . Antennae fuscous ; in male minutely

ci liated ( one-fourth ) . Abdomen grey ; tuft wh i t ish . Legs fuscous wi th wh i tish

rings . Forewings narrow, costa gent ly arched , apex round-pointed , t ermen very

Oblique ; brown ish ; markings and some irrorat ion fuscous ; a narrow interrupted

sub -basal fascia ; tw o or three dots placed transversely at one-thi rd ; a short mark

on costa at tw o-th irds ; a longi tudinal median streak from tw o-th irds join ing a

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

308 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH ORIDAE . v,

connects second di scal wi th tornus , and another occup ies ap i cal area ; cilia grey

wi th fuscous points . H indwings and ci lia pale grey.

Western Australia : Mundaring , near Perth , in June ; one specimen received

from Mr . J . Clark .

478 . MACRONEMATA PUSILLA , n . sp .

pusi llus, t iny .

9. 12—14 mm . H ead wh i t ish-ochreous . Palp i wi th se cond join t not reachingbase of an tennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; whi t ish-ochreous , basal half and a

subterminal ring on second joint and basal and terminal rings on terminal joint

fuscous . Thorax wh i t ish-ochreous sp rinkled with fuscous . Abdomen fuscous .

Legs fuscous wi th wh it ish-ochreous rings . Forewings very narrow, costa gently

arched, apex rounded , termen very obliquely rounded ; wh i t ish-ochreous sprinkled

wi th fuscous ; markings fuscous , rather obscure ; first d iscal at one-thi rd , pli cal

well before i t , second discal before tw o-th irds , suffusedly connected wi th dorsum ;

e longate costal spots . at one-fourth , middle , and three-fourths ; from the last

p roceeds a line with a strong acute inward tooth in middle , and an equally

dev eloped outward tooth beneath this , thence to tornus ; ci lia whi t ish-ochreous

sp r inkled wi th fuscous , on tornus grey . H indwings and ci lia grey.

Queensland : Macpherson Range fee t ) in January and March ; tw o

specimen s .

479 . MACRONEMATA FILIFERA, n . sp .

filiferus , thread-marked .

9. 12—15 mm . Head and thorax grey sp rinkled wi th fuscous . Palp i

w i th second joint not reaching base of antennae , terminal“

join t four-fifths ;

fuscous , second joint wi th postmed ian and ap i cal and te rminal joint with ante

median whi te r ings . Antennae grey ; cil iat ions in male 1 . Abdomen grey. Legs

fuscous wi th whi t ish rings ; posterior pai r mostly whi t ish . Forewings very

narrow,costa straight , apex pointed , termen extremely obl ique ; grey wi th dark

fuscous i rrorat ion and markings; somet imes a fine subcostal streak from base

to m iddle ; st igmata elongate , form ing short streaks , first discal at one -thi rd ,

p lical beyond i t , second discal at tw o-th irds ; a short st reak be twe en discals, and

another above and parallel ; an interrup ted streak from beneath tw o-thi rds costa

t o tornus evenly curved close to costa and termen ; ci lia wh i t ish wi th median

and terminal fuscous points . H indwings pale grey ; ci lia 1 , pale grey .

Queensland : Bri sbane in September, O ctober , November , D ecember and Ap ri l ;

seven specimens .

480 . MAORONEMATA OMOSPILA , n . sp .

(buoomxos, shoulder-spot ted .

5 . 12—13 mm . Head ,thorax, and abdomen grey . Palp i w i th second join t

just reaching base of antennae , terminal joint one-half ; fuscous , inner surface

and terminal joint wh i t ish . An tennae fuscous ; ci l iat ions in male 4. Legs

fuscous ; posterior t ib iae fuscous-wh i t ish . Forewings narrow, costa gently arched,

apex pointed , termen extremely Oblique ; pale grey, somet imes ochreous-t inged ;

markings and some scat tered scales fuscous ; first d iscal and pl ical obsolete ,

second discal at tw o-th irds ; irrorat ion more pronounced towards termen ; ci lia pale

grey . H indwings and c il ia pale grey.

Tasman ia : Mt . Wellington feet ) in January and February ; Lake St .

C lai r and Gordon R . in January ; five specimens .

BY A . J . TURNER . 309

481 . MACRONEMATA BASIST I CHA , n . sp .

fia o w n xos, with basal streak.

9. 14 mm . Head wh it ish . Palp i wi th second joint exceed ing base of antennae ,

term inal joint 1 ; wh i t ish sp rinkled wi th fuscous , second joint wi th base and a

subap i ca l ring fuscous . An tennae fuscous . Thorax fuscous ; tegulae wh i te .

Abdomen dark grey. Legs whi t ish sp rink led wi th fuscous . Forewings narrow ,

costa almost stra ight , apex pointed, termen extremely Oblique ; fuscous sp rinkled

wi th wh i te ; a whi te streak from base of costa along fold to one -fourth ; a suffused

in terrup ted whi te fascia from midcosta to tornus ; ci lia fuscous . H indwings wi th

3 and 4 stalked , grey ; ci lia grey.

Queensland : Brisbane in Sep tember ; one specimen .

484. MACRONEMATA PERANGU STA , n . sp .

perangustus, very narrow .

17—18 mm . Head whi te . Palp i wi th second joint not reaching base of

an tennae , term inal joint one-half ; fuscous, terminal joint whi te . An tennae grey ;

ci liat ions in male one -fourth . Thorax grey . Abdomen pale grey . Legs grey ;

posterior t ibiae whit ish . Forewings elongate , narrow , costa slight ly arched , apex

pointed , te rmen very Obl ique ; whi te spr inkled wi th grey, more densely at base

and beneath costa to four—fifths ; st igmata fuscous , somet imes not fully deve loped ,

first d i scal at one-fourth , p li cal beyond an d somet imes connected with i t , second

d iscal at tw o-th i rds, a dot above and between discals, another betwe en and below

them , and a dot beneath second di scal ; ci lia whi te wi th grey points . H indwings

and ci l ia grey-wh i t ish .

Readily dist inguished from the follow ing by the much shorter antennal

ci liations of the male .

New South Wales : Broken H ill in Sep tember ; tw o specimens .

485. MAORONEMATA ER I OPA Low .

11—15 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i wi th second join t not reaching

base of an tennae , terminal join t one-half ; fuscous , term inal join t whi te . An tennae

grey ; ci liat ions in male 13. Abdomen whi t ish ,towards base grey. Legs fuscous ;

posterior t ibiae whi t ish . Forewings narrow, costa slightly arched , apex po inted ,

termen very oblique ; wh i te sprinkled wi th grey, more densely beneath costa from

base to apex ; st igmata fuscous, minute or Obsolete , first discal at one-thi rd or

obsolete, p li cal beyond i t , second discal at tw o-th i rds , a dot beneath i t ; a suffused

grey line on termen ; ci lia wh ite wi th a few grey poin ts . H indwings grey-wh i tish ,

somet imes grey at apex ; ci lia grey-whi tish .

Probably Lower confused th is with the p receding species, but h is descrip t ion ,

part i cularly the whi te thorax, app li es better to this one .

487 . MACRONEMATA ABRITH ES , n . sp .

dfiplflns, light .

9 . 13 mm . Head grey-whi t ish . Palp i wi th second joint not reaching base of

antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous . Antennae fuscous obscurely

annulated wi th grey-whi t i sh . Thorax grey-wh it ish sprinkled wi th wh i tish .

Abdomen pale grey wi th brown i sh bars on dorsum of basal segmen ts . Legs

fuscous wi th ochreous-whi t ish rings ; posterior pai r mostly ochreous-wh i t ish .

Forewings narrow, suboval , costa moderately arched , apex pointed , termen

extreme ly Oblique ; grey-whit ish wi th markings and some i rrorat ion dark fuscous ;

310 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH OR IDAE . v,

first discal at one-thi rd , pli cal beyond i t , second d iscal at tw o-thi rds ; a short

suffused inwardly Oblique streak from costa beyond middle , ap i cal area densely

irrorated ; ci lia pale grey wi th some dark fuscous points . H indwings grey ; ci l ia

pale grey.

Queensland : Macpherson Range feet ) in O ctober ; one spe cimen received

from Mr . W. B. Barnard .

488 . MACRONEMATA DELOTYPA , n . sp .

onAo-r w ros, clearly marked .

12 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i with second join t not reaching

base Of antennae, terminal joint three-fourths ; grey, terminal and apex of second

joint whi te . Antennae grey ; ci liat ions in male 1 . (Abdomen missing . ) Legs

grey ; tarsi whi tish ; posterior pai r wh i t ish . Forewings narrow, costa strongly

arched , apex pointed , termen obl iquely rounded ; whi te ; a narrow basal fascia ,

a broad costal streak from one -fourth to middle , and a short inwardly oblique

streak from costa before apex fuscous ; st igmata blackish , first dis cal at one-fourth

touching costal streak, p li cal beyond i t , second discal at tw o-thi rds , a dot above

and between discals, another beneath se cond ; some streak-l ike dots on termen ;

ci l ia wh it ish . H indwings and cilia pale grey.

Queensland : Kuranda in October ; one specimen .

489 . MACRONEMATA ASTHENOSPILA ,n . sp .

dafinvoamkos, weakly spotted .

14 mm . Head and thorax whit ish-

grey. Palp i wi th second joint just

reaching base of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous , terminal and apex

of second joint wh i te . Antennae pale grey ; ci liat ions in male one -thi rd . Abdomen

pale grey. Legs fuscous ; posterior pair wh i tish . Forewings very narrowly oval ,

costa strongly arched , apex pointed , _

termen very Oblique ; wh i t ish-grey ; stigmata

grey, small and inconsp icuous, first discal at one-thi rd , p li cal beyond i t , second

d iscal at tw o-thi rds , a dot above and between discals ; ci lia grey-whi t ish . H ind

wings grey ; ci lia pale grey .

Queensland : Yeppoon in O ctober ; one . specimen .

490 . MACRONEMATA DIDYMOSPILA , n . sp .

Ozouuoam kos, twin -spotted .

a. 16 mm . Head and thorax whi t ish-

grey . Palp i wi th second jo in t not

reach ing base Of antennae , terminal joint one-half ; grey, terminal and apex of

second joint whi te . Antennae pale grey annulated with dark fuscous ; ci liations

in male tw o-thirds . Abdomen grey ; tuft grey-wh i tish . Legs wh it ish ; anterior

t ibiae fuscous ; tarsi fuscous with whi t ish r ings . Forewings elongate-oval , costa

moderately arched , apex poin ted , termen very Oblique ; whi t ish -

grey ; markings

and a few scattered scales dark fuscous ; first discal at one-fourth , p li cal beyond

i t , both consp i cuous , second discal before tw o-thi rds, minute ; a much curved

line of dots from four-fifths costa to tornus ; a terminal ser ies of dots ; ci lia pale

grey. H indwings and ci lia pale grey .

New South Wales : Gosford in November ; one specimen .

49 1 . MACRONEMATA GLABERRIMA , n . sp .

glaberrimus, very smooth .

9. 14—16 mm . Head and thorax fuscous . Palp i w i th second joint just

reach ing base of antennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous . Antennae fuscous ;ci liations in male tw o-th i rds . Abdomen fuscous ; tuft grey. Legs fuscous

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

312 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH OR IDAE . v,

MAORONEMATA MESOSCIA , n . sp .

ueaoa'mos, with median shade .

15 mm . Palp i wi th second joint not reaching base of antennae , terminal

joint three -fourths ; grey,inner surface whit ish . Antennae grey ; ci l iat ions in

male 1 . Abdomen grey . Legs fuscous ; posterior pair whi t ish . Forewings narrow ,

costa rather strongly arched , apex poin ted , termen very Oblique ; grey wi th fuscous

markings ; a moderate i ll-defined basal fascia ; a median fascia , anterior edge

sharp ly defined from one-third costa outward ly curved to one-third dorsum ,

posterior edge much suffused , se cond di scal at tw o-thi rds ; ci lia grey. H indwings

grey-whi t ish ; apex grey ; ci l ia grey

-wh i tish .

Queensland : Bri sbane in February ; one specimen .

499 . MAORONEMATA EPI CONIA , n . sp .

ém xomos, sp rinkled wi th ashes .

d‘

, 9. 12 mm . H ead , thorax , and abdomen fuscous . Palp i wi th second jo int

just reach ing base of an tennae , terminal join t three-fourths ; fuscous . Antennae

fuscous ; ci liat ions in male 13. Legs fuscous ; p osterior pair grey-wh it ish . Fore

wings wi th costa moderately arched , apex poin ted , termen obl ique grey, ap i ces

of scales wh i t ish , causing a ve ry fine mot t ling ; costal edge wh it ish ; ci lia pale grey.

H indwings wi th 3 and .4 stalked ; fuscous ; cil ia grey

New South Wales : Jervis Bay in October : four specimens beaten from

L ep tosp ermum .

500 . MAORONEMATA DY SPINES , n . sp .

5v0'

1rw ns, squalid .

g.

‘

15 mm . Head grey-wh it ish . Palp i wi th second join t slightly exceeding

base of an tennae , terminal jo in t three-fifths ; ochreous-whi t ish sp rinkled with

fuscous , basal half of second join t fuscous . Antennae pale grey ; ci liat ions in

male one-fourth . Thorax grey wi th tw o fuscous dots . (Abdomen missing . ) Legs

fuscous wi th wh i t ish -ochreous r ings ; posterior pa ir mostly wh i tish-ochreous . Fore

wings elongate, suboval , costa slight ly arched , ap ex rounded , termen v ery obliquelyrounded ; wh it ish-

grey wi th sl ight dark fuscous i rrorat ion ; st igmata blackish ,

first d iscal at one-thi rd , p li cal slight ly before i t , second discal well before tw o

thi rds ; some blackish i rrorat ion towards base and apex ; ci l ia pale grey wi th

some fuscous poin ts . H indwings and ci l ia pale grey .

Queensland : Macpherson Range feet ) in November ; one sp ecimen

re ceived from Mr . W . B . Barnard .

501 . MAORONEMATA LITOPI S, n . sp .

N-r wm s, smooth .

d‘

, 9 . 12—14 mm . Head and thorax pale brown . Palp i w ith second jo in t

just reach ing base of antennae , t erm inal joint three-fifths ; brown-whi t ish , second

joint part ly fuscous towards base . Antennae pale brown ; ci liat ions in male 6 .

Abdomen brown . Legs fuscous ; posterior pa i r brown-wh i tish . Forewings oval ,

costa st rongly arched , apex pointed , termen very oblique ; pale brown ; markings

fuscous ; usually a spot on base of costa ; first discal at one-th ird , p li cal beneath

or slight ly beyond , second discal before tw o-th i rds ; some fuscous i rrorat ion in

ap ical a rea , somet imes forming an i ll-denned subterminal line ; ci lia brown

wh i t ish . H indw ings and ci l ia pale grey.

North Queensland : Athe rton in August ; Eungella in October . Queensland

B risban e in Sep tember ; Bunya Mts . in January. E leven specimens .

BY A . J . TURNER . 313

502 . MAORONEMATA COMMODA , n . sp .

commodus, p leasing .

'

12 mm . Head and thorax whi te . Palp i wi th second join t reaching base

of antennae , term inal join t three-fourths ; whi t ish . Antennae grey, towards base

wh i tish ; ci liat ions in male tw o—thi rds . Abdomen wh i tish-

grey . Legs fuscous ;

posterior pai r whi t ish . Forewings wi th costa rather strongly arched , apex round

poin ted , te rmen oblique ly rounded ; wh i te markings pale ochreous-fuscous , well

defined ; a broad sub-basal fascia and another s imi lar at one-thi rd , nei ther reaching

costa , both un i ted on dorsum ; a small round subcostal spot in middle ; a posterior

fascia from costa short ly before apex obliquely inwards , connected by a short

p rocess wi th subcostal spot and wi th a sufiused costal spot just beyond i t , then

broaden ing so as to extend on dorsum from second fascia to tornus ; ci lia grey.

H indwings and ci lia grey

North Queensland : Cape York in Ap ri l ; one specimen received from Mr .

W . B . Barnard .

503 . MAORONEMATA PHAEOGRAMMA ,n . sp .

(pa l o'

ypauuos, wi th dusky markings .

9. 13—14 mm . Head whi te . Palp i wi th second joint just reaching base of

an tennae , terminal joint three-fourths ; whi t ish , second join t except apex fuscous .

An tennae whi t ish-grey wi th fuscous annulations . Thorax fuscous ; tegulae and

posterior margin white . Abdomen greyf ap ices of segmen ts and tuft wh i te . Legs

fuscous ; posterior pa ir wh it ish . Forewings suboval , costa moderately arched ,

ap ex rounded , termen obliquely rounded ; whi te sparsely sprinkled wi th fuscous ,

more so in term inal area ; markings fuscous ; first d iscal at one-third , plical

sl ight ly beyond i t , second discal at tw o-thi rds , a fourth dot between and above

discals , a fifth below second discal ; a suffused spot on tw o-fifths costa ; another

at four-fifths connected by a sinuate line wi th a spot on tornus ; a terminal ser ies

of dots ; ci lia whi te sprinkled wi th fuscous . H indwings and ci lia pale grey .

North Queen sland : Cape York in Ap ri l ; three specimens received from Mr .

W . B . Barnard , w ho has the type .

505. MAORONEMATA MEGALOSPORA , n . sp .

,a eyakoa

‘

wopos, large-spotted .

12—15 mm . ; 9. 15—16 mm . Head whi te . Palp i wi th second joint just

reaching base of an tennae , terminal joint tw o-thi rds ; whi tish , second joint except

apex fuscous . Antennae grey ; ciliat ion s in male one-fourth . Thorax whi t ish ;bases of tegulae fuscous . Abdomen grey ; tuft ochreous-whi t ish . Legs whi t ish ;an terior pair fuscous . Forewings narrow , costa moderately arched , apex rounded ,

termen ve ry oblique ; whi te sparsely sprinkled wi th fuscous ; markings fuscous ; a

large t ransversely oval spot in di sc at one-th ird ; a simi lar spot on tornus , inwardlyoblique ; a small suffused inwardly oblique streak from costa before apex ending

In second spot ; ci lia whi tish with fuscous points . H indwings and ci lia pale grey .

North Queensland : Bowen in June . Queensland : Talwood in November and

D ecember ; Adavale in May . Six specimens ; type in Coll . Barnard .

507 . MAORONEMATA ACHLYOPA , n . sp .

dxkvwn’

os, gloomy.

9 . 16—18 mm . Head and thorax grey sp rinkled wi th whi tish . Palp i wi th

second joint just reaching base of an tennae , terminal joint three-fifths ; fuscous,terminal joint and apex of second wh i t ish . An tennae grey ; ci liat ions in male

one-thi rd . Abdomen grey ; tuft ochreous-wh it ish . Legs grey ; posterior pair

314 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH ORIDAE . v,

ochreous-whi t ish . Forewings e longate , narrow, costa slightly arched , apex round

pointed , termen obliquely rounded ; whi t ish densely sp rinkled wi th fuscous

appearing grey ; markings fuscous , obscure ; first discal at one-fourth , p li cal we ll

beyond , second discal before tw o-thirds , suffusedly connected with tornus, a median

dot between and above d iscals ; ci lia whit i sh w i th fuscous points . H indwings and

ci lia grey .

North Queensland : Mareeba and Herberton in July ; tw o specimens .

60 . Gen . BRACH Y Z ANCLA , n .g .

fipaxvga'

yxxos, wi th short si ckles .

T ongue absent or weakly develop ed . Palp i short , not reaching vertex ; second

joint short , Slender ; term inal joint one -fourth to tw o-fifths, acute . An tennae with

basal pecten ; ci liat ion s in male short or rather long . Forewings wi th 7 to apex .

H indwings elongate-ovate ; neurat ion normal .

Type , B . lissodes . Resembles Limothues in the obsolescence of the tongue, but

d iffers from i t in the palp i .

Five species : 508 . pallidu la, n . sp . ( Inglewood ,— 509 . cretosa,

n . sp . (Cap e

York ) .— 510 . li ssodes, n . sp . (Atherton ) .

— 511 . strongyla, n . sp . (Darwin ) .— 512 .

ce laenopa ,n . sp . ( Scone ) .

508 . BRACHY Z ANCLA PALLIDULA , n . sp .

pa llidu lus , somewhat pale .

d‘. 15 mm . Head and thorax wh i tish-

grey. Tongue p resent but very weakly

developed . Palp i wi th second joint reaching middle of face , terminal jo int tw o

fifths ; fuscous , terminal join t wh i t ish . Antennae whit ish-grey ; ci liat ions in male

one-half . Abdomen pale grey. Legs grey ; posterior pair wh it ish . Forewings

narrow, costa moderately arched , apex rounded,

'

termen very obliquely rounded ;

pale grey suffused wi th white excep t beneath costa and w i th a few fuscous scales

towards termen and dorsum ; st igmata fuscous , m inute , first discal at tw o-fifths ,

p li cal beneath i t , second discal at"

tw o-thirds, a dot above and between discals

and another beneath second ; ci lia wh i t ish with grey po ints . H indwings and

ci lia pale grey .

Queen sland : Inglewood in October ; one specimen .

509 . BRACHY Z ANCLA ORETOSA , n. sp .

cretosus , chalky.

3 . 14—16 mm . 9. 19 mm. Head and thorax white . Palp i with second join t

not reach ing middle of face, terminal joint one-thi rd ; grey , inner surface of

terminal join t wh i te . Antennae whi t ish ; ci liat ions in male 1 . Abdomen grey

t erminal segments and tuft wh it ish . Legs whit ish ; anterior pair fuscous . Fore

w ings narrow , costa moderately arched , apex pointed , more obtuse in female ,

termen very obliquely rounded , wh i te sprinkled with grey , but less in female ;

st igmata fuscous , minute, first discal at one-th ird , absent in female , p l ical beyond

i t or absent , second discal at tw o-thirds ; ci lia whi te , in male wi th a faint grey

med ian l ine . H indwings and ci l ia pale grey.

North Queensland : Cape York in October ; four specimens received from Mr.

W . B . Barnard ,w ho has the type .

510 . BRACH Y Z ANCLA LI SSODES , n . sp .

Ma dmans, smooth .

20 mm . Head and thorax grey-wh i t ish . Palp i wi th second joint reach ing

middle of face , terminal joint one-fifth ; pale grey. Antennae whi te ; ci liat ions

in male 2 . Abdomen wh it ish . Legs grey ; posterior p air wh i t ish . Forewings

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

316 REVI SION OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA . OECOPH ORIDAE . v,

and tw o posterior spots blackish . Abdomen pale ochreous-

grey ; ap i ces Of segmen ts

and tuft ochreous-whi tish . Legs fuscous ; posterior pai r ochreous-whi t ish . Fore

wings rather narrow, costa slight ly arched , apex rounded , termen obliquely

rounded ; whi te wi th blackish markings ; a narrow transverse basal fascia ; a

moderate straight fascia from one-thi rd costa to tw o-fifths dorsum ; a simi lar

fascia from tw o-th i rds costa to tornus , but slightly sinuate and giving off a strong

p rocess from posterior edge , whose rounded extremi ty nearly reaches apex ; a

slender term inal line ; ci lia wh i t ish wi th a very fine fuscous med ian l ine . H ind

wings with 5 from mi ddle of cell ; pale grey ; ci lia pale grey .

Queensland : Duaringa in February ; one specimen received from Mr . W . B .

Barnard .

514. IDIOZ ANOLA SPUM IFERA ,n . sp .

spumiferus, frothy .

5 . 20 mm . H ead and thorax wh ite . Palp i w i th second joint long , terminal

join t one-sixth ; whi t ish . Antennae whi te ; ci liat ions in male one-fourth . Abdomen

and legs ochreous-wh itish . Forewings narrow, suboval , di lated an teriorly ,costa

moderately arched , base of dorsum strongly curved , apex pointed , termen

extremely oblique ; whi te ; markings pale ochreous, suffused ; an in terrup ted fascia

from tw o-fifths costa to tw o-fifths dorsum ; a tornal spot ; a small ap i cal blotch ;

ci lia whit ish-ochreous . H indwings and ci l ia grey-whi t ish .

North Queensland : Cape York in October ; one specimen rece ived from Mr .

W . B . Barnard .

515. IDIOZ ANCLA COLACMA , n . sp .

xokaxuos, shortened at the ap ex .

9 . 19 mm . Head ochreous-grey-wh itish . Pa lpi wi th second joint reach ing

base of an tennae , thi ckened and rough anteriorly, terminal joint one-third , rather

stout ; grey . Antennae pale grey . Thorax grey . Abdomen whi t ish-

grey . Legs

grey ; p osterior t ibiae mostly wh i t ish . Forewings oval , costa modera tely arched ,

apex pointed , termen very oblique ; grey ; st igmata dark fuscous wi th pale halos ,first d iscal at one-th ird , p lical beyond i t , second discal at tw o -thi rds ; a fuscous

lin e from costa shortly before apex to tornus, indented opposi te apex ; ci lia grey .

H indwings and ci lia pale grey.

North Queensland : Cap e York in May ; one specimen rece ived from Mr . W . B .

Barnard .

62 . Gen . TRACH YNTI S Meyr .

PROC . LINN . Soc . 1888 , p . 1586 .

T ongue p resen t . Palp i long , ascending , recurved ; second joint reach ing or

exceeding base of an tennae, more or less th ickened wi th app ressed scales , some

t imes rough beneath ; terminal joint shorter than second , stout , somet imes slightlyrough anteriorly, acute . An tennae wi th basal pecten ; ci l iat ions in male moderate .

Forewings wi th 7 to apex . H indwings elongate-ova te ; neura t ion normal . Type ,

T . delophanes Meyr .

Unfortunately I have not seen the type or any of the Western Austra lian

species described by Meyrick , and am consequen tly not quite certa in as to the

defin i tion Of th is genus .

Nine sp ecies : 516 . tr encpi s Meyr. , 1888 , p . 167 9 Albany ) .

517 .

‘

rdeZOphanes Meyr . , ib id . , 18 88 , p . 1587 Ge raldton ) .— 518 . Tme trosp i la

Meyr . , ibid . , 1888 , p . 1587 Albany ) .

— 519 . Tcoenod es Meyr . ,ibid 1888 , p . 1588

Carnarvon ) .

—520 . Tepiphau la Meyr. , ibid . , 1888 , p . 1588 York ) .

BY A . J . TURNER . 317

521 . Tepipona Meyr. , 1902 , p . 154 (Sydney ) .— 522 . holarga,

n . sp .

(Stradbroke — 52 3. d iaphanes Turn . , ibid . . 1898 , p . 208 (Nambour , Mt .

Tambourine , Macpherson Range , Ki llarney ) .

— 524. inferna Low . ,

1899 , p . 106 (Cunnamulla, Broken H i ll ) .

522 . TRACH YNTIS H OLARGA , n . sp .

Okap'

yos, wholly wh i te .

15 mm. Head and thorax whi te . Palp i wi th second joint just reach ing

base of an tennae , terminal joint four-fifths ; whi te . Antennae whi te ; cil iat ions

in male 23. Abdomen and legs white . Forewings moderately broad , not dilated ,

costa moderately arched , apex round-pointed , t ermen obliquely rounded ; whi te ;

ci lia Whi te . Hindwings wi th 5 from below middle ; whi te ; ci lia whi te.

The palp i are not typ ical , being smooth-scaled, the second joint rather slender ,

but the terminal joint as stout as second .

Queensland : Stradbroke I . in October ; one specimen .

63. Gen . E ccRITA , n .g .

emcpt'

r os, pi cked out .

T ongue“

p resent . Palpi long , ascending , recurved ; second joint exceeding

base of an tennae , moderately thickened wi th app ressed scales ; terminal joint

shorter than second, slender, acute . An tennae wi th basal pecten . Forewings

wi th 7 to apex . Hindwings elongate-ovate ;’

3 and 4 connate , 5 nearly approximated

to 6 at origin .

525. EOORITA PHAEOXY STA , n . sp .

qba tofvar os, darkly polished .

9. 17 mm . Head and thorax dark fuscous . Palp i wi th second joint much

exceeding base of antennae, terminal join t three-fourths ; fuscous . An tennae

fuscous. Legs fuscous ; posterior t ibiae grey-whi t ish . Forewings rather narrow,

costa sl ight ly arched , apex round-pointed , termen very obliquely rounded ; glossy

fuscous ; st igmata blackish , discals app roximated , first at one-third , second beyond

middle, p lical absent ; ci lia fuscous . H indwings and cilia dark grey.

Tasman ia : Strahan in February ; one specimen .

64. Gen . ANOMozANOLA, n .g .

dyouofa'

yxxos, wi th unusual si ckles.

Tongue present . Palp i very long , ascending , recurved ; second joint three

t imes length of face , expanded wi th long rough ha irs towards apex, especially

posteriorly ; terminal joint very slender , acute . Antennae with basal pecten ;ci liat ions in male short . Forewings w i th 7 to apex. H indwings elongate-ovate

neurat ion normal .

Characterized by the peculiar palpi .

526. scapari ella Wlk . , Cat . Bri t . Mus. , xxix, p .

'

765 ; Meyr . , 1882 ,

p . 546 (Brisbane , Stanthorpe , Sydney, Gisborne ) .

THE COLOUR-CHANGES OF BATOID FISHES .

By MERVYN GRIFFI TH S .

(From the D epartment of Z oology , Un iversity of Sydney. )

(Plate xv i . )

[ R ead 2 5t h Nov em b e r ,

In troductiou .

Apart from the work of Schaefer Lundstrom and Bard Parker

( 1933, and that of Parker and Porter no research has been done on

the colour-changes of E lasmobranch fishes . Schaefer recorded absence of colour

change for the Batoids , R afa clavata and R . bati s, whi lst the other authors studied

the colour-change process in the Selachian , Mustelus cani s. It has been established

that if th is fish be p laced in a dark-walled tank, the p igment of the dermal

melanophores is d ispersed , and the animal becomes dark. in colour so as to

resemble the background . The process of darkening takes about one hour. If

the eyes of M. caui s be removed , the fish becomes much darker than unde r - any

other ci rcumstances, and does so much more quickly (Parker and Porter ,

In addi t ion , Lundstrom and Bard have shown that the d ispersion of p igment in

the dermal melanophores is due to the act ion of a hormone secreted by the pars

intermedia of the p itui tary gland . When p laced in a whi te-walled tank, Muste lus

becomes light in colour , the condi t ion of maximum lightness being attained in

about tw o days . The light phase is caused by contract ion of the melanophores, and

Parker and Porter have shown that this contract ion can be caused by -nervous

act ion .

Schaefer ( 1921 ) records that , when ei ther R aja bati s or R aja clavata is p laced

in dark-walled or light -walled tanks for a long period (“langerem Aufenthalt” )

no colour-change occurs . Unfortunately he did not ment ion the exact durat ion

Of the experiment . However , Parker ( 1933 ) has carried out the above procedure

wi th R afa erinacea and has gained defini te colour-changes after periods of n ine

to twelve hours .

The Batoi ds , Urolophus testaceus and Trygouorrhina fasciata, were the types

used by the wri ter . The work on T . fasciata w as carried out at the Sydney

Universi ty Marine Biolog ical Stat ion at South Head , Port Jackson . The writer

wishes to exp ress his grati tude to Miss Burns, of the Z oology Department , for the

photograph ic work whi ch i llustrates the results of these experimen ts .

Observati ons on Urolophus testaceus .

The rays were caught by spearing through the pectoral fin . The mut i lat ion

involved would not affect the specific problem in hand , since even extensive

injury to the brain in Muste lus cani s d id not affect the colour-change process

(Lundstrom and Bard , All the specimens of Urolophus testaceus seen by the

wri ter have been of a uniform sandy colour on the dorsal surface when taken from

the water . In th is condit ion the dermal melanophores are in a moderately

contracted state (Plate xvi , fig . Tw o rays of the colour described were placed

in a black-walled tank ,i lluminated frOm above , wh i lst a th ird ray w as blinded by

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

320 COLOUR-CHANGES OF BATOID FISHES

to the act ion of a p itui tary hormone , wh ilst the -light phase is caused by the

contract ion of the melanophores .

D i scussion .

The exper imen ts on Uro lophus testaceus show

( 1 ) That its melanophores are expansible .

( 2 ) That a melanophore-expanding princip le is elaborated in“

the p itui tary

gland . Probably U. testaceas , therefore, is capable of a slow colour-change in

response to change in envi ronmen tal colour , as is R aja erinacea and Trygonor

rhina fasciata . I t is“

clear that in Urolophus and Trygonorrhina the dark phase

is due to the action of a p i tuitary hormone . Parker and Porter , and Lundstrom

and Bard are also agreed that this is so in Mustelus . But Parker and Porter

consider that the light phase is caused by'

the act ion of contract ing nerve fibres

on the melanophores , an act ion wh ich when excessive may overcome that of t he

expanding mechanism However , when Muste lus is hyp ophysectomi zed , the animal

rap idly becomes pale , and remains so , un less p itui tary extract is injected . Th is

suggests that the act ion of the melanophore nerves is toni c, tending always to

contract the melanophores, wh i lst the p resence of a sufficient quant ity of expanding

pr inciple in the t issue fluid bathing the melanophores'

Overcomes this contract ing

influence , and expansion results . Thus the true p i cture of the colour-changes in

E lasmobranchs appears to be a reflex st imulation of the p ituitary, due to the

v isual st imulus of a dark background , causing a heightened product ion of expanding

hormone , and so melanophore expansion . The visual st imulus occasioned by“

a

white background results in a decrease in p roduct ion of expanding principle , the

concentrat ion in the blood falls , unmasking the contract ing act ion of the melano

phore nerves , and so the light phase is attained .

Summary.

( I ) Probably Urolophus testaceas can alter i ts colour , as i ts dermal melano

phores are expansible , and a melanophore-expanding hormone is produced by i ts

p i tui tary gland .

( 2 ) Trygonorrhina fasciata is capable of changing i ts colour to a very slight

degree in response to change in t int of the envi ronment .

( 3 ) The dark phase of T . fasciata is due to expansion of the dermal melano

phores, whi ch expansion is caused by a p ituitary hormone . The light phase is

due to the con tract ion of the melanophores .

( 4) I t is considered that p robably the light phase in E lasmobranch fishes is

caused by toni c ne rvous act ion tending cont inually to contract the melanophores ,

whi ch con tract ing act ion is revealed when the concentration of expanding hormone

in the blood falls , due to diminut ion of the rate of secret ion by the p ituitary

gland .

R eferences .

HOGBEN , L . T . , 1 9 2 4.— The Pigmentary E ffector Sys tem . O liver and Boyd .

LUNDSTROM , H . M. , and P . BARD , 1 9 32 .— Hypophysia l C ontrol of Cutaneous P igmenta t ion

in an E lasmobranch F ish . B io l. Bull , 6 2 , 1 .

PARKER, G . H . , 1 9 33 — The Co lour Chang es O f E lasm obranch F ishes. P roc . N a t . Acad .

S c i . , V o l. 1 9 , N O . 1 2 .

, 1 9 36 .

— Integum en tary C o lour Chang es in the Newly -born D ogfish , Mus te lus

can is . B io l. Bul l , 7 0 , 1 .

and H . PORTER , 1 9 34.— T h e C ontro l o f the D erma l Me lanophores in E la smo

branch F ishes . B io l. Bu ll. , 6 6 . 1 .

SCHAEFER, J . G . , 1 9 2 1 .— Be itrag e zur Phys iolog ie des Farbenwechse ls der F ische . I .

Untersuchungen an P leuronect iden . Ar ch. yes . P hys io l , 1 8 8 , 25 .

PROC . L INN . Soc . 1936 . PLATE xvi .

Me lanoph ores in sk in s O f Uro lop hus tes tace a s ( fig s . 1 , H y la au i e a ( fig s . 3 ,4 )

and T ryg on orrhina fa scia ta ( fig s . 5 , 6 ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

THE DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . V

FAM ILY TIPULIDAE. PART I I I .

*

By CHARLES P . ALEXANDER .

( Communicated by F. H . Taylor ,

(Twenty-seven Text-ngures . )

[ R ead 2 5th Nov em b e r ,

HEXATOM INI .

AUSTROLIMNOPH ILA FLUXA, n . sp . Fig . 22 .

Mesonotal p raescutum dark brown on cephali c half, the posterior port ion and

remainder of mesonotum grey pruinose ; fore and middle femora darkened , the

t ips narrowly yellow ; posterior femora and all t ibiae yellow ; wings t inged wi th

yellow ; a restri cted brown pat tern , in clud ing seams to the cord and outer end of

cell l st M2 , as well as marg inal spots at ends of all longi tudinal veins excep t ing

R 5 and M1 ; R s square at origin ; r-m connect ing wi th R s at the fork or nearly so ;

inner end of cell l st M2 arcuated ; m-cu beyond midlength of cell l st M2 ; abdominal

tergi tes dark brown ; sterni tes yellow, the incisures narrowly infuscated .

9.— Length about 10 mm . ; wing , 9 mm .

Rostrum Obscure yellow, darker basally ; palp i dark . An tennae with scape

dark above , paler beneath ; pedi cel“

yellow ; flagellum broken . Head dark grey

anter ior vertex reduced to a narrow strip .

Pronotum Obscure yellow. Mesonotal praescutum dark brown on cephalic

half, the colour cont inued obliquely backward to the suture,leaving the posterior

port ion of the p raescutum , grey ; posterior scleri tes of notum grey p ruinose . Pleura

dark brown , sparsely p ruinose . Halteres elongate , yellow, the knobs infuscated.

Legs wi th the coxae yellow, darker basally ; trochanters yellow ; fore and middle

femora infuscated , the t ips narrowly yellow ; posterior femora more un iformly

yellow ; t ibiae golden -

yellow ; tarsi passing into yellowish-brown . Wings (Fig. 22 )

t inged wi th yellow , the costal region scarcely more saturated ; a restri cted brown

pat tern , distributed as follows : Small brown spots at arculus ; origin of R s ; cord ,

the latter extended to the costa at fork of Sc ; outer end of cell 1st M fork of

MM ; marginal areas at ends of all longi tudinal veins except ing R 6 and M1 ; veins

yellow, darker in the clouded areas . Venat ion : Sc2 at t ip of Sci ; R s square at

origin but not angulated ; r-m connecting with R s at the exact fork or immediate ly

beyond on the basal deflect ion of the latter thus obl iterated ; inner end of cell

l st M2 arcuated , r-m being at near midlength of the ce ll ; m-cu beyond midlength

of cell l st M2 .

Abdominal tergi tes dark brown , the sterni tes yellow, the incisures narrowly

infuscated ; oviposi tor w i th the valves horn-coloured .

Holotype, 9, Wau,New Guinea, alti tude feet , 21 December, 1933 (F. H .

Taylor ) .

C on t inued from these PROCEEDINGS, lx i , 1 9 36 . p . 18 3 .

BY C . P . ALEXANDER .

The most closely allied species is Austro limnophi la in terven ta (Skuse ) of

eastern Australia ,wh ich, whi le having a somewhat simi lar wing-pattern , has the

venat ion ent irely different , especia lly in the central radial and medial fields .

AUSTROLIMNOPH ILA INTERJEOTA , n . sp . Fig . 23.

General coloration of mesonotal p raescutum dark brown on anterior third ,

this colour continued laterad and caudad across the posterior thoracic p leura ;

posterior port ion of p raescutum and scutum light ashy-grey ; antennae yellow ,

elongate ; fore femora darkened ; wings cream-yellow , w i th a heavy, pale brown

pattern , includ ing a broad crossband at cord , and consp icuous marg inal spots at

ends of all longi tud inal veins ; R s very strongly angulated at origin .

9.

— Length about 11 mm. wing , 11 mm .

Rostrum brown ish-yellow ; palp i yellow. Antennae elongate , yellow ; flagellar

segments long-cylindri cal , with verti ci ls that are much shorter than the segments ;

outer segments gradually decreasing in length . Head light grey.

Pronotum and p rop leura light yellow . Mesonotal p raescutum wi th anterior

th ird dark brown , this colour cont inued laterad and caudad across the humeral

and lateral port ions of the scleri te , thence passing on to the pleura and including

the dorsal pterop leurite and postnotum ; posterior port ion of p raescutum and

scutum l ight ashy-grey, contrast ing abrup tly with the brown anterior portions of

the forme r ; scutellum and mediotergi te darker grey, the p leurotergite more

brownish-

grey. Pleura light yellow. Halteres elongate , darkened basally, the

outer ends of stem and the knob more yellow . Legs wi th the coxae ye llow, the

surface very sparsely pruinose ; trochan ters yellow ; fore femora brown , the

middle pair more brown ish-

ye llow, somewhat brighter on distal half ; posterior

femora yellow ; t ibiae and tarsi yellow, the terminal segments of the latter

darkened . Wings (Fig . 23 ) light cream-

yellow, wi th a heavy and consp i cuous

pale-brown pat tern , including a broad , comp lete crossband at the cord , en t irely

darkening cell 1st M2 and involving the ends of all cells on both sides of the cord ;

a large area at origin of R s ; smaller spots at arculus , fork Of MI , 2 and as marginal

spots, including all longi tudinal veins excep t ing R 5 and M1 ; veins yellow, darker

in the clouded areas . Venat ion : R s bent at more than a right angle at origin ;

elements of anterior cord in oblique alignment , the inner end of cell l st M2 more

basad ; m arcuated , longer than basal sect ion of M3 ; m-cu at midlength of cell

1st M2 ; an terior, arculus lacking .

Abdomen brown , the l ateral port ions and bases of stern i tes restrictedly more

blackish . Oviposi tor wi th cerci long and slender , very gent ly upcurved.

Holotype , 9, Edie Creek, New Guinea, alti tude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

The closest . allies of the present species are Austro limnophi la an ti qua (Skuse )

and A . in terven ta (Skuse ) , of eastern Australia , both of wh ich are readi ly

dist inguished by the wing-pattern and venat ion .

EPIPHRAGMA (EPIPHRAGMA ) FUSOODISOALI S , n . sp . Fig . 24.

General coloration of mesonotum dark brown ; praescutum obscure yellow,

with brown stripes ; antennae short ; legs yellow, the femora wi th three narrow

brown rings , the last subterminal in posi t ion ; t ibiae yellow,wi th three very

narrow, scarcely indicated darker annuli ; wings light yellow,wi th a heavy

dark-brown pattern , including a large discal area over an terior cord and cell

1st M, and a series of marginal spots at ends of all long i tudinal veins ; male

terminalia wi th a slender erect sp ine before apex of interbase .

324 DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v,

3 .—Length about 8 -5 mm . ; wing , 8 5 mm .

Rostrum brown ; palp i black . Antennae short , if bent backward not extending

beyond p ronotum ; scape and pedi cel dark brown ; basal segment of flagellum

yellow ; succeeding segments dark brown ; basal flagellar segments oval , soon

passing into elongate , the vert i ci ls long and consp i cuous, exceed ing the segments .

Head dark brown .

Pronotum obscure yellow , var iegated by dark brown medially and on si des .

Mesonotal p raescutum obscure yel low, wi th a comp lete median brown st ripe and

indi cat ions of in comp lete lateral areas on cephal i c port ion ; scutal lobes dark

brown , the med ian area narrowly pollinose ; scutellum and p ostnotum dark brown .

Pleura dark brown , vaguely and restri ctedly marked wi th obscure yellow . Halteres

yellow, the knobs weakly darkened . Legs w i th the fore coxae yellow, the middle

and posterior coxae dark brown ; trochanters yellow ; femora yellow, each wi th

three narrow dark-brown rings that are a lit tle narrower than the yellow inter

spaces , the last dark r ing subterminal and a trifle more extensive than the

pale apex ; t ibiae ye llow, with three very narrow and scarcely ev ident dark rings ,

the most dist inct a very narrow subbasal annulus, the outermost a nearly terminal

darken ing ; tarsi yellow, the outer segments weakly infuscated . Wings wi th the

ground-colour light yellow, wi th a heavy solid , brown pattern , including a large

d iscal area that comp letely covers cell l st M2 and adjoining ce lls, reaching the

costal border as a seam on the an terior cord ; large and consp i cuous brown spots

at ends of all longitudinal ve ins , larger in the anal field , where addi t ional marg inal

clouds occur at mid-di stance between the veins in both cells l st A and zud A ;

addit ional dark brown areas at arculus, origin of R s, cells M and Cu, and as a

large ci rcular area at fork of Mm ; interpolated pale-brown clouds of lunate form

encircle the supernumerary crossvein in cell C and the marg inal area at Rm ;

ve ins yellow, darker in the clouded areas . Costal fringe moderately long .

Venat ion : m longe r than basal sect ion of M3 , arcuated ; m-cu about i ts length

beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergi tes chiefly infuscated , scarcely variegated by brighter areas

t erminalia yellow . Male terminalia (Fig . 24) wi th the lobes of the tergi te , 9 t ,

narrow. Inte rbase, i , bearing a pale erect sp ine on mesal face a little more than

i ts ow n length back from t ip Of rod .

Holotype , a, E die Creek, New Guinea, alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

The only Australasian species wi th a somewhat simi lar; solidly darkened

wing-pat tern are Ep iphragma (Ep iphragma ) hebridensi s Alexander (New

Hebrides ) and E . (E . ) meri dionalis Alexander ( south-eastern Australia ) , both of

wh i ch d iffer consp icuously in the detai ls of pattern of the wings and legs .

EPIPHRAGMA (EPIPHRAGMA ) GLORIOLA , n . sp .

General colorat ion reddish-brown , the praescutum wi th darker brown stripes ;

antennae bicoloured ; femora and t ibiae yellow , each with tw o black rings ; wings

pale yellow , wi th a heavy dark-brown pattern , the areas solid and chiefly costal

in distribut ion ; a series of ye llow spots near distal ends Of outer medial, cubital

and anal cells ; m-cu at near tw o-thi rds the length of cell l st M2 .

9 .

— Length about 12 mm. ; wing , 11 mm .

Rostrum brown ; palp i black . Antennae relatively elongate ; scape and pedicel

light brown ; basal segment of flagellum yellow, weakly darkened at base ;

succeeding flagellar segments bicoloured , the basal port ion black , the outer end

yellow , the lat ter colour involving about one -half the sclerite on the basal segments

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

326 DIP TERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v,

wi th tw o dark rings , a narrower subbasal one and a broad ring at and beyond

midlength Of the segment ; tarsi brown , passing into brown ish-black. Wings pale

yel low, more saturated in p rearcular and costal regions ; a very heavy dark-brown

pattern , the areas solid and ch iefly costal in distribution , placed at arculus ; origin

of R s ; at supernumerary crossve in in cell C ; a major band from costa along

anterior cord to fork of M ; t ips of radial veins ; othe r dark areas at oute r end of

cell 1st M2, fork of M1, 2 and m-cu ; distal ends of all outer medial , cub i tal and

anal cells paler brown , before their margins enclosing a small , pale-yellow spot ,

these larger and more extensive in the anal field ; in cell 2nd A this latter appears

as a streak for almost the length of the cell ; paler brown washes in costal field ,

one before and one beyond the area at origin of R s ; cell R, darkened except at

outer end ; veins brown, luteous in the yellow areas . Venat ion : Supernumerary

cross-vein in cell C opposi te the fork of R s ; m-cu at near tw o-th irds the length

of the narrow cell l st M2 ; m and basal sect ion of M3 subequal ; cell M1 exceeding

twi ce i ts pet iole .

Abdomen dark brown , scarcely variegated by brighter ; cerci blackened at

bases , the slender valves horn -coloured .

Holotype , 9, Edie Creek, New Guinea, alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) .

E p iphragma (Ep iphragma ) glori ola is so difierent from all other regional

species that i t is unprofitable to compare i t with any sp ecies . described to this

date .

GYNOPLI STIA (GYNOPLISTIA ) SOIM ITAR , n . sp . Figs . 18 , 25.

Thorax dull brown ish-black, the propleura pale , the p teropleurite heavi ly l ight

grey pruinose ; antennae 17-segmented , wi th 13 long-bran ched segments ; knobs of

halteres blackened ; femora Obscure yellow, the fore pair undarkened, the remainingfemora wi th t ips blackened ; wings with basal fourth clear light-yellow , the outer

port ions more suffused , the cells beyond cord un iformly blackened ; st i ll darker

seams at origin of R s and on anterior cord ; cell M1 present ; cell 1st M2 small ;

abdomen wi th basal four segments orange-ye llow , unmarked , the remain ing

segments velvety-black ; male terminalia wi th a single, e longate, blade-like

d ist istyle.

3 .-Length about 9 mm wing, 82 mm .

Rostrum brown ; palp i infuscated . Antennae 17-segmented ; formula

scape , pedi cel and axis of basal three or four flagellar segmen ts yellow, the outer

segmen ts and all bran ches black ; longest bran ches (at midlength of flagellum )nearly one-thi rd the length of the ent ire organ ; basal tw o branches long and

slender ; branch of twelfth flagellar segment about one-half longer than the

segmen t ; branch of th irteenth flagellar segment a mere lobe . Head liver-brown ,

a little brightened beh ind .

Prothorax and mesothorax almost uniform dull brown ish-black, the praescutum

a litt le brightened on humeral port ion ; p ropleura , surrounding the anterior

sp iracle , extensively obscure yellow ; p teropleurite heavi ly p ruinose wi th light

grey, the mesep isternum thus appearing as a darkened gi rdle between the pale

p ropleura and the p terop leurite . Halteres wi th the base of stem yellow, becomingmore Obscure outwardly, the knob blackened . Legs wi th the coxae brownish-black,

the surface l ight -grey p ruinose , more consp i cuously so on fore and b ind coxae ;

fore trochanters brown , the middle and h ind pa ir black ; femora obscure yellow, the

fore pai r undarkened , the middle and h ind femora w i th consp icuously blackened

t ips ; t ibiae and tarsi black . Wings (Fig . 18 ) wi th basal fourth clear light-yellow ,

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 327

beyond th is po int suffused wi th blackish ,more brightened before st igma ; cells

beyond cord uni formly darkened ; cell Sc , an area at origin of R s and a broad

seam at anterior cord darker brown ; veins black , clear yellow in the flavous

basal areas . A series Of macrotrichia on vein R 5 , but ve in R, wi thout such setae ;

medial field and all ve ins posterior to i t , glabrous . Venat ion : Cell l st M, re la

t ively small , wi th m-cu just beyond one-thi rd i ts length ; cell M1 subequal in length

to i ts petiole ; vein zud A rather strongly sinuous .

Abdomen wi th basal four segments orange-yellow,

immaculate ; succeeding

segments and terminalia velvety-black. Male terminalia (Fig . 25 ) with the caudal

marg in of terg i te , 9 t , bear ing tw o low rounded tubercles . Basistyle , b, slender,

terminat ing in a fleshy, finger-like lobe that is deli cately setuliferous . A s ingle

long , blade-like d ist istyle, d , that is only a li tt le shorter than the basistyle , gradually

narrowed to the decurved poin t . Gonapophyses , 9 , simp le , each appearing as a

narrow blade , the apex acute and spinous .

_

Holotype , g, Edie Creek, New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . T aylor ) .

Gynop li st ia (Gynop li stia ) birdana Alexander , likewise from north-eastern New

Guinea , app ears to be the closest ally of the p resen t fly , whi ch d iffers especially

in the patte rn of the body,legs and wings , and in the structure of the male

terminalia .

GYNOPLI STIA (GYNOPLISTIA ) ATTRITA , n . sp . Fig . 19 .

Thorax dark liver-brown to brown ish-black ; antennae (9 ) 16-segmented, wi th

seven branched segments ; head brown i sh—black ; knobs of halteres orange-yellow ;

femora yellow, the t ips rather broadly and consp icuously blackened ; middle and

posterior femora wi th a more d iffuse brown ring at near mi dlength ; wings pale

yellow, the prearcular and costal regions deeper yellow ; a consp icuous brown

pattern , chiefly costal in di st ribut ion , the ap ical band relat ively narrow ; abdomen

wi th basal segment black, the succeeding four tergi tes yellow, darkened laterally ;

a black subterminal ring .

9 .-Length about 10 mm . ; wing , 9 mm .

Rostrum brownish-black ; palp i black. Antennae (9 ) 16-segmen ted ; formula

scape , pedi cel and bases and ap ices of the axes of p roximal tw o or three

fiagellar segmen ts brown ish-yellow ; remainde r of organ , including branches , black ;longest branch (about flagellar segment s four or five ) approximately three t imes

the length of the segmen t i tself. Head brown ish-black , polished .

Prothorax and mesothorax uni formly dark liver-brown to brown ish-black,

unvariegated excep t for“

a weak p ruinosi ty on the p leurotergi te . Halteres wi th

the stem dusky, the knob light orange-yellow. Legs wi th the coxae brown ish

black ; t rochanters obscure ye llow ; fore femora yellow, the t ips rather broadly

and consp icuously black ; middle and h ind femora wi th t ips simi larly and sub

equally blackened , and at near mi dlength wi th indicat ions of a broader but more

d iffuse infuscated ring , more evident on the posterior legs ; fore and m iddle t ibiae

black, the posterior pair somewhat more brown ish-black on basa l port ion ; tarsi

black . Wings (Fig . 19 ) pale yellow, the p rearcular and costal fields deepe r and

more saturated yellow ; a consp icuous brown pat tern , as follows : Arculus and

humeral cross-ve in ; origin of R s ; a band from st igma across cord , narrowed

posteriorly and becoming a mere seam on m-cu ; wing-t ip abruptly darkened,i ts proximal edge about on a level wi th the fork of a brown wash along

vein Cu and in proximal half of cell Cu , culminat ing in a darkened spot at near

tw o-thirds the length of vein l st A ; a darkened cloud at bend of vein zud A ;

328 DIP TERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEw GUINEA . V,

most of longi tudinal ve ins in the interspaces very narrowly and in sensibly seamed

wi th brown ; veins dark, yellow in the luteous areas . Numerous macrotrichia on

veins R, and R 5 ; in medial fie ld restricted to outer port ion of ve in M1 . Venation :

Vein R, long , cell R 3 at marg in very extensive ; cell 1st M, relat ively large , wi th

m—cu about i ts ow n length beyond the fork of M ; cell M1 longer than i ts pet iole ;

m-cu moderate ly sinuous .

Abdomen wi th basal segmen t black ; tergi tes tw o to five , inclus ive , ye llow ,

darkened laterally ; sterni tes tw o to five more obscure yellowish-brown ; subterminal

segments black ; gen i tal sh ie ld of oviposi tor obscure orange . Oviposi tor wi th cerci

yellow , slender , gent ly up curved .

Holotype , 9, Edie Greek , New Guinea , alt i tud‘

e feet , February, 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) .

Somewhat simi lar in general appearance to GynOp listia (Gynop li stia ) fu lvi ceps

Walker ,of north-western New Guinea , but differing widely in all detai ls of

colorat ion of !body, legs and wings . The brightened knobs of the halteres separate

the spe cies from almost all other regional members of the genus .

GYNOPLI STIA (GYNOPLISTIA ) LUTEOANNULATA ,n . sp . Figs . 20 , 26 .

General colorat ion coal-black ; head deep blue ; antennae 16 -segmented , with

t en branched segmen ts ; legs black , the femora wi th a broad consp i cuous yellow

r ing before t ips ; wings wi th the ground-colour of the basal cells greyish-wh i te ,

the cel ls beyond cord uniformly darkened ; a restricted darker pat tern at arculus ;

a narrow cross-band at origin of R s and on anterior cord ; cel l M1 lacking ; vein

zud A very strongly sinuous ; male terminalia wi th the basistyle bisp inous at apex ;

dist istyle single , terminat ing in three long sp ines .

(Sh— Length about 6 mm. ; wing , 6 mm.

Rostrum and palp i black . An tennae 16-segmen ted , black throughout ; formula

longest bran ches (at near midlength of organ ) about one -thi rd the

length of the ent i re an tenna ; branch of tenth flage llar segment short , about as

long as the segment ; terminal segmen t a trifle longer than the penultimate . Head

deep blue .

Mesonotum black, the surface subn i t idous ; postnotum weakly pruinose . Pleura

p ruinose . Halteres wi th stem black, the knobs broken . Legs wi th coxae black,

p ruinose ; trochanters black ; femora black , w i th a broad consp icuous yellow ring

before t ips ; on the posterior legs this annulus includes more than one-fourth the

t otal length of the segmen t ; t ibiae and tars i black . Wings (Fig . 20 ) wi th the

ground-colour of cells basad of cord greyish-wh ite , beyond the cord and in costal

field un i formly suffused wi th blackish ; darker areas at arculus and as cross-bands

at origin of R s and along anterior cord, the former nearly comp lete but narrow ,

the lat ter much wider ; ve ins brownish-black . Anterior branch of R s wi th a single

t richium close to R , ; ve ins R, and R 5 wi th almost comp lete series of tr ich ia ; medial

veins glabrous. Venat ion : very short ; cell M1 lacking ; vein 2nd A very

st rongly s inuous .

Abdomen short , b lack, including the terminalia . Male terminalia (Fig . 26 )

w i th the caudal margin of tergite convex , p roduced medially in to a small subacute

p oint . Basistyle , b, a t apex produced into a lateral and a mesial spinous point , both

s lende r and blackened . D ist istyle , d , terminat ing in three blackened sp ines .

Gonapophyses , g, appearing as straight spatulate blades , the tips broadly obtuse .

Aedeagus slende r, shorter than the apophyses .

Holotype , Edie Creek , New Guinea , alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

330 DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v,

black, the cephalic port ion grey p ruinose . Pleura black, wi th a longitudinal grey

s tripe extending from"

behind the fore coxae to the base Of abdomen ; dorso

p leural membrane dull black . Halteres dusky . Legs'

with the fore coxae black ,

the remaining coxae brownish testaceous ; t rochanters dark brown ; rema inder of

legs black . Wings (Fig . 27 ) a lmost un iformly t inged wi th dusky, the st igma not

or scarcely different iated ; ve ins brownish-black . Venat ion : Sc1 ending about

opposi te one-fourth the length of the long R s , the latter subequal to vein R,

p resent , erect , wi thout trichia .

Abdominal tergi tes brown ish-black ; stern i tes yellow . Male terminalia

(Fig . 33 ) with the tergal armature consist ing of strong spines or sp inous setae .

Lobe of basistyle , b, flattened , wi th abundan t setae on mesial face , including a

longer brush at apex . D ist istyle , d , single , symmet rical on the tw o s ides , bearinga long curved sp ine ; rostral port ion of style slender , terminat ing in a powerful

fasci culate seta , with other strong setae on disk of style . Phallosome , p ,consist ing

of tw o pale flattened rods, the d istal third of each narrowed , the t ips gent ly

divergent .

Holotype , Edie Creek ,New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . T aylor ) . Allotopotype , 9 .

Gonomyia (L ipophleps ) nigri dorsata is very different from the other regional

members of the su lphure lla group , as G . (L . ) nubeculosa (de Me ijere ) , G. (L . )

pal lidosignata Alexander and G . (L . ) p erreducta Alexander , in the consp i cuous

colorat ion of the body, and in the structure of the male t erminalia .

GONOMY IA (LIPOPHLEPS ) NIGR IDORSATA PLEUROSTRIATA ,n . subsp .

Characters ent irely as in the typ ical form , differing only in !the very di fferen t

coloration of the thoraci c p leura . Pleura , including dorso-p leural region and

p leurotergi te , yellow , wi th a re lat ively narrow, dark-brown , long i tudinal line

extend ing from the fore coxae to above the posterior coxae .

Holotype , 9, Ed ie Greek , New Guinea , alt itude feet , February , 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

GONOMY IA (LIPOPH LEPS ) ACUS , n . sp . Figs . 2 8 , 34.

General colorat ion of mesonotum dark brown ; scutellum and postnotum

brightened ; thoraci c p leura striped longi tudinally wi th brown ish-black and

yel low ; legs black ; wings almost un iformly sufiused wi th greyish , the st igmal

area very faint ly darke r ; Sol ending opposite origin of R s ; basal deflect ion of R 5

long ; abdominal terg ites brownish-black, the caudal borders very narrowly yellow ;

male terminalia wi th the outer d ist istyle a long aci culate sp ine from an expanded

base ; phal losome a densely ha iry column , terminat ing in tw o slender black spines

that are mi croscop ically sp inulose at base .

(gt— Length about 3 6 mm . ; w ing , 42 mm .

Rostrum and palp i black . Antennae black , the scape a lit tle brightened above ;

flagellar vert ici ls very long and consp i cuous . Head ch iefly infuscated .

Pronotum and anterior lateral p retergi tes wh i te . Mesonotal p raescutum and

scutum un i form brown ; scutellum obscure yel low ; mediotergi te black , obscurely

brightened beyond the base , the ap ical port ion broadly dark . Pleura striped

long itudinally w ith yel low and brownish -black ; dorsal pleuri tes , including the

p leurotergi te, obscure yellow ; a broad pale-

yellow stripe from beh ind the fore

coxae to beneath the halteres , bordered both above and beneath by blackish .

Halteres yellow , the knobs weakly darkened . Legs wi th the coxae blackened , the

poster ior pa i r restri cted ly paler at ap ices ; t rochan ters yellow ; remainder of legs

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 331

black . Wings (Fig . 28 ) almost uniformly suffused wi th greyish , the st igmal area

very faintly and d ifiusely darker ; veins pale brown , the anterior cord darker ;

prearcular veins and Cu more yellow. Venat ion : Sc1 ending opposi te origin of R s,

Sc, near i ts t ip ; basal deflect ion of R 5 long , subequal to In ; cell l st M2 closed ; m-cu

short ly before fork of M.

T ext -fig s . 2 7 - 32 .

2 7 .— Gon omyia (L ip ophlep '

s ) n igr idorsa ta , n . sp . , v ena t ion .

2 8 .— Gonomyia (L ip ophlep s ) a cus, n . sp . , v ena t ion .

2 9 .— E r i op tera (Emp eda ) a lbicli basis , n . sp . , vena t ion .

30 .— E ri op t era (Me ter iop

-ter a ) szi ladyi A lexand er , v ena t ion .

31 .—T oa: or hina ( C er a toche i lus ) fumip ennis , n . sp . , vena t ion .

32 .—T oa'

orhina ( T omorhina ) su t ton i , n . sp . , vena t ion .

Abdomen brownish-black, the surface sparsely p ruinose ; caudal borders of

the tergi tes very narrowly Obscure yellow ; on sterni tes, the borders are much less

dist in ctly brightened ; terminalia light brown . Male terminalia (Fig . 34) wi th

the dist istyles ap ical in posi tion , the outer one , act, expanded beyond the narrow

base , thence produced into a long , very slender, needle-like point ; inner style short

and broad, wi th numerous setae , including tw o fasci culate br istles at outer ap i cal

angle . Phallosome , p ,consist ing of a pale , densely hairy column that terminates

in a pair of slender black sp ines, each of the lat ter wi th mi croscop i c sp inulae on

upper margin near bases, the t ips acute , long and slender .

Holotype , 6 , Edie Creek, New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . T aylor )

Gonomyia (Lipophleps ) acus is allied to G . (L . ) kertésziana Alexander (north

eastern New Guinea ) , differing most evidently in the venation and,

in the structure

of the male terminalia .

ERIOPTERA (EMPEDA ) ALBIDIBASIS, n . sp . Figs . 29 , 35.

General'

colorat ion grey, the mesonotum unmarked ; antennae black , the first

flagellar segment yellow ; halteres white throughout ; femora obscure yellow to

yellowish-brown , provided wi th setae and flat tened scales ; wings t inged with

greyish , the p rearcular field abrup tly whi tened ; Sc short , R 8 long ; abdominal

tergites brown ish-black , the terminalia of male small ; dist istyles en t irely pale ,

the outer one unequally bifid , i ts inner arm shorte r and more slender than the

outer .

(gt— Length about 25 2 6 mm wing ,

— 3-4 mm . 52.— Length about 3 0 8—4 mm. ;

wing, 44 2 mm .

332 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v ,

Rostrum and palp i black . An tennae short in both sexes ; scape and pedi cel

black ; basal flagellar segment somewhat enlarged , yellow to obscure yellow ;

remainder of flagellum black ; longest vert i ci ls much exceeding the segments and

un i laterally dist ributed . Head dark grey.

Pronotum and pretergites wh i te . Mesonotum almost un iformly dark-

grey,

the margin of praescutum before the pseudosuture rest ri ctedly ye llow ; tuberculate

p i ts and pseudosutura l foveae black . Pleura dark brown ish-grey ; dorso-p leural

membrane paler . Halteres Wh ite throughout . Legs with the fore coxae and

t rochanters darkened , the remain ing coxae and t rochanters yellow ; femora

un iformly Obscure yellow to yellowish-brown , the darker colour produced by se tae

and flat tened scales ; tibiae and tarsi brown ish-black to black . Wings (Fig . 2 9 )

t inged wi th greyish , the p rearcular field abrup tly and consp icuously whi tened

st igmal region scarcely darkened ; veins pale brown , whi t ish in the basal area ,

the arcular elements a trifle infuscated . Venat ion : Sc re lat ively short , Sc1 end ing

just beyond origin of R S, Sc, but faint ly indi cated ,near t ip of Sc, ; R, about equal

to R, unusually long and not as Oblique as in most species of the subgenus ;

m-cu shortly before fork of M.

Abdominal tergites brown ish-black, stern i tes brown ish-

yellow ; terminal ia

small, obscure yel low . Male terminal ia (Fig . 35 ) wi th both d ist istyles pale , the

outer one , od , ent i rely glabrous , simply but deep ly bifid , the outer arm relat ively

wide, the inner arm shorter and unusually slender , its t ip Obliquely t runcated .

Inner dist istyle , Of about th e same conformat ion and size as the outer arm of

the outer style , p rovided wi th a few mi croscop i c setulae at apex .

Holotype , J, Aramai t i , Papua , alt i tude about feet , July, 1935 (K . J .

C linton ) . Allotype , 9, E die Creek , New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February,

1 935 (F . H . Taylor ) . Paratopotype , 1 wi th holotype ; paratype, 1 9, Main i ,

New Guinea, alt i tude feet , July , 1935 C lin ton ) .

E ri op tera (Empeda ) albidi basi s belongs to the group of the subgenus that

in cludes species having a short Se and an unusually long ve in R 3 ; femora

uniformly coloured , wi thout suddenly blackened t ips, and provided not only wi th

setae but also wi th flat tened scales ; male terminalia small, the dist istyles ent irely

pale , the outer style bind . In this group , the closest described ally is E . (E . )

lunensi s Alexander (Mindanao ) , whi ch differs most evidently in the dist inct male

terminal ia .

ERIOPTERA (ERIOPTERA ) LUNICOLA Alexander .

Phi lipp ine Journ . Sci . , xlvi i i , 1932 , 630—631 .

Known from Luzon and Mindanao . A small series of what certa inly appears

to be the same species from Main i , Papua , alti tude about feet , July , 1935

(K . J . Clinton ) , and E die Creek , New Guinea , alt i tude feet , February , 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) .

Th e male terminalia are very simi lar to the condi tion found in the Philipp ine

typ es , excep t that the sp ine on the inner dist istyle is a l it tle shorter and slightlyless curved . The basal segments of the flagellum are paler than in the types .

ERIOPTERA (METERI OPTERA ) SZ ILADY I Alexander . Fig . 30 .

Phi lippine Journ . Sci . , liv , 19 34, 468—469 .

The type , a male , w as from Sat telberg , Huon Pen insula , north-eastern New

Guinea , collected in late Sep tember, 1898 , by the late Ludw ig Biro.

A second spe cimen is from Wau , New Guinea , alt i tude feet , 18 December,1933 (F. H . T aylor ) . Th is indiv idual is somewhat larger than the type ( length

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

334 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . V,

segment yellow ; halteres and legs brown ish-black ; wings wi th a strong blackish

t inge ; male terminalia wi th a single dististyle , lying in the notch of the low ap ical

lobes Of basistyle ; phallosomic p late wi th abundant setae .

(gt— Length about —4-2 mm . ; wing , 4-5—5 mm . 9.

— Length about 42 —45 mm

wing ,

—5 mm.

Rostrum and palp i black . Antennae short , if bent backward not or scarcely

at taining the wing-root ; scape and p edi cel brown ; basal segment of flagellum

yellow, the remaining segments dark brown to black ; flage llar segments oval , wi th

long consp i cuous vert ici ls. Head grey .

Pronotum and lateral preterg i tes consp i cuously china-white . Mesonotum dark

grey, the scutellum unbrightened . Pleura blackened , sparsely p ruinose . Halteres

brown ish-black throughout . Legs with the coxae'

and trochanters brown ; femora

brownish-black , the bases brown ; t ib iae and tarsi black . Wings with a strong

blackish t inge ; veins and macrotrich ia brown ish-black ; costal fringe relat ively

consp i cuous, black . Venat ion : R, lying proximad of r-m ; m-cu about one -third

the pet iole of cell M3 ; ve in 2nd A ending about opposite the proximal end of m-cu.

Abdomen , includ ing terminalia , black . Male terminalia (Fig . 36 ) wi th the

ap i cal lobes Of basistyle , b, short and blunt , the mesial lobe wi th more numerous

setae and further produced into a low blackened lobule . A single dististyle , d ,

lying in the shallow notch at apex of basistyle , appearing as a simp le sp ine that

is produced into an acute glabrous point , the surface basad of this point wi th

abundant setae and setulae . Aedeagus , a,long and consp icuous , pale, at apex

suddenly narrowed into a slender point . Phallosome, p , a broad suboval p late ,

i ts outer end slightly pointed , the surface wi th abundant setae .

Holotype , g, Edie Greek , New Guinea , alt i tude feet, February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) . Allotopotyp e , 9 , carded wi th type . Paratopotypes, 5 d‘

9 , wi th

the type .

The structure of the male terminalia wi ll at once separate this fly from the

numerous Australian species of the genus so far described . I am referring the

insect to the ruficolli s subgroup wi th considerable doubt , sin ce all other species

h itherto p laced therein have tw o dist istyles . The presen ce of a single dist istyle

in the species d iscussed above and in Molophi lus taylorinus, n . sp . , is much as in

the genus Tasiocera and in the otherwise very differen t Mo lophi lus monostylus

Alexander , of Chi le .

MOLOPH ILUS TAYLORINUS , n . sp .

'

Fig . 37 .

Belongs to the graci lis group , ruficolli s subgroup ; general coloration black ,

including the antennae and halteres ; wings strongly t inged wi th blackish ; male

terminal ia wi th the caudal marg in of the tergite tri lobed ; a single dist istyle ,

appearing as an elongate simp le rod , the base dilated and provided wi th abundant

long e rect setae .

(gt— Length about 2 -8—3 mm. wing ,

—4 mm.

Rostrum and palp i black . Antennae black throughout , short , if bent back

ward not at taining the wing-root ; flagellar segments oval , with consp icuous

verti ci ls. Head black , sparsely grey p ruinose .

Thorax ent irely black , very sparsely pruinose . Halteres black throughout .

Legs wi th the coxae black ; t rochanters dark brown ; remainder of legs brownish

black . Wings with a strong blackish t inge , the veins even darker coloured ;

macrotrichia black . Venat ion : R, in transverse alignment with r-m, or even

sligh tly proximad of th is point ; pe tiole of cell M, relat ively short , only about

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 335

one-half longer than m-cu ; vein 2nd A ending about opposi te the posterior end

of m-cu .

Abdomen , including terminalia , black . Male t erminalia (Fig . 37 ) with the

caudal margin of tergi te , 9 t , consp icuously tri lobed , the median lobule smaller and

wi th shorter , more dense setae than the laterals. Basistyle , b, wi th the on ly

developed lobe (vent ral ) terminat ing in a small obtuse darkened lobule , the

remainder of lobe wi th long coarse setae . A single well-developed dististyle , d ,

appearing as a simp le elongate rod from a dilated base , the distal tw o-thirds

gradua lly narrowed to a subacute poin t ; basal enlargement provided wi th very

abundant , long , erect setae that are longer than the diameter of style at point

of insertion ; apex of rod wi th a group of elongate setae . Phallosom ic p late , p , wi th

numerous setulae .

Holotype , Wau , New Guinea , alt i tude fee t , 18 D ecember , 1933 (F . H .

T aylor ) . Paratopotypes, 2 one of whi ch is carded wi th the type .

Th is very di st inct species of Molophi lus is named in honour of the collector ,

Mr . Frank H . Taylor , w ho has done so much to make known the D ip terous fauna

of eastern New Guinea . The species is readily distinguished from other generally

simi lar black species by the peculiar structure Of the male terminalia , notably of

the dist istyle .

MOLOPH ILUS OONGUSSU S , n . sp . Fig . 38 .

Belongs to the graci li s group , ruficolli s subgroup ; general colorat ion dark

brown ; antennae short , the basal segmen t of flagellum pale: halteres and legs

black ; wings st rongly t inged wi th blackish ; male terminaha wi th the tergi te

tri lobed ; two dististyles , the outer one ve ry small ; inner dist istyle elongate , i ts

distal fourth wi th scabrous points , at near tw o-thirds the length bearing a powerful

glabrous sp ine .

cit— Length , 3 5 mm . ; wing , 4 mm . 9.

— Length , 4 mm . ; wing , 4 5 mm .

In i ts general appearance , very simi lar to Molophi lus unistylus, differing

especially in the structure of the male hypopyg ium .

Antennae black, the basal segment of flagellum paler ; vert i ci ls long and

consp icuous . Colorat ion of mesonotum and p leura more brown ish , wi thout dist inct

grey p ruinosity. Halteres dark throughout . Wings wi th a strong blackish t inge ;

veins darker ; tri chia black. Venat ion : R, lying short ly beyond the level of r-m ;

petiole of cell M3 long ,approximately three t imes m-cu ; ve in 2nd A ending just

before level of posterior end of m-cu .

Abdomen , including term inalia, black . Male terminal ia (Fig . 38 ) wi th the

tergi te , 9 t , tri lobed medially, the cen tral lobe a li tt le lower . Tw o t erminal

d ististyles, the outer , cd , very small, scarcely one-fourth the length of the inner

style , i d ; the latter elongate , i ts distal fourth wi th scabrous poin ts ; at nea r tw o

thirds the length bearing a powerful glabrous sp ine ; at near one-thi rd the length

with a small con ical poin t that bears several sp inulae in i ts axi l . Aedeagus ,

a, long and consp icuous . Phallosomic p late , p , more or less heart -shaped or suboval ,

the surface with microscop ic setulae .

Holotype , d‘, Edie Creek , New Guinea , alti tude fee t , February , 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) . Allotopotype , 9 , carded wi th type .

Molophi lus concussus, whi le very simi lar in i ts general appearance to

M. uni stylus, n . sp . , i s ent irely d ifferent in the structure of the male terminalia .

The possibi li ty exists that the female carded wi th the type of M . concussus and

referred to above as allotype of this species in reali ty p ertains to M. un i stylus .

336 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v,

MOLOPH ILU S ATERRIMUS , n . sp .

~

Fig. 39 .

Belongs to the graci lis group , ruficol li s subgroup ; general colorat ion deep

velvety-black, the pronotum and lateral p retergites china-whi te ; knobs of halteres

whi te ; wings blackish , the p rearcular field abrupt ly whi te ; male term inalia wi th

tw o s imp le dist istyles of approximately equal shape and size .

(gt— Length about mm. wing, 4—4-5 mm . 9 ,

— Length about 4 mm. ;

wing , 5 mm.

Rostrum and palp i black. An tennae black throughout , of moderate length , if

bent backward extending to a short distance beyond the wing-root ; flagellar

segments oval . Head black .

Pronotum and lateral p reterg ites pure china-whi te . Mesonotum ent ire ly and

un iformly deep ve lvety-black, the humeral region Of p raescutum more polished .

Pleura , including'

p rop leura and p leurotergi te , deep velvety-black . Halteres with

basal half of stem blackened , the oute r half pale , the knobs whi te . Legs ent irely

black . Wings with a strong blackish t inge , the prearcular field abrup tly whi te ;

veins brown , very pale in the prearcular field ; macrotrichia black . Costal fringe

relat ively long and consp i cuous. Venat ion : R 2 lying opposi te or just before level

of r-m ; petiole of cell M8 about tw o and one-half t imes m-cu ; ve in 2nd A relat ively

short , ending dist inct ly before level of m-cu .

Abdomen , including terminalia , black . Male terminalia (Fig . 39 ) wi th ap ical

lobe of basistyle , b, unarmed . Tw o dist istyles Of app roximate ly s imi lar length and

shape, both slender and simp le , the t ips acute ; outer style , 0 d , before t ip wi th tw o

or three small tubercles or sp ines and several long erect se tae ; inne r style , i d .

more curved on d istal fourth , with long setae on outer margin before apex.

Aedeagus , a, e longat e. Phallosomic p late , p , oval , the surface wi th abundant

setulae .

In the female , the amount of,wh ite on the p ronotum and p reterg i tes is more

restri cted , the knobs of halteres more yellowish-whi te , and -the p rearcular cells

on ly insensibly brightened . Valves of oviposi tor yellowish horn-colour .

Holotype , g, Edie Creek, New Guinea , alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) . Allotopotype , 9 . Paratopotype , carded wi th type ; 1 separate

The deep black colour , whi te knobs of halteres , china-wh ite p ronotum and

p retergi tes , pale w ing-bases, and structure Of thel

male terminalia, readi ly separate

the p resent fly from the very numerous species of the genus now known from

the Australas ian region .

TASIOCERA PAPUANA , n . sp . Fig . 40 .

General colorat ion pale brown ; an tennae pale , especially the ap ical pedi cels ;

legs black ; male terminalia wi th the dist istyle api cal in posi t ion , re lat ively stout

and stra ight ; phallosome comp lex , appearing as a dep ressed pale p late that

t erminates in a small med ian po int ; a pair of strong black sp ines near base Of

phallosome .

(gt— Length about 3 mm. ; wing , 4 mm.

Rostrum and palp i brown . Antennae (g) elongate , as normal for the sex in

this genus , fully one-half longer than body ; flagellar segments ch iefly pale ,

especially the ap i cal ped icels. Head pale brown .

Thorax , including p leura , almost un iformly pale-brown . Halteres dusky, the

knobs blackened . Legs with the coxae and trochan ters brown ish testaceous ;

remainder of legs black , including all tarsi . Wings subhyal ine , the ve ins only a

t rifle darker than the ground-colour ; t rich ia brown ; costa l fringe long and

consp icuous ; anal fringe very long .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

338 DIPTERA OF TH E TERRITORY OF NEw GUINEA . v,

cell M, Open ; abdominal t ergites brown ish-black, the terminal stern i tes paler

brown ; male terminalia wi th a single dist istyle that i s produced into an acute

spinous poin t on its outer marg in before m idlength .

(gt— Length , excluding rostrum,

—4 mm . ; wing, 5—56 mm rostrum,

33 3 7 mm .

Rostrum black . Antennae black throughout . Head light grey, wi th a very,

consp i cuous , rectangular black mark extending from the occiput to the anter ior

vertex , touch ing the inner marg ins of eyes at the latter point .

Cervi cal reg ion brownish-black . Mesonotal praescutum rich brownish-

yellow

to fulvous, more infuscated medially and beh ind but without dist inct or ev iden t

stripes ; scutal lobes dark brown , the median area pale r ; posterior scleri tes of

mesonotum brown . D orsal p leuri tes and membrane infuscated , the ventral scleri tes

brow n ish-

yellow . Halteres Obscure yellow, the knobs darkened . Legs wi th the

fore coxae darkened , rema in ing coxae and all trochanters yellow ; remainder of

legs black . Wings (Fig . 31 ) wi th a strong and almost un iform brown t inge ;

veins brown ish-black . Costal fringe moderate ly long and dense ; numerous macro

t ri ch ia on veins R s , R 5 , Mm and M3 ; no tri ch ia on anterior branch of R s. Venat ion :

An terior bran ch of R s moderately oblique , gently sinuous ; cell M, Open ; m-cu

at fork of M.

Abdominal terg ites brown ish-black , the stern ites and t erminal ia somewhat

paler brown . Male te rminalia (Fig . 42 ) wi th a single dististyle , d , that is ap i cal

in posi t ion , the rostral port ion produced in to a spatulate blade , the heel port ion

produced into an acute blackened sp ine . Bran ches of the aedeagus, a, about equal

in length to the in terbasal p lates, i .

Holotyp e, E die Creek , New Guinea , alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F . H . Taylor ) . Paratopotype,

The only close reg ional ally of the p resent fly is Toxorhina (Ceratochei lus )

biroi Alexander (north-eastern New Guinea ) , whi ch differs consp icuously in the

colorat ion of the body and wings ; the venat ion , especially the erect anterior

branch of R s ; and the ent irely dist inct male terminalia .

T OXORH INA (TOXORH INA ) TRILINEATA , n . sp .

General colorat ion grey , the p raescutum wi th three consp i cuous , dark brown

strip es ; scutellum dark brown , i ts posterior border more reddish-brown ; legs

brown ish-black ; w ings greyish , the prearcular field light yellow ; Sc short , Sc1

ending some distance before origin of R s ; cel l M, open ; abdominal tergi tes

un i formly dark brown , sterni tes Obscure brownish-yellow.

9 .

— Length , excluding rostrum , about 6 mm wing, 6 mm . ; rostrum about

4-7 mm .

Rostrum unusual ly long, black. An tennae black throughout . Head dark grey,

clearer grey on an terior vertex and posterior orbits .

Ce rvical sclerites and p ronotum dark brown . Mesonotal p raescutum grey,

wi th three consp icuous dark-brown stripes that are en t irely separate from one

another ; posterior interspaces slight ly more infumed ; scutal lobes dark brown , the

median area paler ; scutellum dark brown , i ts posterior border more reddish

brown ; medioterg i te clear grey . Pleura grey, the posterior scleri tes somewhat

more infumed . Halteres pale , the knobs weakly darkened . Legs with the fore

coxae dark grey, the rema in ing coxae obscure yellow ; t rochanters brownish

yellow , darkened at t ips ; remainder of legs brown ish-black . Wings a lmost

un iformly tinged w i th greyish , the p rearcular field light yellow ; ve ins dark brown .

BY 0 . P . ALEXANDER . 339

Venat ion : Sc short , Sc1 ending some distance before origin of R s, the d istance on

costa nearly equal to r-m ; cell M, open ; m-cu just beyond fork of M.

Abdominal tergites uni formly dark brown , the sterni tes obscure brown ish

yellow, the subterminal segments more darkened . Oviposi tor with genital sh ield

darkened , the long slender cerci horn-coloured .

Holotype , 9, Edie Creek, New Guinea, alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) .

Toxorhina ( Toxorhina ) tri lineata is ent i rely different from the only other

regional species , T . (T . ) suttoni , n . sp .

T OXORH INA (T OXORH INA ) SUTTONI , n . sp . Figs . 32 , 43.

Mesonotum black , the humeral region Of p raescutum yellow , the lateral

borders more velvety-black ; p leura yellow ; knobs of halteres infuscated ; legs

black ; wings wi th a dusky t inge ; Sci ending a short distance beyond origin of R s ;

abdominal tergites dark brown , sterni tes yellow, in the male with the subterminal

tw o segments dark brown ; male terminalia yellow, wi th tw o dist istyles , the outer

a slender, strongly sigmoi d blade .

(9.— Length , excluding rostrum, about 4

-2—4-5 mm . wing , 5—5-6 mm . ; rostrum ,

—3-5 mm. 9.—Length , excluding rostrum, about 6 mm. wing , 6 mm . ; rostrum

about 3-8 mm .

Rostrum black . Antennae black throughout . Head grey, more blackish or

blackish-

grey on the posterior vertex, the front and orbits light grey.

Cervical reg ion and pronotum yellow . Mesonotum black , the humeral region

of the praescutum yellow ; lateral borders of praescutum and scutum more velvety

black ; median region of scutum and the scute llum more brown ish . Pleura enti rely

yellow. Halteres pale, the knobs infuscated . Legs wi th the coxae yellow, the fore

coxae weakly infuscated on outer faces ; trochanters yellow ; remainder of legs

black . Wings (Fig . 32 ) wi th a rather strong dusky t inge ; ve ins black . Venat ion

Sel ending a short distan ce beyond origin of R s ; cell M, open ; m-cu at or short ly

before fork Of M.

Abdominal tergites dark brown ; sterni tes yellow, the subterminal tw o

segments in male dark brown ; terminal ia yellow. Male terminalia (Fig. 43 )

wi th tw o dist istyles, the outer, 0 d , a slende r , strongly sigmoid , flat tened blade , the

t ip acute . Inner dististyle , id , broader , at near midlength on outer marg in wi th a

small curved sp ine . Interbases appearing as pale blades, the api ces Obliquely

truncated . Arms of aedeagus, a, relatively short .

Holotype, Edie Creek, New Guinea, alt itude feet , February, 1935

(F. H . Taylor ) . Allotopotype, 9, carded wi th type . Paratopotype ,

I take very great p leasure in naming this distinct species of Tomorhina in

honour of Professor Harvey Sut ton , to whom I express my indebtedness for many

favours in the past . The species is very different from T . ( T . ) tri lineata, n . sp .,

in all diagnostic features listed above .

STYRINGOMY IA SPINIOAUDATA , n . sp . Fig . 44.

General colorat ion pale testaceous-brown , the mesonotum wi thout distinct

markings ; flagellum pale yellow throughout ; femora yellow, the fore and middle

pair with tw o scarcely indi cated dark r ings, the posterior pair qui te immaculate

wings wi th a strong un iformly yellow t inge , immaculate ; male terminalia w ith

the outer dist istyle expanded , the surface wi th numerous long black sp ines .

(gt— Length about 5 5 mm. ; wing , 4 mm .

340 DIPTERA OF THE TERRITORY OF NEW GUINEA . v.

Rostrum pale brown , palp i a li tt le darker . Antennae wi th scape and pedicel

dark brown ; flage llum pale yellow throughout . Head pale testaceous-b rown ; se tae

unmodified .

Pronotum whi t ish . Mesonotum almost un iform pale testaceous-brown to

yellowish-brown , wi thout eviden t markings and with normal setae . Pleura

testaceous yellow . Halteres pale , the knobs weakly dusky . Legs wi th the coxae

and trochan ters yellow ; femora yellow, the fore and m iddle pai r wi th very faint

indi cat ions of darker r ings , the posterior femora ent irely immaculate ; t ib iae

yellow, the t ips and a narrow ring before midlength pale brown ; t ibiae yellow,

the t ips of the individual segments very insensibly darkened . Wings wi th a

strong, un iformly yellow tinge ,immaculate ; veins slight ly deep er yellow than

the ground but pale and i ll-delimi ted . Costal fringe very long and consp i cuous .

Venat ion : An terior branch of R s obl ique ; cell 2nd M, short -pe t iolate ; m-cu more

than i ts ow n length beyond fork of M ; vein 2nd A simp le .

Abdomen yell’

ow ; caudal borders of segments narrowly darkened ; terminalia

yellow . Male terminalia (Fig . 44) w i th_

apex of tenth tergite broadly obtuse ,with

abundant golden setae . Nin th sterni te , 9 8 , broad at apex, rather deep ly emarginate ,

the outer lateral setae not especially modified . Bas istyle , b, terminat ing in a

single , relat ively short sp ine from a swollen base . D ististyle comp lex, the outer

arm expanded , i ts surface wi th more than thi rty long black sp ines that extend

distad almost to outer end of arm ; more of these long slender sp ines grouped at

extreme base of arm ; inner arm , i d , a broadly flat tened p late‘

,having“

an irregular

outline, the surface , and especially the margin , with unusually long black sp ines ,

the outer peripheral ones very long, several of them strongly curved and bent .

Holotype , Wau, New Guinea , alt i tude feet , 18 December, 1934 (F. H .

Taylor ) .

S tyringomyia sp ini caudata belongs to the group of species wi th entirely

immaculate wings , such species centring about 8 . flava Brunet t i . From all these

species, none Of whi ch had been reported previously from the Australasian Region ,

the present fly is dist inguished by the immaculate posterior femora , and , especially,

the structure of the male terminalia ,notably of the dist istyle .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROC . Soc . 1936 . PLATE XVII .

TANNATT WILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

1858—1934.

(Memorial Seri es, No .

(With Portrai t . )

An accomp lished scholar, insp iring teacher , in trep id exp lorer , enthusiasti c

geologist , devoted patriot , generous in purse and person for a good cause , few

men have disp layed such versat i le gifts in many-sided achievements as Tannat t

William Edgeworth David ; known to his ow n peop le as Edgeworth , to h is wife

as Tw ed , and to an app lauding publi c as‘Professor’

. Race , parentage , birth-place ,

teachers , all contributed to that notable combinat ion of mental , moral and

physical attributes that went to the making of him w ho w as so widely known

and acclaimed as the Knight E rrant of Science .

H is father w as the R ev . Wi lliam David , M.A . , Fellow of Jesus College , Oxford,

and Rector of St . Fagan’s, near Cardiff , Glamorganshi re . Sprung from a long

line of David-ap-Davids, whose genealogies and tradit ions were subjects of his

li terary researches , he , wi th unusual parental devot ion , used h is scholarship in

the early teaching of h is three sons , of whom Edgeworth w as the first-born . The

influence of this fine start w as shown in the lad’

s love of good poetry, as also in

h is success in the classics that accompanied his school and college career.

H is mother w as Margaret Harriet Thomson , daughter of a dist inguished

mili tary ofli cer in Quebec , whose ancestry included tw o notable branches— Ussher

and Edgeworth . The former w as famous for that Archbishop of Armagh , whose

quaint ‘Chronologia Sacra ’

, published in 1686 , w as the accep ted authority on

Cosmic history in orthodox circles unti l recent times . The lat ter bran ch , of

which David w as , very naturally, p roud , con tained the dist inguished names of

Maria Edgeworth and the saintly Abbe E dgeworth , memorable for that last

service and salute to h is unfortunate King ,Louis XVI .

The comb inat ion of Scotch , I rish and Welsh in h is ancestry deserves not ice .

*

Tannat t Houston Thomson (Scotch ) m . Margaret Ussher ( I rish )

Margaret Harriet Thomson m. William David (Welsh )

Tannatt Wi lliamIEdgew orth David

St . Fagan’

s itself w as interest ing scenically and histor ically : scen ically, fornowhere in Wales are the moun tains far distan t ; historically, as the scene of a

battle in Cromwellian days, amongst many other local t radi t ions, in whi ch the

Celt i c imaginat ion of the youthful E dgeworth revelled . The neighbouring Brecon

Hi lls were also the scene of h is earliest field work in geology.

From his father ’

s tuit ion he passed on to Magdalen College School , Oxford,

Of which he rose to be head boy , as well as captain of a successful football team

T h is i s am ong s t t h e r e cord s t ha t Lady D av id h a s g en er ous ly a l l ow ed m e t o

b or row fr om h er ow n“L i f e o f Si r E dg ewo r th D av id

"

, now in th e p r e s s .

342 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

and Of the boats. From earliest days Dav id w as a natural student , wi th a mind

avid of knowledge , ever op en to the best and singularly closed to the grosser

th ings of life , then , as throughout his career . The teaching here , as in most

English schools Of that day, w as chiefly founded on Latin and Greek . Mathemat i cs

w as tolerated , modern languages and scien ce were t riv ial p laygrounds to the

majori ty, in wh i ch schoolboy ingenui ty of evasion w as given free scope . That

Science came later as a cop ing stone to this li terary structure w as, in fact , no

handi cap to David , as also in the case of Darwin . For both men , the l iterary

t rain ing resulted in the more effect ive in terpretat ion of Science to the lay world ,

since the influence of such men lay great ly in the popular interest aroused , as

well as in the matters techn ically discussed by scient ific colleagues . T o the

teacher Dav id , this special culture w as of immeasurable advan tage . The boy

seems to have comp letely w on the respect and affect ion of h is school , as also ,

later, of h is college, teachers . Here , for examp le , is a sen tence from a letter

from the Headmaster of Magdalen College School to his father : “T here could

scarcely have been a bet ter specimen of English boyhood ; th is in character ,

manners and scholarship . He opened h is Oxford career by winning the Sen ior

Scholarship in Classi cs at New College , and w as described to me by a fellow

undergraduate as“an excep t ional ly fresh-comp lexioned, good-looking chap , known

in the College as‘David the Psalmist ’ Whatever he did, he _

did wi th his whole

soul . Thus, wh i le working hard— too hard as i t p roved— he had taken'

con amore

to the boats showing h is physi cal stamina , so often d isplayed in later days , by

rowing‘bow of his college eight , and also of a successful four, in whi ch the

well-known Sydney ci tizen Mr . Consett Stephen w as‘cox

’

. The oar , then w ielded

so efiect ive ly, st i ll adorns his Waitara home . He obtained a first class in Honour

Mods , the essen t ial test of classi cal scholarship at Oxford . But he had overrun

h is strength , and a rude interrup t ion came to his Universi ty work when h is

doctor ordered comp le te rest . A short trip to Ameri ca gave l itt le resp ite and , with

h is father’

s help and advice , he took the long voyage, by sai ling sh ip , to Melbourne .

After his return he w as only allowed to read for the ordinary degree , whi ch he

took in 1880 . This later phase of Un iversi ty life , however , con tained the

sign ificant factor— a course in Geology under Professor Sir Joseph Prestwich .

Probably th is course w as suggested by what appears to have been the first spark

l i t in h is geological enthusiasm by a relat ive , Wi lliam Ussher, a geologist whose

field work in the neighbourhood of St . Fagan’

s found an ardent coadjutor in h is

young cousin . Returning .home from Oxford , and qui ck to take advantage of

th is new l ight , he set about the study of glacial act ion in South Wales . The

result of th is w as the publicat ion of his first scien t ific paper,“Evidences of Glacial

A ct ion in the Neighbourhood Of Cardiff”, by the Cardifi Naturalists

’

Society in

1881 . For this and other scien t ific contribut ions , the Freedom of the City of

Cardiff w as conferred on him— a memorable honour to SO young a man .

By th is t ime David appears to have defini tely decided on h is p rofession ,

resisting considerable parental pressure to enter the church , not wi thout incurring

grave susp i cions of sp iri tual or doctrinal deficiencies . A further temporary fl irt ing

w i th the i dea of Medicine ended w ith the cont inuat ion of the study of Geology

at the Royal School of Mines under Professor Judd and Professor Boyd-Dawkins

of Owens College, Manchester . In 18 82 he w as selected by Sir Henry Parkes , then

in England , for an appo intment on the staff of the late C . S . Wi lkinson , of the

Geolog ical Survey of New South Wales , and booked h is passage by the Orien t

S .S.

‘Potosi ’. By one of those freaks of dest iny th is voyage w as momentous , since

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

344 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

bag of specimens and geological hammer . This enthusiasm w as passed ou— i t is

the hall-mark of a great teacher— to a long procession of able geologists, w ho have

filled importan t posts in Aust ralia . Andrews , Benson , Browne , Cotton , Jensen ,

Mawson , Simpson , Sussmi lch , Walkom , Ward , Woolnoui

gh provi de an index of the

standard of the school in it iated by Dav i d .

In 1897 he led the second exp edi t ion to Funafut i , in the E llice Islands ,

'

to

test the Darwin ian hypothesis of the structure of coral reefs . Raising private

subscrip tions— h imse lf largely contribut ing— and Obtain ing from the Government

the loan of a complete dri lling p lant , together with a staff of competent workmen ,

David, accompan ied by his wife , a few volun teer students— including W. G .

Woolnough— sa i led for Funafut i , where the reef w as bored to a depth of 643 feet .

A further extension to feet w as carri ed out by A . E . Finckh . The core from

this bore w as invest igated by a special commi ttee in England and a vast tome

records i ts report . Th is achievement w as warmly acclaimed in the world of

science and the F.R .S . w as awarded to the leader of the exp edi t ion , besides the

Bigsby Medal of the Geological Society of London . A delightful descrip t ion of

the island and i ts peop le is con tained in another volume ,

‘Funafut i ’ , by Mrs. David .

From 1897 to 1907 David w as at tracted to the evidence of glacial act ion on

the Kosciusko p lateau ,largely through the observat ions of Ri chard Helms in

1889 and 1893, w ho exhib ited an ice-scratch ed block to this Society . Tw o papers

were published on th is subject . The first , in March , 1901 , in con junct ion wi th

R. Helms and E . F . Pi ttman , is ent i tled Geologi cal Notes on the

second , by himself, Geologi cal Notes on Kosciusko , wi th special reference to

Evidences of Glacial Action”

. The lat ter w as the outcome of a summer holiday

camp , in whi ch Judge D ocker— a first -rate photographer— took part . Roused by

the yarns Of the guides of that period , as to the bottomless depth of the Blue

Lake , D av id showed h is ingenui ty and revived some tradi t ions of boyhood by

devising a coracle for the taking of soundings . T his coracle w as made With

wreaths of gum twigs, wire nett ing , and an outer skin of Ameri can cloth . The

sounding line w as a ball of string , measured off wi th coloured wool in foot lengths

and we ighted wi th a pound of shot . The actual dep ths across the lake were thus

a ccurately taken . Many excellent stereoscop i c photographs of th is expedit ion

w ere taken by Judge D ocker .

In 1906 he w as asked by the Chief Secretary of the State of New South Wa les

t o represent the Univers ity of Sydney at the In ternat ional Geologi cal Congress

t o be held in Mexico . Leaving Sydney in May, David took the opportun i ty of

v isi t ing India to collect ev idence of glacial act ion there , for a p roposed paper

t o be read at the Congress . As usual , he w as laden with geolog ical specimens ,

w h i ch were given , or exchanged for others w ith various museums . Always the

c laims of Scien ce were uppermost in his m ind. One touch of humour from

Mexi co delighted us . Presiden t D iaz , w ishing to do special honour to h is

d ist inguished v isi tors , sen t a force of Rurales (mounted t roopers ) wi th met tled

s teeds, for a 12 -mi le excurs ion from Carri zal . Alas , few of the savants were

c apable horsemen . Dav id h imself , though laden w i th umbrella , camera, geologi cal

hammer and other imped imenta , survived th is ordeal , but the landscape w as

s trewn w i th unhorsed geologists . Some 500 mi les of Mexico were t raversed before

this p i cturesque meet ing w as opened in state by the President h imself, surrounded

by ambassadors and consuls .

In 1908 the Shackleton Expedi tion to Antarct ica sounded the trumpet of

s ervi ce . Ch iefly through David'

s personal advocacy, the Commonwealth Govern

MEMORIAL NOTICE. 345

men t gran ted to the Exped it ion , whi le he himse lf offered to make a long

vacat ion voyage on the‘Nimrod

’ for a brief glance at the South Land . Shackleton ,

however , recognizing the great value of h is p resence ,induced h im to stay on as a

Whole-t ime member . Here , at the mature age of 51 , he accomp lished tw o amazing

feats : ( 1 ) p lann ing , and h imself leading , the first c limb of the feet of

Mt . E rebus ; stand ing , where never man had stood , on the edge of that vast crater ,

after five days of st renuous and dangerous effort by six men , all of whom were

wi thout special alp ine experience ; ( 2 ) wi th tw o younger companions, Mawson

and Mackay,achieving the discovery of the South Magnet ic Pole— a journey of

mi les— man-hauling tw o sledges of, at first , half a ton weight each . Seven

hundred and forty mi les of this colossal t ramp w as relay work , since the three

men could on ly drag one sledge . Much of this arduous feat w as ove r the heav ily

crevassed D rygalski Glacier and hummocky ice , and included the climb from the

coast line to a p lateau of feet alt i tude . All three men were variously

re covered from crevasses , saved by their sledge harness from fatal in juries . Only

by amazing good fortune ,and the thoughtful devot ion of Cap ta in Evans of the

‘Nimrod’

,were the exhausted three found on the ir return to the coast in February,

1909 . A party of h is friends , assembled to welcome h im on h is return , at the

house of J . H . Ma iden in the Botan ic Gardens , noted an aston ishing sea change

in his appearance . The hardship and starvat ion , followed immed iately by p lenty

and rest , had converted our asce ti c looking p rofessor into a full-faced man wi th

some rotundity of person— a passing phase of brief existence .

Much of his time . during the next few years w as devoted to the study of the

An tarct ic geologi cal material , and in lectur ing throughout the Commonwealth to

raise funds for the publicat ion of the sci ent ific work of the expedi tion . Later came

stalwart support of further Antarct ic exp lorat ion , especially[

of Scott ’s last

expedi t ion , 1910—11 , and

_

of that Australasian exped i t ion under Mawson— now Sir

D ouglas— 1911—12 , and of the second Shackleton exped i tion Of 1914—15.

The v isit Of the Bri t ish Associa t ion for the Advancement of Science to

Australia in 1914 aga in ca lled for strenuous exert ions— a v isi t so tragically

curtailed and shadowed by the clouds of w ar . The geologi cal members of this

were naturally his special interest . One of them , Counci llor Penck , famous

amongst Ge rman geographers , w as h is part icular guest , and David actually incurred

some unp leasant susp icions through h is p rotect ive advocacy of this colleague .

Later , one learned that a phrase from a speech by Dav id at this t ime ,

“All men

of Sci ence are brothers w as used as the motto of the Deutsche En tomologische

Inst itut , Berlin . But the w ar found no more ardent patriot than Dav id . He

took an active part in a violunteer rifle club . He w as unan imously chosen as

Pres iden t of the Universal Servi ce League of formed early in 1915, an

office only resigned for act ive service at the age of 58 . For in 1916 he became

Major of the Austral ian Tunnellers , a bat talion raised largely through h is efforts

from mine rs and mining eng ineers . The eminent work of these men culminated

in the colossal upheaval of the Messines Ri dge . But Dav id had now been appoin ted

Geologist of the L ine , to advise on sui table s i tes for underground work. In order

to p rocure accurate geologi cal maps for h i s work he app lied to h is for a

permi t to visi t a Paris colleague , to rece ive the official reproach ,

“NO joy-ri des

allowed a rep ly whi ch great ly touched h is sense of humour . Later he w on the

same high esteem in the Army that his serv ices w on everywhere . Bes ides the

mi l itary honour of D .S .O . wi th the rank of Lieut .-Colonel conferred on h im,

here is an extract from a farewell let ter to him from an Ofii cer at the Austral ian

346 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

Headquarters, France , on return ing to Australia : You have been a pat tern to

us in courage , courtesy and tact , and , may I add , in unremi t ting hard work.

”In

search of geologi c truth , Davi d used to descend the numerous wells of the w ar

area ; and this nearly ended his life . A faulty Windlass , or careless handling , led

to a fall of 80 feet into shallow water , a fa ll broken , to some extent , by the metal

bucket on wh ich he w as seated . T o the aston i shment of the young ofli cer w ho

descended to the rescue , he w as found alive , though badly injured— excep t in

his undaun ted sp iri t ; for he is said to have hi dden the winders to“wind slowly,

since h i s passage down had been too rap id for accurate observat ion Return ing

in 1919 , he set h imself the s tupendous task of wr i t ing a work on the Geology

of a Con t inen t . In order to concentrate on this , in 1924 he resigned his Cha ir

and w as made Professor Emeri tus by the Senate of the Universi ty. Hen ceforth ,

when not actually working on the MSS. , he spent himself and his resources in

exhausting journeys ; now a trans-cont inental car journey to Marble Bar ,-or

repeated trips to South Australia, refusing to travel by air , as unfavourable for

geolog i cal inspec t ion . The latter were induced by the discovery of Pre-Cambrian

fossils, that set the dawn of life far back beyond the realms of recorded knowledge .

Th is discovery Davi d himself declared to friends to be the most important geologic

event of his li fe , though their organi c origin has been received with doubt in some

quarters .

In 1926 he aga in Visited England , to consult authori t ies , interview publishers

and ,incidentally, to attend the meet ing of the Brit ish Associat ion at Oxford in

August .

In 1933 he published h is monumental Geologic Map of Australia , accompanied

by a volume of 178 pages of exp lanatory matter , as a p re liminary sect ion of his

greater uncomp leted work . But the fires we re burning low . Friends vain ly

expostulated wi th this energet ic cripp le w ho , wi th pa infully injured h ip ,

‘

the

sequel of the French well , hobbled or limped on his da i ly v isi t to the Universi ty .

A fall from a t ram on the last of these journeys brought on an attack of pneumon ia

and heart weakness to whi ch h is much-t ried physique succumbed . He died in the

Prince Alfred Hosp i tal , 28th August , 1934. The enormous assemblage that at tended

the State funeral service at the Cathedral and the long process ion to the Northern

Suburbs Crematorium afford some indi cat ion of the p lace that David held in the

hearts of our peop le .

Known to the world as a great geologist , he w as even better known as a

leader of scien t ific thought and movement and as a popular in terpreter of Science

to the layman . H is versat i le gi fts made h i s requisi t ion as a lecturer or speaker

so valuable that he w as in constant request , and i t w as always difficult for him

to refuse . In 1902 he w as sele cted by the State Government as one of the tw o

Commissioners to travel in Europe and America to report on all branches'

of

education ; but when some discussion arose as to a th i rd Commissioner , David

wi thdrew in favour of G . H . ( later Sir George ) Knibbs , whom, wi th h is usual

modesty, he cons idered bet ter fitted for the work . H is ach ievements were

recogn ized by the honours showered upon him. He w as made C .M.G . in 19 10

and K .B .E . in 1920 . In 1908 he w as awarded the Mueller Medal of the

in 1915 the Wollas ton Medal of the Geolog ical Society of London , the Conrad

Malte -Brun Pr ize of the Geograph ical Society of France , and in 1919 the Clarke

Memorial Medal of the Royal Society Of N.S .W . The honorary degree of D octor

of Science w as conferred on him by the Un iversi t ies of Oxford , Wales, Manchester ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

Se lf rever en ce , s e lf k nowl edg e , s e l f co n t r o l ,T h es e th r e e a lon e l ead l i fe t o s ov e r e ig n p owe r .

A ct ing t h e law w e l iv e by W i th out fe a r ;And , b e cau s e r ig h t i s r igh t , t o fo l low r ig h t

We r e W i sd om in t h e s corn o f con s equen ce”

w as the very warp and woof of h is life .

In late years h is greatest relaxat ion w as to lie on the floor and read D i ckens

to his grandchi ldren . A re-reading of Ni cholas Nickleby w as unfin ished at his

death .

We mourn his loss, but h is life w as joyous because so largely devoted to

things in whi ch he w as intense ly interested . In this Society w e knew h im as a

genuine discip le of the great L innaeus, in that Nature w as to h im the devised

p lan of the Great Archi tect , in whose cosmi c cathedrals he loved to worship in the

sense that those monks used the phrase“laborare est orare and w ho d id actually

see“sermons in stones ; books in the running brooks

”. After h is Antarct i c

experiences he would quote Newman’s

“Lead , Kindly L ight as the refrain that

had helped to bring him through ; He w as a p ract ical idealist , carrying out the

great things he p lanned , whether i t w as as a ski lled craftsman repairing the boring

plant at Funafut i or in thinking out workable schemes for the conquest of E rebus.

He w as often wearied , dropp ing asleep when toi ling on in the small hours , but

he w as never bored ; and he d ied as he had lived, in harness, carrying on in the

sp iri t Of Ulysses

H ow du l l i t i s t o p aus e , t o mak e a n en d ,

T o ru s t unburn i sh’

d , n o t t o sh in e in us e !

A s t h o’

t o b r ea t h e we r e l i f e . L i f e p i led o n l i fe

W er e a l l t o o l i t t l e , and o f on e t o m e

L i t t le r ema ins : bu t ev e ry h our i s sa v ed

F r om tha t E t erna l Si l en ce , s om e th ing m or e ,

A br ing er of n ew th ing s ; and v i l e i t Wer e

F or som e th r e e sun s t o s t or e and h oard my se l f ,A nd th is g ray sp i r i t y ea rn ing in d e s ir e

T o f o l low k n ow l ed g e , l ik e a s ink ing s t a r ,

B eyond th e utm ost bound o f human though t .

H .J.O .

As a teacher David had few equals . In the early days of h is occupancy of

the Chair of Geology i t fell to his lot to lecture on many branches Of the science ,

and even t ill h is ret iremen t he insisted on giving the lectures to the first year

class . No doubt there w as much wisdom in this pract ice , s ince i t is often in his

first year that a studen t’

s orientat ion to h is studies is defini tely determined . And

David’

s method of presentat ion of his subject w as calculated to arrest the attent ion

and arouse the interest of the least enthusiast i c. He w as a firm bel iever in the

appeal to the eye as well as to the ear, and the spoken word w as reinforced by

spe cimens, by lantern slides and , above all , by those inimi table and art isti c

geologi cal sect ions wh ich used to grow as if by magic beneath his hand on the

capacious blackboards , to the accompaniment of a running comment of explanat ion .

A carefully-prepared synopsis of the lecture w as invariably given out , but not

infrequently i t w as in large measure ignored .

Apart from the actual gain in knowledge , students at these lectures inevitably

got the impression of geology as a l iving and a growing science of absorbing

interest , in wh ich great th ings were doing and to be done , and in whose advance

ment each one of them might hope one day to p lay a part .

MEMORIAL NOT ICE . 349

Further, no trouble w as too great to be taken for a student w ho diffident ly

sought help in difli culty. From the least to the greatest all were sure of the

same pat ient hearing , the same gracious courtesy, and the same careful elucidation

of the knotty point .

Privi leged indeed were those w ho accompanied h im on a neld -excursion , for

on such occasions he w as at h is best . Many an old student cherishes p leasant

memories of the exp loits and adventures incidental to a geology camp at

Gerringong , or Pokolbin , or Kosciusko, or some other place, where good geology

w as seasoned wi th the good fellowsh ip that emanated from the leader of the party.

Little wonder that under the spell of David’

s personali ty many of h is students

took up geology as a life-work and have made thei r mark in Australia or abroad .

In the field of geological research David’

s interests were mani fold, and he

belonged to a'

scient ific type whi ch in these days of specializat ion is almost extinct .

Indeed, i t has been suggested that the sp reading of his act ivit ies set limi ts to

the greatness of his scient ific achievements ,‘

but there can be li ttle doubt that the

wide range of his knowledge contributed mate rially to the breadth of his vision

and to his grasp of the essent ials of geological problems .

As an economi c geologist his chief claim to dist inct ion rests upon h is t racing

of the Greta coal-measures and the consequent e conomi c development of the very

important South Maitland coalfield ; but/ his record also includes the invest igat ion

of the Vegetable Creek t infield and— ch iefly in con jun ct ion w ith the late Mr . E . F .

Pi ttman— a study of the problems of the Great Australian Artesian Basin .

He w as early attracted to problems of structural and tectoni c geology, and in

many of h is publications , with the ai d of maps and sect ions, he has demonstrated

graphi cally and in striking fash ion the outstanding structural features of the State

and the cont inent . An able summary of the chief tecton i c l ines of Australia i s

contained in h is President ial Address to the Royal Society of New South Wales,

delivered in 1911 .

In strat igraphical geology h is greatest— as i t w as almost his earliest— interest

w as in the Fermo-Carboni ferous System, which had been the subject of his chief

invest igat ion when he w as a member of the Geological Survey. Later , after the

d iscovery of glacial beds at Seaham , he became a keen and act ive student of the

p roblems of Carbon iferous st rat igraphy. Nor were h is strat igraphi cal interests

confined to th is State . I t w as at his suggest ion that the great sequence of strata

overlying the p re-Cambrian schists in South Australia w as detached from the

Cambrian System and establ ished as a separate Proterozoi c Series . Indeed , there

are few of the geological systems as developed in Australia to the knowledge of

whi ch he did not make importan t contributions.

The interest in glaciat ion which he first displayed in h is nat ive Wales remained

wi th him throughout his life . The list of his papers on subjects connected wi th

Australian glaciology is a long one ; many of h is contributions appear in the

Reports Of the Glacial Commit tee of Sect ion C of the Australasian Association for

the Advancement of Science . Of th is committee he w as Secretary from i ts

incep t ion in 1892 t ill the t ime of h is death , and no inconsiderable portion of i ts

reports really rep resents the results of work carried out by himself alone or in

conjunction wi th his friend and colleague, Professor W. How chin . H is invest iga

t ions included the South Australian Proterozoi c t i llites as well as the Permian

t i llites , etc ., Of South and Western Australia and New South Wales , and the

Pleistocene deposi ts of Tasman ia and Kosciusko.

350 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

A very frui tful line of research w as opened up as a result of his discovery

in 1914, whi le leading a Bri t ish Associat ion excursion, Of glacial t illi te at Seaham,

near Mai t land . Researches originat ing from this discovery have proved the

existence of a great i ce-age in Carbon iferous t ime in Australia, the t races of

whi ch in New South Wales are now known to extend from the Hun ter Valley

for at least 120 mi les northwards .

Outside Australia he made importan t contribut ions to our knowledge of the

glacial geology of An tarct ica , as well as of its physiography and general geology.

H is serv i ces on the Western Front in the Great War are too w ell known to

need recap itulat ion . A great varie ty of problems had to be solved , such as the

finding of material for roads and concrete-making , the provis ion of water supp l ies ,

and, above all , the select ing of si tes for t renches , dugouts and mine-tunnels . These

last called for very close and deta i led study of the dry and water-bearing strata ,

and of the seasonal fluctuat ions of the water-table, as well as of structural features

such as folds and faults . The success of h is labours, in the face of many d ifli cult ies ,

is a tr ibute no less to his t ireless energy and indomi table wi l l-power than to his

geologi cal abi li ty.

In h is geologi cal research , as in all the other activi t ies of his busy life ,

Davi d comb ined wi th a pass ion for met iculous detai l a broad and ph i losophic

out look. These characterist ics, whi ch would have gone far to bring h im to

eminen ce in any walk of life , were no doubt inherent in the man , but they had

been nourished and strengthened by his early train ing , and i t is no exaggerat ion

to say that he w as all the greater geolog ist because he w as a classi cal scholarand had steeped himself in the l i terature and imbibed the thought -hab i ts of the

best th inkers and the best wri ters of ancient and modern t imes .

In spi te of the immense amount of actual geologi cal invest igat ion he accom

p lished i t is p robable that h is best con tribut ion to Australian geology came through

the exercise of h is faculty for taking the long v iew , and for correlat ing and linking

up geological format ions far apart geograph ically. Th is faculty is part icularly

necessary in Australia, where most of the geologi cal work has been carried on ,

more or less inevi tably, wi th in the water-t ight compartments of State boundaries .

Not once nor twi ce has the remark been made that compar ison of State geologi cal

maps shows the curious feature Of geologi cal strata abrup tly t runcated by inter

State border-l ines . I t w as Dav id’

s happy p rivi lege to do much to break down

these unnatural barriers to geologi cal p rogress , and his New Geologi cal Map of

the Commonwea lth , published in 1932 , embodies the first attemp t on a large scale

to rep resent the geolog i cal formations of the Whole of Austral ia by a un iform set

of symbols .

Here is the test imony of Sir Thomas Holland , g iven before the Geolog ical

Society Of London in February, 19 34 :“Aust ralia, alone among the D ominions, has

no Commonwealth Geological Survey . Prov idence has, however , lent i t temporarily

the servi ces of Si r Edgeworth David , w ho is possibly the only man living w ho

could have correlated the scattered State Records to p roduce a Geolog ical Map of

the whole Commonwealth like that whi ch he published tw o years ago .

”

The bringing of the deta ils of Austral ian geolog i cal h istory into correlat ion

w i th those of other parts of the world also engaged much of h is attent ion , and i t

w as largely th is outstanding character ist i c of h is work that commended i t to the

at tent ion Of overseas geologists . It is true that on occasion h is enthusiasm

one m igh t almost say his passion— for correlation led him into mistakes , an

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

352 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

1 8 8 8 .

No t es on ( a ) T he O ccurrence of Basa lt -g lass (T a chy lyt e in t h e V ege tab le C reek D ist r ict ,N ew E ng land ; ( b ) Th e O ccur r ence of D acit e a t Moss Va le ; ( c ) A P it chst one fromP or t Stephens ; ( d ) Ch iasto l it e in a St one H a t ch et found a t St ra thb og ie , near

V egetab le C reek . PROC . L INN . Soc . N .S.W Ser . 2 , i i , 1 8 8 7 , p p . 1 078 - 10 8 5.

1 8 8 9 .

O r ig in o f La t er i t e in the N ew E ng land D ist r ict of N ew Sou th W a les . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc .

Adv . S ci . , i , pp . 2 33—241 .

Cupr i ferous Tuffs of th e Passag e B eds b etw e en the T r iass ic H awkesbury Ser ies and th e

P erm o - Carbon iferou s C oa l Mea sures o f N ew South W a les . R ep t . Aus t . Asso c. Adv.

Sci . , i , pp . 2 7 5- 2 9 0 .

M icrop e trograph ica l N ot es on som e o f t he H ydro - therma l R ocks o f New Sou th W a les .

R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc. Adv . Sc i . , i , pp . 2 9 0 - 2 91 .

R ep or t on the D iscovery of Human R em a ins in th e Sand and Pum ice B ed s at L ong Bay .

R ec . Geol. Surv . i , pp . 9 - 1 5 . (W i th R . E ther idg e , Junr . )On the Phy s ica l Chara ct ers of T el lur ic-B ismuth O res from Norong o , nea r Cap ta in

’

s F la t .

R ec . Geo l. Surv . i , pp . 2 9 - 30 .

On the E xam ina t ion of an Ab or ig ina l R ock Sh e lt er and K it chen M idden a t N or th H arb our ,

P or t Jackson . R ec . Geo l. Surv . i , pp . 140 - 1 45 . (Wi th R . E ther idg e , Junr . )Th e L eucite -basa lts of N ew South Wa les . R ec . G eol. Surv . i , pp . 1 53- 1 7 2 . (W i th

W . Anderson . )N o tes on a C o llect ion o f Igneous R ocks from Lord H owe I s land . Mem . Aus t . Mus . ,

N O . 2 , pp . 3 - 6 .

Not e on th e O r ig in of K ero sene Sha le . PROC . L INN . Soc . Ser . 2 , iv , pp . 48 3- 500 .

1 8 9 0 .

Prop osed P etrog raph ica l C la ss ifica t ion o f the R ocks o f N ew South W a les . R ec . Geo l.

Surv . i i , pp . 1 - 1 5 .

T he R a ised B ea ch es of th e Hun t er R iver D e lta . R ec . Geo l. Surv . i i , pp . 37—52 .

(W i th R . E ther idg e , Junr . )A C orrela t ion of the C oa lfie lds of N ew South W a les . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc. Adv. Sc i . ,

i i, pp . 459 - 46 6 .

Th e C oa l Measures of N ew Sou th W a les and the ir A ssocia t ed E rup t ive R ock s . Journ .

P ro c. R oy . Soc . xxiv , pp . 2 57 - 2 7 0 .

G eolog ica l N o t es— ( a ) O n the La cco li te s of the Junct ion Mine near Mandurama ( b ) On

th e O ccurrence of G lossop ter is in“

a remarkab le Stat e of P r eserva t ion in the G re ta

C oa l Mea sures a t R ichm ond V a le , nea r Ma it land ; ( c ) On the O ccurr ence of

A ndes it ic L avas a t th e C anob la s , near O range . PROC . L INN . SOC . N .S.W Ser . 2 , v ,

pp . 42 1 -42 8 .

1 8 9 1 .

Not es on a Co llect ion of R ock s and M inera ls from Mount Morgan , near R ockhamp ton ,

Queens land . R ec . G eo l. Surv . N .S .W i i , pp . 8 5- 9 3.

Th e A ssocia t ed Min era ls and Volat i lity of G old . R ec . G eo l. Surv . 11, pp . 1 0 0 - 1 08 .

N ot es on Mr . J. C . H . M ingaye’

s A na lyses o f N ew South W a les C oa ls and C okes .

R ec . Geo l. Surv . i i , pp . 1 1 7 - 1 1 8 .

Ar tes ian W a t er in N ew Sou th W a le s , P re l im ina ry Not e . Journ . P r oc. R oy . Soc .

x xv , pp . 2 8 6 - 2 9 6 .

1 8 9 2 .

G eology and M inera logy C ourse , Aus tr a las ian H ome R eader I , N O . 2 ( Jun e ) , pp . 36 - 41 ;

No . 4 (August ) , 1 0 6 - 1 0 9 ; No . 5 ( Sep t emb er ) , 141 - 145 ; NO . 6 ( O ctober ) , 1 6 6 - 1 7 1

N O . 8 (D ecemb er ) , 2 2 8 - 2 34.

1 8 9 3 .

R epor t on Kerosene Sha le D ep os its , D oughboy H ollow , near Murrurundi . Ann. R ep t .

D ep t . M ines 1 8 9 2 , pp . 1 59—1 6 3 .

O n th e O ccurrence of L ep id od endron aus tra le in th e D evon ian R ocks o f New South Wa les .

R ec . G eo l. Surv . i i i , pp . 1 94- 2 01 . (Wi th E . F . P i t tman . )

Pres iden t ia l Address , Sect ion C : Vo lcan ic A ct ion in E ast ern Aust ra l ia and T asman ia .

R ep t . Aus t . Assoc. Adv . S ci . , H obar t , 1 8 9 2 , iv, pp . 6 4- 8 1 .

N o te on th e O ccurrence o f th e M inera l Sph ene in Gran i te from Bathurst , New South

W a les . PROC . L INN . Soc . Ser . 2 , v i i i , p t . 1 , pp . 44- 45.

No te on the O ccurr ence of L ep idod endron in Upp er D evon ian R ocks a t Mount Lamb ie ,nea r R yda l , N .S .W . PROC . L INN . Soc . Ser . 2 , v i i i , p t . 1 , p p . 1 2 1 - 12 5. (Wi thE . F . P i t tm an . )

MEMORIAL NOT ICE. 353

1 8 94.

C ontr ibut ion t o the Study of Volcan ic A ct ion in E as t ern Aust ra l ia . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc .

Adv. Sci . , v , pp . 39 7 - 404.

R epor t o f R esearch C omm it t ee to collect E v idence as t o G la cia l A ct ion in Aust ra l ia in

T er t iary or P ost -T er t iary T im es . R ep t . Aus t . Asso c. Adv . Sci ., v , p p . 2 2 9 - 2 32 .

Prel im ina ry Not e on the O ccurrence of a Chrom it e -b ear ing R ock in Basa lt a t the

Pennant H i lls Quarry , n ear Parrama t ta . Journ . P roc . R oy . So c . N .S .W xv i i ,pp . 401 - 40 6 . (Wi th W . F . Sm ee th and J. A . Wa t t . )

No t e on the O ccurr ence of a Ca lcar eous Sandstone , a ll ied t o Fon ta ineb leau Sandst one ,

a t R ock Lily , near Narrab een . Journ . P roc. R oy . Soc . N .S .W xxv i i , pp . 40 6 - 407 .

No te on the O ccurrence of Bary tes a t F ive D ock and a lso a t th e P ennant H i lls Quarry ,

near Parramat ta , W ith a Suggest ion a s t o - th e P oss ib le O r ig in o f Bary t es in the

Hawkesbury Sandstone . Journ . P roc. R oy . Soc . xxv i i , 407 -408 .

Not es on Ar t es ian W a ter in N ew South Wa les and Queensland , Par t i i . Journ . P roc . R oy .

Soc. xxv i i , pp . 408 - 443.

No t es on the C remorne B ore . Journ . P roc. R oy . Soc . x x vn , pp . 443-46 5 . (W i thE . F . P i t tman. )

P res ident ia l Address : A Ske tch of our Presen t knowledge of th e G eolog ica l H istory of

Austra l ia , Tasman ia , and New Zealand fr om C re ta ceous T im e dow n t o the P erm o

Carbon i ferous P er iod . PROC . L INN. Soc . Ser . 2 , v i i i , 1 8 9 3, pp . 540 - 6 0 7 .

No t e on Stra t igraph ica l D ist r ibut ion of G losso p ter i s in Austra l ia . PROC . L INN . Soc .

Ser . 2 , ix , p t . 2 , pp . 2 49 - 2 57 .

1 8 9 5 .

Pr es ident ia l Address . PROC . L INN. SOC . Ser . 2 , x, p t . 1 , pp . 1 34- 1 6 1 .

Hunt ing an I ce Age . The Aus tra las ian H om e R eader , iv ( July ) , pp . 6 5- 6 8 .

1 8 9 6 .

E v idences o f G la cia l A ct ion in Austra lia and T asman ia . Pr esident ia l Add ress t o

Sect ion C . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc. Adv . Sci . , v i , pp . 58 - 9 8 .

E v idence of G la ciat ion a t Ha ll et t’

s C ove . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc . Adv . Sci . , v i , pp . 31 5- 330 .

(W i th R . Ta t e and W . H ow chin . )Notes on Antar ct ic R ocks co llect ed by Mr . C . R . B orchgrev inck . Journ . P r oc . R oy. So c .

xxix, pp . 461 -49 2 . (W i th W . F . Sm ee th and J. A . Schofie ld . )E v idences of G la cia l A ct ion in Austra lia in P erm o -Carb on iferou s T im e . Quar t . Journ .

Geo l. Soc . ,l i i , p p . 2 8 9 - 301 .

1 8 9 7 .

O n the O ccurrence of a Submerg ed Forest , W ith R ema ins o f th e D ugong , a t Sh ea’

s Creek ,

near Sydney . Journ . Pro c. R oy . Soc. xxx, pp . 1 58—1 8 5 . (W i th R . E ther idge ,

Junr . , and J. W . Gr imshaw . )N o t e on th e O ccurrence of D iat om a ceous E ar th a t t he W arrumbung le Mounta ins , New

Sou th W a les . PROC . L INN. SOC . xx i , p t . 2 , pp . 2 6 1 - 2 6 8 .

Ann iversary A ddress . Summ ary o f the P resent Sta te o f our K nowledge as t o t he

St ru cture and O r ig in of th e B lue Moun ta ins of N .S.W . Journ . P r oc. R oy . Soc . N

xxx, pp . 1 - 6 9 .

S il l Structure and Foss i ls in E rup t ive R ocks in New South W a les . Journ . P roc . R oy .

Soc . xxx, pp . 2 8 5- 2 9 0 .

T he O ccurrence of R ad iolar ia in Pa laeozoic R ocks in N ew Sou th W a les . PROC . L INN .

SOC . xx i , p t . 4, pp . 553- 57 0 .

No t e on th e O ccurr ence of C a st s of R a d iolar ia in Pre-Camb r ian R ocks , Sou th

Austra l ia . PROC . L INN. Soc . xx i‘

, p t . 4, pp . 57 1 - 58 2 . (W i th W . H ow chin . )

No tes,on th e G la cia l Fea tures of th e Inman V a l ley , Yanka l il la and Cape Jerv is D istr ict .

Trans . R oy . Soc . S . Aus t . , pp . 61 - 6 7 . (W i th W . H ow chin . )

1 8 9 8 .

Fur ther E v idence a s to G la cia l Act ion in th e Ba cchus Mar sh D istr ict , V ictor ia . R ep t .

Aus t . Assoc. Adv . Sci . , v i i , pp . 361 - 36 5 . (W i th 0 . C . B r i t t lebanh and G . Sw ee t . )

R eport on the O ccurrence of G la cia l B ou lders a t Y e llow C liff , C rown P o in t Sta t ion ,

F inke Va lley , C entra l Austra lia . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc. Adv . Sci . , v i i , pp . 1 0 9 - 1 1 3 ; a lso

E v idence o f G lacia l Act ion in th e Por t V ictor and Inman Va lley D istr ict s . I bid . ,

pp . 11 4- 1 2 7 . (Wi th o ther m embers of G la cia l R esear ch C ommi t tee . )

D escr ip t ions o f th e Pa laeozo ic Fossi ls of N ew Sou th W a les . T rans la t ion from the French

of L . G . de Kon inck . M em . G eo l. Surv. Pa l . No . 6 . (Wi th Mrs . D avid and

W . S . D un . ) Stra t igraph ica l No t e by T . W . E . D av id , pp . 2 9 0 - 2 9 3 .

354 TANNATT WILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

1 8 9 9 .

R ecord s o f R ock T em p era tur es a t Sydney H arb our C o ll iery , B irthday Sha f t , Ba lma in ,

Sydney . Journ . P ro c. R oy. Soc . xxxi i i , pp . 2 0 7 - 2 24. (W i th J. L . C . R ae

and E . F . P i t tman . )

D iscovery of G la cia t ed B ou lders a t Ba se o f P er rrio -Carb on iferous Sys t em , L och invar ,

N .S .W . Journ . P roc . R oy . Soc . xxxi i i , p p . 1 54- 1 59 .

On th e P a laeozo ic R ad io lar ian R o cks of N ew Sou th W a les . Quar t . Journ . G eo l. Soc . ,lv,

pp . 1 6 - 3 7 . (W i th E . F . P i t tman . )

1 9 00 .

No te on th e E d ib le E ar th fr om F ij i . Journ . P r o c. R oy . Soc . xxxi i i , pp . 2 24- 2 2 7 .

(Wi th B . G . C orney and F . B . Gu thr i e . )No t es on t h e L im est ones and G enera l G eo logy o f t h e F ij i I sland s , w ith Sp ecia l R eferen ce

t o th e Lau Group ; based upon Surv ey s made by A lexander Agass iz , w ith a Prefa ceby P ro fessor D av id . B ul l. Mus . C omp . Zoo l. H arvard Co ll , Geo l . Ser ies ,

xxxv i i i .(W i th E . C . Andrew s . )

1 9 01 .

G eo log ica l N o t es on K osc iusko , w i th Sp ecia l R eference to E v idences o f G la cia l A ct ion .

PROC . L INN . Soc . N .S .W_xxv i , p t . 1 , pp . 2 6 - 7 4. (W i th R . H e lms and E . F . P i t tman . )

No te on t h e O ccur ren ce o f D ia t om s , R ad iolar ia and Infusor ia in“

th e R ol ling D ownsForma t ion , L ow er C re ta ceous , Qu eensland . PROC . L INN. Soc . xxv i , p t . 2 ,

pp . 2 9 9 - 30 9 . (W i th W . S . D un and W . H . R ands . )

1 9 02 .

On th e O ccurrence of a Va r ie ty of T ingua it e a t K osciusko , N . S.W . Journ . P r oc . R oy . Soc .

xxxv , pp . 347 - 38 2 . (W i th F . B . Gu thr i e and W . G . W o o lnough . )The Science D epar tm ent s ( in the Un iver s ity of Sydney ) . H ermes , Jub i lee Number , 1 9 02 ,

pp . 1 01 - 1 04.

O ccur rence o f Gado l in it e in W est Au stra lia . Journ . P ro c. R oy. Soc . xxxv i , pp .

2 8 6 - 2 8 9 . (W i th B . F . D avis and W . G . Woo lnough . )

1 9 0 3 .

An Imp or tant G eolog ica l Fau lt at Kurra jong H e igh t s , N ew South W ales . Journ . P r oc.

R oy . So c . xxxv i , pp . 359 - 37 0 .

R ep or t of the G la c ia l C omm it t e e . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc . Adv . Sci .,ix , pp . 1 9 0 - 2 04.

Un iv ers it y Scien ce T ea ch ing . R ecord o f the Jub i lee C elebra t ions of th e Un iver sity o f

Sydney ,Sydn ey , 1 9 03 ( 8vo ) , pp . 9 3 - 1 2 1 .

1 9 04.

Irr iga t ion g eo log ica l ly cons idered , w ith sp ecia l R eferen ce t o th e Ar tes ian Area of New

Sou th W a les . Journ . P roc. R oy . Soc . xxxv i i , pp . c i i i - cl i i i . (W i th E . F .

P i t tman . )Narra t ive o f the Second and T h ird E xp ed it ion , Funa fut i . T he A t o ll o f Funa fut i . R e-p t .

of the C ora l R eef C omm i t tee of the R oya l Soci e ty , L ondon , 1 9 04, pp . 40 - 6 0 .

T he G eo logy o f Funa fut i . T h e A to ll of Funa fu t i . R ep t . of the C ora l R eef C omm i t t ee

of the R oya l So ci e ty , L ond on ,1 9 04, pp . 6 1 - 1 2 4. (W i th G . Sw ee t . )

R epor t on D r edg ing a t Funa fut i . Th e A toll of Funa fu t i . R ep t . of the Cora l R eefC omm i t t ee of the R o ya l Socie ty, L ondon ,

1 9 04, pp . 1 51 - 1 59 . (W i th G . H . H a lligan

and A . E . F inckh . )

1 9 05.

T he F lood S ilt of th e H un ter and H aw kesbury R ivers , New Sou th W a les . Journ . P roc.

R oy . Soc . xxxv i i i , pp . 1 91 - 2 02 . (W i th F . B . Gu thr i e . )O ccurren ce o f th e P seud omorph G lendon i te in New South W a les . Pa r t 1 . R ec . G eo l.

Surv . v ii i , p t . 2 , p . 1 61 . (W i th T . G . T ay lor . )

Inaugura l A ddress . T h e A ims and I dea ls of Austra las ian Science . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc.

A dv. Sc i . , x , pp . 1 - 43 .

1 9 0 6 .

G la c ia t ion in L ower Cambr ian , p oss ib ly in Pre -C ambr ian T ime . Congres Géo log ique

I n terna tiona l, Mex i co , 1 9 0 6 , p t . i , pp . 2 7 1 - 2 7 4.

Les C ond it ions du C l ima t aux E poques géolog iques . Congres Géo logique I n terna tiona l,

Mex ico ,1 9 0 6 , p t . i , pp . 2 7 5- 2 9 8 .

C ond it ion s o f C lima t e a t d ifferen t G eo log ica l E p ochs , w ith Sp ecia l R eference t o G lac ia l

E poch s . Congres G e’

o log i qu e In terna t iona l . Mex ico , 1 9 0 6 , p t . i , pp . 437 - 48 2 .

O ccurrence of D iam onds in Ma tr ix a t P ike and O’

D onne l l’

s C la im , O akey C re ek , near

l nve re ll . Congrés Géo log ique I n terna tiona l, Mex ico , 1 9 0 6 , p t . i i, pp . 12 0 1 - 1 2 1 0 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

356 TANNATT W ILLIAM EDGEWORTH DAVID .

Pr el im inary C ommun ica t ion on an Austra l ian C ran ium o f a Probable P le ist ocene Age .

R ep t . Br i t . Assoc. Adv . Sci . , Austra l ia , 1 9 1 4, pp . 531 . (W i th J. T . W i lson . )

1 9 1 6 .

Sect ions of Austra lian Foss il P lant s . R ep or t s o f the C omm it tee appoin t ed to cu t Sect ionso f Austra l ian Foss il P lant s . R ep t . B r i t . Assoc. Adv . Sci . , Manch est er , 1 9 1 5 , p . 2 31 .

(W i th o thers . )Nom encla ture o f the C arbon iferous , P ermo -Carboni ferous and Perm ian R ocks of the

Southern H em isphere . R ep t . B r i t . Asso c. Adv . Sc i . , Manchester , 1 9 15, pp . 2 63 - 2 6 6 .

(W i th o thers . )D iscuss ion of the ab ove N o tes and T ab le . R ep t . Br i t . Assoc . Adv . Sc i . , Manchest er , 1 9 1 5 ,

pp . 2 6 6 - 2 74.

Preface , B r it ish An tarct ic E xp ed it ion , 1 9 0 7 - 0 9 . R ep t . of Scien t ific Inve s tiga t ions, Geo logyi i , pp . v , v i . (W i th R . E . P r ies t ley . )

1 9 1 9 .

R ep or ts C it ed by Capta in W . B . R . K ing ; G eo log ical W ork on th e W es tern Fron t . Geog .

Journ . , O ct ober , 1 9 1 9 , p p . 2 01 - 2 2 1 .

1 9 2 0 .

Sequen ce , G la cia t ion and C orre la t ion o f the C arbon iferous R ock s o f the Hunt er R iver

D istr ict , N ew South W a les . Journ . P roc. R oy . Soc . l ii i , pp . 246 - 338 . (W i thC . A . Sussmi lch, W . R . B r ow ne , and A . B . Wa lkom . )

1 9 2 1 .

R epor t o f Ma cquar ie I sland C omm it t e e . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc. Adv. Sci . , x v , p . 2 9 2 .

A lt era t ion of Sea -L eve l caused by Me lt ing o f An tar ct ic Ice , with Par t icu lar R eference

t o Ba ss Stra it . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc . Adv . Sc i . , xv , p . 358 . (T it le o f p ap er only . )O il Pr osp ect s in Queens land . Q

’ land Gov t . Min . Journ . , xxi i , p . 47 3 .

1 9 2 2 .

Notes on th e O ccurr ence o f Gastr ioceras a t the I rwin R iver C oa lfield , W .A . , and a

C ompar ison with the so - ca lled P ara legocer as from L et t i , D ut ch E ast Ind ies . Journ .

P ro c. R oy . So c . lv i , p p . 2 49 - 2 52 . (W i th W . S . D un . )T he Varv e Sha les

”of Austra lia . Amer . Journ . Sc i . , Ser . 5 , i i i , pp . 115- 1 1 6 .

T he O ccurrence of R em a ins of Sma l l C rusta cea in th e Prot erozo ic or L ower C ambr ianR ocks of R eyn ella , near Ade laide . Trans . R oy . Soc . S . Aus t . , xlv i , pp . 6 - 8 .

1 9 2 3 .

R . M . Johns t on Mem or ia l L ecture . Geolog ica l E v idence of th e Ant iqu ity of Man in the

C omm onw ea lth , with Specia l R efer ence t o the T asman ian Abor ig ines . P ap . P ro c.

R oy. Soc . T asmania , 1 9 2 3 , pp . 1 09 - 1 50 .

G la cia l R esearch Comm it t ee . R ep t . Aus t . Ass o c. Adv . Sc i . , x vi , pp . 74- 94. (W i th IV.

H ow chin . )

1 9 2 4.

No t es on th e Stra t igraphy o f the P ermo -C arb on iferous B eds o f K imberley . R ep t . Aus t .

A ssoc. Adv . Sci . , xv i i , p . 6 2 .

Summary of R ep or t o f G la cial Phenomena C omm it t ee . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc . Adv. Sc i . ,

xv i i , pp . 64- 6 6 .

Ple istocene G lacia t ion near Strahan , T asman ia . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc. Adv . Sci . , xvn , pp .

91 - 1 03 .

D iscovery o f G lacia l E rra t ics and T ill it e by T . B la tch ford , B .A . , and H . W . B . Ta lbot ,

in K imber ley Area o f W est ern Austra lia . R ep t . Aus t . Assoc. Adv . Sc i . , xv i i , pp . 7 7 - 8 0 .

1 9 2 6 .

C re ta ceous G la c ia t ion in C entra l Austra lia . Quar t . Journ . Geo l. Soc . , lxxxi i , p p . 333 - 350 .

(W i th W . G . Woo ln ough . )Sa lient Fea tur es in the Stra t igraphy , T ect on ic Structure and Phys iography of the C om

m onw ea l th o f Aust ra l ia . Quar t . Journ . Geo l . Soc . ,lxxxi i , p p . cv - cv i i .

Th e D et erm ina t ion of th e Age o f the so - ca l led Permo -Carbon iferous T i ll ite of Aus tra l ia .

R ep t . B r i t . Asso c . Adv . Sci . , Oxford , 1 9 2 6 , p . 346 .

O n th e O ccurrence o f the Genus H e li copr ion , p oss ib ly Toxopr ion , in the so - ca lled Ferm o

Ca rbon i ferous R ocks o f W estern Aus tra l ia . P ro c. Third P a c. Sci . C ong , T okyo ,

1 9 2 6 ,i i , p . 1 8 45 .

MEMORIAL NOTICE. 357

1 9 2 7 .

Note on th e G eo log ica l H or izon o f the Archaeocya th inae . Trans . R oy . Soc . S . Aus t . ,

l i , pp . 41 0 - 41 3.

The T asmanian T ekt i te— D arwin G la ss . P roc. R oy . Soc . V ic t . , xxxix , pp . 1 6 7 - 1 9 0 . (Wi thH . S . Summers and G . A . Amp t . )

1 9 2 8 .

Nullag ine -Ade la ide Ser ies . R ep t . Aus t . A ssoc. Adv . Sc i . , x ix , pp . 2 31 - 2 34.

D r i ft ing C on t inent s : T he W eg en er Hyp o thesis . Aus tra lian Geographer .

No tes on the New ly - d iscovered Foss i ls in the A de la ide Ser ies (L ipa l ian South

Austra l ia . Trans . R oy . Soc . S . Aus t . , l i i , pp . 1 9 1 - 2 0 9 .

1 9 2 9 .

Fur ther No t es on the new ly—d iscovered Foss i ls in th e Ade la ide Ser ies (L ipa lian or

P ro terozo ic ) , South Austra l ia . T rans . R oy . Soc . S . Aus t . ,l i i i , pp . 1 - 4.

1 9 30 .

R epor t on E v idence Of G la c ia l Act ion in th e Stra ta Assoc ia t ed with the A shford C oa l

Seam , New South W a les . R ep t . Aus t . N . Z . A sso c. Adv . Sc i . , xx, p p . 84—8 5 .

Ferm o -C arbon iferous C orr e la t ion . R ep t . Aus t . N . Z . Assoc. Adv . Sc i . , 1 9 3 0 , xx, pp . 6 2 - 6 7 .

1 9 31 .

Upper Pa laeozo ic G lacia t ion s o f Austra lia . Bu ll. Ge o l. So c . Am er . , xl i i , pp . 48 1 - 522 .

(W i th C . A . Sussm i lch. )

1 932 .

G eo log ica l Map o f th e C omm onwea lth o f Austra lia .

Exp lana tory N ot es t o A ccompany a N ew G eo log ica l Map O f the C ommonwea lth o f

Austra l ia .

1 9 3 6 .

T he Carbon i ferous and P erm ian P er iods in Austra l ia . R ep or t x vi th In terna t . G eo l . C ongr .,

Washing ton , 1 9 33 , pp . 6 2 9 - 644. (W i th 0 . A . Sussm i lch . )

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

360 LI ST OF PLATES .

LIST OF PLATES.

PROCEEDINGS, 1936 .

i .— Areas Where larvae Of Scap tia were found .

i i—V.—Acacia longifolia and A . suaveolens . Sect ions and models Of part Of young

flowers .

vi .

— Sect ions of rocks from Yass distri ct .

v i i . —Geologi cal Sket ch-map of Yass distri ct .

vi i i — Sketch Geologi cal Map of the Boorook-D rake district .

ix .

—Geologi cal Map of the Mount Fairy distri ct .

x .

— Charles Hedley.

x i .— Adrenal of new -born Equus zebra .

xi i .— Islands Off'

coast of New South Wales — Habi tat of sp ecies of Metoligotoma.

x i i i — T richopeltaceae from New South Wales .

x iv .— At ich iaceae from New South Wales .

xv .

— Geological and Contour Map of the Bulli D istrict .

xvi .— Melanophores in Skin of Uro lophus testacea s, Hyla aurea and Trygonorrhina

fasciata.

xvi i . —Tannatt Wi lliam Edgeworth David .

INDEX.

( a ) GENERAL INDEX .

A ca cia s , Stud ie s in the Austra l ian ,V i , 56 .

A dd re ss , P r esiden t ia l , i .

A drena l G land in N ew - b orn Mamma ls ,2 2 1 .

A lex ander , C . P . ,C on t r ibu t ion t o a

Know ledg e o f P apuan T ipu l ida e ( D ip t era ) ,

1 2 2 -T h e D ip t e ra o f the -T err it ory o f N ew

Gu in ea . iv . Fam i ly T ipu l ida e , p t . l l ,

1 6 9 -V . Fam i ly T ipu l idae . p t . i i i , 32 2 .

Anderson , C . , e lect ed a V ice - P r e s id en t , xl i i .

Ander son , R . H . , e lect ed a m em b er o f

C ounc i l , x lv i i i— see E xh ib i t s .

A t i chia , descr ip t ion Of n ew sp ec ie s , 2 7 7 .

A t ich ia cea e , N o t es on th e O ccurren ce o f th e

T r ich op e ltac ea e and A t ich ia cea e in N ew

South W a les , and on th e ir Mode of

Nutr it ion ,w i th a D escr ip t ion of a N ew

Sp ecies of A t i chia , 2 7 7 .

A u st ra l ian ,A ca cias , Stud ies in th e , v i , 56

C o le op t era ,N o t e s and N ew Sp e cies , N o . x

,

9 8— D ip t era , N ot e s on , 1 0 , 2 59— Emb iop

t era , Stud ies in , p t . 1 . Sy st ema t ics , 2 2 9

p t . 2 . Fur ther N o t es on Sy st ema t ics , 2 54

F lea s , Tw o n ew , 1 8 4— L ep idop t era , R e

v ision O f , O ec oph or ida e , 2 9 8— So i ls , C on t r i

bu t ion s t o th e M icr ob io logy of , 2 7 .

Ba lan ce Sh e e ts for Y ea r end ing 2 9 th Feb

ruary , 1 9 3 6 , xxxix —x l i .

B a t o id F ish es , C o lour - chang e s o f , 31 8 .

B ooro ok and D rak e ,T h e U p p er

P a la e ozo ic R ocks in th e N e ighb ourhood o f ,

1 55 .

B ourne , T h e A dr ena l G land in N ew —b orn

Mamma ls , 2 2 1 .

Bu ll i D is t r ict , P lan t E co logy of th e , p t . 1 ,

2 8 5 .

B urk i t t , P ro f . A . N . , e lect ed a V ice -P re s iden t ,

xli i ,

C ar t er , H . J. , Aust ra l ian C o leop t era . N o t es

and N ew Sp ec ies , N O . x, 9 8— se e E xh ib it s .

C hadw ick , C . E . , e lect ed a m em b er , xl iv .

Ch eck L ist of th e N ew Sou th W a les

P t er idophy t e s , 1 1 1 .

Gh ee l , E ., see E xh ib it s .

C hurchw a rd , J. G . , cong ra tu la t ions to , xlv i .C o le fax ,

A . N . , see E xh ib it s .

C o leman , Mrs . E . , N es t H yg ien e in Aust ra l ia

o f th e B r it ish Song T h ru sh , . Turdus

p hi lom e lus c larke i . Ii i— N ot e on N e st

H yg iene of th e Wh i t e -

p lum ed H oney - ea t er ,

M e lip hag a (P ti lo tu la ) p en ic i lla ta , li .

O

C o leop t era , Aus tra l ian ,NOt es and N ew

Sp e c ie s ,N o . x

, 9 8 .

C o lour—chang es o f B a t o id F ish es , 31 8 .

C om pa r ison o f th e R yda l and H ar t ley

E xog en ous C on tact - zone s , 1 51 .

C on ta ct - zon es ,R yda l and H a r t ley E xog enous ,

1 51 .

C on t r ibu t ion t o

'

a Kn ow ledg e o f Papuan

T ipu lida e ( D ip t era ) , 1 2 2 .

C on t r ibut ion s t o th e M icrob io logy of Aus

t ra l ian So i ls , iv . T h e A ct iv it y of M icroorgan ism s ih th e D ecom pos it ion o f

O rgan ic Ma t t er , 2 7 .

D ak in ,P r o f . W . J . , e lect ed a V ice -P r es id ent ,

xl i i .D arw in , Char les , C e lebra t ion o f C ent enary of

V is it t o Aus t ra l ia , i i i .

D av id , T . W . E . , Mem or ia l Ser ies , N o . 6 ,

341 .

D av id P or tra it Fund , .Sub scr ip t ion s r ece iv edand Ob ject s o f Fund , xlv i ii .

D av is , H . F . C . , a ppo in t ed L inn ean Ma cleayFe llow in Zoology , 1 9 3 7 - 38 ,

l iv -P lan t

E co logy O f th e Bu ll i D ist r ict , p t . 1 , 2 8 5

Stud ie s in Au st ra l ian E mb iop t era . P t . 1 .

Syst ema t ics , 2 2 9— P t . 2 . Furt h er N o t es on

Sy st em a t ics , 2 54.

D ay , M . F . , e lect ed a m ember xl'

i i .D ip t era , Au st ra l ian , N o t e s on , xxxv , 1 0

xxxv i , 2 59— of th e T err it ory of N ew

Gu inea . Fam i ly T ipu l ida e , p t . i i , 1 6 9

p t . ii i , 32 2 .

D ona t ion s and E xchanges , xl i i , xl iv , x lv i ,

xlv i i i - l , l i i i , l iv .

D rake and B oorook , T h e U pp er

P a la eozo ic R ock s in t h e N e ighb ourh ood o f ,

1 55.

E lect ions , x xxvl i i , xl i i , xl iv , xlvi , x lyi i i , xl ix.

Emb iop t era , Stud ie s in'

Au stra lian , p t . 1 ,

Sy s t em a t ics , 2 2 9— p t . 2 , Fur th er N o t e s on

Sy s t em a t ics , 2 54.

E xchang e R e la t ion s , i .

E xh ib it s :

And e r son , R . H . , ( i ) Sp ec im en o f God ono

carpus co t in ifo lius ,“H or se R ad ish T r ee

”,

or Mus tard T r ee”, xlv i i— ( i i ) Specim en

o f Oncinoca lyx B e t che i , O n cino Burr

( i i i ) Sp ec im en and p lat e Of H akea

B aker iana ,xlv i i i .

A th er t on , D .3O . , see under T ay lor , F . H .

lxxiv INDEX .

C ar t er , H . J . , d rew a t t en t ion t o a copyof a ra re pamph le t on Bupr est ida e,

b y

F . W . H op e , xlv i .Gheel , E . , Sp ecim ens , colour ed draw ing s

and ph otograph ic i l lust ra t ions o f 1 5

sp ecie s O f N ico tia na , xl i i i— W eed com

m on ly known as Paraguay Burr”

(A can tho sp ermum br a si lum Schrank ;syn . A . xan tho ide s x lv— Fru i t ing

sp e cim ens o f C ra ta egus pubescen s form a

s t ip ula ce a Stap f from Guyra , x lv— H er

bar ium sp ecim ens in flow er , and’

l ive

p lan t s in cu lt iva t ion , o f R upi co la spr eu

g elio ides , co llected near the Lookout ,

Bur ragorang , x lv i i fl Cryp-to carya M e iss

n er i cu lt iva t ed in t h e B o tan ic

Ga rdens , Sydney ; a lso C omm on Barb erry

(B er ber is vu lgar is t og e th er wi th a

co loured i llustra t ion , for com par ison ,

xlv i i— W e ed no t p rev iously r ecorded for

Aust ra lia , co llect ed a t Garah and a t

Scon e ,iden t ified as G omp hr ena d isp er sa ,

xl ix— G ra ss col lect ed a t Bu lo lo , N ew

Gu inea , probab ly Themeda tr iandra

F or sk . ; a lso Them eda quadr iva lvis, from

A stro lab e R ang e , N ew Gu inea , t og e th er

w ith spec im en s O f th e Austra l ian Kan

garo o G ra ss , Them eda aus tra lis , t oge th er

wi th four o th er d ist in ct ive form s for i i

compar ison ,l— Sp ecies of P r os tan the ra

u sua l ly r ega rd ed as P . incisa var .

pubescen s l i i i— Fre sh sp ec im en s

o f sp ecie s of L ep tosp ermum , taken from

p lan t s cu lt iva t ed a t A shfie ld , l iv .

C olefax , A . N . , T w o samp les of An tar ct ic

P lankt on ,xlv i i— An ap pa ra tus for

m ak ing drawing s d irect from a d issec

t ion , or other Ob ject , xl ix .

H e ly , F . W . , see und er W a t erh ou se , W . L .

Jen sen , H . L . , Aga r cu ltur es of aerob ic

n itrog en -fix ing ba ct er ia (Azo tobac ter )from so ils o f d iffer ent chara cter , xl ix .

L loyd , P ro f . F . E . , Sp ecim ens showing th e

b ehav iour O f th e l iv ing t rap o f U tr icu

lar ia la t er iflo r a , xl i i i .Newm an , I . V . , ext ra ct s from let ters re

carp el m orph ology , xl iv— Pho t om icro

g raphs o f l iv ing ma t er ia l o f A ca cia

d is co lor showing a m e th od o f pr ot ect ion

o f s t igmas a f ter po llina t ion , xl ix— S ixtys ix seed l ing s of A ca cia B a i leyana

from seed tak en from trees a t tw o

loca l it ies nea r C o o tamundra , l iv .

P op e , Miss E . C . , H ea d o f a sp ec imen of

th e C ockney B ream , P agr o somus arua tus ,

w hich showed p ecu l ia r m a l forma t ion o f Ga rre t ty , M . D . , Int r oductory A ccoun t of the

i i

the m ou th and jaw s , xlv i i . G eo logy and Pet ro logy o f t he Lake

R ober t s , N . L . , Fo l iage o f C a sua r in a G eorg e D ist r ict . P t . 1 . G enera l G eo logy ,

s uber os a . in fes ted with L oran thus lin i 1 8 6 .

fo lins , x lv . G i lmour , D . , e lect ed a m ember , xl ix .

R ob er tson , R . N . , Sp e c im ens O f U tr icu la r ia G oer l ing , A e lect ed a member , xlv i .d icho tom a va r . un iflor a , x lv— R e ference G r iffiths , M . , T he C olour - chang es o f B a t o id

to W a l le ra w a ng H ouse , xlv i— Sho r t F ishes , 3 1 8 .

résum é o f p re sen t knowledg e o f s toma ta l'

G r iffiths , M. E . , e lec ted a member , xlix .

m ovem en t in i t s r e la t ionsh i p s to th e

phy s io log ica l p ro cesse s o f th e lea f , xlv i i i— A p para tu s for inve st iga t ing t h e r ela

t ion o f the comp os it ion o f t h e gases o f

in ter cel lular spa ces t o th e stoma ta l

m ov em en t , xlix .

Sherra rd , Mr s . K . M . , G rap to l it es from tw o

loca l it ies to th e ea s t O f Yass , 1.

T ay lor , F . H . , Pho t og raph s of ( i ) a new

sub sp ecies O f fl ea , b elong ing t o the genus

X enop sy lla ( i i ) a new sp ecies belong ingto th e g enus S tiva lius, xl iv— Ou beha l f

o f Mr . D . O . A th er t on , larvae o f a

species O f th e fam i ly B lephar ocer idae( D ip t era ) , 1.

T illyard , R . J . , R eference t o the r ecen td iscovery o f a new Upp er T r ia ss ic foss i linsect bed a t Moun t C rosby , near

Ip sw ich , Queen sland , xlv ii i— Six specim ens of foss i l insects from th is bed ,

xlv i i i .V ickery , Miss J . , Sp ecim ens O f R u ling ia

sa lv ifo lia and B o ehmer ia p la typhy lla ,

co llect ed a t Mt . W arn ing , Murwi llumbahd istr ict l i i i .

W a t erh ouse , W . on b eha lf o f Mr . F . W .

H e ly, a h i ther to undescr ib ed rust a t tacking K angar o o G ra ss , Them eda For

ska li i , xl iv .

W h it ley , G . P . , L arva l e e l r egarded as the

L ep to cepha lus stage of th e L it t le C ong er ,

C ongromura ena long icauda , xlv i— Sp ec im ens O f fl ie s comm on ly found runn ing

over sand - dunes b eh ind Maroubra B ea ch ,

i den t ified as E p-hyd ros c inis (N eo bor

borus ) raymen t i , xlv i .

Fa cu lt ies o f V e t er inary Scien ce and Agr icu l

ture o f Sydney Un ivers ity , C e lebra t ion of

Jub i lee , i .

F ish es , Ba t o id , Th e C o lour - change s of , 31 8 .

F leas , T w o New Aust ra l ian , 1 84.

F le t ch er Mem or ia l Fund , i .

F lora and Fauna , Na t ive , P reserva t ion of , i i .

F raser , L ilian R . , No tes on the O ccurrenceo f th e T r ichop e ltacea e and A t ich iaceae in

N ew South W a les , and on th e ir Mode o f

Nut r i t ion , w ith a D escr ip t ion o f a New

Sp ec ies o f A ti chia , 2 7 7— R eapp o inted ,

1 9 36 - 3 7 , v— Summary O f Year ’

s Work , i i i .

Fuller , Mary E ., No tes on the B io logy of

Scap t ia aur iflua D on . (D ip tera , T aban idae ) ,1 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

INDEX.

So ils , Austra l ian , Cont r ibut ions t o the Microb io logy o f , 2 7 .

S o lomys sa lam onis R am say , a

R edescr ip t ion o f , 1 2 8 .

Some Ob serva t ions in C erea l R u st P rob lems

in Aus tra lia , v .

Structura l Geol ogy and P e tro logy of an Ar ea

near Yass , 1 31 .

Stud ies in Austra l ian Em b iop t era , p t . 1 .

Syst ema t ics , 2 2 9— p t . 2 . Further No t es on

Sy st ema t ics , 2 54.

Stud ies in th e Aus tra l ian A ca c ias . v i . T he

Mer ist em a t ic A ct iv ity o f th e F lora l Ap exof A cacia long ifo lia an d A cacia suaveo lens

a s a H ist og en e t ic Study o f the O n tog eny

of the C arp el , 56 .

T ay lor , F . H . , see E xh ib its .

T illyard , R . J. , se e E xh ib it s .

T ipu lidae (D ip t era ) , C on tribu t ion t o a

Knowledg e o f Papuan , 1 2 2 .

T r ichop e ltacea e and A t ich iacea e in N ew

Sou th W a les , Not es on th e O ccurr ence O f

the , and on th e ir Mode o f Nu tr it ion, wi tha D escr ipt ion o f a N ew Sp ecies of A ti chia ,

2 7 7 .

T rought on , E . L e G . , A R edescr ip t ion of

So lomys sa lamon is R amsay , 1 2 8— lectur et t e by , en t it led

“R ar er Mamm als

the ir P as t and Futur e”

, l i .

Turdus phi lome la s clarkei , Nest Hyg iene in

Austra lia O f , li i .

T urner , A . J R ev is ion of Austra l ian L ep idop

t era . O ecophoridae , 2 9 8 .

Tw o N ew Austra l ian Fleas , 1 84.

U pper Pa laeozo ic R ock s in the Ne ighbour

hood O f B oorook and D rak e , 1 55 .

V ick ery , M iss J. , see E xh ib it s .

V o isey , A . H . , appo in t ed L innean MacleayF ellow in G eology , 1 9 37 - 38 , l iv— Th e

U pp er Pa laeozo ic R ock s in th e Ne ighb our

hood of B o orook and D rake , 1 55 .

W a t erh ouse ,D . F . , e lect ed

'

a m emb er , x lu .

~W a t erhouse , G . A ele ct ed H on . T r easurer ,

xli i .

W a t erh ouse , W . L . , e lect ed a V ice -Pres iden t ,

xli i— Som e O b servat ions on C er ea l R us t

P rob lem s in Austra l ia , v— see E xh ib it s .

Wh i t ley , G . P . , see E xh ib it s .

Yass , the Structura l G eology and

Pet ro logy of an Ar ea near , 1 31 .

Ze ck, E . H . , e lect ed a m ember , xliv .

(b ) BIOLOGICAL INDEX .

New names are p rinted in SMALL CAPITALS .

Acacia Baileyana

binervata .

discolorjuniperinalongifolia

mollissima

myrtifolia

rubida

sophorae

suaveolens

Acantholophus SUTTONI

Acanthorhynchus tenuirostris

Acanthospermum brasilum

hispidum

xanthoides

Acrostichum aureum

spicatumActis QUADRISETA

Act inotus Helianthi

Adelium barbatum

HIRSUTUM

p ilosum

Adiantum aethiopicumaffine

var . intermedium

Adiantum Cunninghami 116

diaphanum 116

formosum 116 , 2 92

hisp idulum 116

Agropyron scabrum xix, xxiii, xxvi i

Alsophila australis 114, 2 91-2

Cooperi 115

excelsa var . Cooperi 115

Leichhardtiana 115

Loddigesii 115

Altemanthera echinata xlixAngiopteris evecta 112

Angophora lanceolata 294-5

Ani lara subcostatus 104

SUBIMPRESSA 104

Anisembia texana 231

Anogramma leptophylla 116

ANOMOZ ANOLA 298 , 317

SOOpariella 317

Anthist iria vulgaris l

Ap ium prostratum . 293

Aprometop is punct ipennis 23

Arabis alpina 72

Arctocepha lus don'

ferus 221 , 225, 227

Asplenium fiabellifolium

flaccidum .

furcatumHookerianum

marinum

maximumnidus

obtusatum

var . difiorme

praemorsum

trichomanesumbrosum

Astartila sp .

Asterina Labecula

reptans

Asteroma Labecula

ASTHENICA

STENOPOLIA

Athyrium humilc

umbrosum

var. semidivisum

At ichia

BOTRIOSA

dominicana

glomerulosa

Millardeti

Atrypa. fimbriata

pulchrareticularis

Austrolimnophila antiqua

FLUXAINTERJECTA

interventa

Aviculopecten

cf. flexicostatus

cf. mitchelli

cf. pincombe i

elongatus

englehardti

p tychotis

sp .

sprenti

squamul iferus

Azolla filiculoides var. rubra

p innata.

Backhousia myrtifolia

Balantium dubium

Banksia ericifolia

integrifolia

latifolia var . minor

paludosa

serrata

spinulosa.

Barbarea vulgaris

Barrandella

linguifera var. WilkinsoniBauera rubioides

Berberis vulgaris

Blaesoxipha.

asp inata

pachytyli

sp .

INDEX .

Blechnum capensesubspecies laev igatum

var. Gregsoni

var . laevigatum

cartilagineum

var . appendiculatumvar . normale

var . tropicum

var . w oodwardioides

discolorvar. bip innatifidum

var. normale

var . nudum

fluviatile

lanceolatum“

Patersoni

var. elongata

var . normals

penna-marina.

serrulatum

Boehmeria platyphylla

Bossiaea heterophylla.

scolopendria

Botrychium australe

lunaria

tematum var . australe

BBACHY Z ANCLA

CELAENOPA

CRETOSALISSODES

PALLIDULA

STRONGYLA

Brefeldiella brasiliensis

Breynia. Oblongifolia

Brycop ia BAROSSAE

BROWNI

cheesmani

coelioides

crenaticollis

DENTICULATAdiemenensis

HARRISONI

minuta

MUSGRAVEI

Bursera australasica

Ceratopetalum apetalum

Ceratopteris thalictro idesChaetogaster ARGENTIFERAviolaceaVIR IDIS

Cheilanthes distans

tenuifolia.

var . Sieberi

vellea

Chonetes bipartite.

melbournensis

Chorizandra sphaerocephala 28 9 ,

Chrysosarcophaga superba

Cisseis GOERLINGI

Cladium junceumCladochonus cf . tenuicollis 16 1,

tenuicollisClerodendron tomentosum

Climacograptus missilus

Codonocarpus cot inifolius

Conchi dium knight ii

Congromuraena longicauda.

Conosia. irrorata

Coptocercus crucigerus

trimaculatus

Cracticus torquatus

Crataegus pubescens forma

stipulaceaCryp tocarya MeissneriCulcita dubia.

Cuscus orientalis

Cyathea Lindsayana

Cyathocrinus

Cycloceras

Cyclophorus confluens

serp ens

Cystopteris fragilis

Dactylis glomerataDalmanites

Dampiera strictaDarw inia taxifoliaVirgata

Davallia dicksonioides

dubia

pyxi data 115,

Delphinus delphus 221

D eltopecten subquinquelineatus

160 ,

D endrobium linguiforme 250 ,

D endrolagus bennett ianus 221,

D ennstaedt ia davallioides

D iaphania testacea

Dicksonia antarcticaBillardieri

davall ioides

dubia

Y oungiac

D icranomyia arachnophila

sordida

D illwym'

a floribunda

Diplazium japonicummaximum

Diplograptus calcaratus

lxxv i i i INDEX .

Dolichopeza annulipes

dorrigensis

kurandensis

PERCUNEATA

TAYLORIANA

Doliema sp inicollis .

Doodia aspei a

blechnoides

caudatavar . Atkinsoniae

var. media

maximamedia

Doryanthes excelsaDoryopteris concolor

Doryphora sassafras

Dracophyllum secundum

Drimys aromat ica

Drosera

Drynaria rigidula

Dryopteris acuminatavar. cristata.

Baileyii

decomposita

gongylodes

lanciloba var. glabella

parasitica

prolifera

punctata.

subsp . rugulosa

queenslandica

setigera.

tenera.

truncata

ECCRITA

PHAEOXYS'I‘A

ELAPIIROMORPHA

dryoterma

GLYCYMILICHA

Embia latreillei

Empeda ALBIDIBABIS

lunensis

Enchylaena tomentosa

Entolium

Epacris breviflora

brevifolia

coriacea

heteronema

longifiora

microphylla

obtusifolia

Ephydroscinis rayment i

Epilichas NIGRINUS

Epiphragma FUSCODISCALIS

GLORIOLAhebridensis

meridionalis

Epithymema

Equus zebra

Eriopt era ALBIDIBASIS

lunensis

lunicola

szlladyi

Gymnogramma. rutaefolia

Gymnoschoenus sphaerocephalus

i i

2

Eucalyptus botryoides 292 -3 , 296

cinerea var . mult iflora li

corymbosa 288

eugenioides 2 92 -3

longifolia. 292

micrantha 288 -90

paniculata 292 -3

p ilularis 2 92 , 294-5

p iperita 289 291 294-5

punctata. 292

robusta 2 93 , 295

saligna 291-2 , 294-5

Sieberiana 288 , 2 9 1 , 2 94-5

Eugenia Smithi i 2 79 , 292

Eulechria 2 98

Eunesopeza 173

Eupomatia laurina 292

Eurhamphidia AURANTICOLOR 182 -3

MELANOSOMA 183

Eurydesma cordata 162 164

Eustrephus Brownii 293

Exocarpus cupressiformis 289 , 29 1

Haematopota p luvialis

Haemodorum planifolium

Hakea Bakeriana

pugioniformis

saligna

Haloragis teucrioides

Hedycarya Cunninghamii

Helianthus annus

Heli cobia

Helichrysum bracteatumdiosmifolium

Helius anaemi cus

AURANTICOLOR

MELANOSOMA

Hesthesis plorator

Hibbert ia dentata

Hippuris vulgaris

Histiopteris incisa

Hordeum marit imum

murinum

Hyalostelia

Hyla aurea

Hymaea laticollis

PARALLELAsuccinifera

Hymenolepis sp icata

Hymenophyllum australe

bivalve

Catt lettu

flabellatum

javani cumlucensmarginatum

nitens

peltatum

pumi lum

rarum

tunbridgense

Hypericum uralum

Hypochaeris glabra

Hypolaena lateriflora

Hypolepis punctata

rugulosa

tenuifolia

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

lxxx

113

113

113

113

113

113

quadrifolia 113

Martiniopsis subradiata 160 -1

var . deltoidea 158 , 164

Masicera pachytyli 95-6

Megistocera tuscana 174

Melaleuca squamea 29 1

squarrosa . 2 90

Melinda minuta 22

Meliornis novae-hollandae li

Meliphaga p enicillata. li

Melobasis abnormis 103

derbyensis 103

I'

MPRESSA 102

WANNERUA 103

Meristella sp . 143

Mesembryanthemum aequilaterale 256

pseudotruncatellum 73

Meterioptera sziladyi 332

METOLIGOTOMA 248 , 251 , 257

EXTORRIS 256-7

PENTANESIANA 254, 257

reducta 251, 257

INGENS 250-1 , 254

REDUCTA 248 , 251 , 254

Microrutilia ruficornis var .

CUPREIVENTRIS

Mitopeza

Mitrasacme polymorplia

Modiola

Modiomorpha

Molophilus ATERRIMUSCONCUSSUS

TAYLORINUS

UNISTYLUS

Mongoma brevipes .

LONGISETOSA

NIGRESCENSMonilopora

cf . Di cholsoni

Monograptus cf. m’

lssoni

colonus var . compactus

dubius

flemingii

vomerinus

vulgaris

Mucophyllum crateroides

Mus salamonisMustelus canisMyopia carinata

corrugata

INDEX .

133, 152

O ligotoma latreille i

saundersi

TILLYARDI

vosseleri

Omolanthus popul ifolius

Oncinocalyx Betchei

Ophioglossum coriaceum

costatum

gramineum

lanceolatumlusitanicum

pendulum

Prantlii

vulgatum var. gramineum

var. lanceolatum

Orimarga PAPUICOLA

OrthocerasOsmunda barbara

Oxylobium trilobatum

Pachydomus

Pagrosomus auratus

Palmeria scandensPanax sambucifoliusFanelus arthuri

bidentatus

HOPSONI

p isoniae

POLITUS

pygmaeus

Papuat ipula leucost icta

Paramongoma banahaocnsis

chionopoda

LUCRIZFERA

pusilla

Parasarcophaga

albiceps

annandalei

aurifrons

ballardi

bambridgei

caudagalli

doleschalli

dux

eta

fiavipalpis

fuscicauda

futuris

gamma

haemorrhoidalis

harpax

hirt iccrs

kempi

khasiensis

kh abi

kohla

misera

omega

orchidea.

ostindicae

peregrina

scopariformis

tsushimae

walayari

Paronychia brasiliana xlv

chilensis xlv

Patersonia glauca 288

Pedaria alternata 102

geminata 102

INTERRUPTA 101-2

METALLICA 102

Pellaea falcata 116 , 292

var . nana 116

paradoxa 116

var. normalis 116

Penniretepora. grandis 161 164

Pentamerus knightii 190

Persoonia ferruginea 2 91

lanceolata 288 , 291

linearis 28 9 292

mollis 2 88

salicina 288 290-2

Petrophila pulchella 288

Phalanger orientalis breviceps 128

Phalaris minor xxvii iPhegopteris punctata 114

var. rugulosa 114

rugosula 114

rugulosa 114

Phialocrinus 1 61 164

Phillipsia coll insi 163

PELOEOCETIS 298

VI RGEA 2 99

Phragmites communis 293, 2 95

Phycopsis vanillae 282 -3

Phylloglossum Drummondii 111

Pilularia globulifera 113

Novae-Hollandiae 113

Pimelea ligustrina 291-2

linifolia 288

Pitto'

sporum undulatum 2 92

Plantago varia 2 93

Plat isus 98

angust icollis 98

bicolor 98

coloniarius 98

integricollis 98

moerosus 98

Obscurus 98

Platycerium alcicorne 120

bifurcatum 120

grande 120

Platycotylus inusitatus 98

Platyphanes chalcopteroides 106

PLANATUS 106

Platyzoma microphyllum 113

Plectranthus parviflorus 256

Pleopeltis Billardieri 120

Brownii 120

diversifolia 120 , 293

pustulata 120

Plesiomongoma novae-brittaniae 127

Pleurosorus rutifolius 118

Poa annua 291

Pollenia hiIt iceps 21

2 1-2

STOLIDA 21

Pollia cyanococca 2 92

INDEX.

xviii, xxiii , x

Polypodium aspidioides 117

attenuatum 120

australe 121

Billardieri 12 1 , 290

Browni i 120

confluens 120 , 250

diversifolium 120

grammit idis 121

proliferum 117

punctatum 114

pustulatum 120

rigidulum 120

rugosulum 114

scandens 120

serpens 250

tenellum 115

Polyst ichum aculeatum 117

adiant iforme 118

aristatum 118

var . carvifolium 118

carvifolium 118

hispidium 118

proliferum 1 18

vestitum 118

Pomaderris elliptica 291

Prionoscelus magnus 25

Obscurip i lus 26

pleuromaculatus 26

Prodiaphania 10

Productus brachythaerus 160

brachythaerus 1 64

subquadratus 161, 163

undatus 158 , 1 64

Prosenostoma 18

Prostanthera incisa var. pubescens lii i

Sieberi 291-2

Protium australasicum xlv

Protoretepora 161

ampla 160 164

Pseudoglochina evanescens 18 1

kobusi 18 1

PROCELLA 180

pulchripes 181'

Psilotum nudum 112

triquetrum 112

Pteridium aquilinum 115, 291-2

var. aequip innulum 115

var. pseudocaudatum 115

Pterinea 133

Pteris aquilina 115

arguta 115

comans 115

concolor 116

Endlicheriana 115

ensiformis 115

falcata 116

gerani ifolia 116

incisa 115

longifolia 115

marginata 115

paradoxa 1 16

tremula 115

tripart ita 115

umbrosa 115, 292

Raja bat isclavata

erinacea

Ranunculus parviflorusRattus culmorum

R eceptaculites australis

R est io complanatusR eticularis cf. lineata

lineata

R et iograptus pulcherrimus

R etzia

Rhagadochir

Rhodamnia trinervia

R icinocarpus p inifolius

Rubus frut icosusRulingia salvifolia

Rupicola Sprengelioides

Rut ilia lep ida

micropalp is

ruflcornis var . CUPREIVENTRIS

SIMPLEXTRANSVERSA

Samolus repens

Sarcopetalum Harveyanum

Sarcophagaalcicornis

alpha

antilope

aspinata

aurifrons

bancroftibanksi

beesoni

beta

calcifera

ceylonensis

crinitadepressa

epsilon

eta.

falculata

fergusoni

flavinervis

froggatti

furcata

gamma

gravelyi

haematodes

hardyi

henryi

lxxxi i INDEX .

158 -61

Viola hederaceaVulpia bromoides

WATERHOUSEIACYCLOPS

Westringia rosmariniformls

Woodsia laet ivirens

Woodwardia aspera

var. blechnoides

caudata

Spirifer striata

vespertilio

Spiriferina

Sprengelia incarnataSpumellaria

Stackhousia viminea

Stenopora

tasmaniensis

Stephania hemandifolia

Stigmodera TRUNCATAStivalius

MOLESTUS

mordax

rectusStrophalosia

cf. gerardi

cf. jukesii

gerardi

jukesii

Stropheodonta conicaStutchburia cf . compressacompressa

Styringomyia flava

SPINIOAUDATA

Symphyoneme paludosa

Syncarpia laurifolia'

Synoum glandulosum

Syringa vulgaris

Syringopora

Tabanus rubidus

Taeniothaeris subquadrata

Taeniothyris subquadrata

Tasiocera axillarisbipennata

bucephala

caudifera

dicksoniae

dorrigensis

gracillicornis

nodulifera

otwayensis

PAPUANATAR SALBA

tayloriTasmania aromat icaThemeda australis

Forskalii

quadrivalvis

triandra

Thrypticomyia arachnophila

fumidapicalis

SPATHULIFERA

Tipula leucosticta

Tmesipteris elongata

lanceolata

tannensis

Todea barbara

Fraseri

Toxorhina birOi

FUMI PENNIS

SUTTONI

TRILINEATA

Trachymene Billardieri

Trachynt is

coenodes

delophanes

diaphanes

ep iphanla

ep ipona

HOLARGA

inferna

metrospila

xenop is

Trachypora Wilkinsoni

Trentepohlia banahaoensis

brevipes

chionopoda

LONGISETOSA

LUCRIFERA

NIGRESCENSnovae-brittaniae

p ict ipennis

pusilla

Trichomanes apnfoliumBauerianum

calvescens

digitatum var . calvescens

hum-ile

javanicum

meifoliuin

omphalodes

parvulum

peltatum

rigidum

venosum

vitiense

Trichopelt is reptans 277-8 ,Trichothallus hawaiiensis 279

Tristania laurina 296

Trygonorrhina fasciata 3

Turdus philomelus clarkei

Urolophus testaceus.

Uromys caudimaculatasapientis

Ursus maritimus

Utricularia capensisdichotoma var . uniflora

lateriflora

monanthos

Welw itschii

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

Society of’

N

LI ST .OF OFF ICE R S AND COUNC I L ; 1 9 3 6 V. t

1

P r e s i d ent

C . A . Sussmi l ch, F .G .S.

V i c e -P r e s id en t s :

g‘C ’ A

_

nd er son , M.A D .so f Pr o f . W .

’

J. Dak in , D .Sc .

P r o f . A . N B urk i t t , M .E . , B .Sc . W. L. W a t erh ouse, D .Sc.A gU

H o n . T r e a su r e r‘s G . A . Wat e rh ou se , D .so. ,

.

B E . ,

Se c r e t ary‘

s A . B . Wa lk om , D .So .

C . A nders on , M .A D .Sc . (

E . C . F .G .S‘

W. R . Browne , D .sc .

Pro f e s s or A .

‘

N. B urk i t t , M .E . , B .Sc .

H . J . F.R E S.

E . Ch e e 1.

Professor W. J. D ak in , D .Sc .

W . W Fr og g a t t , F .L .S.

A . G . H am il t on .

P rofessor J . Mac dona ld H olmes , B .

\A p dj t o r : F' ZH ; R‘

aym eiht , F CA .

With th e excep tion of Volume I I , Pa rt 4, Volume 37, Part 2, and VoluIrieVI ,Pa1 t -4, of the First Series,

Of cop ies Of .Fi rst '

S

FI R ST SERIE S

18 75 - 7 6 V o l.L+ Par t 1 , Part 2 , Part 3 , 5153 ; Pa r t 4, 75 .

1 8 77, V o l . 11.— Part 1 , 45

° Part 2 , Part 3 , 4s .

1 8 7 8 , Vo l 111,— Part 1 , Par t 2 , Pa r t

_3 , 6 5

1

°

Part 4,

1 8 7 9 , V o l . IV .— Pa r t 1 , Pa r t 2 , 6 5 .

-”Par t 3 , Pa r t 4, 6 S .

1 8 8 0 , V o l . V .— Pa r t 1 ,

'

6 5 . 6d. ; Par t 3 , 7s . 6d . ;fPar t 4, 75 . 66 .

1 8 8 1 , V o l . V I -Pa r t 1 , 6 5° P a r t Pa r t 3, 1 05 .

n Socie ty 'Of New SouthWales may G loucester Street,

Sydney, on from n‘

dOn/i. W.O. Z . The 'stock ‘

6d .

. 6d .

sdi

1 8 8 2 , V o l . V I I .—Pa r t 1 , 7 5 . 6d . ; Pa r t Part 3 , 5s .

° P a r t

1 8 8 3 , V o l . V I I I .—

_Pa r t P a r t 5s .

°

Pa r t 3 , 7 S .

“Pa rt 4,

1 8 8 4, V o l . IX .— Par t 1 , Pa r t 2 , 1 2 5

° Pa r t 3 , £1 P a r t 4, £1“)5s .

,

Pa r t , 4.1 8 8 5 , -V o l . X .

-Pa r t 1 , 1 2 5 ° Pa r t 2 , 7s . 6d . ; Pa r t 3 , f1 55 . ;

SE C OND SE R IES .

1 8 8 6 , V o l . I .— Pa r t - 1 , l os . 6d

° Pa r t Par t 3 ,

1 8 8 7 , V o l . 11.— Pa r t 1 , 7 5 P a r t 2 , Pa r t 12s .

°

Par t 4, £1 7 5 .

1 8 8 8 , V o l . I I I - Pa r t Pa rt 2 , £1 45 . ;“

Pa r t 3/ £1 ; Pa r t

Pa r t 4,

1 8 8 9 , V o l . IV .—Par t Pa r t 2 , 16 5

° P a r t 3 , Pa r t_

4, 1 l‘

s .

1 8 9 0 . V o l . V .— Pa r t 1 , 1 15

° Pa r t 2 , 9 5 ; Pa r t 3 , 9 s .

°

Pa r t 4, 9 5 .

V o l V I .—Pa r t 1 Par t 2 , 9 s . 6d Par t Par t 4,

l1

1 8 9 2 , V o l .

“

VI I — Pa r t 1 , 6 5 . 6d . ; Par t 2 , 4s . 6d . ; Par t 3 , 85 Par t

1 8 9 3 , V o l . V I I I .— Pa r t 1 . 55

°

Part 2 , 1 151 ; Pa r t 3 , Pa r t 4, 9 5 .

1 8 9 4, V o l . IX .

— Pa r t Pa r t Pa r t 3 , 135° Par t 4, 8 5 .

" i

I

A. F. Bas se t Hul l .

H S. Lu ca s ,M.A B SC

‘

P rof e s so r T . G. B. O sbo rn ,.D So .

T . C . R ough ley, B.Sc.

C . A . Su5 5m i l ch , F .G .S.

A . B . W a lkom, B .se .

.H . S. H.

.Ward law , B.sch

c .

’A . Wa terhouse , D .sc . ; ENE ,

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROCEEDINGS ,6, PARTS

CONTENTS

Pres ident ial Address, de liVered at f the'

S‘

ixty-first Annual Gefi eral’

Meeting,

25th March , 1 936 , by L . Wat erhouse

E lect ions

Balance sheets for the year end ing 2 9th February, 1936

Notes onthe Biology Of Scap tia auriflua Don. (Dip tera , Tabanidae ) .7 By

Mary E . Fuller , B .So. (Plate i\ and eleven T ext -figures . )

NOtes on Australian D iptera “ xxxv ByJohn R . . Malloch . (Communicated by F. {I Taylor, F.R .E .S ., F.Z .S ’ (Nine T ext figuresfi)

Contribut ions to the Microbiology of Australian, Soi ls . iv. The Act ivlity.

‘

of MicrOorganisms in\

‘

the Decomposit ion of O rgan i c Matter. By‘

H. L . Jensen , Macleay Bacteriologist to the Society._ (E leven Text

figures . )

Studies ih the AustralianJ

Acacias .

‘

vi . The Meristemat i c Act ivity of

the Floral Apex of Acacia longifolia and Acacia suaveolens as a

H istogenet ic Study of the Ontogeny of the Carpel . By _ .I V Newman ,

M.Se . , Ph .D F .L .S. , L innean Macleay Fellow of the/ Society in Botany.

(Plates i i—V and fifteen T ext-figures ) .

“3

i bxxxyifi

Xxxvi ii

xxxix—“

xli

27—55

TheLinnean Society 0 f1°NCW SouthWales

LI sn OF OFF ICE R S AND COUN.CIIJ,‘

19J

3 6 - 37 .

P r e s i d e n t

C. A . SuSsrni l ch , F . .G SV i c e -Pr e s i d en t s

C . Ander s on , M.A D .Sc . P r o f W. J_

D ak in ,D .s .e a

P rof . A . N B urk i t t , M.B z, B .Sc.

-W . L . Wa t e rh Ouse’

, D .Sc .Agr .

H o n . T r e a su r e r . G . A . W a t erh ou se“, D .so B .E . ,

S e c r e t a ry : A . B . W a l k om , D .so .

Cou n c il

C . A nd e rs on , M .A D S c :'

Profess or J. Ma cdona ld H o lmes" B .Sc . ,

R . H . A nd er s on , B .So .A g r .PhSD . , F .R HG S

“

.

E . C . And rews , F .G .S A . F . B asse t H ul l .

W . RSBrowne , D .P r ofe s so r T .

‘G . B . O sb orn , D .so.

Pr o f e s s or A . N . B urk i t t , M . .E , B .Sc . T , C . Roughley , B .Se .

H .J

. . C ar t er , B .A . F .R .E .S. C . ,A . Sus smil ch , F .G .S.

E . Gh e e l . A . B . ,W a1k om , D .Sc:

Professo; W . J1

H. S. H. W ardlaw , D .Sc .

W .

1 G.,

A . Wat erhouse” D .so B .E, ,

A . G .

‘

H am i l t on . W L

A u d i t o r : F. H

E l e c‘

t ed in pla ce o f A . H. decea sed .

’ J I

NO I I‘CE .

Wi th the excep tion . of VolumeI I, Part 4, Volume V, Part 2 , and Volume VI ,Part 4, of the First Series, the Publ icat ions of t he Linnean Society Of New \South

Wales may be Obt ained f i om th Soci ety, Science House , 159“

Gloucester Street,

sydney, or from Dav id Nut t , 212 Shaftesbury. Avenue London , W C .2 . The stock

Of cop ies of Fi rst Series , Volumes I to VI ,\

1$ limi ted .

'

FI R ST,

\SE R IE S

for 1 8 75 - 7 6 , V o l . I .— Par t 1 3 5 Pa r t Pa r t 3, Pa r t 4, 7 5 . 6d.

,

f or 1 8 7 7 , V o l . I I .— Part 1 , ,

45 Part , 2 , 45°

Par t 3 , 4s.

for 1 8 7 8 , V o l . I I I .— P a r t 1 , 5s.

° Pa r t 2 , 5s .

° Pa r t 3 , 6 5° Pa r t 4; 7 5 . 6d .

°

f or 1 8 7 9 , V o l . IV .— P

'

ar t 1 , Pa r t 2 , Pa r t 3 , Par t. 4, 65 . 6d .

f o r 0 12V .— Pa l’ t .1 , 6 5 . 6d . ; Par t 3 , 7s . 6d . ; Pa r t 4 7 s . 6d .

f or 1 8 8 1 , V O l . V I —Pa r t 1 , 6 5° Pa r t Par t

f o r’

1 8 8 2 , V o l . V I I . .

— Pa r t 1 , 7 5 . 6d . ; Pa r t Bar t 3 , Pa r t 4,fo r 1 8 83 , V o l . VI I I .

—Pa rt Par t 2 , 5s .

° Pa r t 3 , P a r t 4,'

8 5 .

f or 1 8 8 4, V o l . IX ._ Par t 1 , Pa r t Par t 3 , £1 Pa r t 4, £1 55.

f o r 1 8 85, V o l . X .— Par t Par t 2 , 7 5 . 6d °

Pa r t 3 155 ° P a r t 4

SE C OND SE R IE S

V o l . I .— Pa r t 1 ,

'

105 . sé °

Pa rt 2 , Pa r t 3 , Part

V o l . I I .— Par t 1 , Pa r t 2 , Pa rt 1 25 . Par t 4 £1 75 .

V o l . 111 .— Pa r t Pa r t 2 , £1 4s .

° Par t 3 , £1 ; Pa r t 4, 1 85 .

V o l . IV .-Par t Pa r t 2 , Par t Pa r t 4,

V o l . V .-Pa r t Pa r t 2 , Par t 3 , 9S .

° Pa r t

V o l . V I — Par t Pa r t 2 , 9 5 . 6d . ; Pa r t 4,

V o l . V I I .— Pa r t 1 , 6 s . 6d . ; Pa r t 2 , 4s . 6d Par t 3 , Pa r t 4, 8 5 .

V o l . V I II .— Pa r t 1 , 55 Pa r t 2 , Pa r t 3 , Par t 4, 95 .

V o l . IX .

— Pa r t 1 , 1 2 5° Pa r t 2 , 1 2 5

°

Pa r t 3, Par t 4. 8 5 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

PROCEEDINGS, 1 1936

CONTENT S .

1

Notes,on Sarcophaginae in India and Aust ral l a

,By G l

'

fH . Hardy

Australian Coleoptera . Notes and . NeW No.

'

x .

/By H. .J. C arter ,,

4.

A‘

Check'

List'

of the New‘

South w ales Pter idophytes . B'

y“Alma T .

Melvain‘

e 1111—121

Contribution to a Knowledge of Peap‘

nan T ipul idae (D iptera ) : B/y

Charlesd

P . Alexander. (Communi cated by Frank H . Taylor , F.R .E.S .

F.Z .S . ( Seven Text figures . V.

A Redescription of Solomys (“Mus salamom s R amsay. By E ll-is LeG.

T roughton ,

The Structural Geo logy and Petro logy of an Area .near Y ass , New South

Wales . By Kathleen She rrard , M.Sc . (Plates v i—vi i and n ine Tex‘

t

figures . )

A Comparison of the Rydal and Hartley Exogenous Contact-zoneSJ By

Germaine A . Joplin, B. Ph .D . (One T ext figure .

f 151—154

The Upper Palaeozoic R ocks in .the Neighbourhood of fBooro‘

ok and Draker l '

N.S .W. By A. H . Vo isey, M.Sc: (Plate fl

vi i i and'

one lTextfifigu'

re. ) 155—168

The D iptera of the Terr itory of New Guinea,

” iv.: Fami ly T ipulidae,

Part i i . By Charles P . Alexander . (Communi cated by Frdnk H .

Taylor, F.R .E .S . , F.Z .S . ( Seven teen T ext-figures . 169- 183

Tw o New Australian Fleas . By Karl Jordan , Ph FR 8 . (C’o

‘

mmun fi

ca tea by Frank H . Taylor , E.RHE S . , F.Z .S . (Tw o Text-figures i) 184- 185

Introductory Accoun t of the Geology and Pe trology o

i

l the Lake GeorgeD istr ict . Part i . General Geology. ByM. D . Garretty, B.Sc

’

. (Plate

ix and one T ext figure )

Charles Hedley (Memor ial Series, No . (With Portrait. )lI

( I ssued 15 th D ecember ,

N0 3 . 2 6 7 -2 6 8 .

Par ts 5-6 .

THE

PRO CEED IN S

OE T HE

NEW O uT l’

l .WALES .

’

Fol; THE YEAR

1 9 3 6

Par ts V=—VI (Pages 221—360, fl it— lxxxi i i ) .

C O NT A INING PAPE R S R E A D IN . SE PT EMBE R -NO VEMBE fl q

AB ST R ACT O F '

PR O CEED ING S , D O NJA T I O NS AND E X CH A NG E S ,

L I ST O F ME M BE R S, A ND IND E X ;

W i th s even plate s

[ P late s x i

PBINTED ANU PUBLISHED F/OR ,

THE SOC IETY BY

AUSTRALASIAN MEDICAL PUBLISHING co .

Seamer Street , Glebe, Sydney

“

1 so'

Ln BY THE SOCIETY,

Science House,Gloucester and E ssex Streets; Sydney.

1936 ;

P RI C E

R egistered at th e G eneral P o st O ffic e , Sydney , f or transmissionby po st

/a s a per iodical .

The Linnean Soolet

C . rAnd er SO II, M.A D HSOt

l

1‘

_

P ro f. A . N. Burki tt, M.B. , B .se.

New,seamWales,

L IST OF OFF ICERS AND c oBNC IL , 19 36 - 37 .

P res iden t

A,

x ,

V i c e éP r e s i d ent s‘

P rof» ,W. J . Dak in , D .S c;

W . L .

H on . T r easu r e r : G . A . W a terfl ouse, D .Sc . , B.E . ,

. Se c r e t a r y : A . B . Wa lkol

mJD ZSc .

C . A nde rson , M‘

A'

D .Sc.

*

‘R

c

H . A nde rson , B .Sc .Ag r .

E . . A ndrews, B .A .'/F‘G .S.

W. R . Browne , D . .so

Pro fessor A . N. Burk i tt, M.B., B.se .

H . J . Carte r, B .A . , F.R .E .S

E . Ch ee l .

Professor W. J. D

,H , J

W. W. Froggatt ,A . G . H amilton. 1

"

'

Aqd i t o r :'

F . H i R aymen t,

“1

11 C ou ric i l ,

1

,Professor J. Macdonald I—Polmes , B.

Ph .D .\F.

“R.G .S .

A lE B asse t Hull .‘

P ro fes sor T . G . B . O sborn, D .Sc .

‘

T . C . R ough1ey , B.Sc .

C . A Sussmi lch , FG .SI"

A ; B. W a lkom, D rSc .

s . fr. W ardlaw, D s'

e .

.G . A . Waterhouse, D ,Sc . ,

If.Wat erhouse , D .Sc .Agr

I l

E le c ted 2 2nd July, inkplac e of "A; deceased.

D

NO '

T I C E

W ith the exception of Volume, IwI Part ‘

4, Volume V, Part 2 and Volume VI ,Part 4, of th First Series , the Pilb11Cat ions of the Linnean Society Of New South

Wales may be obtai ned fromthe Soc iety, Science House , 1 59 Gloucester Street,Sydney,

or from David Nutt, 212 Shaftesbu/ry Avenue, London ,

of copies of Fi rst Séi‘ies, Volumes I to VI , is limited

Proceed ingsP roce e dingsProc eed ingsP roce ed ingsP ro ce edingsProce ed ingsP ro c e edingsPro c e edingsPro c e e dingsPro c e e dings

17 s . 6d .

f or

f or

f or

for

for

f or

f o r

fo r

f or

f o r

1 8 7 5 7 6 , V o l. I .—Part 1 , 3 s . Part 2 , 35

V o l .

Vo l .

V o l .‘

V 0 1.

'

V 0 1.

Vo l .

V o l .

V o l .

V o l .

1 8 77 ,

1 8 78 .

1 8 79 ;

i seh.

1 8 8 1.

1 8 8 2 ,

1 8 8 3 ,

1 8 8 4,

1 8 8 6 , Vol .

FI R ST SE R IE S .

I I .— P art 4s ; Part

’2 ,

V

4s. Part 3 ,

P art Part.

'

sd .

fill s.

I I I .— Pa

'

r'

t 1 , 5s P art 2 , P art 3 6s , Part 4, 7s . 6d .

IV .— Pa rt 1 , 6 5 Part 2 , 6s . Part 3 , P art 4, 6 5 6d.

V .—Part 1 , 6 s . 6d . ; Part 3 7s . 5d ] ; Part 4, ‘7s . 6d

v i ,— Part '-1 , 6s Part 2, i os . ; Part

V I I .-Part 1 , 7s . 6d Part 2 , l os . , Part 3 , 5s ; Part 4, \10 8.

VI I I .— Part 1 , 1 0s . Part 2 , 5s . Part 3 , 7 s . (Part 4, 8 s .

IX .-Part 1 , Part 2 , Part 3, £1

/5s . Part 4, £1 5s

X .-Part Part 2 , 7s . 6d . ;

SE C OND SE R IE S

I .—'

Pa.rt 1 , 108 . 6d . ; Part 2 ,

,

P art 1 5s, Pa rt_4,

’Part 3 , 1 351; Part 4.

W.C.2 . The stock

s

I I .—1Part 1 , 7 5 P art 2 , Part .Z . Part 4, £1 75.I I I . ,

- Part 1 , Part 2 , £1 Part-3 , £1 ; Part 4, 1 8s .IVE—Part 1 , 1 1s . ; Part 2 , Part 3 , 119 3 ; Part 4 1 15 .

V .—Part 1 , l l s . ; Part 2 , Part Part 4, 9 5 .

V I .—Part 1 , P art 2 , 9 5 . 6d . ; Par t 3 ,

’

P art 4:

V II — Part 1 , 6 5 . 6d . ; P art 2 , 4s . 6d . ; Part 3 , Part 4. 88 .VI I I — Part 1 , P art 2 , 3 , Phr tIX .

— Part 1 , Part 2 , Part 3 , 1 3s ; Part 4. 8 8 .

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join

P EDINGS 36, PARTS 5

CONTENT S .

The Ad renal Gland in New -bornMani'

mals .

’

By

“

Geoffrey Bourne ,-’ B sc

u

(Plate xi and twen ty T ent-figures.L 221

Stud ies in Australian Embi optera ? 2 Part i . f Systemat ics. By C onse tt.

Davis , B . .Sc '

(Forty-three T ext-figures . )

Stud ies in Australian Embio’

pteraf Part i i . Further Note s on Systematics .

By Consett Davis , B.Sc . (Plate xi i and seven T ext-figures .

v

Notes on Australian D i ptera XXVI By John Malloch . ( Commun7

cated byFrank H . Ta 10 7° R E S F Z S (Four Text-figures . 259—261 '

Problgrns in the Geology of New Caledon ia , By H. I Jensen , D .

-

.Sc (Wi tha Note on the Petrology of a Small Collect ifin é of‘ Schists , by

Germaine A . Jopiin , B 5 111, .Ph .D 1 (Communicated by“

Professor L A.

Cot ton . ) (OneT ext figure ; ) 1'

Notes on the1Occurrence of theT richopeltaceae and At ighiaceae in New

South Wales, and on their Mode of Nutri tion, W ith a Description Of a

New Species of A~t7°

ch7a . By L ilian Fraser , M .Se . , Linneane MacleayFellow of the Soc iety in Botany . (Plate s xiii—xiv . and

“

1" 277—28 4

’

Plant E cology of the Bullf D istr ict . Part Stratigraphy, Physiographyand C limate ; Gen

’

eral D ist ribut ion of Plant Commun itie s and Inte r

p retat ion . By Consett Davis , B .S. .

-c (Plate xv .) 285—297

R evision of'

Australian Lep idoptera . e’

dphoridae . VT'

By A . Jef eris'

T urner , M.D .,

The Colour Changes of Batmd Fishes . By Mervyn Gr iffiths .

r(Plate JtVi . 318—32 1’

The Bidera of the Territory of New Gu inea . Fam i ly» Tipulidae .

Part i i i . By Charles-P Alexan

’der .

’

(Communicated by F . H . Taylor ,

(Twenty-seven Text-figures . ) 322—340"

I

Tannatt W illiam Edgeworth D av id . [ Memorial Ser ies , No. (WithPortrait . ) J

List of New Genera and Subgenera

List of Plates

Abs tract of Proceedings xl’

i i—lv

D onations and“

Exchanges lvi- lxvi i

List o f Membe rs lxvii i- lxxuA

lxxii i—lxxxiii

No s . 2 6 9 -2 70 .

FOR THE YEAR

T H ANNUAL ME E T ING

'ED AND PuBLi SHED FOR THESOQIETY BY

§IAN MEDICAL PUBLISH ING co , LTD . ,

Seamer' Street , Glebe, Sydney,

SOLD BY ; ,THE £ OCIETY ,

iu’

s'

e, G loucester and “Essex; Streets—Sydney.

R egiste red ed th e Gen eral Post Ofii ce , Sydney, f or transmission\by po st as a period ical

Agent in Europe

David Nutt, 212 Shaftesbury Avenue , London, W.C.2.

’

iPROCEEDINGS 1937 PA T 5

CONTENTS.

O ff-

“ the Identity of the Bfi tterflyf lthow n TinAii s‘

tr’

afia asfl e'

tergnymphg'

Notes on Australian Mosquitoes (D ipte ra, Culicid‘

aell ‘

Part’ x

i i i . The

Genus_

A‘

edomyia Theobald By I M. Mackerras , B .Sc .

The Petrology of'

the Tl‘

a i tley D istrict-

L iv. .The; Altered Doler1té Dykes

By Germaine A . p im,

“3 Ph. D

The E cology of the Upper Wl ll i ams R i ver and Barrlngton Tops-111151111315

Berg! ,

and ) :

BarringtonTops Districts With fiDeséript ions of two new Spec ies and“tw o new Varietie s B

'

y Lil ian IF‘

raser ,‘

- .D Sci , .a_

'

n

Notes / on Australian Mosqui tera, Cul icidae ) . Part 113 . The Genus

Theéb‘

aidz’

d, _W ith Descrlpuon of a n ew Species“ By D . J. Lee , B.Sc

1/

U‘

"

"

263—268

W

K

294—298

Netes on Aust ral ian Orchids. i i i . A R evieWo i th e: Genus Cy’

mbidium inr

'

Australia. ii . B y the R ev“

. H. M1. R . R upp, B A . (Three Text

figures . )

The Occurrence of Graptolites near Yass, New; Sout h Wales.“

_

ByKath leen

Sherrard , M.Sc., and R . A"

. Keble ( Plate x v and'

twen

The E cology of the Central CoastaLAreau ot_

NeW South‘

Wales. i . T h

Environmen t and General Features of the Vege tation. By I lma MPidgeon, M . Li- nnean Macleay F6 110W~ of the Society in Botany

(PI’

ate xvi—xvi i and SIX

The Carbon iferous Sequence_

in theWer ris Basin. By S . Warren Catey,

M .Sc . (With Palaeontological No tes by Ida A . Brown , D .Sc - (fPlate

xvi i i and five Text-figures. )

A Note on the Ascigerous Stage Paspati S . H. in Australia.

By W. L . Waterhouse, D .Sc .Agr.

List of New Genera and Subgenera

List of Plates

Abstract of Proceedings

D onations and Exchanges

List of Members . .

Index

299

https://www.forgottenbooks.com/join